AQIB13_engl_gesamt_new.pdf
815 Pages
15 MB
Download
<h1>AQIB13_engl_gesamt_new.pdf</h1> <p>Building Product Systems</p> <p>Waterproofing and Restoration <br />Tile and Natural Stone Laying <br />Concrete Technology <br />Concrete Repair <br />Industrial Flooring <br />Joint Sealing <br />Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents <br />Road and Track Construction</p> <p>Technical</p> <p>Documentation</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>7th Edition</p> <p>Valid from: <br />February 1st 2013 <br />Preliminary remark: <br />The documentation covered by this book represents the state of February 2013. Any changes <br />will be published in our actual documentation which can be downloaded from our website <br />at www.schomburg.com. The changes will be incorporated into the next edition. <br />All technical data sheets, brochures and drawings in this book do not consider local building <br />codes or legal requirements. They shall be used as general reference for the product based on <br />our current knowledge and experience. Legally binding is only the latest data sheet, brochure <br />or drawing from one of our subsidiaries inside their sales territory. In any case of uncertainty <br />please consult our technical department for further information. <br />We have limited the number of products covered in this edition to the fast-selling systems. <br />There are hundreds of additional products available from our local distribution companies. <br />For local contacts and current technical data sheets please visit www.schomburg.com.</p> <p>The SCHOMBURG Group</p> <p>SCHOMBURG INTERNATIONAL <br />The SCHOMBURG Group is <br />a German based <br />manufacturer of high <br />quality building product <br />systems, with a strong <br />international market <br />presence and focus on <br />global partnerships.</p> <p>www.schomburg.com <br />www.aquafin.com</p> <p>3</p> <p>TRADITION</p> <p>The SCHOMBURG Group</p> <p>SCHOMBURG: <br />Success due to an <br />owner managed <br />company based <br />on forward thinking <br />principles.</p> <p>The realigned strategic direction <br />of the global construction market <br />has led to a different way of <br />thinking in terms of product <br />development and marketing in <br />the past ten years. <br />Only companies that possess <br />the ability to adapt to these <br />changes will be able to secure <br />their future in this ever changing <br />market. We had positioned <br />ourselves to do just that. <br />Today we reflect back on our <br />past and see a company with a <br />long standing tradition and the <br />unique corporate development <br />that has brought us here, <br />and we realize that just like <br />yesterday, we are a competent</p> <p>partner in a high <br />performance <br />construction industry. <br />Product systems designed to <br />provide reliable and high <br />performance results is the <br />central focus of our daily <br />thoughts. This has been our <br />company philosophy for the <br />past three generations. This is <br />seen daily through our success! <br />Success only occurs when a <br />company truly lives its culture <br />and philosophy – we place a <br />high value on this.</p> <p>4</p> <p>As a result it is not just the <br />personal involvement of the <br />Schomburg family members, <br />but also the exemplary <br />dedication of the employees, <br />who identify themselves with <br />the SCHOMBURG Group. <br />We are very proud of this!</p> <p>The SCHOMBURG Group</p> <p>1937 <br />Albert Fritz Schomburg, Sr. <br />founded a distributorship for <br />chemical building materials <br />in Detmold. <br />1946 <br />First production, research & <br />development with chemist <br />Dr. A. Fischer.</p> <p>1957 <br />The company was established <br />in Detmold-Spork Eichholz. <br />1961 <br />The 2nd generation: Albert Carl <br />Schomburg joins the company. <br />1964 <br />Founding of the 1st subsidiary <br />“ROBOTEC-SCHOMBURG <br />AG” as a production and sales <br />department for Switzerland. <br />1975 <br />Founding of the subsidiary <br />BECO-Bouwchemie b.v. in <br />Hoogeveen, Netherlands <br />(now SCHOMBURG B.V.). <br />1977 <br />Founding of the subsidiary, <br />RETHMEIER GmbH, for <br />the target group “cement <br />processing industry”. <br />1991 <br />Founding of the sales and <br />production company in Kutno, <br />Poland. <br />1994 <br />Construction of the second plant <br />in Halle/Saale, Germany.</p> <p>2000 <br />Founding of the sales and <br />production company <br />AQUAFIN, Inc. in the USA. <br />2005 <br />Completion of a new office <br />and powder production facility <br />in Bratislava, Slovakia and a <br />partnership is created in Turkey, <br />AB-SCHOMBURG. <br />2007 <br />New production facilities <br />are opened in Tunisia, India <br />and Kazakhstan. <br />2009 <br />Plant extension in Kutno, PL <br />with new line for cementitious <br />products goes into service. <br />Plant for admixtures opened in <br />Ploiesti, Romania. <br />RETHMEIER & INDUTEC sales <br />activities merged to form <br />SCHOMBURG ICS. <br />2010 <br />2nd production facilities <br />opened in India. <br />2011 <br />Opening of the new <br />production facility of BENFER <br />SCHOMURG S.r.L in <br />Castelnuovo Rangone, Italy. <br />2012 <br />Opening of the new production <br />facility of SCHOMBURG Latin <br />America, LLC in Riviera Beach, <br />Florida (USA).</p> <p>5</p> <p>The SCHOMBURG Group</p> <p>Supported by the strong <br />technological background of the <br />development and manufacturing <br />company SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH & Co. KG, the group <br />offers a variety of products</p> <p>and services tailored to meet <br />the needs of the construction <br />industry. <br />SCHOMBURG offers a <br />wide range of products and <br />systems for: <br />• Waterproofing and <br />restoration <br />• Tile and Natural Stone <br />laying <br />• Concrete Admixtures <br />• Concrete Repair <br />• Industrial Flooring <br />• Joint Sealing <br />• Grouts, anchors and <br />bonding agents <br />• Road and track construction <br />The German market is <br />served by two distribution <br />companies:</p> <p>SCHOMBURG Headquarters in Detmold, Germany</p> <p>6</p> <p>• SCHOMBURG GmbH <br />• SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH <br />The SCHOMBURG headquarters, which houses research <br />and development, production, <br />sales, distribution and logistics <br />is located in Detmold, Germany. <br />Further manufacturing units and <br />local research centers exist in <br />several countries. <br />Our global activities are <br />managed by the holding <br />company for non-German <br />entities, AQUAFIN International <br />GmbH, which supports our <br />partners through six regional <br />offices. Being an international <br />partner-ship the SCHOMBURG <br />Group is represented by over <br />30 distribution and production</p> <p>The SCHOMBURG Group</p> <p>companies worldwide, on <br />all continents. Our products <br />are stocked at construction <br />merchants in more than 60 <br />countries and we constantly <br />improve the availability through <br />new partnerships. <br />With 16 manufacturing plants <br />in service we can offer quick <br />supply even when it comes to <br />large projects. To guarantee <br />the best technical and logistical <br />support our regional service <br />centers employ qualified <br />technical staff that is familiar <br />with the local construction <br />market. Our sales force <br />understands the language of <br />the construction industry. The <br />majority hold technical degrees <br />in civil engineering and/or</p> <p>bring long-term experience in <br />related fields. Approximately <br />6% of our employees are <br />situated in the laboratories <br />worldwide to develop cutting <br />edge technology and maintain <br />highest quality standards. The <br />SCHOMBURG Group is owned <br />by its management, with the <br />majority held by members of <br />the Schomburg family. <br />This book represents a selection <br />of our main product lines. <br />As we adapt our program <br />to the local needs we have <br />hundreds of additional products <br />available, which could not be <br />covered here. Please visit us <br />online to learn more about the <br />regional product portfolios. <br />www.schomburg.com</p> <p>BENFER SCHOMBURG SRL, Italy</p> <p>AQUAFIN Inc., USA</p> <p>ROBOTEC-SCHOMBURG AG, Switzerland</p> <p>SCHOMBURG Slovensko s.r.o, Slovakia</p> <p>SCHOMBURG Polska Sp.zo.o, Poland</p> <p>7</p> <p>SCHOMBURG Latin America LLC, USA</p> <p>The SCHOMBURG Group</p> <p>SCHOMBURG is backing <br />the protection of man <br />and the environment <br />Sustainability – not only in <br />its portfolio but also in the <br />protection of the environment. <br />That is what the SCHOMBURG <br />group is backing. In order to <br />achieve this, a series of our <br />products have undergone <br />stringent testing. <br />The results of these tests <br />are various certificates and <br />distinctions e.g. the EMICODE® <br />seal. <br />EMICODE® is a regsitered <br />trademark for installation <br />materials, adhesives and <br />construction products. These <br />construction products offer</p> <p>the largest degree of safety <br />possible for indoor air quality. <br />The EMICODE® system forms <br />the basis of an exactly defined <br />test chamber evaluation to <br />EN ISO 16000 with strict <br />criteria for classification. The <br />construction products tested <br />are free from solvents and <br />hazardous substances. <br />In the meantime, many <br />SCHOMBURG products also <br />carry the EC1 accolade or <br />even EC1plus. SCHOMBURG <br />has conciously submitted to the <br />stringent tests and obligations <br />in order to achieve optimum <br />protection for the installer and <br />occupant. <br />Also SCHOMBURG products <br />with the VOC France logo</p> <p>8</p> <p>have particular environmentally <br />friendly properties. The emissions <br />limits are sticter than US LEED <br />limits for VOC emissions. <br />So SCHOMBURG sets <br />standards concerning the <br />requirements for sustainable <br />building and economies. In <br />addition, the health and comfort <br />of the occupant in particular <br />belongs here. This can be <br />assured, above all, through <br />the use of products with low <br />emissions. <br />In addition to the existing low <br />emissions levelling compounds <br />SOLOPLAN®-30 and ASO®NM15, the SCHOMBURG <br />product range now offers <br />a complete system for the <br />installation of tiles, which is</p> <p>The SCHOMBURG Group</p> <p>distinguished, in accordance <br />with GEV criteria, with the <br />highest classifications EC1 and <br />EC1Plus “very low emissions“. <br />From multi-purpose primers to <br />levelling compounds, waterproofing products and up to <br />and including tile installation <br />with the low dust adhesive <br />LIGHTFLEX and grouting with <br />CRISTALLFUGE – the range is <br />complete. <br />Modern powder <br />packaging for even <br />greater quality <br />Our new plastic packaging <br />for various products is also <br />ecologically meaningful. <br />Hygroscopic and, above all, <br />rapid setting powder products <br />require a clean, airtight and, <br />above all, packaging, which <br />protects against moisture. <br />This protection is offered by our <br />plastic bags in comparison to <br />conventional paper packaging. <br />As these also are constructed <br />with an innner plastic liner, <br />we even achieve an improved <br />ecological balance with our <br />packaging. <br />This innovation offers advantages <br />when filling, during storage <br />and delivery and also when</p> <p>handling on site. As it concerns <br />a closed system, dust generation <br />in production is reduced to a <br />minimum. Moisture penetration <br />and the resultant lump formation <br />within products is almost <br />eliminated. <br />Dusty storage in warehouses <br />caused by non airtight valves <br />is not applicable and the risk <br />of damage during transport is <br />reduced to a minimum. <br />Long shelf life as well as <br />longevity of product properties <br />are guaranteed with the new <br />recyclable plastic bag and <br />consequently give great <br />customer benefits – for <br />distributors worldwide, <br />which is also true for the <br />user. <br />9</p> <p>Envirnomental protection <br />during production <br />The production plant in Detmold <br />has been aligned with the <br />most stringent of environmental <br />designations. The practically <br />emissions free production unit <br />is situated in a residential <br />neighbourhood and borders <br />the strawberry fields of an <br />agricultural region to the <br />South. <br />A large proportion of the <br />energy needed is generated <br />by the company’s own solar <br />energy plant. Moreover with <br />the aid of an intelligent heat <br />recovery concept, waste heat <br />from the production process is <br />used to heat the factory.</p> <p>Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Almost all building materials will <br />suffer at least some damage <br />over the course of time due <br />to the unimpeded access of <br />moisture. <br />Preventing water ingress is the <br />pre-requisite for any successful</p> <p>repair and maintenance <br />program. <br />For more than 35 years the <br />core competence of the <br />SCHOMBURG Group has <br />been in the development and <br />production of effective and <br />economical product systems for <br />waterproofing and restoration <br />of buildings and structures.</p> <p>bituminous COMBIFLEX® <br />systems have been leaders in <br />the European market for many <br />years. <br />AQUAFIN®-RS300 is our <br />latest product advancement in <br />waterproofing and represents <br />a new generation of fast <br />setting waterproofing materials <br />with extraordinary properties <br />and advantages.</p> <p>AQUAFIN®</p> <p>® <br />COMBIFLEX <br />› High-tech application</p> <p>The main applications for our <br />product systems are:</p> <p>› The sealing of interior and <br />exterior foundations using <br />flexible slurry type coatings <br />and bituminous waterproofing <br />materials. The cementitious <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M and</p> <p>procedures with modern spray <br />technology which provide <br />economical and time-saving <br />® projects with <br />solutions for <br />large surface areas.</p> <p>THERMOPAL</p> <p>› Waterproofing of all new <br />and old concrete substrates <br />using AQUAFIN®-IC, a <br />penetrating crystalline slurry <br />coating. The system remains <br />permanently active and postseals static shrinkage cracks <br />up to 0.4 mm. It is also <br />available in the form of <br />a liquid concrete admixture. <br />› Waterproofing all kinds <br />of water features with the <br />versatile and effective <br />SCHOMBURG swimming <br />pool system. Whether tiled <br />or stand alone, the options <br />are limitless.</p> <p>10</p> <p>Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>› The GEPOTECH® product <br />range comprises a <br />multiplicity of multi-functional <br />waterproof membranes, In <br />addition to their exceptional <br />waterproofing properties, <br />our polyurea based high-tech <br />coatings also enable solutions <br />to numerous further problems. <br />GEPOTECH®-11/30 can <br />e.g. serve to waterproof <br />against negative and <br />positive pressure, whilst at <br />the same time protecting <br />against chemical attack <br />and mechanical stresses <br />at the surface. Application <br />is also possible in the <br />wintertime at considerably <br />lower temperatures than with <br />traditional materials.</p> <p>In situations like this it is essential <br />to work with a company that <br />provides proven solutions for <br />interior applications. <br />Together with AQUAFIN®-F, <br />a liquid solution for creating <br />horizontal barriers which <br />prevents capillary rising <br />dampness, we offer two <br />different lines of restoration <br />plasters. THERMOPAL®, a <br />cementitious based system, <br />is excellent for both interior and <br />exterior walls damaged by <br />moisture and salt efflorescence. <br />Walls treated with <br />THERMOPAL® are left looking <br />like new and can even be <br />painted or over coated.</p> <p>Another major area of focus in <br />our product line is the repair of <br />damp and salt-contaminated <br />interior and exterior walls, <br />particularly in historic buildings. <br />This is not always an easy <br />task as many times historical <br />buildings are protected treasures <br />and traditional restoration work <br />cannot be done. <br />Facades must be repaired with <br />minimally invasive products, and <br />the end appearance has to be <br />that of the original construction.</p> <p>11</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>The SCHOMBURG Group <br />offers a wide variety of <br />systems for both tile laying and <br />waterproofing, which comply <br />with international standards and <br />have already been successfully <br />used in numerous reference <br />projects. Aside from the <br />standard tile laying materials <br />such as primers, tile mortars & <br />adhesives and joint fillers, the <br />following specialized systems <br />are available: <br />SANIFLEX <br />This ready to use waterproof <br />coating for applications in wet <br />rooms, such as showers, is <br />perfect for use in combination <br />with products like LIGHTFLEX®, <br />a SCHOMBURG-Tile adhesive <br />certified and tested according <br />to international standards.</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-2K/M und <br />UNIFIX®-2K <br />This system can be used on <br />interior and exterior applications <br />such as swimming pools, <br />balconies, patios and public <br />showers. It has been a market <br />leader in Europe for over thirty <br />years in swimming pool and <br />balcony construction and is <br />also recommended by leading <br />global construction companies <br />for effective protection against <br />moisture. <br />ASOFLEX-AKB <br />Part of the DENSARE-2002 <br />system, this highly elastic and <br />chemically resistant sealing <br />material for use under ceramic <br />tiles, is especially suited for <br />commercial areas such <br />as laboratories, car wash</p> <p>12</p> <p>facilities, kitchens and salt <br />water swimming pools. For <br />these heavy duty applications <br />the epoxy adhesive ASODUR®Design is the perfect choice. <br />For safely installing natural <br />stone tiles we have developed <br />the specialty line CRISTALLIT® <br />and CRISTALLIT®-flex which <br />prevents discolouration of tiles, <br />as is common with normal tile <br />adhesives. <br />Our product range also <br />includes different flexible <br />tile mortars for applications <br />on substrates where slight <br />movement can be expected, <br />such as young concrete or <br />screeds. Also in applications <br />that encounter climatic changes <br />or mechanical load.</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>MONOFLEX-XL <br />Modern, trendy and large <br />format ceramic tiles as well as <br />novel substrates place greater <br />challenges for the tile fixer. <br />There are also increasing <br />demands from clients regarding <br />quality and completion times. <br />In particular handling in wall <br />areas requires the choice of a <br />reliable flexible adhesive. <br />The extended performance <br />requirements of a modern <br />adhesive were the basis for <br />the development of <br />MONOFLEX-XL. The <br />developers focused on high <br />levels of security for the installer. <br />This is reflected in a extremely <br />long open time. Together with <br />a very long adjustability <br />time once the ceramic finish <br />has been placed and fixed, <br />MONOFLEX-XL is a reliable <br />partner on any building site. <br />A further plus point is its high <br />yield. An increase in surface <br />coverage of approx. 30% <br />compared with conventional <br />flexible adhesives is an <br />economical factor not to be <br />underestimated. Ceramic tiles <br />fixed in MONOFLEX-XL can <br />be grouted after approx. 12 <br />hours under normal climatic <br />conditions.</p> <p>13</p> <p>Concrete Technology</p> <p>The RETHMEIER Concrete <br />Technology line of products has <br />focused on providing solutions <br />for improving concrete and <br />broadening the spectrum of <br />concrete construction. Through <br />state of the art additives we <br />are able to design and realize <br />projects that were previously <br />beyond imagination. <br />Today we are able to provide <br />solutions for all facets of <br />concrete construction: <br />• Ready mix concrete <br />• Pre-cast concrete <br />• Decorative Concrete <br />Our broad range of products <br />include:</p> <p>Plasticisers & <br />Superplasticisers <br />Creating high performance <br />concrete with lower w/c ratios, <br />higher early and final strengths, <br />increased chemical resistance, <br />better pumpability, etc. <br />Retarders & Accelerators <br />Improving workability for <br />concrete applications in <br />various climates and <br />seasons. <br />Decorative Concrete <br />A broad range of pigments <br />allow designers to create <br />visually appealing finished <br />concrete surfaces. Our <br />sealers protect concrete</p> <p>surfaces, making them easier <br />to clean and maintain. With <br />specially formulated surface <br />retarders we are able to <br />create exposed aggregate <br />concrete. <br />Concrete <br />Waterproofing Admixtures <br />We introduced the world’s first <br />liquid crystalline waterproofing <br />admixture of the 2nd generation <br />which unlike powder admixtures, <br />eliminates the risk of clumping <br />ensuring even distribution of the <br />waterproofing throughout the <br />concrete. <br />The chemistry in the product <br />creates millions of crystalline <br />fibres (nanocrystals), which <br />work to seal capillary voids <br />and shrinkage cracks. <br />Additional benefits include <br />significantly increased <br />compressive strength, <br />freeze-thaw resistance and <br />protection for reinforcement <br />steel from the corrosive <br />effects of moisture.</p> <p>14</p> <p>Concrete Repair</p> <p>Concrete is found in almost <br />every type of structure today, <br />whether in bridges, water <br />treatment works, potable <br />water containers, multi-storey <br />car parks, high rise apartment <br />blocks, balcony construction or <br />industrial floors. <br />Concrete structures are <br />however subject to erosion and <br />weathering. Mechanical loads <br />and stresses, as well as climatic <br />and environmental influences, <br />often unpredictable) can all <br />damage concrete during the <br />service life. These damages <br />can greatly affect the structural <br />integrity of concrete structures <br />and thus become a risk for <br />the safety of people, e.g. for <br />pedestrian and vehicular traffic <br />on these concrete structures. <br />And even brand new structures <br />suffer from surface defects like <br />honeycombs, gravel pockets <br />or other surface irregularities. <br />Concrete slabs very often <br />do not meet the flatness <br />requirements or different pours <br />are not exactly on the same <br />level.</p> <p>For structural repairs according <br />to EN 1504-3 our cementitious <br />restoration mortars in the <br />INDUCRET®-BIS line can be <br />spray applied as a SPCC <br />(polymer modified sprayable <br />mortar) for large area repairs <br />usually without the need for a <br />primer. For small areas and fast <br />repairs, application by trowel <br />as a PCC is preferred as well <br />as for repairs of load bearing <br />structural components. <br />Systems for cosmetic repair <br />of concrete and masonry are <br />available with our SOLOCRET <br />range of repair mortars. These <br />products are used mainly to <br />level or profile surface for <br />subsequent finishes. Concrete <br />slabs of any size can be <br />leveled with our SOLOPLAN <br />self leveling systems. With <br />SOLOCRET-RS we offer a</p> <p>SCHOMBURG offers a wide <br />range of concrete repair <br />products to meet these problems <br />and to fulfill for all the <br />relevantse requirements. <br />15</p> <p>fast track floor repair mortar <br />that is ready to receive tiles or <br />coatings in extremely short time.</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Industrial floors are subject <br />to various mechanical and <br />chemical loads on a daily <br />basis. As a result coatings must</p> <p>be designed to be suitable for <br />different types of environments <br />such as manufacturing and <br />ware-house buildings, in <br />secondary containment, <br />laboratories, emergency rooms, <br />balconies and many other <br />areas.</p> <p>Our systems are tested <br />and certified according to <br />the latest international standards <br />and can provide many <br />additional properties such as <br />crack-bridging, slip resistance, <br />easy maintenance, dissipation <br />of electrical charges and fire <br />protection.</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®</p> <p>Through our INDUFLOOR® line <br />of products we are able to <br />provide solutions which fulfill <br />many technical requirements <br />such as compressive strength, <br />abrasion resistance, and <br />chemical resistance as well <br />as provide aesthetically <br />appealing finishes regardless <br />of the specified application.</p> <p>16</p> <p>Our specialized flooring systems <br />include products such as: <br />INDUFLOOR®-IB1240 & <br />INDUFLOOR®-IB1250 <br />are specially formulated epoxy <br />primer coatings designed <br />to protect against the damaging <br />effects of moisture vapour</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>transmission through concrete <br />slabs on grade. Both products <br />can even be applied onto <br />damp concrete. <br />Additionally <br />INDUFLOOR®-IB1240 can be <br />applied onto oil contaminated <br />slabs. Together these products <br />ensure that epoxy flooring <br />finishes last!</p> <p>GEPOTECH® <br />Installation under extreme <br />conditions, in particular where <br />there is chemical exposure and <br />mechanical stress, for instance <br />in waste water treatment plants, <br />we offer our highly developed <br />polyurea based surface coating <br />– GEPOTECH®-11/22. <br />Other GEPOTECH® systems: <br />GEPOTECH®-10/25 – a <br />system for isolating stray current, <br />corrosion protection and <br />waterproofing. <br />GEPOTECH®-11/30 – <br />corrosion protection, coating <br />and waterproofing highly <br />resistant to chemical exposure <br />and mechanical stress. <br />GEPOTECH®-12/24 – a <br />volume conductive protective <br />coating and waterproof <br />membrane highly resistant <br />to chemical exposure and <br />mechanical stress.</p> <p>17</p> <p>Regardless of the requirements <br />our complete range of repair <br />materials can handle the <br />situation.</p> <p>GEPOTECH®</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3350-VC2 <br />is a state of the art conductive <br />floor coating which complies <br />with international norms for safe <br />installations in ESD Protected <br />Areas, such as microchip <br />manufacturing.</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3357 <br />is a solvent free epoxy coating <br />with many advantages and <br />properties suitable for use in <br />laboratories, traffic bearing <br />areas and many other <br />applications.</p> <p>Joint Sealing</p> <p>Joints in construction elements <br />are the largest source of <br />failure when not installed <br />properly, or when the wrong <br />materials are used.</p> <p>We recognize this threat <br />and have provided a range <br />of materials for creating <br />waterproof joints to suit many <br />different applications. <br />All joints require reliable <br />sealants which can withstand <br />mechanical and chemical wear. <br />Our ESCOSIL sealants are <br />perfect for everyday use in <br />bathrooms and sanitary <br />applications to create a <br />durable waterproof seal <br />between tiles and ceramic, <br />windows and floors, etc. <br />Where heavy duty sealing is <br />required, such as in concrete <br />floors in production areas <br />and warehouses our epoxy/ <br />polyurethane sealers are the <br />perfect fit.</p> <p>Additionally we have <br />developed a special line of <br />sealers for the tram and road <br />construction industry which meet <br />and exceed specific industry <br />requirements. <br />The INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 <br />polysulphide sealers have a <br />long track record of success in <br />sealing joints between <br />concrete/concrete, concrete/ <br />steel, steel/asphalt while <br />withstanding the rigorous <br />movement found in tram and <br />automotive traffic and attack <br />through oils, gasses and other <br />such substances. <br />In secondary containment <br />areas, proper joint sealing <br />is especially important to ensure <br />that hazardous chemicals can‘t <br />seep into the soil and damage <br />our environment. <br />Our INDUFLEX-VK6060 <br />joint sealant is certified to <br />provide you with the security <br />needed in those situations. <br />When chosen properly, a joint <br />sealant provides security and <br />increases the service life <br />of a building element.</p> <p>18</p> <p>Grouts, Anchors & Bonding Agents</p> <p>Grouts and anchors also play <br />a large role in solid construction <br />foundations. Many factors must <br />be taken into consideration <br />when selecting the right <br />product. It is important to know <br />if the material will be subjected <br />to vibrations such as from <br />machinery or train/crane traffic. <br />Another concern is the service <br />temperature and the expected <br />temperature range especially <br />if there is a risk of freezing. <br />All of these requirements <br />and more were taken into <br />consideration when we <br />developed our line of anchors <br />and grouts, in order to be <br />able to provide solutions for <br />all situations. <br />Our product line also includes <br />cementitious materials, such <br />as INDUCRET®-VK100, <br />for grouting of machine <br />base-plates, pre-cast concrete <br />elements, concrete and steel <br />supports, etc.</p> <p>available under the brand <br />name INDUGROUT-EP100 <br />and INDUGROUT-EP200, with <br />special properties, excellent <br />adhesion and high dynamic <br />load resistance.</p> <p>These grouts attain very high <br />levels of compressive and <br />flexural strengths in order to <br />withstand the loads which <br />they are subjected to. A <br />new generation of epoxy <br />resin-based, solvent-free and <br />free-flowing grouts is now</p> <p>INDUBOND-VK4031 and <br />INDUBOND-VK4032 are <br />specially designed bonding <br />agents for various applications <br />when bonding between existing <br />concrete substrates or between <br />old and new concrete substrates <br />is necessary. <br />19</p> <p>Corrosion preventing <br />applications are possible <br />when using the new ACI (AntiCorrosion-Inhibitor)-versions of <br />the INDUBOND-VK-Agents. <br />Our materials are certified <br />and tested to provide the <br />highest quality and safety for <br />all your grouting, bonding and <br />anchoring needs.</p> <p>Road and Track Construction</p> <p>In today´s road and track <br />construction, especially <br />where heavy traffic loads are <br />expected, the installation of <br />natural stone pavers is identified <br />as a special design and carried <br />out with custom construction <br />methods. <br />In these areas a solid <br />sub-construction is required <br />(„bonded construction/solid</p> <p>carriageway“) due to the <br />considerably increased ability <br />to resist high traffic loads.</p> <p>under heavy vehicular loads. <br />Other parts of the Road and <br />Track Construction system are:</p> <p>Based on those criteria the <br />specifically developed bedding <br />mortar and grout system <br />INDUCRET®-VK-MONOLITH, <br />with compressive strengths over <br />70 N/mm², provides a durable <br />and efficient possibility for <br />installing natural stone pavers</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-Element – <br />developed to achieve a high <br />strength, displacement resistant <br />bond for pre-formed concrete <br />elements. <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Drain – <br />is used for bonded <br />construction installation <br />of natural stone pavers in <br />areas subjected to high <br />mechanical stress. <br />INDUFLEX®-VK-Fug – <br />with its specially <br />developed joint sealant, <br />INDUFLEX®-VK-Fug fulfills the <br />demanding requirements of <br />tramway track construction.</p> <p>20</p> <p>Certificate</p> <p>21</p> <p>Certificate</p> <p>22</p> <p>Certificate</p> <p>23</p> <p>Guideline Instructions for Surface Preparation</p> <p>CONTENTS <br />1. Introduction <br />2. Inspection of substrate (preliminary survey) <br />3. General surface-condition requirements <br />4. Creation of surface profile <br />5. Preparation methods <br />1. INTRODUCTION <br />The following surface preparation guideline shall be used as an aide to project engineers, owners, <br />specifiers and contractors. The most important factors for a long term performance of construction <br />material applications (decorative or protective coating etc.) and for a proper adhesion to the substrate <br />are its inspection, evaluation and preparation. The surface should be prepared so that a good <br />mechanical bond is achieved between the applied system and the substrate. <br />According to most construction contract procedures (standard in Germany), one of the jobs of the <br />contractor is to inspect the substrate for its suitability for application of the prescribed topping. He <br />must inform the customer in writing, of any objections to the way the work is executed if this does <br />not correspond to the required substrate condition. <br />A proper surface preparation includes the following: <br />• Inspection of the substrate <br />• Decontamination of the surface <br />• Repair of surface defects <br />• Cleaning of the surfaces <br />• Creation of surface profile <br />2. INSPECTION OF THE SUBSTRATE (preliminary survey) <br />First conduct the preliminary survey to determine what kind of surface condition is required. Depending <br />on the actual condition of the substrate, methods for any necessary preparation and repair can be <br />selected. Prior to contracting for a job examine the surface for the presence of separating and loose <br />adherent substances such as dust, dirt, laitance, grease, efflorescence, curing agents, paint residues <br />and other contaminations. Residues of even small amounts of surface contaminations impair and reduce <br />coating adhesion to the substrate and therefore must be removed. If excessive laitance is present (a weak <br />layer of cement and fines brought to the surface by bleed-water), this material must be removed. <br />Furthermore, the substrate must be suitable to carry the static and thermal loads which are <br />expected. The substrate examination ranges from optical examination to intensive laboratory <br />testing. Before surface preparation begins, all surfaces should be visually inspected for presence <br />of defects, physical and chemical damage, contamination, curing agents and excess moisture. For <br />example, small defects or damages can be identify by visual evaluation and simple inspection. <br />Increased defects or damages must be examined by intensive tests in the laboratory.</p> <p>24</p> <p>Guideline Instructions for Surface Preparation</p> <p>The following table shows a list of simple inspection procedures <br />before surface preparation: <br />Inspection <br />loose pieces, delaminated areas <br />laitance <br />efflorescence <br />moisture content</p> <p>surface strength <br />absorbency <br />cracks</p> <p>oil- and grease – separating agent <br />dust <br />alkalinity</p> <p>Test method <br />visual check <br />scrape and/or grind, <br />afterwards moistening test with water <br />visual check <br />visual check and scrape test <br />adhesive tape check <br />cover with membrane <br />carbide method (CM-Device) <br />Oven-dry method (laboratory method) <br />ASTM E1907, §7.6 test <br />(Quantitative Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test) <br />scrape test with knife <br />moistening test with water <br />visual check <br />dampen with water <br />crack magnifying glass <br />crack width measure <br />sprinkle test with water <br />wipe method <br />wipe with a dark cloth <br />dampen with indicator paper and <br />neutral (distilled) water</p> <p>25</p> <p>Guideline Instructions for Surface Preparation</p> <p>Inspection of surface moisture <br />Residual moisture in cementitious substrates, dry or damp according to the German “guidelines <br />for the protection and renovation of concrete structures” (DAfStb) part 2, clause 1.2.5 states: <br />“Dry”: <br />An approximately 2 cm deep freshly prepared cut-out area may not become visibly lighter as a <br />result of drying out. (In cases of doubt the concrete is considered dry if it shows moisture balance <br />for the climatic conditions 23/50: i.e. dependent on concrete type other absolute values are <br />considered as “dry”). <br />“Damp”: <br />The surface has a matt damp appearance but should not exhibit a shiny film of water. The pores <br />of the substrate may not be saturated, i.e. water droplets applied must be absorbed and after a <br />short time period the surface must once again appear matt. <br />Regard following recommendations to substrate dampness for several products (but please <br />observe the technical data sheets for detailed information.) <br />recommended surface dampness <br />Application</p> <p>Product</p> <p>Impregnation</p> <p>ASOLIN-WS</p> <p>ESCO-FLUAT</p> <p>Priming</p> <p>dry</p> <p>ASO-Unigrund-GE</p> <p>ASO-Unigrund-K</p> <p>ASOCRET-HB-flex</p> <p>ASOL-FE</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1225</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1240</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1245</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1250</p> <p>Levelling</p> <p>can/should be <br />damp</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1260</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1270</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB2385</p> <p>ASO-EZ2</p> <p>ASOEZ2-Plus</p> <p>ASO-EZ4</p> <p>ASO-EZ6</p> <p>26</p> <p>must be <br />damp</p> <p>Guideline Instructions for Surface Preparation</p> <p>recommended surface dampness <br />Application</p> <p>Product</p> <p>Levelling</p> <p>ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus</p> <p>dry</p> <p>ASOCRET-BS2</p> <p>ASOCRET-IM</p> <p>ASOCRET-RN</p> <p>ASOCRET-RS</p> <p>SOLOPLAN-12</p> <p>SOLOPLAN-30</p> <p>AQUAFIN-1K</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>AQUAFIN-IC</p> <p>AQUAFIN-RS300</p> <p>AQUAFIN-TC07</p> <p>COMBIDIC-1K</p> <p>COMBIDIC-2K</p> <p>COMBIFLEX-C2</p> <p>COMBIFLEX-C2/S</p> <p>COMBIFLEX-EL</p> <p>SANIFLEX <br />Restoration</p> <p>SOLOCRET-15</p> <p>SOLOCRET-50</p> <p>THERMOPAL-FS33</p> <p>THERMOPAL-GP11</p> <p>THERMOPAL-SR24</p> <p>THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />Coating</p> <p>must be <br />damp</p> <p>ASO-NM15</p> <p>Waterproofing</p> <p>can/should be <br />damp</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3310</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3357</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3360</p> <p>27</p> <p>Guideline Instructions for Surface Preparation</p> <p>recommended surface dampness <br />Application</p> <p>Product</p> <p>Tile Setting</p> <p>AK7P</p> <p>ASODUR-EK98-floor</p> <p>ASODUR-EK98-wall</p> <p>PCC-Systems</p> <p>dry</p> <p>can/should be <br />damp</p> <p>BENFERFIX-EXTRA</p> <p>BENFERFLEX-C2</p> <p>BENFERGRES</p> <p>BENFERGRIP+</p> <p>LIGHTFLEX</p> <p>MONOFLEX-XL</p> <p>SOLOFLEX</p> <p>must be <br />damp</p> <p>INDUCRET-BIS-0/2</p> <p>INDUCRET-BIS-1/6</p> <p>INDUCRET-BIS-5/40</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK30</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK100</p> <p>INDUBOND-VK4031</p> <p>INDUBOND-VK4032</p> <p>3. GENERAL SURFACE CONDITION REQUIREMENTS <br />Project specifications should define substrate uniformity, cleanness, roughness and concrete strength <br />prior to a coating installation. To achieve the required specifications alternatives like cleaning methods, <br />profiling methods, and surface defect repair procedures should be carried out. <br />Observe the steps listed below before installation of a system: <br />• Any contaminations such as dust, dirt, oil, grease, laitance, form release agents and other <br />contaminants must be removed from the substrate. <br />• Surface defects (such as broken pieces, delaminated areas etc.) or cracks, spalls and voids <br />should be filled with an appropriate repair material. <br />• If corrosion of the existing steel reinforcement exists, the steel and concrete must be repaired <br />prior to placement of the system. <br />• The surface always should be rough enough to establish a good mechanical bond.</p> <p>28</p> <p>Guideline Instructions for Surface Preparation</p> <p>4. CREATION OF SURFACE PROFILE <br />The purpose of surface preparation is to roughen the surface, creating increased surface area <br />for mechanical bonding. <br />The roughening is typically referred to as the anchor pattern or profile. Prepared by the <br />International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI), nine distinct profile replicates of the concrete surface <br />provide visual as well as tactile examples that may be produced by one or more preparation <br />methods. Each profile carries a CSP (= Concrete Surface Profile) number ranging from a base <br />line CSP 1 (nearly flat) through CSP 9 (very rough). <br />CSP <br />CSP <br />CSP <br />CSP <br />CSP <br />CSP <br />CSP <br />CSP <br />CSP</p> <p>1: <br />2: <br />3: <br />4: <br />5: <br />6: <br />7: <br />8: <br />9:</p> <p>acid etching <br />grinding <br />light shotblast <br />light scarification <br />medium shotblast <br />medium scarification <br />heavy abrasive blast <br />scabbled <br />heavy scarification</p> <p>The table below shows a classification of concrete surface roughness for different products. <br />THIS IS ONLY A RECOMMENDATION and for many products one or more Concrete <br />Surface Profiles are possible depending on the substrate conditions. <br />Refer to following recommendations to avoid coating failures caused by inadequate surface <br />roughness. <br />Application</p> <p>Product</p> <p>Impregnation <br />Priming</p> <p>CSP <br />1</p> <p>CSP <br />2</p> <p>CSP <br />3</p> <p>CSP <br />4</p> <p>CSP <br />5</p> <p>CSP <br />6</p> <p>CSP <br />7</p> <p>CSP <br />8</p> <p>CSP <br />9</p> <p>ASOLIN-WS</p> <p>ESCO-FLUAT</p> <p>ASO-Unigrund-GE</p> <p>ASO-Unigrund-K</p> <p>ASOCRET-HB-flex</p> <p>ASOL-FE</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1225</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1240</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1245</p> <p>29</p> <p>Guideline Instructions for Surface Preparation</p> <p>Application</p> <p>Product</p> <p>Priming</p> <p>Levelling</p> <p>Waterproofing</p> <p>Restoration</p> <p>CSP <br />1</p> <p>CSP <br />2</p> <p>CSP <br />3</p> <p>CSP <br />4</p> <p>CSP <br />5</p> <p>CSP <br />6</p> <p>CSP <br />7</p> <p>CSP <br />8</p> <p>CSP <br />9</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1250</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1260</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1270</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB2385</p> <p>ASO-EZ2</p> <p>ASOEZ2-Plus</p> <p>ASO-EZ4</p> <p>ASO-EZ6</p> <p>ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus</p> <p>ASO-NM15</p> <p>ASOCRET-BS2</p> <p>ASOCRET-IM</p> <p>ASOCRET-RN</p> <p>ASOCRET-RS</p> <p>SOLOPLAN-12</p> <p>SOLOPLAN-30</p> <p>AQUAFIN-1K</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>AQUAFIN-IC</p> <p>AQUAFIN-RS300</p> <p>AQUAFIN-TC07</p> <p>COMBIDIC-1K</p> <p>COMBIDIC-2K</p> <p>COMBIFLEX-C2</p> <p>COMBIFLEX-C2/S</p> <p>COMBIFLEX-EL</p> <p>SANIFLEX</p> <p>SOLOCRET-15</p> <p>SOLOCRET-50</p> <p>THERMOPAL-FS33</p> <p>30</p> <p>Guideline Instructions for Surface Preparation</p> <p>Application</p> <p>Product</p> <p>Restoration</p> <p>Coating</p> <p>Tile Setting</p> <p>PCC-Systems</p> <p>CSP <br />1</p> <p>CSP <br />2</p> <p>CSP <br />3</p> <p>CSP <br />4</p> <p>CSP <br />5</p> <p>CSP <br />6</p> <p>CSP <br />7</p> <p>CSP <br />8</p> <p>CSP <br />9</p> <p>THERMOPAL-GP11</p> <p>THERMOPAL-SR24</p> <p>THERMOPAL-SR44</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3310</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3357</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3360</p> <p>AK7P</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>ASODUR-EK98-floor</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>ASODUR-EK98-wall</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>BENFERFIX-EXTRA</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>BENFERFLEX-C2</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>BENFERGRES</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>BENFERGRIP+</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>LIGHTFLEX</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>MONOFLEX-XL</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>SOLOFLEX</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>X</p> <p>INDUCRET-BIS-0/2</p> <p>INDUCRET-BIS-1/6</p> <p>INDUCRET-BIS-5/40</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK30</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK100</p> <p>INDUBOND-VK4031</p> <p>INDUBOND-VK4032</p> <p>Note: The substrate must have a sufficient surface evenness for tile setting. <br />= Also use to level substrate for subsequent waterproofing. <br />X= For a sufficient surface smoothness for subsequent laying of tiles specify first</p> <p>a surface leveling with thin bed mortar.</p> <p>31</p> <p>Guideline Instructions for Surface Preparation</p> <p>5. PREPARATION METHODS <br />Surface preparation is usually necessary to create an increased surface area that is rough enough <br />for mechanical bonding. The types of surface preparation may vary, from detergent scrubbing or <br />low pressure water cleaning to aggressive methods such as heavy scarification. <br />Following an overview of common surface preparation methods: <br />Method</p> <p>Description</p> <p>Removal</p> <p>detergent scrubbing</p> <p>chemical removal to <br />produce a clean surface <br />and prepare surfaces for <br />the application of sealers, <br />hardeners or adhesives</p> <p>oil, grease, organic or <br />inorganic residues, some <br />acrylic, wax etc.</p> <p>1</p> <p>low-pressure water <br />cleaning (less than 35 bar)</p> <p>use to rinse away dirt, <br />dust etc. generated by <br />more aggressive methods</p> <p>dirt and loose, weak <br />material, debris, <br />watersoluble <br />contaminants</p> <p>1</p> <p>acid etching</p> <p>chemical removal to <br />clean surfaces before <br />application of thin-film <br />sealers or coatings (etch <br />with hydrochloric, citric <br />or phosphoric acid)</p> <p>cement paste of concrete</p> <p>1–3</p> <p>grinding</p> <p>reduce or smooth slight <br />surface irregularities</p> <p>mineral deposits and thin <br />coatings, efflorescence, <br />rust and other oxidized <br />deposits</p> <p>2–4</p> <p>32</p> <p>CSP</p> <p>Guideline Instructions for Surface Preparation</p> <p>Method</p> <p>Description</p> <p>Removal</p> <p>CSP</p> <p>abrasive (sand) blasting</p> <p>clean and profile <br />concrete surfaces for <br />the application of sealers, <br />coatings, and polymer <br />overlays</p> <p>contaminations and thin, <br />brittle coatings, adhesive <br />films</p> <p>2–4</p> <p>shotblasting</p> <p>create a profile of <br />concrete surfaces, <br />method also know as <br />concrete planing, <br />milling</p> <p>high spots and level <br />slabs,brittle coatings, <br />deteriorated or <br />contaminated concrete, <br />adhesives</p> <p>2–8</p> <p>scarifying</p> <p>create a profile of <br />concrete surfaces, method <br />also known as concrete <br />planing, milling</p> <p>high spots, level <br />slabs, brittle coatings, <br />deteriorated or <br />contaminated concrete, <br />adhesives</p> <p>4–9</p> <p>high-pressure water jetting <br />(35 to 300 bar)</p> <p>water is sprayed with <br />suitable pressures and <br />nozzle tips</p> <p>heavy encrustations of dirt <br />and loose, weak material, <br />laitance, efflorescence, <br />dirt or water-soluble <br />contaminants; carbonated, <br />freeze/thaw damaged or <br />weakened material, some <br />high-strength coatings</p> <p>5–8</p> <p>scabbling</p> <p>deep profiling of concrete <br />surfaces for placement of <br />overlays or resurfacing <br />materials</p> <p>concrete or brittle <br />coatings,deteriorated or <br />contaminated concrete <br />layer</p> <p>6–9</p> <p>33</p> <p>Chapter Overview</p> <p>The SCHOMBURG Group</p> <p>3</p> <p>Introduction Categories</p> <p>10</p> <p>Certificates</p> <p>21</p> <p>Guideline Instructions for Surface Preparation</p> <p>24</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets</p> <p>35</p> <p>› 1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>35</p> <p>› 2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>141</p> <p>› 3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>299</p> <p>› 4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>389</p> <p>› 5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>419</p> <p>› 6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>535</p> <p>› 7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>563</p> <p>› 8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>597</p> <p>Technical Drawings</p> <p>615</p> <p>› 9.1 Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>615</p> <p>› 9.2 Concrete Repair</p> <p>649</p> <p>› 9.3 Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>661</p> <p>› 9.4 Industrial Flooring</p> <p>699</p> <p>› 9.5 Concrete Technology</p> <p>713</p> <p>Brochures</p> <p>717</p> <p>References</p> <p>798</p> <p>General Terms and Conditions</p> <p>802</p> <p>Index</p> <p>806</p> <p>34</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets <br />1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>› COMBIDIC-1K</p> <p>95 <br />98</p> <p>› ADF-Balkonfolie</p> <p>36</p> <p>› COMBIDIC-2K</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-1K</p> <p>39</p> <p>› COMBIFLEX-C2</p> <p>101</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-1K-flex</p> <p>42</p> <p>› COMBIFLEX-C2/S</p> <p>104</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-2K</p> <p>45</p> <p>› COMBIFLEX-DS</p> <p>107</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>49</p> <p>› COMBIFLEX-EL</p> <p>109</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-CJ1</p> <p>53</p> <p>› ESCO-FLUAT</p> <p>112</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-CJ3</p> <p>54</p> <p>› FIX 10-S</p> <p>113</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-CJ4</p> <p>55</p> <p>› FIX 20-T</p> <p>114</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-F</p> <p>56</p> <p>› INDUBOND-Tape-3000</p> <p>116</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-IC</p> <p>58</p> <p>› INDU-FLEX-CJ13</p> <p>118</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-P1</p> <p>61</p> <p>› SANIFIN</p> <p>120</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-P4</p> <p>63</p> <p>› SANIFLEX</p> <p>125</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-RS300</p> <p>65</p> <p>› THERMOPAL-ASP45</p> <p>127</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-TC07</p> <p>71</p> <p>› THERMOPAL-FS33</p> <p>130</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-UM</p> <p>74</p> <p>› THERMOPAL-GP11</p> <p>132</p> <p>› ASOCRET-BM</p> <p>77</p> <p>› THERMOPAL-SP</p> <p>134</p> <p>› ASO-DB-Standard</p> <p>78</p> <p>› THERMOPAL-SR24</p> <p>135</p> <p>› ASOFLEX-AKB-wall/-floor</p> <p>80</p> <p>› THERMOPAL-SR44</p> <p>137</p> <p>› ASO-Joint-Tape-2000</p> <p>84</p> <p>› UNIFLEX-B</p> <p>139</p> <p>› ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S</p> <p>87</p> <p>› ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-Sanitary</p> <p>90</p> <p>› ASOL-FE</p> <p>91</p> <p>› ASOLIN-SFC45</p> <p>93</p> <p>› ASOLIN-WS</p> <p>94</p> <p>35</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>ADF®-Balkonfolie</p> <p>Waterproofing and decoupling membrane</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Water impermeable <br />• Vapour pressure equalising <br />• High elasticity <br />• Crack bridging <br />• Alkali resistant <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• UV stabilized <br />• Resistant to micro-organisms <br />• Easy to install <br />• Even thickness</p> <p>Weight: <br />Colour: <br />Thickness: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>24 months when stored cool, <br />dry and protected from <br />sunlight and weathering</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />Suitable substrates are all that are flat and load-bearing <br />and capable of receiving tiles and that are suited to <br />accommodating a bonded waterproof membrane (see <br />ZDB data sheet [*1]). <br />The substrate must be load-bearing, adequately flat, free <br />from penetrating cracks and be free from separating <br />substances such as oil, paint, laitance layers and loose <br />parts. The substrate must have a largely closed textured <br />surface with a condition and strength appropriate <br />to its type. When installing tiles we recommend to <br />follow DIN 18157 regarding the substrate, substrate <br />preparation and workmanship. Penetrating cracks must <br />be professionally assessed and as necessary closed by <br />adhesively pre-sealing. <br />Prime porous and slightly sanded substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund-K. Height misalignments in the substrate <br />and penetrating moisture from the rear are to be <br />eliminated. <br />In exterior and wet duty areas a minimum fall of 1.5% <br />towards the drain outlet is to be constructed. <br />Appropriately level out unevenness prior to installing <br />ADF-Balkonfolie. The levelling may be carried out with <br />SOLOPLAN-30 in interior and exterior areas, ASONM15 or HOLZBODENSPACHTELMASSE HSM-11 in <br />interior areas. Heated screeds must be commissioned to <br />recognised technical regulations before commencing the <br />installation of the floor finish. Calcium sulphate screeds <br />must be abraded, vacuumed and, as with all calcium <br />sulphate based screeds, primed with ASO-Unigrund-K <br />diluted 1:3 with water.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />The ADF-Balkonfolie is used for waterproofing and <br />decoupling ceramic tiled finishes, natural and synthetic <br />stone in interior and exterior areas. ADF-Balkonfolie is <br />suitable for wet duty classes 0, A01, A02 and B0 in <br />accordance with the ZDF data sheet [*1]. <br />In particular, balconies and terraces can be <br />waterproofed with ADF-Balkonfolie as soon as they <br />can take foot traffic – as a rule after 3 to 7 days - and <br />subsequently without delay covered with tiles. Due to <br />the fleece on the rear, air channels remain beneath that <br />act to equalise vapour pressure and so lead trapped <br />moisture away. <br />Furthermore ADF-Balkonfolie can be used for decoupling <br />in residential dwellings – with vehicular traffic up to <br />3.5 N/mm2 and point loads in accordance with DIN <br />1055-3 up to 2kN. Greater dynamic loads such as <br />e.g. continuous vehicular traffic is excluded. <br />Cracks near to the surface can be directly bridged and <br />decoupled with ADF-Balkonfolie. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05964 (15 m2) <br />Art.-No. 2 05965 (7.5 m2)</p> <p>composite material consisting <br />of fleece-sheet membranefleece <br />approx. 0.6 kg/m2 <br />grey <br />approx. 1.5 mm <br />rolls <br />Length: 15 m / width: 1 m <br />Length: 7.5 m / width: 1 m</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />1. Test, clean and prepare the substrate appropriate <br />to the requirements. Edging termination profiles and <br />floor outlets should be cleaned by roughening and <br />degreased with universal cleaner as necessary. <br />2. Place clean water into a clean mixing bucket, <br />add ADF-Systemkleber or ADF-Systemkleber-FB <br />and mix with a stirrer (approx. 300 – 700 rpm)</p> <p>36</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>to a homogenous consistency. When laying the <br />waterproof membrane, use a smooth, easy to handle <br />consistency in order to achieve good wetting of the <br />ADF-Balkonfolie. <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Approx. 8.5 litres water : 25 kg ADF-Systemkleber <br />4.8 – 5.3 litres water : 25 kg ADF-Systemkleber-FB. <br />3. Cut the ADF-Balkonfolie to size with a knife or <br />scissors. Using either a 4 mm or 6 mm notched <br />trowel, comb ADF-Systemkleber or ADF-SystemkleberFB onto the substrate to an area approx. 10 cm <br />wider than the ADF-Balkonfolie. Subsequently lay <br />the membrane into the adhesive bed and press in <br />with a smooth trowel or roller ensuring that there are <br />no voids or folds. Bond the ADF-Balkonfolie to the <br />substrate with the darker side (thick fleece) on the <br />roll facing outwards. The SCHOMBURG text is then <br />visible. Ensure that the fleece is completely bedded <br />with full transfer of adhesive. Cut membrane sections <br />are to be butt jointed flush against each other. <br />4. Due to the fleece laminate on the rear, jointing <br />with waterproof tapes and pre-formed sections is <br />always carried out on the top (thin fleece) of the <br />ADF-Balkonfolie so that capillary water transportation <br />is prevented. The butt joints between the sections of <br />membrane are to be covered either with the balcony <br />joint tape contained within the delivery or, as an <br />alternative, with ASO-Dichtband-2000. To achieve <br />this a coating of adhesive is applied to both sides <br />of the butt joint using a 4 mm notched trowel and <br />the balcony joint tape carefully pressed into it with a <br />smooth trowel, without voids or folds. <br />5. Using ADF-Systemkleber or ADF-Systemkleber-FB, <br />bond, without voids or folds, ASO-Dichtband-2000 <br />or ASO-Dichtband-2000 ‘internal or external angles’ <br />to the corners, the junction between wall and floor as <br />well as over connecting joints, to the ADF-Balkonfolie <br />and onto the prepared wall surface. Where structural <br />or other movement joints cross, the pre-formed <br />sections ASO-Dichtband-2000-T-section or ASODichtband-2000-T-crosspiece are available which <br />permits them to be looped in the crossover area. Butt <br />joints are to be formed with a 5 cm overlap. Ensure <br />that a watertight bond is produced between the wall <br />and the surface membrane.</p> <p>6. Thin section drains must have a suitable loose/fixed <br />flange piece. Trowel out AQUAFIN-2K/M with a 6 mm <br />notched trowel. Without voids or folds, bed the ASODichtmanschette-floor into the trowelled product, so that a <br />watertight connection to the ADF-Balkonfolie is produced. <br />7. Sealing to doors, windows, edge sections and <br />drains is carried out with the self-adhesive ASODichtband-2000-Sanitär. Remove the protective strip <br />from the ASO-Dichtband-2000-Sanitär and bond the <br />suitable section. Subsequently fully bond to the ADFBalkonfolie without folds with ADF-Systemkleber or <br />ADF-Systemkleber-FB. <br />8. Tiles must have a minimum surface area of 100 <br />cm2 and a minimum breaking strength of 1500 N. <br />Bond the frost resistant tiles within the adhesive open <br />time in a void free bed, as far as possible, of ADFSystemkleber or ADF-Systemkleber-FB. Apply an initial <br />key coat to the ADF-Balkonfolie followed by an even <br />combed application using a trowel size appropriate <br />to the tile format. The installation of tiles can be <br />carried out onto freshly laid ADF-Balkonfolie provided <br />that there is adequate protection to the waterproofing <br />and there is means to spread load e.g. with walking <br />boards. <br />9. Grouting of the tiled finish can be carried out with <br />ASO-Flexfuge, the high strength HF05-Brillantfuge <br />or the epoxy resin grout ASODUR-EK98 or <br />ASODUR-Design. When grouting natural stone we <br />recommend CRISTALLFUGE with rapid crystalline <br />water binding. Leave movement joints free for elastic <br />sealing. <br />10. Seal connection and movement joints with <br />ESCOSIL-2000 or ESCOSIL-2000-ST in case <br />of natural stone. <br />Advice: <br />• ADF-Balkonfolie concerns a special type of <br />construction. Therefore we recommend a contractual <br />agreement. <br />• To the existing load-bearing substrate to receive <br />tiles, initially apply a key coat of 25 kg of ADFSystemkleber or ADF-Systemkleber-FB modified with <br />4.17 kg UNIFLEX-B. Subsequently bond the ADFBalkonfolie with the same material to the substrate, <br />prepared as described previously or bond the</p> <p>37</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>• We recommend to follow relevant current regulations <br />For e.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN EN 13813 <br />DIN 18202 <br />DIN 1055 <br />The BEB-information sheets distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “Coordinating cut-out areas <br />in heated floor construction” <br />The ZDB data sheets distributed by the Fachverband <br />des deutschen Fliesengewerbes: <br />[*1] “Information on the installation of waterproofing <br />in combination with ceramic wall and floor tiling in <br />internal and external areas” <br />[*2] “Floor finishes on calcium sulphate screeds.” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in ceramic wall and floor <br />tiling” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and concrete block <br />on cementitious floor constructions with insulation <br />layers.” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and concrete block <br />on heated cementitious floor constructions.” <br />[*7] “Cladding construction with tiles external to <br />buildings.”</p> <p>ADF-Balkonfolie to the hardened key coat using <br />ADF-Systemkleber or ADF-Systemkleber-FB without <br />additional modification. <br />Waterproofing to doors, windows, edging and <br />drainage sections can alternatively be achieved <br />with ADF-Systemkleber or ADF-Systemkleber-FB. <br />The substrate is to be prepared by suitable means <br />e.g.: direct contact with metals like copper, zinc <br />and aluminium is to be prevented by a pore-deep <br />primer. This is produced by a two coat application of <br />ASODUR-GBM. The first coat is applied liberally to <br />the substrate, which has been cleaned with universal <br />cleaner, and carefully brushed in. As soon as this <br />coat has cured sufficiently so that it is not disturbed <br />(approx. 3 hours), a further coat of ASODUR-GBM is <br />brushed on and broadcast with 0.1 – 0.6 mm quartz <br />sand. Consumption: approx. 800 – 1000 g/m2 <br />ASODUR-GBM. <br />For decoupling on timber substrates we recommend <br />ASODUR-LE-lightweight screed or STEPBOARD <br />decoupling boards. <br />Perimeter, bay, structural and other movement <br />joints are to be carried through or inserted in the <br />designed position and blocked off with suitable <br />media e.g. RD SK50 edging strip. Saw cut joints are <br />to be adhesively sealed or secured against height <br />misalignment and constructed as a movement joint in <br />the floor finish. <br />Prime calcium sulphate based substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund-S, ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASOUnigrund-K (mix ratio 1:3 with water). To avoid the <br />formation of ettringite with calcium sulphate based <br />substrates UNIFIX-AEK is suited for use on these <br />substrates up to a residual moisture content of 1.0% <br />with heated constructions or 1.5% with unheated. <br />As additional protection against ettringite formation <br />with calcium sulphate based substrates, the special <br />adhesive UNIFIX-AEK is recommended for installing <br />the ADF-Balkonfolie to these substrates. <br />Always follow valid technical data sheets for the <br />products named. <br />Whilst using ADF-Systemkleber or ADF-SystemkleberFB protect areas that are not to be treated. <br />ADF-Balkonfolie may not be bedded in or coated with <br />solvent-based products.</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>38</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>® <br />®-1K <br />AQUAFIN <br />AQUAFIN <br />-1K <br />One component mineral-based waterproof slurry</p> <p>Art.-No. <br />Art.-No. 2 <br />2 04248 <br />04248</p> <p>One component mineral-based waterproof slurry</p> <p>Density of mixed mortar: approx. 1.85 g/cm3 <br />Mixing: <br />approx. 6.7 litres water per <br />25 kg AQUAFIN-1K <br />approx. 1.6 litres water per <br />6 kg AQUAFIN-1K <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 60 min. <br />Substrate / <br />application temp: <br />+5° C to +35° C <br />Water impermeability, <br />In accordance with <br />DIN 12390-8 <br />28 days, 1.5 bar: <br />passed <br />Impermeability to water <br />under negative hydrostatic <br />pressure: <br />1.5 bar <br />Impermeability to water <br />in situ (10 m water <br />column): <br />passed <br />Adhesion strength: <br />> 0.5 N/mm² <br />(ASTM D 4541:2002) <br />Shore hardness D: <br />approx. 65 <br />(ASTM D 2240:05) <br />Comp. strength 28d: <br />approx. 15 N/mm² <br />(ASTM C 579) <br />Rapid chloride <br />permeability: <br />approx. 25% reduction <br />(ASTM C 1202.97) <br />Initial surface absorption: Nil (BS 1881 Part 208:96)</p> <p>SCHOMBURG <br />Properties: <br />GmbH & Co. KG <br />• Rigid waterproof slurry <br />Detmold <br />• Sulphate resistant <br />P-2003-4-3739/03 <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />P-2005-4-1391 <br />P-2002-4-1023/02B <br />• For wall and floor <br />• Water impermeable <br />KIWA MPA <br />Bautest GmbH, <br />• Suitable for all load-bearing <br />NL Dresden <br />conventional building substrates <br />• Hydraulic cure <br />• Easy efficient application <br />• Can be brushed, trowelled or <br />sprayed with suitable equipment <br />• Bonds to matt damp substrates without priming <br />• Vapour permeable, resistant to frost and ageing <br />• Application schedule against negative hydrostatic <br />pressure <br />• Application schedule against aqueous solutions <br />aggressive to concrete in accordance with DIN 4030</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />Waterproofing of new and existing buildings in ground <br />covered areas against ground moisture, seepage <br />water and water under pressure, water pressure from <br />the inside, retrospective internal waterproofing against <br />damp penetrating from the exterior as well as a <br />horizontal membrane within and beneath walls and in <br />building plinth areas. Weathered or greenery covered, <br />concrete cold roofs above underground garages, <br />prefabricated garages, service water containers, waste <br />water containers and pipes, retaining walls and sluices. <br />For use on wall or floor surfaces and for retrospective <br />treatment of substrates not at risk of cracking. When <br />using in containers or where there is exposure to <br />soft water with a hardness < 30 mg CaO/I then an <br />analysis of the water is a fundamental requirement. <br />Evaluation of the aggressiveness towards concrete is <br />carried out in accordance with DIN 4030. <br />AQUAFIN-1K is resistant up to attack grading <br />“highly aggressive” (exposure class XA2). <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Exposure class/material consumption/dry film thickness: <br />• Ground moisture/water: <br />3.5 kg/m²/approx. 2.0 mm <br />• Seepage water / water under pressure: <br />4.5 kg/m²/approx. 2.5 mm <br />It is necessary to apply 1.1 mm as a wet coat for every <br />mm dry film. <br />Exposure *):</p> <p>sand/cement, <br />polymer modified</p> <p>39</p> <p>Rainproof on surfaces to <br />falls after approx. 8 hrs, <br />avoid exposure to standing <br />water, foot traffic after 1 day <br />Against hydrostatic pressure <br />after 7 days</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Cleaning tools: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>with water whilst still fresh, <br />difficult to remove once dried <br />25 kg bags, 6 kg bags <br />12 months when stored <br />dry in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>a single coat as there is a risk of cracks appearing in <br />the waterproof layer due to the high binder content. <br />Alternatively AQUAFIN-1K can be spray applied <br />with suitable equipment such as e.g. HighPump M8 <br />(Peristaltic pump), HighPump Small or HighPump Pictor <br />(screw feed pump). Information on the above can be <br />obtained from HTG HIGH TECH Germany, GmbH, <br />Berlin – www.hightechspray.de.</p> <p>*) at +20° C and 60% relative humidity</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load-bearing, largely flat with an <br />open pored texture and a closed surface finish. It must <br />be free from gravel pockets, cavities, gaping cracks <br />and ridges, dust and free from adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. oil, paint, laitance and loose <br />areas. It may be damp but not wet. Substrates which <br />are suitable are tight jointed concrete, render PII and <br />PIII, flush pointed masonry work. Smooth out open <br />textured substrates such as pre-cast concrete blocks and <br />dense concrete blocks and uneven masonry work, with <br />a cement-based mortar.</p> <p>Drainage and protection boards in building sections <br />covered with earth: <br />Protect waterproof membranes from weathering and <br />mechanical damage through suitable protective <br />measures. Only install protective layers once the <br />membrane has fully dried, protective and drainage <br />boards (e.g. INA Schutz- und Drainelement) can be <br />fixed on dabs with COMBIDIC-1K with perimeter <br />insulation being fully bedded with tight joints using <br />COMBIDIC-2K. <br />Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated from AQUAFIN-1K. <br />• The substrate must be matt damp. Avoid puddle <br />formation. <br />• Once the coating has hardened, keep the surface <br />damp for at least 24 hours. <br />• Protect the fresh coating from rain, wind, frost and <br />direct sunlight. <br />• In strong sunshine, work in the shade against the <br />direction of the sun. <br />• A load-bearing sound substrate is a prerequisite for <br />a permanent bond between the substrate and the <br />coating system. Poorly bonded substances and those <br />destructive to the bond must be completely removed. <br />High pressure jet washing (> 400 bar), very high <br />pressure jet washing (up to 2000 bar) and abrasive <br />blast techniques with solid abrasive media are <br />suitable methods. The final work process must involve <br />cleaning by pressure washing. <br />• In service water containers temperatures mostly <br />around +10° C to +15° C are to be expected. In <br />order to ensure a full hydration of the cement, keep <br />the coating damp for an adequate amount of time <br />(constant relative humidity >80%) and protect from <br />drying out. In general 7 days will suffice. At the <br />same time avoid the formation of condensation or</p> <p>Pre-wet the substrate so that it is matt damp at the time <br />of application. Prime very porous substrates such as <br />aerated concrete or those containing gypsum with <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K to improve <br />adhesion. Pre-slurry the base slab/wall transition and <br />corners with AQUAFIN-1K and construct a coved fillet, <br />of min. side length of approx. 4 cm, onto the wet slurry <br />coat with either ASOCRET-RN or a cement mortar <br />modified with ASOPLAST-MZ. <br />Product application: <br />• Prepare the substrate appropriate to its requirements. <br />• Place approx. 1.6 or 6.7 litres of clean water into <br />a clean mixing bucket, mix in as much powder until <br />a homogenous lump free mix is achieved. With a <br />mechanical mixer (approx. 500-700 rpm) a mixing <br />time of approx. 2-3 minutes is necessary. <br />• Apply two coats of AQUAFIN-1K by brush or trowel. <br />Only apply the second and successive coats once <br />the one beneath will not be damaged by foot traffic <br />or during application (approx. 4-6 hours at +20° C/ <br />60% RH). An even thickness is achieved by using a 4 <br />to 6 mm notched trowel followed by smoothing flat. <br />Avoid applying thicknesses greater than 2 kg/m² as <br />40</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>standing water during this time span after application. <br />Where there is risk of dropping below the dew <br />point (condensation) install a dehumidifier until the <br />mortar has cured. Under no circumstances blow in <br />uncontrolled warm air or use direct heat sources (e.g. <br />gas or oil heaters). <br />• Do not attempt to re-life mortar that has already <br />started to stiffen by adding more water or fresh mortar <br />as there is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />• If there is a risk of cracking in the substrate following <br />application then, dependent on the area of <br />application, use AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-RS300 <br />or AQUAFIN-2K/M. <br />• Observe current valid regulations. <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>41</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-1K-flex</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04262 <br />One component, flexible cementitious waterproofing slurry</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Seamless and jointless flexible crack-bridging <br />waterproofing material <br />• Suitable for all load-bearing substrates usual <br />in construction <br />• Hydraulic setting <br />• Simple, efficient application <br />• Can be applied by brush, trowel or suitable <br />spray equipment <br />• Bonds without priming to damp substrates <br />• Vapour permeable, resistant to frost, <br />UV and ageing</p> <p>Vapour transmission <br />rate μ: <br />Sd value (2.0 mm): <br />Consumption:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />Bonded waterproofing system for tiles: <br />For secure and effective waterproofing beneath tiles, <br />where impermeability to water is required for longer <br />term to constant water exposure e.g. in domestic <br />bathrooms and kitchens, private and communal <br />washrooms as well as on swimming pool surrounds <br />wall and floor junctions are reinforced with the <br />incorporation of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 or <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S.</p> <p>Product resilience *): <br />• Through foot traffic after approx. 7 days <br />• Can be covered with tiles after approx. 24 hours <br />• With water after approx. 7 days <br />Packaging: <br />20 kg bags <br />Storage: <br />cool and dry, 12 months in <br />the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />Cleaning: <br />clean tools in the fresh state <br />with water, dried mortar can <br />only be removed with <br />AQUAFIN-Cleanser</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>approx. 2300 <br />approx. 4.6 m <br />approx. 1.15 kg/mm <br />dry film thickness</p> <p>Exposure type/Fresh mortar requirements/ <br />Wet film thickness/Dry film thickness/ <br />Bonded waterproof membrane for tiles: <br />approx. 2.5 mm / approx. 2 mm <br />Allowance has not been made for greater material <br />consumption on uneven substrates.</p> <p>cement/sand, <br />polymer improved <br />approx. 1.3 g/cm3 <br />approx. 60 minutes</p> <p>*) at +20° C and 60% relative humidity</p> <p>Fresh mortar density: <br />Pot life: <br />Substrate / <br />application temperature: +5° C to +35° C <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 0.5 N/mm2 after 28 days <br />(to DIN EN 1542) <br />Tear strength: <br />> 0.4 N/mm2 at +23° C <br />(to DIN 53504) <br />Elongation at break: <br />> 8% at +23° C <br />(to DIN 53504) <br />Crack-bridging 0.4 mm <br />crack maintained <br />for 24 hours: <br />passed <br />(to DIN 28052-6)</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />All flat, load-bearing areas, which can be covered <br />with tiles are suitable and which are also suitable for <br />bonded waterproof membranes used beneath tiling. <br />Furthermore the substrates suitability must be given <br />for the appropriate wet duty exposure class. Suitable <br />substrates are e.g. concrete with a dense microstructure, <br />PII and PIII renders, fully pointed masonry work, cementbased screeds, moisture resistant plasterboard and <br />gypsum fibre boards. <br />Using a cement mortar, smooth out large pored <br />substrates such as concrete foundation blocks, dense <br />concrete blocks and masonry work. <br />The substrate must be load-bearing, adequately flat, <br />free from penetrating cracks and free from separating</p> <p>42</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>substances such as e.g. oil, paint, laitance and loose <br />areas. The substrate must have a largely closed <br />surface texture and strength appropriate to its type. <br />Separating cracks must be professionally assessed and <br />adhesively sealed as necessary beforehand with e.g. <br />ASODUR-K900.</p> <p>of 2-3 minutes is required. Apply AQUAFIN-1K-flex by <br />spray, brush or trowel techniques in a minimum of two <br />operations. <br />The second coat as well as further coats should only <br />be applied when the first coat will not become <br />damaged by foot traffic or from further application. <br />Avoid application thicknesses greater than 1.5 mm <br />(2 kg/m2) in one operation, as cracks may appear in <br />the waterproofing coat due to the high polymer content.</p> <p>Renders should have a minimum compressive strength <br />of 2.5 N/mm² for the installation of tiles and be <br />suitable for use in the particular wet duty exposure class. <br />Pre-wet substrates so that at the time AQUAFIN-1K-flex is <br />applied, they are matt damp. Prime very absorbent and <br />insignificantly sanded substrates with ASO-Unigrund. <br />Ensure that there is no height differentiation within the <br />substrate and that moisture penetration from the rear is <br />excluded. <br />Level out irregularities appropriately before applying <br />AQUAFIN-1K-flex. Levelling can be carried out with <br />e.g. with the levelling compounds SOLOPLAN-30 or <br />SOLOPLAN-15. <br />In wet duty areas form adequate falls towards the <br />drainage outlets. <br />Floor drain outlets should have a thin-bed flange with a <br />minimum 5 cm circumference width and be made from <br />materials suitable for bonding such as e.g. stainless <br />steel, red brass or PVC-U. <br />Heated screeds must be commissioned to recognised <br />technical regulations in readiness for tiling. The <br />readiness of a screed to receive finishes is to be <br />determined by moisture measurements with a carbide <br />hygrometer. The CM moisture content may not exceed <br />• CT ) 2.0 CM% for screeds on insulation or <br />separating layers <br />• CA without underfloor heating ) 0.5 CM% <br />• CA with underfloor heating ) 0.3 CM% <br />Calcium sulphate screeds can be accepted in areas <br />without planned drainage (floor outlets). They must <br />be mechanically abraded, vacuumed and as with <br />all calcium sulphate based substrates primed with <br />ASO-Unigrund.</p> <p>1. Prepare the substrate appropriate for its requirements. <br />2. Pre-wet substrates so that at the time AQUAFIN-1K-flex <br />is applied, they are matt damp. Prime very absorbent <br />and insignificantly sanded substrates with ASOUnigrund. Allow the priming to dry before further work. <br />3. Apply AQUAFIN-1K-FLEX with a steel float, paint <br />brush or suitable spray equipment. An even thickness <br />is achieved when a 4 or 6 mm notched trowel is used <br />followed by smoothing out. Overcoat any missed areas. <br />At least two coats are required. The previous coat must <br />be dry before applying the next. <br />4. To form water impermeable movement and <br />connecting joints insert the ASO-Joint-Tape system. <br />Apply AQUAFIN-1K-flex to both sides of the joint to <br />be bridged, 2 cm wider than the tape with a 406 mm <br />notched trowel. Lay the ASO-Joint-Tape system into the <br />wet coating and then thoroughly press, without voids <br />or folds, into the waterproof coating with steel float or <br />pressure roller. Ensure there is a full bed and contact. <br />Ensure that the tape is bonded in such a way as to <br />prevent water from migrating around the back of the <br />ASO-Joint-Tape system. The tape is laid in a loop into <br />movement joints. Overlap butt joints by 5 to 10 cm <br />and fully bond, without folds, with AQUAFIN-1K-flex and <br />overcoat. <br />5. Bond the tiles in a polymer modified thin-bed <br />adhesive, e.g. MONOFLEX-XL, ASODUR-EK-98 or <br />one of the UNIFIX series. <br />Advice: <br />• Protect areas not to be treated with AQUAFIN-1K-flex <br />from its effects. <br />• Avoid dropping below the dew point (condensation <br />formation) during the drying phase of AQUAFIN-1Kflex.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Place approx. 6.2 – 6.4 litres of water into a clean <br />mixing bucket and stir together with the powder to a <br />homogenous, lump free consistency. Using a rotating <br />mechanical mixer (approx. 500 – 700 rpm) a mix time <br />43</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>• At high temperatures a slightly sticky surface may be <br />encountered due to the high polymer content. In this <br />case we recommend that post treatment is carried out <br />with water in order to guarantee complete hydration. <br />• In rooms with low temperatures, higher humidity <br />and inadequate ventilation, an extended drying <br />time is to be expected. Forced air heaters are not <br />recommended for drying in these rooms. <br />• When there is strong sunlight, work in the shaded <br />areas against the direction of the sun. Dampen very <br />dry and porous substrates before application or prime <br />with ASO-Unigrund as necessary. The substrate may <br />be matt damp. Avoid the formation of puddles. <br />• During the curing process no water should come <br />into contact with the waterproof membrane. Water <br />pressure from the rear can lead to delamination in <br />frost. <br />• If there is moisture from the rear, pre-coat with <br />AQUAFIN-1K. Dependent on the severity of <br />dampness, it may be necessary to apply one or <br />more coats. Where there is ground moisture the <br />consumption will be a minimum of 1.75 kg/m² and <br />where there is standing run-off (seepage) water it <br />will be a minimum of 3.5 kg/m². Pre-treatment may <br />also be carried out with INDUFLOOR-IB1240 or <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1245 dependent on the project. <br />• Eliminate direct contact with metals like copper, zinc <br />and aluminium by priming until the pores are closed. <br />Pore-tight priming can be produced by two coats of <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225. The first coat is applied to the <br />substrate, which has been cleaned with universal <br />cleaner, and carefully worked in by brush. After this <br />coat has reacted sufficiently so that it can no longer <br />be disturbed (approx. 3 – 6 hours), brush on a <br />second coat and broadcast with quartz sand <br />(0.2 – 0.7 mm grain size). Consumption: approx. <br />800 – 1000 g/m2 INDUFLOOR-IB1225.</p> <p>• For waterproofing to PVC and stainless steel flanges: <br />Abrade the flange, degrease with universal cleaner, <br />apply AQUAFIN-1K-flex and without voids or <br />folds, bed in the ASO-waterproofing gasket-floor or <br />alternatively the ADF-pipe gasket. Tie in seamlessly <br />with the waterproof membrane. <br />• The relevant current regulations are to be observed. <br />Please observe a valid EU health and safety data sheet. <br />Low chromate. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>44</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-2K</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04250</p> <p>Two-component, flexible waterproofing slurry</p> <p>SCHOMBURG <br />Properties: <br />GmbH & Co. KG <br />• Seamless and jointless, <br />Detmold <br />flexible, crack-bridging <br />P-2005-4-1391 <br />waterproof membrane <br />P-2002-4-1023/02B <br />• Suitable for all sound, <br />load-bearing conventional <br />KIWA MPA <br />Bautest GmbH, <br />substrates used in construction <br />NL Dresden <br />• Hydraulic cure <br />• Simple effective application <br />• Can be applied by brush, <br />trowel or with suitable spray <br />equipment <br />• Bonds to damp substrates without priming <br />• Vapour permeable. Resistant to frost, UV and ageing <br />• Water impermeable to 7 bar <br />• Resistant against liquid manure</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />AQUAFIN-1K <br />Basis: <br />Sand/cement <br />Mixing ratio: 3 parts by weight <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bag <br />6 kg bag <br />Colour: <br />grey</p> <p>UNIFLEX- B <br />Polymer dispersion <br />1 part by weight <br />8.33 kg bucket <br />2 kg bucket <br />white</p> <p>Combined product <br />Density of mixed mortar: approx. 1.6 g/cm3 <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 60 min. <br />Substrate / application <br />temp: <br />+5° C to +35° C <br />Tensile adhesion strength: > 0.5 N/mm² after 28 days <br />to DIN EN 1542 <br />Tensile strength: <br />> 0.4 N/mm² at +23° C <br />to DIN EN 53504 <br />Elongation at break: <br />> 8% at +23° C <br />to DIN EN 53504 <br />Crack-bridging, <br />0.4 mm crack <br />maintained 24 hrs: <br />passed to DIN 28052-6 <br />Impermeability to water: 7 bar following DIN 1048 <br />Water vapour resistance <br />factor μ with a 2 mm <br />dry film thickness: <br />approx. 1,000 <br />Sd value with a 2 mm dry <br />film thickness: <br />approx. 2 m <br />Sd value, CO2: <br />approx. 210 m</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />For the effective and assured waterproofing of ground <br />covered building sections e.g. concrete, masonry <br />work etc. against ground moisture, water not under <br />hydrostatic pressure and water under hydrostatic <br />pressure (with suitable construction) as well as for <br />horizontal waterproofing within and beneath masonry <br />work. It is furthermore suited for waterproofing planted <br />concrete cold roofs above underground garages, <br />pre-fabricated garages, containers, service water <br />containers, effluent containers and pipework as well as <br />effluent sludge containers. <br />When using in containers or when exposed to soft <br />water with a hardness < 30 mg/l then it is imperative <br />that the water is analysed.</p> <p>Loading condition/material consumption/dry film <br />thickness: <br />• Ground moisture/non standing seepage water: <br />min. 3.5 kg/m² (approx. 2.0 mm) <br />• Water not under hydrostatic pressure: <br />min. 3.5 kg/m² (approx. 2.0 mm) <br />• Standing seepage water / water under hydrostatic <br />pressure: <br />min. 4.5 kg/m² (approx. 2.5 mm) <br />It is necessary to apply 1.1 mm as a wet coat for every <br />mm dry film. <br />Greater material consumption on uneven substrates has <br />not been taken into account.</p> <p>Waterproofing combined with tiled finishes: <br />For the effective and assured waterproofing in <br />combination with tiled finishes when longer term or <br />frequent impermeability to water is required e.g. in <br />private bathrooms and kitchens, private and public <br />sanitary areas as well as balconies and terraces, <br />swimming pools and pool surrounds. Reinforce the <br />elastic surface membrane at wall/floor junctions by <br />incorporating ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 or ASO-Joint-Tape2000-S, dependent on the type of wet duty exposure.</p> <p>45</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Exposure *):</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Cleaning:</p> <p>Rainproof on surfaces to falls <br />after approx. 6 hrs, avoid <br />exposure to standing water <br />Foot traffic after approx. <br />1 day <br />Against hydrostatic pressure <br />after approx. 7 days <br />Ready to receive tiled finishes <br />after approx. 1 day <br />powder component – <br />approx. 12 months when <br />kept dry <br />Liquid component – <br />approx. 12 months when <br />stored away from frost <br />Store in the original unopened <br />packaging and use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />Clean tools with water whilst <br />material is still wet. Dissolve <br />dried on material with <br />AQUAFIN-Cleanser.</p> <p>Penetrations should be planned with thin-bed flanges of <br />a minimum 5 cm circumferential width and composed of <br />a material which can be bonded such as e.g. stainless <br />steel, gun metal, PVC-U. With narrow flange widths <br />(> 30 mm < 50 mm) we recommend bonding <br />a waterproof gasket at the flange transition with <br />ASODUR-EK98 wall. <br />AQUAFIN-2K can be used as an adhesion promoter <br />over old, well bonded bitumen-based waterproof <br />membranes. The waterproof membrane should be <br />treated with a scratch coat and once fully dried, <br />overcoated with two layers of a high build bitumen <br />waterproof membrane at a thickness appropriate to <br />the wet duty exposure demands. <br />Eliminate moisture penetration from the rear or localised <br />moisture penetration. We recommend in all cases <br />where there is moisture penetration from the rear that a <br />pre-waterproof coating of AQUAFIN-1K is applied to <br />prevent pressure from the substrate. Dependent on the <br />wet duty exposure it may be necessary to apply one or <br />more coats beforehand. Consumption where there is <br />ground moisture would be a minimum of 1.75 kg/m² <br />and where there is standing seepage water it would be <br />a minimum 3.5 kg/m² of AQUAFIN-1K. With concrete <br />areas, negative moisture exposure can be eliminated <br />with INDUFLOOR-IB1240 or INDUFLOOR-IB1245. In <br />this case a consumption of 600 – 1,000 g/m² will be <br />necessary.</p> <p>*) at +20° C and 60% relative humidity.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load bearing, largely flat with an <br />open pored texture and a closed surface finish. It must <br />be free from gravel pockets, cavities, gaping cracks <br />and ridges, dust and free from adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. oil, paint, laitance and loose <br />areas.</p> <p>Product application: <br />Prepare the substrate appropriate to its requirements and <br />the particular wet duty service conditions. As necessary, <br />roughen edge detailing, thin-bed flanges and degrease <br />with acetone. <br />Place the liquid component, UNIFLEX-B, into a <br />clean mixing bucket and stir in the powder until a <br />homogenous, lump free mix is achieved. A mixing <br />time of approx. 2-3 minutes is necessary when mixing <br />with power tools (approx. 500-700 rpm). In order to <br />achieve a workable consistency up to a maximum of 5% <br />clean water (=1.67 litres / 33.3 kg) can be added, <br />dependent on the weather, method of application and <br />substrate absorption. <br />Pre-wet the substrate so that it is matt damp at the <br />time the AQUAFIN-2K is applied. Prime very porous <br />and slighty sanded substrates with ASO-Unigrund-GE</p> <p>Substrates which are suitable are tight jointed concrete, <br />render PII and PIII, moisture resistant plasterboard, <br />gypsum-fibre boards, cement-fibre boards, flush pointed <br />masonry work, cement-based screeds, poured asphalt of <br />hardness class IC 10. The building material used must <br />be suitable for and resistant to the service conditions. <br />Smooth out open textured substrates such as pre-cast <br />concrete blocks and dense concrete blocks and uneven <br />masonry work, with a cement-based mortar. <br />Pre-wet the substrate so that it is matt damp at the time <br />of application. Prime very porous substrates such as <br />aerated concrete or those containing gypsum with <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K to improve <br />adhesion.</p> <p>46</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>or ASO-Unigrund-K. Allow the primer to dry before <br />successive work steps. <br />Apply a minimum of two coats of AQUAFIN-2K by <br />brush or trowel. Only apply the second and successive <br />coats once the one beneath will not be damaged by <br />foot traffic or during application (approx. 4-6 hours <br />at +20° C/63% RH). An even thickness is achieved <br />by using a 4 to 6 mm notched trowel followed by <br />smoothing flat. Avoid applying thicknesses greater than <br />2 kg/m² as a single coat as there is a risk of cracks <br />appearing in the waterproof layer due to the high <br />binder content. <br />Alternatively AQUAFIN-2K can be spray applied <br />with suitable equipment such as e.g. HighPump M8 <br />(Peristaltic pump), HighPump Small or HighPump Pictor <br />(screw feed pump). Information on the above can be <br />obtained from HTG HIGH TECH Germany, GmbH, <br />Berlin – www.hightechspray.de.</p> <p>As an alternative to waterproof tapes (production of a <br />coved fillet): pre-slurry the base slab/wall transition with <br />AQUAFIN-1K. Construct a coved fillet, of min. side <br />length of approx. 4 cm, onto the wet slurry coat with <br />either ASOCRET-RN or a cement mortar modified with <br />ASOPLAST-MZ. Once fully cured proceed to waterproof <br />with AQUAFIN-2K.</p> <p>To form waterproof movement and connecting joints, <br />incorporate the appropriate waterproof tape as <br />described in the system components section. Use the <br />pre-formed pieces for corners, penetrations, cross over <br />points – ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S corners (90° internal/ <br />external), ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S T pieces, <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-crosses and ASO-Waterproof <br />gaskets. Using a 4-6 mm notched trowel apply <br />AQUAFIN-2K to both sides of the joint to be abridged <br />to a width 2 cm wider than the waterproof tape. Lay <br />the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/-S into the wet coating and <br />then carefully press into the waterproof membrane with <br />a steel trowel or pressure roller ensuring there are no <br />voids or folds. Ensure that as far as possible there is full <br />coverage and a solid bed. Affix the ASO-Joint-Tape2000/-S in such a way as to avoid water getting <br />behind. Lay ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/-S in a ‘U’ shape <br />over movement joints. Overlap waterproof tape joints <br />by a minimum of 5 to 10 cm and bond, fully bedded <br />and without folds, with AQUAFIN-2K, overcoat and <br />seamlessly blend in with the surface waterproofing. <br />When using pre-formed pieces follow the same <br />installation methods. <br />When installing tiles, use an appropriate tile adhesive, <br />e. g. MONOFLEX XL, ASODUR-EK-98-floor/wall or one <br />of UNIFIX series. At the time the tiles are to be installed, <br />the waterproof membrane must be fully hardened.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated from AQUAFIN-2K. <br />Avoid the surface of AQUAFIN-2K from dropping <br />below the dew point (condensation formation). <br />• With high temperatures, there is the possibility of a <br />slightly tacky surface due to the high polymer content. <br />If this occurs, we recommend post treating with water <br />in order to ensure full hydration. <br />• Avoid any point or linear loading to the surface of <br />AQUAFIN-2K. <br />• In rooms with high humidity and/or inadequate <br />ventilation (e.g. in water containers), an extended <br />drying time is to be expected. Direct heat sources or <br />uncontrolled blown warm air is not permitted. <br />• In strong sunshine, work in the shade against the <br />direction of the sun <br />• During the curing phase, do not expose to water. <br />Water penetrating from the rear may be lead to <br />delamination in frost, <br />• AQUAFIN-2K may be rendered over (splatterdash <br />coat modified with ASOPLAST-MZ) and also painted <br />with vapour permeable, solvent-free dispersions or <br />dispersion-silicate paints (not pure silicate paints). <br />• Exclude direct contact with metals such as copper, <br />zinc and aluminium by sealing with a primer. This can <br />be achieved with two coats of INDUFLOOR-IB1225. <br />Clean the metal with acetone and then thoroughly</p> <p>Drainage and protection boards in building sections <br />covered with earth: <br />Protect waterproof membranes from weathering and <br />mechanical damage through suitable protective <br />measures . Only install protective layers once the <br />membrane has fully dried, protective and drainage <br />boards (e.g. INA Schutz- und Drainelement) can be <br />fixed on dabs with COMBIDIC-1K with perimeter <br />insulation being fully bedded with tight joints using <br />COMBIDIC-2K.</p> <p>47</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>coat with the primer. Once this coat has sufficiently <br />reacted so that it can longer be moved (approx. 3-6 <br />hours), brush on a second coat and broadcast with <br />quartz sand of grain size 0.2-0.7 mm. Consumption <br />approx. 800-1,000 g/m² INDUFLOOR-IB1225. <br />To waterproof PVC, gun metal or stainless steel <br />flanges, abrade the flange, degrease with acetone, <br />apply AQUAFIN-2K and bed in the ASO-waterproof <br />gasket or, where necessary the ASO-pipe gasket, and <br />incorporate seamlessly into the surface waterproof <br />coating. <br />Where there are increased chlorine or ozone <br />concentrations in the water, there is a possibility of <br />fading. For optical reasons it may be necessary to <br />apply a coloured coating. <br />Do not apply solvent based products to <br />AQUAFIN-2K. <br />Observe current relevant regulatory works.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet <br />GISCODE: ZP1 (AQUAFIN-1K) <br />GISCODE: D1 (UNIFLEX-B)</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>48</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-2K/M</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04280 <br />2-comp., flexible, polymer-modified, cementitious waterproof coating</p> <p>Description: <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M is a flexible elastomeric, 2-comp. <br />polymer modified coating that waterproofs and protects <br />concrete, masonry, brick and some natural stone <br />substrates with crack-bridging properties.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Crack bridging up to 2.6 mm <br />• Easy to use – can be brush, spray, roller or <br />trowel applied <br />• Vapour permeable <br />• Waterproof – resistant to 5 bar (positive side <br />water pressure) <br />• Can be tiled or left uncoated <br />• UV, weather and freeze-thaw resistant <br />• Bonds well to damp substrates without priming <br />• Environmentally friendly <br />• Resistant to concrete aggressive water according <br />to DIN 4030 <br />• Potable water approval according to DVGW W347 <br />• Root resistance acc. to Swiss Society of Engineers & <br />Architects: SIA V 280 no. 11.</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K/M has excellent adhesion characteristics <br />and provides a seamless system which can be left as <br />the finished surface, or can be top-coated with tiles, <br />pavers, paint, or other coatings. <br />Primary Uses: <br />For waterproofing water structures, sewage treatment <br />plants, exterior basement walls, retaining walls, <br />swimming pools, fountains, aquarium & zoo tanks, <br />spillways, wet areas, under tiled applications, exposed <br />and decoupled roofs and sealing of expansion and <br />construction joints with ASO-Joint-Tapes.</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />Basis:</p> <p>General waterproofing: <br />• External waterproofing of old and new buildings <br />against ground moisture, humidity, pressure water. <br />• Horizontal waterproofing beneath masonry. <br />• Internal waterproofing against humidity from outside. <br />• For waterproofing of underground car parks, <br />prefabricated garages, containers, service water <br />tanks, liquid manure containers, canalisation, areas <br />of high humidity, terraces, balconies and swimming <br />pools. <br />• For the fixing of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000, <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S and ASO-Joint-Sleeve.</p> <p>Mixing ratio: <br />Mixing time: <br />Density: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>Substrate/Application <br />temperature:</p> <p>Waterproofing beneath tiles: <br />• Safe and economic waterproofing beneath tiles in <br />wet rooms, where water impermeability against long <br />term and permanent water table is demanded, i.e. <br />in bath rooms, kitchens, shower rooms, on balconies <br />and terraces. <br />• For waterproofing inside swimming pools.</p> <p>Time between re-coat:</p> <p>Exposure to**):</p> <p>NOTE: for applications were negative side hydrostatic <br />water pressure can be anticipated use AQUAFIN-1K as <br />a base coat.</p> <p>49</p> <p>2-comp., cement/sand <br />powder and acrylic <br />polymer dispersion <br />5:2 powder:liquid by weight <br />2 - 3 min. (drilling machine <br />min. 300 - 500 r/min) <br />1.6 g/cm3 <br />approx. 60 min. at +23 °C, <br />60% RH. <br />approx. 20 min. at +35 °C, <br />65% RH <br />min. +5° C to max. <br />+35° C. Lower <br />temperatures extend, higher <br />temperatures reduce curing <br />times. <br />approx. 1.5 to 4 hrs. <br />depending on climate <br />conditions <br />- rain on inclined areas after <br />approx. 6 hours <br />- pedestrian traffic after <br />approx. 1 day <br />- pressure water after <br />approx. 7 days</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Service temperature:</p> <p>- setting of tiles after <br />approx. 1 day <br />traffic -15 °C to +50 °C non <br />traffic -20 °C to +60 °C</p> <p>Details: <br />• Fillet cove, ledging corner: Form between masonry <br />and foundation a fillet cove of 4 cm length with preblended mortar ASOCRET-RN or cement-based mortar <br />and ASOPLAST-MZ additive. <br />• Existing cracks can be sealed with AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />by embedding the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 into the first <br />layer. <br />• For moving cracks and construction joints use <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S.</p> <p>**) at ambient temperature of +20 °C and 60% RH, <br />for higher temperatures and RH consult the method <br />statement for tropical climates. <br />Technical Properties: <br />Adhesion strength: <br />approx. 1.5 N/mm2 at 28 d <br />Tensile strength: <br />4.2 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 412-98a) <br />Elongation: <br />115% (ASTM D 412-98a) <br />Crack bridging: <br />2.6 mm (ASTM C 836:95) <br />Water permeability: <br />Nil at 5 bar (BS EN 12390) <br />Abrasion resistance: <br />110 mg (ASTM D 4060:01) <br />Shore ‘A’: <br />approx. 85 <br />Initial surface absorption: Nil (BS 1881 Part 208:96) <br />Rapid chloride <br />permeability: <br />85% reduction <br />(ASTM-C 1202.97) <br />Vapour diffusion <br />resistance number: <br />approx. 1,000 μ <br />Sd – value: <br />approx. 2 m <br />Sd – value, CO2: <br />approx. 200 m <br />Flammability class: <br />B2 (DIN 4102 Part 1)</p> <p>Mixing: <br />Pour approx. 2/3 of the liquid component UNIFLEX-M <br />into a clean container and add AQUAFIN powder <br />component whilst stirring until a lump free mass is <br />achieved. Mixing time of 2 - 3 minutes is required. <br />After that, add the remaining UNIFLEX-M and stir until <br />a uniform consistency is achieved. <br />NOTE: Depending on application, max. 1.5% (approx. <br />0.5 l / 35 kg) water can be added during mixing in <br />order to adjust application consistency. <br />Method of Application: <br />The substrate must be damp during the application. <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M can be applied by brush, trowel, <br />roller or appropriate spray equipment. At least two <br />coats of AQUAFIN-2K/M are necessary. The applied <br />thickness of the waterproofing must correspond with the <br />required minimum thickness for the expected wet duty <br />conditions. <br />Only apply the second layer when the first coat will not <br />be damaged by further applications (at +20 °C after <br />4 hours at the earliest). Due to the possibility of crack <br />formations avoid applied thicknesses greater than <br />2 kg/m2 (= 1 mm dry film thickness) in one application <br />to prevent the formation of cracks. For protection <br />of the AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing the <br />ASO-Systemvlies-02 may be embedded into the <br />last layer. <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M can be spray applied with a suitable <br />spraying machine, e.g. a HighPump M8 from HIGH <br />TECH, Berlin. The required layer thickness is to be <br />applied homogeneously according to the load case.</p> <p>Application Procedures: <br />Surface preparation <br />The surface must be clean, sound and fine pored. It must <br />be free from grease, dust, pockets, cracks and ridges. <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M is suitable for smooth concrete, <br />screed, mastic asphalt, plaster, gypsum board and <br />masonry. Coarsely pored surfaces like gutter blocks or <br />precast concrete blocks have to be grouted with cement <br />mortar, ASOCRET–FS or AQUAFIN-1K. Prime highly <br />absorbent surfaces like light weight concrete or gypsum <br />boards with ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K to <br />improve adhesion. Use suitable methods to prepare <br />the substrate dependent on its condition such as e.g. <br />brushing, vacuuming, grinding, milling, shotblasting and <br />water jetting.</p> <p>50</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />In wet state with water. <br />Cured material is etched with AQUAFIN-cleanser.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life: <br />When stored dry, and kept from freezing: <br />Powder component: <br />approx. 12 months <br />Liquid component: <br />approx. 12 months <br />In original unopened packaging. <br />Consume open packs immediately.</p> <p>Estimating & Supply: <br />Packaging: AQUAFIN-2K/M is available in 35 kg <br />(25 kg powder/10 kg liquid) 21 kg (15 kg powder/ <br />6 kg liquid) and 7 kg (5 kg powder/2 kg liquid) units. <br />Powder supplied in bags, liquid in pails. <br />Loading case / consumption / dry layer thickness: <br />Positive waterproofing: <br />Type of application</p> <p>Water head</p> <p>Total recommended <br />consumption (kg/sq.m)</p> <p>Min. dry thickness (mm)**</p> <p>Roofs, decoupled</p> <p>below 1m <br />traffic</p> <p>2.0 – 2.25 <br />2.5 – 3.0 *)</p> <p>1.0 <br />1.3</p> <p>below 1 m <br />traffic <br />non tiled <br />tiled</p> <p>2.5 <br />3.0 <br />3.0 <br />4.0 <br />3.0 <br />3.0 <br />3.0</p> <p>– 4.0</p> <p>1.3 <br />1.5 <br />1.5 <br />2.0 <br />1.5 <br />1.5 <br />1.5</p> <p>4.0 – 4.5</p> <p>2.0</p> <p>3.0 <br />2.0 <br />3.0 <br />3.0 <br />4.0 <br />2.0 <br />3.0 <br />3.5 <br />4.0 <br />4.5</p> <p>1.5 <br />1.0 <br />1.5 <br />1.5 <br />2.0 <br />1.0 <br />1.5 <br />1.8 <br />2.0 <br />2.3</p> <p>Roofs, composite <br />waterproofing <br />Balconies/terraces <br />Plaza decks <br />Swimming pools</p> <p>Fountains <br />Water tanks <br />below grade</p> <p>small to medium <br />olympic, non tiled <br />olympic, <br />tiled normal adhesive <br />olympic, <br />tiled adhesive <br />UNIFIX-2K/6 <br />up to 1.0 m <br />up to 1.5 m <br />normal water tanks <br />potable water tanks <br />below 2 m <br />below 2 – 4 m <br />below 4 – 7m <br />below 7 – 10 m <br />above 10 m</p> <p>– 3.0 <br />– 4.0 *) <br />– 4.0 <br />– 4.0 *)</p> <p>– <br />– <br />– <br />– <br />–</p> <p>2.5 <br />3.5 <br />4.5 <br />4.5 <br />2.5</p> <p>51</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Negative waterproofing below grade & direct water contact <br />(on AQUAFIN-1K substrate): <br />Type of application</p> <p>Water head</p> <p>Total recommended <br />consumption (kg/m2)</p> <p>Min. dry thickness (mm)**</p> <p>Below grade</p> <p>below 2 m <br />below 2 – 4 m <br />below 4 – 7m <br />below 7 – 10 m <br />above 10 m</p> <p>2.0 – 2.5 <br />3.0 <br />3.5 <br />4.0 <br />4.5</p> <p>1.0 <br />1.5 <br />1.8 <br />2.0 <br />2.3</p> <p>*) Depends of the amount of traffic. <br />**) Min. thickness of cured film on any point of the coating. These are technical limits of the product and do not <br />reflect legal requirements for your application. Please review local building codes for conforming min. film <br />thickness. These may be higher than the technical possible min. values stated. <br />Uneven surfaces may demand more material to reach the specified thickness. <br />Important advice: <br />• In hot and humid climates coating may become <br />slightly tacky/sticky during the curing process. If <br />this occurs, mist coating with water 24 hours after <br />application to ensure complete hydration of material. <br />• Negative water pressure can lead to delamination <br />during frost conditions. <br />• AQUAFIN-2K/M can be overplastered and also be <br />painted with diffusion permeable and solvent-free <br />paints (no silicate paints). <br />• In areas with high humidity and inadequate ventilation <br />(i.e. in water tanks) allow for extended drying times. <br />• Avoid direct sunlight during application. <br />• Pre-dampen the surface prior to application of <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M. <br />• Protect areas not be treated from AQUAFIN-2K/M. <br />• Eliminate direct contact with metals such as copper, <br />zinc and aluminium with pore-tight, priming agent. <br />A pore-tight primer can be produced with two <br />applications of INDUFLOOR-IB1225. Apply the first <br />coat thoroughly to the cleaned substrate and carefully <br />brush in. As soon as this coat has dried sufficiently, <br />so that it can no longer be brushed through (within <br />approx. 3 to 6 hrs) then brush on the second coat of <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225 and broadcast with quartz sand</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>(grain size: 0.2 to 0.7 mm). Consumption approx. <br />800 to 1,000 g/m2 of INDUFLOOR-IB1225. For <br />sealing of PVC and stainless steel flanging, abrade <br />the flanges and degrease with isopropanol or <br />acetone. Apply AQUAFIN-2K/M and bed in the <br />ASO-Joint-sleeve or alternatively as ADF-pipe seal and <br />fix without voids and folds. <br />To increase pot life/working time at higher <br />temperature store material in a cool environment <br />above +5° C and only expose to warm temperature <br />shortly before mixing. Additionally use of cold water <br />can also increase pot life/working time, if water <br />addition is necessary. <br />The powder component of AQUAFIN-2K/M is <br />classified as “irritant” in accordance with hazardous <br />goods (GefStoffV). <br />Please observe a valid European Materials Safety <br />Data Sheet (MSDS). <br />Low chromate level according to TRGS 613 <br />(Technical regulation for Hazardous Materials, <br />European standard).</p> <p>GISCODE: ZP1 <br />GISCODE: D1</p> <p>(Powder Comp.) <br />(UNIFIX-M Liquid Comp.)</p> <p>06/13</p> <p>52</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-CJ1</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 07201 <br />Injection tube for waterproofing construction joints in concrete</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH <br />Properties: <br />Detmold <br />• Injectable with all common <br />P-5032/9455 <br />injection media. <br />MPA Braunschweig <br />• Sufficient diameter of the transport <br />channel. <br />• Cement paste cannot enter the <br />tube during concreting. <br />• Easy to handle by special fixing <br />system. <br />• No twisting when installed from <br />the roll. <br />• The injection material escapes from the tube system <br />already at usual pressure (opening pressure = 0.5 <br />bar), so that the material can escape to all sides. <br />• The smooth surface avoids unwanted bonding <br />between tube and concrete so that the tube remains <br />compressible for years as it will not be closed by <br />sintering.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Interior ø: <br />Exterior ø: <br />Size of the outlet <br />in the tube: <br />Outlet distribution <br />in the tube: <br />Injection media:</p> <p>Injection length: <br />Weight: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />Single walled, PVC based tube with valve openings <br />allowing injected resins to escape from the tube <br />into construction joints for effective sealing and <br />waterproofing of the joints. The valve openings seal <br />during concreting to prevent cement lime from entering <br />the tubes and causing clogs. The tubes are used for <br />waterproofing construction joints subject to continuous <br />or interrupted water penetration from ground or surface <br />water. <br />Technically necessary construction joints can be installed <br />in case of leaks force-fitted and waterproof against <br />pressure water by injection of AQUAFIN-P4.</p> <p>W-PVC <br />blue <br />6 mm <br />11 mm <br />3 - 5 mm <br />all 12 to 14 mm in graticules <br />resins, acrylates (acrylates <br />without any corrosion <br />increasing properties), gels <br />max. 12 m or on request <br />0.12 kg/m <br />rolls of 50 m, pallet <br />contents = 1.200 m <br />frost-free, protected against <br />weathering, max. 5 years in <br />original packs</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Must be covered by at least 8 cm of concrete. <br />• Protect tubes against slippage and floating. This is <br />ensured by fixing to concrete by min. 5 clips/m. <br />• Tubes must lie flat and level on the concrete. There <br />must be no contamination beneath the waterstop. <br />• Before installing the concrete visually inspect tube. <br />Damaged or extremely dirty tubes are unsuitable and <br />must be removed.</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>53</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-CJ3</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 07203</p> <p>Bentonite waterstop</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Rapid and extensive expansion <br />• Self injecting function through <br />penetration into cracks and voids <br />• Extremely dimensionally stable, <br />does not become tacky even at <br />high temperatures in summer <br />• High inorganic content therefore <br />no material fatigue</p> <p>SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH & Co. KG <br />Detmold</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>P-5031/9445 <br />MPA Braunschweig</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Must be covered by at least 8 cm of concrete. <br />• Always store bentonite waterstops under dry <br />conditions. <br />• Protect waterstops against slippage and floating <br />away. This is ensured by fixing to the concrete <br />substrate by dowels, nails, plugging or bonding with <br />mounting adhesive for waterstops. <br />• Waterstops must lie flat and level on the concrete. <br />There must be no contamination beneath the <br />waterstop. <br />• Before installing the concrete visually inspect the <br />waterstop. Heavily swollen waterstops are unsuitable <br />and must be removed. <br />• Follow current relevant regulations and data sheets.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />AQUAFIN-CJ3 is used for waterproofing joints in <br />interior concrete structures where there is continuous <br />or temporary exposure to ground, run-off and/or <br />surface water. Use in riparian zones is possible <br />without problems. <br />AQUAFIN-CJ3 excels with its extensive, rapid and <br />reliable swelling abilities. <br />Product application: <br />AQUAFIN-CJ3 can be secured using mounting adhesive <br />for waterstops, nailed or with mounting rails or mesh. <br />When using mounting rails ensure there are a minimum <br />of 3 fixing points per metre and with securing mesh a <br />minimum of 5 per metre. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Form: <br />Colour: <br />Size: <br />Swelling capacity: <br />Weight: <br />Water impermeability <br />when installed: <br />Toxicity:</p> <p>rolls of 5 m = 4 rolls / box <br />frost free and protected <br />against weathering, <br />max. 5 years</p> <p>sodium bentonite, rubber, <br />filler, talcum coated <br />the waterstop’s profile is <br />square edged and flexible <br />black / dark grey <br />18 x 24 mm <br />> 500% <br />approx. 730 g/m <br />2 bar <br />not a hazardous product, <br />no poisons classification, <br />no risk to drinking water</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>54</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-CJ4</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 07204 <br />Bentonite waterstop with patented rain protection coating</p> <p>SCHOMBURG <br />Properties: <br />GmbH & Co. KG <br />Detmold <br />• Rapid and extensive expansion <br />P-5031/9445 <br />• Installation possible <br />MPA Braunschweig <br />independent of weather <br />conditions, as the special <br />patented coating delays <br />swelling <br />• Self injecting function by <br />penetration in cracks and voids <br />• Extremely dimensionally stable, does not become <br />tacky even at high temperatures in summer <br />• High inorganic content therefore no material fatigue <br />• Positively supports the self-healing process in work <br />joints through special constituents</p> <p>Water impermeability <br />when installed: <br />Toxicity:</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>2 bar <br />not a hazardous product, <br />no poisons classification, <br />no risk to drinking water <br />rolls of 5 m = 4 rolls / box <br />frost free and protected <br />against weathering, <br />max. 5 years</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Must be covered by at least 8 cm of concrete. <br />• Always store bentonite waterstops under dry <br />conditions. <br />• Protect waterstops against slippage and floating <br />away. This is ensured by fixing to the concrete <br />substrate by dowels, nails, plugging or bonding <br />with mounting adhesive for waterstops. <br />• Waterstops must lie flat and level on the concrete. <br />There must be no contamination beneath the <br />waterstop. <br />• Before installing the concrete visually inspect the <br />waterstop. Heavily swollen waterstops are unsuitable <br />and must be removed. <br />• Follow current relevant regulations and data sheets.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />AQUAFIN-CJ4 is used for waterproofing joints in <br />interior concrete structures where there is continuous <br />or temporary exposure to ground, run-off and/or <br />surface water. Use in riparian zones is possible without <br />problems. <br />AQUAFIN-CJ4 excels with its extensive, rapid and <br />reliable swelling abilities, whereby the factory applied <br />protective coating effectively delays premature swelling <br />from rain. <br />Product application: <br />AQUAFIN-CJ4 can be secured using mounting adhesive <br />for waterstops, nailed or with mounting rails or mesh. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Form: <br />Colour: <br />Size: <br />Swelling capacity: <br />Weight:</p> <p>sodium bentonite embedded <br />in a matrix of high molecular <br />weight poly-isobutylene <br />rubber as well as special <br />fillers and additives <br />the waterstop’s profile is <br />square edged and flexible <br />black / dark grey <br />18 x 24 mm <br />> 500% <br />approx. 730 g/m</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>55</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-F</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04247</p> <p>Silification solution for construction waterproofing</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Ready to use. <br />• Hydrophobic. <br />• Pore restricting. <br />• Vapour permeable. <br />• Against capillary rising damp. <br />• Over 40 years practical experience. <br />• Solvent free. <br />• Tested to the WTA (Association for Science and <br />Technology of Building Maintenance and Monuments <br />Preservation) data sheet 4-4-04/D to 95% moisture <br />saturation.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />I.Low pressure injection method: <br />Particularly suitable when the wall to be treated is <br />already considerably or completely saturated with <br />water. The borehole arrangement is determined by the <br />type and condition of the wall. The borehole diameter <br />is determined by the application method. Borehole <br />spacing is as a rule 10 – 12.5 cm from hole centre to <br />hole centre. The boreholes are placed horizontally in the <br />pointing mortar or at an angle of up to 45°. The depth <br />of the borehole is about 5cm less than the thickness <br />of the wall. With dense weakly absorbent brickwork <br />as well as horizontal boreholes, chose a double row <br />borehole arrangement. Here the vertical offset should <br />be < 8 cm. With porous natural stone walling place <br />the boreholes in the stone and with dense quarry stone <br />walling in the joints. For wall thicknesses greater than <br />60 cm and on corners boreholes should be drilled <br />from both sides. Before saturating remove drilling dust. <br />Application of AQUAFIN-1K to both sides of the wall <br />around the borehole barrier prevents the AQUAFIN-F <br />from escaping. Insert injection packers in the holes. <br />Walls with large voids, hollow blocks, cracks and open <br />joints up to 5mm should be repaired with ASOCRET-BM <br />before carrying out the injection process. Subsequently <br />inject AQUAFIN-F at a pressure of < 10 bar. Sustain <br />the injection until the neighbouring joint is filled to a <br />satin appearance with AQUAFIN-F. After approx. 24 <br />hours remove the packers and close off the holes with <br />ASOCRET-BM.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />For the production of retrospective horizontal moisture <br />barriers in accordance with the WTA data sheet <br />4-4-04/D with capillary rising damp in walls. <br />The capillary porosity of the construction material <br />(blockwork/concrete) is interrupted by the combination <br />of active agents (capillary restriction/hydrophobicity). <br />Technical Data: 1) <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Specific gravity: <br />pH value: <br />Cleaning:</p> <p>alkali silicate-siliconate <br />clear <br />1.3 g/cm3 <br />12.2 <br />with water when in the <br />fresh state <br />Consumption: <br />dependent on the porosity of <br />the brickwork (determined <br />with a trial bore hole). Min. <br />15 kg/m2 wall cross section, <br />e.g. 36 cm thick <br />wall = min. 5.5 kg per linear <br />metre <br />Packaging: <br />6, 12, 30, 250 kg <br />Storage: <br />frost free, 24 months in the <br />original unopened container. <br />Use opened containers <br />promptly. <br />1 <br />) The quoted data was determined under standard <br />conditions. Under other conditions of application <br />varying values may result.</p> <p>Example of bore hole arrangement – pressure injection</p> <p>56</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>For information about suitable injection equipment, e.g. <br />HighPump low or HighPump duo of HTG HIGHTECH <br />Germany GmbH, Berlin, see www.hightechspray.de</p> <p>III. Supporting measures <br />After implementation of the wall injection with <br />AQUAFIN-F to combat rising damp additional suitable <br />supporting measures are necessary. This is essentially <br />the refurbishment of renders with the THERMOPAL <br />renovation render system, vertical waterproofing of <br />the external areas in contact with the ground with <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M or COMBIFLEX-EL as well as the <br />incorporation of drainage to DIN 4095 and the <br />elimination of structural defects.</p> <p>II. Injection without pressure equipment: <br />Position 30 mm boreholes at a distance of between <br />10 – 12.5 cm apart, at an angle of between 45° and <br />30°. The depth of the borehole is approx. 5 cm less <br />than the thickness of the wall. When arranging the bore <br />angles, ensure that at least one horizontal joint (two <br />joints in thicker walls) is included. It is recommended <br />to place the boreholes in two planes. The distance <br />between borehole centres is determined by the porosity <br />of the wall. The closer together the boreholes are, the <br />greater the success of the procedure. Electro-pneumatic <br />drills that work with minimum vibration (e.g. Hilti) with <br />appropriate drill bits are suitable.</p> <p>Waterproofing the area: <br />Impregnate the cleaned area in a minimum of one <br />application until saturated. Apply AQUAFIN-1K <br />whilst the impregnator is still wet in a minimum of two <br />applications in order to achieve the minimum dry film <br />thickness of 2.0 mm. Once the waterproofing slurry is <br />dry, spray apply a thorough coating of THERMOPAL SP <br />(alternatively: Cement mortar MGIII with the addition of <br />ASOPLAST-MZ (1:3 with gauging water)). Subsequently <br />apply THERMOPAL-SR44 to prevent condensation <br />effects. <br />Important advice: <br />• AQUAFIN-F is not suitable for exposed surfaces such <br />as concrete, brickwork, render etc. <br />• The WTA data sheet 4-4-04/D forms the basis of the <br />renovation measures against capillary rising damp. <br />Generally exploratory tests (e.g. moisture balance, <br />salts analysis) are necessary. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated with AQUAFIN-F from <br />its effects.</p> <p>Example of borehole arrangement – injection without pressure</p> <p>For wall thicknesses greater than 60 cm and on corners <br />boreholes should be drilled from both sides. Before <br />saturating remove drilling dust. Subsequently insert <br />AQUAFIN-F into the boreholes. It is practical to inject <br />from a storage vessel (hopper with pressure plugs). <br />Saturation time should be a minimum of 24 hours Inject <br />until complete saturation. Afterwards seal the boreholes <br />with ASOCRET-BM. For sealing open joints, cracks or <br />voids use the same procedure as for the low pressure <br />application method.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU health and safety data sheet!</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>57</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-IC</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04220</p> <p>Crystalline waterproof slurry</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Cleaning of tools:</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Penetrates the capillaries <br />in concrete. <br />P-2003-4-3739/02 <br />• Continually active. <br />Bautest Dresden <br />• Can be applied to damp <br />substrates. <br />• Chloride free. <br />• Resists high levels of <br />hydrostatic pressure. <br />• Carbonatisation barrier. <br />• Waterproofs retrospective <br />cracks up to 0.4 mm. <br />• Test certificates to German DVGW worksheets <br />W 347 and W 270 are available.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life:</p> <p>Material consumption: <br />Dry film thickness: <br />min. 0.8 mm -1.5 mm <br />Ground moisture/ <br />non standing drainage <br />water: <br />0.75 kg/m2 in one coat <br />Non-hydrostatic <br />pressure: <br />1.2 kg/m2 in two coats <br />Rising damp / <br />pressure water: <br />1.5 kg/m2 in two coats <br />*Consumption may increase on uneven substrates</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />• Exterior and interior waterproofing in cellars, lift shafts, <br />foundations, retaining walls. <br />• Waterproofing containers for drinking and service <br />water, retaining basins, water treatment plants, <br />garages, tunnels etc. <br />• Waterproofing beneath screeds (unbonded screeds <br />or floating screeds).</p> <p>Ready for exposure at +20° C and 60% <br />relative humidity: <br />- to rain after approx. 24 hours <br />- to foot traffic after approx. 5 hours <br />- backfilling the building trench after 3 days <br />- filling containers after approx. 7 days</p> <p>An analysis of the water is necessary where the <br />hardness degree is 3° dH. AQUAFIN-IC is <br />resistant against strong chemical attack (exposure <br />class XA2 to DIN 4030). <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Mix: <br />Mixing time: <br />Pot life: <br />Substrate/Application <br />temperature:</p> <p>25kg bags <br />With water when in the <br />fresh state, remove dried <br />material with <br />ASO-Steinreiniger. <br />12 months when stored dry <br />and frost free in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly.</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Compressive strength: <br />approx. 18 N/mm2 <br />at 7 days <br />approx. 21 N/mm2 <br />at 14 days <br />approx. 25 N/mm2 <br />at 28 days <br />Flexural strength: <br />approx. 6 N/mm2 <br />at 28 days <br />(ASTM C 580:96) <br />Adhesion strength: <br />approx. 1 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 4541:2002) <br />Water impermeability: <br />min. 13 bar negative or <br />positive side <br />(CRD-C 48-92, US)</p> <p>sand/cement, additives <br />grey <br />1.1 kg/l <br />25 kg AQUAFIN-IC to <br />6.75 to 8.0 litres clean water <br />3 minutes <br />(drill with 500 – 700 rpm) <br />30 to 60 minutes <br />(at +23° C / 60%) <br />min. +5° C to max. +35° C. <br />Lower temperatures extend, <br />higher temperatures reduce <br />curing times.</p> <p>58</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>„Material consumption“) on to freshly poured concrete. <br />For large areas it is recommended that the floor <br />be marked into bays with known area. Sufficient <br />AQUAFIN-IC should then be laid out to meet the <br />recommended spread rate. Once the concrete has <br />started initial setting (light foot traffic imprint of 3-5 mm) <br />apply AQUAFIN-IC immediately. When AQUAFIN-IC <br />absorbs the concrete moisture entirely and a uniform <br />darkening of colour takes place, start trowelling of the <br />surface (helicopter smoothening).</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be sound, clean and have an open <br />capillary structure. The surface must be porous and <br />permit a good surface adhesion so that the chemicals <br />can penetrate well into the concrete. Horizontal areas <br />should have a rough surface. Smooth surfaces must <br />be mechanically abraded in order to achieve good <br />penetration. <br />1. All adhesion inhibiting substances such as <br />dirt, cement laitance, mould oil, hardeners, loose <br />components, paint etc. must be removed by <br />sand blasting, water jetting or other mechanical <br />methods. <br />2. Eradicate all ridges, gravel pockets and other <br />damaged areas. Poor joints and visible cracks <br />(non-dynamic) above 0.4 mm should be chased out <br />20 mm wide by 25 mm deep and repaired with <br />ASOCRET-IM. Anchoring holes should be roughened. <br />3. Plug water leaks with FIX 10-S or Fix 20-T <br />plugging cement. <br />4. Repair damaged areas with INDUCRET-BIS-system or <br />ASOCRET-IM dependent on area of application. <br />5. Pretreat all connecting joints and construction joints <br />with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S and AQUAFIN-RS300 or <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M (please see respective Technical Data <br />Sheets). <br />6. Thoroughly pre-wetting all surfaces before application <br />of AQUAFIN-IC with clean water is recommended. <br />Repeated dampening may be necessary to ensure <br />complete saturation, which promotes deeper penetrating <br />crystalline growth. The substrate should be matt damp, <br />without puddles or standing water.</p> <p>Application by brush: <br />Spread two coats of AQUAFIN-IC at the required <br />quantity in a slurry consistency with a roofer´s brush or <br />builder´s brush. Brush thoroughly and evenly, working <br />into the substrate. Apply the second coat whilst the first <br />coat is still tacky and hasn’t dried out. <br />Spray application: <br />AQUAFIN-IC can be applied with the aid of suitable <br />compressed air spray equipment, e.g. with the <br />HighPump M8 (peristaltic pump), Highpump Small or <br />HIGHPUMP Pictor (spiral pump) from HIGH TECH, <br />Berlin. Dependent on the final wet duty of the installation <br />spray apply one or two coats in a circular motion. <br />Apply the second coat whilst the first coat is still tacky <br />and hasn’t dried out. <br />Curing and protection: <br />a) In exteriors or exposed areas: keep AQUAFIN-IC <br />damp for min. 3 days. Protect areas exposed to the <br />weather from sun, wind and frost with. Re-wet the area <br />in intervals with water, starting 1 day after application, <br />if not covered with polythene. The fresh coating should <br />be protected from rain for a minimum of 24 hours. <br />Backfilling can take place 3 days after the last coat. <br />b) Interiors: In areas with high humidity the material <br />cures very well. In relatively dry areas keep the coating <br />damp for min. 3 days. Ensure that there is adequate <br />ventilation for 24 hours in areas of poor ventilation and <br />deep pits. <br />c) Containers and tanks: Filling is possible after 3 days. <br />In the case of drinking water storage, the container must <br />be thoroughly rinsed with drinking water before filling. <br />When properly installed, AQUAFIN-IC is permanently <br />active.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Pour 6.75 to 8.0 litres of clean water into a clean <br />mixing bucket and mix in sufficient dry mortar while <br />mechanically stirring (drill at 500 – 700 rpm) until a <br />lump free, homogenous fluid or sprayable consistency <br />is achieved. Only mix as much material as can be <br />used within the pot life. After a maturing time of min. <br />3 minutes, stir again. <br />Application: <br />Dry shake application: <br />AQUAFIN-IC must be broadcast at the coverage rate <br />appropriate for the expected water exposure (see under <br />59</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>• AQUAFIN-IC may need up to one month to achieve <br />its maximum waterproofing properties. Influencing <br />factors are ambient temperature, humidity, concrete <br />composition etc.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Protect areas not to be treated with AQUAFIN-IC from <br />its effects. <br />• AQUAFIN-IC cannot be used as an additive for <br />concrete or renders. <br />• With concrete containing fly-ash it is possible that <br />successive coats of AQUAFIN-IC may discolour <br />and there may be an impaired reaction. The flyash component according to ASTM C-618 type C <br />may only be max. 30% of the binder. The minimum <br />quantity of CaO in the fly-ash should not be below <br />15%. Please contact the technical department <br />regarding particular specification for concretes with <br />type C fly-ash with low CaO content, type F or other <br />pozzolanic concrete additives. <br />• The reaction between AQUAFIN-IC and free lime in <br />concrete can lead to minor efflorescence. This is not <br />detrimental and can be removed with a brush. <br />• Different colourings are dependent on the differing <br />dampness of the concrete. <br />• A load bearing surface is necessary for a long lasting <br />bond between surface and coating system. Adhesion <br />inhibiting materials have to be removed completely. <br />High pressure (> 400 bar) or ultra high pressure <br />(> 2000 bar) waterblasting and blasting with solid <br />abrasives are suitable procedures. The final cleaning <br />has to be carried out with water blasting. <br />• Temperatures around +10° C to +15° C are to be <br />expected in water containers. In order to guarantee <br />complete hydration of the cement, keep the coating <br />damp for an adequate length of time (constant relative <br />humidity of > 80%) and protect against drying out. In <br />general 7 days is sufficient. It is essential to avoid the <br />formation of condensation or standing films of water <br />during this time period. Where there is a danger <br />of dropping below the dew point (condensation <br />formation) install dehumidifiers until the mortar is <br />cured. At no time should uncontrolled warm air be <br />blown inside. <br />• To increase pot life/working time at higher <br />temperature store material in a cool environment <br />above +5° C and only expose to warm temperature <br />shortly before mixing. Additionally use of cold water <br />can also increase pot life/working time, if water <br />addition is necessary.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU health and safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>60</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-P1</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05090 <br />Injection material for the waterproofing of water bearing cracks</p> <p>at +10 °C: <br />at +15 °C: <br />at +20 °C: <br />at +25 °C: <br />Stops foaming: <br />at +5 °C: <br />at +10 °C: <br />at +15 °C: <br />at +20 °C: <br />at +25 °C:</p> <p>Properties: <br />AQUAFIN-P1 is a highly reactive, single component <br />modified isocyanate. AQUAFIN-P1 is ready for use <br />without the need to mix. AQUAFIN-P1 expands on <br />water contact with a rapid and extensive increase in <br />volume and forms a solid viscoplastic foam, which forms <br />a temporary waterproof barrier against further water <br />penetration. <br />AQUAFIN-P1 is resistant to acids and alkalis and will <br />not attack bitumen or waterproof tapes. On very dry <br />substrates there is no immediate foaming expansion of <br />the material but AQUAFIN-P1 hardens slowly through <br />the ambient moisture already present in the air or from <br />moisture in the concrete.</p> <p>approx. <br />approx. <br />approx. <br />approx.</p> <p>26 <br />24 <br />22 <br />20</p> <p>approx. <br />approx. <br />approx. <br />approx. <br />approx.</p> <p>4 <br />3 <br />2 <br />2 <br />2</p> <p>seconds <br />seconds <br />seconds <br />seconds</p> <p>mins, <br />mins, <br />mins, <br />mins, <br />mins,</p> <p>20 <br />20 <br />50 <br />20 <br />00</p> <p>seconds <br />seconds <br />seconds <br />seconds <br />seconds</p> <p>Note: The reaction times were determined by adding 10% water.</p> <p>Foaming factor *) at temperatures <br />from +5 °C to +25 °C: 30 – 50 <br />*) When there is free foaming: the reaction times, quantity of foam <br />and the properties of the foam are dependent on the quantity of <br />water, the surface of the crack edge or stonework, their distribution <br />within the AQUAFIN-P1 extrusion and other factors.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />AQUAFIN-P1 is used for injecting water-bearing cracks <br />and joints in concrete and stonework. <br />AQUAFIN-P1 is used to: <br />• Stop water influx from cracks, joints and similar <br />• Consolidate loose stonework</p> <p>Cleaning tools:</p> <p>AQUAFIN-P1 fulfills the requirements of the DiBt data <br />sheet from Nov. 2000, “Assessment of the effects of <br />construction products on concrete and ground water” <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Water reactive one <br />component polyurethane resin <br />(with integral catalyst) <br />Colour: <br />brown <br />Viscosity at +5 °C: <br />approx. 2900 ± 300 mPa.s <br />Viscosity at +10 °C: <br />approx. 2100 ± 200 mPa.s <br />Viscosity at +15 °C: <br />approx. 1200 ± 100 mPa.s <br />Viscosity at +25 °C: <br />approx. 425 ± 75 mPa.s <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.150 ± 40 g/cm3 <br />at +25 °C <br />Minimum reaction temp: > +5 °C <br />Recommended application <br />temperature: <br />+15 °C to +30 °C <br />Reaction time *): <br />Starts to foam: <br />at +5 °C: <br />approx. 27 seconds</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>61</p> <p>Equipment and tools must <br />be thoroughly cleaned after <br />use. At the end of work or <br />where there are lengthy <br />interruptions in work, clean <br />the injection equipment. Do <br />not allow material residues to <br />dry in the machinery and <br />harden. Any cleaning <br />agent or solvent must have <br />a flash point above +21°C. <br />Please follow the guidelines <br />from the machine <br />manufacturer. <br />1.1 and 5.5 kg <br />AQUAFIN-P1 is ready to use <br />with no need to mix. <br />24 months when stored frost <br />free in the original unopened <br />container in cool and dry <br />conditions between <br />+10 °C and +30 °C. Ensure <br />the product is stored in <br />accordance with the by-law <br />for storing materials <br />hazardous to water courses.</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The following criteria must be fulfilled: <br />Cement-based surfaces <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. CT-C35-F5 <br />• Render quality: <br />P III <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />* 1.5 N/mm²</p> <p>For application with suitable injection equipment, we <br />recommend contacting HTG HIGH TECH Germany <br />GmbH in Berlin, www.hightechspray.de.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />AQUAFIN-P1 reacts with the moisture in the air and <br />with water. For this reason a skin may form with opened <br />containers but this does not affect the injection. <br />AQUAFIN-P1 is usually injected through packers and <br />either hand or motor driven pumps into the waterbearing area. On contact with water AQUAFIN-P1 <br />foams extensively and hardens. <br />If there is too little water in the area to be waterproofed, <br />then the reaction and hardening processes can be <br />supported by either pre-injecting or post-injecting with <br />water.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Protect areas which are not to be treated against the <br />influences of AQUAFIN-P1. <br />• Applications which are not clearly explained in <br />this data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from <br />the SCHOMBURG GmbH Technical Services <br />Department. <br />• Disposal key: <br />Liquid product residues: EAK 08 01 11 paint and <br />lacquer waste, which contain organic solvents or <br />other harmful substances. Cured product residues: <br />EAK 17 02 03 plastics.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured AQUAFIN-P1 is considered harmless. The <br />liquid component is harmful. When using the product <br />follow government health and safety guidelines, sheet <br />M 044 as well as the advice on the packaging.</p> <p>Recommendation: <br />We recommend, prior to application, that the product <br />is stored for at least 12 hours at a minimum temperature <br />of +15 °C in order to ensure that the recommended <br />application temperature of +15 °C to +30 °C is <br />achieved.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: RU40</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />• Drill into the existing cracks (crack width approx. <br />0.2 mm) at approx. 20 cm intervals. <br />• Clean the boreholes of drilling dust using oil-free <br />compressed air. <br />• Place the injection packers. <br />• Inject AQUAFIN-P1 with appropriate injection <br />equipment. <br />Vertical cracks: start injection from the bottom. <br />Consumption: approx. 1150 g/l. <br />• Once the injection resin has cured, remove the <br />injection packers, as necessary and close off the <br />bore holes with ASOCRET-RN and level off with the <br />concrete surface. <br />02/13</p> <p>62</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-P4</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05091</p> <p>Elastic polyurethane injection resin</p> <p>Properties: <br />AQUAFIN-P4 is a solvent free, low viscosity, two <br />component polyurethane resin. AQUAFIN-P4 is slow <br />reacting and hardens to a non-expansive, flexible, porefree material, which lightly foams on contact with water. <br />AQUAFIN-P4 bonds to dry as well as damp substrates <br />and has exceptional adhesion and tear resistance. <br />AQUAFIN-P4 has a low glass transition temperature. <br />It survives winter temperatures without becoming brittle <br />and without tearing when cracks widen due to cold <br />conditions. <br />Areas of application: <br />AQUAFIN-P4 is used to close off, waterproof and to <br />form an elastic binding of cracks, joints and voids within <br />concrete, natural stone or brickwork structures. <br />AQUAFIN-P4 can be used for waterproofing car parks, <br />concrete tanks, slotted walling, inner leafs of tunnels and <br />construction joints. <br />In addition it can be used for the waterproof injection of <br />the AQUAFIN-CJ1 injection hose in construction joints. <br />AQUAFIN-P4 has an advantageous mixing ratio of <br />1:1 parts by volume and for this reason is suitable for <br />injection with a two component pump. AQUAFIN-P4 can <br />be injected via packers into the AQUAFIN-CJ1 injection <br />hose which has been concreted into place. <br />A potable water contact report for the waterproofing of <br />small areas is available. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Density:</p> <p>Mix viscosity: <br />at +8° C: <br />at +15° C: <br />at +23° C: <br />Pot life: <br />at +8° C: <br />at +15° C: <br />at +23° C:</p> <p>Polyurethane resin <br />1:1 parts by volume <br />Comp. A at +23° C <br />0.975 ± 15 g/ml <br />Comp. B at +23° C <br />1.122 ± 15 g/ml <br />450 ± 75 m Pa·S <br />280 ± 60 mPa·S <br />190 ± 50 mPa·S</p> <p>Application temperature: +6°C to +40° C <br />Gel time/curing time frame: <br />at +8° C: <br />17.5 ± 2 hrs <br />at +15° C: <br />15.0 ± 1.5 hrs <br />at +23° C: <br />13.0 ± 1 hr <br />Shore A hardness: <br />60 – 70 <br />Tensile strength <br />(to DIN 53455): <br />approx. 3 MPa <br />Elongation at break <br />(to DIN 53455): <br />100 – 150% <br />Cleaning tools: <br />Equipment and tools must <br />be thoroughly cleaned after <br />use. At the end of work or <br />where there are lengthy <br />interruptions in work, clean <br />the injection equipment. Do <br />not allow material residues to <br />dry in the machinery and <br />harden. Any cleaning agent <br />or solvent must have a flash <br />point above +21° C. Please <br />follow the guidelines from the <br />machine manufacturer. <br />Packaging: <br />2.20 kg (1.00 kg comp A <br />and 1.20 kg comp B). <br />10.50 kg (5.00 kg comp A <br />and 5.50 kg comp B). <br />Components A and B are <br />delivered at a predetermined <br />mix ratio. <br />Storage: <br />24 months when stored frost <br />free in the original unopened <br />container in cool and dry <br />conditions between +10° C <br />and +30° C. Ensure the <br />product is stored in <br />accordance with the by-law <br />for storing materials hazardous <br />to water courses.</p> <p>50–60 mins <br />40–50 mins <br />25–35 mins</p> <p>63</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The following criteria must be fulfilled: <br />Cement-based surfaces <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. CT-C35-F5 <br />• Render quality: <br />P III <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />* 1.5 N/mm2</p> <p>5. Once the crack plug has hardened inject the <br />thoroughly mixed AQUAFIN-P4 using appropriate <br />injection equipment. <br />Vertical cracks: start injection from the bottom and <br />horizontal cracks from the left. <br />Consumption: approx. 1000 g/l. <br />6. Once the injection resin has cured, remove the <br />injection packers, as necessary and close off the bore <br />holes with ASOCRET-RN.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Component A (polyol) and component B (isocyanate) are <br />supplied at a pre-determined mix ratio. Add component <br />B to component A. Ensure that the hardener (component <br />B) drains completely from its container. Mix both <br />components together using a suitable stirrer at approx. <br />300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also <br />stir from the sides and the bottom. Stir until the mix is <br />homogenous (free from streaks). Mix the components <br />together as quickly as possible.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured AQUAFIN-P4 is considered harmless. The <br />liquid component is harmful; symbol Xn. When using the <br />product follow government health and safety guidelines, <br />sheet M 044 as well as the advice on the packaging. <br />Important advice: <br />• Protect areas which are not to be treated against the <br />influences of AQUAFIN-P4. <br />• With water-bearing cracks it is necessary to inject <br />AQAUFIN-P1 beforehand in order to stop water <br />penetration. <br />• Applications which are not clearly explained in <br />this data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />SCHOMBURG GmbH Technical Services Department. <br />• Disposal key: <br />Liquid product residues: EAK 08 01 11 paint and <br />lacquer waste, which contain organic solvents or other <br />harmful substances. Cured product residues: EAK 17 <br />02 03 plastics.</p> <p>Application tools *: <br />Hand lever press, foot pedal press, single component <br />pump (airless or piston pump) or two component pump. <br />(Working with a two component pump requires the <br />special metallic mixer if faultless product quality is to be <br />guaranteed). <br />* For application with suitable injection equipment, we recommend contacting <br />HTG HIGH TECH Germany GmbH in Berlin, www.hightechspray.de.</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />The mixed injection resin is usually injected via bore <br />holes and packers into the crack requiring waterproofing <br />until it oozes from the control holes. <br />Example: <br />1. Drill into the existing cracks (crack width approx. <br />0.2 mm) at appropriate intervals of approx. <br />20-30 cm. <br />2. Clean the boreholes of drilling dust using oil-free <br />compressed air. <br />3. Place the injection packers. <br />4. Plug the inserted injection packers and crack zone at <br />the surface, as required, with e.g. ASODUR-EK98. <br />Strip width approx. 15 cm <br />Consumption: approx. 300 g/m</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: PU40</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>64</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-RS300</p> <p>Art.-No 2 04208</p> <p>Fast hybrid waterproofing slurry</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Seamless and joint free <br />construction waterproofing <br />and waterproofing beneath tiles <br />• Multifunctional <br />• Highly flexible crack bridging <br />• Self cross-linking hydraulic cure <br />• Rapidly reactive drying <br />• Very low loss on drying <br />DD-4534/01/2010 <br />• After 3 hours resistant to rain <br />DD-4535/01/2010 <br />and foot traffic and ready for <br />Bautest Dresden <br />overcoating <br />• Vapour permeable, resistant <br />to frost, UV and ageing <br />• Classified as resistant against <br />“highly aggressive” chemicals <br />acc. to DIN 4030 <br />• Resistant to pressure <br />• Suitable for all load-bearing substrates <br />conventional to construction <br />• Easy and very smooth application <br />• Highly slump resistant <br />• Can be brushed, trowelled or sprayed <br />with suitable equipment <br />• Solvent free <br />• Bonds without priming to matt-damp substrates <br />• Construction waterproofing to DIN 18195, <br />part 2, tables 7 and 8 <br />• Tested against aqueous solutions aggressive to <br />concrete in accordance with DIN 4030 <br />• Tested against negative hydrostatic pressure</p> <p>redevelopment, in contact with the ground where <br />structural components are concrete or masonry work <br />under the following conditions: <br />• Ground moisture/non-standing seepage water in <br />accordance with DIN 18195 part 4 <br />• Water not under pressure on surface areas and in <br />wet rooms in accordance with DIN 18195, part 5 <br />• Standing seepage water in accordance with <br />DIN 18195, part 6 <br />• Water under pressure in accordance with <br />DIN 18195, part 6 (with suitable construction) <br />• Waterproofing against positive water pressure on the <br />inside of container construction in accordance with <br />DIN 18195, part 7 (e.g. swimming pools, service <br />water containers, effluent containers) <br />• Horizontal waterproofing in and beneath walls <br />against capillary rising moisture <br />• The waterproofing of external walls in contact with the <br />ground against standing seepage water and water <br />under pressure up to 3 m head of water including the <br />transition zone to the concrete floor slab with high <br />resistance to water penetration (waterproof concrete) <br />• Combination waterproofing as well as transitions such <br />as e.g. base plinth waterproofing <br />• Suitable for bonding protective and perimeter <br />insulation <br />When waterproofing containers the water must be <br />analysed. For the assessment of the degree of chemical <br />attack please follow DIN 4030. <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 is resistant up to degree of attack <br />“highly aggressive” (exposure class XA2).</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />Due to its reactive properties, AQUAFIN-RS300 is an <br />efficient application as a construction waterproofer and <br />for waterproofing beneath tiles.</p> <p>Waterproofing beneath tiles: <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 can be used for assured and efficient <br />waterproofing beneath tiles, when water impermeability <br />from long term to constant water contact is required e.g. <br />in bathrooms and kitchens in living areas, private and <br />public washrooms as well as balconies and terraces, <br />swimming pools and pool surrounds. At the wall/floor <br />junction reinforce the waterproof membrane with <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 or ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />dependent on the type of wet duty exposure. <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 is suitable for wet duty classes A and <br />B in accordance with DIN 18195, part 7 and wet duty</p> <p>Critical applications, e.g. applications at high humidity, <br />low temperatures etc., can be carried out assuredly and <br />without long waiting times. <br />Construction waterproofing: <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 can be applied for waterproofing <br />wall and floor areas, in new-build and buildings under</p> <p>65</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>classes A0 and B0 in accordance with the <br />ZDB information sheet (*1). <br />The impermeability to water when installed has <br />been tested together with the ASO waterproof tape <br />system in accordance with test principles for mineralbased waterproofing slurries (MDS) as well as for <br />waterproofing combined with tiled finishes (AIV) up <br />to a 15 m head of water and is acceptable for an <br />installation depth up to 6 m.</p> <p>Sd value at 2 mm <br />dry film thickness:</p> <p>Conditions/material consumption/dry film thickness <br />Ground moisture/non-standing <br />seepage water: <br />min. 3.0 kg/m2 <br />approx. 2 mm <br />Water not under pressure: min. 3.0 kg/m2 <br />approx. 2 mm <br />Standing seepage water/ <br />water under pressure: <br />min. 3.75 kg/m2 <br />approx. 2.5 mm</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Liquid component Powder component</p> <p>Basis: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Colour:</p> <p>polymer dispersion special cement, <br />functional fillers <br />1 part by weight 1 part by weight <br />20 kg combined product <br />10 kg bucket <br />2 x 5 kg bag <br />10 kg combined product <br />5 kg bucket <br />5 kg bag <br />white <br />grey</p> <p>Density: <br />Pot life *): <br />Substrate / <br />application temp: <br />Tensile adhesion strength <br />to DIN EN 1542: <br />Tensile strength to <br />DIN 53504:</p> <p>approx. 2.5 m</p> <p>In accordance with the WTA information sheet <br />“Retrospective construction waterproofing of structural <br />components in contact with the ground”: <br />Ground moisture/non-standing <br />seepage water: <br />min. 3.0 kg/m2 <br />approx. 2 mm <br />Water not under pressure: min. 4.5 kg/m2 <br />approx. 3 mm <br />Standing seepage water/ <br />water under pressure: <br />min. 4.5 kg/m2 <br />approx. 3 mm</p> <p>Combined product <br />approx. 1.27 g/cm3 <br />approx. 45 minutes</p> <p>Waterproofing in accordance with <br />DIN 18195, part 7: <br />Without tiled finish: <br />min. 3.0 kg/m2 <br />approx. 2 mm <br />In combination with tiles: min. 3.0 kg/m2 <br />approx. 2 mm <br />Apply approx. 1.1 mm wet film thickness per mm dry <br />film thickness. <br />Greater consumption must be factored in for uneven <br />substrates. <br />Ready for use*): • Rainproof on surfaces to falls after <br />approx. 3 hours, avoid exposure to <br />standing water <br />• from water under pressure after <br />approx. 3 days <br />• ready for tile installation after <br />approx. 6 hours</p> <p>+5° C to +35° C <br />> 1.0 N/mm2 <br />approx. 1.0 N/mm2 <br />at +23° C</p> <p>Elongation at break to <br />DIN 53504: <br />approx. 85% at +23° C <br />Crack bridging to DIN <br />14879-6 0.4 mm <br />crack, held 24 hrs: <br />passed <br />Watertightness in <br />construction to PG MDS <br />and AIV, (15 m WC): <br />passed <br />Impermeability to negative <br />hydrostatic pressure: <br />2.0 bar <br />Water vapour resistance <br />factor μ with a 2 mm <br />dry film thickness: <br />approx. 1100</p> <p>*) at +20° C and 60% relative humidity</p> <p>66</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Cleaning:</p> <p>Powder component: cool and dry, <br />6 months. <br />Liquid component: frost free, 6 months <br />in the original unopened containers. <br />Use opened packaging promptly. <br />Clean tools with water whilst product is <br />still fresh. Soften dried on material with <br />AQUAFIN-Cleanser and wash off.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load-bearing, largely flat and <br />fully pointed, open pored and with a compact surface. <br />It must be free from gravel pockets, cavities, gaping <br />cracks and ridges, dust and be free from adhesion <br />inhibiting substances such as oil, paint, laitance and <br />loose parts. When using in combination with tiled <br />finishes, DIN 18157, part 1 is decisive regarding <br />substrate assessment.</p> <p>Wet duty classification</p> <p>A, A0</p> <p>B <br />(incl. <br />classes <br />A, A0)</p> <p>Construction <br />waterproofing</p> <p>ASO-Joint-Tape-2000</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>–</p> <p>ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>–</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-T-pieces, <br />cross pieces</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Floor/Wall</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>UNIFIX-S3</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>UNIFIX-2K</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>UNIFIX-2K/6</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>LIGHFLEX</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>MONOFLEX-XL</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>MONOFLEX-FB-SE</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>ASODUR-EK98-Floor/Wall</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>ASODUR-Design</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>SOLOFLEX</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>AK7P</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>CRISTALLIT-flex</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>–</p> <p>SOLOFLEX-white modified <br />with UNIFLEX-B</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex</p> <p>x</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>UNIFIX-S3-FAST</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>–</p> <p>SOLOFLEX-FAST</p> <p>x</p> <p>–</p> <p>–</p> <p>System component</p> <p>ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-corners, <br />(90°, internal/external)</p> <p>ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S-corners, <br />(90°, internal/external)</p> <p>Suitable substrates are concrete with sealed joints, <br />render classes PII and PIII, fully pointed masonry work, <br />cement-based screeds, poured asphalt of hardness <br />classes IC10 and IC15, moisture resistant plasterboard <br />and gypsum fibre boards. Corners and edges such as <br />foundation slabs etc, are to be broken or chamfered. <br />Deviations > 5 mm as well as mortar recesses, open <br />butt or horizontal joints, breakouts, largely porous <br />substrates or uneven masonry work are to be made <br />good beforehand with a suitable cement-based mortar <br />such as e.g. ASOCRET-RN or SOLOCRET-15. Pre-wet <br />substrates so that at the time of product application <br />they will be matt-damp. Prime very porous substrates <br />with ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K, as well as <br />aerated concrete or gypsum containing substrates, to <br />improve adhesion. <br />Penetrations should be planned with thin-bed flanges of <br />a minimum 5 cm circumferential width and composed <br />of a material which can be bonded such as e.g. <br />stainless steel, gun metal, PVC-U. With narrow flange <br />widths (> 30 mm < 50 mm) we recommend bonding a <br />waterproof gasket at the flange transition with <br />ASODUR-EK98 wall. <br />Damp penetration from the rear or localized moisture <br />from the negative side is to be excluded. In all cases <br />when waterproofing with rear moisture penetration <br />present, pre-treat with AQUAFIN-1K to prevent <br />pressure from the substrate. Dependent on the wet duty <br />conditions pre-treat with one or more coats. In case of <br />ground moisture the consumption is a minimum of 1.75 <br />kg/m2 and for standing seepage water a minimum of <br />3.5 kg/m2 of AQUAFIN-1K. For concrete components,</p> <p>67</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>moisture from the negative side can also be excluded <br />with ASODUR-SG2/SG2-thix with a consumption of <br />600 – 1000 g/m2.</p> <p>ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-T sections, ASO-Joint-Tape-2000Crossing and ASO-Joint-Sleeve for corners, penetrations <br />and crossovers. Using a 4-6 mm notched trowel, <br />apply AQUAFIN-RS300 a minimum of 2 cm wider <br />than the waterproof tape, to both sides of the joint to <br />be bridged. Lay the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/-S into the <br />fresh coat and subsequently carefully press into the <br />waterproof coat, without creating voids or folds, using <br />a steel trowel or roller. Watch for a full bedding and <br />coverage. The bonding must be completed in such a <br />way so that water cannot migrate around the back of <br />the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/-S. Over movement joints <br />lay the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/-S in a loop. Overlap <br />waterproof tape joints by a minimum of 5 to 10 cm, <br />fully bond without folds with AQUAFIN-RS300, overcoat <br />and seal off the surface with a seamless application of <br />the waterproof membrane. Install pre-formed sections in <br />a similar way. <br />The installation of tiles can be carried out with one of <br />the adhesives named as a system component. At the <br />time of tiling, the waterproofing must be completely <br />hardened.</p> <p>Product application: <br />Pre-wet the substrate so that it is matt-damp at the time <br />the AQUAFIN-RS300 is applied. Prime very porous <br />and marginally sanded substrates with ASO-Unigrund. <br />The primer must be fully dried before proceeding with <br />following work. <br />Place approx. 50-60% of the liquid component into <br />a clean mixing bucket and pre-mix with the powder <br />component to a homogenous, lump free consistency. <br />Subsequently add the remaining liquid and adequately <br />mix. Using a mechanical stirrer (approx. 500-700 rpm) <br />a mixing time of approx. 2-3 minutes is required. Do not <br />add water. Allow to stand for approx. 5 minutes, then <br />thoroughly blend once again. <br />Apply AQUAFIN-RS300 by brush or trowel techniques <br />in a minimum of 2 coats free from pores. The second or <br />next coat can be applied when the first or previous coat <br />will not become damaged by foot traffic or by further <br />coatings (approx. 2-4 hours dependent on ambient <br />conditions). Dependent on the load case, an even coat <br />can be achieved by using a 4 to 6 mm notched trowel <br />and subsequent smoothening. Exclude application <br />thickness greater than 3 kg/m2 in one operation as <br />cracks may appear in the waterproof layer due to the <br />high binder content.</p> <p>As an alternative to the ASO-Joint-Tape system <br />(production of mineral-based coved fillets): <br />Coat the junction between base slab and wall <br />with AQUAFIN-1K. Construct a coved fillet with a <br />minimum haunch length of 4 cm, using ASOCRET-RN <br />or a cementitious mortar (MG III) with the addition <br />of ASOPLAST-MZ. Once fully dried, carry out the <br />waterproofing operation with AQUAFIN-RS300. <br />Drainage and protection boards with structural <br />components in contact with the ground: <br />Waterproof coatings are to be protected from the <br />influences of the weather and from mechanical damage <br />through suitable protective measures in accordance with <br />DIN 18195, part 10. Protective layers are only to be <br />installed after the coating has fully dried. Protective and <br />drainage boards (e.g. INA Schutz- und Drainelement) <br />can be fixed with liquid lumps of COMBIDIC-1K and <br />perimeter insulation fully bonded and tightly butt jointed <br />with COMBIDIC-2K. As an alternative the protective <br />layers can also be bonded with AQUAFIN-RS300.</p> <p>Alternatively AQUAFIN-RS300 can be spray applied <br />with suitable equipment such as e.g. HighPump M8 <br />(Peristaltic pump), HighPump Small or HighPump Pictor <br />(screw feed pump). Information on the above can be <br />obtained from HTG HIGH TECH Germany, GmbH, <br />Berlin – www.hightechspray.de. <br />To form waterproof movement and connection joints, <br />insert the system component from the ASO-Joint-Tape <br />technology appropriate for the particular wet duty <br />service conditions. Use the pre-formed sections <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 corners (90° internal/external),</p> <p>68</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>In this case the powder component is mixed with <br />approx. 50 - 60% of the liquid component to a plastic <br />consistency and fully bedded using the buttering-floating <br />technique and a suitable notched trowel. Drainage <br />is installed in accordance with the guidelines in <br />DIN 4095.</p> <p>• Direct contact with metals such as copper, zinc and <br />aluminium is to be prevented by a pore sealing <br />primer. A pore sealing primer can be produced using <br />two coats of ASODUR-GBM. Liberally apply the first <br />coat to the degreased and cleaned substrate. Once <br />this coat has reacted sufficiently so that it can no <br />longer be disturbed (approx. 3-6 hours), brush apply <br />a second coat of ASODUR-GBM and broadcast with <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm quartz sand. Consumption approx. <br />800-1000 g/m2 ASODUR-GBM. <br />• To waterproof PVC, gunmetal and stainless steel <br />flanges, abrade the flange, clean, degrease, apply <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 and the ASO-Joint-Sleeve or <br />alternatively bed in the ASO-Rohrmanschette without <br />voids or folds and seamlessly connect with the <br />membrane used on the rest of the area. <br />• Heed the relevant current regulations. <br />For Germany e.g.: <br />DIN 18195 waterproofing of buildings <br />DIN 18157 implementation of ceramic tiled finishes <br />using thin bed techniques <br />DIN 18352 VOB part C: General technical <br />contractual conditions (ATV) – tile installation <br />DIN 18560 screeds in buildings <br />EN 13813 European standard for screed mortars, <br />screed materials and screeds <br />DIN 1055 Influence of load bearing structures <br />“Guidelines for the planning and implementation of <br />waterproofing of structural components in contact with <br />the ground with flexible waterproof slurries”, Deutsche <br />Bauchemie e.V. <br />WTA information sheet 4-6 “Retrospective construction <br />waterproofing of components in contact with the <br />ground”. <br />The BEB information sheets distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich un Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “Coordination of cut out <br />points with heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German Tile Industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in tiled wall and floor finishes”</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated during the application <br />of AQUAFIN-RS300. <br />• During the curing process the waterproof membrane <br />may not come into contact with water. Water <br />penetrating from the rear may be lead to delamination <br />in frost. <br />• When there is strong sunshine, work against the <br />direction of the sun working in the shaded areas. <br />• Due to the high polymer content a slight stickiness on <br />the surface may occur in high temperatures. In this <br />case we recommend post-treating with water in order <br />to guarantee complete hydration. <br />• In rooms with high humidity and/or inadequate <br />ventilation (e.g. water containers) temperature <br />may drop below the dew point on the surface <br />(condensation formation). This is to be prevented with <br />suitable measures such as e.g. dehumidifiers. Direct <br />heating or uncontrolled warm air blown in is not <br />permitted. <br />• In container construction with strong currents as well <br />as in shallow water areas with increased water <br />flow, the AQUAFIN-RS300 coating is subjected <br />to increased erosion. This is especially true when <br />combined with high water temperatures (> +25° C). <br />We recommend that the suitability of AQUAFINRS300 is assessed in relation to the project. If <br />necessary, AQUAFIN-RS300 is to be protected by <br />a tiled finish <br />• As a surface protection AQUAFIN-RS300 may not be <br />subjected to point or linear loading. <br />• AQUAFIN-RS300 can be over-rendered and also <br />over-painted with vapour permeable, solvent free <br />dispersion or silicate dispersion paints (not pure <br />silicate paints).</p> <p>69</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone tiles and cementbound tiles on cement-based floor constructions on <br />insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone tiles and <br />cement-bound tiles on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions” <br />[*7] “External finishes” <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet <br />(MSDS). <br />GISCODE: ZP1 (component A) <br />D1 (component B)</p> <p>06/13</p> <p>70</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-TC07</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04212</p> <p>2-comp., polymer-modified waterproofing mortar</p> <p>temperatures extend, higher <br />temperatures reduce curing <br />times.</p> <p>Description: <br />AQUAFIN-TC07 is 2-comp., polymer modified, cement <br />based protective waterproofing material for concrete, <br />masonry, render or screeds against penetrating <br />moisture.</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Adhesion strength: <br />approx. 1.0 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 4541:2002) <br />Flexural/compressive <br />strength: <br />approx. 10 / 40 N/mm2 <br />at 28 days <br />Tensile strength: <br />8 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 412-98a) <br />Elongation: <br />10% (ASTM D 412-98a) <br />Crack bridging: <br />0.41 mm (ASTM C 836:95) <br />Abrasion resistance: <br />311 mg (ASTM D 4060:01) <br />Water permeability: <br />Nil at 5 bar (BS EN 12390) <br />Initial surface absorption: Nil (BS 1881 Part 208:96) <br />Shore ‘D’: <br />D/80/1 (ASTM D 2240:05)</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />AQUAFIN-TC07 is used as a waterproof coating on <br />wall and floor surfaces, water containers, foundations <br />etc. against positive and negative water pressure. It is <br />for treatment of substrates with no risk of cracking and <br />without excessive movement. <br />Advantages: <br />• Seamless and joint free flexible protective coating <br />• Suitable for all load-bearing substrates conventional <br />in construction <br />• Hydraulically curing <br />• Very easy application - apply with a brush, trowel <br />or suitable spray equipment <br />• Bonds to damp substrates without priming <br />• Vapour permeable, resistant to frost, de-icing salts <br />and aging <br />• UV stable <br />• High abrasion resistance <br />• Impermeable to water up to 5 bar <br />• Highly resistant to liquids aggressive to concrete <br />according to DIN 4030</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load-bearing, largely flat and <br />have a closed surface. It must be free from gravel <br />pockets, shrinkage cavities, gaping cracks, ridges, <br />dust and separating substances such as e.g. oil, paint, <br />laitance and loose components. Weakly bonded <br />coatings are to be removed with suitable measures such <br />as pressure washing or sand/grit blasting. <br />Suitable substrates are tight jointed concrete, cementbased renders, fully pointed masonry work and cementbased screeds. <br />Even out open pored substrates or uneven masonry <br />work with cement mortars. Pre-wet substrates so that at <br />the time of application they are matt damp, avoiding <br />puddle formation. Prime very porous substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund.</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />Basis:</p> <p>2-comp., cement-based <br />powder and liquid dispersion <br />Colour: <br />grey powder, white liquid <br />Density of fresh mortar: approx. 2.0 kg/dm3 <br />Mixing ratio slurry/spray: 1:4 liquid:powder by weight <br />Mixing ratio trowel: <br />1:4.5 liquid:powder by <br />weight <br />Mixing time: <br />approx. 2-3 minutes <br />Pot life +23° C: <br />approx. 45 minutes <br />Pot life +35° C: <br />approx. 30 minutes <br />Substrate/Application <br />temperature: <br />min. approx. +5° C to max. <br />approx. +35° C. Lower</p> <p>The SCHOMBURG PCC system is available for <br />reprofiling substrates. Joints and detail construction such <br />as pipe penetrations etc. are to be carried out with the <br />ASO-Joint-Tape System. (Please refer to technical data <br />sheet). For substrates damaged by de-icing salts abrade <br />back to a neutral area using suitable measures such as <br />e.g. scabbling.</p> <p>71</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Mixing: <br />Dependent on the desired consistency and the area <br />of application AQUAFIN-TC07 can be mixed at a <br />ratio of 1:4 or 1:4.5. Place approx. 80% of the liquid <br />component into a clean mixing bucket and mix with <br />the powder component to a homogenous lump free <br />consistency. A mix time of approx. 2-3 minutes is <br />required with a mechanical mixer (approx. 500 – <br />700 rpm). Dependent on the method of application <br />add the remaining liquid component. The addition of <br />extra water is not permitted.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life: <br />Powder Component: cool and dry, 12 months <br />Liquid Component: Frost-free, 12 months in the original <br />unopened packaging, use opened packaging promptly. <br />NOTE: the liquid component is sensitive to frost. When <br />the ambient temperature is >35° C the materials must <br />be stored under climatised conditions. <br />Advice: <br />• Protect areas not to be treated with AQUAFIN-TC07 <br />from its effects. <br />• Water may not be added to AQUAFIN-TC07. <br />• AQUAFIN-TC-07 is suitable for bridging small static <br />shrinkage / hairline cracks up to 0.1 mm. It is not <br />suitable for bridging large or dynamic cracks. <br />• At higher temperatures the surface may be slightly <br />tacky. In this case we recommend post-treatment with <br />water in order to guarantee complete hydration. <br />• AQUAFIN-TC07 may not be subjected to any point <br />or linear loading. <br />• In rooms with high relative humidity and inadequate <br />ventilation (e.g. water containers) extended drying <br />times are to be expected. <br />• When using in water containers a water analysis <br />is strictly necessary. For an assessment of the <br />aggressiveness of the water in accordance with <br />DIN 4030 the information on the portion of lime <br />soluble carbonic acid is decisive. <br />• In enclosed containers temperatures from +10° C to <br />+15° C are to be expected. In order to guarantee <br />complete hydration of the cement keep the coating <br />damp for an adequate length of time (constant relative <br />humidity of > 80%). In general 7 days is sufficient. <br />Strictly avoid the formation of condensation or a <br />film of standing water during this time period after <br />application. <br />• When there is the danger of dropping below the dew <br />point (formation of condensation) install dehumidifiers <br />until the mortar has cured. Never blow in uncontrolled <br />warm air. <br />• When there is strong sunlight work against the <br />direction of the sun in the shaded areas. <br />• During setting the waterproofing may not be exposed <br />to water. Water penetrating from the rear can lead to <br />delamination.</p> <p>Application: <br />Apply AQUAFIN-TC07 by spraying, brushing or <br />trowelling in min two coats. The second, as well as <br />following coats, may only be applied once the first coat <br />will no longer become damaged. Avoid application <br />thicknesses of more than 2 kg/m2 in a single layer. <br />Implement suitable protective measures against weather <br />influences such as strong sunlight, wind etc and <br />mechanical damage during the first 24 hours. <br />Estimating & Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />6 kg and 24 kg units <br />Material consumption: <br />Vertical application and in contact with soil: <br />Depth of <br />immersion (m)</p> <p>Recommended <br />minimum <br />consumption per <br />application</p> <p>Recommended <br />minimum <br />consumption <br />total</p> <p>Dry film <br />thickness</p> <p>Up to 1.0 m</p> <p>1.0 kg/m2</p> <p>2.0 kg/m2</p> <p>Approx. 1 mm</p> <p>1.0 to 3.0 m</p> <p>1.5 kg/m2</p> <p>3.0 kg/m2</p> <p>Approx. 1.5 mm</p> <p>Over 3.0 m</p> <p>2.0 kg/m2</p> <p>4.0 kg/m2</p> <p>Approx. 2.0 mm</p> <p>Greater material consumption on uneven substrates <br />cannot be disregarded. <br />Loading *): <br />• Foot traffic after 24 hours <br />• Water pressure after 7 days <br />*) at 20° C and 60% relative humidity</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Clean tools while in the fresh state with water, soften <br />dried on material with AQUAFIN-Cleanser.</p> <p>72</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>• Direct contact with metals such as copper, zinc and <br />aluminium is to be excluded through pore deep <br />priming. Pore deep priming is produced with two <br />coats of INDUFLOOR-IB 1225. Apply first coat, <br />thoroughly saturating the substrate (thoroughly cleaned <br />and degreased with INDU-IB Cleanser). After waiting <br />approx. 3-6 hours apply the second coat and <br />broadcast with 0.2 – 0.7 mm particle size quartz <br />sand. Consumption approx. 800-1000 g/m2. <br />• For waterproofing PVC and stainless steel flanges, <br />roughen the flange and degrease with universal <br />cleaner. Apply AQUAFIN-2K/M and bed in <br />waterproof gaskets or alternatively ADF-pipe gaskets, <br />without voids or folds and subsequently coat with <br />AQUAFIN-TC07 (please refer to the technical data <br />sheet for AQUAFIN-2K/M). <br />• To increase pot life/working time at higher <br />temperature store material in a cool environment <br />above +5° C and only expose to warm temperature <br />shortly before mixing. <br />Please observe a valid EU health and safety data sheet <br />(MSDS).</p> <p>46/12</p> <p>73</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-UM</p> <p>Art.-No 2 04263</p> <p>Flexible cementitious protective coating</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Liquid applied waterproofing <br />• Applied above or below grade <br />• Elongation up to 40% <br />• Crack bridging <br />• Horizontal, vertical, or overhead applications <br />• Waterproofing of new or old below grade <br />foundations <br />• Balconies, plaza decks, in combination with a <br />UV protective sealer <br />• Underneath tile mortars (showers, sanitary rooms, <br />kitchens, etc.) <br />• Solvent free - Environmentally friendly <br />• No priming necessary in most cases <br />• Breathable (not a vapor barrier) <br />• Applied to moist/damp substrates <br />• Permanently flexible <br />• Resists strong hydrostatic pressure <br />• Self curing <br />• Active barrier to carbon dioxide (CO2)</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Adhesion strength: <br />approx. 1 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 4541:2002) <br />Crack bridging: <br />approx. 1 mm <br />(ASTM C 836:95) <br />Tensile strength: <br />6 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 412-98a) <br />Elongation: <br />approx. 40% <br />(ASTM D 412-98a) <br />Water permeability: <br />Nil at 5 bar (BS EN 12390) <br />Shore ‘D’: <br />D/69/1 (ASTM D 2240:05) <br />Initial surface absorption: Nil (BS 1881 Part 208:96) <br />Rapid chloride <br />permeability: <br />94% reduction <br />(ASTM-C 1202.97) <br />Water vapor <br />diffusion μ-value: <br />2000 <br />Surface preparation: <br />The surface must be sound, clean, and free from voids, <br />gaping cracks or ridges and open pored. Remove <br />bondbreakers, such as oil, grease, dirt, loose particles, <br />remains of mould release agents, water repellents, <br />rust or other coatings by waterblasting or wet or dry <br />sandblasting. <br />Repair holes, defects, irregular surfaces, weak mortar <br />joints, etc. with a patching mortar. Round edges at <br />vertical and horizontal external joints. <br />Close large open pores and joint recesses of CMU <br />blocks and joint unevenness in brick walls with sand/ <br />cement mortar before applying AQUAFIN-UM. <br />Pre-water substrate (excluding drywall or similar) with <br />clean water to saturated surface dry (SSD) condition, <br />with no standing surface water. <br />Seal dry, dusty or very absorptive surfaces (i.e. drywall, <br />gypsum) with one coat liquid component, diluted with <br />water 1:4 to 1:5.</p> <p>AQUAFIN-UM is a economic cementitious, polymer <br />dispersion based highly flexible protective coating and <br />waterproof barrier. This product is two-component and <br />resistant to water, moisture and abrasion. Its liquid <br />mixing component is solvent free. <br />AQUAFIN-UM is a stand-alone product. It can be top <br />or overcoated with flexible or rigid mortars, stuccos or <br />coatings for uniform appearance. It bridges shrinkage <br />cracks. Larger cracks, static (non moving) or dynamic <br />(moving), can be sealed with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 or <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S. <br />Typical Properties: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Substrate/Application <br />temperature:</p> <p>25 kg powder (comp. I) <br />to 8.33 kg liquid (comp. II) <br />min. +5° C to max. <br />+35° C. Low temperatures <br />extend, high temperatures <br />reduce curing times.</p> <p>74</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>A. Mixing ratio by weight: <br />25 kg powder to 8.33 kg liquid</p> <p>Negative side waterproofing 2.5 mm: <br />Apply 1st coat with AQUAFIN-1K at 2 kg/m2 <br />and then two further coats with AQUAFIN-UM <br />at 1.5 kg/m2 each.</p> <p>B. Mixing ratio by volume: approximately <br />2 parts powder to 1 parts liquid. <br />Pour about 80% of the AQUAFIN-UM liquid into a <br />clean container, add AQUAFIN-UM powder and stir <br />to a lump free mass with a strong mechanical mixer <br />(500–700 rpm). Then add the rest of the liquid and <br />stir until a uniform creamy consistency is obtained. <br />NOTE: Do not apply AQUAFIN-UM at temperatures <br />below + 5° C.</p> <p>Under tiles: <br />Before applying under ceramic tiles or natural or <br />synthetic stones the shrinkage process of the substrate <br />has to be more or less completed. A tile adhesive of <br />the SCHOMBURG program of minimum class C2 <br />according to EN 12004 is to be used. <br />EXPOSURE*) OF APPLICATION TO: <br />• rain, vertical surfaces, after approx. 3 hrs <br />• rain, horizontal surfaces, minimum 6 hrs <br />• foot traffic after approx. 1 day <br />• tile mortar and tiles after approx. 1 day <br />• hydrostatic pressure after reaching Shore A Hardness <br />>85 (between 3 - 7 days) <br />• back filling after approx. 3 days</p> <p>At high temperatures, i.e. +30° C and above, protect <br />application from direct sun and wind to prevent <br />premature surface drying and shrinkage cracks. <br />Apply material in 2 (two) coats minimum.Amount of <br />material for a single coat should not exceed 2 kg/m². <br />AQUAFIN-UM may be applied by brush, roller, trowel <br />or appropriate spray equipment as e.g. a HighPump <br />M8 from HIGH TECH, Berlin. Surface can be left <br />brushed or smooth troweled, depending on type of <br />application and project specifications. <br />Do not pre-dampen brush or roller with water.</p> <p>*) at 20°C and 60% humidity.</p> <p>Curing and protection: <br />Self curing under normal conditions. Provide suitable <br />protection against extreme weather conditions while <br />setting.</p> <p>Horizontal and vertical joints: <br />Seal horizontal wall-floor joints and internal vertical <br />corners with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000. Alternative: form a <br />fillet cove (minimum 40 x 40 mm) with cement mortar.</p> <p>• Attach drainage and protection boards after full <br />curing of application (after 3 days). <br />• The cured application can be troweled over with <br />parging (rendering/ plaster) after 1 day or painted <br />with a vapor open („breathable“), solvent free paint <br />(non silicate) after 3 days (at +20° C). <br />• Do not expose the application to water during the <br />setting time. <br />• Expect prolonged setting and hardening time in <br />rooms with high humidity, poorly ventilated areas and <br />corners (i.e. water tanks). <br />• Negative water pressure, if exposed to freezing, can <br />create spalling of the application. <br />• If application is exposed to intense sunlight work <br />against movement of sun. <br />• Carbonation protection and carbondioxide-screen: <br />1 mm AQUAFIN-UM thickness warrants the same <br />protection as 30 cm of concrete.</p> <p>Static cracks greater than 1.0 mm: <br />Repair static cracks >1.0mm width with <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000, or rout (cut) out and fill with <br />ASOCRET-RN and cover with AQUAFIN-UM, reinforced <br />with AQUAFIN-2K-Sicherheitsvlies (fabric). <br />Dynamic cracks and joints: <br />Seal dynamic cracks and expansion joints with <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S. <br />Positive side waterproofing 1.5 – 2.5 mm: <br />Apply AQUAFIN-UM in two coats as specified. Apply <br />the second and any further coat as soon as the freshly <br />applied coat could not be damaged or wait until next <br />day.</p> <p>75</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Unhardened AQUAFIN-UM can be removed from tools <br />and equipment with water. Once cured, material can <br />only be removed mechanically. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />12 months when stored dry and frost free in the <br />original unopened packaging. Use opened packaging <br />promptly. <br />NOTE: the liquid component is sensitive to frost. When <br />the ambient temperature is > 35° C the materials must <br />be stored under climatized conditions. <br />Important advice: <br />• Do not use in contact with alkali sensitive metals, such <br />as copper, aluminum, galvanized or zinc treated <br />metal. Protect and seal metal first with a primer. <br />• AQUAFIN-UM has a limited UV stability. Long term <br />exposure to direct sunlight may lead to decomposition <br />of the polymer. <br />• To increase pot life/working time at higher <br />temperature store material in a cool environment <br />above +5° C and only expose to warm temperature <br />shortly before mixing. Additionally use of cold water <br />can also increase pot life/working time, if water <br />addition is necessary.</p> <p>05/13</p> <p>76</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>ASOCRET-BM</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05518</p> <p>Mortar for filling drill holes and voids</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Pre-blended mortar <br />• Highly fluid <br />• Hardens without shrinkage <br />• Highly capillary absorbent</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate to be filled may not contain gypsum. <br />Free drill holes from drilling dust. <br />Product preparation: <br />Place ASOCRET-BM and approx. 8.0 litres of clean <br />water into a bucket and mix with a stirrer (approx. <br />300 – 700 rpm) for 2 – 3 minutes until lump free. <br />Fill out into the correctly positioned drill holes in <br />the masonry work either without pressure or under <br />pressure via special packers. If the following horizontal <br />waterproof barrier is also to be applied without <br />pressure, then the ASOCRET-BM must harden first. In <br />this case, drill out the filled drill holes after 16 – 24 <br />hours. If injecting the waterproofing material, then it <br />can be injected directly into the fresh mortar. Gypsum <br />containing masonry work is not suitable for treatment.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASOCRET-BM is used to fill voids in masonry work, <br />especially when producing horizontal waterproof <br />barriers in masonry with many fissures. Bore holes are <br />sealed with ASOCRET-BM after injecting with e.g. <br />AQUAFIN-F. Voids can be sealed by gravity or under <br />pressure. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Particle size: <br />Bulk density: <br />Apparent density: <br />Slump: <br />Pot life: <br />Material demand: <br />Application / <br />substrate temperature: <br />Strength:</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>lime/cement <br />grey <br />) 0.5 mm <br />0.9 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 2.0 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 30 cm <br />approx. 1 hr at +20° C <br />1.4 kg per litre of void</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated from ASOCRET-BM. <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>+5° C to +30° C <br />1 day = 4 N/mm² <br />7 days = 10 N/mm² <br />28 days = 15 N/mm² <br />min. 12 months when stored <br />cool and dry in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly. <br />25 kg paper bags</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>77</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>ASO®-DB-Standard</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05987</p> <p>Waterproof tape</p> <p>Elongation, transverse <br />according to DIN 527-3: * 80% <br />Chemical resistance <br />after 7 days storage at <br />+22° C in the following <br />chemicals: <br />Hydrochloric acid 3% <br />Sulphuric acid 35% <br />Citric acid 100 g/l <br />Potassium hydroxide 3% <br />Sodium hydroxide 0.3 g/l <br />Salt water 20 g/l (sea salt) <br />Packaging: <br />50 m roll (up to a cutting <br />point/15 m), width 120 mm <br />± 2 mm, centre section <br />approx. 70 mm wide <br />elastomer coating, in a <br />single box <br />Storage: <br />18 months, cool, dry, <br />protected from sunlight and <br />weathering</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Water impermeable <br />• Elastic <br />• UV stabilized <br />• Resistant to weathering <br />• Alkali resistant <br />Areas of application: <br />ASO-DB-Standard is used for the formation of flexible, <br />water impermeable movement joints and connecting <br />joints beneath tiles within e.g. SANIFLEX, <br />AQUAFIN-1K-flex, AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-2K/M, <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 and ASOFLEX-AKB waterproof <br />membranes. <br />ASO-DB-Standard is easy to use and forms an intimate <br />bond with the above named waterproof systems. <br />ASO-DB-Standard can be used in wet duty classes A0 <br />and B0 in accordance with the ZDB information sheet <br />“Bonded waterproof membranes”.</p> <p>Product application: <br />Using a 4-6 mm notched trowel, apply the waterproof <br />coating a minimum of 2 cm wider than the waterproof <br />tape, to both sides of the joint to be bridged. <br />Lay the ASO-DB-Standard into the fresh coat – <br />elastomeric strip uppermost - and subsequently carefully <br />press into the waterproof coat, without creating voids <br />or folds, using a steel trowel or roller. Watch for a <br />full bedding and coverage. The bonding must be <br />completed in such a way so that water cannot migrate <br />around the back of the ASO-DB-Standard. Over <br />movement joints lay the ASO-DB-Standard in a loop. <br />Overlap waterproof tape joints by a minimum of 5 to <br />10 cm, fully bond without folds with the waterproof <br />coating and then overcoat. The movement joint area <br />(for the subsequent application of an elastic joint) can <br />remain free from the waterproof coating.</p> <p>ASO-DB-Standard fulfills the requirements of the test <br />principles of the DIBt and the information sheet “Bonded <br />waterproof membranes” that relate to the conditions in <br />wet duty classes A and C. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Colour: <br />Thickness: <br />Bursting pressure max: <br />Impermeability to water <br />in accordance with <br />DIN EN 1928: <br />Temperature resistance: <br />UV resistance:</p> <p>polyester fabric with a <br />thermoplastic polyvinyl <br />chloride (PVC) elastomer <br />coating <br />grey <br />0.62 – 0.80 mm <br />approx. 4 bar</p> <p>* 1.5 bar <br />from -22° C to +60° C <br />minimum 500 hours <br />according to DIN EN <br />ISO 4892-2</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Follow recognized technical regulations. <br />• Joints that have been secured with ASO-DB-Standard <br />must be adequately protected against mechanical <br />damage.</p> <p>Elongation, longitudinal <br />according to DIN 527-3: * 20%</p> <p>78</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>• ASO-DB-Standard may not be bonded or coated with <br />solvent-based products. <br />• Use ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S for wall/floor junctions <br />in areas in contact with the ground and for structural <br />joints. <br />• Heed the relevant current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />The BEB information sheets distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German Tile Industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in tiled wall and floor finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone tiles and cementbound composite tiles on cement-based floor <br />constructions on insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone tiles and cementbound composite tiles on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions”</p> <p>16/16</p> <p>79</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>ASOFLEX-AKB-floor <br />ASOFLEX-AKB-wall</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50149 <br />Art.-No. 5 50150</p> <p>Waterproofing beneath tile and slab finishes <br />Properties: <br />• Solvent free, pigmented two <br />component polyurethane resin. <br />• Elastic with good crack-bridging <br />properties. <br />• Good chemical resistance.</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Detmold</p> <p>• B:</p> <p>P 2738/02-137</p> <p>• C:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASOFLEX-AKB-floor/ASOFLEX-AKB-wall are components of <br />the bonded waterproofing system DENSARE 2002. <br />An official technical certificate is available <br />P 2738/02-137. Test institute: Polymer-Institute, Flörsheim. <br />They are used as system components in accordance <br />with the test principles for liquid applied waterproofing <br />materials in combination with tiled finishes for the <br />following areas of application/wet duty classification: <br />• A1/A2: heavy duty from service water and cleaning <br />water to walls (A1) and floors (A2) in wet <br />areas such as swimming pool surrounds and <br />communal showers.</p> <p>Wall and floor surfaces in swimming pool <br />tanks in interiors and exteriors. <br />Wall and floor surfaces in industrial areas <br />also where there is chemical exposure. <br />Exceptions being areas associated with <br />materials hazardous to water in terms of <br />section 62 and 63 paragraph (1) of the <br />German WHG (water resources act).</p> <p>Cleaning of working tools: <br />Tools must be thoroughly cleaned immediately after <br />use with AQUAFIN-Cleanser. <br />Packaging: <br />ASOFLEX-AKB-Floor is available in 2.5 kg, 5 kg and <br />15 kg containers. ASOFLEX-AKB-Wall is available in <br />2.5 kg and 5 kg containers (10 kg containers <br />available on request). <br />Components A and B are delivered at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />ASOFLEX-AKB-floor</p> <p>ASOFLEX-AKB-wall</p> <p>Basis:</p> <p>2 comp. polyurethane resin</p> <p>2 comp. polyurethane resin</p> <p>Colours:</p> <p>Blue approx. RAL 5013</p> <p>Blue approx. RAL 5013</p> <p>Grey approx. RAL 7038</p> <p>Grey approx. RAL 7038</p> <p>Mixed density:</p> <p>approx. 1.37 g/cm3</p> <p>approx. 1.32 g/cm3</p> <p>Mixing ratio:</p> <p>100 : 24 parts by weight</p> <p>100 : 23 parts by weight</p> <p>Foot traffic after:</p> <p>approx. 16 hours</p> <p>approx. 16 hours <br />approx. 43 mins</p> <p>Pot life:</p> <p>approx. 25 mins</p> <p>Overcoat after:</p> <p>approx. 16 hrs, max. 24 hrs</p> <p>approx. 16 hrs, max. 24 hrs</p> <p>Mechanical load/chemical exposure:</p> <p>after approx. 7 days</p> <p>after approx. 7 days</p> <p>Tensile adhesion strength:</p> <p>approx. 1 N/mm2</p> <p>approx. 1 N/mm2</p> <p>Crack bridging:</p> <p>min. 0.4 mm</p> <p>min. 0.4 mm</p> <p>Shore A hardness:</p> <p>90</p> <p>85</p> <p>Water impermeability:</p> <p>3 bar</p> <p>3 bar</p> <p>Fire classification:</p> <p>B2</p> <p>B2</p> <p>All values quoted relate to +23 °C</p> <p>80</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>• Render quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>Shelf life: <br />12 months when stored dry and frost free in the original <br />unopened containers at +10 °C. For longer storage <br />periods the efficiency of reaction can dwindle. Storage <br />should follow in accordance with the regulations for <br />storing materials hazardous to watercourses.</p> <p>* 0.8N/mm2 <br />(Pre-blended mortar) <br />• Residual moisture: <br />) 4 % (carbide hygrometer <br />method) <br />The quality of the concrete in swimming pool tanks must <br />conform to the local guidelines (e.g. DIN 1045). Keep <br />to a waiting time of minimum 3 months for concrete <br />swimming pool tanks before waterproofing. <br />Advice: Containers that are to be clad in a rigid <br />material (e.g. tiles) after waterproofing must be <br />subjected to the expected loading before waterproofing <br />or laying the tiles; a pool tank test is to be carried out. <br />Substantiation: Deformation that appears later can have <br />a negative effect upon the tiled finish.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be <br />• dry, solid, load bearing and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber <br />marks, paint residues etc. <br />• protected against moisture penetration from the rear. <br />Dependent on its condition the following suitable <br />methods can be used to prepare the substrate to be <br />treated; sweeping, vacuuming, brushing, planing, <br />scabbling, sand blasting, high pressure water jetting, <br />shot blasting. The following criteria also need to be <br />fulfilled dependant on the particular substrate: <br />Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture:</p> <p>• Screed quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture of <br />bonded screed: <br />• Residual moisture of <br />screed on separating <br />layer:</p> <p>P IIIa / P IIIb <br />min. 28 days</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A and B are delivered at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. During the mixing process the material <br />temperature should be +15 °C. Tip component B into <br />component A. Ensure that the hardener completely <br />drains from its container. Blend both components <br />together using a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with mixing paddle). It is important also to stir <br />from the sides and the bottom so that the hardener is <br />evenly dispersed. Mix until the mixture is homogenous <br />(free from streaks): mix time approx. 3 minutes. Do not <br />use the mixed material directly from the packaging. Pour <br />the mix into a clean vessel and stir through once again <br />thoroughly.</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. 3 months <br />1.5 N/mm2 <br />) 4% (carbide hygrometer <br />method) <br />min. CT- C25 - F4 <br />min. 28 days <br /> 1.0 N/mm2</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Waterproofing: <br />Priming: <br />Apply two coats of ASODUR-GBM wet in wet to <br />close the surface pores. (see technical data sheet for <br />ASODUR-GBM). <br />Consumption: approx. 300 – 500 g/m2 per coat. <br />Broadcast quartz sand (0.2 – 0.6 mm) into the wet <br />primer. <br />Consumption: approx. 800 – 1,000 g/m2. <br />Advice: Broadcasting should blind the surface but not <br />be excessively applied to avoid penetrating the primer.</p> <p>< 4% (carbide hygrometer <br />method)</p> <p>) 2% (carbide hygrometer <br />method) <br />For substrates that are <br />installed over a separating <br />layer, the residual moisture is <br />to be determined over the <br />whole cross section of the <br />substrate. <br />81</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>embed, then cover completely with the waterproof <br />coating. Also bond overlapped areas with this product. <br />Broadcast the wet waterproof coating with quartz sand <br />0.2 – 0.6 mm. Consumption: approx. 800 – 1,000 g/m2. <br />After waiting for a minimum of 16 hours up to a <br />maximum of 24 hours overcoat the ASO-Joint-Tape2000-S, within the vertical and horizontal surface <br />waterproof coating, using ASOFLEX-AKB-wall. Leave <br />expansion joint areas open, e.g. by applying an <br />adhesive strip. Construction and expansion joints <br />are waterproofed in the same manner whereby the <br />waterproof tape is laid in a loop into the joint profile. <br />When waterproofing cruciform joints or end points use <br />the pre-formed pieces ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S-CrossPiece and ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S-T-Piece.</p> <p>Job requirements: (levelling compound) <br />Composition/production of the levelling compound: <br />ASODUR-GBM <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand (0.2 – 0.6 mm) <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Suitable filler <br />1.5 – 2.0 % <br />(for floor areas) <br />2.0 – 3.0 % <br />(for wall areas) <br />(Advice: addition rates are temperature dependant) <br />Waterproofing: (after a minimum waiting time of <br />16 hours up to a maximum of 24 hours). <br />The waterproofing is carried out in alternating colours. <br />Wall and floor junctions: <br />In these areas lay ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S with <br />ASOFLEX-AKB-wall onto the broadcast primer and <br />Table: <br />Horizontal surfaces <br />a) priming coat <br />ASOFLEX-AKB-floor, colour blue is applied in one coat by <br />trowel and free from pores. <br />Consumption: min 1,200 g/m2 <br />After the priming coat has been applied de-aerate the <br />freshly waterproofed surface with a spiked roller (free from <br />pores). After approx. 15 mins vigorously cross roll. <br />b) broadcast coat <br />(after a waiting time of min 16 hours to a max 24 hours) <br />ASOFLEX-AKB-floor: colour grey is applied by roller or <br />trowel. Consumption: approx. 600 g/m2 <br />c) broadcasting <br />Evenly cover the coating with quartz sand <br />(grain size: 0.1 – 0.6 mm). <br />Consumption: approx. 1,000 g/m2 <br />Advice: Broadcasting may not be carried out excessively <br />in order to avoid bridging through.</p> <p>Vertical surfaces <br />a) priming coat <br />ASOFLEX-AKB-wall, colour blue is applied in one coat <br />by trowel and free from pores. <br />Consumption: min 1,200 g/m2 <br />After the priming coat has been applied de-aerate the <br />freshly waterproofed surface with a spiked roller (free <br />from pores). After approx. 15 mins vigorously cross roll <br />and smoothen. <br />b) broadcast coat <br />(after a waiting time of min 16 hours to a max 24 hours) <br />ASOFLEX-AKB-wall: colour grey is applied by trowel. <br />Consumption: approx. 600 g/m2 <br />c) broadcasting <br />Evenly cover the coating with quartz sand <br />(grain size: 0.1 – 0.6 mm). <br />Consumption: approx. 600 g/m2 <br />Advice: Broadcasting should be carried out with an air <br />spray gun and may not be excessive in order to avoid <br />bridging through.</p> <p>Once hardened thoroughly remove all non-bound quartz sand before bonding ceramic finishes. <br />Advice: Use the reaction resin adhesives and grouts ASODUR-EK98 floor and ASODUR-EK98 wall for bonding <br />and grouting ceramic tiles (see technical data sheet).</p> <p>82</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Connection to floor inlets and pipe penetrations: <br />Metal waterproofing flanges: <br />Prepare metal waterproofing flanges by degreasing <br />and abrading. <br />Corrosion protection: <br />Evenly apply ASODUR-ZNP in two coats in alternating <br />colours using a brush. <br />Consumption: <br />1st coat: ASODUR-ZNP sand <br />yellow: approx. 200 – 250 g/m2 <br />2nd coat: ASODUR-ZNP red brown: <br />approx. 200 – 250 g/m2 <br />Broadcast the second coat immediately with quartz <br />sand of grain size 0.2 – 0.6 mm. <br />The waterproofing of the connections with the above <br />mentioned floor inlets or pipe penetrations is carried out <br />before the main area with ASOFLEX-AKB-floor. <br />For the purpose of stress alleviation metal or plastic (PVC <br />or ABS) waterproofing flanges are waterproofed using <br />e.g. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S or ASO-Joint-Sleeve with <br />ASOFLEX-AKB-wall. <br />Consumption: approx. 500 g/m2</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• The bond between successive coats can be impeded <br />through the influence of moisture or contamination <br />between the applied coats. <br />• The substrate temperature and that of the individual <br />system components must be +3 °C above the <br />prevailing dew point temperature. <br />• When longer waiting times occur between successive <br />layers or where the surface already prepared with the <br />synthetic liquid resin needs to be renewed after a long <br />time period, the existing surface must be thoroughly <br />cleaned and abraded, after which a completely new <br />pore-free sealing is to be undertaken. It is not sufficient <br />simply to overcoat. <br />• Surface protection systems must be protected from <br />damp after application. Dampness can lead to <br />breakdown of the curing process. <br />• Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces must be removed, <br />e.g. by abrasion or blasting, and renewed. <br />Please observe a valid EU health and safety data <br />sheet (MSDS).</p> <p>Plastic waterproofing flanges (PVC or ABS) or <br />stainless steel: <br />Prepare plastic waterproofing flanges (PVC or ABS) by <br />degreasing and abrading. <br />Bonding primer: Apply one coat of ASO-Primer-2000 <br />with a brush and using a cloth spread thinly and evenly. <br />Consumption: approx. 40 g/m2</p> <p>GISCODE: PU40</p> <p>Health and safety: <br />Once cured ASOFLEX-AKB-floor/wall is harmless. <br />The hardener (component B) is harmful. We make <br />reference to the current advice/brochures: <br />“Epoxy resins and hardeners“ published by <br />PlasticsEurope, www.plasticseurope.org <br />Additional information: <br />BGR 190 – Rules for the use of breathing apparatus <br />BGR 192 – Rules for the use of eye/face protection <br />BGI 868 – Protective gloves for chemicals <br />Observe the advice on the packaging.</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>83</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>ASO®-Joint-Tape-2000 <br />ASO®-Joint-Tape-2000-Corners <br />Properties: <br />• Composite material <br />• Elastic <br />• Tear resistant <br />• Impermeable to water <br />• Thin build-up <br />• Water vapour permeable <br />• UV stabilised <br />• Very low emissions <br />• Highly resistant to aggressive media <br />• Guarantees the quick drying of adhesives and <br />waterproof membranes, which contain water</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 is used for forming waterproof <br />movement joints and junctions in waterproof membranes <br />such as e.g. SANIFLEX, SANIFIN, AQUAFIN-1K-flex, <br />AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-2K/M, AQUAFIN-RS300 <br />and ASOFLEX-AKB. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 is easy to <br />use, vapour permeable and forms an integral bond <br />with the named waterproof membranes.</p> <p>Testing:</p> <p>Colour: <br />Weight:</p> <p>Thickness:</p> <p>ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 fulfills the requirements of the <br />DIBt test principles and the ZDB data sheet “Bonded <br />waterproof membranes”, which are valid for wet duty <br />classes A, B and C.</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05936 <br />Art.-No. 2 05943 (exterior) <br />Art.-No. 2 05944 (interior)</p> <p>composite material <br />fleece-membrane-fleece <br />white with SCHOMBURG <br />lettering <br />approx. 150 to 190 g/m² <br />Internal angles <br />approx. 3.5 g / piece <br />External angles <br />approx. 5 g / piece <br />approx. 0.37 mm ± 0.1 mm <br />Internal/external angles <br />0.5 mm ± 0.1 mm <br />component of the SANIFIN <br />waterproof system. Fulfills <br />the requirements of the “test <br />principles for the granting <br />of a general technical test <br />certificate for waterproofing <br />materials in combination with <br />tiled finishes, part 2 <br />sheet form bonded waterproof <br />membranes” for the <br />procurement of an abP. <br />MPA Braunschweig test <br />certificate No. <br />P-5078/818/08-MPA BS <br />EMICODE from the GEV, <br />VOC France, VOC to the <br />AgBB evaluation scheme for <br />interiors</p> <p>We recommend its use e.g. in bathrooms and kitchens, <br />in living accommodation, private and public sanitary <br />facilities, balconies and terraces (wet duty classes A0, <br />B0, A).</p> <p>Emissions testing to:</p> <p>In swimming pools (wet duty class B, pool shells and <br />pool surrounds), in wet duty class C, wall/floor junctions <br />in areas in direct contact with the ground, as well as for <br />structural movement joints use ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S.</p> <p>Tolerated movement <br />accommodation: <br />max. 30% of the joint width <br />Bursting pressure: <br />> 2 bar <br />Sd value: <br />< 30 m ± 5 m <br />Water vapour permeability <br />to DIN EN 1931 <br />Reaction to fire to <br />DIN 4102-1: <br />B2 <br />UV resistance to <br />DIN EN ISO 4892-2: <br />minimum 500 hrs</p> <p>ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 is suitable for use in interior <br />rooms in accordance with the AgBB evaluation scheme <br />(Committee for health related evaluation of building <br />products), French VOC by-law and GEV EMICODE.</p> <p>84</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Temperature resistance, <br />min/max.: <br />Breaking force, <br />longitudinal to <br />DIN 527-3: <br />Breaking force, <br />transverse to DIN 527-3: <br />Elongation, transverse <br />to DIN 527-3:</p> <p>duty classes (ZDB data sheet ‘bonded waterproof <br />membranes’). Fine, non-penetrative cracks on the <br />surface of < 0.1 mm are acceptable.</p> <p>-22° C to +90° C</p> <p>Product application: <br />Joint waterproofing, wall and floor junctions and <br />bay defining movement joints: <br />Using the waterproof membrane, bond ASO-JointTape-2000 or ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 internal/external <br />angles for use in corners, at the transition between wall <br />and floor as well as interface joints, to the prepared <br />area without voids or folds. Where structural movement <br />joints / movement joints cross over, ASO-Joint-Tape2000-T sections or ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 crosses are <br />available, which permit them to be laid in a looped <br />formation at cross over points. Butt joints must be <br />overlapped by 5 to 10 cm. Ensure that a watertight <br />connection between the wall and the surface applied <br />waterproof membrane is produced. <br />1. Coat both sides of the joint to be bridged with <br />the waterproof membrane to a width of at least 2 cm <br />wider than the waterproof tape, e.g. with a 4 – 6 mm <br />notched trowel. <br />2. Then thoroughly work the joint tape, without voids <br />or folds, into the waterproof membrane using a steel <br />trowel or pressure roller. Ensure that, as far as possible, <br />a full bed and wetting out is achieved. Bonding must be <br />performed in such as way as to exclude the migration of <br />water behind the joint tape. <br />3. The joint tape is to be worked into movement joints <br />as a loop. <br />4. Overlap butt joints within joint tape sections or at <br />interfaces with all joint tape pre-formed pieces and <br />angles by a minimum of 5 to 10 cm and bond with the <br />waterproof membrane, without voids or folds. Overcoat <br />with the chosen waterproof membrane.</p> <p>> 50 N / 15 mm <br />> 32 N / 15 mm <br />> 60%</p> <p>Chemical resistance after 7 days storage at +22° C <br />with the following chemicals: <br />Hydrochloric acid 3%, <br />sulphuric acid 35%, <br />Citric acid 100 g/l, <br />Lactic acid 5%, <br />potassium hydroxide 20%, <br />Sodium hydroxide 0.3 g/l, <br />Salt water 20 g/l (sea salt) <br />Packaging: <br />Joint-Tape: <br />Width 120 mm and 200 mm, <br />± 2 mm <br />Rolls of 10 and 50 m <br />(up to a cut length / 15 m) <br />Joint-Tape-Corners: <br />20 pieces per box <br />Internal angles: 12 cm wide <br />External angles: 12 cm wide <br />Storage: <br />18 months when stored cool and dry <br />protected from sunlight and weather <br />influences <br />Pre-formed pieces: <br />ASO-Joint tape-2000-S <br />ASO-Joint tape-2000-Sanitary <br />ASO-Joint tape-2000-T-sections <br />ASO-Joint tape-2000-crosses <br />ASO-Joint tape-2000-S wide sections</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Follow recognised building technology regulations. <br />• Remove adhesive strips from the pre-cut sections <br />of the waterproof tape roll as necessary. Overlap <br />at junctions as described in point 4 of product <br />application.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />All usual substrates, which are correctly prepared <br />and suitable for use with the installation of waterproof <br />membranes or tiled finishes in the appropriate wet</p> <p>85</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>• Joints, which are to be secured with ASO-JointTape-2000, must be protected from mechanical <br />damage. <br />• Do not bond or overcoat ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 with <br />solvent based products. <br />• Perimeter, bay and structural movement joints are <br />to be brought through or inserted at the designed <br />position and stopped with a suitable material e.g. <br />edging strip. <br />• Observe the relevant current regulations. <br />E.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions”</p> <p>05/13</p> <p>86</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>ASO®-Joint-Tape-2000-S</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05939</p> <p>Special joint tape for highly demanding situations <br />and heavy duty exposure <br />principles for the granting <br />of a general technical test <br />certificate for waterproofing <br />materials in combination <br />with tiled finishes, part 2 <br />sheet form bonded waterproof <br />membranes” for the <br />procurement of an abP. <br />MPA Braunschweig test <br />certificate No. <br />P-5078/818/08/MPA BS</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Composite material <br />• Particularly elastic and tear resistant <br />• Impermeable to water <br />• Water vapour permeable <br />• Thin build-up <br />• UV stabilised <br />• Temperature resistant from -22° C to +90° C <br />• Guarantees the quick drying of adhesives and <br />waterproof membranes, which contain water <br />• Highly resistant to aggressive media <br />Tolerated movement <br />accommodation: <br />Bursting pressure: <br />Sd value: <br />UV resistance to <br />DIN EN ISO 4892-2: <br />Temperature resistance, <br />min/max.: <br />Breaking force, <br />longitudinal to <br />DIN 527-3: <br />Breaking force, <br />transverse to DIN 527-3: <br />Elongation, transverse <br />to DIN 527-3:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S is used for forming waterproof <br />movement joints and junctions in waterproof membranes <br />such as e.g. SANIFLEX, SANIFIN, AQUAFIN-1K-flex, <br />AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-2K/M, AQUAFIN-RS300 <br />and ASOFLEX-AKB. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S is easy to <br />use, vapour permeable and forms an integral bond with <br />the named waterproof membranes. <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S is suitable for wet duty exposure <br />classes A, B and C in accordance with technical <br />test criteria and for wet duty classifications A0, B0 <br />in accordance with the ZDB data sheet ‘bonded <br />waterproof membranes’ in interior and exterior areas. <br />We recommend its use in wet duty classification areas <br />A0, B0, A, B, C as well as in bathrooms, kitchens, <br />in living accommodation, private and public sanitary <br />facilities, balconies and terraces, swimming pools (pool <br />shell and pool surround), underground car parks, in <br />areas in direct ground contact as well as in structural <br />movement joints. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Weight: <br />Thickness: <br />Testing:</p> <p>max. 50% of the joint width <br />> 2 bar <br /><2m <br />minimum 500 hrs <br />-22° C to +90° C</p> <p>> 50 N / 15 mm <br />> 37 N / 15 mm <br />> 83%</p> <p>Chemical resistance after 7 days storage at +22° C <br />with the following chemicals: <br />Hydrochloric acid 3%, <br />sulphuric acid 35%, <br />Citric acid 100 g/l, <br />Lactic acid 5%, <br />potassium hydroxide 20%, <br />Sodium hydroxide 0.3 g/l, <br />Salt water 20 g/l (sea salt) <br />Packaging: <br />Joint-Tape: <br />Width 120 mm and 200 mm, <br />± 2 mm <br />Rolls 20 cm at 25 m and 50 m <br />(up to a cut length / 15 m) <br />Rolls 120 mm at 50 m <br />(up to a cut length / 15 m)</p> <p>composite material <br />fleece-membrane-fleece <br />white with SCHOMBURG <br />lettering <br />approx. 270 to 335 g/m² <br />approx. 0.51 mm ± 0.1 mm <br />component of the SANIFIN <br />waterproof system. Fulfills <br />the requirements of the “test</p> <p>87</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>24 months when stored cool <br />and dry protected from <br />sunlight and weather <br />influences</p> <p>a steel trowel or pressure roller. Ensure that, as far <br />as possible, a full bed and wetting out is achieved. <br />Bonding must be performed in such as way as to <br />exclude the migration of water behind the waterproof <br />tape. <br />3. The waterproof tape is to be worked into movement <br />joints as a loop. Overlap butt joints within waterproof <br />tape sections or at interfaces with all waterproof tape <br />pre-formed pieces and corners by a minimum of 5 to <br />10 cm and bond with the waterproof membrane, <br />without voids or folds. Overcoat with the chosen <br />waterproof membrane.</p> <p>Pre-formed pieces: <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-crosses for 20 cm tape <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-T sections for 20 cm tape <br />ASO-Waterproof gasket wall 12 x 12 cm <br />ASO-Waterproof gasket floor 45 x 45 cm <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S wide sections 5 to 100 cm <br />on request <br />Substrate preparation: <br />All usual substrates, which are correctly prepared <br />and suitable for use with the installation of waterproof <br />membranes or tiled finishes in the appropriate wet <br />duty classes (ZDB data sheet ‘bonded waterproof <br />membranes’). Fine, non-penetrative cracks on the <br />surface of < 0.1 mm are acceptable.</p> <p>Waterproofing structural movement joints <br />(safety joint): <br />Work ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S in to the joint as a loop, <br />bond with a suitable waterproof membrane and bed <br />into the waterproofing layer without voids or folds as <br />described above. <br />At cross over points insert ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-T <br />sections as well as ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 crosses. <br />Where there is water under pressure, additionally <br />insert ASO-BackingStrip and bond a further section <br />of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S using the appropriate <br />waterproofing material and overcoat.</p> <p>Product application: <br />Joint waterproofing, wall and floor junctions and <br />bay defining movement joints: <br />Using the waterproof membrane, bond ASO-JointTape-2000-S or ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S internal/ <br />external corners for use in corners, at the transition <br />between wall and floor as well as interface joints to the <br />prepared area without voids or folds. Where structural <br />movement joints/movement joints cross over, ASOJoint-Tape-2000-T sections or ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 <br />crosses are available, which permit them to be laid in <br />a looped formation at cross over points. Butt joints must <br />be overlapped by 5 to 10 cm. Ensure that a watertight <br />connection between the wall and the surface applied <br />waterproof membrane is produced.</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Follow recognised building technology regulations. <br />• Remove adhesive strips from the pre-cut sections <br />of the waterproof tape roll as necessary. Overlap <br />at junctions as described in point 3 of product <br />application. <br />• Joints, which are to be secured with ASO-Joint-Tape2000-S, must be protected from mechanical damage <br />• Do not bond or overcoat ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S with <br />solvent based products. <br />• Perimeter, bay and structural movement joints are <br />to be brought through or inserted at the designed <br />position and stopped with a suitable material e.g. <br />edging strip.</p> <p>1. Coat both sides of the joint to be bridged with <br />the waterproof membrane to a width of at least 2 cm <br />wider than the waterproof tape, e.g. with a 4 – 6 mm <br />notched trowel. <br />2. Then thoroughly work the waterproof tape, without <br />voids or folds, into the waterproof membrane using</p> <p>88</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>• Observe the relevant current regulations. <br />E.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions”</p> <p>04/13</p> <p>89</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>® <br />ASO <br />ASO®-Joint-Tape-2000-Sanitary <br />-Joint-Tape-2000-Sanitary</p> <p>Waterproof tape, self adhesive <br />Waterproof tape, self adhesive</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05942 <br />Art.-No 2 05942</p> <p>Properties: <br />Innovative, one sided self-adhesive composite material, <br />elastic, tear resistant, water impermeable, vapour <br />permeable, guarantees high resistance to aggressive <br />media. Fulfills the requirements of the ZDB information <br />sheet “Advice on the implementation of waterproofing in <br />combination with tiled wall and floor finishes for internal <br />and external areas”.</p> <p>Product application: <br />Bond the waterproof tape with the adhesive strip to the <br />building component and finish off with the appropriate <br />waterproof membrane.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-Sanitaryr is used in interior areas <br />at the junctions in the waterproof membranes SANIFLEX, <br />AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M, ASOFLEX-AKB and <br />UNIFIX-2K to fittings such as shower trays and baths. <br />In exterior areas at junctions in the AQUAFIN-2K <br />waterproof membrane at plastic, wood or aluminium <br />door thresholds.</p> <p>Further pre-formed sections: <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-Cross piece <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-T section</p> <p>Packaging units: <br />Width: 12 cm <br />Rolls of 10, 25 and 50 m</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />All usual substrates used in wet areas or on balconies/ <br />terraces, which are suitable for waterproofing and tiling <br />and professionally prepared. The building component to <br />which the product will be applied must be dry and free <br />from contamination, dust and separating substances.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>90</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>ASOL-FE</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 02840</p> <p>Bitumen primer and protective layer</p> <p>or chamfer edges. Fully point masonry work. Repair <br />gravel pockets in concrete as well as the approx. 2 cm <br />deep chiselled out bay dividers, with ASOCRET-RN <br />or an MG III cement-based mortar with the addition of <br />ASOPLAST-MZ. Coat masonry work beforehand with a <br />cement-based render (MG III). <br />At the concrete base slab and wall interface as well as <br />in corners and at edges, slurry with AQUAFIN-1K and <br />whilst still wet, construct a coved fillet with a min. 4 cm <br />radius using ASOCRET-RN or a cement-based mortar <br />(MG III) with the addition of ASOPLAST-MZ. Once fully <br />dried, coat the entire area with ASOL-FE, including <br />15 cm down the front of the concrete base slab.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Ready to use <br />• Bitumen emulsion <br />• Environmentally friendly, solvent free <br />• PCB and PCP free <br />• Brush or spray application <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />Areas of application: <br />ASOL-FE is used as a protective coating to cellars, <br />walls, foundations, shafts etc for concrete, render or <br />masonry work against ground moisture and the naturally <br />aggressive materials in the earth and as a priming <br />coat beneath COMBIDIC-1K, COMBIDIC-2K, KSKwaterproofing membrane or torch-on polymer-bitumen <br />membranes. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Density: <br />Solids content: <br />Priming: <br />Consumption: <br />Application / <br />substrate temperature: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Cleaning:</p> <p>Product application: <br />Protective coating: <br />Apply a minimum of 2 coats of ASOL-FE using a paint <br />brush, roller or suitable spray equipment. The second <br />coat should only be applied when the first is wipe-proof <br />and stable and will not become damaged by further <br />applications.</p> <p>distilled bitumen <br />browny-black <br />approx. 1.01 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 61% <br />not necessary <br />approx. 200 – 250 ml/m² <br />of coating</p> <p>Priming coat for COMBIDIC-1K or COMBIDIC-2K: <br />Dilute ASOL-FE 1:5 on site with mains water. The mixed <br />material can then be applied to the correctly prepared <br />substrate by roller, brush, roofer’s brush or suitable <br />spray equipment. Application of COMBIDIC-1K or <br />COMBIDIC-2K can take place only after this primer has <br />fully dried.</p> <p>+5° C to +30° C <br />5, 14 and 28 litre packaging <br />12 months when stored frost <br />free in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />Clean tools immediately <br />after use with water or <br />AQUAFIN-Cleanser</p> <p>Priming coat beneath KSK-waterproofing membrane <br />or torch-on polymer-bitumen membranes: <br />Dependent on the absorption of the substrate, <br />ASOL-FE can be diluted up to maximum of 1:1 with <br />water (drinking water quality). Then apply the mixed <br />material to the correctly prepared substrate with a <br />roller, brush, roofer’s brush or suitable spray equipment. <br />Application of the KSK-waterproofing membrane or <br />torch-on polymer-bitumen membrane can take place <br />only after this primer has fully dried.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate to be coated must be dry, load-bearing, <br />largely flat and open textured, free from surface <br />pockets, holes, cracks or ridges, free from adhesion <br />inhibiting substances such as e.g. dust, oil, grease, <br />or poorly bonded old coatings. Mechanically remove <br />cement laitance and weak surface deposits. Collapse</p> <p>91</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Drainage and protective boards: <br />Protect waterproof membranes from strong sunlight and <br />from mechanical damage through suitable protective <br />measures or layers e.g. with the INA Schutz- und <br />Drainelement. When backfilling cohesive soil, fully <br />bond the INA Schutz- und Drainelement tightly buttjointed together, with COMBIDIC-2K. Protective layers <br />should not exert any point or linear loading onto the <br />coating. Dimpled or corrugated sheets are therefore not <br />suitable. Drainage should conform to DIN 4095. Bond <br />closed cell protective and drainage boards (perimeter <br />insulation) with COMBIDIC-2K. <br />Advice: <br />• Do not use when raining, drizzling or where the air <br />and substrate temperatures are below +5° C. <br />• Protect areas not being treated with ASOL-FE. <br />• Negative water pressure cannot be accommodated <br />by bitumen waterproof membranes. If this is to be <br />expected then the area must be pre-waterproofed <br />with AQUAFIN-1K. <br />• Protect masonry coping and open window sills from <br />water penetration. <br />• As a matter of course, bituminous coatings are to <br />be protected from the weather such as e.g. strong <br />sunlight, frost, wind etc. <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: BBP 10</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>92</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>ASOLIN-SFC45</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 01247</p> <p>Deep penetrating hydrophobic façade cream</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Ready to use. <br />• For a very good water repellent effect. <br />• Optimum penetration. <br />• Dries to a non-sticky finish. <br />• Water vapour permeable. <br />• Improves the resistance to aggressive media. <br />• High degree of resistance to frost and de-icing salts. <br />• Spray, roller or trowel application. <br />• Especially clean and almost loss free application.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate to be impregnated must be dry, sound, <br />load bearing, open-pored, clean and free from <br />separating substances such as oil, grease, moss, algae <br />or other contamination. In each case a professional <br />assessment of the substrate and preparation is <br />necessary. It must be guaranteed that water and salts <br />dissolved within it cannot permeate from the rear of the <br />hydrophobic zone. <br />Method of application: <br />Apply ASOLIN-SFC45 with suitable spray equipment <br />(e.g. airless spray), brush, or lambs wool roller. The <br />material should be applied as an even white and antisag film at the desired thickness. This film is taken up <br />by the substrate and remains visible for about 10 to <br />30 minutes and transforms into a clear gel during this <br />time. A few hours may elapse before this process is <br />complete and is dependent on the weather conditions. <br />ASOLIN-SFC45, depent the substrate impregnated, has <br />a slight to intense colour enhancing effect, which can <br />be transitional or long lasting. We recommend that an <br />appropriate trial area is carried out.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASOLIN-SFC45 is used for the water repellent <br />impregnation of vertical or steeply sloping surfaces or <br />overhead areas in porous brick, clinker, natural stone, <br />lime-sand blocks, mineral-based renders and concrete <br />substrates. The material cross-links in the interior of the <br />appropriate substrate to a deep water repellent barrier. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Density: <br />Consistency: <br />Consumption:</p> <p>silane cream <br />antique white <br />(transparent once dry) <br />approx. 0.84 kg/l <br />creamy <br />dependent on the substrate, <br />approx. 0.1 – 0.2 l/m2</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Protect areas, which are not to be treated with <br />ASOLIN-SFC45. Protect and cover adjacent surfaces <br />and building components that shouldn’t come into <br />contact with the material e.g. windows, doors, glass <br />areas as well as plants. <br />• When using to refresh already hydrophobic areas, <br />tests are required in order to exclude potential crossreactions with the existing hydrophobic material. <br />• Do not apply during rain or drizzle.</p> <p>Substrate/ <br />application temperature: +5 °C to +35 °C <br />Cleaning: <br />whilst still wet with water <br />Packaging: <br />2.5 litre, 10 litre, 20 litre <br />containers <br />Storage: <br />frost free, 6 months in the <br />original unopened container. <br />Use opened containers <br />promptly</p> <p>Please observe a valid European safety data sheet.</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>93</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>ASOLIN-WS</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 01246</p> <p>Facade impregnation</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Ready to use <br />• Contains solvent <br />• Hydrophobic <br />• Water repellent <br />• Highly penetrative <br />• Does not dry to a sticky finish <br />• Does not form a film</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />Suitable substrates are brickwork, sand-lime block <br />masonry work, concrete, aerated concrete, mineralbased renders and mineral-based paints. With natural <br />stone it is necessary to carry out preliminary tests. The <br />substrate to be impregnated can be slightly damp but <br />must be load-bearing, open textured and free from <br />separating substances such as e.g. oil, grease or other <br />contamination.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />For the assured and effective protection against moisture <br />by impregnating facades or heavily sloping exterior <br />areas. Can also be used on slightly damp surfaces. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Density: <br />Application / <br />substrate temperature: <br />Cleaning:</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Consumption example:</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Product application: <br />Apply at least two coats, wet in wet, of ASOLIN-WS <br />by spray, brush or flooding techniques to the prepared <br />building material. In order to reduce runs, work from <br />the bottom to the top. With highly absorbent substrates, <br />apply ASOLIN-WS until saturated.</p> <p>oligomeric siloxane <br />clear <br />approx. 0.78 g/l</p> <p>Advice: <br />• It must be guaranteed that no water or materials <br />dissolved within, gets behind the hydrophobic zone. <br />• It is possible that the colour of the treated building <br />material will be intensified, therefore carry out <br />preliminary tests. <br />• Do not apply to building materials containing <br />deleterious salts. <br />• Do not apply to solvent sensitive building materials <br />such as bitumen, polystyrene etc. <br />• Protect areas not being treated from ASOLIN-WS. <br />Cover and protect adjacent surfaces and building <br />components, which are not intended to come into <br />contact with the material, e.g. windows, doors, glass <br />surfaces as well as plants. <br />• Protect freshly impregnated surfaces from rain until <br />dry (approx. 6 hours).</p> <p>+5° C to +30° C <br />clean work tools <br />immediately after use <br />with AQUAFIN-Cleanser <br />between 100 – 1,000 ml/m² <br />Concrete: <br />approx. 250 – 500 ml/m² <br />Render: <br />approx. 500 – 800 ml/m² <br />Aerated concrete: <br />approx. 500 – 1,000 ml/m² <br />It is recommended that the <br />material consumption and <br />efficacy is determined by <br />preliminary tests. <br />1, 5, 10 and 25 litre <br />containers <br />min. 24 months when stored <br />cool and dry in the original <br />unopened container. Use <br />opened containers promptly.</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>94</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>COMBIDIC®-1K</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05011 <br />Single component polymer modified high-build bituminous coating</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Seamless, jointless crackbridging waterproof <br />membrane. <br />• Suitable for all conventional <br />substrates. <br />• Can be trowel and spray <br />applied. <br />• Simple and effective <br />application. <br />• Solvent free. <br />• Anionic emulsified <br />• Conforms to DIN 18195 part 2.</p> <p>Material requirements / dry film thickness: <br />Ground moisture / Non-standing drainage water: <br />4.0 litres/m2 approx. 3 mm <br />Standing drainage water / Hydrostatic water pressure: <br />5.0 litres/m2 approx. 4 mm</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH <br />Detmold</p> <p>P-DD-4202/2007 <br />KIWA MPA <br />Bautest GmbH, <br />NL Dresden</p> <p>Greater material consumption where there are <br />background irregularities is possible. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be frost free, load bearing, flat with <br />an open-pored texture and have a closed surface. <br />It must be free from gravel pockets, cavities, gaping <br />cracks, ridges and be free from adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance and loose parts. <br />Undulations > 5 mm as well as mortar pockets, <br />rendering grooves in brickwork or dense concrete <br />blocks, open masonry work joints, voids, substrates with <br />large pores or uneven masonry work are to be levelled <br />up beforehand. Corners and edges are to be rounded <br />or, with concrete sections, to be chamfered post <br />installation. Mechanically remove laitance at the wall/ <br />floor transition.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />COMBIDIC-1K is suitable for waterproofing ground <br />covered building components such as cellar walls, <br />foundations, floor slabs or screeds, dependent on the <br />severity of wet duty conditions: <br />• ground moisture <br />• seepage water <br />• pressure water <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Application/substrate <br />temperature: <br />Crack bridging: <br />Water impermeability: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Cleaning:</p> <p>Internal corners, wall/floor junctions, <br />separating joints: <br />Apply AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M by brush <br />or with a 4-6 mm notched trowel to the prepared <br />substrate at a width 2 cm wider than the joint tape. <br />Then, without folds or voids, lay the ASO-Joint-Tape2000/2000S into the fresh coat. The joint tape must <br />be bonded in such a way as to exclude water migration <br />to the rear of the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/2000S. With <br />structural movement joints, which penetrate the slab, lay <br />the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/2000S in a loop.</p> <p>One component, polystyrene <br />filled, high-build bitumen <br />coating <br />+5 °C to +35 °C <br />min. 2 mm to DIN 28052-6 <br />passed to DIN 52123 <br />(slit pressure 1mm) <br />14 and 28 litre containers, <br />12 months when stored frost <br />free in the original unopened <br />container. Use opened <br />containers promptly. <br />Rinse tools immediately with <br />water or AQUAFIN-Cleanser. <br />Dried material can only be <br />removed with difficulty.</p> <p>Alternative to the ASO waterproof tape system <br />(production of a mineral-based coved fillet): <br />Slurry coat the substrate with AQUAFIN-1K and whilst <br />still wet construct a coved fillet of minimum side length 4 <br />cm, using ASOCRET-RN or a cement mortar (MGIII) with <br />the addition of ASOPLAST-MZ. To protect against rear <br />moisture ingress coat the area min. 20 cm above the</p> <p>95</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>foundation slab with AQUAFIN-RS300 or <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M and continue down min. 10 cm <br />over the front edge of the slab. Where there is <br />exposure to standing seepage water/water under <br />pressure, the waterproofing must be continued down <br />for a min. 15 cm.</p> <p>application is necessary. Insert the ASO reinforcing <br />layer into the wet waterproof coating. Before applying <br />the second coat, the first coat must be sufficiently dry so <br />as not to become damaged. <br />Checking the waterproof membrane: <br />Checking and documenting the film thickness must <br />always be carried out. If used against standing seepag <br />water and pressure water, a measurement of wet and <br />dry film thickness should be carried out and recorded. <br />The thickness checks are carried out whilst still wet by <br />measuring the wet film thickness (recommended: min. <br />20 measurements per site or min. 20 measurements for <br />100 m). The spread of the measurement points should <br />be diagonal. Dependent on structural factors, increase <br />the measurements around penetrations, transitions, <br />connections/junctions.</p> <p>Penetrations: <br />Prepare the area around the penetration and bond <br />an ADF pipe gasket or ADF floor gasket with <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M and once fully <br />dried, blend in with the surface waterproof membrane. <br />Where there is exposure to seepage water not under <br />pressure or standing seepage water, use a bonded, <br />lapped or integral flange and blend in with the <br />waterproof membrane. <br />Transition between splash contact / skirting area: <br />In the area where there is splash water contact, continue <br />the waterproofing to a minimum of 30 cm above <br />the ground. Dependent on the ground contours, the <br />waterproofing must reach a minimum of 15 cm above <br />the top edge of the ground. As a rule this transition is <br />coated with a flexible mineral-based waterproof slurry <br />such as e.g. AQUAFIN-RS300 in order to produce <br />a bonding substrate for e.g. skirting renders etc. The <br />polymer modified bitumen coating is overlapped here <br />by a min. 10 cm.</p> <p>Drainage and protection boards: <br />Waterproof membranes are to be protected from <br />weathering and mechanical damage by suitable <br />protective measures or coatings. Protective layers may <br />not exert any point or linear loading on the membrane. <br />Therefore dimpled or corrugated sheets are not suitable <br />Only install protective layers once the waterproof <br />membrane has fully dried out. Protective and drainage <br />boards (e.g. INA Schutz- und Drainelement) can <br />be fixed on liquid battens with COMBIDIC-2K with <br />perimeter insulation being fully bedded and butt jointed</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />In order to achieve an adequate bond with the <br />substrate, apply a preparation coat of ASOL-FE diluted <br />1:5 with water or alternatively apply a coat of <br />COMBIDIC-1K diluted 1:5 with water. Alternatively <br />a scratch coat can be applied. Once the preparation <br />coat has fully dried <br />COMBIDIC-1K is applied by trowel or sprayed <br />using suitable equipment such as e.g. HighPump M8 <br />(peristaltic pump), Small or High-Pump Pictor (spiral <br />pump). Information can be obtained from HTG HIGH <br />TECH Germany GmbH, Berlin, www.hightechspray.de.</p> <p>Back-filling the building pit: <br />Back-filling the building pit is carried out once the high <br />build bitumen coating has fully dried out. Filling must <br />be in accordance with relevant guidelines. The backfill <br />material is to be introduced in layers and compacted. <br />Ensure that the protective layer is not damaged or does <br />not slip. <br />Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated with COMBIDIC-1K. <br />• Bitumen coatings cannot stand negative hydrostatic <br />pressure. In areas where this is expected, a protective <br />coating of AQUAFIN-1K must first be applied. <br />• Protect masonry work capping and open window <br />parapets from penetrating water.</p> <p>In order to achieve an even thickness comb through <br />with a notched trowel of appropriate size and form <br />a closed surface with the flat edge of the trowel. <br />With applications against pressure water, a two coat <br />96</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>• In accordance with recognised technical regulations <br />undertake waterproofing measures with AQUAFINRS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M beneath rising walls and <br />on the base slab. <br />• The required wet film thickness may not be exceeded <br />by 100% and may not fall below the required <br />minimum at any point. <br />• Protect COMBIDIC-1K from weathering e.g. rain, <br />frost, strong sunshine etc. until fully dried out. <br />• This data sheet has been compiled based on <br />SCHOMBURG factory specifications. <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: BBP 10</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>97</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>COMBIDIC®-2K</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05012 <br />Two component polymer modified high-build bituminous coating</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Seamless, jointless crack-bridging <br />waterproof membrane. <br />• Suitable for all conventional <br />substrates. <br />• Can be trowel and spray applied. <br />• Simple and effective application. <br />• Rapid hardening. <br />• Solvent free. <br />• Anionic emulsified. <br />• Conforms to DIN 18195 part 2.</p> <p>Material requirements / dry film thickness: <br />• Ground moisture / Non-standing seepage water: <br />3.0 kg/m² = approx. 2.4 mm <br />• Non pressured water <br />4.0 kg/m² = approx. 3 mm <br />• Standing seepage water / pressure water: <br />5.0 kg/m² = approx. 4 mm <br />• As board adhesive: <br />1.3 kg/m²/mm film thickness</p> <p>P-DD-4079/2009 <br />bautest Dresden</p> <p>Greater material consumption required for uneven <br />surfaces is not considered.</p> <p>Areas of Application: <br />COMBIDIC-2K is suitable for waterproofing ground <br />covered building components such as cellar walls, <br />foundations, floor slabs or screeds, dependent on the <br />severity of wet duty conditions: <br />• ground moisture <br />• seepage water <br />• pressure water <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Application/substrate <br />temperature: <br />Crack bridging: <br />Water impermeability: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Cleaning:</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be frost free, load bearing, flat with <br />an open-pored texture and have a closed surface. <br />It must be free from gravel pockets, cavities, gaping <br />cracks, ridges and be free from adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance and loose parts. <br />Undulations > 5 mm as well as mortar pockets, <br />rendering grooves in brickwork or dense concrete <br />blocks, open masonry work joints, voids, substrates with <br />large pores or uneven masonry work are to be levelled <br />up beforehand. Corners and edges are to be rounded <br />or, with concrete sections, to be chamfered post <br />installation. Mechanically remove laitance at the wall/ <br />floor transition.</p> <p>Two component, polystyrene <br />filled, high-build bitumen <br />coating <br />+5 °C to +35 °C <br />min. 2 mm <br />to DIN 28052-6 <br />passed to DIN 52123 <br />(slit pressure 1mm) <br />30 kg <br />(22 kg liquid component, <br />8 kg powder component) <br />12 months when stored frost <br />free in the original unopened <br />container. Use opened <br />containers promptly. <br />Rinse tools immediately with <br />water or AQUAFIN-Cleanser. <br />Dried material can only be <br />removed with difficulty.</p> <p>Internal corners, wall/floor junctions, <br />separating joints: <br />Apply AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M by brush <br />or with a 4-6 mm notched trowel to the prepared <br />substrate at a width 2 cm wider than the joint tape. <br />Then, without folds or voids, lay the ASO-Joint-Tape2000/2000-S into the fresh coat. The joint tape must <br />be bonded in such a way as to exclude water migration <br />to the rear of the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/2000-S. With <br />structural movement joints, which penetrate the slab, lay <br />the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/2000-S in a loop.</p> <p>98</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>used (500-700 U/min). Mix up first the liquid <br />component for a short period of time. Then pour the <br />complete powder into the liquid component and mix <br />until a lump free and homogenous mass is achieved. <br />COMBIDIC-2K is applied by trowel or sprayed <br />using suitable equipment such as e.g. HighPump M8 <br />(peristaltic pump), Small or High-Pump Pictor (spiral <br />pump). Information can be obtained from HTG HIGH <br />TECH Germany GmbH, Berlin, www.hightechspray.de.</p> <p>Alternative to the ASO waterproof tape system <br />(production of a mineral-based coved fillet): <br />Slurry coat the substrate with AQUAFIN-1K and whilst <br />still wet construct a coved fillet of minimum side length <br />4 cm, using ASOCRET-RN or a cement mortar (MGIII) <br />with the addition of ASOPLAST-MZ. To protect against <br />rear moisture ingress coat the area min. 20 cm <br />above the foundation slab with AQUAFIN-RS300 or <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M and continue down min. 10 cm over <br />the front edge of the slab. Where there is exposure to <br />standing seepage water/water under pressure, <br />the waterproofing must be continued down for a <br />min. 15 cm.</p> <p>In order to achieve an even thickness comb through <br />with a notched trowel of appropriate size and form <br />a closed surface with the flat edge of the trowel. <br />With applications against pressure water, a two coat <br />application is necessary. Insert the ASO reinforcing <br />layer into the wet waterproof coating. Before applying <br />the second coat, the first coat must be sufficiently dry so <br />as not to become damaged.</p> <p>Penetrations: <br />Prepare the area around the penetration and bond <br />an ADF pipe gasket or ADF floor gasket with <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M and once fully <br />dried, blend in with the surface waterproof membrane. <br />Where there is exposure to seepage water not under <br />pressure or standing seepage water, use a bonded, <br />lapped or integral flange and blend in with the <br />waterproof membrane.</p> <p>Checking the waterproof membrane: <br />Checking and documenting the film thickness must <br />always be carried out. If used against standing seepage <br />water and pressure water, a measurement of wet and <br />dry film thickness should be carried out and recorded. <br />The thickness checks are carried out whilst still wet by <br />measuring the wet film thickness (recommended: min. <br />20 measurements per site or min. 20 measurements for <br />100 m). The spread of the measurement points should <br />be diagonal. Dependent on structural factors, increase <br />the measurements around penetrations, transitions, <br />connections/junctions.</p> <p>Transition between splash contact / skirting area: <br />In the area where there is splash water contact, continue <br />the waterproofing to a minimum of 30 cm above <br />the ground. Dependent on the ground contours, the <br />waterproofing must reach a minimum of 15 cm above <br />the top edge of the ground. As a rule this transition is <br />coated with a flexible mineral-based waterproof slurry <br />such as e.g. AQUAFIN-RS300 in order to produce <br />a bonding substrate for e.g. skirting renders etc. The <br />polymer modified bitumen coating is overlapped here <br />by a min. 10 cm.</p> <p>Drainage and protection boards: <br />Waterproof membranes are to be protected from <br />weathering and mechanical damage by suitable <br />protective measures or coatings. Protective layers may <br />not exert any point or linear loading on the membrane. <br />Therefore dimpled or corrugated sheets are not suitable. <br />Only install protective layers once the waterproof <br />membrane has fully dried out. Protective and drainage <br />boards (e.g. INA Schutz- und Drainelement) can <br />be fixed on liquid battens with COMBIDIC-2K with <br />perimeter insulation being fully bedded and butt jointed.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />In order to achieve an adequate bond with the <br />substrate, apply a preparation coat of ASOL-FE diluted <br />1:5 with water. Alternatively a scratch coat can be <br />applied. Once the preparation coat has fully dried <br />COMBIDIC-2K can be applied.For mixing the <br />bituminous coating a suitable mixing drill is to be</p> <p>99</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Back-filling the building pit: <br />Back-filling the building pit is carried out once the high <br />build bitumen coating has fully dried out. Filling must <br />be in accordance with relevant guidelines. The backfill <br />material is to be introduced in layers and compacted. <br />Ensure that the protective layer is not damaged or does <br />not slip. <br />Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated with COMBIDIC-2K. <br />• Bitumen coatings cannot stand negative hydrostatic <br />pressure. In areas where this is expected, a protective <br />coating of AQUAFIN-1K must first be applied. <br />• Protect masonry work capping and open window <br />parapets from penetrating water. <br />• In accordance with recognised technical <br />regulations undertake waterproofing measures <br />with AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />beneath rising walls and on the base slab. <br />• The required wet film thickness may not be exceeded <br />by 100% and may not fall below the required <br />minimum at any point. <br />• Protect COMBIDIC-2K from weathering e.g. rain, <br />frost, strong sunshine etc. until fully dried out. <br />• This data sheet has been compiled based on <br />SCHOMBURG factory specifications. <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE:</p> <p>BBP 10 (Comp. A) <br />ZP1 (Comp. B)</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>100</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>COMBIFLEX®-C2</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05015</p> <p>Two component high build bitumen coating <br />to factory specification <br />Rapid chloride <br />permeability:</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Seamless, jointless, flexible <br />crack-bridging waterproof <br />P-2002-4-125/01 <br />membrane <br />bautest Dresden <br />• Suitable for all conventional <br />substrates <br />• Trowel or spray applied <br />• Quickly rainproof <br />• Rapid curing <br />• Simple and efficient <br />application <br />• Can also be used on matt <br />damp substrates without priming <br />• Radon barrier <br />• Cationic emulsified <br />• Solvent free <br />• Waterproof material to DIN 18195-2</p> <p>Water impermeability:</p> <p>Material consumption: <br />On masonry: <br />• Ground moisture, non-standing seepage water: <br />3.2 l/m² = approx. 2.0 mm dry film thickness <br />Water not under pressure: <br />4.0 l/m² = approx. 2.5 mm dry film thickness <br />• Standing seepage water / water under pressure: <br />6.3 l/m² = approx. 4.0 mm dry film thickness <br />On concrete: <br />• Ground moisture, non-standing seepage water: <br />2.4 l/m² = approx. 1.5 mm dry film thickness <br />Water not under pressure: <br />3.2. l/m² = approx. 2.0 mm dry film thickness <br />• Standing seepage water / water under pressure: <br />4.0 l/m² = approx. 2.5 mm dry film thickness <br />Greater material consumption for uneven substrates is <br />not taken into account.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />COMBIFLEX-C2 is suitable for waterproofing ground <br />covered building components such as e.g. cellar walls, <br />foundations, floor slabs or screeds, dependent on the <br />severity of the wet duty conditions: <br />• Ground moisture <br />• Seepage water <br />• Pressure water <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Application/substrate <br />temperature:</p> <p>Mix time: <br />Pot life: <br />Crack bridging: <br />Tensile strength: <br />Tensile elongation:</p> <p>65% reduction <br />(ASTM-C 1202.97) <br />up to 5 bars (BS EN 12390)</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>2 component polymermodified high build <br />bitumen coating</p> <p>Cleaning materials:</p> <p>+5° C to +35° C <br />Lower temperatures extend, <br />higher temperatures reduce <br />curing times <br />approx. 1-2 minutes <br />approx. 60 minutes <br />min. 60 mm <br />(ASTM C 836:95) <br />1 N/mm² <br />(ASTM D 412-98a) <br />170% (ASTM D 412-98a)</p> <p>14, 28 and 180 l containers <br />6 months when stored frost <br />free in the original unopened <br />containers. Use opened <br />containers promptly. <br />Clean tools immediately with <br />water or AQUAFIN-Cleanser. <br />Dried on material can only be <br />removed with difficulty.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be frost free, load bearing, flat with <br />an open-pored texture and have a closed surface. <br />It must be free from gravel pockets, cavities, gaping <br />cracks, ridges and be free from adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance and loose parts. <br />Undulations > 5 mm as well as mortar pockets, <br />rendering grooves in brickwork or dense concrete <br />blocks, open masonry work joints, voids, substrates</p> <p>101</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>with large pores or uneven masonry work are to be <br />levelled up beforehand. Corners and edges are to be <br />rounded or, with concrete sections, to be chamfered <br />post installation. Mechanically remove laitance at the <br />wall/floor transition.</p> <p>the ground. Dependent on the ground contours, the <br />waterproofing must reach a minimum of 15 cm above <br />the top edge of the ground. As a rule this transition is <br />coated with a flexible mineral-based waterproof slurry <br />such as e.g. AQUAFIN-RS300 in order to produce <br />a bonding substrate for e.g. skirting renders etc. The <br />polymer modified bitumen coating is overlapped here <br />by a min. 10 cm.</p> <p>Internal corners, wall/floor junctions, <br />separating joints: <br />Apply AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M by brush <br />or with a 4-6 mm notched trowel to the prepared <br />substrate at a width 2 cm wider than the joint tape. <br />Then, without folds or voids, lay the ASO-Joint-Tape2000/2000-S into the fresh coat. The waterproof <br />tape must be bonded in such a way as to exclude <br />water migration to the rear of the ASO-Joint-Tape2000/2000-S. With structural movement joints, <br />which penetrate the slab, lay the ASO-Joint-Tape2000/2000-S in a loop.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Use a stirrer (500 – 700 rpm) with a suitable paddle to <br />stir the high build bitumen coating. Firstly briefly stir the <br />bitumen component then add all the liquid component <br />and mix until a homogenous lump-free consistency is <br />achieved. <br />COMBIFLEX-C2 is applied by trowel or sprayed <br />using suitable equipment such as e.g. HighPump M8 <br />(peristaltic pump). Information can be obtained from <br />HTG HIGH TECH Germany GmbH, Berlin, <br />www.hightechspray.de.</p> <p>Alternative to the ASO-Joint-Tape-System <br />(production of a mineral-based coved fillet): <br />Slurry coat the substrate with AQUAFIN-1K and whilst <br />still wet construct a coved fillet of minimum side length <br />4 cm, using ASOCRET-RN or a cement mortar (MGIII) <br />with the addition of ASOPLAST-MZ. To protect against <br />rear moisture ingress coat the area min. 20 cm <br />above the foundation slab with AQUAFIN-RS300 or <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M and continue down min. 10 cm over <br />the front edge of the slab. Where there is exposure <br />to standing seepage water/water under pressure, the <br />waterproofing must be continued down for a min. <br />15 cm.</p> <p>Without priming, apply COMBIFLEX-C2 with a trowel <br />to the thickness appropriate to the severity of the wet <br />duty conditions. Even out irregularities beforehand with <br />a scratch coat. In order to achieve an even thickness, <br />comb through with a notched trowel of appropriate <br />size and form a closed surface with the flat edge of the <br />trowel. With applications against pressure water, a two <br />coat application is necessary. Insert the ASO reinforcing <br />layer into the wet waterproof coating. Before applying <br />the second coat, the first coat must be sufficiently dry <br />so as not to become damaged. We recommend that <br />the ASO-Systemvlies-02 is laid without overlaps, onto <br />the fresh COMBIFLEX-C2 and smoothed off with either <br />a steel float or tar brush. The ASO-Systemvlies-02 is <br />generally used with concrete structures.</p> <p>Penetrations: <br />Prepare the area around the penetration and bond <br />an ADF pipe gasket or ADF floor gasket with <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M and once fully <br />dried, blend in with the surface waterproof membrane. <br />Where there is exposure to seepage water not under <br />pressure or standing seepage water, use a bonded, <br />lapped or integral flange and blend in with the <br />waterproof membrane.</p> <p>Checking the waterproof membrane: <br />Checking and documenting the film thickness must <br />always be carried out. If used against standing seepage <br />water and pressure water a measurement of wet and <br />dry film thickness should be carried out and recorded. <br />The thickness checks are carried out whilst still wet by <br />measuring the wet film thickness (recommended: min. <br />20 measurements per site or min. 20 measurements for</p> <p>Transition between splash contact / skirting area: <br />In the area where there is splash water contact, continue <br />the waterproofing to a minimum of 30 cm above <br />102</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>100 m). The spread of the measurement points should <br />be diagonal. Dependent on structural factors, increase <br />the measurements around penetrations, transitions, <br />connections/junctions.</p> <p>• Protect COMBIFLEX-C2 from weathering e.g. rain, <br />frost, strong sunshine etc., until fully dried out. <br />• This data sheet has been compiled based on <br />SCHOMBURG factory specifications.</p> <p>Drainage and protection boards: <br />Waterproof membranes are to be protected from <br />weathering and mechanical damage by suitable <br />protective measures or coatings. Protective layers may <br />not exert any point or linear loading on the membrane. <br />Therefore dimpled or corrugated sheets are not suitable. <br />Only install protective layers once the waterproof <br />membrane has fully dried out. Protective and drainage <br />boards (e.g. INA Schutz- und Drainelement) can <br />be fixed on liquid battens with COMBIDIC-2K with <br />perimeter insulation being fully bedded and butt jointed.</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: BBP10</p> <p>Back-filling the building pit: <br />Back-filling the building pit is carried out once the high <br />build bitumen coating has fully dried out. Filling must <br />be in accordance with relevant guidelines. The backfill <br />material is to be introduced in layers and compacted. <br />Ensure that the protective layer is not damaged or does <br />not slip. <br />Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated with COMBIFLEX-C2. <br />• Bitumen coatings cannot stand negative hydrostatic <br />pressure. In areas where this is expected, a protective <br />coating of AQUAFIN-1K must first be applied. <br />• Protect masonry work capping and open window <br />parapets from penetrating water. <br />• In accordance with recognised technical <br />regulations undertake waterproofing measures <br />with AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />beneath rising walls and on the base slab. <br />• The required wet film thickness may not be <br />exceeded by 100% and may not fall below the <br />required minimum at any point.</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>103</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>COMBIFLEX®-C2/S</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05017</p> <p>Two component high build bitumen coating <br />for spray application (to factory specification)</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Seamless, jointless, flexible <br />crack-bridging waterproof <br />P-2002-4-125/02 <br />membrane <br />bautest Dresden <br />• Suitable for all conventional <br />substrates <br />• Can also be used on matt <br />damp substrates without <br />priming <br />• Quickly rainproof <br />• Rapid curing <br />• Simple and efficient application <br />• Radon barrier <br />• Cationic emulsified <br />• Solvent free <br />• Waterproof material to DIN 18195-2 <br />• Certified for waterproofing of concrete <br />joints in strips</p> <p>Material consumption: <br />• Ground moisture, non-standing seepage water: <br />4.0 l/m² = approx. 2.5 mm dry film thickness <br />• Standing seepage water: <br />6.0 l/m² = approx. 4.0 mm dry film thickness <br />Greater material consumption for uneven substrates <br />is not considered.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />COMBIFLEX-C2/S is suitable for waterproofing ground <br />covered building components such as e.g. cellar walls, <br />foundations, floor slabs or screeds, dependent on the <br />severity of the wet duty conditions: <br />• Ground moisture <br />• Seepage water <br />• Pressure water</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be frost free, load bearing, flat with <br />an open-pored texture and have a closed surface. <br />It must be free from gravel pockets, cavities, gaping <br />cracks, ridges and be free from adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance and loose parts. <br />Undulations > 5 mm as well as mortar pockets, <br />rendering grooves in brickwork or dense concrete <br />blocks, open masonry work joints, voids, substrates with <br />large pores or uneven masonry work are to be levelled <br />up beforehand. Corners and edges are to be rounded <br />or, with concrete sections, to be chamfered post <br />installation. Mechanically remove laitance at the wall/ <br />floor transition.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Application/substrate <br />temperature:</p> <p>Reaction time: <br />Crack bridging: <br />Water impermeability:</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Cleaning materials:</p> <p>2 component polymer <br />modified high build bitumen <br />coating <br />+5° C to +35° C <br />Lower temperatures extend, <br />higher temperatures reduce <br />curing times <br />approx. 10 sec. <br />min. 2 mm to DIN 28052-6 <br />passed to DIN 52123 <br />(slit pressure 1mm)</p> <p>28, 180 and 1000 l <br />containers <br />6 months when stored frost <br />free in the original unopened <br />containers. Use opened <br />containers promptly. <br />Clean tools immediately with <br />water or AQUAFIN-Cleanser. <br />Dried on material can only be <br />removed with difficulty.</p> <p>Internal corners, wall/floor junctions, <br />separating joints: <br />Apply AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M by brush <br />or with a 4-6 mm notched trowel to the prepared <br />substrate at a width 2 cm wider than the joint tape. <br />Then, without folds or voids, lay the ASO-Joint-Tape2000/2000-S into the fresh coat. The joint tape must <br />be bonded in such a way as to exclude water migration <br />to the rear of the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/2000-S. With</p> <p>104</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>structural movement joints, which penetrate the slab, <br />lay the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/2000-S in a loop.</p> <p>to the relevant manuals. Apply the thickness appropriate <br />to the severity of the wet duty conditions homogenously. <br />With applications against pressure water, a two coat <br />application is necessary. We recommend to apply an <br />ASO-Systemvlies-02 onto the fresh COMBIFLEX-C2/S <br />without overlaps and to smooth off with either a steel <br />float or tar brush. The ASO-Systemvlies-02 is generally <br />used with concrete structures.</p> <p>Alternative to the ASO waterproof tape system <br />(production of a mineral-based coved fillet): <br />Slurry coat the substrate with AQUAFIN-1K and whilst <br />still wet construct a coved fillet of minimum side length <br />4 cm, using ASOCRET-RN or a cement mortar (MGIII) <br />with the addition of ASOPLAST-MZ. To protect against <br />rear moisture ingress coat the area min. 20 cm <br />above the foundation slab with AQUAFIN-RS300 or <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M and continue down min. 10 cm <br />over the front edge of the slab. Where there is exposure <br />to standing seepage water/water under pressure, <br />the waterproofing must be continued down for a <br />min. 15 cm.</p> <p>External waterproofing in strips of concrete joints: <br />The waterproofing is applied in strips onto the clean <br />surface, minimum width 15 cm on both sides of the <br />joint. The waterproofing is applied in two coats with a <br />material consumption of 6.0 l/m². Into the first coat a <br />reinforcing fabric is to be placed. The second coat can <br />applied when the previous is not to become damaged. <br />Onto the fresh finished layer an ASO-Systemvlies-02 <br />is to be laid. In the wall/floor transition area the <br />waterproofing is to be continued down for a min. <br />15 cm. at the front side.</p> <p>Penetrations: <br />Prepare the area around the penetration and bond <br />an ADF pipe gasket or ADF floor gasket with <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M and once fully <br />dried, blend in with the surface waterproof membrane. <br />Where there is exposure to seepage water not under <br />pressure or standing seepage water, use a bonded, <br />lapped or integral flange and blend in with the <br />waterproof membrane.</p> <p>Checking the waterproof membrane: <br />Checking and documenting the film thickness must <br />always be carried out. If used against standing seepage <br />water and pressure water a measurement of wet and <br />dry film thickness should be carried out and recorded. <br />The thickness checks are carried out whilst still wet by <br />measuring the wet film thickness (recommended: min. <br />20 measurements per site or min. 20 measurements for <br />100 m). The spread of the measurement points should <br />be diagonal. Dependent on structural factors, increase <br />the measurements around penetrations, transitions, <br />connections/junctions.</p> <p>Transition between splash contact / skirting area: <br />In the area where there is splash water contact, continue <br />the waterproofing to a minimum of 30 cm above <br />the ground. Dependent on the ground contours, the <br />waterproofing must reach a minimum of 15 cm above <br />the top edge of the ground. As a rule this transition is <br />coated with a flexible mineral-based waterproof slurry <br />such as e.g. AQUAFIN-RS300 in order to produce <br />a bonding substrate for e.g. skirting renders etc. The <br />polymer modified bitumen coating is overlapped here <br />by a min. 10 cm.</p> <p>Drainage and protection boards: <br />Waterproof membranes are to be protected from <br />weathering and mechanical damage by suitable <br />protective measures or coatings. Protective layers may <br />not exert any point or linear loading on the membrane. <br />Therefore dimpled or corrugated sheets are not suitable. <br />Only install protective layers once the waterproof <br />membrane has fully dried out. Protective and drainage <br />boards (e.g. INA Schutz- und Drainelement) can <br />be fixed on liquid battens with COMBIDIC-2K with <br />perimeter insulation being fully bedded and butt jointed.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />COMBIFLEX-C2/S is sprayed using suitable equipment <br />such as e.g. HighPump M8 (peristaltic pump). <br />Information can be obtained from HTG HIGH TECH <br />Germany GmbH, Berlin, www.hightechspray.de. <br />Without priming, apply COMBIFLEX-C2/S according</p> <p>105</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Back-filling the building pit: <br />Back-filling the building pit is carried out once the high <br />build bitumen coating has fully dried out. Filling must <br />be in accordance with relevant guidelines. The backfill <br />material is to be introduced in layers and compacted. <br />Ensure that the protective layer is not damaged or does <br />not slip. <br />Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated with <br />COMBIFLEX-C2/S. <br />• Bitumen coatings cannot stand negative hydrostatic <br />pressure. In areas where this is expected, a protective <br />coating of AQUAFIN-1K must first be applied. <br />• Protect masonry work capping and open window <br />parapets from penetrating water. <br />• In accordance with recognised technical <br />regulations undertake waterproofing measures with <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M beneath rising <br />walls and on the base slab. <br />• The required wet film thickness may not be exceeded <br />by 100% and may not fall below the required <br />minimum at any point. <br />• Protect COMBIFLEX-C2/S from weathering e.g. rain, <br />frost, strong sunshine etc., until fully dried out. <br />• This data sheet has been compiled based on <br />SCHOMBURG factory specifications. <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: BBP 10</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>106</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>COMBIFLEX®-DS</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05009</p> <p>Surface applied waterproof membrane</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Ready for use <br />• Bitumen-polymer combination <br />• Water impermeable <br />• Solvent free therefore environmentally friendly <br />• Free from PCB and PCP <br />• Can be brush or spray applied <br />• For interior or exterior use</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate to be coated must be dry, load-bearing, <br />largely flat and open textured, free from pockets, <br />cavities, cracks and ridges in the surface, free from <br />adhesion inhibiting materials such as e.g. dust, oil, <br />grease or poorly bonded old coatings. Mechanically <br />remove cement laitance and weakly bound areas, <br />collapse edges or chamfer. <br />Ensure masonry work is flush pointed. Fill out gravel <br />nests in concrete as well as the bay size markers <br />chopped out to approx. 2 cm deep, with ASOCRET-RN <br />or a cement-based mortar of MG III with the addition <br />of ASOPLAST-MZ. At the transition between base slab <br />and wall as well as at corners and edges, pre-coat <br />with AQUAFIN-1K slurry and form a coved fillet, of side <br />length min. 4 cm, onto the wet slurry with ASOCRET-RN <br />or a cement-based mortar (MG III) with the addition of <br />ASOPLAST-MZ. Once fully dried, overcoat the entire <br />area with COMBIFLEX-DS, including 15 cm down the <br />front edge of the base slab.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />COMBIFLEX-DS is used as a protective coating against <br />seepage water, whether under pressure or not under <br />pressure, onto dense concrete or render on cellar <br />walls, foundations, manholes etc. It is also used as a <br />horizontal waterproof membrane against rising damp <br />beneath screeds on separating layers or insulation. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Density: <br />Priming: <br />Application / <br />substrate temp.: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Cleaning:</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>bitumen/latex emulsion <br />black-brown <br />approx. 1.05 kg/dm3 <br />COMBIFLEX-DS : water <br />= 1:10</p> <p>Prime dusty or very absorbent substrates with <br />COMBIFLEX-DS (COMBIFLEX-DS : water = 1:10). <br />Prepare masonry work with a cement-render (MG III).</p> <p>+5° C to +30° C <br />28 and 180 litre containers <br />12 months when stored frost <br />free in the original unopened <br />container. Use opened <br />containers promptly. <br />Clean tools immediately <br />after use with water or <br />AQUAFIN-Cleanser. <br />min. 1.0 l/m² with ground <br />moisture and water not under <br />pressure <br />min. 1.5 l/m² with water <br />under pressure on dense <br />concrete</p> <p>Drainage and protection boards: <br />Protect waterproof membranes from strong sunlight <br />and mechanical damage using suitable measures or <br />layers e.g. with the INA Schutz and Drainelement. <br />When filling cohesive soils fully bond the INA Schutz <br />and Drainelements and tightly butt joint. Protective <br />layers may not subject point or linear loading on the <br />waterproof membrane. Dimpled sheets and corrugated <br />protective panels are therefore not suitable. Draining <br />is to be carried out to DIN 4095. Bond closed cell <br />protective and drainage boards (perimeter insulation) <br />with COMBIDIC-2K.</p> <p>107</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated from COMBIFLEX-DS. <br />• Do not use when it is raining, drizzling or when the <br />air and substrate temperature is below +5° C. <br />• Negative water pressure cannot be accommodated <br />by bituminous waterproof membranes. In areas where <br />this is expected, pre-waterproof with AQUAFIN-1K. <br />• Protect masonry coping and window cills from water <br />penetration. <br />• Bitumen coatings must be protected from weathering <br />such as e.g. strong sunlight, frost, wind etc. <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: BBP 10</p> <p>04/13</p> <p>108</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>COMBIFLEX®-EL</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05035 <br />Two component polymer modified high build bitumen coating <br />(to factory specification) <br />Water impermeability:</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Seamless, jointless, flexible <br />crack-bridging waterproof <br />P-2002-4-1028 <br />membrane <br />P-DD-4577/2011 <br />• Suitable for all conventional <br />KIWA MPA <br />substrates <br />Bautest GmbH, <br />• Can also be used on matt <br />NL Dresden <br />damp substrates without <br />priming <br />• Quickly rainproof <br />• Rapid curing <br />• Simple and efficient application <br />• Low material consumption <br />• Trowelable <br />• Radon barrier <br />• Cationic emulsified <br />• Solvent free <br />• Chromate and cement free powder component <br />• Waterproof material to DIN 18195-2 <br />• Certified for waterproofing of concrete joints in strips</p> <p>Material consumption: <br />• Ground moisture, non-standing seepage water: <br />3.75 l/m² = approx. 3.0 mm dry film thickness <br />Water not under pressure: <br />3.75 l/m² = approx. 3.0 mm dry film thickness <br />• Standing seepage water / water under pressure: <br />5.0 l/m² = approx. 4.0 mm dry film thickness <br />Greater material consumption for uneven substrates <br />is not considered. <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Cleaning materials:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />COMBIFLEX-EL is suitable for waterproofing ground <br />covered building components such as e.g. cellar walls, <br />foundations, floor slabs or screeds, dependent on the <br />severity of the wet duty conditions: <br />• Ground moisture <br />• Seepage water <br />• Pressure water <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Application/substrate <br />temperature:</p> <p>Mixing time: <br />Pot life: <br />Crack bridging:</p> <p>passed to DIN 52123 <br />(slit pressure 1mm)</p> <p>11 and 22 l pails <br />6 months when stored frost <br />free in the original unopened <br />containers. Use opened <br />containers promptly. <br />Clean tools immediately with <br />water or AQUAFIN-Cleanser. <br />Dried on material can only be <br />removed with difficulty.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be frost free, load bearing, flat with <br />an open-pored texture and have a closed surface. <br />It must be free from gravel pockets, cavities, gaping <br />cracks, ridges and be free from adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance and loose parts. <br />Undulations > 5 mm as well as mortar pockets, <br />rendering grooves in brickwork or dense concrete <br />blocks, open masonry work joints, voids, substrates with <br />large pores or uneven masonry work are to be levelled <br />up beforehand. Corners and edges are to be rounded <br />or, with concrete sections, to be chamfered post <br />installation. Mechanically remove laitance at the wall/ <br />floor transition.</p> <p>2- component polymer <br />modified high build <br />bitumen coating <br />+5° C to +35° C <br />Lower temperatures extend, <br />higher temperatures reduce <br />curing times <br />1- 2 mins. <br />approx. 45 – 60 mins. <br />min. 2 mm to DIN 28052-6</p> <p>Internal corners, wall/floor junctions, <br />separating joints: <br />Apply AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M by brush <br />or with a 4-6 mm notched trowel to the prepared <br />substrate at a width 2 cm wider than the joint tape.</p> <p>109</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Then, without folds or voids, lay the ASO-Joint-Tape2000/2000-S into the fresh coat. The joint tape must <br />be bonded in such a way as to exclude water migration <br />to the rear of the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/2000-S. With <br />structural movement joints, which penetrate the slab, lay <br />the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/2000-S in a loop.</p> <p>bitumen component then add all the liquid component <br />and mix until a homogenous lump-free consistency is <br />achieved. <br />Without priming, apply COMBIFLEX-EL according to <br />the relevant manuals. Apply the thickness appropriate <br />to the severity of the wet duty conditions homogenously. <br />Even out irregularities beforehand with a scratch coat. <br />In order to achieve an even thickness, comb through <br />with a notched trowel of appropriate size and form <br />a closed surface with the flat edge of the trowel. <br />With applications against pressure water, a two coat <br />application is necessary. Before applying the second <br />coat, the first coat must be sufficiently dry so as not to <br />become damaged. We recommend to apply an <br />ASO-Systemvlies-02 onto the fresh COMBIFLEX-EL <br />without overlaps and to smooth off with either a steel <br />float or tar brush. The ASO-Systemvlies-02 is generally <br />used with concrete structures.</p> <p>Alternative to the ASO waterproof tape system <br />(production of a mineral-based coved fillet): <br />Slurry coat the substrate with AQUAFIN-1K and whilst <br />still wet construct a coved fillet of minimum side length <br />4 cm, using ASOCRET-RN or a cement mortar (MGIII) <br />with the addition of ASOPLAST-MZ. To protect against <br />rear moisture ingress coat the area min. 20 cm <br />above the foundation slab with AQUAFIN-RS300 or <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M and continue down min. 10 cm <br />over the front edge of the slab. Where there is <br />exposure to standing seepage water/water under <br />pressure, the waterproofing must be continued down <br />for a min. 15 cm.</p> <p>External waterproofing in strips of concrete joints: <br />The waterproofing is applied in strips onto the clean <br />surface, minimum width 15 cm on both sides of the <br />joint. The waterproofing is applied in two coats with a <br />material consumption of 6.0 l/m². Into the first coat a <br />reinforcing fabric is to be placed. The second coat can <br />applied when the previous is not to become damaged. <br />Onto the fresh finished layer an ASO-Systemvlies-02 <br />is to be laid. In the wall/floor transition area the <br />waterproofing is to be continued down for a min. <br />15 cm. at the front side.</p> <p>Penetrations: <br />Prepare the area around the penetration and bond <br />an ADF pipe gasket or ADF floor gasket with <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M and once <br />fully dried, blend in with the surface waterproof <br />membrane. Where there is exposure to seepage <br />water not under pressure or standing seepage water, <br />use a bonded, lapped or integral flange and blend in <br />with the waterproof membrane. <br />Transition between splash contact / skirting area: <br />In the area where there is splash water contact, continue <br />the waterproofing to a minimum of 30 cm above <br />the ground. Dependent on the ground contours, the <br />waterproofing must reach a minimum of 15 cm above <br />the top edge of the ground. As a rule this transition is <br />coated with a flexible mineral-based waterproof slurry <br />such as e.g. AQUAFIN-RS300 in order to produce <br />a bonding substrate for e.g. skirting renders etc. The <br />polymer modified bitumen coating is overlapped here <br />by a min. 10 cm.</p> <p>Checking the waterproof membrane: <br />Checking and documenting the film thickness must <br />always be carried out. If used against standing seepage <br />water and pressure water a measurement of wet and <br />dry film thickness should be carried out and recorded. <br />The thickness checks are carried out whilst still wet by <br />measuring the wet film thickness (recommended: min. <br />20 measurements per site or min. 20 measurements for <br />100 m). The spread of the measurement points should <br />be diagonal. Dependent on structural factors, increase <br />the measurements around penetrations, transitions, <br />connections/junctions.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Use a stirrer (500 – 700 rpm) with a suitable paddle to <br />stir the high build bitumen coating. Firstly briefly stir the <br />110</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Drainage and protection boards: <br />Waterproof membranes are to be protected from <br />weathering and mechanical damage by suitable <br />protective measures or coatings. Protective layers may <br />not exert any point or linear loading on the membrane. <br />Therefore dimpled or corrugated sheets are not suitable. <br />Only install protective layers once the waterproof <br />membrane has fully dried out. Protective and drainage <br />boards (e.g. INA Schutz- und Drainelement) can <br />be fixed on liquid battens with COMBIDIC-2K with <br />perimeter insulation being fully bedded and butt jointed. <br />Back-filling the building pit: <br />Back-filling the building pit is carried out once the high <br />build bitumen coating has fully dried out. Filling must <br />be in accordance with relevant guidelines. The backfill <br />material is to be introduced in layers and compacted. <br />Ensure that the protective layer is not damaged or does <br />not slip. <br />Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated with COMBIFLEX-EL. <br />• Bitumen coatings cannot stand negative hydrostatic <br />pressure. In areas where this is expected, a protective <br />coating of AQUAFIN-1K must first be applied. <br />• Protect masonry work capping and open window <br />parapets from penetrating water. <br />• In accordance with recognised technical <br />regulations undertake waterproofing measures with <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 or AQUAFIN-2K/M beneath rising <br />walls and on the base slab. <br />• The required wet film thickness may not be exceeded <br />by 100% and may not fall below the required <br />minimum at any point. <br />• Protect COMBIFLEX-EL from weathering e.g. rain, <br />frost, strong sunshine etc., until fully dried out. <br />• This data sheet has been compiled based on <br />SCHOMBURG factory specifications. <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: BBP 10 <br />03/13</p> <p>111</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>ESCO-FLUAT</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04146 <br />Solution for the treatment of salts damaging to buildings</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Concentrate <br />• For the conversion of salts damaging to buildings <br />• For the prevention of early salt penetration into fresh <br />restoration plasters <br />• Solvent free</p> <p>Product application: <br />Brush apply one or two coats to the exposed masonry <br />work until saturated (dependent on degree of salt <br />contamination and substrate absorption). <br />Single coat saturation: <br />1 part ESCO-FLUAT and 1 part water <br />Two coat saturation: <br />1. Treatment: 1 part ESCO-FLUAT and 2 parts water <br />2. Treatment: 1 part ESCO-FLUAT and 1 part water <br />Allow at least 7 hours between treatments. Approx 24 <br />hours after the final treatment, sweep off the surface <br />once more.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ESCO-FLUAT is used for the restoration of salt containing <br />masonry work by converting chlorides and sulphates <br />into insoluble or sparingly soluble compounds. This <br />serves as an additional measure beneath THERMOPAL <br />restoration plasters. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Consumption: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Advice: <br />• When using the product avoid metal containers and <br />equipment at all costs. <br />• When measuring indoor air to BIA 7512 there was <br />evidence to show that there was no air contamination <br />hazardous to health. However when applying to <br />large areas, the internal rooms should be ventilated <br />until application of the restoration plaster. <br />• Clean tools very thoroughly immediately after use <br />with clean water. <br />• Protect areas not being treated. <br />• Wash off splashes immediately. Glass, metals, <br />window frames etc. may be attacked by <br />ESCO-FLUAT.</p> <p>aqueous hexafluorosilcate <br />solution <br />treated twice approx. <br />0.4 – 0.5 kg/m² <br />1 kg, 10 kg and 25 kg <br />containers <br />24 months when stored <br />cool and dry but frost free in <br />the original unopened <br />container. Use opened <br />containers promptly.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load-bearing and free from <br />adhesion inhibiting materials such as release agents, <br />dust or other layers. Remove old render, paint and <br />slurries up to at least 80 cm above the damaged <br />area. Rake out crumbly pointing in masonry work to a <br />minimum of 2 cm deep and thoroughly brush masonry <br />work and joints with a wire brush.</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: GH40</p> <p>05/13</p> <p>112</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>FIX 10-S</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 01819</p> <p>Plugging cement</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Chloride free <br />• Highly reactive rapid setting cement <br />• Immediately starts to set upon addition of water <br />• For interior and exterior use</p> <p>Product application: <br />Plugging of leaks can be achieved by pressing <br />FIX 10-S, in the dry form, into the leaking area by hand. <br />If the leaking area is not sealed by the first plugging <br />attempt, FIX 10-S can be applied again followed by <br />several coats of AQUAFIN-F, which is then included <br />within the surface applied waterproof membrane <br />selected.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />Immediate waterproofing of water leaks, water <br />penetration and seepage in cellars, shafts, tunnels etc. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Substrate/ <br />application temperature: <br />Start of setting: <br />Consumption: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated with FIX 10-S. <br />• Carry out appropriate preliminary tests. <br />• If the leakage area is large, we recommend the <br />AQUAFIN-1F and AQUAFIN-1K system. <br />• Do not mix FIX 10-S with or bring into contact <br />with gypsum.</p> <p>cement, additives <br />cement grey <br />approx. 1.2 kg/dm3 <br />+5° C to +30° C <br />immediately after water <br />addition <br />approx. 2 kg per litre of void <br />dry, 12 months in the <br />original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />1 kg can, 6 and 12 kg <br />plastic buckets</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be sound, load-bearing, clean and <br />free from adhesion inhibiting materials. <br />Remove loose render and masonry sections. To improve <br />the anchoring of FIX 10-S, chop out the leaking area, as <br />necessary, to form a swallow tail before plugging.</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>113</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>FIX 20-T</p> <p>Art.-No 2 01817</p> <p>Rapid setting swellable waterproofing membrane <br />and plugging mortar <br />Properties: <br />• Chloride free, without components which <br />cause corrosion <br />• Highly reactive rapid mortar <br />• Strong bond to concrete substrates <br />• Rapid setting – also under water <br />• Compatible with the crystalline waterproofing <br />system AQUAFIN-IC <br />• For interior and exterior use</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>Flexural strength* <br />N/mm²</p> <p>Compressive <br />strength* N/mm²</p> <p>0.5 hours</p> <p>Approx. 1.0</p> <p>Approx. 3.0</p> <p>24 hours</p> <p>Approx. 4.0</p> <p>Approx. 15.0</p> <p>7 days</p> <p>Approx. 10.0</p> <p>Approx. 30.0</p> <p>28 days</p> <p>Approx. 7.0</p> <p>Approx. 40.0</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be sound, stable, clean and free <br />from adhesion inhibiting substances. Loose render <br />and masonry sections are to be removed. To improve <br />anchoring of FIX 20-T before plugging the running area, <br />chop out as necessary in the form of a swallow tail (min. <br />3 cm deep).</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />FIX 20-T is a particularly rapid setting cement-based <br />mortar for sealing water-bearing holes, splits, cracks in <br />concrete, masonry work and natural stone constructions. <br />Flowing water is stopped within seconds supported by <br />the integrated swelling power. The strong adhesion to <br />the substrate ensures a durable seal to the leaking area. <br />• Immediate seal to water leaks and areas of seepage <br />in cellars, shafts, ducts etc. <br />• Repair to concrete areas before the application of a <br />waterproofing system (such as e.g. AQUAFIN-IC) <br />• For fixing wall anchors and other mounted parts that <br />need to be in service shortly <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Application/ <br />substrate temperature: <br />Pot life: <br />Setting commences: <br />Consumption: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Strength <br />development*</p> <p>Product application: <br />Firstly mix the powder homogenously with approx. 25% <br />water to a workable mortar. Do not mix more mortar <br />than can be used within 2 minutes. Plugging running <br />water areas is achieved by pressing the mortar into <br />the void until the material has hardened. Push in by <br />hand. Hardening can be recognized by a significant <br />temperature raise.</p> <p>cement, additives <br />cement grey <br />approx. 1.4 kg/dm3</p> <p>In the case of high water pressure it may be necessary <br />to divert the water by inserting a hose or pipe to <br />minimise the water pressure and to ease the plugging <br />process. For this application the area of strongest water <br />flow must be chopped out deeper followed by fixing a <br />hose or pipe with FIX 20-T mortar. Following adequate <br />drying the hose or pipe is removed and the remaining <br />hole plugged with mortar as described above.</p> <p>+5° C to +35° C <br />approx. 2 – 3 minutes *) <br />approx. 3 – 5 minutes *) <br />approx. 2 kg per litre of void <br />dry, 6 months in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use up <br />opened packaging soon after <br />opening. <br />6 kg and 2 kg plastic buckets</p> <p>*) at +20° C ambient temperature and +15° C gauging water temperature</p> <p>114</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Protect areas not to be treated with FIX 20-T from <br />its effects. <br />• Carry out appropriate trials first. <br />• At low temperatures use water as warm as possible <br />as well as warmed powder. At high temperatures <br />use water as cool as possible and cooled powder. <br />In general the temperature of the powder should not <br />exceed +23° C. <br />• FIX 20-T may not be mixed with gypsum or be <br />brought into contact with it. <br />• When using the product, personal safety measures <br />must be met (e.g. suitable gloves, protective glasses <br />etc.). <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & <br />Safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>115</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>INDUBOND-Tape-3000</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55114</p> <p>Thermoplastic joint tape for waterproofing joints</p> <p>The adhesive or smoothing coat thickness should never <br />be less than 1 mm. Overlap butt joints by a min. of <br />5 to 10 cm and bond or alternatively hot air weld.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Highly flexible <br />• Simple, homogenous weld <br />• No activation necessary <br />• Impermeable to water even against <br />negative pressure <br />• Can be applied to matt damp substrates <br />without priming <br />• Resistant to frost, UV and ageing</p> <p>Movement joints: <br />Movement joints always require a 2 mm joint tape and <br />can either be laid flush or in a loop dependent on the <br />project. To accomodate movement, leave an unbonded <br />section of tape in the expansion area. Dependent <br />on the installation and loading e.g. overhead use or <br />negative water pressure, a reinforcing or supporting <br />construction may be necessary.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUBOND-Tape-3000 is used in combination <br />with INDUBOND-VK4031 for waterproofing day/ <br />construction joints and movement joints as well as <br />for waterproofing cracks and voids in concrete <br />construction. It is additionally suitable for waterproofing <br />transitions, penetrations or differing building materials.</p> <p>Hot air welding: <br />The joint tapes are cut to suit the project (butt joints or <br />corner joints) and laid on a flat substrate. Butt joints are <br />to be overlapped by a min. 5 cm. The overlap area <br />is to be roughened with abrasive paper and cleaned. <br />Welding is carried out with hot air equipment with <br />a wide nozzle and a pressure roller. The welding <br />temperature (reference values: approx. 300 - 350 °C) <br />is to be set by a trial weld. The joints in the tapes are <br />laid on top of one another appropriately and fixed <br />at the edges by selective welding in order to prevent <br />slipping during welding. Then the wide nozzle of <br />the hot air tool is drawn slowly and evenly over the <br />overlap area and fully joined together with a pressure <br />roller. Before installing check the weld for a complete <br />watertight bond.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be clean and load-bearing as <br />well as free from adhesion inhibiting materials. <br />At the time of installation it may be matt damp but <br />not wet or with saturated pores. In the area to be <br />waterproofed, mechanically prepare the substrate using <br />suitable means e.g. planing, scabbling or grit blasting <br />etc., in order to ensure a good bond. When using <br />on substrates other than concrete, assess with a trial <br />adhesion test. <br />When applying joint waterproofing as strips it is <br />essential that the concrete has waterproof qualities. <br />Otherwise the joint waterproofing must be used <br />in combination with a surface applied waterproof <br />membrane.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Shore A hardness <br />to ISO 868: <br />Temperature resistance: <br />Application, substrate <br />and material <br />temperature:</p> <p>Product application: <br />Coat the prepared substrate on both sides of the joint <br />to be bridged with INDUBOND-VK4031 to a width <br />min. 1 cm wider than the INDUBOND-Tape-3000 <br />being used. Then lay the joint tape and thoroughly <br />bed into the adhesive layer with a trowel or pressure <br />roller without voids or folds and coat over the top. In so <br />doing, ensure that the joint tape is completely bedded.</p> <p>116</p> <p>TPE <br />(Thermoplastic Elastomer) <br />grey <br />approx. 87 <br />-30°C / +90°C</p> <p>+ 5°C to + 35°C</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Material thickness</p> <p>1.0 mm</p> <p>2.0 mm</p> <p>Weight per unit <br />area, g/m²</p> <p>approx. 930</p> <p>approx. 1850</p> <p>Tensile strength <br />at break, to DIN <br />EN ISO 527-3, <br />N/mm²</p> <p>approx. 14.0</p> <p>approx. 14.0</p> <p>Elongation at <br />break, to DIN EN <br />ISO 527-3, %</p> <p>approx. 1000</p> <p>approx. 1000</p> <p>Tear propogation <br />strength, to DIN <br />12310-2, N:</p> <p>approx. 100</p> <p>approx. 200</p> <p>Sizes: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Advice: <br />• In contrast to Hypalon tapes, <br />INDUBOND-Tape-3000 does not require <br />additional activation amd must not come into <br />contact with solvents. <br />• Protect the joint tape from mechanical damage by <br />suitable protective measures. <br />• With negative water pressure > 0.5 bar a suitable <br />supporting system (apron plate) is indispensible.</p> <p>Consumption INDUBOND-VK4031: <br />Consumption in kg/m <br />Size/ <br />Thickness</p> <p>1.0 mm</p> <p>150, 200, 250, <br />300, 500 mm <br />dry and protected <br />from weathering, 12 <br />months in the original <br />unopened packaging. <br />Use within 2 months <br />once opened.</p> <p>2.0 mm</p> <p>150 mm</p> <p>approx. 0.8</p> <p>approx. 1.4</p> <p>200 mm</p> <p>approx. 1.0</p> <p>approx. 1.5</p> <p>250 mm</p> <p>approx. 1.1</p> <p>approx. 1.7</p> <p>300 mm</p> <p>approx. 1.3</p> <p>approx. 1.8</p> <p>500 mm</p> <p>approx. 1.8</p> <p>approx. 2.4</p> <p>Does not consider extra material consumption for <br />uneven substrates. <br />Combined test with INDUBOND-VK4031: <br />Tensile adhesion strength, <br />to PG- ÜBB: <br />> 3.0 N/mm² with <br />break in concrete <br />Water impermeability, <br />positive and negative <br />according to DIN 1048: <br />5 bar <br />Crack bridging to PG-ÜBB, <br />1.0 mm crack held for 28 d <br />Water pressure 0.75 bar: <br />passed <br />Reaction to fire: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Class E to <br />DIN EN 13501-1 <br />20 m rolls <br />05/13</p> <p>117</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>INDU-FLEX-CJ13</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55111</p> <p>Thermoplastic expansive waterstop for <br />waterproofing construction joints</p> <p>Properties: <br />•Simple application <br />• Rapid and strong expansion <br />• Self-injecting function into <br />cracks and voids <br />• Completely dimensionally <br />stable even at high <br />temperatures <br />• Swelling process <br />inexhaustible, often reversible <br />• Suitable for fresh water and <br />sea water applications</p> <p>INDU-FLEX-CJ13 into the adhesive until it oozes out from <br />beneath. Do not begin the concreting process for at <br />least 8 hours after bonding. <br />Alternatively INDU-FLEX-CJ13 can also be fixed with <br />steel nails (min. 5 nails per metre). Ensure that the <br />waterstop makes complete contact with the substrate. <br />Avoid the formation of loops or hollows. <br />Waterstop connections can be made by overlapping <br />by 50 mm or by butt jointing. The waterstops must be <br />placed tightly together to prevent gaps. Butt jointed <br />waterstops must be covered by a separate section of <br />waterstop with a 30 mm overlap to both sections.</p> <p>SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH & Co. KG <br />Detmold <br />P-5196/307/09</p> <p>MPA Braunschweig</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Format:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDU-FLEX-CJ13 is used for waterproofing the inner <br />side of concrete construction joints in accordance <br />with Building Regulations list A, part 2, serial number <br />1.4, where there is constant or intermittent exposure <br />to ground water, run-off water and/or surface <br />water. INDU-FLEX-CJ13 is suitable for riparian zones. <br />Construction joints can be sealed watertight to a depth <br />of 8 m. <br />INDU-FLEX-CJ13 is suitable for application class A, <br />exposure levels 1 and 2 in accordance with the <br />waterproofing guidelines of the German reinforced <br />concrete commission (*1).</p> <p>Colour: <br />Density: <br />Dimensions: <br />Start of swelling on <br />water contact: <br />Swelling capacity <br />(demineralised water):</p> <p>Expansive pressure: <br />Water impermeability <br />after installation: <br />– Joint width 0.25 mm: <br />– Joint width 1.0 mm: <br />Toxicity: <br />Reaction to fire:</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load-bearing, mostly flat and <br />have a closed surface texture. It must be free from <br />gravel pockets, cavities, gaping cracks, dust and be <br />free from adhesion inhibiting substances. Laitance <br />layers are to be removed, mechanically abraded <br />(sand blasted) as necessary. During the application of <br />INDU-FLEX-CJ13 the substrate may be matt damp. The <br />formation of puddles is not permitted.</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Product application: <br />It is essential that there is at least 8 cm coverage of <br />concrete from the side exposed to water. <br />Bond INDU-FLEX-CJ13 with a mounting adhesive <br />suitable for waterstops. Completely cover the prepared <br />substrate with the mounting adhesive and press the</p> <p>118</p> <p>TPE (thermoplastic elastomer) <br />Waterstop profile is quadratic <br />+ flexible <br />red <br />approx. 1.25 g/m3 <br />5 x 20 mm <br />approx. 6 hours <br />approx. <br />approx. <br />approx. <br />approx.</p> <p>50% after 2 hrs <br />460% after 24 hrs <br />1100% after 8 days <br />1.06 N/mm²</p> <p>2 bar <br />1.5 bar <br />none <br />class E to DIN EN 13501-1 <br />rolls with 40 linear metres = <br />200 linear metres/carton <br />2 years when stored dry, <br />frost free in the original <br />unopened packaging <br />protected against weathering</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Advice: <br />• It is essential to store the waterstop dry. <br />• Waterstops must lie flat and planar on the concrete. <br />There must be no contaminants beneath the <br />waterstop. <br />• Protect the waterstop from moisture until the concrete <br />is poured. <br />• Before commencing the concreting process visually <br />inspect the waterstop. Heavily swollen waterstop <br />tape is unsuitable and must be removed. <br />• Waterstops are not suitable for movement joints. <br />• Follow current relevant regulations and data sheets. <br />Therefore e.g. Guidelines “Water impermeable <br />concrete structures”, German reinforced concrete <br />commission (DafStb) Data sheet “Injection grouting <br />hose systems and expansive inlays for construction <br />joints”, German Concrete and Construction <br />Technology Association.</p> <p>51/12</p> <p>119</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>SANIFIN</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05901</p> <p>Waterproof membrane beneath tiles</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Composite material <br />• Water impermeable <br />• Crack bridging <br />• Alkali resistant <br />• Resistant to chemicals in <br />accordance with building <br />authorities test criteria <br />• For interiors <br />• UV stabilised <br />• Resistant to micro organisms <br />• Easy to use <br />• Even thickness <br />• Building authorities tested <br />• Very low emission</p> <p>for the procurement of an <br />abP. <br />MPA Braunschweig, test <br />certificate No. <br />P-5078/818/08-MPA BS</p> <p>SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH & Co.KG <br />Detmold</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />SANIFIN is used for waterproofing beneath ceramic tile, <br />natural stone and synthetic stone finishes in bathrooms, <br />kitchens, private and public wash rooms (such as e.g. <br />in hotels, sports complexes and old peoples homes and <br />care homes).</p> <p>P-5078/818/08 <br />MPA-Braunschweig</p> <p>SANIFIN is suitable for wet duty classification areas <br />A and C in accordance with building authority test <br />criteria and the damp duty classification areas A0 in <br />accordance with the ZDB information sheet “Advice <br />on the installation of bonded waterproofing with tiled <br />finishes in internal and external areas.”</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>composite material consisting <br />of a polypropylene fleece on <br />the exterior with an internal <br />polyethylene inlay <br />Weight: <br />approx. 316 g/m2 <br />Colour: <br />white with random print <br />Sd value: <br />107 m ± 7 m <br />Water vapour permeability <br />in accordance with EN 1931 <br />Thickness: <br />approx. 0.5 mm <br />Storage: <br />frost free, 18 months, <br />protected from sunlight in the <br />original unopened packaging <br />Packaging: <br />Rolls: 15 m x 1.00 m <br />(length x width) <br />Fire performance to <br />DIN 4102-1: <br />B2 <br />UV resistance to <br />DIN ISO 4892-3: <br /> 450 hours <br />Testing: <br />Fulfills the requirements of the <br />“Testing policy for the <br />assignation of a building <br />authorities test certificate for <br />waterproofing materials in <br />combination with tiled <br />finishes, part 2 sheet form <br />combination waterproofing”</p> <p>Furthermore SANIFIN can be used for waterproofing <br />in buildings with traffic loadings up to 3.5 KN/m2, <br />point loads in accordance with DIN 1055-3 up to <br />2KN. High dynamic loading (such as e.g. continuous <br />vehicular traffic) is excluded. <br />Fine, non-penetrating hairline cracks on the surface of <br />the substrate of < 0.1 mm are acceptable and can be <br />directly bridged with SANIFIN. <br />System components for wet duty classes <br />A1, A0: <br />ASO-Unigrund or ASO-Unigrund-K (mix ratio 1:3) with <br />porous substrates, overlap SANIFIN and bond with <br />ADF-Systemkleber. <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 and also available as shapes <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 corners, 90°, internal/external, <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S corners, 90°, internal/external, <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-T pieces, <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-crossover, <br />ASO-Joint-Sleeve-floor and <br />ASO-Joint-Sleeve-wall. <br />ADF-Systemkleber for bonding the waterproof tape <br />sections and tiles.</p> <p>120</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Aceton for degreasing connections. <br />ASO-Primer as adhesion promoter for metals. <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M for attaching the <br />ASO-Joint-Sleeve-floor/wall to thin bed flanges pipe <br />penetrations. <br />ASO-Fugenbunt/CRISTALLFUGE/ASO-Flexfuge/ <br />HF05-Brillantfuge/ASODUR-Design for grouting <br />the finish. <br />ESCOSIL-2000, ESCOSIL-2000-ST, <br />ESCOSIL-2000-UW for sealing movement joints.</p> <p>appropriate for its type. With regard to the substrate, <br />substrate preparation and application to DIN 18 <br />157, part 1 is overriding. Separating cracks are to be <br />professionally appraised and if necessary sealed with <br />an adhesive seal (e.g. with ASODUR-K900) before <br />further work. <br />Renders to EN 998-1 of strength classification CS I to <br />CS IV must have a minimum compressive strength of <br />2.0 N/mm2 and be suitable for taking tiles in the <br />relevant dampness/wet duty classification. The surface <br />should remain rough and not felted or smoothed. <br />Prime porous and lightly porous substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (mix ratio 1:3 <br />with water). Steps in the substrate and dampness <br />penetration from the rear are to be eliminated. <br />Irregularities are to be appropriately evened out prior to <br />the installation of SANIFIN. This levelling can be carried <br />out with e.g. the levelling compound SOLOPLAN-30 or <br />SOLOCRET-15. <br />In damp/wet duty areas a fall of minimum 1.5% is to <br />be constructed towards the drain outlet. <br />Floor drain outlets should be furnished with a <br />circumferential thin bed flange of a minimum width of <br />5 cm and consist of a material suitable for bonding <br />(such as e.g. stainless steel, gunmetal, PVC-U). <br />Heated screeds must be commissioned prior to <br />the installation of floor finishes in accordance with <br />recognised technical regulations. To determine the <br />readiness of substrates to receive finishes carry out <br />moisture measurements with a CM device. The CM <br />moisture content may not exceed: <br />• CT2.0 CM% for screeds on insulation or separating <br />layers <br />• CA without underfloor heating0.5 CM% <br />• CA with underfloor heating0.3 CM% <br />The CM measurement is to be carried out in <br />accordance with current work instructions FBH-AD from <br />the technical information “Coordination of cut out areas <br />for heated floor construction”. <br />Calcium sulphate screeds are acceptable in housing <br />construction with floor drains. They must be abraded, <br />vacuumed and as with all calcium sulphate based <br />substrates, primed with ASO-Unigrund-GE or <br />ASO-Unigrund-K (mix ratio 1:3 with water).</p> <p>Wet duty class C <br />(including the above classifications): <br />ASO-Unigrund GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (mix ratio 1:3) <br />with porous substrates. <br />Bond SANIFIN with ADF-Systemkleber. <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S and also available as shapes <br />ASO--Joint-Tape-2000-S corners, 90°, internal/external, <br />ASO--Joint-Tape-2000-T pieces, <br />ASO--Joint-Tape-2000-crossover, <br />ASO-Joint-Sleeve-floor and <br />ASO-Joint-Sleeve-wall. <br />ASOFLEX-AKB-wall for bonding the joint tape <br />sections, ASO-Joint-Sleeve-floor/wall to thin bed <br />flanges and pipe penetrations and straight cut joint <br />tape between the membrane sheets. <br />Aveton for degreasing connections. <br />ASO-Primer as adhesion promoter for metals. <br />ASODUR-EK98 for installing the tiles. <br />HF05-Brillantfuge/ASODUR-EK98/ASODUR-Design <br />for grouting the finish. <br />ASOFLEX-PU45, ESCOSIL-2000, ESCOSIL-2000-ST, <br />ESCOSIL-2000-UW for movement joints. <br />Substrate: <br />All flat, load bearing surfaces that are capable of taking <br />a tiled finish are suitable and that are suited to accept <br />a tiled combination waterproof membrane (see ZDB <br />information sheet [*1]). <br />The substrate must be load bearing, suitably flat, free <br />from penetrating cracks and free from separating <br />substances (such as e.g. oil, paint, laitance and loose <br />debris). The substrate must have a largely closed tight <br />surface and have a surface condition and strength</p> <p>121</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>5) Bond ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 and ASO-JointTape-2000 corners (internal and external) in the <br />corners, at junctions between wall and floor as well <br />as over connection joints, free from voids and folds <br />with ADF-Systemkleber to the SANIFIN and the <br />prepared wall surface. The pre-formed sections <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-T pieces or ASO-Joint-Tape crossovers <br />are available for crossing structural or general <br />movement joints, that when folded into the joint in a <br />loop makes this possible. Straight joints are always to <br />be overlapped between 5 and 10 cm. Ensure that a <br />watertight connection between the wall and the floor <br />waterproofing is produced. <br />6) Floor drains are to be prepared as described in <br />1 and must be furnished with a suitable thin bed <br />flange. Wipe over the stainless steel, gunmetal thin <br />bed flanges with the adhesion promoter for metals <br />ASO-Primer on a clean cloth. After 30 minutes <br />and up to a maximum of 4 hours continue with the <br />following steps. Trowel AQUAFIN-2K/M using a <br />6 mm notched trowel onto the thin bed flange and in <br />overlapped areas onto the SANIFIN. Before this coat <br />forms a skin bed in ASO-Joint-Sleeve-floor with no <br />voids or folds so that a watertight connection to the <br />SANIFIN is produced. <br />7) For waterproofing pipe penetrations in wall areas <br />either ASO-Joint-Sleeve-floor or ASO-Joint-Sleevewall is used dependent on the nominal diameter. <br />Roughen the pipe penetration, clean and degrease <br />with Universal Cleaner. Subsequently thinly apply <br />the adhesion promoter for metal ASO-Primer with a <br />clean cloth. After 30 minutes and up to a maximum <br />of 4 hours thoroughly apply AQUAFIN-2K/M and <br />subsequently position the ASO-Joint-Sleeve. The hole <br />diameter of the gasket must be considerably smaller <br />than the diameter of the pipe so that via a “memory <br />effect” the ASO-Joint-Sleeve applies pressure to the <br />pipe penetration. <br />8) The tiles for the floor finish must have a minimum <br />surface area of 100 cm2 and a minimum of 1500 N <br />breaking load. Install the tiles with ADF-Systemkleber <br />within the open time ensuring a void free bed as far <br />as possible. Produce a scratch coat on the SANIFIN</p> <p>Application: <br />Construction in wet duty classification <br />areas A1 <br />Wall and floor areas with lower to higher <br />levels of wet use (such as e.g. private <br />bathrooms, WCs and kitchens, communal <br />showers in sports complexes, care homes, <br />health centres, swimming pool surrounds etc.)</p> <p>1) Assess the substrate, clean and prepare <br />appropriately. Roughen edging profiles, thin bed <br />flanges as necessary, clean and degrease with <br />Universal cleaner. Prime porous and lightly porous <br />substrates with ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K <br />(mix ratio 1:3 with water). <br />2) Place clean water into a clean mixing bucket, add <br />the water repellent ADF-Systemkleber and mix until <br />homogenous with a stirrer (approx. 300-700 rpm). <br />Use a smooth, free flowing consistency to install the <br />waterproof membrane in order to achieve good <br />wetting out of the SANIFIN. Follow the <br />ADF-Systemkleber data sheet. <br />Mixing ratio: approx. 8.5 litres water: 25 kg <br />ADF-Systemkleber. <br />3) Cut the SANIFIN to fit using a knife or scissors. <br />Comb ADF-Systemkleber onto the prepared substrate <br />using a 4 mm notched trowel approx. 10 cm wider <br />than the SANIFIN membrane. Subsequently lay the <br />membrane into the adhesive bed and press firmly <br />into the adhesive bed, without voids or folds, with a <br />plasterers trowel or a roller. Ensure that there is void <br />free bedding and good wetting between the fleece <br />and the adhesive. The cut membrane should be <br />overlapped a minimum of 5 to 10 cm. Bonding of <br />the membrane in the overlapped areas is also to be <br />carried out with the water repellent ADF-Systemkleber. <br />The membrane should be laid in shingle fashion in <br />the direction of the drainage. <br />4) Joints / junctions are to be carried out on the top <br />surface of the SANIFIN with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 as <br />well as formed pieces ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-corners, <br />90°, internal/external, ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />corners, 90°, internal/external, ASO-Joint-Tape2000-T pieces, ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-crossover.</p> <p>122</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>and subsequently comb out the adhesive evenly with <br />a suitable notch size dependent on the size of the <br />tile. The installation of tiles can be carried out directly <br />onto the freshly laid SANIFIN, if the waterproofing <br />is adequately protected and any load spread (e.g. <br />protective boards). <br />9) The grouting of the tiled finish can be carried out <br />with ASO-Fugenbunt, ASO-Flexfuge, the high <br />strength HF05-Brillantfuge or the epoxy resin grout <br />ASODUR-EK98/-Design. For grouting natural stone <br />we recommend CRISTALLFUGE with rapid crystalline <br />water binding. Leave movement joints free for elastic <br />sealing. <br />10) Sealing of connection and movement joints is <br />carried out with ESCOSIL-2000 or <br />ESCOSIL-2000-T with natural stone.</p> <p>free bedding and good wetting between the fleece <br />and the adhesive. <br />The watertightness between the individual <br />components of the SANIFIN membrane within <br />waterproof class C can be achieved in the <br />following two variations:</p> <p>3a) The cut membrane should be overlapped a <br />minimum of 5 to 10 cm. The overlapped areas are <br />not bonded in this case! Bonding of the membrane <br />is achieved once the ADF-Systemkleber hardens, <br />with the PU waterproofing material ASOFLEX-AKBwall. The membrane should be laid in shingle <br />fashion in the direction of the drainage. <br />3b) The cut membrane is laid butt jointed with no <br />overlap. In the middle of the butt joint – after the <br />ADF-Systemkleber had hardened – ASO-Joint-Tape2000-S is positioned with the PU waterproofing <br />material ASOFLEX-AKB-wall. <br />4) Joints / junctions are to be carried out on the top <br />surface of the SANIFIN with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />as well as formed pieces ASO-Joint-Tape-2000S-corners, 90°, internal/external, ASO-Joint-Tape2000-T pieces, ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-crossover. <br />5) Bond ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S and ASO-JointTape-2000 corners (internal and external) in the <br />corners, at junctions between wall and floor as well <br />as over connection joints, free from voids and folds <br />with ASOFLEX-AKB-wall to the SANIFIN membrane <br />and the prepared wall surface. The pre-formed <br />sections ASO-Joint-Tape-T pieces or ASO-Joint-Tape <br />crossovers are available for crossing structural or <br />general movement joints, that when folded into the <br />joint in a loop makes this possible. Straight joints are <br />always to be overlapped between 5 and 10 cm. <br />Ensure that a watertight connection between the <br />wall and the floor waterproofing is produced. <br />6) Floor drains are to be prepared as described in <br />1 and must be furnished with a suitable thin bed <br />flange. Wipe over the stainless steel, gunmetal thin <br />bed flanges with the adhesion promoter for metals <br />ASO-Primer on a clean cloth. After 30 minutes <br />and up to a maximum of 4 hours continue with the <br />following steps. Trowel ASOFLEX-AKB using a 4 mm</p> <p>Construction in wet duty classification areas C <br />Wall and floor areas with higher levels of <br />wet use and limited chemical contact, (such as <br />e.g. commercial kitchens, dairies, breweries, <br />slaughter houses, car washes etc.)</p> <p>1) Assess the substrate, clean and prepare <br />appropriately. Roughen edging profiles and thin bed <br />flanges, clean and degrease with Universal cleaner. <br />Prime porous and lightly porous substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (mix ratio <br />1:3 with water). <br />2) Place clean water into a clean mixing bucket, add <br />the water repellent ADF-Systemkleber and mix until <br />homogenous with a stirrer (approx. 300-700 rpm). <br />Use a smooth, free flowing consistency to install the <br />waterproof membrane in order to achieve good <br />wetting out of the SANIFIN. Follow the <br />ADF-Systemkleber data sheet. <br />Mixing ratio: approx. 8.5 litres water: 25 kg <br />ADF-Systemkleber. <br />3) Cut the SANIFIN to fit using a knife or scissors. <br />Comb ADF-Systemkleber onto the prepared substrate <br />using a 4 mm notched trowel approx. 10 cm wider <br />than the SANIFIN membrane. Subsequently lay the <br />membrane into the adhesive bed and press firmly <br />into the adhesive bed, without voids or folds, with a <br />plasterers trowel or a roller. Ensure that there is void</p> <p>123</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>or 6 mm notched trowel onto the thin bed flange and <br />in overlapped areas onto the SANIFIN. Before this <br />coat forms a skin bed in ASO-Joint-Sleeve-floor with <br />no voids or folds so that a watertight connection to <br />the SANIFIN is produced. <br />7) For waterproofing pipe penetrations in wall <br />areas either ASO-Joint-Sleeve-floor or ASO-JointSleeve-wall is used dependent on the nominal <br />diameter. We recommend manifold penetrations <br />or cable feeders with a 5 cm wide flange are <br />provided to ensure a faultless, rapid installation. <br />Roughen the pipe penetration, clean and degrease <br />with Universal Cleaner. Subsequently thinly apply <br />the adhesion promoter for metal ASO-Primer with a <br />clean cloth. After 30 minutes and up to a maximum <br />of 4 hours thoroughly apply ASOFLEX-AKB-wall and <br />subsequently position the ASO-Joint-Sleeve. In that <br />no thin bed flange was designed, the hole diameter <br />of the gasket must be considerably smaller than the <br />diameter of the pipe so that via a “memory effect” <br />the ASO-Joint-Sleeve applies pressure to the pipe <br />penetration. <br />8) The tiles for the floor finish must have a minimum <br />surface area of 100 cm2 and a minimum of 1500 <br />N breaking load. Install the tiles with ASODUREK98/-Design within the open time ensuring a void <br />free bed as far as possible. Produce a scratch coat <br />on the SANIFIN and subsequently comb out the <br />adhesive evenly with a suitable notch size dependent <br />on the size of the tile. The installation of tiles can be <br />carried out in the floor area, as soon as the ADFSystemkleber with which the SANIFIN membrane <br />was laid has hardened, as a rule on the next day. <br />9) The grouting of the tiled finish can be carried out with <br />the high strength HF05-Brillantfuge or the epoxy resin <br />grout ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR-Design. Leave <br />movement joints free for elastic sealing. <br />10) Sealing of connection and movement joints is <br />carried out with ASOFLEX-PU45, ESCOSIL-2000 <br />or ESCOSIL-2000-UW.</p> <p>• Apply a contact coat, onto the prepared and <br />cleaned load bearing substrate, consisting of 25 kg <br />ADF-Systemkleber modified with 4.17 kg UNIFLEX-B. <br />Subsequently bond the SANIFIN with this mix to <br />the substrate prepared as described or bond the <br />SANIFIN membrane to the cured contact coat with <br />ADF-Systemkleber without additional modification. <br />• Direct contact with metals such as copper, zinc and <br />aluminium is eliminated by a thorough priming within <br />the pores. A pore free priming is produced in two <br />coats with ASODUR-GBM. The first coat is applied <br />to saturation to the substrate, firstly cleaned with <br />Universal cleaner, and carefully brushed in. Once this <br />coat has reacted sufficiently so that it can no longer <br />be disturbed (approx. 3 hours), a further coat of <br />ASODUR-GBM is brushed on and broadcast with <br />0.1 – 0.6 mm quartz sand. Consumption: approx. <br />800-1000 g/m2 ASODUR-GBM. <br />• Bay, intermediate and structural movement joints are <br />to be brought through or constructed in the designated <br />place and stopped with a suitable material e.g. <br />edging strips. Control joints are to be adhesively filled <br />or ensured against height offsets and formed as a <br />movement joint in the final finish. <br />• As additional protection against the formation of <br />ettringite with calcium sulphate based substrates, it is <br />recommended that the special adhesive UNIFIX-AEK <br />be used for installing the SANIFIN on these substrates. <br />In this case modify 25 kg ADF-Systemkleber with <br />4.2 kg UNIFLEX-B. <br />• Follow the current valid technical data sheets for the <br />named products. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of the <br />products used. <br />• Observe the relevant current regulations.</p> <p>Advice: <br />• SANIFIN may not be bonded, overcoated or come <br />into contact with solvent containing adhesives.</p> <p>* Informationen über das Emissionsniveau von flüchtigen Stoffe in der <br />Raumluft, die bei Inhalation Gesundheitsrisiken, auf einer Skala von <br />Klasse A + (sehr emissionsarm) bis C (hohe Emissionen), darstellen.</p> <p>05/13</p> <p>124</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>SANIFLEX</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05004 <br />Liquid applied, fast setting, elastomeric waterproof membrane</p> <p>Description: <br />SANIFLEX is a liquid applied, ready to use, synthetic <br />rubber based polymer dispersion which dries to form <br />a seamless elastomeric waterproof membrane. The <br />waterproof membrane provides a breathable yet water <br />proof elastomeric barrier with crack bridging properties. <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />Density: <br />Tack free: <br />Trafficable: <br />Recoatable <br />(open to tiling): <br />Full cure (hours): <br />Tensile strenght: <br />Elongation:</p> <p>Easy to apply single component. <br />Single application possible, reducing working steps. <br />Seamless waterproof membrane system. <br />Fast curing allows tiling on same day. <br />Excellent crack bridging properties. <br />Breathability allows release of trapped moisture.</p> <p>Application <br />temperature:</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />SANIFLEX is used to waterproof wet rooms such as <br />shower areas, bathrooms, kitchens and sanitary areas in <br />public and private buildings.</p> <p>Crack Bridging:</p> <p>SANIFLEX is used to waterproof balconies and terraces <br />beneath tiles in temperate climate zones (without <br />longterm frost load).</p> <p>Water vapour <br />diffusion coefficient: <br />Adhesion strength:</p> <p>SANIFLEX is suitable for fast track job requirements and <br />overcomes the complications associated with intricate <br />waterproofing details.</p> <p>Tensile strength: <br />Elongation:</p> <p>SANIFLEX is, however, not suitable for continuous water <br />immersed conditions or as a final exposed waterproof <br />finish.</p> <p>Crack Bridging: <br />Water permeability:</p> <p>1.3 kg/l <br />at +20° C <br />at +40° C <br />4 hours <br />3 hours <br />6 hours <br />4 hours <br />6 hours <br />48 hours <br />2.15 N/mm2 <br />approx. 114 %</p> <p>4 hours <br />36 hours <br />1.05 N/mm2 <br />approx. 86 %</p> <p>min: +5° C, max: +42° C. <br />Lower temperatures extend, <br />higher temperatures reduce <br />curing times. <br />min. 0.75 mm at 0.8 mm dft</p> <p>approx. 10,000 <br />1.5 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 4541:2002) <br />9 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 412-98a) <br />approx. 260% <br />(ASTM D 412-98a) <br />up to 2 mm <br />(ASTM C 836:95) <br />Nil at 5 bar (BS EN 12390)</p> <p>Surface preparation: <br />All surfaces to receive SANIFLEX should be clean, <br />sound, dry and free from grease, oils, curing <br />membranes, laitance and any loose particles to <br />ensure good adhesion. Surfaces should be smooth <br />and fine textured with undulations levelled off where <br />possible. Concrete and cementitious substrates <br />should be at least 5 days old.</p> <p>125</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Priming: <br />Where necessary to seal off dust and cohesiveness <br />to improve the substrate, use ASO-Unigrund. It is <br />recommended that SANIFLEX be applied at a rate of <br />1.2 kg/m2 once the primer is dry.</p> <p>Health & safety: <br />SANIFLEX is none hazardous. When in doubt refer to <br />relevant Material Safety Data Sheet. Please refer to <br />local environmental laws for modes of disposal. <br />Important advice: <br />• Excess material and spillages should be immediately <br />cleaned and disposed of in accordance with local <br />environmental regulations. <br />• Protect areas not be treated with SANIFLEX. <br />• Protect SANIFLEX from contact with water until fully <br />cured. <br />• Polymer dispersions can only fully cure when the <br />substrate temperature is min. +3° above the rooms <br />dew point temperature. Therefore longer curing times <br />should be calculate when working in areas with high <br />RH. <br />• Consult all valid technical datasheets of other <br />mentioned products before beginning any <br />applications. <br />• To increase pot life/working time at higher <br />temperature store material in a cool environment <br />above +5° C and only expose to warm temperature <br />shortly before mixing.</p> <p>Method of application: <br />Prior to the application of SANIFLEX, it is recommended <br />that all construction joints, wall/floor joints, pipe inlets <br />and outlets are sealed with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000. <br />SANIFLEX is used to fix ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 to the <br />wall/floor joints, including overlaps, internal/ external <br />corner pieces and sealing of pipe inlets and outlets. <br />Apply SANIFLEX by brush, roller or notched trowel. <br />For a single application, use a 4 mm notched trowel <br />to evenly spread SANIFLEX followed by smoothing <br />with a roller. <br />For brush or roller applications, two coats are <br />recommended. The first coat should dry (3 hours <br />at +40 °C) before the second coat is applied. <br />Once the final SANIFLEX coat is dry, tiling can <br />commence using a polymer modified tile adhesive <br />such as UNIFIX, MONOFLEX, or UNIFIX-2K. <br />Estimating & Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />SANIFLEX is available in 5 kg, 12 kg and 20 kg pails. <br />ASO-Unigrund is available in 10 kg, 25 kg and <br />250 kg packs <br />Consumption: <br />SANIFLEX: 1.2 kg/m2 (at 0.8 mm dft) <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE: 0.2 kg/m2 <br />Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Unhardened SANIFLEX can be removed from tools and <br />equipment with water. Once cured, material can only <br />be removed mechanically. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />15 months in original, unopened palletised containers, <br />stored in well ventilated, dry conditions at temperatures <br />between +5° C and +30° C.</p> <p>25/13</p> <p>126</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>THERMOPAL®-ASP45</p> <p>Art.-No 2 01433</p> <p>Mould restoration plaster system</p> <p>to avoid the condensation problems associated with the <br />renovation or restoration of old and new buildings. Can <br />be applied to all mineral-based substrates suitable for <br />plastering such as masonry work to DIN 1053 (bricks, <br />aerated concrete, lime sand blocks) as well as concrete <br />substrates. Gypsum substrates are not suitable. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />pre-blended mortar <br />Colour: <br />light grey <br />Substrate / application <br />temperature: <br />+5° C to +30° C <br />Water demand: <br />approx. 7 - 8 litres per bag <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 60 minutes <br />Bulk density of set mortar: approx. 0.5 - 0.55 kg/dm3 <br />Water absorption: <br />approx. 1.1 - 1.5 kg/m2/ <br />24 hrs <br />Porosity: <br />approx. 70% <br />Water vapour resistance <br />value μ: <br />approx. 8.8 <br />Flexural strength: <br />approx. 1.0 N/mm2 <br />Compressive strength: <br />approx. 1.5 - 2.5 N/mm2 <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 4.5 - 5.0 kg/m2 <br />per cm thickness <br />Fire performance <br />DIN 4102: <br />non flammable, fire class A1 <br />Packaging: <br />dry, 12 months in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly <br />Cleaning of tools: <br />in the fresh state with water</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Mineral-based pre-blended mortar <br />• High volume of entrained air <br />• Thermally insulating <br />• Vapour permeable <br />• High capillary storage <br />• High water absorption capability <br />• Low consumption area <br />• Can be applied by hand or mechanically <br />• Can be applied in a single layer from 20 – 30 mm <br />• For interior use</p> <p>*) at +20° C and 60% relative humidity.</p> <p>The particular properties of THERMOPAL-ASP45 benefit <br />the drying out of damp substrates. Its low weight per <br />surface area coupled with its high porosity is effective <br />as thermal insulation, which leads to an increase in the <br />surface temperature. The dew point is displaced into the <br />plaster system so that dampness does not lead to the <br />germination of spores.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load bearing and free from <br />adhesion inhibiting substances such as separating <br />agents, dust or other adhesion inhibiting materials. <br />Completely remove mould contaminated or old sanded <br />renders, paint and coatings up to ceiling height. The <br />substrate may be dry or damp but not wet. Rake out <br />brittle pointing in masonry work to a depth of approx. <br />2 cm and clean the surface mechanically. Avoid <br />rising or penetrating damp through suitable measures.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />For producing vapour permeable and dry plaster <br />surfaces onto damp and/or mould covered walls and</p> <p>127</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Concrete surfaces must be open textured. Prior to <br />applying new plaster treat the area appropriately <br />with either ESCO-FLUAT or ESCO-Primer-A. Apply a <br />semi-blinding bonding coat of THERMOPAL-SP as a <br />splatterdash (coverage approx. 50%). As an alternative <br />splatterdash coat to THERMOPAL-SP prepare an <br />emulsion mix of ASOPLAST-MZ and water at a ratio of <br />1:1 to 1:3.</p> <p>4. Once the surface of the THERMOPAL-ASP45 has <br />hardened sufficiently, dependent on thickness and <br />ambient temperatures after 1 to 3 days, prepare <br />the surface with a grid-float. Prior to applying further <br />coatings, clean the grid-float prepared surface from <br />adhesion inhibiting materials such as e.g. dust. <br />5. Smooth, even surfaces can be achieved by floating <br />out with THERMOPAL-FS33. With an existing <br />plaster layer at a thickness of 2 cm (at an ambient <br />temperature of +20° C/65% RH) this can be carried <br />out after 3 days at the earliest. Lower temperatures o <br />high humidity lengthen this waiting time. <br />6. Coloured surface designs can be achieved with <br />a highly vapour permeable silicate paint once the <br />plaster is fully dry.</p> <p>Dry mix of cement and washed sand – 0 - 4 mm – at <br />a ratio of 1:2 by volume. Produce a correctly prepared <br />splatterdash coat from the emulsion and the dry mix and <br />use within 1.5 hours. Plaster application follows after it <br />has completely dried. <br />Product preparation and application: <br />Place approx. 7 - 8 litres of water into a clean mixing <br />bucket and mix with the powder to a homogenous, <br />creamy consistency. A mix time of approx. 2-3 minutes <br />is required with a mechanical mixer (approx. 500 700 rpm). Allow to stand for approx. 5 minutes then <br />thoroughly re-mix. <br />1. Prepare the substrate in accordance with the <br />substrate requirements. <br />2. Use the prepared plaster in accordance with <br />recognized plastering regulations. <br />THERMOPAL-ASP45 can be applied as a single <br />layer from min. 2 cm up to a maximum 3 cm in one <br />operation. For thicker layers, apply more coats. Strike <br />off the previous layer with a plasterer’s darby and <br />immediately upon stiffening roughen horizontally <br />and allow to dry. Keep to a waiting time of 1 day <br />per mm thickness. <br />3. With uneven substrates or where there are many <br />joints, stresses are to be expected due to varied <br />thicknesses and setting, which may lead to cracking <br />and hollowness. In these cases even out by pretreating with THERMOPAL-ASP45 and roughen up. <br />After a minimum of 7 days further plaster coats can <br />be applied. With multi-layers over 4 cm, as an <br />alternative to the avoidance of cracking, reinforce <br />with a suitable fabric inlay installed into the top <br />third of the plaster coat.</p> <p>THERMOPAL-ASP45 can be used with all continuous <br />feed mixing pumps (e.g. with the PFT G4) with a <br />secondary mixer. If air spaces from 35 - 40% are <br />achieved due to the equipment used, then a secondary <br />mixer is not necessary. Small quantities can be mixed <br />by hand and a drill. <br />Machine apparatus e.g. PFT G4 <br />Pipe length: <br />max. 20 m <br />Pipe size: <br />25-35 mm <br />Stator/rotor: <br />D4-2 LP <br />Spray head for scratch coat, nozzle diameter > 17 mm <br />Advice: <br />• Where mould growth is excessive with heavy build-up <br />of fruiting bodies, then an inspection and analysis by <br />a professional institute will be necessary. <br />• Protect areas not being treated with <br />THERMOPAL-ASP45. <br />• Very damp substrates will possibly cause longer <br />waiting times before the surface can be worked. <br />• Very high humidity is to be avoided by suitable mean <br />such as e.g. the use of condenser-driers, circulation <br />fans etc. However avoid direct heat sources or <br />draughts. <br />• Protect against rapid water loss. If required, spray <br />with water.</p> <p>128</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>• When carrying out plaster work it is essential to follow <br />DIN 18550. <br />• When assessing and planning the restoration follow <br />the DHBV information sheet 1-10/S – the professional <br />way of eliminating mould. <br />• The plaster surface must be free from cracks. With <br />thicker coats, hairline cracks / shrinkage cracks may <br />appear on a project. These are harmless and are not <br />a fault, as they do not negatively affect the technical <br />value of the plaster. <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>129</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>THERMOPAL®-FS33</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 01422 <br />Fine finishing mortar for THERMOPAL restoration plasters</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Mineral-based fine finishing mortar <br />• Vapour permeable <br />• Low stress cure <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• For thicknesses from 1 to 3 mm</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The mineral-based substrate must be load-bearing, <br />sound, have a good key and be free from adhesion <br />inhibiting substances. Shrinkage processes must be <br />largely at an end. Remove loose edges back to a sound <br />base. Pre-treat very porous substrates by priming with <br />ASO-Unigrund diluted 1:4 with water. Priming is not <br />necessary on the WTA restoration plasters <br />THERMOPAL-SR44, THERMOPAL-SR24 and <br />THERMOPAL-ASP45.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />THERMOPAL-FS33 is used for producing a fine surface <br />finish. It is suitable onto coarser structured mineralbased plasters and as a fine smoothing mortar (mortar <br />group PII b) for interior and exterior use. It is used to <br />achieve smooth surfaces with the restoration plasters <br />THERMOPAL-SR44, THERMOPAL-SR24 as well as <br />THERMOPAL-ASP45. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Basis: <br />Application/ <br />substrate temp: <br />Pot life*): <br />Water demand: <br />Bulk density <br />(fresh mortar): <br />Consumption:</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Pour clean water into a clean mixing bucket and using <br />a stirrer (approx. 300 – 700 rpm) mix in sufficient dry <br />powder until a lump-free, non-slump, smooth mortar is <br />achieved. The mixing time is approx. 2 – 3 minutes. <br />Application is by trowel, lath or float to the required <br />thickness. Once dried, the surface can be rubbed <br />up with an expanded rubber float, felt board or <br />sponge board. Rubbing up too early or too vigorously <br />encourages binder concentration at the surface and can <br />cause stress cracks. Leave one day standing time per <br />1 mm thickness.</p> <p>cream-white <br />cement/lime, aggregates <br />+5° C to +30° C <br />approx. 60 mins <br />approx. 6.5 – 7.0 litres <br />per 25 kg</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Protect areas where THERMOPAL-FS33 is not being <br />applied from its effects. <br />• Do not attempt to re-life THERMOPAL-FS33 that <br />has already started to stiffen by adding water or <br />fresh mortar, there is a risk of inadequate strength <br />development. <br />• Very damp substrates may possibly cause longer <br />waiting times before the surface can be worked. <br />• Very high humidity is to be avoided by suitable <br />means such as e.g. through the use of condenserdriers, ventilation etc. However, avoid direct heat <br />sources or draughts. <br />• To achieve coloured designs always use a highly <br />vapour permeable silicate paint. <br />• If water is lost too quickly (heated rooms or <br />very porous substrates) or plaster sub-bases are <br />inadequately dry then there is a risk of crack <br />formation.</p> <p>approx. 1.8 kg/l <br />approx. 1.4 kg/m²/mm <br />thickness</p> <p>Flexural and compressive <br />strengths: <br />approx. 1.0 / 4.0 N/mm² <br />after 28 days*) <br />Coefficient of water <br />absorption: <br />0.11 kg/m² h0.5 <br />Resistance to water <br />vapour transmission, μ: approx. 10 <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bags <br />Storage: <br />dry, 12 months in the <br />original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />*) These values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity</p> <p>130</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>• Strictly follow DIN18350 and DIN V 18550 when <br />carrying out plastering work. Once completely <br />dry, the plaster surface should be free from cracks. <br />Hairline cracks/shrinkage cracks without hollow <br />areas beneath are of no concern and not a cause <br />for complaint as they do not affect the technical <br />properties. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP 1</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>131</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>THERMOPAL®-GP11</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 01414</p> <p>Mineral based air entraining backing coat plaster</p> <p>unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load-bearing and free from <br />adhesion inhibiting substances such as separating <br />agents, dust or other coatings. Remove old plaster, <br />paints and coatings up to 80 cm away from the <br />damaged area either visibly or by examination. Rake <br />back crumbly masonry pointing to approx. 2 cm deep <br />and mechanically clean the area. Concrete surfaces <br />must be open textured. Pre-treat with ESCO-FLUAT <br />where there is increased salt content. Apply a semiblinding splatterdash coat of THERMOPAL-SP as a <br />bonding coat (coverage 50%). <br />As an alternative to THERMOPAL-SP, the splatterdash <br />coat can be produced as follows: <br />Emulsion comprising ASOPLAST-MZ : Water, mixed 1:1 <br />to 1:3. Dry blend comprising cement and washed sand <br />– grain size 0.4 mm - mixed at a ratio 1:2 by volume. <br />Produce a workable consistency from the emulsion and <br />dry blend and use within approx. 1.5 hours.</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstr. 2– 8 <br />D-32760 Detmold (Germany) <br />04 <br />THERMOPAL-GP11 <br />Normalputzmörtel für außen (GP) <br />General Plaster <br />CS III</p> <p>47 <br />47 <br />54 <br />54</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Air entraining backing coat plaster certified to WTA <br />(International Association for Science and Technology <br />of Building Maintenance and Monument Preservation) <br />• Mineral based factory produced mortar <br />• For use as a backing coat or levelling plaster <br />• Vapour permeable <br />• Can be applied mechanically or by hand <br />• Low consumption per surface area</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />THERMOPAL-GP11 can be prepared with all <br />conventional continuous mixing pumps (e.g. with the <br />HighPump Basic from HTG-HIGH TECH Germany <br />GmbH, Berlin or a PFT G4). If, due to machinery <br />equipment, an air entrainment of 20-30% is achieved <br />then there is no need for a secondary mixer. Small <br />quantities can be prepared by hand with a drill mixer.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />THERMOPAL-GP11 serves as a backing coat or <br />levelling plaster beneath THERMOPAL-SR44 or <br />THERMOPAL-SR24 on uneven areas for producing <br />vapour permeable and dry plaster surfaces onto damp <br />and/or salt laden interior and exterior walls. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Water demand: <br />Consumption: <br />Bed thickness: <br />Packaging: <br />Application/ <br />substrate temperature: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Machinery: <br />Pipe length: <br />max. 20 m <br />Pipe size: <br />25 – 35 mm <br />Stator/rotor: <br />D4-2 LP <br />Spray head for scratch coat: Nozzle size > 17 mm <br />Water addition: <br />approx. 150 – 175 l/min <br />THERMOPAL-GP11 can be applied in one coat in <br />thicknesses from 10 – 30 mm. For thicker coats, apply <br />in several layers. In this case, strike off the previous coat <br />with a plasterer’s darby and immediately the mortar <br />stiffens, roughen up horizontally and allow to dry. <br />Keep to a waiting time of 1 mm per day.</p> <p>pre-blended dry mortar <br />grey <br />approx. 7 litres per bag <br />approx. 8 kg/m2 per cm <br />thickness <br />see table (page 2) <br />20 kg bags <br />+5° C up to +25° C <br />dry, 12 months in the original</p> <p>132</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Very damp substrates may cause a lengthening of the <br />waiting time before surfaces can be roughened. <br />• Protect from strong sunlight. <br />• When planning and implementing restoration work <br />consult the WTA information sheet “restoration plaster <br />systems”. <br />• Protect areas not being treated from the effects of <br />THERMOPAL-GP11. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1 <br />Table: <br />Measures taken dependent on the degree of salting in accordance with WTA <br />Degree of salting1) <br />low</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />1. <br />2. <br />3.</p> <p>Measures taken <br />Splatterdash coat</p> <p>Thickness (cm) <br />0.5 <br />2.0 <br />0.5 <br />1–2 <br />1–2</p> <p>THERMOPAL-SR44/-SR24 <br />Splatterdash coat</p> <p>THERMOPAL-SR44/-SR24 <br />THERMOPAL-SR44/-SR24</p> <p>medium to high <br />1. Splatterdash coat <br />2. THERMOPAL-GP11 <br />3. THERMOPAL-SR44/-SR24 <br />1)</p> <p>0.5 <br />1.0 <br />1.5</p> <p>Notes <br />As a rule the splattedash dash <br />coat does not completely cover <br />Total thickness: <br />Min. 2.5 cm, max. 4 cm <br />roughen up previous coat <br />as necessary <br />Drying time of individual <br />coats 1mm/day</p> <p>To be determined and calculated by preliminary testing.</p> <p>16/12</p> <p>133</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>THERMOPAL®-SP</p> <p>Art.-No 2 01419</p> <p>Mineral-based restoration splatterdash mortar</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Pre-blended dry mortar <br />• Conforms to requirements in accordance with <br />WTA data sheet 2-9-04D <br />• Hydraulic cure <br />• Very good bond to mineral-based substrates <br />• Very good bond for following plaster / render coats</p> <p>Product preparation and application: <br />Mix THERMOPAL-SP with approx. 5.5 - 6 litres of <br />clean water in a suitable rotating mixer (approx. 500 <br />- 700 rpm). Application follows using recognised <br />plastering/rendering techniques and is applied as a <br />net-like form ready for subsequent applications of <br />restoration plasters. Coverage rate < 50%. When <br />using with mineral-based waterproof slurries or quarry <br />stone substrates, THERMOPAL-SP must be applied <br />as a continuous coat. The splatterdash coat should <br />only be thinly applied to a max. of 5 mm. Where <br />necessary, lightly dampen the substrate to suppress <br />high absorbency and to guarantee a good bond to the <br />substrate.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />As a preparation to substrates for plastering / rendering <br />(bonding coat) prior to applying the plaster / render <br />such as e.g. THERMOPAL-GP11, THERMOPAL-SR24, <br />THERMOPAL-SR44, THERMOPAL-SR44-white and <br />THERMOPAL-ASP45 on to load-bearing mineral-based <br />substrates. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Water demand: <br />Pot life: <br />Consumption:</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Application/ <br />substrate temp: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated with THERMOPAL-SP. <br />• High temperatures accelerate whereas lower <br />temperatures slow the setting process down. <br />• Do not attempt to re-life THERMOPAL-SP that has <br />already stiffened by adding more water or fresh <br />mortar, there is a risk of inadequate strength <br />development.</p> <p>pre-blended mortar <br />grey <br />approx. 5.5 - 6 litres/ <br />25 kg bag <br />approx. 2 hrs at +23° C <br />and 65% RH <br />• approx. 3.0 kg/m2/mm as <br />a bonding coat (full contact) <br />• approx. 1.5 kg/m2/mm <br />(net-like, half cover) <br />25 kg bags</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>+5° C to +30° C <br />dry, 12 months in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load-bearing and free from <br />adhesion inhibiting substances such separating agents, <br />dust or other layers. Completely remove old render/ <br />plaster, paints and coatings back to the mineral-based <br />substrate. Clean the substrate and replace / makegood damaged masonry work. Rake out brittle pointing <br />in masonry work to a depth of approx. 2 cm. Salt <br />encrusted substrates are to be treated with ESCO-FLUAT <br />prior to rendering. <br />16/12</p> <p>134</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>THERMOPAL®-SR24</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 01411</p> <p>Mineral-based restoration plaster – WTA</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load bearing and free from <br />adhesion inhibiting media such as release agents, dust <br />or other coatings. Remove old render/plaster, paint and <br />laitance up to 80 cm away from the damaged area <br />determined visibly or by analysis. <br />Rake out brittle masonry joints to a depth of 2 cm <br />and clean mechanically. Concrete surfaces must <br />be open-pored. Where the salt content is high, pretreat with ESCO-FLUAT. Apply a splatterdash coat of <br />THERMOPAL-SP as a bonding coat (degree of <br />coverage approx. 50%). <br />As an alternative to THERMOPAL-SP, the splatterdash <br />coat can be produced as follows: <br />Emulsion comprising ASOPLAST-MZ : Water, mixed 1:1 <br />to 1:3. Dry blend comprising cement and washed sand <br />– grain size 0.4 mm - mixed at a ratio 1:2 by volume. <br />Produce a workable consistency from the emulsion and <br />dry blend and use within approx. 1.5 hours.</p> <p>WTA - International Association <br />for Science and Technology <br />of Building Maintenance and <br />Monuments Preservation</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Mineral-based pre-blended mortar. <br />• High volume of entrained air. <br />• Vapour permeable. <br />• High salt storage capacity. <br />• Low consumption per surface area. <br />• Ready for rubbing down at an early stage. <br />• Hand or mechanical application. <br />• For interior and exterior use.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />THERMOPAL-SR24 can be prepared in all usual <br />continuous mixing pumps (e.g. with the High-Pump Basic <br />from HTG-HIGH TECH Germany GmbH, Berlin or PFTG4). If, due to machinery equipment, an air entrainment <br />of 20-30% is achieved then there is no need for a <br />secondary mixer. Small quantities can be mixed by <br />hand with a drill mixer.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />For producing vapour permeable and dry plasters on <br />to damp and/or salt laden walls in interior and exterior <br />installations. Due to the special system properties, <br />possible mould contamination is prevented. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Water demand: <br />Bulk density: <br />Consumption: <br />Thickness: <br />Packaging: <br />Substrate/ <br />application temp: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Machinery PFT-G4: <br />Pipe length: <br />Pipe size: <br />Stator / rotor: <br />Spray head for <br />scratch coat: <br />Water addition:</p> <p>pre-blended dry mortar <br />grey <br />approx. 6 - 6.5 litres per bag <br />1.0 - 1.1 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 9.5 kg/m2 per cm <br />thickness <br />see table <br />25 kg bags</p> <p>max. 20 m <br />25 – 35 mm <br />D4-2 LP <br />Nozzle size > 17 mm <br />approx. 300 – 325 l/min</p> <p>THERMOPAL-SR24 can be applied at thicknesses in <br />accordance with WTA guidelines as well as in single <br />layers up to 3 cm in one operation. After an adequate <br />waiting time the surface can be rubbed off or finished <br />with a felt board. Rubbing off too early produces a <br />binder concentration at the surface and may cause <br />stress cracks.</p> <p>+5° C to +25° C <br />dry, 12 months in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly.</p> <p>135</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>As an alternative the surface can be worked with a grid <br />float. This operation can be carried out after 8 – 24 <br />hours dependent on the ambient conditions. Rubbing <br />with the grid float removes the laitance layer which <br />appears and results in a considerably greater diffusion <br />performance. Dependent on the ambient conditions the <br />surface can be smoothened with THERMOPAL-FS33. <br />For thicker coats, apply in several layers. In these cases <br />strike off the previous coat with a plasterer’s darby and <br />immediately the mortar stiffens, roughen up horizontally <br />and allow to dry. <br />Keep to a waiting time of 1 mm per day.</p> <p>• Protect from strong sunlight. <br />• Smooth surfaces can be achieved by trowelling with <br />THERMOPAL-FS33. <br />• For coloured finishes use highly vapour permeable <br />silicate paint. <br />• Observe the WTA information sheet “Restoration <br />plaster systems” when planning and implementing <br />restoration work. <br />Please observe a current EU safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of <br />THERMOPAL-SR24. <br />• Very damp substrates may cause a lengthening of the <br />waiting time before surfaces can be roughened.</p> <p>Table: <br />Measures taken dependent on the degree of salting in accordance with WTA <br />Degree of salting1) <br />low</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />1. <br />2. <br />3.</p> <p>Measures taken <br />Splatterdash coat <br />THERMOPAL-SR24 <br />Splatterdash coat <br />THERMOPAL-SR24 <br />THERMOPAL-SR24</p> <p>Thickness (cm) <br />0.5 <br />2.0 <br />0.5 <br />1–2 <br />1–2</p> <p>medium to high <br />1. Splatterdash coat <br />2. THERMOPAL-GP11 <br />3. THERMOPAL-SR24 <br />1)</p> <p>0.5 <br />1.0 <br />1.5</p> <p>Notes <br />As a rule the splattedash dash <br />coat does not completely cover <br />Total thickness: <br />Min. 2.5 cm, max. 4 cm <br />roughen up previous coat <br />as necessary <br />Drying time of individual <br />coats 1mm/day</p> <p>To be determined and calculated by preliminary testing.</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>136</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>THERMOPAL®-SR44</p> <p>Art.-No 2 01416</p> <p>Mineral-based restoration plaster</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load bearing and free from <br />adhesion inhibiting media such as release agents, dust <br />or other coatings. Remove old plaster/render, paint and <br />laitance up to 80 cm away from the damaged area <br />determined visibly or by analysis. <br />Rake out brittle masonry joints to a depth of 2 cm <br />and clean mechanically. Concrete surfaces must <br />be open-pored. Where the salt content is high, pretreat with ESCO-FLUAT. Apply a splatterdash coat of <br />THERMOPAL-SP as a bonding coat (degree of <br />coverage approx. 50%). <br />As an alternative to THERMOPAL-SP, the splatterdash <br />coat can be produced as follows: <br />Emulsion comprising ASOPLAST-MZ : water mixed <br />1:1 to 1:3. Dry blend comprising cement and washed <br />sand – grain size – 0.4 mm – mixed at a ratio 1:2 <br />by volume. Produce a workable consistency from the <br />emulsion and dry blend and use within approx. 1.5 <br />hours.</p> <p>(X\HMPUZ[Y¶</p> <p>THERMOPAL-SR44</p> <p>WTA - International Association <br />for Science and Technology <br />of Building Maintenance and <br />Monuments Preservation</p> <p>Properties: <br />• WTA certified restoration plaster <br />• Mineral-based pre-blended mortar <br />• High volume of entrained air <br />• Vapour permeable <br />• High salt storage capacity <br />• Can be applied mechanically or by hand <br />• Simple efficient application <br />• Low consumption per surface area <br />• High yield <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />Areas of application: <br />For producing vapour permeable and dry plasters on <br />to damp and/or salt laden walls in interior and exterior <br />installations. Due to the special system properties, <br />possible mould contamination is prevented.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />THERMOPAL-SR44 can be prepared in all usual <br />continuous mixing pumps (e.g. with a High-Pump Basic <br />from HTG-HIGH TECH Germany GmbH, Berlin or PFT <br />G4). If, due to machinery equipment, an air entrainment <br />of 25-30% is achieved then there is no need for a <br />secondary mixer. Small quantities can be mixed by <br />hand with a drill mixer.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Water demand: <br />Bulk density: <br />Consumption:</p> <p>Machinery PFT-G4: <br />Pipe length: <br />max. 20 m <br />Pipe size: <br />25 – 35 mm <br />Stator/rotor: <br />D4-2 LP <br />Spray head for scratch coat: Nozzle size > 17 mm <br />Water addition: <br />approx. 225 – 250 l/min</p> <p>Thickness: <br />Packaging: <br />Substrate/ <br />application temp: <br />Storage:</p> <p>pre-blended dry mortar <br />grey / white <br />approx. 7 - 7.5 litres per bag <br />0.8 – 0.9 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 7.5 kg/m2 per cm <br />thickness <br />see table <br />20 kg bags</p> <p>THERMOPAL-SR44 can be applied at thicknesses in <br />accordance with WTA guidelines as well as in single <br />layers up to max. 3 cm in one operation. After an <br />adequate waiting time the surface can be rubbed off <br />or finished with a felt board. Rubbing off too early <br />produces a binder concentration at the surface and <br />may cause stress cracks.</p> <p>+5° C to +30° C <br />dry, 12 months in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly.</p> <p>137</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>As an alternative the surface can be worked with a grid <br />float. This operation can be carried out after 8 – 24 <br />hours dependent on the ambient conditions. Rubbing <br />with the grid float removes the laitance layer which <br />appears and results in a considerably greater diffusion <br />performance. Dependent on the ambient conditions the <br />surface can be smoothened with THERMOPAL-FS33 <br />after 1 - 3 days. <br />For thicker coats, apply in several layers. In this case <br />immediately the previous layer starts to stiffen, roughen it <br />horizontally and allow to dry. After application strike off <br />with a plasterer’s darby and rub off later. <br />Keep to a waiting time of 1 mm per day.</p> <p>• For coloured designs use a highly vapour permeable <br />silicate paint. <br />• Observe the WTA information sheet “Restoration <br />plaster systems” when planning and implementing <br />restoration work. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of <br />THERMOPAL-SR44. <br />Please observe a current EU safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Very damp substrates may lead to longer waiting <br />times before rubbing off. <br />• Protect from strong sunlight <br />• Smooth surfaces can be achieved by trowelling over <br />with THERMOPAL-FS33.</p> <p>Table: <br />Measures taken dependent on the degree of salting in accordance with WTA <br />Degree of salting1) <br />low</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />1. <br />2. <br />3.</p> <p>Measures taken <br />Splatterdash coat <br />THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />Splatterdash coat <br />THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />THERMOPAL-SR44</p> <p>Thickness (cm) <br />0.5 <br />2.0 <br />0.5 <br />1–2 <br />1–2</p> <p>medium to high <br />1. Splatterdash coat <br />2. THERMOPAL-GP11 <br />3. THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />1)</p> <p>0.5 <br />1.0 <br />1.5</p> <p>Notes <br />As a rule the splattedash dash <br />coat does not completely cover <br />Total thickness: <br />Min. 2.5 cm, max. 4 cm <br />roughen up previous coat <br />as necessary <br />Drying time of individual <br />coats 1mm/day</p> <p>To be determined and calculated by preliminary testing.</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>138</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>UNIFLEX®-B</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04521 <br />Component B of AQUAFIN-2K, UNIFIX-2K and UNIFIX-S3</p> <p>Cleaning:</p> <p>SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH & Co. KG <br />Detmold <br />P-2002-4-1023/02 <br />P-2003-4-3739/01 <br />P-2005-4-1391 <br />bautest Dresden</p> <p>Clean building sections and <br />work tools contaminated with <br />UNIFLEX-B or a combined <br />product, immediately with <br />water. Dried on material can <br />only be mechanically <br />removed.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />Refer to the Technical Data Sheet of the combined <br />product. <br />Product preparation: <br />Place the UNIFLEX-B liquid component into a clean <br />mixing bucket and stir in the appropriate powder <br />component to a homogenous, lump free consistency. <br />A mix time of approx. 2 - 3 minutes is required with a <br />mechanical mixer (approx. 500 - 700 rpm). Water <br />can be added to adjust the consistency specific to the <br />particular product. Allow to stand for approx. 5 minutes, <br />then thoroughly mix again. The relevant Technical Data <br />Sheet is binding for product application.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Polymer modification <br />• Solvent free <br />• Flexible <br />Areas of application: <br />Component B for preparing: <br />• Highly deformable flexible SCHOMBURG adhesives, <br />such as e.g. UNIFIX, CRISTALLIT and SOLOFLEX <br />(component A) for the elastic bonding of tiles onto <br />difficult and also deformable substrates. <br />• AQUAFIN-2K with AQUAFIN-1K (component A) for <br />crack-bridging, flexible surface applied waterproof <br />membranes. <br />• The combined products are for interior and exterior <br />use. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />pH value: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>Elastic tile installation: <br />UNIFLEX-B liquid combined with UNIFIX, CRISTALLIT, <br />SOLOFLEX, MONOFLEX, LIGHTFLEX adhesives, <br />improves the adhesion strength and deformability. <br />Prepare UNIFLEX-2K with 3 parts by weight UNIFIX <br />and 1 part by weight UNIFLEX-B to give a noticeable <br />increase in elasticity. When preparing UNIFIX-2K/6 <br />use 6 parts by weight UNIFIX and 1 part by weight <br />UNIFLEX-B. At the same time, the slump resistance is <br />decreased.</p> <p>polymer dispersion <br />white <br />approx. 7.4 <br />2, 4.17 and 8.33 kg <br />minimum 12 months when <br />stored frost free in the original <br />unopened containers. Use <br />opened containers promptly. <br />appropriate to the particular <br />Technical Data Sheet for <br />UNIFIX-2K, UNIFIX-2K/6 and <br />AQUAFIN-2K as well as other <br />UNIFIX adhesives</p> <p>Elastic surface applied waterproof membranes: <br />Combined with AQUAFIN 1K to produce the <br />waterproof membrane, AQUAFIN-2K. Mix ratio: <br />3:1 parts by weight. For information on substrate <br />preparation and product application, please refer to <br />the AQUAFIN-2K Technical Data Sheet.</p> <p>139</p> <p>1. Waterproofing and Restoration</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated from UNIFLEX-B. <br />• Protect the combined products from water ingress and <br />weathering until hardened. <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: D1</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>140</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Technical Data Sheet <br />2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>› BENFERFIX-EXTRA</p> <p>223</p> <p>› ADF-Systemkleber</p> <p>143</p> <p>› BENFERFLEX-C2</p> <p>226</p> <p>› AK7P</p> <p>147</p> <p>› BENFERGRES</p> <p>229</p> <p>› ASO-EZ2</p> <p>150</p> <p>› BENFERGRIP+</p> <p>232</p> <p>› ASO-EZ2-Plus</p> <p>154</p> <p>› CRISTALLFUGE</p> <p>235</p> <p>› ASO-EZ4</p> <p>157</p> <p>› CRISTALLIT-flex</p> <p>238</p> <p>› ASO-EZ4-Plus</p> <p>163</p> <p>› CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex</p> <p>241</p> <p>› ASO-EZ6</p> <p>166</p> <p>› DEKOGROUT</p> <p>244</p> <p>› ASO-EZ6-Plus</p> <p>170</p> <p>› DEKOGROUT-2K</p> <p>247</p> <p>› ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus</p> <p>173</p> <p>› HF05-Brillantfuge</p> <p>250</p> <p>› ASO-Flexfuge</p> <p>176</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-Primer-S</p> <p>253</p> <p>› ASO-Fugenbreit</p> <p>179</p> <p>› LIGHTFLEX</p> <p>254</p> <p>› ASO-Fugenbunt</p> <p>182</p> <p>› MONOFLEX-FB-SE</p> <p>257</p> <p>› ASO-NM15</p> <p>185</p> <p>› MONOFLEX-XL</p> <p>260</p> <p>› ASO-Unigrund-GE</p> <p>189</p> <p>› POWERPLAST-D2</p> <p>263</p> <p>› ASO-Unigrund-K</p> <p>190</p> <p>› SOLOCRET-15</p> <p>265</p> <p>› ASO-Unigrund-S</p> <p>191</p> <p>› SOLOCRET-50</p> <p>268</p> <p>› ASOCRET-HB-flex</p> <p>193</p> <p>› SOLOFLEX</p> <p>270</p> <p>› ASODUR-Design</p> <p>195</p> <p>› SOLOFLEX-FAST</p> <p>273</p> <p>› ASODUR-K900</p> <p>200</p> <p>› SOLOPLAN-12</p> <p>276</p> <p>› ASODUR-EK98-floor</p> <p>203</p> <p>› SOLOPLAN-30</p> <p>280</p> <p>› ASODUR-EK98-wall</p> <p>207</p> <p>› UNIFIX</p> <p>284</p> <p>› ASODUR-GBM</p> <p>211</p> <p>› UNIFIX-2K</p> <p>286</p> <p>› ASODUR-LE</p> <p>214</p> <p>› UNIFIX-2K/6</p> <p>288</p> <p>› ASODUR-SFE</p> <p>216</p> <p>› UNIFIX-S3</p> <p>290</p> <p>› ASOFIX-2000</p> <p>218</p> <p>› UNIFIX-S3-FAST</p> <p>294</p> <p>› ASOPLAST-MZ</p> <p>220</p> <p>141</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Overview exposure classes <br />Exposure class</p> <p>Area of application</p> <p>Substrate</p> <p>A0 – <br />Moderate stress</p> <p>Areas in direct and indirect <br />contact with water in rooms, <br />which are infrequently wetted with <br />wash water and water during <br />cleaning such as e.g. in domestic <br />bathrooms, hotel bathrooms, floors <br />with drainage in these areas.</p> <p>Moisture sensitive and <br />non-moisture sensitive <br />substrates</p> <p>B0 – <br />Moderate stress</p> <p>Exterior areas in direct and <br />indirect contact with water not <br />under pressure such as e.g. on <br />balconies and terraces (not <br />above living spaces).</p> <p>Only non-moisture sensitive <br />substrates</p> <p>A– <br />High stress</p> <p>Areas in direct and indirect <br />contact with water in rooms, <br />which are very frequently wetted <br />or in long term contact with wash <br />water and water during cleaning <br />such as e.g. swimming pool <br />surrounds and showers in public <br />and private premises.</p> <p>Only non-moisture sensitive <br />substrates</p> <p>B– <br />High stress</p> <p>Areas in containers subjected to <br />water under pressure such as e.g. <br />swimming pool shells in interior or <br />exterior areas.</p> <p>Only non-moisture sensitive <br />substrates</p> <p>C– <br />High stress</p> <p>Areas in direct and indirect <br />contact with water in rooms, <br />which are very frequently wetted <br />or in long term contact with <br />wash water and water during <br />cleaning, whereby there is also <br />limited chemical exposure to <br />the waterproof membrane such <br />as e.g. in commercial kitchens, <br />dairies, beverage industry, meat <br />processing plants, laundries etc.</p> <p>Only non-moisture sensitive <br />substrates</p> <p>142</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ADF®-Systemkleber</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05956</p> <p>Hydrophobic special adhesive</p> <p>areas in accordance with the AgBB assessment scheme <br />(panel for the health related assessment of construction <br />products), the French VOC regulation and GEVEMICODE.</p> <p>04</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>EN 12004 <br />ADF-Systemkleber <br />Cement-based adhesive for <br />the installation of tiles and slabs <br />in normal conditions</p> <p>Colour: <br />Filler composition: <br />Bulk density: <br />Application/ <br />substrate temp: <br />Pot life*): <br />Open time*): <br />Grout after*): <br />Foot traffic after*): <br />Full service <br />conditions after*): <br />Testing:</p> <p>C1 <br />Reaction to fire: class E</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Tested to DIN EN 12004, C1TE <br />• Water repellent <br />• Easy to use <br />• Good slump resistance <br />• Polymer modified <br />• For interior and exterior <br />• Very low emissions <br />Areas of application: <br />ADF-Systemkleber is used for bonding SANIFIN, ADFBalkonfolie and the ASO-Joint-Tapes within a system on <br />to mineral-based substrates such as concrete, render, <br />plaster, brickwork etc. <br />ADF-Systemkleber is suitable as a thin bed adhesive <br />for fixing earthenware and vitrified tiles, ceramic with <br />low water absorption < 0.5% (fully vitrified), split tiles, <br />mosaics and natural stone not sensitive to discoloration, <br />on to SANIFIN and ADF-Balkonfolie. In accordance <br />with the system description in the SANIFIN Technical <br />Data Sheet, ADF-Systemkleber is suitable for wet duty <br />classifications A and C in accordance with technical test <br />criteria and wet duty classification A0 in accordance <br />with ZDB Technical sheet “Bonded waterproof <br />membranes”. It is furthermore suitable for wet duty <br />classification B0 in combination with ADF-Balkonfolie. <br />Furthermore ADF-Systemkleber is suitable for a secure <br />installation on to all substrates in accordance with <br />DIN 18 157, part 1 e.g. concrete, aerated concrete, <br />render/plaster, heated and standard cement-based and <br />calcium sulphate screeds, moisture resistant plasterboard <br />etc. ADF-Systemkleber is suitable for use in internal</p> <p>Sand, cement, additives <br />(polymer modified) <br />grey <br />fine sand <br />1.35 kg/dm3 <br />+ 5 °C to +25 °C <br />approx. 2 hrs <br />approx. 20 – 30 mins <br />after approx. 24 hrs <br />after approx. 24 hrs <br />after approx. 7 days <br />DIN EN 12004, MPA NRW <br />test certificate 220002647-04 <br />In combination with SANIFIN <br />it fulfills the requirements for <br />the “test policy for the <br />issuance of a general <br />technical test certificate for <br />bonded waterproof materials <br />with tiles and slabs, part 2, <br />sheet membrane bonded <br />waterproofing” to obtain <br />a general technical test <br />certificate from the MPA <br />Braunschweig, test certificate <br />No.: P-5078/818/08-MPA BS. <br />Low emissions in accordance <br />with GEV criteria. AgBB <br />schemes, French VOC <br />regulation.</p> <p>*) The values refer to 20°C and 65% relative humidity; higher <br />temperatures shorten, lower temperatures lengthen the given <br />timings.</p> <p>143</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Mix ratio: <br />1.0 litre water : 2.9 – 3.4 kg ADF-Systemkleber. <br />7.25 – 8.5 litres water : 25 kg ADF-Systemkleber. <br />Leave to stand for 3 minutes before remixing. Do not <br />mix more adhesive than can be used within the pot life. <br />Spread the ADF-Systemkleber onto the substrate surface <br />and comb through with the appropriate notched trowel <br />dependent on the material to be adhered. Lay materials <br />within the adhesive open time.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be dry, sound, suitably flat, free <br />from penetrating cracks, holes, voids and be free from <br />separating substances such as oil, paint, laitance and <br />loose components. It must have an extensively closed <br />surface, which must be in an appropriate condition with <br />appropriate strength. When fixing tiles, the substrate, <br />preparation and workmanship must be in accordance <br />with DIN 18 157, part 1. Prime porous substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund. Anhydrite screeds must be abraded, <br />vacuumed and as with all calcium sulphate substrates, <br />primed with e.g. ASO-Unigrund-S diluted 1:1 with <br />water. Before tiling heated screeds, they must be <br />commissioned in accordance with recognized technical <br />regulations. Carry out moisture measurements with <br />a carbide hygrometer (CM device) to determine the <br />readiness of a substrate to receive finishes. Moisture <br />measurements may not exceed <br />• Cement screeds2.0 % <br />• Calcium sulphate screeds without underfloor <br />heating0.5 % <br />• Calcium sulphate screeds with underfloor <br />heating0.3 %</p> <p>Fixing ADF-Balkonfolie/SANIFIN: <br />Comb out the ADF-Systemkleber on to the substrate <br />approx. 10 cm wider than the relevant membrane with <br />a 4-6 mm notched trowel. Pre-cut the strip with a knife <br />or scissors and lay in the adhesive (print uppermost). <br />Then carefully press the appropriate waterproof <br />membrane firmly into the adhesive bed with a steel <br />trowel. Ensure the membrane is bedded extensively free <br />from voids and that it is wetted out. <br />Fixing ASO-Joint-Tape technology as joints in the <br />ADF-Balkonfolie and SANIFIN (wall/floor junction, <br />gaskets etc.) is also generally carried out with the <br />ADF-Systemkleber. In wet duty exposures falling under <br />classification C, ASO-Joint-Tapes should be installed <br />with ASOFLEX-AKB. <br />Spread the ADF-Systemkleber approx. 1 cm wider than <br />the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000. Place the ASO-Joint-Tape <br />in the fresh adhesive layer and push in evenly and <br />without folds. Fixing must be carried out so that water <br />cannot migrate behind the membrane. Due to the fleece <br />laminated to the rear of the ADF-Balkonfolie, bonding of <br />jointing tapes and pre-formed pieces to the waterproof <br />tape is always carried out to the printed upper face of <br />the membrane.</p> <p>The carbide hygromter measurement is to be carried <br />out in accordance with current FBH-AD working <br />practice extracted from the technical information <br />sheet “Coordination of cut-out areas in heated floor <br />construction”. It is possible to install ADF-Balkonfolie <br />and the ADF-Joint-Tape when there are high levels of <br />residual moisture. <br />Masonrywork should be flush pointed. Using ASOCRETRN or cement mortar from group MGII with the addition <br />of ASOPLAST-MZ, fill existing holes in concrete as well <br />as bay boundaries where approx. 2 cm deep channels <br />have been chieslled out.</p> <p>Fixing tiles to the ADF-Balkonfolie / SANIFIN: <br />In wall areas ceramic tiles can be fixed directly to <br />the freshly adhered SANIFIN. Floor tiles can also be <br />fixed to the freshly adhered SANIFIN or Balkonfolie <br />where suitable protective boards are used to stand <br />on. Tiles and slabs are fixed directly to the SANIFIN <br />or Balkonfolie in the normal way. Spread the mixed <br />adhesive onto the substrate and comb through with <br />the appropriate trowel dependent on tile format. Fix <br />tiles within the adhesive open time. In exterior and <br />continuously wet areas, ensure tiles and slabs are</p> <p>Application: <br />Mix ADF-Systemkleber to a smooth mortar with clean <br />water, in a clean mixing vessel, using a slow speed drill <br />and appropriate mixing paddle (300 - 700 rpm). To <br />install the waterproof membranes, use approx. 8.5 litres <br />of water per 25 kg bag of ADF-Systemkleber in order <br />to achieve good wetting out of the membrane. For a <br />non-slip consistency for fixing tiles and slabs reduce the <br />water quantity. <br />144</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>solid bedded as far as possible. Grout with HF05 <br />Brillantfuge, ASO-Flexfuge or ASO-Fugenbunt.</p> <p>• In order to avoid curling effects due to water <br />absorption, we recommend that agglomerate/ <br />synthetic stone is fixed with ASODUR-EK98. <br />• Prime substrates with calcium sulphate binders <br />with ASO-Unigrund-S (diluted 1:1 with water) or <br />ASODUR-V360W. To avoid the formation of ettringite <br />with calcium sulphate bound substrates, a suitable <br />adhesive would be UNIFIX-AEK for fixing tiles to <br />these substrates up to residual moisture levels of 1.0% <br />on heated constructions and 1.5% on unheated <br />constructions measured using the carbide <br />hygrometer method. <br />• As additional protection against the formation of <br />ettringite with calcium sulphate bound substrates, the <br />special adhesive UNIFIX-AEK is recommended for <br />fixing ADF-Balkonfolie / SANIFIN to these substrates <br />in wet duty classification A0 <br />• Do not attempt to re-life ADF-Systemkleber which <br />has begun to stiffen, by adding more water or <br />fresh mortar. There is the risk of inadequate strength <br />development. <br />• Direct contact between cement-based tile adhesives <br />and magnesium-based screeds leads to the <br />destruction of the magnesite screed. Moisture <br />penetration from the substrate to the rear of the screed <br />must be eliminated with suitable measures. The <br />magnesite substrate is to be primed with the epoxy <br />resin INDUFLOOR-IB2360. See Technical Data Sheet <br />for application instructions. <br />• In continuously wet areas (swimming pools, containers <br />etc.), we recommend the use of system thin bed <br />adhesives UNIFIX-2K, UNIFIX-2K/6 onto the <br />SCHOMBURG waterproofing compounds suitable <br />for the appropriate area of application. <br />• ADF-Systemkleber is a hydraulic setting mortar that is <br />to be protected from water and frost penetration until <br />it is completely hardened which may take several <br />days under inclement weather conditions. <br />• Observe the appropriate relevant technical data <br />sheet for the named products. <br />• Whilst using ADF-Systemkleber protect areas that are <br />not to be treated. <br />• Follow relevant current regulations. For e.g. <br />DIN 18157, DIN 18195, DIN 18352, DIN <br />18560, DIN 13813, DIN 18202, DIN 1055 <br />The BEBinformation sheets distributed by <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belad e.V.</p> <p>Fixing the ADF-Elastic-Joint-Tape: <br />In wall and floor areas. apply the ADF-Systemkleber <br />approx. 1 cm wider than the ADF-Elastic-Joint-Tape. Lay <br />the tape into the freshly applied adhesive and press into <br />place evenly and without folds. Remove excess material <br />as work proceeds. Overcoating with the waterproof <br />materials AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-2K/M, <br />AQUAFIN-DIC must only be carried out onto the <br />completely hardened ADF-Systemkleber. <br />Estimating & Supply: <br />Consumption **): <br />approx. 1.5 kg/m2 with a 4mm notched trowel <br />approx. 2.3 kg/m2 with a 6mm notched trowel <br />approx. 2.9 kg/m2 with an 8mm notched trowel <br />approx. 3.5 kg/m2 with a 10mm notched trowel <br />**) Greater consumption on uneven substrates is <br />possible. <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bag with polythene liner <br />Cleaning: <br />With water immediately after use. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />12 months when stored dry and cool in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use opened packaging <br />promptly. <br />Important advice: <br />• The ADF-Systemkleber can also be applied <br />mechanically by using suitable spray equipment <br />(e.g. PFT-Swing). <br />• Modify 25 kg ADF-Systemkleber with 2 kg UNIFLEX-B <br />when fixing ADF-Balkonfolie/SANIFIN to old wellfixed tiles. <br />• Where time pressures exist, ADF-Systemkleber-FB can <br />be used to fix the ADF-Balkonfolie. <br />• When fixing natural and synthetic stone, observe the <br />specific product properties of the material (tendency <br />to discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the fixing <br />recommendations of the manufacturer. Where doubt <br />exists carry out a trial area.</p> <p>145</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>The technical information “Coordination of cut-out <br />areas in heated floor construction” <br />The ZDB information sheets distributed by the <br />Fachverband des deutschen Fliesenegwerbes: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Floor finishes on calcium sulphate screeds.” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in ceramic wall and floor tile <br />finishes” <br />[*4] “Heavy duty ceramic floor finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural stone and <br />cement bound composite slabs on cement-based floor <br />constructions with insulation.” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural stone and <br />cement bound composite slabs on heated cementbased floor constructions.” <br />[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas.” <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>45/11</p> <p>146</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>AK7P</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 01000</p> <p>Flexible thin bed adhesive, grey</p> <p>Reaction to fire in accordance <br />with EN 13501-1 <br />1.35 kg/l</p> <p>Bulk density: <br />Application / <br />substrate temp: <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 2 hrs <br />Open time *): <br />approx. 20-30 mins <br />Grout after *): <br />approx. 24 hrs <br />Foot traffic after *): <br />approx. 24 hrs <br />Full service conditions *): after approx. 7 days <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 2.1 kg/m2 with a <br />6 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 2.8 kg/m2 with an <br />8 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 3.5 kg/m2 with a <br />10 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 5.2 kg/m2 with a <br />12 mm notched trowel <br />Cleaning: <br />immediately with water <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg plastic bag <br />Storage: <br />12 months when stored <br />dry in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>02</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>EN 12004 <br />AK7P <br />Cement-based adhesive <br />with enhanced properties <br />for tiles</p> <p>C2 <br />Reaction to fire A1 /A1fl</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Tested to DIN EN 12004, C2 TE <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Easy to use <br />• Especially good slip resistance <br />Areas of application: <br />AK7P is used as a thin bed adhesive for the installation <br />of vitrified and earthenware tiles, ceramic tiles with <br />lower water absorption ) 0.5% (fully vitrified), clinker, <br />mosaic and natural stone materials which are not <br />sensitive to discolouration or translucent. AK7P is <br />suitable for an assured installation to all substrates in <br />accordance with DIN 18157, part 1 e.g. concrete, <br />aerated concrete, render, plaster, cement-based and <br />calcium sulphate based screeds / heated screeds, <br />masonry work, plasterboard etc. It is also suitable as <br />an adhesive for lightweight construction boards e.g. <br />those made with extruded polystyrene and for the <br />installation of tiles onto mineral-based and dispersionbased SCHOMBURG bonded waterproof membranes <br />in interior areas. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Filler composition: <br />Reaction to fire: <br />Testing:</p> <p>* Values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be dry, load-bearing, adequately flat, <br />free from penetrating cracks and free from separating <br />substances such as oil, paint, laitance and loose areas. <br />It must have a largely closed surface texture with a <br />surface condition and strength commensurate with its <br />type. When installing tiles, the substrate, its preparation <br />and tile installation to DIN 18157, part 1 is decisive. <br />Prime porous substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Calcium <br />sulphate screeds must be abraded, vacuumed and <br />as with all calcium sulphate based substrates, primed <br />with ASO-Unigrund-K diluted 1:3 with water. Heated <br />screeds must be commissioned to recognised technical <br />regulations prior to the installation of floor finishes. The <br />readiness of the substrate to receive surface finishes <br />is to be determined by moisture measurements with a <br />carbide hygrometer (CM device).</p> <p>cement / sand <br />(polymer modified) <br />cement grey <br />fine sand <br />A1 / A1fl <br />DIN EN 12004, MPA NRW, <br />Test certificate <br />220001533-02-01,</p> <p>147</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>The CM moisture content may not exceed: <br />• CT ) 2.0% for screeds on insulation or separating <br />layers, in interior areas <br />• CA without underfloor heating ) 0.5% <br />• CA with underfloor heating ) 0.3% <br />The CM measurement is to be carried out in <br />accordance with the FBH work instruction taken from the <br />technical information “coordination of cut-out points with <br />heated screeds”</p> <p>• Do not attempt to re-life adhesive which has already <br />started to stiffen, by adding fresh adhesive or more <br />water as there is a risk of inadequate strength <br />development. <br />• Direct contact between cement-based adhesives <br />and magnesite screeds leads to the destruction of <br />the magnestie screed through chemical reaction. <br />Moisture penetration from the rear must be excluded <br />using appropriate means. Mechanically abrade the <br />magnesite substrate and prime with the epoxy resin <br />ASODUR-V360W with max. 5% water addition as <br />necessary (approx. 250 g/m2). <br />After waiting for approx. 12 hours up to a max. <br />of 24 hours at +20° C, apply a second coat of <br />ASODUR-V360W (approx. 300-350 g/m2). Blind <br />the second coat whilst still wet with quartz sand of <br />grain size 0.5-1.0 mm. After waiting for a further <br />12-16 hours the installation works may proceed. <br />• In continuously wet areas (swimming pools, containers <br />etc.), we recommend the use of system thin bed <br />adhesives UNIFIX-S3, UNIFIX-2K, UNIFIX-2K/6 using <br />the floating-buttering method onto the SCHOMBURG <br />waterproof material suitable for the particular <br />application. <br />• AK7P is a hydraulically curing adhesive and must be <br />protected against water and frost until fully cured, <br />which may take a few days in unfavourable weather <br />conditions. <br />• Protect areas where AK7P is not to be applied. <br />• Observe the relevant current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN 18202 <br />EN 13813 <br />DIN 1055 <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes”</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Mix AK7P with clean water in a clean mixing bucket <br />until homogenous. <br />Mixing ratio: 7.0-8.25 litres water : 25.0 kg AK7P. <br />Allow to stand for 3 minutes, then stir once again. <br />Only prepare as much adhesive as can be used <br />within the pot life. Spread the mixed adhesive over <br />the substrate surface and comb through with a suitable <br />notched trowel dependent on the tile format and fix <br />within the open time. When installing large format <br />tiles, we recommend the use of a highly deformable or <br />deformable adhesive (term defined in DIN EN 12002) <br />such as UNIFIX-2K, UNIFIX-2K/6, MONOFLEX-XL or <br />LIGHTFLEX. <br />Advice: <br />• When installing tiles in heavy duty areas such as <br />exterior areas (balconies and terraces) use the <br />highly elastic bonded waterproof membrane system <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M and UNIFIX-2K. <br />• When installing natural or synthetic stone, heed the <br />specific properties of the product to be installed <br />(tendency to discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the <br />installation recommendations of the manufacturer. <br />• To avoid curling effects resulting from water <br />absorption, we recommend the use of <br />ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR-Design with <br />agglomerate / synthetic stone. <br />• Prime calcium sulphate based substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (diluted 1:3 <br />with water). To avoid the formation of ettringite with <br />calcium sulphate based substrates, UNIFIX-AEK is <br />suitable for laying tiles up to a residual moisture <br />content, measured with a carbide hygrometer, of <br />1.0% when heated or 1.5% when unheated.</p> <p>148</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions” <br />[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas” <br />[*8] “Finishes on poured asphalt” <br />[*9] “Tolerances in level” <br />[*10] “Tolerances” <br />[*11] “Cleaning, protecting, maintenance” <br />[*12] “Swimming pool construction” <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>* Informationen <br />der Emissionsniveau <br />flüchtigen <br />Stoffe indans <br />der l’air <br />Information surüber <br />le niveau <br />d’émission devon <br />substances <br />volatiles <br />Raumluft, <br />die ein Risiko <br />Toxizität <br />bei Inhalation, <br />auf einer <br />von <br />intérieur, présentant <br />un für <br />risque <br />de toxicité <br />par inhalation, <br />surSkala <br />une échelle <br />Klasse <br />A +allant <br />(sehr de <br />emissionsarm) <br />bis Cémissions) <br />(hohe Emissionen) <br />darstellen. <br />de classe <br />A+ (très faibles <br />à C (fortes <br />émissions). <br />* Information about the emission level of volatile substances into the <br />indoor air, which represent a toxicity risk on inhalation from a scale of <br />class A + (very low emissions) to C (high emissions).</p> <p>16/12</p> <p>149</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-EZ2</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05529</p> <p>Special cement</p> <p>Mix method:</p> <p>Forced paddle mixer, <br />free fall mixer <br />Bulk density of fresh mortar: approx. 2.2 kg/dm3 <br />dependent on the aggregate <br />used <br />Storage: <br />12 months when stored dry <br />in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />Application/substrate temp: min. approx. +5° C to <br />max. approx. +30° C <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bags <br />Cleaning: <br />clean tools and equipment with <br />water immediately after use <br />Foot traffic after *): <br />approx. 6 hours <br />Fully cured after *): <br />approx. 7 days <br />Working time *): <br />approx. 60 minutes</p> <p>Properties: <br />• High strength <br />• Fibre reinforced <br />• Rapid setting <br />• Long working time <br />• Foot traffic after approx. 6 hours *) <br />• Permits early installation of tiles <br />• Suitable for interior and exterior use <br />• Can be heated to recognised technical regulations <br />after 3 days <br />Areas of application: <br />ASO-EZ2 is a fibre reinforced special cement for <br />the production of cement-based screeds that permits <br />coverings to be installed early, either as a bonded, <br />unbonded, floating or heated screed, whether as a <br />wearing finish or as a substrate for tiles, slabs, textile <br />coverings, parquet or PVC. For installation the general <br />directives for cementitious screeds to DIN 18560 and <br />DIN 18353 are obligatory. The substrate must be able <br />to take the loading according to DIN 1055. <br />Provided that a suitable SCHOMBURG waterproofing <br />system has been applied, screeds produced with the <br />binder ASO-EZ2 can be installed in wet duty areas <br />e.g. swimming pools, swimming pool surrounds and <br />communal showers as well as in wet duty areas <br />classified as A2, B and C in accordance with technical <br />test criteria and wet duty areas classified as 0, A02, <br />B0 in accordance with the ZDB information sheet [*1]. <br />[*1] see advice section <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Water addition:</p> <p>*) Values refer to +23° C and 65% relative humidity, higher <br />temperatures reduce, lower temperatures extend these given times.</p> <p>Approx. consumption, kg/m2 ASO-EZ2: <br />Mixing ratio <br />Parts by weight <br />Screed thickness, cm <br />1 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6</p> <p>1:4**) <br />4.1 <br />16.3 <br />20.4 <br />24.4</p> <p>1:5**) <br />3.4 <br />13.6 <br />17.0 <br />20.4</p> <p>**) 1:4 parts by weight equal to approx. 1:2.7 parts by volume, <br />1:5 parts by weight equal to approx. 1:3.3 parts by volume</p> <p>Minimum nominal thickness to DIN 18560: <br />special cement, additives <br />grey <br />ASO-EZ2 / aggregate: <br />1:4 to 1:5 parts by weight <br />dependent on the moisture <br />content of the aggregate <br />used. 33% by weight (damp <br />earth consistency) to max. <br />40% by weight (stiff plastic) <br />relative to the ASO-EZ2 <br />addition; these values refer to <br />the use of dry aggregate</p> <p>Beneath tiles <br />Beneath parquet, <br />carpet, linoleum or PVC <br />In general</p> <p>45 mm on insulation or <br />separating layer <br />35 mm on insulation or <br />separating layer <br />10 mm bonded</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />For preparation we recommend using the Brinkmann <br />screed boy with a 65mm hose diameter, or other <br />conventional screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret <br />or similar. Pay attention to the moisture content of the</p> <p>150</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>aggregate and avoid excess water. The working time <br />is approx. 60 minutes at +20° C. Mixing, application <br />and finishing must follow each other swiftly. Only <br />measure out areas that can be completed within this <br />working time. Higher temperatures reduce and lower <br />temperatures extend the working time and setting time. <br />For bonded screeds firstly brush ASOCRET-HB-flex onto <br />the prepared, e.g. mechanically abraded, concrete <br />substrate. Lay the screed into the wet slurry coat. The <br />general directives for cement-based screeds DIN <br />18560 and 18353 should be followed for screed <br />laying.</p> <p>Adjust to a damp earth to stiff plastic consistency by <br />adding water. <br />Protect the fresh screed from drying out too quickly e.g. <br />through heat or drafts. The screed is ready to take tiled <br />finishes after three days when installed at 5 cm thick <br />when the ambient and substrate temperatures are at <br />+23 °C and the relative humidity is 50% and when the <br />mixing ratio is 1:4 parts by weight and dry aggregate <br />conforming to DIN 4226 is used with a particle size <br />distribution between A8-B8 closer to B8 with consistent <br />grading and with a water addition of 17 litres per <br />50 kg ASO-EZ2. <br />Confirmation should be sought by measuring the <br />moisture content with a carbide hygrometer (CM). <br />For screeds that need to conform to a particular <br />screed quality in accordance with DIN EN 13813, <br />performance tests will be required. These are to be <br />carried out prior to commencing work.</p> <p>Mixing recommendations for mixing <br />and rotary feed machines: <br />In a conventional mixing machine with rotary feed <br />with a 220 litre mix capacity e.g. PFT, Putzmeister <br />Mixocret mix together a total of 200 kg aggregate with <br />50 kg ASO-EZ2. This relates to a mixer capacity of <br />approx. 80% - which is generally recommended by the <br />equipment manufacturers. Please observe the following <br />steps (mix ratio 1:4). <br />First half fill the mix vessel with aggregate 0/8 (approx. <br />15 shovels at 7 kg), approx. 5-6 litres of water and <br />50 kg of ASO-EZ2 and mix to a plastic consistency for <br />2 minutes. Then fill the mixing vessel with the rest of the <br />aggregate (dependent on the mixing ratio another 15 <br />shovels at 7 kg) and the remaining water. Dependent <br />on the moisture content of the aggregate a total of <br />approx. 10 – 20 litres of water will be necessary. <br />The latter value relates to dry aggregate. In general <br />0/8 aggregate has a moisture content of approx. 4%, <br />therefore 8 litres of water are already contained in <br />200 kg of aggregate. Keep to a total mix time of 4 <br />minutes as only then are all components dispersed and <br />the final consistency achieved.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• By high temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts, <br />protect the screed from water loss during drying. To <br />ensure ideal hydration of cement, the screed can be <br />protected during the curing phase e.g. with plastic <br />sheeting or with continuous light misting. <br />• Instead of ASOCRET-HB-flex use an alternative <br />bonding slurry consisting of ASOPLAST-MZ diluted <br />1:1 with water and screed mortar consisting of 1 <br />part by volume of ASO-EZ2 and 2 parts by volume of <br />aggregate of particle size 0-4 or 0-8 diameter. <br />• ASO-EZ2 is ready to receive floor finishes quickly <br />because it contains additives that require an <br />especially low water demand. If more water is <br />added than needed to achieve a stiff or stiff plastic <br />consistency, the excess water cannot be bound within <br />the system and must evaporate. This leads to the <br />screed being ready to receive finishes later. <br />• If a shorter mix time is selected or mixing is <br />not intensive enough, then the dispersion of all <br />components is not guaranteed. The readiness to <br />receive finishes early and high strength are no <br />longer guaranteed. <br />• ASO-EZ2 already contains fibres. If additional fibres <br />are to be mixed in, this can lead to delays in the <br />readiness to receive finishes.</p> <p>Mixing recommendations for a <br />free-fall mixer: <br />Recommended mixing ratio: <br />1:3 by volume (equates to approx. 1:4.5 parts by <br />weight); add approx. 3 litres of water, approx. 60 kg <br />aggregate (0-8 mm diameter, approx. 8 shovels) with <br />25 kg ASO-EZ2 and premix for approx. 5 minutes. <br />Add the remaining aggregate approx. 40 kg (0-8 mm <br />diameter, approx. 6 shovels) and mix for 1-2 minutes. <br />151</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-EZ2</p> <p>• For installation in areas where there is an inadequate <br />aggregate quality or where storage of the mortar <br />components is not possible or desired, the preblended mortars ASO-EZ2-Plus, ASO-EZ4-Plus, <br />ASO-EZ6-Plus are available. <br />• The determination of the screed’s readiness to receive <br />floor finishes should be carried out using a carbide <br />hygrometer (CM). Keep to the limiting values showing <br />in table 1. <br />• Lower temperatures, high humidity and thick <br />screeds delay the setting, drying and achievement <br />of readiness for laying finishes (see also the BEB <br />data sheet “climatic requirements for the drying <br />of screeds”). Trials have shown that at lower <br />temperatures (+5 °C to +12 °C) the binding of <br />the water proceeds at a delayed rate so that the <br />readiness to receive floor finishes was only achieved <br />belatedly. <br />• Water that bleeds to the surface indicates too much <br />water or aggregate addition (more than 3.3:1 by <br />volume equating to 5:1 parts by weight), the wrong <br />particle size distribution or inadequate mixing. This <br />results in a sandy surface.</p> <p>• The quality of the aggregate used determines the <br />properties of the screed produced with it. Aggregate <br />to DIN 4226 with a consistent grading between <br />A and B closer to B to DIN 1045 should be used. <br />If aggregates with other particle size distributions <br />are used, then the binder demand can increase. <br />Aggregates with a grading between B and C to DIN <br />1045 require a high level of ASO-EZ2. Which grade <br />for which screed thickness should be taken from the <br />following table: <br />Grading</p> <p>Minimum <br />thickness</p> <p>0–4 mm <br />0–8 mm <br />0–16 mm</p> <p>10 mm <br />25 mm <br />50 mm</p> <p>Maximum <br />thickness <br />30 mm <br />80 mm <br />160 mm</p> <p>• If when smoothed off the surface cannot be <br />adequately closed, this indicates that there are too <br />little fines in the aggregate. Here greater quantities of <br />ASO-EZ2 are required to replace the missing fines.</p> <p>Important advice table 1: <br />Maximum moisture content of the screed determined with a carbide hygrometer <br />Floor finish <br />Vapour impervious finishes <br />Textile finishes Vapour barrier <br />Vapour permeable <br />Parquet <br />Laminate flooring <br />Ceramic tiles, natural <br />Sand: <br />stone/concrete slabs <br />Cement fixing <br />Adhesive fixing</p> <p>heated <br />1.8 % <br />1.8 % <br />2.0 % <br />1.8 % <br />1.8 %</p> <p>unheated <br />2.0 % <br />2.5 % <br />3.0 % <br />2.0 % <br />2.0 %</p> <p>2.0 % <br />2.0 %</p> <p>2.0 % <br />2.0 %</p> <p>The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be carried out in accordance with the current work instructions <br />of the FBH-AD from the technical information “coordination of cut out areas for heated floor constructions”.</p> <p>152</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• Where there is rising damp from the substrate, a <br />functioning damp proof membrane is necessary prior <br />to laying the screed. <br />• Ventilation on site is necessary. However drafts <br />during preparation and the curing process are to <br />be avoided, as is direct sunlight. The interior and <br />floor temperature during application and for 1 <br />week afterwards should be a minimum of +5 °C. <br />De-humidifiers may not be us ed during the first <br />3 days. <br />• Do not mix with other cements or binders. <br />• Perimeter, bay, construction and movement joints <br />are to be carried through or incorporated in the <br />designated position and composed of suitable <br />material e.g. edging strip RD-SK50. Crack control <br />joints are to be cut into the top third of the installed <br />screed. <br />• Do not add any additives or other materials. <br />• Take heed of the technical data sheets for the <br />aforementioned products. <br />• The relevant current regulations are to be observed. <br />E.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN EN 13813 <br />DIN 1055 <br />DIN 1045 <br />DIN 4226</p> <p>The BEB data sheets distributed by the National <br />Association for Screeds and Finishes <br />The technical information ““coordination of cut out areas <br />for heated floor constructions” <br />The ZDB data sheets distributed by the Technical <br />Association of the German Tile Industry. <br />[*1] Advice for the installation of waterproofing <br />combined with ceramic tiles in interior and exterior <br />areas. <br />[*2] Ceramic finishes subjected to high mechanical <br />stress. <br />[“3] Movement joints in tiled finishes. <br />[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on cement-based screeds over insulation. <br />[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on heated cement-based floor constructions. <br />[*7] Exterior finishes. <br />Please observe a valid European safety data sheet! <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>153</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-EZ2-Plus</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05530</p> <p>Rapid setting pre-blended mortar with high strength</p> <p>Properties: <br />• High strength <br />• High application security <br />• Constant screed quality <br />• For interior and exterior areas <br />• Long pot life <br />• Traffic after 6 hours <br />• Rapid hardening <br />• Lay tiles and slabs early <br />• Can be heated after 3 days</p> <p>Apparent density – <br />fresh mortar: <br />Storage:</p> <p>approx. 2.2 kg/dm3 <br />12 months when stored dry <br />in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 20kg ASO-EZ2-Plus <br />per m2 / cm screed <br />Packaging: <br />25kg bags <br />Cleaning: <br />clean tools and equipment <br />immediately after use with <br />water <br />Classification: <br />EN 13813 CT-C80-F7-A9 <br />Fire rating: <br />A1 according to resolution <br />96/103/EG <br />Traffic after *): <br />approx. 6 hours <br />Fully cured after *): <br />approx. 7 days <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 60 minutes <br />Application/substrate temp: min. approx. +5° C to <br />max. approx. +30° C</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-EZ2-Plus is a pre-blended mortar for the production <br />of rapid setting cement-based screeds ready to be laid <br />on early and with high strength. Suitable for bonded, <br />unbonded or screeds over insulation and heated <br />screeds either as a wearing surface or as a base under <br />tiles, slabs, textile coverings, parquet or PVC. <br />Install in accordance with the general guidelines for <br />screeds DIN 18560 and DIN 18353. The base must <br />be load bearing in accordance with DIN 1055. <br />Provided that a suitable SCHOMBURG waterproofing <br />system has been applied, screeds produced with the <br />binder ASO-EZ2-Plus can be installed in wet duty areas <br />e.g. swimming pools, swimming pool surrounds and <br />communal showers as well as in wet duty areas <br />classified as A2, B and C in accordance with technical <br />test criteria and wet duty areas classified as 0, A02, <br />B0 in accordance with the ZDB information sheet [*1]. <br />[*1] see advice section <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Water demand:</p> <p>Mixing technique:</p> <p>*) Valid at 23° C and 65% relative humidity. Higher temperatures <br />shorten and lower temperatures lengthen these given times.</p> <p>Minimum nominal thickness to DIN 18560: <br />Beneath tiles <br />Beneath parquet, <br />carpet, linoleum or PVC <br />In general</p> <p>40 mm on insulation or <br />separating layer *2 <br />30 mm on insulation or <br />separating layer *2 <br />10 mm bonded</p> <p>*2 Reduced thicknesses are possible due to static calculations and <br />measurements obtained from values from the active ingredients.</p> <p>Special cement, additives, <br />aggregate <br />grey <br />1.6 – 2.0 litres / 25kg <br />ASO-EZ2-Plus (semi-dry <br />6.5 – 8.0% water) <br />Forced paddle mixer, <br />free fall mixer</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />For preparation we recommend using the Brinkmann <br />screed boy with a 65mm hose diameter, or other <br />conventional screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret or <br />similar. Watch the water addition and avoid surplus <br />water! The working life is approx. 60 minutes at</p> <p>154</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-EZ2-Plus</p> <p>Important notes: <br />• By high temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts, <br />protect the screed from water loss during drying. To <br />ensure ideal hydration of cement, the screed can be <br />protected during the curing phase e.g. with plastic <br />sheeting or with continuous light misting. <br />• Instead of ASOCRET-HB-flex an alternative slurry <br />bonding coat of ASOPLAST-MZ diluted 1:1 with <br />water and a screed mortar consisting of 25 kg <br />ASO-EZ2-Plus and 5 kg ASO-EZ2 can be used. <br />• Follow the technical data sheets for the above <br />products! <br />• If too short a mix time is selected or mix intensity is <br />insufficient the dispersion of all components cannot be <br />guaranteed. Early readiness and high strength is no <br />longer applicable. <br />• To determine the readiness of the screed moisture <br />readings need to be carried out with a carbide <br />hygrometer keeping to the following limits <br />(see table 1). <br />• Low temperatures, high humidity and greater <br />thicknesses delay the hardening, drying out and the <br />readiness for overlaying (see BEB information sheet <br />construction climatic requirements for the drying of <br />screeds). Trials have shown that at low temperatures <br />(+5° C to +12° C) water binding proceeds at a <br />greatly reduced rate so that readiness to accept <br />finishes occurs later. <br />• Water that bleeds to the screed surface indicates too <br />much mix water (more than 2 litres water per 25 kg <br />ASO-EZ2-Plus). <br />• ASO-EZ2-Plus can bind approx. 8% of its weight in <br />crystalline water. Greater quantities in excess of this <br />amount of water must evaporate and delay the <br />readiness for use! <br />• A functioning water barrier is necessary when laying <br />screeds over rising damp from the substrate. <br />• Ventilation is necessary where the screed is laid. The <br />interior and floor temperature must be at least +5° C <br />during installation and for one week after! Do not use <br />dehumidifiers during the first three days.</p> <p>+20 °C. Mixing, laying and screeding must follow one <br />another continuously. Only install in an area that can be <br />screeded within the working life. High temperatures <br />shorten while lower temperatures lengthen the working <br />life and setting time. With bonded screeds brush apply <br />ASOCRET-HB-flex into the shot-blasted concrete base <br />before laying the screed in the wet slurry. Installation <br />should be in accordance with screeding guidelines <br />DIN 18560 and 18353. <br />Mixing recommendations for mix machines with <br />conveyor feed: <br />A total of 250 kg ASO-EZ2-Plus can be mixed with <br />16 – 20 litres of tap water in a conventional mixing <br />machine with a 220 litre mix vessel e.g. Brinkmann <br />screed-boy or PFT Putzmeister Mixocret. This relates to a <br />mixing capacity of approx. 80% which is generally <br />recommended by the equipment manufacturer. <br />Carry out the following procedures: <br />Firstly half fill the mix vessel with 125 kg ASO-EZ2-Plus <br />and add approx. 10 litres of water. Afterwards add the <br />other 125 kg ASO-EZ2-Plus and pour in 6 – 10 litres of <br />water. Keep to a total mix time of 4 minutes so that the <br />all components are dispersed and the final consistency <br />is achieved. <br />Mixing recommendations for free fall mixers: <br />Pour in 4 litres of water, add 100 kg of ASO-EZ2-Plus <br />and a further 2.5 – 4.0 litres of water. Mix subsequently <br />for 5 minutes. Adjust the consistency through water <br />addition to a semi-dry to stiff-plastic. <br />Protect the fresh screed from rapid drying e.g. from heat <br />or draught. Tiles can be laid on to a screed after 3 days <br />when prepared with 1.7 litres of water per 25 kg <br />ASO-EZ2-Plus under an ambient and substrate <br />temperature of +23° C with 50% relative humidity and <br />a screed thickness of 5 cm. <br />Checks should be carried out by measuring the <br />dampness with a carbide hygrometer (CM-device).</p> <p>155</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-EZ2-Plus</p> <p>Important advice table 1: <br />Maximum moisture content of screeds determined by carbide hygrometer <br />Floor finish <br />Heated <br />Water vapour permeable coverings <br />1.8 % <br />Textile coverings Vapour barrier <br />1.8 % <br />Vapour permeable <br />2.0 % <br />Parquet <br />1.8 % <br />Laminate floors <br />1.8 % <br />Ceramic tiles and <br />Sand: <br />natural stone <br />cement fixing <br />2.0 % <br />Adhesive fixing <br />2.0 %</p> <p>Unheated <br />2.0 % <br />2.5 % <br />3.0 % <br />2.0 % <br />2.0 % <br />2.0 % <br />2.0 %</p> <p>Carbide hygrometer measurements are to be carried out in accordance with the current working practices <br />(document FBH-AD) from the technical information for interface coordination for heated floor construction.</p> <p>• Do not add other cements or binders! <br />• Perimeter, bay, structural and movements joints are to <br />be brought through and stopped with suitable <br />material e.g. edge strips. Contraction joints should be <br />cut in one third the depth of the installed screed! <br />• Do not add any additives. <br />• Relevant current regulations are to be observed! <br />Therefore e.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN EN 13813 <br />DIN 1055 <br />The BEB information sheets available from the Federal <br />Association for screeds and coverings. Technical <br />information for interface coordination in heated floor <br />construction. <br />Information sheets from the ZDB (Central building <br />industry association), issued by the Technical association <br />of the German tile industry:</p> <p>[*1] Advice for the installation of waterproofing <br />combined with ceramic tiles and slabs in interior and <br />exterior areas (August 2000). <br />[*2] Mechanically heavy-duty ceramic floor coverings. <br />[“3] Movement joints in tile and slab finishes. <br />[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on heated cement-based screeds. <br />[*7] Tile and slab finishes on the exterior of buildings. <br />Please observe a valid European safety data sheet! <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>47/08</p> <p>156</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-EZ4</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05527</p> <p>Water repellent special cement</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Water repellent <br />• Protects against efflorescence <br />• Fibre reinforced <br />• Rapid setting <br />• Long working time <br />• Foot traffic after approx. 6 hours *) <br />• Permits early installation of tiles <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Can be heated to recognised technical regulations <br />after 3 days</p> <p>areas such as e.g. swimming pools, swimming pool <br />surrounds and communal showers and wet duty <br />classifications A, B and C in accordance with technical <br />test criteria, screeds produced with ASO-EZ4 should be <br />waterproofed with a bonded SCHOMBURG waterproof <br />membrane. In wet duty areas such as e.g. brine or wet <br />duty areas classified as C in accordance with the ZDB <br />information sheet [*1], screeds produced with ASO-EZ4 <br />should be waterproofed with a suitable SCHOMBURG <br />waterproofing system. <br />[*1] see advice section</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-EZ4 is a fibre reinforced special cement for the <br />production of water repellent, low shrinkage cementbased screeds and mortars that permits coverings to be <br />installed early. Due to their water repellent properties, <br />screeds and mortars produced with ASO-EZ4 offer <br />increased protection against frost damage and <br />efflorescence. As a water repellent, rapid setting mortar <br />bed when installing natural stone and tiles externally <br />and in wet areas such as balconies, terraces, loggia, <br />stairwells, swimming pools, damp environments, car <br />washes and water containers.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Water addition:</p> <p>Screeds produced with ASO-EZ4 are suitable as either <br />bonded, unbonded, floating or heated screeds, whether <br />as a wearing finish or as a substrate for tiles, slabs or <br />natural stone. For installation the general directives for <br />cementitious screeds to DIN 18560 and DIN 18353 <br />are obligatory. The substrate must be able to take the <br />loading according to DIN 1055.</p> <p>Mix method: <br />Bulk density <br />of fresh mortar:</p> <p>Furthermore drainage mortars can be produced with <br />ASO-EZ4, that can drain off incidental water via its <br />porous microstructure with many voids. At the same <br />time, due to their hydrophobic composition, ASO-EZ4 <br />drainage mortars do not absorb any moisture and <br />inhibit capillary action.</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>In wet duty areas classified A0, B0 in accordance <br />with the ZDB information sheet [*1] screeds produced <br />with ASO-EZ4 should be waterproofed with a suitable <br />SCHOMBURG waterproofing system. In wet duty</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Cleaning:</p> <p>Application/ <br />substrate temp:</p> <p>157</p> <p>special cement, additives <br />grey <br />ASO-EZ4/aggregate: <br />1:4 to 1:5 parts by weight <br />dependent on the moisture <br />content of the aggregate <br />used. 33% by weight (damp <br />earth consistency) to max <br />40% by weight (stiff plastic) <br />relative to the ASO-EZ4 <br />addition, i.e. 8.25 to <br />10 litres water per 25 kg <br />ASO-EZ4; these values refer <br />to the use of dry aggregate <br />Forced paddle mixer, free fall <br />mixer <br />approx. 2.2 kg/dm3 <br />dependent on the aggregate <br />used <br />12 months when stored dry in <br />the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />min. approx. +5° C to <br />max. approx. +30 °C <br />25 kg bags <br />clean tools and equipment <br />with water immediately after <br />use</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Foot traffic after *): <br />Fully cured after *): <br />Working time *): <br />Strength*):</p> <p>approx. 6 hours <br />approx. 7 days <br />approx. 60 minutes <br />at a mix ratio of 1:4 by <br />weight, the use of an <br />aggregate to DIN 4226 and <br />a particle size distribution <br />between A8 and B8 closer <br />to B8, a strength greater than <br />C35-F5 is achieved.</p> <p>The general directives for cement-based screeds <br />DIN 18560 and 18353 should be followed for <br />screed laying. <br />Mixing recommendations for mixing <br />and rotary feed machines: <br />In a conventional mixing machine with rotary feed <br />with a 220 litre mix capacity e.g. PFT, Putzmeister <br />Mixocret mix together a total of 200 kg aggregate with <br />50 kg ASO-EZ4. This relates to a mixer capacity of <br />approx. 80% - which is generally recommended by the <br />equipment manufacturers.</p> <p>*) Values refer to +23° C and 65% relative humidity, higher <br />temperatures reduce, lower temperatures extend these given times.</p> <p>Please observe the following steps: <br />First half fill the mix vessel with aggregate 0/8 (approx. <br />15 shovels at 7kg), approx. 5-6 litres of water and 50 <br />kg of ASO-EZ4 and mix to a plastic consistency for 2 <br />minutes. Then fill the mixing vessel with the rest of the <br />aggregate (dependent on the mixing ratio another 15 <br />shovels at 7 kg) and the remaining water. Dependent <br />on the moisture content of the aggregate a total of <br />approx. 10-20 litres of water will be necessary. The <br />latter value relates to dry aggregate. In general 0/8 <br />aggregate has a moisture content of approx. 4%, <br />therefore 8 litres of water are already contained in <br />200 kg of aggregate, however there are certainly large <br />variations in the quantity. Keep to a total mix time of 4 <br />minutes, as only then are all components dispersed and <br />the final consistency achieved.</p> <p>Approx. consumption, kg/m2 ASO-EZ4: <br />Mixing ratio <br />Parts by weight <br />Screed thickness, cm <br />1 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6</p> <p>1:4**) <br />4.1 <br />16.3 <br />20.4 <br />24.4</p> <p>1:5**) <br />3.4 <br />13.6 <br />17.0 <br />20.4</p> <p>**) 1:4 parts by weight equal to approx. 1:2.7 parts by volume, <br />1:5 parts by weight equal to approx. 1:3.3 parts by volume</p> <p>Minimum nominal thickness to DIN 18560: <br />Beneath tiles <br />Beneath parquet, <br />carpet, linoleum or PVC <br />In general</p> <p>45 mm on insulation or <br />separating layer <br />35 mm on insulation or <br />separating layer <br />10 mm bonded</p> <p>Mixing recommendations for a <br />free-fall mixer: <br />Recommended mixing ratio: 1:3 by volume (equates to <br />approx. 1:4.5 parts by weight); add approx. 3 litres <br />of water, approx. 60 kg aggregate (0-8 mm diameter, <br />approx. 8 shovels) with 25 kg ASO-EZ4 and premix <br />for approx. 5 minutes. Add the remaining aggregate <br />approx. 40 kg (0-8 mm diameter, approx. 6 shovels) <br />and mix for 1-2 minutes. Adjust to a damp earth to stiff <br />plastic consistency by adding water.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />For preparation we recommend using the Brinkmann <br />screed boy with a 65 mm hose diameter, or other <br />conventional screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret <br />or similar. Pay attention to the moisture content of the <br />aggregate and avoid excess water. The working time <br />is approx. 60 minutes at +20 °C. Mixing, application <br />and finishing must follow each other swiftly. Only <br />measure out areas that can be completed within this <br />working time. Higher temperatures reduce and lower <br />temperatures extend the working time and setting time. <br />For bonded screeds firstly brush ASOCRET-HB-flex onto <br />the prepared, e.g. mechanically abraded, concrete <br />substrate. Lay the screed into the wet slurry coat.</p> <p>Mixing recommendation for mortar: <br />Mix ASO-EZ4 to a mix ratio of 1:3 by volume (equates <br />to 1:4.5 parts by weight) with aggregate (of particle <br />size 0-4 mm diameter) in a free fall mixer or with a <br />suitable stirrer. Minimum mix time 5 minutes. Protect <br />158</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>the fresh screed from drying out too quickly e.g. <br />through heat or drafts.</p> <p>a viscous mortar after this mix time. Now add the <br />remaining two parts of aggregate by volume, mix for <br />a short while until a homogenous drainage mortar with <br />a damp earth consistency is achieved. The consistency <br />is correct when the fresh, lightly glistening mortar can <br />be squeezed together in the hand but falls apart upon <br />opening the hand. Drainage mortars that are too damp <br />lose their ability to drain because the voids between <br />the grains become clogged with binder. Lay natural, <br />concrete slabs or ceramic tiles professionally into the <br />drainage mortar. <br />Different variations are possible: <br />a) Bonded drainage screed on a load bearing <br />concrete slab <br />Brush a bonding slurry of ASOCRET-HB-flex to saturation <br />onto the load bearing substrate that has been laid with <br />adequate falls and e.g. waterproofed with AQUAFIN2K/M. Subsequently install the drainage mortar with a <br />damp earth consistency into the wet bonding coat and <br />strike off to the designed level. Due to the aggregate <br />the drainage mortar is virtually self-compacting and only <br />needs to be lightly tamped. <br />Coat the rear of the slabs/tiles with ASOCRET-HB-flex <br />and lay them into the freshly installed mortar bed and <br />tap into position. Dependent on the finishing material, <br />grouting is carried out with CRISTALLFUGE, <br />ASO-Flexfuge or HF05-Brillantfuge after 3 days at <br />the earliest. The minimum thickness is 3 cm but also a <br />minimum of 5 times that of the largest particles used. <br />Ensure there is adequate dewatering if the drainage <br />layer. I.e. an adequate fall of min. 2-3% in the sub-base <br />and on the surface of the finishing material is to be <br />designed. To improve the horizontal dewatering effect <br />we recommend variation b.</p> <p>Readiness to be tiled: <br />The screed is ready to take tiled finishes after three <br />days when installed at 5 cm thick when the ambient <br />and substrate temperatures are at +23 °C and the <br />relative humidity is 50% and when the mixing ratio is <br />1:4 parts by weight and dry aggregate conforming <br />to DIN 4226 is used with a particle size distribution <br />between A8-B8 closer to B8 with consistent grading <br />and with a water addition of 17 litres per 50 kg <br />ASO-EZ4. Confirmation should be sought by measuring <br />the moisture content with a carbide hygrometer (CM). <br />For screeds that need to conform to a particular <br />screed quality in accordance with DIN EN 13813, <br />performance tests will be required. These are to be <br />carried out prior to commencing work. <br />Mixing and application recommendations <br />for water permeable drainage mortars <br />(also known as single grain mortars, <br />mono grain mortars or drain mortars): <br />Mix ASO-EZ4 to a mix ratio of 1:3 by volume (equates <br />to 1:4 parts by weight) with aggregate without fines in <br />a suitable screed mixer. In this context use aggregate <br />e.g. fine flint of particle size 2/5 mm, 5/8 mm, 8/12 <br />mm, or pearl gravel of particle size 4/8 mm. The <br />choice of aggregate is to be made from the desired <br />mortar bed thickness and availability. The water <br />addition is to be varied according to the moisture <br />content of the aggregate. When using dry aggregate <br />approx. 30 to 36% by weight of water related to the <br />ASO-EZ4 addition, i.e. 7.5 to 9 litres of water per <br />25 kg ASO-EZ4 is needed. Only add enough water <br />to the fresh mortar until a damp earth consistency is <br />achieved. The minimum thickness of the mortar bed must <br />be determined by the aggregate used as well as the <br />total construction and the expected service loads. Ensure <br />adequate drainage of the sub-base.</p> <p>b) Drainage screed on a separating layer on a <br />concrete slab e.g. Aquadrain EK, GUTJAHR <br />Install a drainage mat e.g. Aquadrain EK onto the <br />waterproofed, e.g. with AQUAFIN-2K/M, load <br />bearing substrate. Subsequently apply the drainage <br />mortar in a damp earth consistency, lightly tamp, install <br />edge sections and strike off to the designed level. Coat <br />the rear of the slabs/tiles with ASOCRET-HB-flex and lay <br />them into the freshly installed mortar bed and tap into <br />position. Dependent on the finishing material, grouting <br />is carried out with CRISTALLFUGE, ASO-Flexfuge or</p> <p>The following steps should be taken: <br />Fill a suitable screed mixer with ASO-EZ4 and <br />aggregate in the mixing ratio 1:1 by volume. <br />Subsequently add water and dependent on the screed <br />mixer, mix for 4 to 5 minutes in order to achieve <br />159</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>HF05-Brillantfuge after 3 days at the earliest. The <br />minimum thickness is 5 cm but also a minimum of 5 <br />times that of the largest particles used. Ensure there is <br />adequate dewatering of the drainage layer. I.e. an <br />adequate fall of min. 1 to 2% in the sub-base and on <br />the surface of the finishing material is to be designed.</p> <p>substrate. Dependent on the trafficking and sub-base <br />an approx. 20 cm (sandy substrate) to 40 cm (loamy <br />substrate) thick compacted supporting layer will be <br />necessary. <br />• The supporting layer is subsequently overlapped with <br />the water permeable protective and slip membrane <br />ASO-Systemvlies-02. <br />• Subsequently apply the drainage mortar in a damp <br />earth consistency, lightly tamp and strike off to the <br />designed level. The minimum thickness is 6 cm but <br />also a minimum of 5 times that of the largest particles <br />used. Coat the rear of the slabs/tiles with ASOCRETHB-flex and lay them into the freshly installed mortar <br />bed and tap into position. The slabs/tiles must be <br />frost resistant, minimum 3 cm thick and laid to falls of <br />minimum 1.5% or up to 3% for rough surfaces in the <br />direction of the dewatering. <br />• Grouting is carried out after a minimum of 3 days <br />with the water permeable grout POXICRET or <br />POXICRET-1K.</p> <p>c) Bonded or on a separating layer as described <br />in a) or b) onto the pre-installed cured drainage <br />screed <br />Install the natural stone or ceramic finish in a thin-bed or <br />medium-bed adhesive onto the cured drainage screed <br />that has been installed to the designed level, lightly <br />abraded and smoothed. The installation of the tiles is <br />carried out with CRISTALLIT-flex, CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex <br />or LIGHTFLEX that have each been modified with 2 kg <br />UNIFIX-B per 25 kg (15 kg for LIGHTFLEX). Once the <br />thin-bed or medium-bed adhesive has cured, grout with <br />CRISTALLFUGE, ASO-Flexfuge or HF05-Brillantfuge. <br />d) Floor finishes in the drainage mortar onto an <br />unbonded mineral-based base layer <br />This type of construction is suitable for light duty areas <br />such as garden paths, terraces, private driveways, <br />private entryways etc. With floor finishes where <br />subsidence is likely choose another construction as <br />described previously. The substrate in question must be <br />load bearing, able to drain and adequately designed <br />for the planned dynamic loads. Advice can be taken <br />from the directives for earthworks and road construction <br />– see “important advice” section. <br />• The supporting substrate – soil direct to prepared <br />ground or adequately compacted hardcore – should <br />be struck off to falls. With cohesive soil layers, design <br />falls in the substrate3% and where necessary <br />provide drainage. In all cases ensure there is <br />adequate dewatering of the sub-base. <br />• In order to avoid penetration from fines in slurry form <br />or from neighbouring soil into the construction – that <br />will eventually impair the drainage – install edge <br />aprons. Other measures that prevent the backflow of <br />surface water or penetration into the soil such as e.g. <br />channels, edging blocks are also possible. <br />• Arrange in layers a compacted cement-based <br />supporting layer e.g. 0/45 mm, 0/32 mm ballast <br />as a capillary breaking layer onto the prepared</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• By high temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts, <br />protect the screed from water loss during drying. To <br />ensure ideal hydration of cement, the screed can be <br />protected during the curing phase e.g. with plastic <br />sheeting or with continuous light misting. <br />• Instead of ASOCRET-HB-flex use an alternative <br />bonding slurry consisting of ASOPLAST-MZ diluted <br />1:1 to 2 with water and screed mortar consisting of <br />1 part by volume of ASO-EZ4 and 2 parts by volume <br />of aggregate of particle size 0-4 or 0-8 diameter. <br />• ASO-EZ4 is ready to receive floor finishes quickly <br />because it contains additives that require an <br />especially low water demand. If more water is <br />added than needed to achieve a stiff or stiff plastic <br />consistency, the excess water cannot be bound within <br />the system and must evaporate. This leads to the <br />screed being ready to receive finishes later. <br />• If a shorter mix time is selected or mixing is <br />not intensive enough, then the dispersion of all <br />components is not guaranteed. The readiness to <br />receive finishes early and high strength are no <br />longer guaranteed. <br />• ASO-EZ4 already contains fibres. If additional fibres <br />are to be mixed in, this can lead to delays in the <br />160</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>readiness to receive finishes. <br />• For installation in areas where there is an inadequate <br />aggregate quality or where storage of the mortar <br />components is not possible or desired, the preblended mortars ASO-EZ4-Plus, ASO-EZ2-Plus, <br />ASO-EZ6-Plus or ASO-EZ-LIGHT are available. <br />• Lower temperatures, high humidity and thick screeds <br />delay the setting, drying and achievement of <br />readiness for laying finishes (see also the BEB data <br />sheet “climatic requirements for the drying of screeds”). <br />Trials have shown that at lower temperatures (+5 °C <br />to +12 °C) the binding of the water proceeds at a <br />delayed rate so that the readiness to receive floor <br />finishes was only achieved belatedly. <br />• Water that bleeds to the surface indicates too much <br />water or aggregate addition (more than 3.3:1 by <br />volume equating to 5:1 parts by weight), the wrong <br />particle size distribution or inadequate mixing. This <br />results in a sandy surface. <br />• If when smoothed off the surface cannot be <br />adequately closed, this indicates that there are too <br />little fines in the aggregate. Here greater quantities of <br />ASO-EZ4 are required to replace the missing fines. <br />• Where there is rising damp from the substrate, a <br />functioning damp proof membrane is necessary prior <br />to laying the screed. Not relevant in conjunction with <br />finishes on drainage mortars on an unbonded mineralbased supporting layer. <br />• Ventilation on site is necessary. The interior and <br />floor temperature during application and for 1</p> <p>week afterwards must be a minimum of +5 °C. <br />De-humidifiers may not be used during the first <br />3 days. <br />• To determine the screeds readiness to receive finishes <br />carry out moisture measurements using a carbide <br />hygrometer (CM). Keep to the following limits: <br />• The quality of the aggregate used determines the <br />properties of the screed produced with it. The <br />aggregate must not contain any deleterious or <br />coloured constituents. Aggregate to DIN 4226 with <br />a consistent grading between A and B closer to B to <br />DIN 1045 should be used. If aggregates with other <br />particle size distributions are used, then the binder <br />demand can increase. Aggregates with a grading <br />between B and C to DIN 1045 require a high level <br />of ASO-EZ4. Which grade for which screed thickness <br />should be taken from the following table: <br />Grading</p> <p>Minimum <br />thickness</p> <p>0–4 mm <br />0–8 mm <br />0–16 mm</p> <p>10 mm <br />25 mm <br />50 mm</p> <p>30 mm <br />80 mm <br />160 mm</p> <p>• Perimeter, bay, construction and movement joints <br />are to be carried through or incorporated in the <br />designated position and composed of suitable <br />material e.g. edging strip. Crack control joints are to <br />be cut into the top third of the installed screed.</p> <p>Important advice table 1: <br />Maximum moisture content of the screed determined <br />Floor finish <br />Vapour impervious finishes <br />Textile finishes Vapour barrier <br />Vapour permeable <br />Parquet <br />Laminate flooring <br />Ceramic tiles, natural <br />Sand: <br />stone/concrete slabs <br />Cement fixing <br />Adhesive fixing</p> <p>Maximum <br />thickness</p> <p>with a carbide hygrometer <br />heated <br />unheated <br />1.8 % <br />2.0 % <br />1.8 % <br />2.5 % <br />2.0 % <br />3.0 % <br />1.8 % <br />2.0 % <br />1.8 % <br />2.0 % <br />2.0 % <br />2.0 %</p> <p>2.0 % <br />2.0 %</p> <p>The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be carried out in accordance with the current work instructions <br />of the FBH-AD from the technical information “coordination of cut out areas for heated floor constructions”.</p> <p>161</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• Do not mix with other cements or binders. <br />• Do not add any additives or other materials. <br />• Take heed of the technical data sheets for the <br />aforementioned products. <br />• The relevant current regulations are to be observed. <br />E.g.</p> <p>The technical structural information for natural stone <br />slabs from the German Association for Natural stone <br />slabs, especially the information paper DNV 1.4 floor <br />finishes, external. <br />Directives for earthworks and road construction: <br />The “directives for earthworks and road construction”, <br />RStO-2001. <br />The ZTV E-StB. 94 “Additional technical contractual <br />terms and directives for earthworks and road <br />construction”. <br />The ZTVT-StB. 95 “Additional technical contractual <br />terms and directives for supporting layers in road <br />construction”. <br />The FGSV-working paper “Paved areas with block <br />pavers and slab finishes accomplished by bonding”, <br />draft September 2003 from the Research Association <br />for road and traffic systems.</p> <p>DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18318 <br />DIN 18332 <br />DIN 18333 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN EN 13813 DIN 1055 <br />DIN 1045 <br />DIN 4226 <br />The BEB data sheets distributed by the National <br />Association for Screeds and Finishes <br />The technical information ““coordination of cut out <br />areas for heated floor constructions” <br />The ZDB data sheets distributed by the Technical <br />Association of the German Tile Industry. <br />[*1] Advice on the installation of waterproofing <br />combined with ceramic <br />tiles in interior and exterior areas. <br />[*2] Ceramic finishes subjected to high mechanical <br />stress. <br />[“3] Movement joints in tiled finishes. <br />[*4] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on cement-based screeds over insulation. <br />[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on heated cement-based floor constructions. <br />[*7] Exterior finishes.</p> <p>Please observe a valid European safety data sheet! <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>162</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-EZ4-Plus</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05528</p> <p>Rapid setting, water repellent pre-blended dry mortar</p> <p>Description: <br />ASO-EZ4-Plus is a fibre reinforced pre-blended mortar <br />for the production of water repellent cementitious <br />screeds and mortars that will take finishes early and <br />offer increased protection against frost damage and <br />efflorescence.</p> <p>• For the early installation of tiles <br />• Can be heated after 3 days according to <br />technical regulations <br />• Ready to use, simply add water <br />Typical Properties: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />As a rapid setting, water repellent mortar bed for laying <br />natural stone, tiles and slabs in exterior and wet areas <br />such as balconies, terraces, loggia, stairwells, <br />swimming pools, damp rooms, laundries and water <br />containers. Screeds produced with ASO-EZ4-Plus can <br />be laid either bonded, unbonded on polythene or <br />floating on insulation or as heated screeds whether as <br />a wearing finish or as a base for tiles, slabs and natural <br />stone. <br />For installation the general regulations for cementitious <br />screeds DIN 18560 and DIN 18353 apply. The <br />substrate must be able to take the loading according <br />to DIN 1055. <br />In duty wet areas falling under the wet area <br />classifications (FBK) 0, A02, B0 according to the ZDBWorksheet [*1], produce screeds with ASO-EZ4-PLUS <br />and the proper SCHOMBURG waterproofing system. <br />In wet areas under the classifications A2, B and C <br />according to general building codes, such as swimming <br />pools and pool decks and public showers, produce <br />screeds with ASO-EZ4-PLUS and the proper <br />SCHOMBURG waterproofing system.</p> <p>Colour: <br />Water addition:</p> <p>Mix method: <br />Bulk density <br />of fresh mortar: <br />Classification: <br />Fire rating: <br />Traffic after *): <br />Fully cured after *): <br />Working time *): <br />Application/ <br />substrate temp:</p> <p>special cement, additives, <br />aggregate <br />grey <br />1.6 – 2.0 litres / 25 kg <br />ASO-EZ4-Plus (semi-dry <br />consistency - stiff-plastic) <br />Forced paddle mixer, <br />free fall mixer <br />approx. 2.2 kg/dm3 <br />EN 13813 CT-C50-F6-A9 <br />A1 in accordance with <br />resolution 96/603/EG <br />approx. 6 hours <br />approx. 7 days <br />approx. 60 minutes <br />min. approx. +5° C to <br />max. approx. +30 °C</p> <p>*) Values relate to +23° C and 65% relative humidity. Higher <br />temperatures reduce and lower temperatures lengthen these <br />given times.</p> <p>Minimum nominal thickness to DIN 18560:</p> <p>[*] See advice below</p> <p>Beneath tiles</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Water repellent & protects against efflorescence <br />• High application assurance <br />• Consistent screed quality <br />• For interior and exterior areas <br />• Long working time <br />• Rapid setting – Foot traffic after 6 hours</p> <p>Beneath parquet, <br />carpet, linoleum <br />or PVC <br />In general</p> <p>163</p> <p>40 mm on <br />separating <br />30 mm on <br />separating</p> <p>insulation or <br />layer <br />insulation or <br />layer</p> <p>10 mm bonded</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-EZ4-Plus</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />For preparation we recommend using the Brinkmann <br />screed boy with a 65 mm hose diameter, or other <br />conventional screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret or <br />similar. Pay attention to the water addition and avoid <br />excess water. The working time is approx. 60 minutes at <br />+20° C. Mixing, application and finishing must follow <br />each other swiftly. Only measure out areas that can be <br />completed within this working time. Higher temperatures <br />reduce and lower temperatures lengthen the working <br />time and setting time. With bonded screeds first brush <br />ASOCRET-HB-flex into the mechanically abraded <br />concrete substrate. Lay the screed into the wet slurry <br />coat. The general regulations for cement-based screeds <br />DIN 18560 and 18353 should be followed for screed <br />laying.</p> <p>after 3 days with a water addition of 1.7 litres per <br />25kg ASO-EZ4-Plus, an ambient and substrate <br />temperature of +23° C, a relative humidity of 50% <br />and a thickness of 5 cm. <br />Confirmation should be sought by measuring the <br />moisture content with a carbide hygrometer. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />12 months when stored dry in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened packaging promptly. <br />Estimating & Supply: <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 20kg ASO-EZ4-Plus <br />per m2 / cm screed thickness <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bags <br />Cleaning of Tools: <br />Clean tools and equipment immediately with water.</p> <p>Mixing recommendations for mixing <br />and rotary feed machines: <br />In a conventional mixing machine with rotary feed with <br />a 220 litre mix capacity e.g. Brinkmann screed-boy, <br />PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret or similar mix together a total <br />of 250 kg ASO-EZ4-Plus with 16 – 20 litres water. This <br />relates to a mixer capacity of approx. 80% - which is <br />generally recommended by the equipment manufacturers. <br />Observe the following procedures: <br />First half fill the mix vessel with 125kg of ASO-EZ4-Plus <br />and approx. 10 litres water. Then fill with the rest of the <br />125kg of ASO-EZ4-Plus and 6 – 10 litres of water. <br />Keep to a total mix time of approx. 4 minutes as only <br />then can all components be dispersed and the final <br />consistency achieved.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• By high temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts, <br />protect the screed from water loss during drying. To <br />ensure ideal hydration of cement, the screed can be <br />protected during the curing phase e.g. with plastic <br />sheeting or with continuous light misting. <br />• Instead of using ASOCRET-HB-flex, an alternative <br />slurry bonding coat can be produced using <br />ASOPLAST-MZ diluted 1:1 with water and a screed <br />mortar composed of 25kg ASO-EZ4-Plus and 5 kg <br />ASO-EZ4. <br />• Please refer to the technical data sheets for the <br />products mentioned above. <br />• When too short a mix time is selected or the material <br />is not mixed intensively enough then the dispersion of <br />all components is not guaranteed. Early installation of <br />floor finishes and high strength is no longer given. <br />• The determination of the screed’s readiness to receive <br />floor finishes should be carried out using a carbide <br />hygrometer. Keep to the limiting values (see table 1). <br />• Lower temperatures, high humidity and thick screeds <br />delay the setting, drying and achievement of <br />readiness for laying finishes (see also the BEB data</p> <p>Mixing recommendations for a <br />free-fall mixer: <br />First add 4 litres of water, 100kg ASO-EZ4-Plus and a <br />further 2.5 – 4.0 litres of water. Subsequently mix for 5 <br />minutes and adjust the consistency with the addition of <br />water from semi-dry to stiff plastic. <br />Protect the screed from drying out too quickly e.g. from <br />heat or drafts. Screeds are ready to receive tiled finishes <br />164</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-EZ4-Plus <br />Important advice table 1: <br />Maximum moisture content of the screed determined with a carbide hygrometer <br />Floor finish <br />Heated <br />Unheated <br />Vapour impervious finishes <br />1.8 % <br />2.0 % <br />Textile finishes <br />Vapour barrier <br />1.8 % <br />2.5 % <br />Vapour permeable <br />2.0 % <br />3.0 % <br />Parquet <br />1.8 % <br />2.0 % <br />Laminate flooring <br />1.8 % <br />2.0 % <br />Ceramic tiles, <br />Sand: <br />natural stone/ <br />cement fixing <br />2.0 % <br />2.0 % <br />concrete slabs <br />Adhesive fixing <br />2.0 % <br />2.0 % <br />The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be carried out in accordance with the current working <br />instructions of the FBH-AD from the technical information “coordination of cut out areas for heated floor constructions”.</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>sheet “climatic requirements for the drying of <br />screeds”). Trials have shown that at lower <br />temperatures (+5° C to +12° C) the binding of the <br />water proceeds at a strongly delayed rate so that the <br />readiness to receive floor finishes is achieved later. <br />Water that bleeds to the surface indicates too <br />much water (more than 2 litres of water per 25 kg <br />ASO-EZ4-Plus). <br />ASO-EZ4-Plus can bind up to approx. 8% of its <br />weight of water in a crystalline way. Anything above <br />this level has to evaporate and consequently delays <br />the readiness to receive finishes. <br />Where rising dampness is present a functioning damp <br />proof membrane is necessary prior to the installation <br />of the screed. <br />Ventilation is necessary on the building site. The <br />interior and floor temperature must be a minimum of <br />+5° C during installation and for one week <br />afterwards. De-humidifiers may not be used in the first <br />3 days. <br />Do not add any cement or other binders. <br />Perimeter, bay, construction and movement joints are <br />to be carried through or incorporated in the <br />designated position and composed of suitable <br />material e.g. edging strip. Crack control joints are to <br />be cut into the top third of the installed screed.</p> <p>• Do not add any additives or other materials. <br />• The relevant current regulations are to be observed. <br />E.g. DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, <br />DIN EN 13813, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB data sheets distributed by the National <br />Association for Screeds and Finishes. <br />The technical information “coordination of cut out areas <br />for heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB data sheets distributed by the Technical <br />Association of the German Tile Industry. <br />[*1] Advice for the installation of waterproofing <br />combined with ceramic tiles in interior and exterior <br />areas (August 2000). <br />[*2] Mechanically heavy-duty ceramic floor finishes. <br />[*3] Movement joints in tiled finishes. <br />[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on cement-based screeds over insulation. <br />[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on heated cement-based floor constructions. <br />[*7] Tiled finishes on the exterior of buildings. <br />Please observe a valid European safety data sheet! <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>47/08</p> <p>165</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-EZ6</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05521</p> <p>Rapid screed cement</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Rapid crystalline water binding. <br />• Rapid setting. <br />• Long pot life. <br />• Traffic after approx. 4 - 6 hours. <br />• Shrinkage compensated. <br />• Lay tiles after 1 day. <br />• For interior and exterior areas. <br />• Can be heated after 3 days in accordance <br />with protocol.</p> <p>Mix method: <br />Bulk density <br />of fresh mortar: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-EZ6 is a rapid setting cement for producing <br />cement-based screeds that can take floor finishes early <br />and with high strength as a bonded screed, unbonded <br />screed, screed on insulation or as a heated screed <br />which is suitable as a wearing finish or as a substrate <br />for tiles, textile finishes, parquet or PVC. For installation <br />the general regulations for cementitious screeds DIN <br />18560 and DIN 18353 apply. The substrate must be <br />able to take the loading according to DIN 1055. <br />With ASO-EZ6, cementitious screeds classified as <br />CT-C25-F4 to EN 13813 can be produced with regard <br />to this application instruction. In wet duty classification <br />areas A0, A, B0, C in accordance with the ZDB data <br />sheet [*1], a screed produced with ASO-EZ6 can be <br />laid if a suitable bonded SCHOMBURG waterproof <br />membrane is installed. In swimming pools, wet duty <br />classification B in accordance with the ZDB data sheet <br />[*1], a screed produced with ASO-EZ2/ASO-EZ2Plus <br />or ASO-EZ4/ASO-EZ4-Plus can be laid if a suitable <br />bonded SCHOMBURG waterproof membrane is <br />installed.</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Cleaning: <br />Traffic after *): <br />Fully cured after *): <br />Pot life *):</p> <p>max. 40% by weight relating <br />to the ASO-EZ6 addition; <br />values refer to dry aggregate <br />Forced paddle mixer, <br />free fall mixer <br />approx. 2.2 kg/dm3 <br />dependent on aggregate used <br />6 months when stored dry <br />and cool in original unopened packaging. Used <br />opened packaging promptly. <br />25 kg bags <br />clean tools and equipment <br />immediately with water <br />approx. 4 hours <br />approx. 7 days <br />approx. 45 minutes</p> <p>*) values refer to 23 °C and 65% relative humidity. Higher temperatures <br />reduce and lower temperatures lengthen these given times.</p> <p>Approx. coverage kg/m2 ASO-EZ6: <br />Mixing ratio <br />Screed thickness , cm <br />1:4**) <br />1 <br />4.1 <br />4 <br />16.3 <br />5 <br />20.4 <br />6 <br />24.4</p> <p>Parts by weight <br />1:5**) <br />3.4 <br />13.6 <br />17.0 <br />20.4</p> <p>**) 1:4 parts by weight relates to approx. 1:2.7 parts by volume. 1:5 parts by <br />weight relates to approx. 1:3.3 parts by volume.</p> <p>Minimum thickness to DIN 18560: <br />Beneath tiles <br />45 mm on insulation or <br />separating layer <br />Beneath parquet, <br />35 mm on insulation or <br />carpet, linoleum <br />separating layer <br />or PVC <br />In general <br />10 mm bonded</p> <p>[*] See important advice section below.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Mixing ratio:</p> <p>special cement, additives <br />dark grey <br />ASO-EZ6 / aggregate: <br />1:4 to 1:5 parts by weight <br />Application/substrate temp: min. approx. +5° C to <br />max. approx. +30 °C <br />Water addition: <br />dependent on the moisture in <br />the aggregate used, up to</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />For preparation we recommend using the Brinkmann <br />screed boy with a 65 mm hose diameter, or other <br />conventional screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret</p> <p>166</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>or similar. Pay attention to the moisture content of the <br />aggregate and avoid excess water. The pot life is <br />approx. 45 minutes at +20 °C. Mixing, application <br />and finishing must follow each other swiftly. Only <br />measure out areas that can be completed within <br />this pot life. Higher temperatures reduce and lower <br />temperatures lengthen the pot life and setting time. With <br />bonded screeds firstly brush ASOCRET-HB-flex into <br />the mechanically abraded concrete substrate. Lay the <br />screed into the wet slurry coat. The general regulations <br />for cement-based screeds DIN 18560 and 18353 <br />should be followed for screed laying.</p> <p>tiled finishes after 1 day when a mix ratio of 1:4 parts <br />by weight has been used with dry aggregate, to DIN <br />4226 with a particle size distribution between A8 – B8 <br />nearer B8 with a consistent particle distribution, with <br />a water addition of 20 litres per 50 kg ASO-EZ6 at <br />an ambient and substrate temperature of +23 °C and <br />50% relative humidity and laid 5 cm thick. Confirmation <br />should be sought by measuring the moisture content with <br />a carbide hygrometer. Where screeds with a particular <br />screed quality in accordance with DIN EN 13813 <br />are required, then trial areas will be necessary. These <br />should be carried out before commencing work.</p> <p>Mixing recommendations <br />for mixing and rotary feed machines: <br />In a conventional mixing machine with rotary feed with <br />a 220 litre mix capacity, e.g. Putzmeister Mixocret, mix <br />200 kg aggregate with 50 kg ASO-EZ6. This relates to <br />a mixer capacity of approx. 80% - which is generally <br />recommended by the equipment manufacturers. <br />Observe the following procedures: <br />Firstly add half the aggregate of particle size 0/8 to <br />the mixing drum (approx. 15 shovels at 7 kg), approx. <br />10 litres of water and 50 kg ASO-EZ6. Then, fill the <br />mixing drum with the remaining aggregate (a further <br />15 shovels at 7 kg dependent on the mixing ratio) and <br />add the remaining water. A total of approx. 10 – 20 <br />litres of water will be needed dependent on the moisture <br />content of the aggregate. The latter value refers to <br />dry aggregate. In general, 0/8 mm aggregate has a <br />moisture content of approx. 4% which means that <br />200 kg of aggregate already contains 8 litres of water. <br />The total mix time is approx. 2 – 3 minutes.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• By high temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts, <br />protect the screed from water loss during drying. To <br />ensure ideal hydration of cement, the screed can be <br />protected during the curing phase e.g. with plastic <br />sheeting or with continuous light misting. <br />• Instead of using ASOCRET-HB-flex an alternative slurry <br />bonding coat can be produced using ASOPLASTMZ diluted 1:1 with water and a screed mortar <br />composed of 1 part by volume ASO-EZ6 and 2 <br />parts by volume aggregate of particle size 0 – 4 or <br />0 – 8 mm diameter. <br />• For use in areas where the aggregate quality is <br />inadequate or where storing the mortar components is <br />not possible or desired then the pre-blended mortars <br />ASO-EZ6-Plus, ASO-EZ4-Plus and ASO-EZ2-Plus are <br />available. <br />• The determination of the screed’s readiness to receive <br />floor finishes should be carried out using a carbide <br />hygrometer. Keep to the following limiting values:</p> <p>Mixing recommendations <br />for a free-fall mixer: <br />Recommended mix ratio 1:3 by volume (relates to <br />approx. 1:4.5 parts by weight); add approx. 3 litres <br />water, approx. 60 kg of the aggregate (0 – 8 mm <br />diameter, approx. 8 shovels) and pre-mix with 25 kg <br />of ASO-EZ6 for approx. 1 minute. Subsequently add <br />the remaining aggregate of approx. 40 kg (0 – 8 mm <br />diameter, approx. 6 shovels) and mix for 1 - 2 minutes. <br />Adjust the consistency with water from semi-dry to stiffplastic. Protect the screed from drying out too quickly <br />e.g. from heat or drafts. Screeds are ready to receive</p> <p>• When too short a mix time is selected or the material <br />is not mixed intensively enough then the dispersion of <br />all components is not guaranteed. Early laying of floor <br />finishes and high strength is no longer given. <br />• Lower temperatures, high humidity and thick <br />screeds delay the setting, drying and achievement <br />of readiness for laying finishes (also see the BEB <br />data sheet “climatic requirements for the drying <br />of screeds”). Trials have shown that at lower <br />temperatures (+5 °C to +10 °C) the binding of the <br />water proceeds heavily delayed so that the readiness <br />to receive floor finishes is achieved after 2 days. <br />167</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Important advice table 1: <br />Maximum moisture content of the screed determined with a carbide hygrometer <br />Floor finish <br />heated <br />unheated <br />Vapour impervious finishes <br />1.8% <br />2.0% <br />Textile finishes Vapour barrier <br />1.8% <br />2.5% <br />Vapour permeable <br />2.0% <br />3.0% <br />Parquet <br />1.8% <br />2.0% <br />Laminate flooring <br />1.8% <br />2.0% <br />Ceramic tiles, natural <br />Sand: <br />stone/concrete slabs <br />cement fixing <br />2.0% <br />2.0% <br />Adhesive fixing <br />2.0% <br />2.0% <br />The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be carried out in accordance with the current working instructions <br />of the FBH-AD from the technical information “coordination of cut out areas with heated floor construction”.</p> <p>• Water that bleeds to the surface indicates too much <br />water or aggregate (more than 3.3:1 by volume <br />relating to 5:1 parts by weight), an incorrect particle <br />size distribution or insufficient mixing. This results in a <br />sandy surface. <br />• The quality of the aggregate is a determining factor <br />in the properties of the screed produced with it. <br />Aggregate to DIN 4226 with a consistent particle <br />size distribution between A and B nearer to B to <br />DIN 1045 should be used. Where aggregates with <br />different particle size distributions are used then the <br />binder demand may increase. Aggregates with a <br />particle size distribution between B and C to <br />DIN 1045 require higher levels of ASO-EZ6. Which <br />particle size distribution for which screed thickness <br />should be extracted from the following table: <br />Particle size</p> <p>0 - 4 mm <br />0 - 8 mm <br />0 - 16 mm</p> <p>Minimum <br />thickness <br />10 mm <br />25 mm <br />50 mm</p> <p>• If the surface of the screed cannot be sufficiently <br />tightened during rubbing off then this indicates that <br />too low a fines content was used in the aggregate. <br />Here larger amounts of ASO-EZ6 are needed to <br />replace the missing fines. <br />• A functioning damp proof membrane is necessary <br />where rising damp is present in the substrate, prior to <br />laying screeds. <br />• Where necessary add reinforcement with <br />CRACKBLOCKER (24 mm). Corrosion protection <br />for metallic mesh is not given. <br />• Ventilation is necessary on the building site. The <br />interior and floor temperature must be a minimum <br />of +5 °C during installation and for one week <br />afterwards. De-humidifiers may not be used in the <br />first 3 days. <br />• Do not mix with other cements or binders. <br />• Perimeter, bay, construction and movement joints <br />are to be carried through or incorporated in the <br />designated position and composed of suitable <br />material e.g. edging strip. <br />• Do not add any additives. <br />• Follow the data sheets for the products mentioned <br />above.</p> <p>Maximum <br />thickness <br />30 mm <br />80 mm <br />160 mm</p> <p>• ASO-EZ6 can from a crystalline bond with up to 40% <br />of its weight in water. Quantities above this must <br />evaporate and therefore delay the screed’s readiness <br />to receive finishes.</p> <p>168</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• The relevant current regulations are to be observed. <br />E.g. DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, <br />DIN 13813, DIN 1055, DIN 1045, DIN 4226, <br />the technical information “coordination of cut out <br />areas with heated floor construction”, the ZDB data <br />sheets distributed by the Technical Association of the <br />German Tile Industry. <br />The BEB data sheets distributed by the National <br />Association for Screeds and Finishes. <br />[*1] Bonded waterproof membranes <br />[*3] Movement joints in tiled finishes. <br />[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on cement-based screeds over insulation. <br />[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on heated cement-based screeds. <br />[*7] Tiled finishes on the exterior of buildings. <br />Please observe a valid European safety data sheet! <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>169</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-EZ6-Plus</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05500</p> <p>Rapid setting pre-blended dry mortar</p> <p>produced with ASO-EZ2-Plus or ASO-EZ4-Plus are to <br />be used when a suitable SCHOMBURG waterproof <br />coating is applied. <br />SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold <br />siehe Chargenaufdruck</p> <p>[*] see advice section</p> <p>EN 13813 CT-C70-F7-A9 <br />ASO-EZ6-Plus</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Rapid hardening cementitious <br />screed mortar for interior <br />floor areas <br />Reaction to fire <br />96/603/EU</p> <p>A1fl</p> <p>Colour: <br />Water addition:</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Rapid crystalline water binding <br />• Shrinkage compensated <br />High application assurance <br />• Constant screed quality <br />• Long working time <br />• Foot traffic after 4-6 hours <br />• Rapid setting <br />• Tiles can be installed after 1 day <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Can be heated after 3 days according to technical <br />regulations</p> <p>Mix method: <br />Bulk density <br />of fresh mortar: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Packaging: <br />Cleaning tools:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-EZ6-Plus is a pre-blended mortar for the production <br />of rapid setting, high strength bonded, unbonded, <br />floating or heated cement-based screeds that will take <br />finishes early. These screeds are suitable for use as a <br />wearing finish or as a substrate for tiles, textile flooring, <br />parquet or PVC. For installation the general regulations <br />for cementitious screeds DIN 18560 and DIN 18353 <br />apply. The substrate must be able to take the loading <br />according to DIN 1055.</p> <p>Application/substrate <br />temperature: <br />Working time *): <br />Foot traffic after *): <br />Fully cured after *): <br />Classification: <br />Fire rating:</p> <p>In areas designated wet duty classification A0, A, <br />B0, C in accordance with the ZDB data sheet [*1], <br />A02 in accordance with the ZDB information sheet <br />[*1] or wet duty classification A2 in accordance with <br />technical test criteria, a screed produced with <br />ASO-EZ6-Plus can be installed when a suitable <br />SCHOMBURG waterproof coating is applied. <br />In swimming pools, wet duty classification B, in <br />accordance with the ZDB data sheet [*1], screeds</p> <p>special cement, additives, <br />aggregate <br />dark grey <br />1.6 – 2.0 litres / 25 kg <br />ASO-EZ6-Plus <br />(6.5 – 8.0 % water) <br />Forced paddle mixer, <br />free fall mixer <br />approx. 2.2 kg/dm3 <br />6 months when stored dry <br />in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />approx. 20 kg ASO-EZ6-Plus <br />per m2 / cm screed thickness <br />25 kg bags <br />Clean tools and equipment <br />with water immediately <br />after use. <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />approx. 45 minutes <br />approx. 4 hours <br />approx. 7 days <br />EN 13813 CT-C70-F7-A9 <br />A1fl in accordance with <br />resolution 96/603/EG</p> <p>*) Values relate to +23 °C and 65% relative humidity. Higher <br />temperatures reduce and lower temperatures lengthen these <br />given times.</p> <p>170</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Minimum nominal thickness to DIN 18560: <br />Beneath tiles <br />Beneath parquet, <br />carpet, linoleum <br />or PVC <br />In general <br />*2)</p> <p>40 mm on <br />separating <br />30 mm on <br />separating</p> <p>Mixing recommendations for a <br />free-fall mixer: <br />First add 4 litres of water, 100kg ASO-EZ6-Plus and a <br />further 2.5 – 4.0 litres of water. Subsequently mix for <br />1-2 minutes and adjust by adding water to produce a <br />semi-dry to stiff plastic consistency.</p> <p>insulation or <br />layer*2) <br />insulation or <br />layer*2)</p> <p>Protect the screed from drying out too quickly e.g. from <br />heat or drafts. Screeds are ready to receive tiled finishes <br />after 1 day with a water addition of 2 litres per 25kg <br />ASO-EZ6-Plus, an ambient and substrate temperature of <br />+23 °C, a relative humidity of 50% and a thickness of <br />5cm. Confirmation should be sought by measuring the <br />moisture content with a carbide hygrometer.</p> <p>10 mm bonded</p> <p>Thickness reductions are possible due to static calculations and <br />measurements assessed with the pre-blended mortar.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />For preparation we recommend the Brinkmann screed <br />boy with a 65mm pipe diameter, or other conventional <br />screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret or similar. Pay <br />attention to the water addition and avoid excess water. <br />The working time is approx. 45 minutes at +23ºC. <br />Mixing, application and finishing must follow each other <br />swiftly. Only measure out areas that can be completed <br />within this working time. Higher temperatures reduce <br />and lower temperatures lengthen the working time and <br />setting time. For bonded screeds first brush ASOCRETHB-flex onto the prepared, e.g. mechanically abraded, <br />concrete substrate. Lay the screed into the wet slurry <br />coat. The general regulations for cement-based screeds <br />DIN 18560 and 18353 should be followed for screed <br />laying.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Instead of using ASOCRET-HB-flex, an alternative <br />slurry bonding coat can be produced using <br />ASOPLAST-MZ diluted 1:1 with water and a screed <br />mortar composed of 25kg ASO-EZ6-Plus and 5kg <br />ASO-EZ6. <br />• Please refer to the technical data sheets for the <br />products mentioned above. <br />• When too short a mix time is selected or the material <br />is not mixed intensively enough the dispersion of all <br />components is not guaranteed. Early installation of <br />floor finishes and high strength is no longer given. <br />• The determination of the screed’s readiness to receive <br />floor finishes should be carried out using a carbide <br />hygrometer. Keep to the limiting values (see table 1). <br />• Lower temperatures, high humidity and thick <br />screeds delay the setting, drying and achievement <br />of readiness for laying finishes (see also the BEB <br />data sheet “climatic requirements for the drying <br />of screeds”). Trials have shown that at lower <br />temperatures (+5 °C to +12 °C) the binding of <br />the water proceeds at a delayed rate so that the <br />readiness to receive floor finishes was only achieved <br />after 2 days. <br />• Water that bleeds to the surface indicates too <br />much water (more than 2 litres of water per 25kg <br />ASO-EZ6-Plus). <br />• ASO-EZ6-Plus can bind up to approx. 8% of its <br />weight of water in a crystalline way. Anything above <br />this level has to evaporate and consequently delays <br />the readiness to receive finishes.</p> <p>Mixing recommendations for mixing <br />and rotary feed machines: <br />In a conventional mixing machine with rotary feed with <br />a 220 litre mix capacity e.g. Brinkmann screed-boy, <br />PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret or similar mix together a total <br />of 250 kg ASO-EZ6-Plus with 16 – 20 litres mains <br />water. This relates to a mixer capacity of approx. 80% <br />- which is generally recommended by the equipment <br />manufacturers. <br />Observe the following procedures: <br />First half fill the mix vessel with 125kg of ASO-EZ6-Plus <br />and approx. 10 litres water. Then fill with the rest of the <br />125kg of ASO-EZ6-Plus and 6 – 10 litres of water. The <br />total mix time is approx. 3 minutes.</p> <p>171</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Important advice table: <br />Maximum moisture content of the screed determined with a carbide hygrometer <br />Floor finish <br />Heated <br />Unheated <br />Vapour impervious finishes <br />1.8 % <br />2.0 % <br />Textile finishes <br />Vapour barrier <br />1.8 % <br />2.5 % <br />Vapour permeable <br />2.0 % <br />3.0 % <br />Parquet <br />1.8 % <br />2.0 % <br />Laminate flooring <br />1.8 % <br />2.0 % <br />Ceramic tiles, <br />Sand: <br />natural stone/ <br />cement fixing <br />2.0 % <br />2.0 % <br />concrete slabs <br />Adhesive fixing <br />2.0 % <br />2.0 % <br />The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be carried out in accordance with the current working instructions <br />of the FBH-AD from the technical information “coordination of cut out areas for heated floor constructions”.</p> <p>• Where rising dampness is present a installation of a <br />functioning damp proof membrane is necessary prior <br />to laying the screed. <br />• If necessary add CRAKBLOCKER (24mm) as <br />reinforcement, corrosion protection for screeding <br />mesh is not guaranteed. <br />• Ventilation is necessary on the building site. The <br />interior and floor temperature must be a minimum <br />of +5 °C during installation and for one week <br />afterwards. De-humidifiers may not be used in the <br />first 3 days. <br />• Do not add cement or other binders. <br />• Perimeter, bay, construction and movement joints <br />are to be carried through or incorporated in the <br />designated position and composed of suitable <br />material e.g. edging strip. Crack control joints are to <br />be cut into the top third of the installed screed. <br />• Do not add any additives or other materials. <br />• The relevant current regulations are to be observed. <br />E.g. DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, <br />DIN EN 13813, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB data sheets distributed by the National <br />Association for Screeds and Finishes. The technical <br />information “coordination of cut out areas for <br />heatedfloor constructions” <br />The ZDB data sheets distributed by the Technical <br />Association of the German Tile Industry.</p> <p>[*1] Bonded waterproof membranes <br />[“3] Movement joints in tiled finishes. <br />[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on cement-based screeds over insulation. <br />[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on heated cement-based floor constructions. <br />Please observe a valid European safety data sheet! <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>172</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-EZ-LIGHT-Plus</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05038</p> <p>Lightweight cement-based screed</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>Weight: <br />Coefficient of thermal <br />conductivity h: <br />Water addition: <br />Mixing method:</p> <p>EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus <br />Lightweight cementitious screed mortar <br />for interior and exterior floor areas</p> <p>Reaction to fire: <br />96/603/EU</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>A1fl</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Pre-blended factory produced mortar. <br />• Very low weight per unit area. <br />• Especially suitable for renovation work. <br />• High application confidence. <br />• Constant screed quality. <br />• For interior and exterior use. <br />• Long working time.</p> <p>Application/ <br />substrate temperature: <br />Classification: <br />Fire classification: <br />Packaging: <br />Cleaning:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus is a pre-blended material for <br />producing screeds with low weight per unit area. <br />Screeds produced with ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus are suitable <br />as bonded screeds or unbonded screeds over a <br />separating layer or insulation as well as heated screeds, <br />whether used as a wearing finish or as a substrate <br />for further finishes e.g. tiles, slabs and natural stone. <br />Screeds must be applied following general guidelines <br />for cement-based screeds in accordance with <br />DIN 18560 and 18353. The substrate must be able <br />to take the additional loading in accordance with <br />DIN 1055. <br />In wet areas the ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus screed is to be <br />waterproofed with a suitable SCHOMBURG tanking <br />product e.g. AQUAFIN-2K/M. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour:</p> <p>Traffic after*): <br />Full loading after*): <br />Working time*):</p> <p>approx. 13kg <br />ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus per m2/ <br />cm screed thickness <br />approx. 14 kg/m2/cm <br />screed thickness <br />approx. 0.17 W/m °K <br />4.5 to 5.5 litres / 25 kg <br />Forced paddle mixer, <br />free fall mixer <br />Cool and dry, 12 months in <br />the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />A1fl in accordance with <br />resolution 96/603/EG <br />25 kg containers <br />Cleans tools and equipment <br />with water immediately after <br />use <br />approx. 48 hours <br />approx. 28 days <br />approx. 60 minutes</p> <p>*) The values given relate to +23 °C and 65% relative humidity. <br />Higher temperatures shorten whereas lower temperatures lengthen <br />the given timings.</p> <p>Minimum nominal thickness DIN 18560:</p> <p>special cement, additives, <br />special lightweight aggregate <br />grey</p> <p>173</p> <p>Beneath tiles</p> <p>45 mm on insulation or a <br />separating layer</p> <p>Beneath parquet, carpet, <br />linoleum or PVC</p> <p>40 mm on insulation or a <br />separating layer</p> <p>General</p> <p>20 mm bonded</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />For preparation we recommend using the Brinkmann <br />screed boy with a 65 mm hose diameter, or other <br />conventional screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret or <br />similar. Observe the water ratio and eliminate excess <br />water. At +20 °C the pot life is 60 minutes. Mixing, <br />laying and finishing must be carried out efficiently and <br />consecutively. The area must only be measured out to a <br />size that can be completed within this pot life. Higher <br />temperatures shorten and lower temperatures lengthen <br />the pot life and setting time. For bonded screeds brush <br />apply ASOCRET-HB-flex to the prepared, e.g. by shotblasting, concrete base. Lay the screed into the wet <br />bonding coat. Installation should be in accordance with <br />the general guidelines for screeds, DIN 18560 and <br />DIN 18353. Shortly after levelling the screed briefly rub <br />the surface and subsequently smoothen. The consistency <br />is correct when a porous open surface is achieved. <br />Too smooth a closed surface indicates too high a water <br />addition.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• When too short a mix time is selected or the material <br />is not mixed intensively enough then the dispersion of <br />all components is not guaranteed. The determination <br />of the screed’s readiness to receive floor finishes <br />should be carried out using a carbide hygrometer. <br />Keep to the following limiting values: <br />Maximum moisture content of the screed determined with a <br />carbide hygrometer</p> <p>Floor finish</p> <p>unheated</p> <p>Vapour impervious <br />finishes</p> <p>2.0%</p> <p>Textile finishes</p> <p>Mixing recommendations for mix machines with <br />conveyor feed: <br />A total of 200 kg ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus can be mixed with <br />36 - 44 litres of clean water in a conventional mixing <br />machine with a 220 litre mix vessel e.g. Brinkmann <br />screed-boy or PFT Putzmeister Mixocret or similar. <br />Carry out the following procedures: <br />Firstly fill the mix vessel with 100 kg ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus <br />and add approx. 30 litres of water. Afterwards add the <br />remaining 100 kg ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus and pour in a <br />further 6 - 14 litres of water. Keep to a total mix time of <br />2 minutes so that all components are dispersed and the <br />final consistency is achieved.</p> <p>Vapour <br />barrier</p> <p>2.5%</p> <p>Vapour <br />permeable</p> <p>3.0%</p> <p>Parquet</p> <p>2.0%</p> <p>Laminate flooring</p> <p>2.0%</p> <p>Ceramic tiles, <br />natural stone/ <br />concrete slabs</p> <p>Sand: <br />cement fixing</p> <p>2.0%</p> <p>Adhesive fixing</p> <p>2.0%</p> <p>The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be <br />carried out in accordance with the current working instructions <br />of the FBH-AD from the technical information “coordination of <br />cut out areas with heated floor construction”.</p> <p>• By high temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts, <br />protect the screed from water loss during drying. To <br />ensure ideal hydration of cement, the screed can be <br />protected during the curing phase e.g. with plastic <br />sheeting or with continuous light misting. <br />• Lower temperatures, high humidity and thick screeds <br />delay the setting time, drying and achievement <br />of readiness for laying finishes (also see the BEB <br />data sheet “climatic requirements for the drying <br />of screeds”). Trials have shown that at lower <br />temperatures (+5 °C to +12 °C) the binding of the <br />water proceeds heavily delayed so that the readiness <br />to receive floor finishes is achieved later.</p> <p>Mixing recommendations for free fall mixers: <br />First pour in 9 litres of water and add 50 kg of <br />ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus, and mix for 2 minutes. Adjust the <br />consistency through water addition to a semi-dry to stiffplastic consistency. Protect the fresh screed from rapid <br />drying e.g. from heat or draughts. We recommend post <br />treating with evaporation protection consisting of either, <br />1 part ASOPLAST-MZ to 2 parts water, or by covering <br />with polythene.</p> <p>174</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• Water that bleeds to the surface indicates too <br />much water. <br />• A functioning damp proof membrane is necessary <br />where rising damp is present in the substrate. <br />• Ventilation is necessary on the building site. The <br />interior and floor temperature must be a minimum <br />of +5 °C during installation and for one week <br />afterwards. De-humidifiers may not be used in the <br />first 3 days. <br />• Do not mix with other cements or binders. <br />• Perimeter, bay, construction and movement joints <br />are to be carried through or incorporated in the <br />designated position and composed of suitable <br />material e.g. edging strip. Crack control joints are to <br />be cut into the top third of the installed screed. <br />• Do not add any additives. <br />• The relevant current regulations are to be observed. <br />E.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN EN 13813 <br />DIN 1055 <br />The BEB data sheets distributed by the National <br />Association for Screeds and Finishes. The technical <br />information ““coordination of cut out areas with <br />heated floor construction”. The ZDB data sheets <br />distributed by the Technical Association of the <br />German Tile Industry. <br />[*1] Advice for the installation of waterproofing <br />combined with ceramic tiles in interior and exterior <br />areas (January 2005). <br />[*2] Mechanically heavy-duty ceramic floor finishes. <br />[“3] Movement joints in tiled finishes. <br />[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on cement-based floor constructions over <br />insulation. <br />[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete <br />blocks on heated cement-based floor constructions. <br />[*7] Tiled finishes on the exterior of buildings. <br />Please observe a valid European safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1 <br />50/12</p> <p>175</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-Flexfuge</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04260</p> <p>Rapid-hardening cement-based grout</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Good application and wash-off <br />properties <br />• Water repellent <br />• Rapid hardening <br />• Free from silicosis causing fine quartz <br />dust hazardous to health <br />• Smooth consistency <br />• Vapour permeable <br />• Cures without cracks <br />• Resistant to freeze/thaw cycles <br />• Suitable for floor and wall heating <br />• Colours matched to the ESCOSIL silicone system <br />• CG2WA in accordance with DIN EN 13888</p> <p>Full service conditions*): after approx. 7 days <br />Compressive strength: <br />>15 N/mm2 to EN 12808-3 <br />Flexural strength*): <br />> 2,5 N/mm2 to <br />DIN EN 12808-3 <br />Storage: <br />Cool and dry, 9 months in <br />original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging immediately. <br />Water demand: <br />1.0 – 1.2 l / 6 kg or <br />4.0 – 5.0 l /25 kg <br />Consumption: <br />see table <br />Cleaning: <br />with water in the fresh state <br />Bulk density: <br />approx. 1.4 kg/dm3 <br />Fresh mortar density: <br />approx. 2.0 kg/dm3</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-Flexfuge is suitable for grouting fully vitrified, <br />vitrified and earthenware tiles, brick slips, tile slips, <br />facing and flooring clinker tiles in bathrooms, showers <br />and living rooms, on terraces, balconies and loggia. <br />As well as facades, in swimming pools, commercial <br />and industrial areas, and on heated and flow screeds. <br />Furthermore ASO-Flexfuge is suitable for grouting natural <br />stone, if compatible with the properties specific to the <br />natural stone material and discoloration, e.g. due to the <br />stone’s own constituents, can be eliminated. <br />We recommend CRITSALLFUGE for grouting natural <br />stone. For grouting tiles on walls we recommend <br />ASO-Fugenbunt.</p> <p>*) The figures indicated are related to +20 °C and 65 % relative <br />humidity.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour:</p> <p>Application-/ <br />Substrate temp.: <br />Pot life *): <br />Packaging: <br />Joint width: <br />Foot traffic after *):</p> <p>Consumption table: <br />Tile/slab <br />format (in cm)</p> <p>Joint width <br />(in mm)</p> <p>Joint depth <br />(in mm)</p> <p>Consumption <br />per m2 (in kg)</p> <p>20 x 20</p> <p>3</p> <p>8</p> <p>approx. 0.5</p> <p>20 x 20</p> <p>4</p> <p>8</p> <p>approx. 0.7</p> <p>30 x 30</p> <p>5</p> <p>8</p> <p>approx. 0.5</p> <p>24 x 11.5</p> <p>10</p> <p>12</p> <p>approx. 3.2</p> <p>24 x 11.5</p> <p>10</p> <p>20</p> <p>approx. 5.3</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />Adequately rake out tile joints once the adhesive has <br />set sufficiently, then wash the tile surface with water. <br />The adhesive must be fully set otherwise discolouration <br />may appear on the grout joints. Pre-wet strongly porous <br />surfaces uniformly with water. Joints must be clean and <br />free from separating media. The time at which grouting <br />may commence depends on the adhesive used and <br />varies from 3 to 72 hours. Mortar beds used in sand : <br />cement fixing must be sufficiently set and uniformly dry. <br />Do not grout surfaces with differing surface temperatures <br />(i.e. in direct sunlight). The consistency of the grout is to <br />be adjusted dependent on the porosity of the cladding <br />material and the substrate.</p> <p>cement, mineral aggregates, <br />high quality additives <br />cement grey, medium grey, <br />graphite <br />(Colour illustration - see table <br />on the last page) <br />+5 °C to +25 °C <br />approx. 30 minutes <br />6 kg bag, 25 kg sack <br />3 to 20 mm <br />approx 2 hours</p> <p>176</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />1. Mix ASO-Flexfuge with clean water in a clean mixing <br />bucket. Dependent on the desired consistency, place <br />4.0 – 5.0 litres of water in the bucket and add 25 kg <br />ASO-Flexfuge and mix until smooth and homogenous. <br />We recommend mixing with a suitable mechanical <br />mixer (speed approx. 300 – 500 rpm). Allow to stand <br />for 4 minutes, then re-mix the grout. In order to avoid <br />colour variations, always keep the mix ratio constant. <br />2. Work ASO-Flexfuge into wall or floor joints using <br />a grout float and light pressure. Strike off cleanly and <br />diagonally to the grout lines, so that a full joint is <br />achieved. <br />3. Once the grout has started to stiffen (finger test), <br />wash the joint profile clean with a dampened sponge <br />board. After approx. 10 – 15 minutes wash the tile <br />face clean with the sponge board. <br />4. Keep movement joints empty in readiness for elastic <br />sealing with ESCOSIL-2000 or ESCOSIL-2000-UW. <br />Rake out any adhesive residues and wash with a lightly <br />dampened sponge.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Joint mortar which has already begun hardening <br />should not be made workable again through the <br />addition of water or fresh mortar. There is an <br />increased danger of colour discrepancies. <br />• Do not powder and remove ASO-Flexfuge with dry <br />material. Increased risk of discolouration exists due to <br />inadequate dissociation of the component parts. <br />• We recommend regular aftercare and cleaning <br />for the grouted surface though the use of neutral or <br />slightly alkaline cleaners at the prescribed application <br />concentration. After cleaning, rinse the surface with <br />clean water. <br />• When using acid based cleaners observe the <br />appropriate directions. Refer to the specific properties <br />of the tile material installed. Pre-wet the joints, then <br />apply the cleaner – at low concentrations. Keep <br />the activity time of the cleaner to a minimum and <br />follow by washing with plenty of water. When used <br />incorrectly, e.g. dosage too high, extended contact <br />with the grout or omitting pre-wetting, acid based <br />cleaners can impair the strength or even completely <br />destroy the grout matrix. <br />• Only use clean water and clean tools. <br />• Clean the substrates thoroughly prior to grouting. <br />• Regard the setting time of adhesives and mortars. <br />Discoloration may occur by grouting too early. <br />• Protect the joints from rapidly drying out in drafts <br />and strong sunlight by hanging polythene sheets or <br />repeated wetting of the joints! <br />• Protect grouting until hardened from rain and frost! <br />• Joints around tile bays, interruptions and pipe outlets <br />as well as perimeter and connection joints should <br />be sealed with an elastic material such as <br />ESCOSIL-2000, ESCOSIL-2000-ST or <br />ESCOSIL-2000-UW dependant on application. <br />• Irregular moisture penetration, resulting from the <br />sub-base, mortar bed, temperature variations or the <br />material installed, can lead to colour variation in <br />the grout finish, which does not impair the quality <br />of the grout and which may recede with favourable <br />conditions. We cannot therefore guarantee that there <br />will be no colour variation. <br />• The use of ASO-Flexfuge is not a substitute for <br />waterproofing measures.</p> <p>Any mortar film remaining can be washed off after a <br />few hours using a sponge board and clean water. <br />When cleaning do not use dry cloths as there is a risk <br />of discoloration due to rubbing dried grout into the <br />grout joints, which are still damp. Protect the freshly <br />grouted areas from conditions, which may affect the <br />setting such as high temperatures, wind, rain or frost. In <br />unfavourable weather conditions (low humidity, draught, <br />wind) and with highly absorbent tile bodies, the grout <br />curing process can be optimized by post-treating the <br />joints with clean water (wetting with the sponge board). <br />Frequently replace wash-off water with fresh water. <br />When grouting tiles with profiled, rough, unglazed or <br />porous surfaces as well as natural stone with textured <br />surfaces, polished porcelain with surface micro-pores <br />of varying size, it is recommended that a test area <br />is carried out (possibly lightly dampen the surface or <br />impregnate before grouting) to assess the ease with <br />which cement or pigment residues can be washed off. <br />The time at which the grout should be washed off is <br />dependent on the tile type and the prevailing climate. <br />After waiting for a sufficient amount of time, smoothen <br />the surface without washing out the joints.</p> <p>177</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• Unwashed aggregates from sand:cement bedding <br />(e.g. with a loam content) or substances from other <br />construction materials with the potential to discolour <br />may lead to patchiness in the grout surface. <br />• In the case of high mechanical loading or chemical <br />exposure, we recommend that the highly durable <br />grout ASODUR-EK98 is used. <br />• Before grouting, stop perimeter and intermediate <br />movement joints with edging strips e.g. RD-SK50 <br />to prevent mortar ingress. <br />• Only material from the same production batch should <br />be applied within an area. <br />• To achieve optimum cement hydration, ensure that <br />there is adequate moisture available. This is especially <br />important with non-absorbent tiles as no deposit effect <br />is to be expected. <br />• Refer to the specific product properties when <br />laying natural stone and synthetic stone (tendency <br />to discolour). When doubt exists carry out a grout <br />trial. We recommend grouting natural stone with <br />CRISTALLFUGE. <br />• Protect surface areas which are not to be treated <br />against the effects of ASO-Flexfuge. <br />Please observe a current valid Health & Safety <br />Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>178</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-Fugenbreit</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04261</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Good application and wash-off <br />properties <br />• Smooth consistency <br />• Vapour permeable <br />• Resistant to frost and freeze/thaw cycles <br />• Suitable for floor and wall heating systems <br />• Colours matched to the ESCOSIL-2000 <br />silicone system <br />• CG1 in accordance with DIN EN 13888</p> <p>ß</p> <p>DIN EN 1</p> <p>88 <br />38</p> <p>gem <br />ä</p> <p>Slurry grout</p> <p>Water demand: <br />Consumption: <br />Cleaning:</p> <p>CG1</p> <p>Bulk density: <br />Wet mix density:</p> <p>*) The figures indicated are related to +20 °C and 65 % relative <br />humidity.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-Fugenbreit is suitable for grouting terracotta, fully <br />vitrified, vitrified and earthenware tiles, brick slips, tile <br />slips, facing and flooring clinker tiles in bathrooms, <br />showers and living rooms, on terraces, balconies and <br />loggia as well as on facades, in swimming pools, <br />commercial and industrial premises and also on heated <br />screeds and flow screeds. <br />Furthermore ASO-Fugenbreit is suitable for grouting <br />natural stone, if compatible with the properties specific <br />to the natural stone material and discoloration, e.g. due <br />to the stone’s own constituents, can be eliminated. <br />We recommend CRISTALLFUGE for grouting natural <br />stone. For grouting tiles on walls we recommend <br />ASO-Fugenbunt. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour:</p> <p>Application/ <br />substrate temp.: <br />Pot life: <br />Packaging: <br />Joint width: <br />Foot traffic after *): <br />Full service conditions *): <br />Compressive strength *): <br />Flexural strength *): <br />Storage:</p> <p>unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly <br />4.5 – 5.5 litres / 25 kg <br />see table <br />with water whilst in the <br />fresh state <br />approx. 1.4 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 2.0 kg/dm3</p> <p>Consumption table: <br />Tile format <br />(in cm)</p> <p>Joint width <br />(in mm)</p> <p>Joint depth <br />(in mm)</p> <p>Consumption <br />per m2 (in kg)</p> <p>20 x 20</p> <p>4</p> <p>8</p> <p>approx. 0.7</p> <p>30 x 30</p> <p>5</p> <p>8</p> <p>approx. 0.6</p> <p>30 x 30</p> <p>5</p> <p>15</p> <p>approx. 1.1</p> <p>40 x 40</p> <p>5</p> <p>10</p> <p>approx. 0.6</p> <p>30 x 5</p> <p>8</p> <p>10</p> <p>approx. 3.6</p> <p>24 x 11.5</p> <p>10</p> <p>12</p> <p>approx. 3.2</p> <p>24 x 11.5</p> <p>10</p> <p>20</p> <p>approx. 5.3</p> <p>Substrate preparation and <br />product application: <br />Adequately rake out tile joints once the adhesive has <br />set sufficiently, then wash the tile surface with water. <br />The adhesive must be fully set otherwise discolouration <br />may appear on the grout joints. Evenly pre-wet very <br />porous tiles. Joint edges must be free from separating <br />substances. The time at which grouting may commence <br />where tiles have been laid in thin-bed adhesives <br />is approx. 3 to 72 hours after installation. With <br />sand:cement fixing methods, the mortar bed must be <br />adequately solid and evenly dry. Do not grout surfaces <br />with varying temperatures (e.g. from sunshine). <br />The consistency of the grout is to be adjusted to suit <br />the absorbency of the tile and the substrate.</p> <p>cement, mineral aggregates <br />and high quality additives <br />cement grey <br />(colour illustration – <br />see table on the last page) <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />approx. 2 hours <br />25 kg bag <br />4 to 20 mm <br />approx. 12 hours <br />after 1 day at the earliest <br />* 15 N/mm² after 28 days <br />* 2.5 N/mm² after 28 days <br />dry, 9 months in the original</p> <p>1. Mix ASO-Fugenbreit with clean water in a clean <br />mixing bucket. Dependent on the desired consistency, <br />place 4.5 – 5.5 litres of water in the bucket and</p> <p>179</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>add 25 kg ASO-Fugenbreit and mix until smooth and <br />homogenous. We recommend mixing with a suitable <br />mechanical mixer (speed approx. 300 – 500 rpm). <br />Allow to stand for 4 minutes, then re-mix the grout. In <br />order to avoid colour variations, always keep the mix <br />ratio constant. <br />2. Work ASO-Fugenbreit into wall or floor joints using <br />a grout float and light pressure. Strike off cleanly <br />and diagonally to the grout lines, so that a full joint <br />is achieved. When grouting large floor areas, flood <br />grouting is frequently used. Here the ASO-Fugenbreit is <br />pushed into the joints using a rubber squeegee, which <br />is followed by taking off with dry material. When using <br />this method it is essential that the floor is thoroughly <br />washed with a sponge board so that the ASOFugenbreit hydrates at an adequate rate. <br />3. Once the grout has started to stiffen (finger test), <br />wash the joint profile clean with a dampened sponge <br />board. After a few minutes wash the tile face clean with <br />the sponge board. <br />4. Keep movement joints empty in readiness for elastic <br />sealing with ESCOSIL-2000 or ESCOSIL-2000-UW. <br />Rake out any adhesive residues and wash with a lightly <br />dampened sponge.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Grout, which has started to stiffen, should not be <br />re-lifed through the addition of water or fresh mortar <br />as there is an increased risk of discoloration. <br />• Use only clean water and clean tools. <br />• Thoroughly clean the substrate before starting work. <br />• Note the setting times of adhesives and mortars. There <br />is a risk of discoloration if grouting too early. <br />• In draughts or sunlight, protect the joints from drying <br />out too quickly by possibly covering with polythene or <br />by repeatedly dampening the joints. <br />• Protect joints from rain and frost until set. <br />• Form elastic joints between tile bays, interruptions <br />and pipe penetrations as well as perimeter and <br />connecting joints with ESCOSIL-2000 or <br />ESCOSIL-2000-UW. <br />• We recommend regular aftercare and cleaning <br />for the grouted surface though the use of neutral or <br />slightly alkaline cleaners at the prescribed application <br />concentration. After cleaning, rinse the surface with <br />clean water. <br />• When using acid based cleaners observe the <br />appropriate directions. Refer to the specific properties <br />of the tile material installed. Pre-wet the joints, then <br />apply the cleaner – at low concentrations. Keep <br />the activity time of the cleaner to a minimum and <br />follow by washing with plenty of water. When used <br />incorrectly, e.g. dosage too high, extended contact <br />with the grout or omitting pre-wetting, acid based <br />cleaners can impair the strength or even completely <br />destroy the grout matrix. <br />• Irregular moisture penetration, resulting from the <br />sub-base, mortar bed, temperature variations or the <br />material installed, can lead to colour variation in <br />the grout finish, which does not impair the quality <br />of the grout and which may recede with favourable <br />conditions. We cannot therefore guarantee that there <br />will be no colour variation. <br />• In the case of high mechanical loading or chemical <br />exposure, we recommend that the highly durable <br />grout ASODUR-EK98 is used. <br />• Before grouting, stop perimeter and intermediate <br />movement joints with edging strips e.g. RD-SK50 <br />to prevent mortar ingress.</p> <p>Any mortar film remaining can be washed off after a <br />few hours using a sponge board and clean water. <br />When cleaning do not use dry cloths as there is a risk <br />of discoloration due to rubbing dried grout into the <br />grout joints, which are still damp. Protect the freshly <br />grouted areas from conditions, which may affect the <br />setting such as high temperatures, wind, rain or frost. In <br />unfavourable weather conditions (low humidity, draught, <br />wind) and with highly absorbent tile bodies, the grout <br />curing process can be optimized by post-treating the <br />joints with clean water (wetting with the sponge board). <br />Frequently replace wash-off water with fresh water. <br />When grouting tiles with profiled, rough, unglazed <br />or porous surfaces as well as natural stone with <br />textured surfaces, it is recommended that a test area is <br />carried out (possibly lightly dampen the surface before <br />grouting). The time at which the grout should be washed <br />off is dependent on the tile type and the prevailing <br />climate. After waiting for a sufficient amount of time, <br />smoothen the surface without washing out the joints.</p> <p>180</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• Use material from the same batch number within the <br />same room. <br />• To achieve optimum cement hydration, ensure that <br />there is adequate moisture available. This is especially <br />important with non-absorbent tiles as no deposit effect <br />is to be expected. <br />• When grouting natural and synthetic stone, take the <br />specific properties of the product into consideration <br />(tendency to discolour). We recommend that natural <br />stone is grouted with our CRISTALLFUGE. <br />• Protect areas not being treated from the effects of <br />ASO-Fugenbreit. <br />Please observe a current valid Health & Safety <br />Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>181</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-Fugenbunt</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04273</p> <p>Fine grain grout</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Cleaning: <br />Bulk density: <br />Fresh mortar density: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Properties: <br />• For interior use <br />• Can be washed off early <br />• Smooth consistency <br />• Vapour permeable <br />• Cures free from cracks <br />• Good application and <br />wash-off properties <br />• Resistant to freeze/thaw cycles <br />• For heated floors and walls <br />• Free from the silicosis hazard - fine quartz dust <br />• Colours matched to the ESCOSIL-2000 range <br />• Fulfils the requirements for CG1 to DIN EN 13888 <br />• For joint widths from 1.5 to 6 mm</p> <p>* Values relate to +20° C room temperature and 65% relative humidity.</p> <p>Consumption table:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-Fugenbunt is especially suitable for grouting <br />absorbent ceramic tiles made from red or white bodied <br />biscuit. The grouting performance, the stiffening in the <br />joint, the water retention and the wash off properties are <br />tailored to suit these tiles. <br />ASO-Fugenbunt is used for joint widths up to 6 mm in <br />interior areas, on walls and floors, in dry, splash contact <br />and wet areas. For grouting floor areas we recommend <br />ASO-Flexfuge, for heavy duty areas HF05 Brillantfuge <br />or ASODUR-Design. For grouting natural stone, fully <br />vitrified and other tiles with low water absorption, glass <br />mosaics and tiles, we recommend CRISTALLFUGE. <br />Technical Data: <br />Composition: <br />Colours:</p> <p>Joint widths: <br />Pot life *: <br />Substrate / <br />application temperature: <br />Foot traffic after *: <br />Full service <br />conditions after *: <br />Water demand:</p> <p>see consumption table <br />whilst still fresh with water <br />approx. 1.26 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 1.9 kg/dm3 <br />20 kg bags <br />dry, 12 months in the <br />original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>Tile format <br />(in cm)</p> <p>Joint width <br />(in mm)</p> <p>Joint depth <br />(in mm)</p> <p>Consumption <br />per m2 (in kg)</p> <p>2x2</p> <p>1.5</p> <p>2</p> <p>approx. 0.58</p> <p>10 x 10</p> <p>3</p> <p>6</p> <p>approx. 0.7</p> <p>15 x 15</p> <p>3</p> <p>6</p> <p>approx. 0.49</p> <p>20 x 20</p> <p>3</p> <p>8</p> <p>approx. 0.49</p> <p>20 x 25</p> <p>3</p> <p>8</p> <p>approx. 0.45</p> <p>30 x 30</p> <p>5</p> <p>8</p> <p>approx. 0.55</p> <p>30 x 40</p> <p>4</p> <p>10</p> <p>approx. 0.48</p> <p>30 x 60</p> <p>4</p> <p>10</p> <p>approx. 0.41</p> <p>Product application: <br />Once the adhesive bed has set, rake out the tile joints to <br />an adequate depth. Without too much water, wash the <br />tile surface. The adhesive bed must be fully hardened <br />otherwise there may be discolouration. Pre-wet very <br />porous tiled finishes. The joint edges must be clean <br />and free from separating substances. The time at which <br />grouting can commence depends on the adhesive used <br />and can be between 3 and 72 hours. When tiles have <br />been fixed in sand:cement mortar, the mortar must be <br />adequately hard and be evenly dry. Do not grout areas <br />which have differing surface temperatures (e.g. caused <br />by sunlight). Adjust the consistency of the grout to suit <br />the absorbency of the tile and the substrate. <br />1. Stir ASO-Fugenbunt with clean water in a clean <br />mixing bucket. Use 5.0 to 6.0 litres of water, <br />depending on the desired consistency and add <br />20 kg ASO-Fugenbunt and mix to a smooth <br />homogenous consistency.</p> <p>cement, mineral aggregates <br />and high quality additives <br />white, silver grey, manhattan <br />(colours, see table on the last <br />page) <br />1.5 to 6 mm <br />approx. 60 mins <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />approx. 12 hrs <br />earliest 2 days <br />5.0 – 6.0 litres / 20 kg</p> <p>182</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>2.</p> <p>3.</p> <p>4.</p> <p>5.</p> <p>Vitrified tiles: <br />Approx. 5.0 – 5.4 litres water : 20 kg <br />ASO-Fugenbunt <br />Red or white bodied biscuit tiles: <br />Approx. 5.4 – 6.0 litres water : 20 kg <br />ASO-Fugenbunt <br />We recommend using a suitable rotary mixer to mix <br />(mixing speed approx. 300 – 500 rpm). <br />Allow the grout to stand for 2 minutes, then remix. In <br />order to avoid colour variations, keep to the same <br />mixing ratio. <br />Work the ASO-Fugenbunt into the wall or floor tile <br />joints using a grout float and light pressure. Strike <br />off diagonal to the joints so that the joint section is <br />completely filled. In order to ensure the joints are <br />completely filled in one application, only strike off <br />excess grout cleanly and diagonally to the joints after <br />a short wait (30 – 60 seconds). <br />Once the grout has stiffened (check with a finger test) <br />wash the grout contours with a dampened sponge. <br />After a few minutes wash clean with a sponge <br />board. <br />Keep movement joints free for elastic sealing with <br />ESCOSIL-2000. Rake out adhesive residues once <br />stiffened and wash down with a lightly dampened <br />sponge. <br />Any remaining grout haze can still be washed away <br />with a sponge board and clean water after a few <br />hours. <br />When cleaning do not use a dry cloth, as there is the <br />risk of discolouration from rubbing dried grout into <br />the joints which are still damp. Protect the fresh grout <br />from influences which will affect the cure such as high <br />temperatures, wind, rain or frost. In unfavourable <br />weather conditions (low humidity, draught, wind) <br />and with very porous tile bodies, optimum curing <br />of the grout is aided by post-wetting the joints with <br />clean water (re-wetting with a sponge board). <br />Change the wash off water frequently with fresh. It is <br />recommended that a trial area of grouting is carried <br />out (possibly also lightly pre-wetting the surface) with <br />ceramic tiles which have a profiled, rough, unglazed <br />or porous surface or tiles with a craquelure glaze</p> <p>as well as natural stone with a rough surface texture <br />and with polished ties, which contain micro-pores <br />in the surface of varying sizes. The time to wash off <br />depends on the type of material installed and the <br />prevailing climate. After an adequate waiting time, <br />smoothen the surface without washing the grout from <br />the joints. <br />Improtant advice/ <br />frequent application mistakes: <br />• Do not attempt to re-life grout which has started to <br />stiffen by adding more water or fresh powder as there <br />is a risk of discolouration. <br />• Only use clean water and clean tools. <br />• Carefully clean the substrate before commencing <br />grouting. <br />• Note the setting time of the adhesive or mortar. There <br />is a risk of discolouration if grouting is carried out too <br />early. <br />• The formation of bubbles or pin holes in the joint has <br />been found following inspections to be unrelated to <br />the grout. The following general conditions are, as a <br />rule, the cause: <br />1. Highly porous ceramic <br />2. High water/cement ratio in the grout <br />3. Air entrained into the grout <br />For 1 & 2: do not pre-wet red/white bodied high <br />density biscuit tiles, but using a sponge board <br />thoroughly pre-wet those with lower density and <br />consequently high porosity and capillarity before <br />grouting. <br />For 3: If a high speed or inappropriate paddle <br />design is used, then an increased amount of air can <br />be entrained. To overcome this, where appropriate, <br />vibrate/bang the fresh mortar whilst the entrapped air <br />visibly escapes. A round or helical paddle has proven <br />to be advantageous. <br />• In draughts or strong sunlight, protect the joints from <br />drying out too quickly, possibly by covering with <br />polythene or through continued dampening of the <br />joints. <br />• Joints between tiled bays, around interruptions <br />and pipe penetrations as well corner and</p> <p>183</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>junctions are to be sealed with ESCOSIL-2000, <br />ESCOSIL-2000-UW or ESCOSIL-2000-ST, <br />dependent on the type of application. <br />For cleaning and maintenance, we recommend, the <br />exclusive use of neutral or slightly alkaline cleaners. <br />Once the surface has been cleaned, rinse with clean <br />water. Watch for even porosity of the substrate and <br />joint edges. <br />When using acid based cleaners, follow the relevant <br />regulations. Refer to the specific properties of the <br />adhesive bed. Wet the joints and then apply the <br />cleaning agent – at weak application concentrations. <br />Restrict the action time of the cleaner to a minimum <br />and always rinse off with plenty of water afterwards. <br />Acidic cleaners reduce the strength and solidity <br />of the grout and may completely destroy the grout <br />matrix if used improperly such as e.g. at too high a <br />concentration, if left to act for too long or by omitting <br />the pre-wetting stage. <br />Uneven moisture penetration from the sub-base, mortar <br />bed, temperature variations or tile types can lead to <br />colour variations within the grout finish, which do not <br />affect the quality of the grout and which may even out <br />under favourable environmental conditions. There is <br />no guarantee against colour variation. <br />In heavier duty areas e.g. where there are cleaning <br />machines or there is exposure to chemicals, we <br />recommend, dependent on application, the high <br />resistance two component epoxy resin grouts <br />ASODUR-EK98, ASODUR-Design, or <br />HF05-Brillantfuge. <br />Prior to grouting, seal off perimeter and movement <br />joints with an insulation strip RD-SK50 to prevent filling <br />with mortar. <br />Due to sensitivity to contamination, only use light <br />colours in building interiors and on walls. <br />Only use material from the same batch within the <br />same room.</p> <p>• To optimise hydration ensure there is adequate <br />moisture available. This is particularly valid for nonporous tiles as there is no depot effect expected. <br />• Before grouting natural or agglomerate stone tiles <br />refer to the specific properties of these products <br />(tendency to discolour). We recommend that a trial <br />area is carried out. <br />• Protect areas not being grouted from ASO-Fugenbunt. <br />Please observe a current EU Health & Safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>51/12</p> <p>184</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-NM15</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04297</p> <p>Levelling compound up to 30 mm</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Polymer modified <br />• For interior areas <br />• Very low emissions <br />• Low stress <br />• Self levelling <br />• Easy to use <br />• Rapid hardening <br />• Suitable for heated screeds <br />• Pumpable <br />• For thicknesses from 2 to 30 mm</p> <p>Foot traffic after *1): <br />Compressive strength *1):</p> <p>approx. 3 – 4 hours <br />approx. 25 N/mm2 after <br />28 days <br />Flexural strength *1): <br />approx. 7.5 N/mm2 after <br />28 days <br />Classification: <br />EN 13813 CA-C20-F7 <br />Fire rating: <br />A2fl-S1 <br />Cleaning: <br />with water whilst in the <br />fresh state <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 1.7 kg/m2/mm <br />Storage: <br />dry, 6 months in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly. <br />Wear resistant to rolling wheels with floor coverings to <br />DIN EN 13892-7 after a waiting time of 16 hours *1) <br />until bonding: RWFC150 after 40 hours waiting time *1) <br />until bonding: RWFC550. <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bags with PE liner</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold <br />siehe Chargenaufdruck</p> <p>EN 13813 CA-C20-F7 <br />ASO-NM15 <br />Calcium sulphate based levelling <br />compound for interior floors <br />Reaction to fire</p> <p>A2fl-S1</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-NM15 is used for smoothing, <br />filling and levelling at thicknesses from <br />2 – 30 mm. ASO-NM15 is particularly suitable for <br />levelling calcium sulphate based substrates. Suitable <br />substrates are calcium sulphate and cement-based <br />screeds including heated screeds conforming to DIN <br />18560, old soundly bonded tiled finishes, poured <br />asphalt of hardness class IC10. <br />ASO-NM15 is used in dry areas and can also be <br />used beneath the waterproof membranes AQUAFIN2K/M and AQUAFIN-2K in rooms where the wet duty <br />demands are low (wet duty classifications 0 and A01 in <br />accordance with the ZDB information sheet [*1]). Not <br />suitable as a wearing surface without additional and <br />appropriate coatings. <br />ASO-NM15 is suitable for use in interior rooms in <br />accordance with the French VOC bye-law and is very <br />low emissions in accordance with GEV EMICODE <br />(Association for the Control of Emissions in Products for <br />Flooring Installation, Adhesives and Building Materials). <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Application/ <br />substrate temp: <br />Pot life</p> <p>:</p> <p>*1)</p> <p>*1) The values refer to +23° C and 50% relative humidity. Higher temperatures <br />accelerate and lower temperatures extend the hardening time.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be dry, load bearing, sound, have <br />a good key and be free from materials that act as <br />separating media. The substrate must be adequately <br />load bearing to take loads in accordance with DIN <br />1055. Separating layers, laitance and similar must be <br />removed by suitable mechanical means e.g. planing, <br />shot / sand blasting or scabbling. Vacuum the dust <br />created. There must be no moisture from the substrate <br />or on the surface. <br />Test the readiness of the substrate to receive <br />ASO-NM15 with a carbide hygrometer (CM device) <br />before application. The CM moisture content for <br />cement-based screeds must not exceed 2.0%. The CM <br />measurements are to be carried out in accordance with <br />the current FBH-AD work instructions from the technical <br />information on the coordination of cut out points in <br />heated floor construction.</p> <p>calcium sulphate, aggregate, <br />additives <br />grey <br />1.4 kg/dm3 <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />Ideally +18° C to +25° C <br />30 minutes</p> <p>185</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>3. Pour ASO-NM15 onto the primed substrate and, <br />within the working time, spread evenly with a <br />suitable implement (surface rake, long handled <br />rake). It has proven to be advantageous to place <br />height markers so that the desired thickness can <br />be controlled with the product in the wet state. <br />The required thickness should be installed in one <br />operation. De-aerate the coating with a spiked <br />roller (or other suitable tool) whilst still fluid and to <br />encourage flow; the surface and the flow will be <br />decidedly improved. <br />4. Whilst it is setting protect ASO-NM15 from rapid <br />water loss e.g. high room temperatures, direct <br />sunlight and draughts. The air temperature and the <br />material / substrate temperature should not drop <br />below +5° C during application and in the following <br />week. <br />5. Where thicknesses are < 15 mm, ASO-NM15 can <br />be tiled after approx. 16 hours *1) if UNIFIX-AEK <br />is used as the adhesive. Where thicknesses are <br />15 mm or where other types of finishes are to be <br />installed or where alternative tile adhesives are to be <br />used, it is necessary to measure the residual moisture <br />with a carbide hygrometer (CM device) – see <br />advice section. Keep to the maximum recommended <br />moisture levels detailed in the current data sheets. <br />Also refer to the advice section.</p> <p>Product application: <br />1. Calcium sulphate and cement-based screeds / <br />heated screeds. Prime with ASO-Unigrund-GE. Allow <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE to fully dry (approx. 6 – 12 hours <br />*1), because then the porosity of the substrate is <br />reduced and therefore the flow properties of <br />ASO-NM15 are retained. Subsequently apply <br />ASO-NM15. <br />With poured asphalt of hardness class IC10 levelling <br />coats up to a maximum of 10 mm are possible. <br />There must be a 10 – 15 mm movement joint within <br />the asphalt screed around all interruptions in the floor <br />and these must be carried through in the final floor <br />finish. The surface must be continuously abraded with <br />quartz sand. <br />Well bonded ceramic finishes. Clean, abrade and <br />prime with ASODUR-SG2 blinding the surface with <br />0.5 – 1.0 mm quartz sand. Vacuum up excess once <br />cured. <br />2. Place 5.5 – 6.0 litres of clean water in a clean <br />mixing bucket, dependent on desired consistency, <br />sprinkle in 25 kg of ASO-NM15 and mix to a lump <br />free, flowable consistency. Occasionally scrape <br />a trowel around the wall of the mixer to blend in <br />unmixed material that has stuck to the sides. Mix <br />through once again. It is recommended that a drill be <br />used at 500 – 700 rpm using a Collomix paddle of <br />type KR140 to 160.</p> <p>Priming table <br />Calcium sulphate screeds <br />Cement-based screeds <br />Poured asphalt screeds <br />of hardness class IC10</p> <p>ASO-Unigrund-GE <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE <br />With new, clean substrates it is not <br />necessary, to bind construction dust <br />with ASO-Unigrund-GE</p> <p>Old poured asphalt of hardness <br />class IC10 with inadequate <br />sanding <br />Sound tiled finishes, <br />terrazzo</p> <p>ASODUR-GBM* <br />* Broadcast to excess with 0.5 – 1.0 mm <br />quartz sand. Once reacted (approx. 16 hrs <br />sweep up and vacuum excess quartz sand.</p> <p>ASODUR-SG2*</p> <p>186</p> <p>*1)</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>blinded with 0.5 – 1.0 mm quartz sand and the <br />excess vacuumed once cured. Alternatively prime with <br />undiluted multi purpose primer MG-17. <br />• When using a mixing pump e.g. PFT G4 or G5 or <br />similar, the mixing pump and pipework must be rinsed <br />out during interruptions in the application process. <br />• When using a PFT G4 mixing pump with the standard <br />PFT G4 mixing screw, the D 6-3 rotor and the D <br />6-3 stator twister, set the water flow meter to 400 – <br />450 litres per hour. Using the PFT consistency check <br />container, the correct water addition can be checked <br />and set using the slump reading. This may not exceed <br />61 cm on the prepared substrate and should be <br />continually checked during installation. <br />• The readiness of the substrate to receive finishes is <br />to be determined by moisture measurements with <br />a carbide hygrometer (CM device), keeping to the <br />following limiting values:</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Instead of ASO-Unigrund-GE, ASO-Unigrund-K diluted <br />1:3 with water can also be used. <br />• If water is lost too quickly there is a risk of cracking <br />(heated rooms or very porous substrates). <br />• It is necessary to ventilate the construction site. Avoid <br />draughts as well as direct sunlight when working <br />with the product and during the curing process. The <br />interior and floor temperature must be a minimum of <br />+5° C during application and for the following week. <br />Dehumidifiers may not be used for the first 3 days. <br />• The condition of the substrate is essential to the <br />success of the floor smoothing process. Porous <br />substrates negatively alter the flow properties of the <br />levelling compound, therefore the substrate must be <br />thoroughly prepared: clean and prime. <br />• Completely remove old linoleum adhesives (lignum / <br />lignin pastes, sulphite liquor based adhesives). Small <br />amounts of water soluble dispersion-based resilient <br />flooring adhesives (surface area 25%/m2) may be <br />left on the substrate. Clean the substrate, prime with <br />ASODUR-SG2 and blind with 0.5 – 1.0 mm quartz <br />sand and vacuum the excess once cured. <br />• Old water resistant resilient flooring adhesives must <br />be largely removed by mechanical means, cleaned, <br />primed with ASODUR-GBM or ASODUR-SG2 and</p> <p>Maximum moisture content of the levelling compound determined with CM device <br />Floor finish</p> <p>Heated</p> <p>Unheated</p> <p>Water vapour <br />permeable finishes</p> <p>0.3 %</p> <p>0.5 %</p> <p>Water vapour barrier</p> <p>0.3 %</p> <p>0.5 %</p> <p>Water vapour permeable</p> <p>1.0 %</p> <p>1.5 %</p> <p>Parquet</p> <p>0.3 %</p> <p>0.5 %</p> <p>Laminate flooring</p> <p>0.3 %</p> <p>0.5 %</p> <p>0.3 %</p> <p>0.5 %</p> <p>1.0 %</p> <p>1.5 %</p> <p>Textile finishes</p> <p>Ceramic tiles and natural <br />stone / concrete stone tiles Thin bed method <br />Thin bed method with UNIFIX-AEK</p> <p>The CM measurement is to be carried out in accordance with the current FBH-AD work instructions from the technical information for the coordination of cut out points with <br />heated floor constructions.</p> <p>187</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• With magnesite screeds rear acting moisture <br />pressure from the substrate must be eliminated with <br />appropriate measures. The magnesite substrate must <br />be mechanically roughened and primed with the <br />epoxy resin ASODUR-V360W, with maximum 5% <br />water addition, (approx. 250 g/m2). After waiting for <br />approx. 12 to 24 hours at +20° C, apply a <br />second coat of ASODUR-V360W (approx. 300 – <br />350 g/m2). Whilst it is still wet, broadcast the second <br />coat to excess with quartz sand of grading 0.2 – <br />0.7 mm. After waiting for a further 12 – 16 hours, <br />levelling can be carried out with ASO-NM15 up to <br />a maximum thickness of 15 mm. <br />• Take care with the water addition. Where the water <br />addition is too great, separation occurs resulting in a <br />low surface strength. Such low strength surfaces must <br />be mechanically removed. <br />• Perimeter, bay, structural joints and movement <br />joints are to be carried through as well as being <br />incorporated in the planned position, and filled with <br />a suitable material e.g. perimeter insulating strips <br />RD-SK-50. Once the ASO-NM15 has hardened, <br />crack inducing joints are to be cut into the top third <br />of the applied bed thickness. <br />• Open pored substrates cause greater material <br />consumption. <br />• Higher temperatures accelerate, lower temperatures <br />slow down the setting process. <br />• Follow the appropriate current regulations. Therefore <br />e.g. DIN 18 157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, <br />DIN EN 13813, DIN 1055 <br />Information sheet of the Schloss Rosefeld expert circle <br />EURO-F-E-N: Tiles, slabs, natural and concrete slabs <br />on poured asphalt in interior areas. <br />The BEB data sheets, distributed by the German <br />Association for screeds and coverings. <br />The technical information for the coordination of cut <br />out points with heated floor constructions. <br />The ZDB data sheets, distributed by the Professional <br />Association of the German Tile Industry: <br />[*1] Advice on the installation of combined <br />waterproof membranes with tile and slab wall and <br />floor finishes in interior and exterior areas.</p> <p>[*2] Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds. <br />[“3] Movement joints in wall and floor tiled finishes. <br />[*5] Ceramic tiles and slabs, cut natural stone and <br />concrete slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation. <br />[*6] Ceramic tiles and slabs, cut natural stone <br />and concrete slabs on heated, cement-based floor <br />constructions. <br />[*9] “Tolerances in level” <br />[*10] “Tolerances” <br />• Only use clean tools and clean water. <br />• Observe the technical data sheets of the products <br />mentioned above. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet! <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>51/12</p> <p>188</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-Unigrund-GE</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05536</p> <p>Ready to use primer</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Rapid drying <br />• Universal application <br />• Resistant to water and alkalis <br />• Solvent free</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load-bearing, clean, dry and <br />free from materials, which will impede adhesion. Flow <br />screeds must be abraded and vacuumed. Remove <br />unstable or weakly bonded layers e.g. release agents, <br />residues of old adhesive, levelling layers, surface <br />finishes and paints, by mechanical scrubbing, planing, <br />scabbling or shot-blasting.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE reduces the absorption of substrates, <br />binds surface dust, consolidates, prevents rapid water <br />loss from levelling compounds. <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE is used for priming absorbent and <br />lightly sanded substrates e.g. gypsum-based construction <br />materials (plaster, interlocking gypsum slabs, boards, <br />screeds), concrete, masonry work and similar. Suitable <br />as an adhesion promoter for surface applied waterproof <br />membranes (e.g. SANIFLEX, AQUAFIN-2K/M), <br />thin-bed adhesives such as LIGHTFLEX, MONOFLEXXL, SOLOFLEX, AK7P, UNIFIX as well as wall and <br />floor levelling compounds such as SOLOCRET-15, <br />SOLOPLAN-30 and ASO-NM15. It is also suitable <br />for exterior use. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Application/substrate <br />temperature: <br />Specific gravity: <br />Cleaning: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Consumption:</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE is ready to use. Application is with <br />a paint brush, brush or a fine-pored sponge roller but <br />it can also be sprayed with suitable equipment. Avoid <br />applying too thickly or forming puddles. <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE must be fully dry before further work <br />can be carried out on the primed surface. <br />Advice: <br />• The primer must be dry before applying the next coat. <br />• Protect areas not being treated with ASO-Unigrund-GE. <br />• Do not apply wet in wet. <br />• Wash off splashes immediately.</p> <p>acrylate dispersion <br />coloured green</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>+5° C to +30° C <br />1.0 g/cm3 <br />whilst still fresh, with water <br />frost free, 15 months in the <br />original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />1, 5, 10, 25, 210 and <br />1,000 litre containers <br />approx. 200 g/m²</p> <p>GISCODE: M-GP01</p> <p>51/12</p> <p>189</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-Unigrund-K</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05535</p> <p>Concentrated primer</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Rapid drying <br />• Universal application <br />• Resistant to water and alkalis <br />• Solvent free <br />• Low consumption <br />• Concentrated</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load-bearing, clean, dry and <br />free from materials, which will impede adhesion. Flow <br />screeds must be abraded and vacuumed. Remove <br />unstable or weakly bonded layers e.g. release agents, <br />residues of old adhesive, levelling layers, surface <br />finishes and paints, by mechanical scrubbing, planing, <br />scabbling or shot-blasting.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-Unigrund-K reduces the absorption of substrates, <br />binds surface dust, consolidates, prevents rapid water <br />loss from levelling compounds. <br />ASO-Unigrund-K is used for priming absorbent and <br />lightly sanded substrates e.g. gypsum-based construction <br />materials (plaster, interlocking gypsum slabs, boards, <br />screeds), concrete, masonry work and similar. Suitable <br />as an adhesion promoter for emulsion paints, surface <br />applied waterproof membranes (e.g. SANIFLEX, <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M), thin-bed adhesives such as <br />LIGHTFLEX, MONOFLEX-XL, SOLOFLEX, AK7P, UNIFIX <br />as well as wall and floor levelling compounds such as <br />SOLOCRET-15, SOLOPLAN-30 and ASO-NM15. It is <br />also suitable for exterior use. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Application/substrate <br />temperature: <br />Specific gravity: <br />Cleaning: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Consumption:</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />ASO-Unigrund-K is diluted 1:3 to 1:6 with water <br />dependent on the substrate condition, the application <br />involved and the absorption. Beneath wall and floor <br />levelling compounds use at a mix ratio of 1:3 with <br />water. Application is with a paint brush, brush or a <br />fine-pored sponge roller but it can also be sprayed <br />with suitable equipment. Avoid applying too thickly or <br />forming puddles. <br />ASO-Unigrund-K must be fully dry before further work <br />can be carried out on the primed surface. <br />Advice: <br />• The primer must be dry before applying the next coat. <br />• Protect areas not being treated with ASO-Unigrund-K. <br />• Do not apply wet in wet. <br />• Wash off splashes immediately.</p> <p>acrylate dispersion <br />white</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>+5° C to +30° C <br />1.0 g/cm3 <br />whilst still fresh, with water <br />frost free, 15 months in the <br />original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />1, 5, 10, 25, 210 and <br />1,000 litre containers <br />approx. 30 - 80 g/m²</p> <p>GISCODE: M-GF01</p> <p>51/12</p> <p>190</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASO®-Unigrund-S</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04201</p> <p>Rapid special adhesion promoting primer</p> <p>Cleaning agents:</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Ready to use <br />• Solvent free <br />• Rapid drying <br />• For absorbent and non-absorbent <br />substrates <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Low emissions</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASO-Unigrund-S is used as a primer to improve the <br />adhesion to absorbent and non-absorbent substrates <br />prior to the installation of ceramic finishes with cementbased or dispersion-based SCHOMBURG thin or midbed adhesives. ASO-Unigrund-S reduces the porosity of <br />the substrate and protects moisture sensitive substrates <br />from the water in cement-based adhesives. Suitable <br />for use on existing tiled finishes, hydraulically setting <br />cement, cement-lime renders and gypsum plasters, <br />gypsum fibre boards, moisture resistant plasterboard, <br />brickwork, aerated concrete, lime-sand blocks, cement, <br />calcium sulphate and poured asphalt screeds, levelling <br />compounds, natural stone, steel and glass. <br />ASO-Unigrund-S is suitable for use in interior rooms <br />in accordance with the AgBB evaluation scheme <br />(Commission for the health related evaluation of <br />construction products) and the French VOC by-law. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Density: <br />Packaging: <br />Application/ <br />substrate temp: <br />Temperature resistance: <br />Ready for tiling:</p> <p>Substrate:</p> <p>water, remove dried <br />on material with <br />AQUAFIN-Cleaner <br />Frost free, min. 12 months in <br />the original unopened <br />container. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />approx. 50 to 100 g/m2 <br />dependent on the porosity of <br />the substrate <br />(Note: Technical application <br />trials have shown that the <br />consumption is 200 g/m2 <br />when used on old tiled <br />finishes.) <br />substrates must be dry, sound, <br />load-bearing and free from <br />contamination, dust and <br />separating agents.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be dry, load-bearing, adequately flat, <br />free from penetrating cracks and free from separating <br />substances such as oil, paint, laitance and loose <br />components. Abrade calcium sulphate screeds, vacuum <br />followed by priming with ASO-Unigrund-S. Substrates <br />must be dry, sound and free from contamination, dust <br />and separating agents. Remove weak or adhesion <br />impairing layers e.g. old adhesive, smoothing <br />compounds or paint residues by e.g. mechanically <br />brushing, abrading, scabbling or shot blasting. <br />The moisture content when measured by a carbide <br />hygrometer (CM device) must not exceed: <br />• Cement-based screed 2.0 CM% for screeds on <br />insulation or separating layers in interior areas <br />• Calcium sulphate screeds without underfloor <br />heating 0.5 CM% <br />• Calcium sulphate screeds with underfloor <br />heating 0.3 CM% <br />• Gypsum based plaster 1.0 CM%</p> <p>styrene butadiene <br />pink – violet <br />approx. 1.33 g/cm3 <br />1 kg, 5 kg <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />-20° C to +80° C <br />on non-absorbent substrates <br />after complete through drying <br />(approx. 1 hour at +15° C), <br />on absorbent substrates as <br />soon as the ASO-Unigrund-S <br />surface is dry</p> <p>191</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Product application: <br />Stir thoroughly before use. Evenly apply a thin coat of <br />ASO-Unigrund-S at right angles with a foam or lamb’s <br />wool roller. Use neat on non-absorbent substrates, on <br />absorbent substrates dilute 1:1 with water. On nonporous substrates further processes may only be carried <br />out once completely dry. Drying time approx. 1 hour. <br />On absorbent substrates tiles can be laid as soon as the <br />ASO-Unigrund-S is surface dry – approx. 5 minutes – <br />and touch-dry. The dry coating is transparent-pink <br />and sand grey. When using externally, protect <br />ASO-Unigrund-S with a bonded waterproofing system <br />for use beneath tiled finishes e.g. AQUAFIN-2K/M. <br />Advice: <br />• When applying ASO-Unigrund-S protect areas not <br />to be treated. <br />• Wash off splashes immediately with water. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet! <br />GISCODE: M-GP01</p> <p>* Informationen über das Emissionsniveau von flüchtigen Stoffe in der <br />Raumluft, die bei Inhalation Gesundheitsrisiken, auf einer Skala von <br />Klasse A + (sehr emissionsarm) bis C (hohe Emissionen), darstellen. <br />* “Information about the emission level of volatile compounds in indoor <br />air, which pose a health risk by inhalation, on a scale from class A+ <br />(very low emissions) to C (high emissions)”</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>192</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASOCRET-HB-flex</p> <p>Art.-No 2 02224</p> <p>Flexible contact slurry</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Polymer modified <br />• Heavy duty <br />• Single component <br />• Watertight <br />• For interior and exterior <br />• Easy to use</p> <p>Substrate and application: <br />General: <br />Place approx. 7.5 litres of water in a clean mixing <br />bucket and add 25 kg of <br />ASOCRET-HB-flex and mix to a homogenous slurry with <br />a drill mixer (approx. 300 – 700 rpm). The substrate <br />and ambient temperature should not drop below +5° C <br />during application and for one week after.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASOCRET-HB-flex is used as a bonding agent for <br />cement-based bonded screeds and as a contact and <br />bonding slurry for the laying of tiles and slabs in <br />traditional sand:cement methods. ASOCRET-HB-flex is <br />used as a bonding slurry for vitrified tiles, concrete <br />slabs, ceramic tiles with low water absorption 0.5% <br />(fully vitrified tiles), clinker, mosaic and non-translucent <br />natural stone sensitive to discolouration. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Application/substrate <br />Temperature: <br />Standing time *): <br />Pot life *): <br />Traversable *):</p> <p>Tool cleaning: <br />Consumption: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>As a bonding agent for cement-based <br />bonded screeds: <br />Suitable substrates are concrete to DIN 1045, heated <br />and unheated screeds to DIN 18560 and EN 13813 <br />and rapid screeds. They may be dry or damp. The <br />substrate must be load bearing, flat, sound, clean and <br />free from materials that function as separating agents. <br />Separating layers and laitance must be removed by <br />suitable means e.g. blasting or scabbling. Brush the <br />ASOCRET-HB-flex into the dampened substrate with a <br />brush, broom or roofers broom and lay the screed <br />whilst it is still wet.</p> <p>Cement, aggregate, additives <br />Grey <br />1.15 kg/dm3</p> <p>As a contact slurry in traditional <br />sand:cement bedding: <br />Comb out the ASOCRET-HB-flex on to the fresh mortar <br />bed with a plasterers trowel or notched trowel (4-8 mm <br />notches) dependent on the format and type of tile to be <br />laid. Press the tiles into the fresh ASOCRET-HB-flex within <br />15 – 20 minutes and tap into place.</p> <p>+5° C to +25° C <br />approx. 3 minutes <br />approx. 120 minutes <br />after approx. 24 hours when <br />used with rapid screeds, after <br />3 days with conventional <br />screeds <br />in the fresh state with water <br />approx. 1 – 2 kg/m2 <br />dry, 12 months in original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging <br />immediately. <br />25 kg bags with polythene <br />liner</p> <p>As a contact slurry by vibration fixing: <br />Comb out the ASOCRET-HB-flex on to the fresh mortar <br />bed with a plasterers trowel or notched trowel (4-8mm <br />notches) dependent on the format and type of tile to be <br />laid. Press the tiles into the fresh ASOCRET-HB-flex within <br />15 – 20 minutes and tap into place. Up to the initial <br />set time of the mortar bed vibrate the tiles in the usual <br />manner.</p> <p>*) Valid at 23° C and 50% relative humidity. Higher temperatures <br />shorten and lower temperatures lengthen these given times.</p> <p>193</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASOCRET-HB-flex</p> <p>ASOCRET-HB-flex is particularly matched to our special <br />screeding cements ASO-EZ2, ASO-EZ4, ASO-EZ6 and <br />the pre-blended mortars with complimentary particle size <br />distribution from the ASO-EZ-Plus range.</p> <p>Information sheets from by the ZDB (Central building <br />industry association) issued by issued by the Technical <br />association of the German tile industry: <br />“Advice for the installation of waterproofing combined <br />with ceramic tiles and slabs in interior and exterior <br />areas.” <br />“Ceramic finishes in exterior locations.” <br />“Movement joints in tile and slab finishes.”</p> <p>Important notes: <br />• Ventilation is necessary where the screed is laid. <br />Avoid direct sunlight and draughts during installation <br />and during the setting process. <br />• Do not add water or fresh mortar once the <br />ASOCRET-HB-flex has started to set. There is a danger <br />of insufficient strength development! <br />• Lay screeds or floor coverings within the open time <br />of the slurry! <br />• When laying natural or synthetic stone observe the <br />product specific properties of the materials (tendency <br />to discolour, curling etc) and the fixing <br />recommendations of the manufacturer. In the case <br />of doubt carry out a trial area. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of <br />ASOCRET-HB-flex. <br />• High temperatures accelerate and lower temperatures <br />slow down the setting process. <br />• When laying tiles or slabs on balconies and terraces <br />we recommend the use of the highly flexible bonded <br />waterproofing system AQUAFIN-2K/M and <br />UNIFIX-2K. <br />• Protect from frost and water penetration during the <br />setting phase. <br />• Use only clean tools and clean water. <br />• Work tools can be cleaned immediately after use with <br />water. <br />• Relevant current regulations are to be observed! <br />Therefore e.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN EN 13813</p> <p>Please observe a valid European safety data sheet! <br />Low chromate in accordance with TRGS 613. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>45/08</p> <p>194</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASODUR®-Design</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 06149</p> <p>Fine grained epoxy grout and adhesive</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Conforms to <br />DIN EN 12004, R2T <br />• Very smooth, effortless <br />application <br />• Very good wash-off and <br />cleaning properties <br />• Attractive homogenous <br />grout finish <br />• Low water absorption <br />• High chemical resistance <br />• High mechanical resistance <br />• For joint widths up to 7 mm <br />• For walls and floors <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• For heated substrates <br />• Available in 18 colours</p> <p>ASODUR-Design is used e.g. in swimming pools, <br />wellness centres, superior private areas, breweries, <br />commercial kitchens, laboratories, dairies, meat <br />production units and other foodstuff areas as well as in <br />the chemical industry. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour:</p> <p>filled epoxy resin <br />white, silver grey, medium <br />grey, concrete grey, slate <br />grey, black, nut brown, <br />chocolate brown, greenbrown, caramel, sand-beige, <br />curry, aqua-blue, marine blue, <br />mint green, opal green, ruby <br />red, pink <br />Viscosity: <br />trowelable consistency <br />Joint widths: <br />1mm to 7 mm <br />Adhesive bed thickness: 1 mm to 5 mm <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.4 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />Mixing ratio: <br />100:11 parts by weight <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 40 minutes <br />at +23° C <br />Wash off: <br />after approx. 15 minutes, <br />however within 60 minutes <br />at +23° C <br />Minimum cure temperature: +10° C <br />Substrate and application <br />temperature: <br />+10° C up to +30° C, <br />optimum at +15° C to +25° C <br />Foot traffic: <br />after approx. 16 hours <br />at +23° C <br />Light service/full service: after approx. 48 hours/ <br />7 days at +23° C <br />Tensile adhesion strength: concrete failure <br />Testing: <br />R2T to EN 12004, <br />Kiwa Bautest Dresden <br />Cleaning of tools: <br />All tools must be thoroughly <br />cleaned with water, to which <br />washing up liquid has been <br />added, at every break in <br />work</p> <p>10 <br />SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co.KG <br />Aquafinstr. 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>EN 12004</p> <p>ASODUR-Design <br />Reactive resin grout and adhesive <br />for tiles and pavers in harsh <br />conditions</p> <p>R2 <br />Reaction to fire - class E</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASODUR-Design is a solvent free two component system <br />based on epoxy resins. ASODUR-Design is especially <br />suitable for narrow joints in tiled finishes. <br />The ASODUR-Design grout exhibits a fine grained <br />closed surface structure and even colour. The addition <br />of gold or silver glitter combined with the wide colour <br />range permits a wide variety of decorative design <br />possibilities to be achieved. Furthermore ASODURDesign possesses exceptional slip resistance so that <br />glass and ceramic mosaics can be installed in a thinbed of adhesive in wall areas. On floors, ASODURDesign is suitable for laying calibrated natural stone tiles <br />as well as ceramic finishes such as e.g. vitrified tiles, <br />those with lower water absorption0.5% (fully vitrified), <br />and synthetic stone tiles. In the process ASODUR-Design <br />is effortless and simple to use and can be washed-off <br />with water whilst still fresh. <br />ASODUR-Design excels itself once cured through its <br />hardness and high tensile adhesion, compressive and <br />flexural strengths. ASODUR-Design is resistant to many <br />acids, alkalis, solutions aggressive to concrete, cleaning <br />agents, sea water and brine. Tested in accordance <br />with DIN EN 12004 as R2T. Suitable as an adhesive <br />onto mineral-based and resin-bonded SCHOMBURG <br />waterproof membranes.</p> <p>195</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Material consumption:</p> <p>6 and 12 kg containers in <br />plastic buckets with plastic <br />bottle inside (hardener <br />component). Both components <br />are supplied at a predetermined mixing ratio. <br />minimum 6 months when <br />stored dry and cool above <br />+10° C in the original <br />unopened container. Protect <br />from direct sunlight and cold. <br />Adhesive: approx. 1.4 kg/ <br />m2 and mm thickness</p> <p>• Calcium sulphate based screeds (CA) without <br />underfloor heating 0.5 CM% <br />• Calcium sulphate based screeds (CA) with underfloor <br />heating 0.3 CM% <br />The CM measurement is to be carried out in <br />accordance with the current FBH-AD work instruction <br />taken from the technical information “coordination of <br />cut-out points in heated floor constructions”. <br />Appropriate to the particular cement-based substrate, in <br />addition the following criteria are to be fulfilled: <br />Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />Age: <br />min. 3 months <br />Tensile adhesion strength: ≥ 1.2 N/mm2 <br />Residual moisture: <br />adequately dry to damp <br />(in accordance with <br />DAfStb-Rili, 2001)</p> <p>Surface preparation: <br />ASODUR-Design is suitable for the assured fixing to <br />all surfaces in accordance with DIN 18157, part <br />1, e.g. concrete, aerated concrete, render/plaster, <br />poured asphalt of hardness class IC10, cement-based <br />and calcium sulphate-based screeds, heated screeds, <br />masonry work and moisture resistant plasterboard etc. <br />The surface must be dry, load-bearing, adequately flat, <br />free from penetrating cracks and free from separating <br />surfaces such as oil, paint, laitance layers and loose <br />areas. It must have a largely closed surface texture <br />and a surface condition and strength commensurate <br />with its type. When installing tiles, the surface, surface <br />preparation and product application must be in <br />accordance with DIN 18157, part 1. Dependent <br />on the condition of the surface, suitable means of <br />preparation are to be used such as e.g. sweeping, <br />vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling, sand-blasting <br />or shot-blasting.</p> <p>Screed quality: <br />EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />Tensile adhesion strength: ≥ 0.8 N/mm2 <br />Product preparation: <br />Component A (resin) and component B (hardener) <br />are supplied at a pre-determined mixing ratio. Tip <br />component B into component A. Completely empty <br />the container. Thoroughly mix both components with a <br />mechanical stirrer at approx. 300 – 500 rpm. Ensure <br />that the mix is thoroughly stirred from the sides and base <br />so that the hardener is also evenly dispersed vertically. <br />Stir until the mixture is homogenous. During blending <br />the temperature of both components should be at <br />≥ +15° C. Do not use directly from the supplied <br />packaging. Once mixed, decant into a clean mixing <br />bucket and thoroughly stir through once again. <br />Subsequently and dependent on the desired effect, <br />1 – 6 sachets of silver or gold glitter (based on a 6 <br />kg unit) can be mixed in. Silver or gold glitter should <br />only be used in areas with limited chemical exposure. <br />When higher levels of silver or gold glitter are added, <br />the application becomes more difficult. ASODUR-Design <br />can be used as a grout and an adhesive.</p> <p>Calcium sulphate based screeds must be abraded, <br />vacuumed and as with all calcium sulphate based <br />surfaces, primed with ASODUR-V360W and broadcast <br />with 0.2 – 0.6 mm quartz sand. Heated screeds must <br />be commissioned to recognized technical regulations <br />before installing floor finishes. The readiness of a surface <br />to receive finishes is to be ascertained by carrying out <br />moisture measurements with a carbide hygrometer (CM <br />device). The CM moisture content <br />may not exceed: <br />• Cement-based screeds (CT) 2.0 CM% for unbonded <br />or floating screeds</p> <p>Tile bonding: <br />As an adhesive ASODUR-Design is roughly applied <br />with a smooth trowel and combed to an even bed <br />196</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>depth with a notched trowel. Use a notch size suitable <br />for the substrate and size of tile. Then push the tiles into <br />place and press down. Fix tiles within the open time <br />of the adhesive. Installation is to be carried out to DIN <br />18157, part 3. <br />In exterior areas and in heavy duty areas a void free <br />adhesive bed is required.</p> <p>b) There must be an adhesive bond between <br />ASODUR-Design and the tile edge. <br />c) Re-fix loose tiles with ASODUR-Design. <br />d) The joints must be dry, dust free and free from <br />adhesion inhibiting substances. <br />e) Emulsification should take place at the latest possible <br />moment in order to prevent washing the fresh grout out.</p> <p>Tile/slab grouting using the hand-grouting technique: <br />Apply the mixed ASODUR-Design grout in sections <br />on the surface and immediately afterwards push into <br />the clean and dry joints with an EPOXI grout float. <br />Completely fill the joints. Strike off excess material <br />diagonally to the joints with the EPOXI grout float.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once fully cured ASODUR-Design is harmless. The <br />hardener (component B) is corrosive. Therefore it is <br />absolutely necessary to ensure that the skin does not <br />come into contact with the hardener. It is recommended <br />to wear protective gloves during work with the product. <br />Clean contamination with plenty of water and soap, <br />best performance with an addition of 2% household <br />vinegar. Should the material splash into the eyes, wash <br />out immediately with plenty of water. Subsequently <br />thoroughly rinse with an eye wash bottle filled with <br />boric acid solution – available from professional <br />sanitary stores, then seek immediate attention from <br />an ophthalmologist/eye specialist. Incidentally in all <br />cases follow the general protective regulations issued <br />by the Government Safety Organisation. Before using <br />the product consult a valid health & safety data sheet/ <br />health & safety advice. Caution! Hardener corrosive! <br />Once reacted harmless. Not a DIY product, only for <br />professional users.</p> <p>Grouting with a compressed air gun: <br />For application with a compressed air gun ASODURDesign is mixed and decanted into a separate container <br />for extraction. Filling of the cartridges is carried out <br />via a pressure plate. A compressor with minimum <br />performance of 10 bar and a suction rate of approx. <br />100 l/min is required. <br />Washing off the tiled surface: <br />After excess material has been removed with the EPOXI <br />grout float, the residual grout on the surface is emulsified <br />with as little water as possible. For this purpose an <br />emulsifying pad with gripper handle is suitable. <br />Following emulsification, the film is taken up with a <br />soft sponge. Subsequently clean the tiled surface once <br />again with a clean soft sponge. <br />This cleaning process should only be carried out once <br />the ASODUR-Design has slightly reacted (after approx. <br />15 to 30 minutes). Hand warm water and water to <br />which a surfactant has been added eases the wash-off <br />process, although it can also be achieved with cold <br />water. <br />To simplify the final clean approx. 10% alcohol can be <br />added to the water. A light epoxy film can be removed <br />from the hardened surface or joint with the use of <br />ASODUR-Cleaner. Before putting the grouted area into <br />service, carry out an appropriate ‘builders clean’.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Observe the specific product properties of the <br />material to be installed. When installing natural or <br />synthetic stone tiles, consider their specific properties <br />(tendency to discolour). We recommend grouting <br />a trial area! We recommend CRISTALLFUGE for <br />grouting natural stone! <br />• Low site temperatures increase the consumption. The <br />material also loses its good application properties <br />and reaction times are extended. <br />• Protect areas not being treated from the effects of <br />ASODUR-Design. <br />• At low temperatures it is recommended that the <br />material is placed in a water bath at approx. +50° <br />C before use, to warm up, and allow to cool to room <br />temperature. In this way the performance properties <br />are reinstated.</p> <p>Advice for renovating damaged or washed-out cementbased grouts: <br />a) The joint depth must be a minimum of 2 mm. <br />197</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. <br />• ASODUR-Design is classified in accordance with <br />GefStoffV. <br />• The colour can show small variations due to raw <br />material variations. Neighbouring tiled areas should <br />be grouted with the same production batch (see batch <br />number on the packaging). <br />• Disposal key: liquid product residues: EAK 08 01 <br />11 paint and lacquer residues which contain organic <br />solvents or dangerous substances. Cured product <br />residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastics. <br />• Heed the relevant current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN 18202 <br />EN 13813 <br />DIN 1055 <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*4] “Heavy duty ceramic floor finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions” <br />[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas” <br />[*8] “Finishes on poured asphalt” <br />[*9] “Tolerances in level” <br />[*10] “Tolerances” <br />[*11] “Cleaning, protection, maintenance” <br />[*12] “Swimming pool construction” <br />Please use a current valid EU Health & Safety data <br />sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE1</p> <p>198</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Resistance list ASODUR®-Design/ASODUR®-EK98 <br />Concentration</p> <p>Medium</p> <p>Concentration</p> <p>ASODUR-Design, <br />ASODUR-EK98-Floor/ <br />ASODUR-EK98-Wall</p> <p>2%</p> <p>■</p> <p>Acetone</p> <p>pure</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Formic acid</p> <p>5%</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Butanol</p> <p>pure</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Acetic acid</p> <p>2%</p> <p>■</p> <p>Ethanol</p> <p>pure</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Acetic acid</p> <p>5%</p> <p>■</p> <p>Ethyl acetate</p> <p>Acetic acid</p> <p>10 %</p> <p>■</p> <p>Lactic acid</p> <p>2%</p> <p>■</p> <p>Lactic acid</p> <p>5%</p> <p>■</p> <p>Petroleum ether</p> <p>Lactic acid</p> <p>>10 %</p> <p>■</p> <p>Toluene</p> <p>pure</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Oxalic acid</p> <p>2%</p> <p>■</p> <p>Xylene</p> <p>pure</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Oxalic acid</p> <p>5%</p> <p>■</p> <p>■</p> <p>Phosphoric acid</p> <p>2%</p> <p>■</p> <p>Anti Germ MS liquid, contains sodium <br />hydroxide and alkyl benzyl dimethyl <br />ammonium chloride, 5 ml/l water</p> <p>Phosphoric acid</p> <p>5%</p> <p>■</p> <p>10 %</p> <p>■</p> <p>Anti Germ Nepurin HD, contains phosphoric acid and alkyl benzyl dimethyl <br />ammonium chloride, 30 ml/l water</p> <p>■</p> <p>Phosphoric acid</p> <p>Anti Germ SVM liquid, contains <br />sulphuric acid and Aminomethylene <br />ammonium chloride, 30 g/l water</p> <p>■</p> <p>Anti Germ SK liquid, contains phosphoric and nitric acids, 12.5 ml/l water</p> <p>■</p> <p>Ecolab Bendurol forte, contains phosphates and fatty alcohol ethoxylate, <br />diluted 1:5 with water</p> <p>■</p> <p>Ecolab Helotil, contains phosphoric <br />acid, diluted 1:10 with water</p> <p>■</p> <p>Ecolab Into, contains sulphamic acid <br />and ethanol , 12.5 ml/l</p> <p>■</p> <p>Ecolab Segil 2000, contains alkylpolyglycoside, acetic acid and ethanol, <br />12.5 ml/l</p> <p>■</p> <p>3%</p> <p>■</p> <p>Hydrochloric acid</p> <p>3%</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Hydrochloric acid</p> <p>37 %</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Sulphuric acid</p> <p>35 %</p> <p>■</p> <p>Tartaric acid</p> <p>2%</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Tartaric acid</p> <p>5%</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Citric acid</p> <p>2%</p> <p>■</p> <p>Citric acid</p> <p>5%</p> <p>■</p> <p>Citric acid</p> <p>10 %</p> <p>■</p> <p>Ammonia</p> <p>5 bis 10 %</p> <p>■</p> <p>Ammonia</p> <p>25 %</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Calcium Hydroxide</p> <p>2%</p> <p>■■</p> <p>Calcium Hydroxide</p> <p>10 %</p> <p>■■</p> <p>Calcium Hydroxide</p> <p>30 %</p> <p>■■</p> <p>Chlorine bleaching</p> <p>28 %</p> <p>■</p> <p>Potassium hydroxide</p> <p>2%</p> <p>■■</p> <p>Potassium hydroxide</p> <p>10 %</p> <p>■</p> <p>Potassium hydroxide</p> <p>20 %</p> <p>■</p> <p>Potassium hydroxide</p> <p>30 %</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Sodium hydroxide</p> <p>2%</p> <p>■■</p> <p>Sodium hydroxide</p> <p>10 %</p> <p>■■</p> <p>Sodium hydroxide</p> <p>20 %</p> <p>■■</p> <p>Sodium hydroxide</p> <p>30 %</p> <p>■■</p> <p>Heating oil</p> <p>pure</p> <p>■</p> <p>Olive oil</p> <p>pure</p> <p>■</p> <p>Paraffin oil</p> <p>pure</p> <p>■</p> <p>Silicone oil</p> <p>pure</p> <p>■</p> <p>Sunflower oil</p> <p>pure</p> <p>■</p> <p>Cooking oil</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Isopropanol</p> <p>pure</p> <p>(■) <br />(■)</p> <p>Petrol</p> <p>pure</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>De-mineralised water</p> <p>pure</p> <p>■</p> <p>Developer solution</p> <p>■</p> <p>Formaldehyde</p> <p>■ <br />■ <br />pure</p> <p>■</p> <p>Glycol</p> <p>■</p> <p>Urine, human/animal</p> <p>■</p> <p>Whey</p> <p>pure</p> <p>■</p> <p>Sodium chloride, 35% in water</p> <p>■■</p> <p>Sodium sulphate, 20% in water</p> <p>■■</p> <p>North sea water</p> <p>■</p> <p>Water, 5° dH</p> <p>■■</p> <p>Water, 15° dH</p> <p>■ <br />pure</p> <p>pure</p> <p>Glycerine</p> <p>■</p> <p>Motor oil</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>n-Hexane</p> <p>Glycerine</p> <p>■</p> <p>Hydraulic oil</p> <p>Turpentine</p> <p>Cleaners, disinfectants</p> <p>Nitric acid</p> <p>Solvents</p> <p>Formic acid</p> <p>Heating oil</p> <p>Oils</p> <p>ASODUR-Design, <br />ASODUR-EK98-Floor/ <br />ASODUR-EK98-Wall</p> <p>Miscellaneous</p> <p>Alkalis</p> <p>Acids</p> <p>Medium</p> <p>Hydrogen peroxide</p> <p>■■ <br />10 %</p> <p>(■)</p> <p>Key:</p> <p>( )</p> <p>= highly resistant > 14 days <br />= medium resistance > 8 up to < 72 hours <br />= low resistance < 8 hours</p> <p>■ <br />pure</p> <p>■</p> <p>50/11</p> <p>199</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASODUR®-K900</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05755</p> <p>Casting and adhesive resin</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Properties: <br />ASODUR-K900 is a two-component low viscosity, <br />solvent free epoxy resin with an exceptional bond to <br />concrete, screed, stone etc. <br />• very good penetration <br />• high adhesion strength <br />• rapid hardening <br />• resistant to chemicals <br />• water and frost resistant.</p> <p>Surface preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good grip <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, paint <br />residues and similar <br />• protected from moisture ingress from the rear.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />• For producing tight secure bonds between joints and <br />cracks in screeds and concrete. <br />• For sealing hollow areas in bonded screeds. <br />• For repairing stone, concrete and similar. <br />• Suitable for underfloor heating <br />Technical Data: <br />Binder: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Density: <br />Minimum cure temp: <br />Application time: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Through cured after: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Cleaning:</p> <p>18 months in the original <br />unopened packaging under <br />cool, dry conditions above <br />+10 °C.</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. planing, brushing, <br />sweeping, vacuuming. <br />In addition the following minimum substrate criteria are <br />to be fulfilled:</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />transparent yellowish <br />approx. 360 ± 50mPa s <br />at +23 °C <br />100:50 parts by weight <br />1.10 g/cm2 <br />+8 °C <br />approx. 12 minutes <br />approx. 4 hours at +23 °C <br />approx. 7 days at +23 °C <br />• 1 kg in pack with three <br />sections, including 20 screed <br />clips and 1 pair of disposable <br />gloves in a box with 5 x <br />1 kg and 1 m plastic tubing <br />• 0.5 kg in pack with three <br />sections, including 10 screed <br />clips and 1 pair of disposable <br />gloves in a box with 5 x <br />0.5 kg and 1 m plastic tubing <br />Thoroughly clean tools <br />immediately after use with <br />AQUAFIN-Reiniger</p> <p>Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture:</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />min. 28 days <br />1.5 N/mm2 <br />< 4% <br />(carbide hygrometer method)</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />in a predetermined mixing ratio in a two compartment <br />container. Pull out the separating clamp to allow both <br />components to run together. Mix the bag contents <br />by kneading and tumbling. Ensure that the mix is <br />homogenous (free from striations); mixing time approx. <br />3 minutes. The minimum temperature during mixing <br />should be +15 °C. Once mixed untwist the threaded <br />closure on the top of the bag and squeeze out the <br />mixture.</p> <p>200</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Production of the epoxy mortar: <br />Thickness: <br />approx. 3 to 15 mm <br />ASODUR-K900: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />7.5 - 10.0 parts by weight, <br />particle size 0 - 1.5 mm <br />diameter.</p> <p>Methods of application / consumption: <br />1. Sealing cracks in screed and concrete using <br />screed clips: <br />Open up the crack or joint with a cutting disc along <br />its length to 1/2 to 2/3 the screed thickness. Cut <br />approx. 10 cm long cuts across the crack at right <br />angles approx. every 30 cm. Thoroughly remove dust <br />from the cut area using an industrial vacuum cleaner. <br />Pour the premixed casting resin into the cut joints until <br />visibly saturated. It is possible that a second pour will be <br />necessary. <br />Place the screed clips supplied in the crosscuts and <br />wipe off expelled resin from the surface. Then blind the <br />wet resin surface with quartz sand of particle size 0.2 <br />to 0.7 mm. <br />Once hardened vacuum away all non-bound, loose <br />sand. After 4 – 5 hours the hardened casting resin <br />can be abraded. For abrasion 60 grade grit paper is <br />suitable. Afterwards thoroughly de-dust the surface.</p> <p>Place the determined quantity of quartz sand into a <br />large mixing container. Subsequently add the pre-mixed <br />resin and hardener components. Ensure that the liquid <br />and solid constituents are evenly blended. <br />Firstly prime the substrate with ASODUR-K900. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 - 500 g/m2. <br />Apply the mixed mortar onto the freshly primed surface <br />to a minimum thickness of 5mm, mechanically tamp <br />and smooth off. Immediately afterwards broadcast the <br />mortar, whilst it is still wet, with fine quartz sand of <br />particle size 0.1 - 0.4 mm or 0.2 - 0.7 mm. <br />Mortar consumption: approx. 2.0 kg/m2/mm. <br />4. Filling of voids <br />In order to fill voids, the area where pouring is to take <br />place needs to be made accessible by opening up <br />and/or drilling. After the preparatory measures have <br />been implemented thoroughly clean and remove dust. <br />Afterwards pour the mixed casting resin into the void <br />in stages. It is possible that a second pour will be <br />necessary. <br />Consumption: approx. 1.10 kg per volume.</p> <p>2. Levelling out irregularities: <br />For levelling irregularities produce a smoothing <br />compound with ASODUR-K900 as the binder as <br />follows: <br />ASODUR-K900: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />(particle size 0.1 - 0.4 or <br />0.2 - 0.7 mm) <br />Note: Ensure that the liquid and solid components are <br />evenly blended. <br />Firstly prime the background with ASODUR-K900. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 - 500 g/m2. <br />The mixed smoothing compound is then trowel applied <br />in a single operation. Immediately afterwards broadcast <br />the smoothing compound, whilst it is still wet, with fine <br />quartz sand of particle size 0.1 - 0.4 mm or <br />0.2 - 0.7 mm. <br />Consumption of finished smoothing compound: <br />approx. 1,600 g/m2/mm.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured, ASODUR-K900 is harmless. <br />The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />We draw your attention to current advice/brochures <br />“Epoxy resins and hardeners” distributed by <br />PlasticsEurope www.plasticseurope.org. <br />Further information: <br />BGR 190 – <br />Regulations for the use of breathing apparatus <br />BGR 192 – <br />Regulations for the use of eye and face protection <br />BGI 868 – <br />Protective gloves for chemicals <br />Follow the advice on the packaging.</p> <p>3. Repair of small areas with extensive and deep <br />damage: <br />For repairing large damaged holes produce a mortar <br />using the binder ASODUR-K900 as follows:</p> <p>201</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Only fill screed crack and shrinkage control joints <br />once the screed has reached the accepted moisture <br />level and is ready to receive finishes. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life and curing <br />time. Lower temperatures increase the pot life and <br />curing time. Material consumption is also increased at <br />lower temperatures. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of dampness <br />or contamination between the applied coats. <br />• When longer waiting times occur between the <br />application of coats the surface must be well cleaned <br />and abraded, after which a completely new and <br />even application of the adhesive/casting resin should <br />be carried out. <br />• After application the resin must be protected from <br />damp (e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a <br />white discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface <br />and can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH Systembaustoffe. <br />• Waste disposal key: <br />Liquid residues: EAK 08 01 11 paint and lacquer <br />waste that contains organic solvents or other <br />dangerous substances. <br />Hardened residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastics <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet! <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>202</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASODUR®-EK98-floor</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05748</p> <p>Adhesive and grout</p> <p>04</p> <p>ASODUR-EK98-floor <br />Reaction resin adhesive <br />and grout for tiled <br />flooring</p> <p>R2 <br />Reaction to fire: class E</p> <p>mäß D <br />ge <br />I</p> <p>N</p> <p>T</p> <p>4</p> <p>R</p> <p>2</p> <p>EN 1200</p> <p>Properties: <br />ASODUR-EK98-floor is a solvent-free <br />two component epoxy resin system. <br />Once cured it excels through its <br />hardness and high tensile adhesion, <br />compressive and flexural strengths. <br />ASODUR-EK98-floor is resistant to <br />a range of acids, alkalis, solutions <br />aggressive to concrete, cleaning <br />agents, seawater and brine. It is <br />water washable whilst still fresh. <br />Tested in accordance with <br />DIN EN 12004, R2.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASODUR-EK98-floor is used for: <br />• Bonding ceramic tiles by the thin bed method to <br />concrete, screed, plaster/render, old tiled floors and <br />other substrates in accordance with DIN 18157, <br />part 3. <br />• For grouting ceramic tiled finishes. <br />• For levelling small irregularities in concrete or screed <br />and render. <br />• ASODUR-EK98-floor can be used in commercial <br />kitchens, laboratories, swimming pools, breweries, <br />dairies, meat processing plants and other food <br />industry areas as well as in the chemical industry <br />• ASODUR-EK98-floor is a component of the SYSTEM <br />DENSARE-2002 system. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life: <br />Water washable: <br />Minimum cure <br />temperature: <br />Foot traffic:</p> <p>filled epoxy resin <br />Mid-grey <br />trowelable consistency <br />approx. 1.40 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />100:6.8 parts by weight <br />approx. 40 mins at +23° C <br />after approx. 15 mins but <br />within 60 mins at +23° C <br />+10° C <br />after min. 16 hrs at +23° C</p> <p>203</p> <p>Light duty use / full service <br />conditions: <br />after approx. 48 hrs / <br />7 days at +23° C <br />Tensile adhesion strength: concrete failure <br />Compressive strength <br />(DIN1164, part 7): <br />51.9 N/mm² <br />Flexural strength <br />(DIN 1164, part 7): <br />25.1 N/mm² <br />E-modulus <br />(DIN 1048, part 5): <br />5,050 N/mm² <br />Shear adhesion strength <br />(DIN EN 12003): <br />11.6 N/mm² after dry storage <br />9.8 N/mm² after wet storage <br />10.5 N/mm² after heat <br />ageing <br />Cleaning of tools: <br />Whenever work is interrupted, <br />clean all tools thoroughly with <br />water <br />Packaging: <br />6 kg containers. Both <br />components are delivered at <br />a pre-determined mix ratio. <br />Storage: <br />frost free, 18 months when <br />stored cool and dry above <br />+10° C in the original <br />unopened containers. <br />Material Consumption: <br />Adhesive: <br />approx. 1.40 kg/m2 <br />per mm thickness</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Grouting: <br />Ceramic <br />finishing <br />material <br />Split tiles</p> <p>Medium mosaic</p> <p>Vitrified</p> <p>Format size <br />in cm</p> <p>Joint width <br />in mm</p> <p>approx. <br />consumption <br />in kg/m2</p> <p>24.0/11.5/1.5 <br />24.0/11.5/1.5 <br />24.0/11.5/2.0 <br />24.0/11.5/2.0 <br />24.0/11.5/2.5 <br />24.0/11.5/2.5</p> <p>8 <br />10 <br />8 <br />10 <br />8 <br />10</p> <p>2.25 <br />2.77 <br />3.00 <br />3.70 <br />3.75 <br />4.62</p> <p>5.0/ 5.0/0.4</p> <p>4.2/ 4.2/0.6 <br />10.0/10.0/0.9 <br />15.0/15.0/1.2 <br />24.5/12.0/0.8</p> <p>2</p> <p>0.47</p> <p>1.5 <br />3 <br />5 <br />5</p> <p>0.64 <br />0.81 <br />1.19 <br />0.74</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Component A (resin) and component B (hardener) <br />are delivered at a pre-determined mix ratio. Tip all <br />component B (hardener) into component A. Mix the two <br />components together using a mechanical stirrer at max. <br />300 rpm (slowly rotating drill with paddle). Mix very <br />thoroughly. It is essential to also thoroughly stir from the <br />sides as well as from the bottom, so that the hardener is <br />also evenly distributed vertically. Stir until the mixture is <br />homogneous (free from streaks). Do not use directly from <br />the packaging. After mixing decant the material into a <br />separate, clean container and stir through once again. <br />The temperature should be approx. +15° C during the <br />mixing process. <br />Tile Fixing: <br />ASODUR-EK98-Floor is applied roughly with a steel <br />trowel, followed by combing through evenly with a <br />notched trowel. Use a trowel appropriate for the tile <br />size. Place the tiles in position with a slight sliding and <br />pushing action. Installation is to be in accordance with <br />DIN 18157, part 3. For exterior tiling and in heavy <br />duty areas, void free bedding is required.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar <br />• Protected from moisture penetration from the rear <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming, <br />brushing, scabbling, planing, sand-blasting, shotblasting.</p> <p>Grouting with a grout float: <br />Place the mixed ASODUR-EK98-Floor grout in sections <br />over the tiled surface and immediately work into the <br />clean, dry joints with a grout float. Ensure the joints are <br />completely filled. Subsequently remove excess material <br />from the tile surface with an elastic grout float by striking <br />off diagonally to the grout lines.</p> <p>In addition the following minimum requirements for <br />cement-based substrates are to be fulfilled: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Age: <br />min. 3 months <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />* 1.5 N/mm² <br />• Residual moisture: <br />adequately dry or damp <br />(to DAfStb-Rili, 2001) <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />* 1.5 N/mm² <br />• Residual moisture: <br />adequately dry or damp <br />(to DAfStb-Rili, 2001)</p> <p>Grouting with a compressed air gun: <br />When using a compressed air gun, ASODUR-EK98Floor is mixed and decanted into a separate vacuum <br />unit. Fill the cartridges using the pressure plate. A <br />compressor with an output of at least 10 bar and a <br />vaccum of approx. 100 l/min will be required. <br />Washing off the tile surface: <br />After removing the excess material with the grout float, <br />the residual surface grout film is emulsified with as little <br />water as possible. <br />For this purpose a hard or very hard scouring pad with <br />handle is suitable. After emulsifying, the grout slurry is <br />taken up with a soft sponge. Afterwards the tile surface <br />204</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• Low site temperatures increase the consumption. The <br />material also loses its good workability and reaction <br />times increase. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. ASODUREK98-Floor is classified according to GefStoffV. <br />• Colours: Minor colour variation, caused by different <br />production batches and raw material fluctuations, are <br />unavoidable. Please be aware of this when grouting. <br />• Carry out work in neighbouring areas with the same <br />batch (see batch number on the packaging). <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH. <br />• Disposal classification: EAK 08 01 11 Paint and <br />lacquer waste which contains organic solvents <br />or other hazardous substances. Cured product <br />residues can be disposed of under waste disposal <br />classification EAK 17 02 03 plastics. <br />• Follow the current relevant regulations. For e.g. <br />DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, EN 13813, <br />DIN 18 202, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB technical sheets issued by the federal <br />association for screeds and finishes <br />The professional information “Coordination of cut out <br />points with heated floor constructions” <br />The ZDB technical sheets issued by the Professional <br />Association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] Bonded waterproof membranes <br />[*2] Finishes on calcium sulfate screeds <br />[*3] Movement joints in wall and floor tiles <br />[*5] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete <br />slabs on cement-based floor constructions on <br />insulation <br />[*6] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete <br />slabs on heated cement-based floor constructions <br />[*7] Exterior tiling</p> <p>has to be cleaned again with a clean, soft sponge. This <br />cleaning process should only be performed once the <br />ASODUR-EK98-Floor has started to firm up in the joint. <br />Warm water and that containing a surfactant makes <br />cleaning easier. <br />To ease the cleaning process up to 10% ethyl alcohol <br />can be added to the water. <br />Before putting the grouted floor into service, carry out <br />an appropriate initial clean. <br />If there is any epoxy resin contamination (e.g. residual <br />film of resin) left on the tile surface, then this residue can <br />be removed using ASODUR-Cleanser the following day <br />or once the grout has hardened. <br />Advice for re-grouting damaged or washed-out <br />cementitious joints: <br />a) The joint depth must be at least 3 mm. <br />b) It must be possible for ASODUR-EK98-Floor to bond <br />to the tile edge. <br />c) Re-fix loose tiles with ASODUR-EK98-Floor. <br />d) The joints must be dry, free of dust, and free of <br />adhesion inhibiting substances. <br />e) The emulsification process is to be carried out at the <br />last possible moment, to prevent washing out fresh <br />material. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once fully cured ASODUR-EK98-Floor is considered <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />Therefore it is essential to ensure that the skin does not <br />come into contact with the hardener. It is recommended <br />that protective gloves are worn. Clean contamination <br />with plenty of soap and water, for best results add <br />2% vinegar. If splashes enter the eyes, then rinse <br />immediately with plenty of water. Afterwards wash <br />with an eyewash bottle containing boric acid solution <br />(available from medical supply shops), then immediately <br />contact an eye specialist. In all cases follow the general <br />government health and safety regulations.</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Safety Data Sheet <br />(SDS).</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• At low temperatures it is recommended to warm up <br />the material before use in a water bath at approx. <br />+50° C. Allow to cool down to room temperature <br />afterwards. In this way the application properties are <br />recovered.</p> <p>GISCODE: RE1</p> <p>205</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Chemical resistance (to DIN 12808): <br />No.</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6 <br />7 <br />8 <br />9 <br />10 <br />11 <br />12 <br />13 <br />1)</p> <p>Test liquid</p> <p>Animal fat <br />Vegetable fat <br />Lactic acid, 5% <br />Citric acid, 10% <br />Hydrochloric acid, 3% <br />Sulphuric acid, 35% <br />Potassium hydroxide, 20% <br />Iron (II) sulphate, 25% <br />Iron (II) chloride, 30% <br />Sodium hypochlorite <br />Brine <br />Premium fuel <br />Fuel oil <br />2)</p> <p>Average of three tests</p> <p>3)</p> <p>2)</p> <p>Weight <br />change1) <br />Δ W in % <br />+ 0.06 <br />+ 0.11 <br />+ 0.22 <br />+ 0.09 <br />+ 0.15 <br />+ 0.21 <br />+ 0.59 <br />+ 0.14 <br />+ 0.14 <br />- 0.18 <br />+ 0.11 <br />+ 0.09 <br />+ 0.06</p> <p>Pork fat and beef dripping</p> <p>3)</p> <p>Compressive <br />strength change1) <br />Δ S in % <br />- 2.56 <br />- 2.56 <br />- 0.38 <br />- 1.28 <br />- 1.28 <br />- 2.56 <br />- 7.69 <br />- 2.56 <br />- 7.69 <br />- 3.85 <br />- 6.41 <br />- 0.62 <br />- 1.28</p> <p>Notes</p> <p>Brownish diccolouration <br />Yellow-brownish discolouration; precipitate <br />Yellow-brownish discolouration; precipitate <br />White discolouration</p> <p>Sunflower and rapeseed oil</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>206</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASODUR®-EK98-wall</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05750</p> <p>Adhesive and grout</p> <p>Foot traffic: <br />Light service/ <br />full service conditions: <br />04</p> <p>Tensile strength: <br />Compressive strength:</p> <p>ASODUR-EK98-wall <br />Reaction resin adhesive and <br />grout for the installation of tiles to <br />walls and floors</p> <p>Flexural strength:</p> <p>R2 T</p> <p>Modulus of elasticity:</p> <p>Reaction to fire: class E</p> <p>Shear strength:</p> <p>mäß D <br />ge <br />I</p> <p>N</p> <p>T</p> <p>4</p> <p>R</p> <p>2</p> <p>EN 1200</p> <p>Properties: <br />ASODUR-EK98-Wall is a solvent free, <br />two component epoxy resin system. <br />Once hardened, it is characterised <br />with exceptional hardness and high <br />tensile adhesion, compressive and <br />flexural strengths. <br />ASODUR-EK98-Wall is resistant to <br />many acids, alkalis, aqueous <br />solutions aggressive to concrete, <br />cleaning agents, sea water and <br />brine. Whilst still in the fresh state, <br />it is water washable. Tested to <br />DIN EN 12004, R2T.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASODUR-EK98-Wall can be used: <br />• for the installation of ceramic tiles using the thin-bed <br />method onto concrete, screed, render/plaster, old <br />tiled finishes and other substrates conforming to <br />DIN 18157, part 3. <br />• for grouting ceramic tiled finishes. <br />• for levelling small irregularities in concrete or screed <br />and render/plaster surfaces. <br />• ASODUR-EK98-Wall us used, amongst other areas, <br />in commercial kitchens, laboratories, meat processing <br />plants and other areas of the food industry as well as <br />in the chemical industry. <br />• ASODUR-EK98-Wall is a component of the <br />DENSARE-2002 SYSTEM. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life: <br />Wash off: <br />Minimum cure <br />temperature:</p> <p>(DIN 12003)</p> <p>Cleaning tools:</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>after min. 16 hrs at +23° C <br />after 48 hrs/7 days <br />at +23° C <br />concrete failure <br />approx. 54.4 N/mm² <br />(DIN 1164, part 7) <br />approx. 26.2 N/mm² <br />(DIN 1164, part 7) <br />approx. 4,640 N/mm² <br />(DIN 1048, part 5) <br />approx. 11.7 N/mm² <br />after dry storage <br />approx. 10.7 N/mm² <br />after wet storage <br />approx. 10.1 N/mm² <br />after temperature cycling <br />all tools must be thoroughly <br />cleaned with water at every <br />interruption in work <br />6 kg container. Both <br />components are delivered at <br />a pre-determined mix ratio. <br />frost free, 18 months when <br />stored cool and dry above <br />+10° C in the original <br />unopened containers.</p> <p>Material consumption: <br />- bonding: approx 1.42 kg/m² per mm thickness</p> <p>filled epoxy resin <br />medium grey <br />trowelable consistency <br />approx. 1.40 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />100:6.8 parts by weight <br />approx. 35 mins at +23° C <br />after approx. 15 mins but <br />within 60 mins at +23° C <br />+10° C</p> <p>207</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>- grouting <br />Ceramic <br />finish <br />Split tiles</p> <p>Advice</p> <p>Format size <br />in cm</p> <p>Joint width <br />in mm</p> <p>approx. <br />consumption <br />in kg/m2</p> <p>24.0/11.5/1.5 <br />24.0/11.5/1.5 <br />24.0/11.5/2.0 <br />24.0/11.5/2.0 <br />24.0/11.5/2.5 <br />24.0/11.5/2.5</p> <p>8 <br />10 <br />8 <br />10 <br />8 <br />10</p> <p>2.28 <br />2.81 <br />3.04 <br />3.75 <br />3.80 <br />4.69</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are supplied at <br />a pre-determined mix ratio. Empty all of component B <br />into component A. Mix both components together with <br />a suitable stirrer at approx. 300 rpm (slowly rotating <br />drill with paddle). Mix very thoroughly. It is important <br />to also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure <br />even distribution of the hardener, including vertically. <br />Stir until the mix is homogenous (free from streaks); mix <br />time approx. 3 minutes. Do not use the mixed material <br />directly from the packaging. Decant the mix into a clean <br />mixing bucket and stir through once again. The material <br />should be at a temperature of +15° C during mixing.</p> <p>With joint widths > 6 mm, <br />use ASODUR-EK98-floor.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The surfaces to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, sound, load-bearing and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber <br />marks, paint residues etc. <br />• Protected against moisture penetration from the rear</p> <p>Tile installation: <br />As an adhesive, roughly apply ASODUR-EK98-wall <br />with a smooth trowel and evenly comb through with a <br />notched trowel. Use a notch size appropriate to the tile <br />format and substrate. Then slide and press the tiles into <br />position. Install in accordance with DIN 18157, part 3. <br />In exterior areas, ensure a void free bed.</p> <p>Dependent on the condition of the substrate, use suitable <br />preparation measures such as sweeping, brushing, <br />planing, scabbling, sand blasting, shot blasting. <br />In addition the following criteria must be fulfilled for <br />cement-based substrates: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C 20/25 <br />• Age: <br />min. 3 months <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />1.5 N/mm² <br />• Residual moisture: <br />adequately dry or damp <br />(to DAfStb-Rili, 2001) <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />0.80 N/mm² <br />• Residual moisture: <br />adequately dry or damp <br />(to DAfStb-Rili, 2001) <br />• Render quality: <br />min. P IIIa <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />1.0 N/mm² <br />• Residual moisture: <br />adequately dry or damp <br />(to DAfStb-Rili, 2001)</p> <p>Grouting with a grout float: <br />The mixed ASODUR-EK98-wall grout is floated into the <br />clean and dry joints. Fill the joints completely. Excess <br />material is removed from the tile surface by striking off <br />diagonally to the grout lines using an elastic grout float <br />or squeegee. <br />Grouting with a compressed air gun: <br />For use with a compressed air gun, <br />ASODUR-EK98-wall is mixed and decanted into a <br />separate extraction container. Filling the cartridges is <br />carried out via a pressure plate. A compressor with <br />a pressure of min. 10 bar and an extraction rate of <br />100 litres/min is required. <br />Washing off the tile surface: <br />Once the excess material has been removed from <br />the surface with the squeegee, emulsify the remaining <br />residue using as little water as possible. Dependent on <br />the circumstances either a hard or very hard emulsifying <br />pad with grip is suitable. Once emulsified, take off <br />the residual film with a soft sponge. Then clean the tile <br />surface once more with a clean, soft sponge.</p> <p>208</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>The cleaning process should only commence once the <br />ASODUR-EK98-wall has lightly hardened. Warm water <br />and water containing a surfactant simplifies the wash <br />off process. To make cleaning easier, add approx.10% <br />ethyl alcohol to the water. <br />Before putting the grouted surface into service, carry out <br />an appropriate basic clean. <br />If there is any epoxy resin contamination (e.g. residual <br />film of resin) left on the tile surface, then this residue can <br />be removed using ASODUR-Cleanser the following day <br />or once the grout has hardened.</p> <p>• Low site temperatures increase the consumption. The <br />material also loses its good application properties <br />and reaction times are extended. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. <br />• ASODUR-EK98-wall is classified in accordance <br />with GefStoffV. <br />• Colour: Small colour variations due to different <br />production batches and raw material fluctuations are <br />unavoidable. Please be aware of this fact. <br />• Neighbouring tiled areas should be grouted with the <br />same production batch (see batch number on the <br />packaging). <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH. <br />• Waste disposal code: <br />Liquid product residues: EAK 08 01 11 paint and <br />lacquer waste, which contains organic or other <br />hazardous materials. <br />Cured product residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastics <br />• Follow the relevant current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, EN 13813, <br />DIN 18202, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions” <br />[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas”</p> <p>Advice for over-grouting damaged or washed-out <br />cementitious joints: <br />a) The joint depth must be at least 3 mm. <br />b) It must be possible for ASODUR-EK98-wall to <br />bond to the tile edge. <br />c) Re-fix loose tiles with ASODUR-EK98-wall. <br />d) The joints must be dry, free of dust, and free of <br />adhesion inhibiting substances. <br />e) Carry out the emulsification process at the latest <br />possible moment, to avoid washing the grout from <br />the joints. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once completely cured, ASODUR-EK98-wall is <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />Therefore it is essential that the skin does not come into <br />contact with the hardener. It is recommended that gloves <br />are worn during work. <br />Clean contamination with plenty of water and soap, for <br />best results add 2% household vinegar. <br />If splashes enter the eye, rinse immediately with plenty <br />of water. Then rinse again with an eye wash bottle <br />containing boric acid solution – available from chemist <br />stores – then seek immediate medical advice from an <br />eye specialist. Incidentally always keep to the general <br />government health & safety guidelines. <br />Important advice: <br />• At low temperatures it is recommended that the <br />material is placed in a water bath at approx. <br />+50° C before use, to warm up, and then allowed to <br />cool to room temperature. In this way the performance <br />properties are reinstated.</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Safety Data Sheet <br />(SDS). <br />GISCODE: RE1 <br />209</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Chemical resistance (to DIN 12808): <br />No.</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6 <br />7 <br />8 <br />9 <br />10 <br />11 <br />12 <br />13 <br />1)</p> <p>Test liquid</p> <p>Animal fat <br />Vegetable fat <br />Lactic acid, 5% <br />Citric acid, 10% <br />Hydrochloric acid, 3% <br />Sulphuric acid, 35% <br />Potassium hydroxide, 20% <br />Iron (II) sulphate, 25% <br />Iron (II) chloride, 30% <br />Sodium hypochlorite <br />Brine <br />Premium fuel <br />Heating oil <br />2)</p> <p>Average of three tests</p> <p>3)</p> <p>2)</p> <p>Weight <br />change1) <br />Δ W in % <br />+ 0.06 <br />+ 0.11 <br />+ 0.22 <br />+ 0.09 <br />+ 0.15 <br />+ 0.21 <br />+ 0.59 <br />+ 0.14 <br />+ 0.14 <br />- 0.18 <br />+ 0.11 <br />+ 0.09 <br />+ 0.06</p> <p>Pork fat and beef dripping</p> <p>3)</p> <p>Compressive <br />strength change1) <br />Δ S in % <br />- 2.56 <br />- 2.56 <br />- 0.38 <br />- 1.28 <br />- 1.28 <br />- 2.56 <br />- 7.69 <br />- 2.56 <br />- 7.69 <br />- 3.85 <br />- 6.41 <br />- 0.62 <br />- 1.28</p> <p>Notes</p> <p>Brownish diccolouration <br />Yellow-brownish discolouration; precipitate <br />Yellow-brownish discolouration; precipitate <br />White discolouration</p> <p>Sunflower and rapeseed oil</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>210</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASODUR®-GBM</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05751</p> <p>Primer, sealer and mortar resin</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Two component <br />• Solvent free <br />• Transparent <br />EN 13813 SR-B1,5 <br />• Low viscosity <br />• Watertight <br />• Low WDD value (to DIN EN ISO 7783-1 <br />= 1.2 g/m2 x d <br />• Resistant to alkalis, acids, aqueous salt solutions, <br />grease and fuels</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>04</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Note: <br />With frequent temperature change ASODUR-GBM <br />can crystallize out. It is then necessary to warm up the <br />product in water bath at +50° C to +60° C in order to <br />use it after approx. 2 hours without restriction.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASODUR-GBM is used for: <br />• the sealing of cement-based surfaces e. g. <br />production areas, warehouses, ramps <br />• the priming of cement-based areas which will be <br />coated with ASODUR or INDUFLOOR products <br />• the production of levelling and scratch coats for <br />surface preparation for coating measures <br />• producing epoxy resin screeds <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Mixture ratio: <br />Pot life: <br />Cure temperature <br />(material/substrate): <br />Traffic after: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Fully cured: <br />Compressive strength: <br />Flexural strength: <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />Cleaning: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>hardener are supplied at a <br />predetermined ratio. <br />18 months, when stored dry <br />and cool above +10° C in <br />the original unopened <br />packaging.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The cement-based substrates should be: <br />• dry, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease, <br />rubber marks, paint residues etc. <br />• protected from the effects of moisture from the rear. <br />Dependent on the condition of the substrate use suitable <br />methods of preparation such as e.g. sweeping, <br />vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling, sand-blasting, <br />high pressure water jetting, shot blasting, torching.</p> <p>Epoxy resin <br />transparent <br />app. 640 m Pa s (± 80) <br />at +23° C <br />1.09 g/cm3 at +23°C <br />2:1 parts by weight <br />25 - 35 min. at +23° C <br />+8° C to max. +30° C <br />16 hrs. at +23° C <br />16 hrs. up to max. 24 hours <br />at +23° C <br />7 days at +23° C <br />approx. 67 N/mm2 <br />approx. 32 N/mm2</p> <p>In addition the following criteria are to be fullfilled <br />dependent on the particular substrate: <br />Cementitious areas: <br />Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />Render quality: <br />P III <br />Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />*1.5 N/mm2 <br />Residual moisture: <br />< 4% (carbide <br />hygrometer method)</p> <p>Concrete failure 1.5 <br />Clean tools immediately after <br />use with AQUAFIN-Cleanser. <br />ASODUR-GBM is available <br />in 3 kg, 10 kg and 18 kg <br />containers. Resin and</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Component A and component B are delivered at a <br />predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into <br />component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at 300 rpm. It is important</p> <p>211</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>to ensure the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until <br />homogenous (free from streaks); mixing time approx. <br />3 minutes. The minimum temperature during mixing <br />should be +15° C. Do not use mixed material directly <br />from the packaging. Decant the material into a clean <br />container and mix through thoroughly once again. <br />Notes: <br />During product application, ensure that the material is <br />evenly “flooded” over the prepared substrate. <br />Irregularities lead to capillary active pores in the cured <br />primer film and encourage the formation of bubbles, <br />especially osmosis bubbles. To ensure a pore-free <br />primer coat, apply a second coat. <br />Freedom from pores can also be ensured by applying <br />a waterproof smoothing compound as the second <br />coat. This smoothing compound is produced by adding <br />quartz sand to the primer resin. When blending with <br />aggregates (e.g. quartz sand) ensure it is dry and also <br />at a temperature of +15° C.</p> <p>homogenously mixed resin and hardener components. <br />Ensure that the liquid and solid components are evenly <br />mixed together. <br />*) balanced particle size distribution <br />Note: <br />Greater thicknesses are possible by multi-layer buildup. It is absolutely essential that material is compacted <br />between layers at the given thickness. <br />Methods of application / consumption: <br />Sealing: <br />ASODUR-GBM is rolled, sprayed or painted on the <br />surface in 2 coats. <br />Consumption approx. 300 - 500 g/m2 per coat. <br />For production of slip resistant surface structures broadcast <br />quartz sand (grain 0.5 - 1.0 or 0.7 - 1.2 mm) into the <br />wet sealing between the two coats whilst still wet. <br />Consumption 1 - 1.5 kg/m2. <br />Priming: <br />ASODUR-GBM is rolled, sprayed or painted on the <br />surface in one coat. <br />Consumption approx. 300 - 500 g/m2. <br />Broadcast with quartz sand (grain 0.1 - 0.4 or <br />0.2 - 0.7 mm) into the wet priming coat. <br />Consumption 0.8 - 1.0 kg/m2. <br />Thoroughly remove all unbonded broadcast material <br />once the coating has cured and before the application <br />of the finish coat.</p> <p>Production of levelling / scratch coats: <br />ASODUR-GBM: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />1.0 - 15 parts by weight <br />(Grain size: <br />0.1 - 0.4 or 0.2 - 0.7 mm) <br />Suitable filler: <br />approx. 2 - 3% by weight <br />The quartz sand is mixed into the homogenous resin <br />hardener mixture. Ensure that the liquid and solid <br />components are evenly mixed together. <br />Before application on vertical or steeply sloping surfaces <br />it is recommended that with levelling / scratch coats a <br />suitable filler is added. The addition rate lies between <br />4 - 5% by weight dependent on the degree of slope.</p> <p>Levelling / scratch coat: <br />Firstly prime the surface with ASODUR-GBM. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 - 500 g/m2. <br />The smoothing compound prepared as described above <br />is scratched on the surface in one coat. <br />Consumption: approx. 1.6 kg/m2 per mm thickness <br />of layer.</p> <p>Production of epoxy resin screeds: <br />Thickness: <br />approx. 5 to 15 mm <br />(single coat build-up) <br />ASODUR-GBM: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />7.5 - 10 parts by weight <br />Grading *): <br />0.06 – 1.5 mm diameter <br />Thickness: <br />> 15 mm to 30 mm <br />(single coat build-up) <br />ASODUR-GBM: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand *): <br />12.5 to 15.0 parts by weight <br />Grading: <br />0.06 – 3.5 mm diameter <br />The quartz sand is filled into a batch mixer (e. g. <br />type Zyklos or UEZ). Subsequently add the previously</p> <p>Epoxy resin screed: <br />Firstly prime the surface with ASODUR-GBM. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 - 500 g/m2. <br />The epoxy resin screed prepared as described above is <br />applied on the surface in a minimum thickness of 5 mm <br />and struck off and smoothened subsequently. <br />Consumption of the screed admixture: <br />approx. 2.0 kg/m2 per mm layer thickness. <br />212</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Health & Safty: <br />Once cured ASODUR-GBM is considered harmless. The <br />hardener (component B) is corrosive. In any case the <br />government health and safety protective directive and <br />the advice on the packaging should be observed. <br />Important advice: <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures lengthen the pot life and setting time. <br />Material consumption also increases at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• The bond between individual coats can be impeded <br />through the influence of moisture or contamination. <br />• When longer waiting times occur between <br />application of coats or where surfaces already treated <br />with liquid resin must be re-coated after a long time, <br />the surface must be cleaned and abraded thoroughly. <br />Then a completely new pore free coating should be <br />undertaken. It is not sufficient to simply overcoat. <br />• Surface protecting systems must be protected from <br />moisture (rain, melt water) for 4 - 6 hours after <br />their application. Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and / or a stickiness on the surface. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />thistechnical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH Systembaustoffe. <br />• Disposal key: <br />Liquid product residues: EAK 08 01 11 paint and <br />lacquer waste, which contains organic solvents or <br />other hazardous substances. <br />Cured product residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastics. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>213</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASODUR®-LE</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05797</p> <p>Lightweight epoxy resin screed</p> <p>The packaging contents are composed of:</p> <p>Properties: <br />ASODUR-LE is a three-component lightweight epoxy <br />resin screed. ASODUR-LE consists of a two-component, <br />solvent free, low viscosity epoxy resin (as binder) and a <br />special lightweight aggregate as the third component. <br />After installation ASODUR-LE has a weight per area of <br />only approx. 17 kg/m2 at 15 mm minimum thickness. In <br />the hardened state ASODUR-LE possesses high abrasion <br />resistance, heat insulating properties and impact sound <br />minimising properties when used with conventional <br />impact sound insulation.</p> <p>ASODUR-LE <br />(binder) <br />Special lightweight <br />aggregate</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASODUR-LE is used in the renovation of old buildings <br />• On wooden floors as a substrate for the installation <br />of ceramic tiled finishes in wet areas when in <br />combination with the necessary waterproofing <br />measures. <br />• On old wooden floorboards as a substrate for <br />ceramic floor tiles, parquet or carpet. <br />• On cement-based substrates, on asphalt floors etc. <br />Binder <br />800 mPa s</p> <p>finished screed <br />mortar-like</p> <p>approx. 1.10 g/cm3</p> <p>approx. 1.15 g/cm3</p> <p>2:1 <br />parts by weight</p> <p>1:5 <br />parts by weight</p> <p>(resin:hardener)</p> <p>(binder:aggregate)</p> <p>60 kg</p> <p>5 kg</p> <p>10 kg</p> <p>25 kg</p> <p>2 x 25 kg</p> <p>Binder: 18 months when stored <br />cool and dry in the original <br />unopened container, above <br />+10° C. Protect from direct <br />sunlight and cold. <br />Storage should be in compliance <br />with the regulations for storing <br />products dangerous to <br />watercourses. <br />Observe EU safety data sheet.</p> <p>Surface preparation: <br />Existing substrates must be load-bearing, dust free and <br />dry. Damaged wooden and floorboard substrates are to <br />be replaced and loose boards are to be secured (e.g. <br />screws etc.). Leave a minimum 5 mm gap between <br />adjacent constructions by the insertion of polystyrene <br />edge strips before the lightweight screed is installed.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Viscosity: <br />Consistency: <br />Density*): <br />Mixing ratio:</p> <p>30 kg</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Production of the lightweight epoxy resin screed <br />binder <br />ASODUR-LE: 5 parts by weight special lightweight <br />aggregate: 1 part binder (ASODUR-LE). <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mixing of the components <br />is to be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx. <br />300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to <br />also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that <br />the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is <br />homogenous (free from striations). Mixing time approx. <br />5 minutes. The material temperature during mixing</p> <p>Pot life*): <br />approx. 40 mins <br />approx. 45 mins <br />Curing temperature <br />(Material / substrate): <br />+ 8 °C – + 30 °C + 8 °C – + 30 °C <br />Foot traffic after*): approx. 16 hours approx. 16 hours <br />Overcoat after*): approx. 16 hours approx. 16 hours <br />Full load after*): <br />approx. 7 days <br />approx. 7 days <br />Compressive <br />strength: <br />approx. 26 N/mm2 <br />Flexural strength: <br />approx. 13 N/mm2 <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 1.15 kg/m2/mm thickness <br />Cleaning: <br />Clean tools immediately after use <br />with AQUAFIN-Cleanser. <br />Packaging: <br />30 kg and 60 kg units <br />*) at +23 °C</p> <p>214</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>should be +15 °C. Place the determined weight of <br />lightweight aggregate into the forced paddle mixer <br />(e.g. type: Zyklos or UEZ). Subsequently add the <br />previously homogenously mixed resin and hardener <br />components of the binder. Ensure that the liquid <br />and solid components are evenly mixed. When <br />preparing small quantities of lightweight screed (5 kg <br />units ASODUR-LE binder, 25 kg special lightweight <br />aggregate) place the special lightweight aggregate <br />into a mixing bucket (capacity 60 litres) and add the <br />previously mixed resin and hardener components. <br />Subsequently blend the special lightweight aggregate <br />and binder with a suitable stirrer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). Ensure that the liquid and solid <br />components are evenly mixed. Decant the material into <br />a clean container and mix through thoroughly once <br />again.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• If ASODUR-Lightweight screed is installed over impact <br />sound insulation, a minimum thickness of 20 mm is <br />required. Furthermore ensure that the compressibility of <br />the impact sound insulation used is < 1 mm. <br />• If ASODUR-LE is used as a thin load distribution <br />layer on LEWIS dovetail sheeting, ensure that during <br />installation the deflection of the LEWIS dovetail <br />sheeting is avoided by using suitable load distribution <br />such as e.g. shuttering boards. <br />• When the screed is bonded at 15 mm, the tile size <br />should not be greater than 40 x 40 cm. Larger <br />formats would require installation to DIN 18560 part <br />2 i.e. a separating layer and a thickness of 25 mm <br />ASODUR-LE. <br />• Ensure the installation site is ventilated and avoid <br />direct sunlight. <br />• Do not add any additives to the screed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH Systembaustoffe. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “Epoxy resin”.</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />1) To improve the workability, prime the substrate prior <br />to application with ASODUR-LE (binder). <br />2) Apply the mixed lightweight screed onto the freshly <br />primed substrate and strike over laths to the correct <br />thickness. <br />3) Thoroughly compact the lightweight screed and then <br />level off. <br />Trowel the surface of the installed ASODUR-LE <br />lightweight screed once hardened, closing off surface <br />pores, in readiness for floor coverings. <br />Material recommendations: <br />• Mix the ASODUR-LE binder with 0.2 - 0.7 mm <br />quartz sand 1:1 by weight and evenly trowel apply <br />ensuring all pores are closed. Consumption: approx. <br />1.8 kg/m2 mixed mortar. <br />• Evenly apply two coats of AQUAFIN-2K/M by brush <br />or trowel. Consumption: approx. 3.5 - 4.5 kg/m2. <br />Follow the Product Data Sheets of these additional <br />products.</p> <p>GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured ASODUR-LE is harmless. The hardener <br />(component B) is corrosive. When using this product the <br />government health and safety protective directive, data <br />sheet M 023, should be observed as well as the advice <br />on the packaging.</p> <p>17/12</p> <p>215</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASODUR®-SFE</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05841</p> <p>Epoxy resin binder for ASODUR-SteelFibre screeds</p> <p>Properties: <br />ASODUR-SFE is a solvent-free, low viscosity, two <br />component epoxy resin binder for production of <br />ASODUR-SteelFibre screeds consists of: <br />• ASODUR-SFE (2-comp. epoxy resin binder) <br />• Quartz sand (grain size: 0 – 1.5 mm) <br />• ASO-SteelFibre <br />Storage: <br />ASODUR-SteelFibre screeds offer high compressive and <br />flexural strengths, are self-supporting up to a thickness <br />of approx. 10 mm and are water vapour pressure <br />compensated. <br />Areas of application: <br />ASODUR-SFE is used for the production of <br />ASODUR-SteelFibre screeds. <br />ASODUR-SFE provides a base substrate for surface <br />protection systems on cement-based surfaces, asphalt <br />floors and ceramic coverings with minor cracking, <br />dampness or oil contamination.</p> <p>in 11.5 kg packs. <br />Components A and B are <br />delivered at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. <br />Quartz sand (grain size: <br />0 – 1.5 mm): 25 kg bags <br />ASO-SteelFibre: 20 kg boxes <br />18 months when stored dry <br />and cool in the original <br />unopened packaging. The <br />storage is to be made <br />according to the regulation <br />of storage for liquids <br />hazardous to water. <br />Please observe a valid <br />EU safety data sheet.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The surface must be load-bearing, dust-free, dry and free <br />from loose particles. Clean oily surfaces with cleanser <br />ASO-R008 or with the Bioversal-method thoroughly and <br />immediately after seal with the special primer ASODURSG2. Apply the self-adhesive RD-SK50 edging strip at <br />least 5 mm wide around interuptions e.g. walls, pillars, <br />columns etc. before installing ASODUR-SFE.</p> <p>Technical Data (ready-mixed screed): <br />Consistency: <br />mortar-like <br />Density: <br />approx. 2.1 g/cm3 <br />at + 20° C <br />Mixing ratio: <br />2:1 parts by weight <br />(resin:hardener) <br />approx. 1:8 parts by weight <br />(binder:quartz sand) plus <br />approx. 4 % ASO-SteelFibre <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 45 minutes <br />at + 23° C <br />Min. cure temperature: + 8° C <br />Foot traffic after: <br />approx. 16 up to <br />max. 24 hours at + 23° C <br />Overcoat after: <br />approx. 16 up to <br />max. 24 hours at +23° C <br />Fully loadable after: <br />approx. 7 days at + 23° C <br />Compressive strength: <br />approx. 54 N/mm2 <br />Flexural strength: <br />approx. 19 N/mm2 <br />Cleaning of tools: <br />Thoroughly clean tools <br />immediately after use with <br />AQUAFIN-Cleanser <br />Packaging: <br />ASODUR-SFE is available</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Production of steel fibre screed: <br />• binder ASODUR-SFE: 11.5 kg <br />• quartz sand (grain size: 0 – 1.5 mm): 100.0 kg <br />• ASO-SteelFibre : 4.5 kg <br />ASODUR-SFE (binder): <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with a paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time 5 minutes. The minimum <br />temperature during mixing should be approx. + 15° C. <br />Lay quartz sand and ASO-SteelFibre in predetermined</p> <p>216</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>rates in the forced paddle mixer (e.g. type Zyklos or <br />UEZ). Subsequently add the previously homogenous <br />mixed resin and hardener components of ASODUR-SFE. <br />Ensure that the liquid and solid components are evenly <br />mixed.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Where a bonded screed is required, always prime <br />the prepared substrate with the binder ASODURSFE to produce a bond between the substrate and <br />ASODUR-SteelFibre screed. Prime the surface in <br />sections. Consumption: approx. 300 – 500 g/m2 <br />Subsequently apply ASODUR-SteelFibre screed on to <br />the primed surface whilst it is still wet. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Service Department of SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />the waste disposal code 57123 “Epoxy resin”.</p> <p>When mixing aggregate (e.g. quartz sand) ensure <br />that the aggregate is dry and also at a temperature of <br />approx. +15° C. <br />Method of application/consumption: <br />Apply the mixed steel fibre screed on to the prepared <br />substrate in a minimum layer thickness of 10 mm, strike <br />off using a lath, compact mechanically and smooth <br />afterwards (finishing trowel). <br />Consumption of ready-mixed screed: <br />approx. 21 kg/m2 at 10 mm layer thickness. <br />Before coating of ASODUR-SteelFibre screed with a <br />surface protection system (ASOFLOOR-system) apply a <br />scratch coat to the entire screed surface.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE1</p> <p>Scratch coat consists of: <br />• ASODUR-SFE: <br />1.0 parts by weight <br />• Quartz sand <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm <br />diameter: <br />1.0 part by weight of a <br />suitable filler <br />Material consumption: approx. 1.0 kg/m2</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>217</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASOFIX-2000</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 03840</p> <p>Dispersion adhesive to DIN EN 12004</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Ready to use <br />• non-slip <br />• deformable <br />• easy to use <br />• high initial grab <br />• flexible <br />• tested to DIN EN 12004, <br />D1 TE</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Storage: <br />See printed batch number <br />SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>EN 12004 <br />ASOFIX-2000</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The surface must be clean, dry, load bearing and flat. <br />Completely remove mould oil or release agents, old, <br />flaking or chalky paint. Firmly bonded paint must be <br />abraded. Carry out trial areas on old paint and remove <br />in cases of uncertainty. When tiling to dry construction <br />panels observe the manufacturer’s guidelines for <br />cladding with ceramic tiles. We recommend priming <br />with ASO-Unigrund. <br />ASOFIX-2000 can be used as a splatterdash coat <br />when mixed with cement and washed sand - grain <br />size 0 - 4 mm - at a ratio of 1:2 by volume. Pre-blend <br />the dry cement and sand then add the ASOFIX-2000 <br />emulsion to produce a splatterdash coat, which must <br />be used within 1.5 hours. Once fully dried, apply the <br />render/plaster.</p> <p>Dispersion adhesive <br />for wall tiles</p> <p>D1 TE <br />Reaction to fire: class E</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASOFIX-2000 is used for the thin bed fixing of tiles <br />and mosaics to flat, porous substrates such as concrete, <br />pre-cast concrete, aerated, expanded concrete and <br />plasters/renders of groups PII to PIV as well as to rigid <br />polystyrene panels (Styropur and similar) in interior <br />areas. <br />It is also suitable for the secure bonding of tiles and <br />mosaics to dry construction panels such as plasterboard, <br />and gypsum fibreboards that require a flexible adhesive <br />bed and for fixing earthenware tiles and mosaics to old <br />ceramic finishes. <br />For flexible fixing in floor areas as well as wet areas we <br />recommend UNIFIX-2K elastic powder adhesive. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Specific gravity: <br />Open time:</p> <p>Curing time: <br />Grouting:</p> <p>Application/ <br />Substrate temperature: <br />Cleaning:</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>20 and 8 kg packs <br />frost free minimum 12 months <br />in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>Application: <br />Surface preparation and work is to be carried out in <br />accordance with DIN 18 157, part 2. ASOFIX-2000 <br />is spread evenly with a trowel or steel float over the <br />prepared surface and combed through with a notched <br />trowel. The choice of notched trowel should be such that <br />a minimum 65% wetting of the back of the tile <br />with adhesive is guaranteed. Apply a thin coat of <br />ASO-Unigrund-S to old tiles as preparation. Press the <br />tiles into the adhesive whilst it is still wet, a film must not <br />have formed, with a twisting/sliding action. Dependent <br />upon working conditions only spread out in advance <br />over an appropriately sized area. <br />Ensure tiles are installed within the adhesive open time <br />– finger test. At least one part of the structure must be <br />absorbent e.g. plaster or earthenware tile.</p> <p>acrylic dispersion <br />cream white <br />approx. 1.6 kg/l <br />20 – 30 minutes dependent <br />on substrate and <br />temperature <br />after 14 – 21 days fully cured <br />with porous substrate after <br />approx. 2 days, with nonporous substrate longer <br />+5 °C to +25 °C <br />in the fresh state with water, <br />dried dissolve with <br />AQUAFIN-Cleanser <br />approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm <br />thickness</p> <p>218</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Advice: <br />• When installing tiles to floors with deformable <br />thin-bed adhesives we recommend UNIFIX-S3, <br />UNIFIX-S3-FAST, UNIFIX-2K or UNIFIX-2K/6. <br />• When installing natural or agglomerate stone, note <br />the properties specific to the installation material <br />(tendency to discolour, risk of curling) and follow the <br />manufacturer’s installation recommendations. We <br />recommend that a trial area is fixed. <br />• Perimeter, bay and movement joints are to be brought <br />through to the tiled finish and to be stopped with <br />suitable material e.g. RD-SK50 edging strip. <br />• To avoid curling effects from water uptake, we <br />recommend that agglomerates/synthetic and natural <br />stone containing serpentinite are fixed with <br />ASODUR-EK98. <br />• ASOFIX-2000 is an adhesive that hardens through <br />drying and is therefore to be protected from water <br />and frost until completely hardened. <br />• Protect areas not being treated with ASOFIX-2000. <br />• Follow relevant current regulations. For e.g. <br />DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, EN 13813, <br />DIN 18202, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB sheets distributed by Bundesverband Estrich <br />und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “Coordination of cut-out <br />areas in heated floor construction” <br />The ZDB information sheets distributed by the <br />Fachverband des deutschen Fliesenegwerbes: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Floor finishes on calcium sulphate screeds.” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in ceramic wall and floor tile <br />finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural stone and <br />cement bound composite slabs on cement-based floor <br />constructions with insulation.” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural stone and <br />cement bound composite slabs on heated cementbased floor constructions.” <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: D1 <br />49/12</p> <p>219</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>ASOPLAST-MZ</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 02222</p> <p>Bonding emulsion – additive for screeds and mortars – <br />protection for green concrete</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Solvent free <br />• Free from acetates and diluents <br />• Free from chloride ions <br />• No corrosion causing components <br />• Plasticizing <br />• Concentrate <br />• For interior and exterior use</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Specific gravity: <br />Colour: <br />Consumption: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASOPLAST-MZ is used for producing polymer modified <br />mortars, bonding coats, splatterdash coats, tough <br />renders, enhanced screeds, grouts and adhesives as <br />well as coved fillets: <br />• For levelling and patching mortars down to the <br />thinnest of coats. <br />• For producing floor toppings with increased freedom <br />from dust and cracks as well as increased flexibility. <br />• As a bonding aid with splatterdash coats. <br />• To improve the bond, flexibility and freedom from <br />cracks in renders. <br />• As a bonding and barrier coat for mortar bases in <br />concrete construction joints e.g. between floor slabs <br />and walls (coved fillet mortar). <br />• For wear resistant toppings in hydraulic engineering <br />constructions, sewerage pipes, sewerage works etc. <br />• For pointing masonry work. <br />• As an adhesive for anchoring slabs – ceramic, natural <br />and agglomerate stone - as well as insulation panels <br />and lightweight construction boards. <br />• As an additive to improve the bond and resilience of <br />coloured lime and cement-based coatings. <br />• For producing mortars with increased chemical <br />resistance. <br />• As a protective coat for fresh concrete, ASOPLAST-MZ <br />impedes early drying out of green concrete.</p> <p>Application / <br />substrate temp.: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Styrene-butadiene polymer <br />emulsion <br />approx. 1.0 g/cm3 (kg=l) <br />white <br />dependent on application, stir <br />before use <br />frost free, 24 months in the <br />original unopened container. <br />Use opened containers <br />promptly. <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />1, 5, 10, 25 and 210 kg <br />containers</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load-bearing, clean, solid and <br />free from mould release oil residues and cement films <br />etc. Completely remove contamination such as oils, <br />greases, rubber marks etc possibly by abrasion or sand <br />blasting. Remove any loose areas and laitance. Evenly <br />pre-wet absorbent substrates until saturated (avoid <br />puddle formation). <br />Product preparation: <br />Only use clean washed aggregates with a good <br />particle size distribution for producing the polymer <br />mortar. <br />The grain size is to be adjusted to suit the thickness <br />of the surface finish e.g.: <br />Up to 2 mm <br />diameter 0 – 0.5 mm <br />2 – 5 mm <br />diameter 0 – 1.0 mm <br />5 – 15 mm <br />diameter 0 – 2.0 mm or <br />0 – 4.0 mm <br />Above 15 mm <br />diameter 0 – 8.0 mm <br />Firstly mix dry, then add the ASOPLAST-MZ and water <br />solution and thoroughly mix for 2 minutes. Apply more <br />layers the greater the final thickness. As a rule apply wet <br />mortar to wet mortar. Never use the ASOPLAST-MZ and <br />water solution neat as if it dries too quickly a separating <br />film can form.</p> <p>ASOPLAST-MZ imparts increased adhesion strength, <br />improved flexural strength, greater elasticity, better water <br />resistance, reduced permeability to water and increased <br />chemical resistance to the cured mortar.</p> <p>220</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Bonding coat / bonding slurry: <br />Note the following when rendering over difficult <br />substrates, waterproofing renders, waterproofing slurries, <br />patch repairs, levelling mortars, floor toppings, between <br />old and new concrete: <br />Mix solution: <br />ASOPLAST-MZ with water 1:1 to 1:3 <br />Dry mix: <br />cement and sand 1:3 <br />Grain size: <br />0 – 4 mm dependent on coating <br />thickness <br />Consumption: <br />2.3 – 3.0 kg/m² and cm thickness</p> <p>Dry mix: <br />Grain size:</p> <p>cement with sand 1:2 to 1:3 <br />0 up to max 8 mm, dependent on <br />thickness of layer <br />Consumption: <br />0.4 – 0.9 kg/m² dependent on <br />thickness of layer <br />The semi-dry mortar is applied wet in wet in layers from <br />15 – 30 mm, well compacted and rubbed down in <br />accordance with usual application specifications. Note <br />the position of shrinkage control joints and movement <br />joints.</p> <p>a) Splatterdash bond coat: <br />Prepare the mortar and spray it to a thickness of <br />4 – 5 mm. <br />Build-up further layers using conventional rendering <br />techniques following the usual specifications and <br />with pre-blended mortars following the manufacturer’s <br />directions. <br />b) Bonding slurry for bonded cement-based screeds: <br />Dilute ASOPLAST-MZ 1:1 with water. Then mix this <br />solution with the screed mortar to a slurry consistency. <br />Using a paint brush, broom or roofers broom work the <br />bonding coat produced into the dampened substrate <br />and then install the cement-based screed whilst the slurry <br />is still wet.</p> <p>Renders: <br />a) Standard lime-cement renders <br />Mix solution: <br />ASOPLAST-MZ with water 1:2 to 1:4 <br />Dry mix: <br />binder with sand 1:2.5 to 1:4 <br />Grain size: <br />0 - 4 – 0 - 8 mm <br />Consumption: <br />0.3 – 1.1 kg/m² and cm thickness <br />b) Rendering insulation panels <br />Mix solution: <br />ASOPLAST-MZ with water 1:2 <br />Dry mix: <br />binder with sand 1:3 <br />Grain size: <br />0 - 4 mm <br />Consumption: <br />0.7 – 1.0 kg/m² and cm thickness <br />The splatterdash coat is applied in accordance with <br />the instructions under the splatterdash section. The base <br />coat is applied to the hardened splatterdash coat to <br />usual rendering regulations. ASOPLAST-MZ is added <br />to the base coat where better adhesion, increased <br />flexibility, reduced tendency for shrinkage cracks and <br />reduced permeability to water is required.</p> <p>Levelling, patch repair and packing mortar: <br />Mix solution: <br />ASOPLAST-MZ with water <br />For thicknesses below 10 mm 1:3 <br />For thicknesses above 10 mm 1:5 <br />Dry mix: <br />cement and sand 1:2 to 1:4 <br />Greater chemical resistance, especially against urea, <br />ammonia and dilute alkalis, is achieved with a fatter mix <br />solution e.g. ASOPLAST-MZ: water 1:2. <br />Grain size: <br />0 – 4 mm dependent on thickness <br />of layer <br />Consumption: <br />0.7 – 1.5 kg/m² and cm thickness <br />Apply the stiff plastic mortar on to the well pre-wetted <br />substrate. A bonding coat is necessary (see above) on <br />heavy duty areas as well as on very smooth substrates.</p> <p>Smoothing coat and levelling exposed concrete: <br />Mix solution: <br />ASOPLAST-MZ with water 1:3 to 1:5 <br />Dry mix: <br />cement with sand 1:3 <br />Grain size: <br />0 – 1 mm <br />Consumption: <br />0.7 – 1.3 kg/m² and cm thickness <br />Thoroughly clean and pre-wet the substrate. Prepare the <br />mix previously described to a trowelable consistency. <br />Firstly prepare the bonding coat and thoroughly brush <br />in with a brush or broom. Then immediately apply the <br />mortar described above into the wet bonding coat using <br />a trowel or rubber float, rub up with a hand float and <br />smooth with a steel trowel.</p> <p>Floor toppings, wear resistant toppings in hydraulic <br />engineering construction, sub-bases: <br />Mix solution: <br />ASOPLAST-MZ with water <br />For heavy duty use 1:1 to 1:2 <br />For normal use 1:2 to 1:4 <br />221</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Special mortar: <br />Mix solution: <br />ASOPLAST-MZ with water 1:3 to 1:5 <br />Dry mix: <br />cement with sand 1:2 to 1:3 <br />Grain size: <br />0 – 8 mm <br />Consumption: <br />0.6 – 1.1 kg/m² and cm thickness <br />For bridging over construction joints between concrete <br />sections prepare the above mix to a stiff consistency and <br />apply to the clean, pre-wetted substrate at a thickness <br />up to 5 mm immediately before installing concrete. <br />When using shuttering, this must be sealed. The <br />construction joint so produced is to be carefully covered <br />in concrete and compacted as usual.</p> <p>Evaporation protection for concrete: <br />After diluting (1 part ASOPLAST-MZ – 2 parts water) <br />apply by spray or brush. Application should take place <br />as soon as the setting process has commenced but the <br />surface is free from water. <br />Material consumption: <br />50 – 70 g/m² undiluted <br />ASOPLAST-MZ <br />Advice: <br />• Always mechanically mix ASOPLAST-MZ (not longer <br />than 2 minutes). <br />• Neat ASOPLAST-MZ without cement and sand is not <br />suitable as a bonding coat as a separating layer can <br />form due to premature film formation. <br />• ASOPLAST-MZ solutions diluted at a ratio greater <br />than 1:5 (MZ:water) provide the mortar with too little <br />polymer so that the mortar properties are scarcely <br />improved. <br />• ASOPLAST-MZ is not resistant to continuous contact <br />with petrol and organic solvents (use ASODUR <br />mortars). <br />• When using ASOPLAST-MZ, trade application <br />regulations must be followed the same as if <br />conventional mortars were being applied. <br />• Use clean sand with a suitable particle size <br />distribution (grading). <br />• Always use the least amount of mix water possible. <br />• When applying multi-layers, always apply wet in wet <br />• Mortar that has already started to stiffen should not be <br />re-lifed by adding more water or fresh mortar as there <br />is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />• Protect areas to which ASOPLAST-MZ will not be <br />applied. <br />• Wash off splashes immediately. <br />• Protect from rapid drying. <br />• Protect from wind and extremes of temperature.</p> <p>Adhesive, grout and coved fillet mortar: <br />a) For rigid joints in concrete and masonry construction. <br />Mix solution: <br />ASOPLAST-MZ with water 1:2 to 1:4 <br />Dry mix: <br />cement with sand 1:2 to 1:3 <br />Grain size: <br />0 – 2 with increased fines up to <br />0.2 mm <br />Consumption: <br />0.7 – 1.9 kg/m² and cm thickness <br />Prepare the mortar to a paste consistency and push <br />into the joints with a trowel, gauging trowel or pointing <br />trowel. <br />b) Bonding insulation panels and lightweight <br />construction boards <br />Mix solution: <br />ASOPLAST-MZ with water 1:1 <br />Dry mix: <br />cement with sand 1:3 <br />Grain size: <br />0 – 2 mm <br />Consumption: <br />1.4 – 1.9 kg/m² and cm thickness <br />Apply ‘blobs’ of the plastic mortar or a full bed with <br />a trowel or notched trowel and push in the boards/ <br />panels. <br />Addition to coloured lime and cement coatings: <br />Mix solution: <br />ASOPLAST-MZ with water 1:1 <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 0.1 to 0.2 kg/m² <br />Use the above mix solution as a replacement for water. <br />This imparts increased adhesion and resistance to <br />wiping as well as improved weathering to the coating.</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet <br />GISCODE: D1</p> <p>Finishing for all types of application: <br />During the first 5 days, protect renders, floor toppings, <br />patching and levelling mortars etc from drying out too <br />quickly, due to wind and sunshine, by covering with <br />polythene or repeatedly wetting. Also protect from frost.</p> <p>51/12</p> <p>222</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>BENFERFIX-EXTRA</p> <p>Art.-No white 1016, grey 1046</p> <p>White or grey powder cement adhesive for interior and exterior laying <br />of ceramic wall and floor tiles and similar materials, frost-resistant <br />Description: <br />BENFERFIX-EXTRA is a cement adhesive with excellent <br />characteristics of workability and grip for interior and <br />exterior laying of floor and wall ceramic tiles and <br />natural stones on all foundations normally used in <br />building, provided that they are fixed and nondeformable. BENFERFIX-EXTRA has been conceived <br />thanks to a long experience and it is guaranteed by the <br />thousands of applications every year in Italy and <br />abroad.</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />BENFERFIX-EXTRA + water <br />very doughy <br />white and grey <br />Powder: in the original <br />unopened packaging, in dry <br />and cool place <br />Danger of toxicity: <br />no <br />The cement content of the <br />product may cause irritation <br />to the skin and eyes. We <br />suggest to adopt appropriate <br />protections. <br />Inflammable: <br />no <br />Mixing ratio: <br />29 parts water to 100 parts <br />powder by weight <br />Application temperature: from +5° C to +40° C <br />Pot life: <br />3 hours <br />Open time: <br />30 minutes at +23° C and <br />50% R.H. <br />Ready for grouting on <br />dry supports: <br />24 hours at +23° C <br />Ready for traffic on dry <br />supports: <br />48 hours at +23° C <br />Final hardening on dry <br />supports: <br />14 days <br />Consistency: <br />Colour: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Mixed with water, BENFERFIX-EXTRA produces a bright <br />plastic paste, which is endowed with excellent adhesive <br />properties towards all materials for laying floors or <br />walls, and all foundations that are normally used in <br />building. Once it has hardened, it provides a perfect <br />resistance to water, heat and frost. In addition, when <br />mixed with CEMLATEX-600, BENFERFIX-EXTRA becomes <br />the most suitable product for withstanding, once it has <br />hardened, the most severe stresses in: swimming-pools, <br />cold rooms, prefabricated structures, heated floors, <br />floors subject to heavy loads. <br />Primary Uses: <br />BENFERFIX-EXTRA can be used for: <br />Interior and exterior laying of ceramic floor and wall <br />tiles, marble and other natural stones of any type in size <br />up to 2000 cm2 interior and up to 1200 cm2 exterior. <br />With CEMLATEX-600 (5 kg of CEMLATEX-600 and <br />2 litres of water each 25 kg of BENFERFIX-EXTRA): <br />• laying of floor and wall tiles in difficult environmental <br />conditions such as: swimming-pools, cold rooms, <br />terraces, surfaces exposed to the action of the water, <br />etc. <br />• laying of heated floors <br />• laying of floor tiles in size up to 60x60 (3600 cm2) <br />• laying of wall tiles in size up to 2000 cm2</p> <p>Consistency: <br />Colour: <br />Storage: <br />Danger of toxicity:</p> <p>223</p> <p>BENFERFIX-EXTRA + <br />CEMLATEX-600 <br />very doughy <br />white and grey <br />CEMLATEX-600: 6 month, <br />protect from frost <br />no <br />The cement content of the <br />product may cause irritation <br />to the skin and eyes. We <br />suggest to adopt appropriate <br />protections.</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>BENFERFIX-EXTRA</p> <p>Inflammable: <br />Mixing ratio:</p> <p>no <br />5 litres of CEMLATEX-600 <br />each 25 kg of powder <br />+ about 2.5 litres of water</p> <p>Conforms to:</p> <p>EN 12002 class S2</p> <p>Application Procedures: <br />Surface Preparation: <br />Foundations should be fixed and non-deformable, not <br />free to do any movement outside the elastic oscillations <br />and vibrations that are proper for structures. <br />Consequently, foundations made of light or thin <br />prefabricated panels are not suitable. Before laying, it is <br />necessary to eliminate accurately any residues of dust, <br />grease or oil. Do not use on substrates in gypsum, <br />scagliola and anhydrite or on particularly absorbent <br />substrates without first treating them with BENFERPRIM. <br />For laying on to old floors in ceramics, gres, marble or <br />similar materials, or heated foundation coverings subject <br />to slight dimensional variations, add 5 kg of CEMLATEX600 to each bag of BENFERFIX-EXTRA in powder and <br />2 litres of water. Always consider in these particular <br />cases and when large size tiles are employed, a joint of <br />at least 3 mm between tile and tile and fill up the <br />expansion joints of the structure elastically in the <br />coating. The same working procedure must be taken <br />into consideration for joints between wall and wall and <br />between wall and floor.</p> <p>Technical properties <br />mix with water <br />Value <br />Requirement <br />Initial adhesion after <br />≥ 0.5 N/mm <br />≥ 0.5 N/mm <br />28 days: <br />Adhesion strenght after <br />heat ageing (14 days + <br />≥ 0.5 N/mm <br />≥ 0.5 N/mm <br />14 days at +70° C): <br />Adhesion strenght after <br />water immersion (7 days + <br />≥ 0.5 N/mm <br />21 days into the water): ≥ 0.5 N/mm <br />Adhesion after freeze ≥ 0.5 N/mm <br />thaw cycle (25 cycles): ≥ 0.5 N/mm <br />Flexural strenght: <br />2.2 N/mm <br />Compression strenght: <br />6.5 N/mm <br />Resistance to <br />from -30° C to +80° C <br />temperature: <br />Conforms to: <br />EN 12004 class C1E <br />2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2 <br />2</p> <p>mix with CEMLATEX-600 <br />Value <br />Requirement <br />Initial adhesion after <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />28 days: <br />Adhesion strenght after <br />heat ageing (14 days + <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />14 days at +70° C): <br />Adhesion strenght after <br />water immersion (7 days + <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />21 days into the water): ≥ 1 N/mm <br />Adhesion after freeze ≥ 1 N/mm <br />thaw cycle (25 cycles): ≥ 1 N/mm <br />Flexural strenght: <br />3 N/mm <br />Compression strenght: <br />11 N/mm <br />Resistance to <br />from -30° C to +90° C <br />temperature: <br />2</p> <p>Mixing: <br />Mix BENFERFIX-EXTRA with 29% of water (pour the <br />powder in water and not vice versa) until you obtain a <br />homogeneous adhesive. Leave it rest for 5 minutes; then <br />mix again for a little of time. BENFERFIX-EXTRA must be <br />used within the pot life of 3 hours.</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>EN 12004 class C2E</p> <p>Method of application: <br />Tiling: <br />Spread the adhesive BENFERFIX-EXTRA onto the <br />foundation by means of a special toothed spatula <br />BENFER and execute the tiling while exerting a good <br />pressure on the tiles' surface, so that their contact with <br />the adhesive will be almost total. For laying of tiles with</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>224</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>BENFERFIX-EXTRA</p> <p>Storage & shelf Life: <br />BENFERFIX-EXTRA must be stored in the original <br />unopened packaging in a dry and cool place.</p> <p>very hollow or overhanging backward, it is suggested <br />to spread a layer of BENFERFIX-EXTRA on their back <br />surface, to obtain more accurately a total contact <br />between foundation, adhesive and tile, together with a <br />good levelling of the coating. At +23° C and 50% of <br />relative humidity, the open time is of about 30 minutes <br />and the adjustability time is of about 40 minutes. Under <br />unfavourable conditions such time intervals reduce <br />considerably; therefore, it is advisable to spread the <br />adhesive gradually by using little quantities every time <br />and to verify every so often that the applied adhesive <br />hasn't formed a film on its surface before tiling. To make <br />better and easier the workability of the product, <br />especially in summer, it will be useful to damp the <br />working place and to eliminate the possible currents of <br />air. In the first 24 hours that follow the tiling, the <br />adhesive cannot stand the frost. The floors laid with <br />BENFERFIX-EXTRA can be open cautiously to foot-traffic <br />after about 24 hours, for grouting. They are ready for <br />normal traffic after 14 days.</p> <p>Grey version: <br />12 months from the date printed on the packaging; <br />pursuant to EU directive 2003/53/CE, we inform that <br />the expiry dated refers to the efficacy of the reducing <br />agent in relation to Chromium VI Salts. <br />White version: <br />12 months. <br />Health & safety: <br />Please adhere to valid European Material <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />Advice: <br />The information given in this chart is based on our best <br />experience and indicative only. It must in any event be <br />verified by the end user, who assumes all liabilities <br />deriving from utilization of the product.</p> <p>Cleaning and Equipment Maintenance: <br />The cleaning of the coatings of BENFERFIX-EXTRA should <br />be performed with a moist cloth or sponge when the <br />adhesive has already started to set and it can be <br />performed by using more water after only 24 hours <br />from tiling. <br />Estimating and Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />BENFERFIX-EXTRA is available in 25 kg poly-lined bags <br />and 1500 kg pallet loads <br />Consumption: <br />It depends on the conditions of the foundation, on the <br />tile backs and so on the thickness of the necessary layer. <br />With smooth foundation and adhesive layer thickness <br />of 5-6 mm the coverage of BENFERFIX-EXTRA is about <br />5 kg/m2.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>225</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>BENFERFLEX-C2</p> <p>Art.-No white 1026, grey 1059</p> <p>Special white and grey adhesive with elevated flexibility and high <br />synthetic resin content - frost-resistant non-slip <br />Description: <br />BENFERFLEX-C2 is a thixotropic powder adhesive made <br />up by cement, aggregate with selected granulometry, <br />synthetic resins and special additives. <br />BENFERFLEX-C2 has been conceived and developed <br />for quick and sure laying of almost the total type of <br />ceramic materials also onto non-absorbing foundations, <br />or onto foundations that are subject to slight dimensional <br />variations. Besides, the high resistance to vertical <br />slippage allows tiling from the top down.</p> <p>Ready for grouting on <br />dry supports: <br />Final hardening on dry <br />supports:</p> <p>24 hours at +23° C <br />14 days</p> <p>Technical properties: <br />Value <br />Requirement <br />Initial adhesion after <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />28 days: <br />Adhesion strenght after <br />heat ageing (14 days + <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />14 days at +70° C): <br />Adhesion strenght after <br />water immersion (7 days + <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />21 days into the water): ≥ 1 N/mm <br />Resistance after freeze ≥ 1 N/mm <br />thaw cycle (25 cycles): ≥ 1 N/mm <br />Flexibility (EN 12002): ≥ 2.5 N/mm <br />Flexural strenght: <br />3 N/mm <br />Compression strenght: <br />12 N/mm <br />Shearing strenght: <br />1.4 N/mm <br />Resistance to <br />from -30° C to +80° C <br />temperature: <br />In comliance with: <br />EN 12004 class C2TE <br />2</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BENFERFLEX-C2 can be used for: <br />• laying porcelain tiles and non-absorbing ceramic tiles. <br />• interior or exterior laying of floor and wall ceramic <br />tiles of all types even onto heated floors (hot water <br />and electric radiant floor): <br />– interior: largest size of the tiles 90x90 cm. For wall <br />coatings and heated floors largest size of the tiles <br />60x60 cm. <br />– exterior: largest size of the tiles 60x60 cm. For wall <br />coatings the water absorption of the tiles must be <br />< of 0.5%</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />Consistency: <br />Colour: <br />Danger of toxicity:</p> <p>EN 12002 class S1</p> <p>very doughy <br />white and grey <br />no <br />The cement content of the <br />product may cause irritation <br />to the skin and eyes. We <br />suggest to adopt appropriate <br />protections. <br />Inflammable: <br />no <br />Mixing ratio: <br />29 parts water to 100 parts <br />powder by weight <br />Application temperature: from +5° C to +40° C <br />Pot life: <br />3 hours <br />Open time: <br />20 minutes at +23° C and <br />50% R.H.</p> <p>Application Procedures: <br />Surface Preparation: <br />Foundations should be free from oils, greases or <br />powders. Eventual painted surfaces must be in best <br />condition, washed and degreased; in the contrary <br />case, it is indispensable to eliminate accurately any <br />paints from the plaster. For laying on old floors of <br />ceramic tiles, gres, marble or similar materials, it is <br />necessary to ensure that these are properly fixed to the <br />foundation, washed and degreased. It is indispensable <br />always to leave a joint of at least 3 mm between tile <br />and tile. For laying wall tiles it is necessary to respect <br />the expansion joints of the structure, the joints between <br />wall and wall and between wall and floor; which</p> <p>226</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>BENFERFLEX-C2</p> <p>should be filled up elastically. Leave dilation joints or <br />perimetric joints approx. every 20 m2.</p> <p>quantities every time, and to verify often that it hasn't <br />formed a superficial film before tiling. To improve the <br />workability especially during the summer, it is useful to <br />damp the working place and to eliminate the eventual <br />currents of air. During the first 48 hours following the <br />laying the adhesive cannot stand the frost. The floors <br />laid with BENFERFLEX-C2 can be open to foot-traffic <br />cautiously after about 24 hours for grouting (after 48 <br />hours at temperatures below to +15° C). They are <br />ready for normal traffic after 14 days.</p> <p>Mixing: <br />Mix BENFERFLEX-C2 with 26% of water (pour the <br />powder in the water and not vice versa) until you obtain <br />a homogeneous, bright, plastic adhesive. Leave it rest <br />for 5 minutes, and then re-mix rapidly. BENFERFLEX-C2 <br />must be used within the pot life of 3 hours <br />Method of application: <br />Tiling: <br />INTERIOR: Lay the tiles while exerting a good pressure <br />on the tiles surface, so that contact between tile and <br />adhesive will be at least of 80% of their surface for wall <br />coatings and of 95-100% for floor.</p> <p>Cleaning and Equipment Maintenance: <br />The cleaning of the coating of BENFERFLEX-C2 must be <br />effected by means of a damp cloth or sponge when the <br />adhesive has already started to set and it can be done <br />using greater quantity of water only after 48 hours from <br />tiling.</p> <p>EXTERIOR: The contact between tile and adhesive must <br />be 95-100% so to avoid the eventual rain infiltrations <br />that in case of frost could cause the detachment of the <br />tiles. Therefore, it is suggested to spread also a layer of <br />BENFERFLEX-C2 on the back of the tiles.</p> <p>Estimating and Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />BENFERFLEX-C2 is available in 25 kg poly-lined bags <br />and 1125 kg euro pallets loads.</p> <p>Same procedure is recommended indoors for: <br />• floor tiles largest than 500 cm2 with water absorption <br />of the tiles ≥ 0.5% (e.g. porcelain tiles) <br />• floor tiles largest than 1100 cm2 with all the other <br />types of tiles <br />• wall tiles largest than 120 cm2 with water absorption <br />of the tiles ≥ 0.5% (e.g. porcelain tiles) <br />• wall tiles largest than 500 cm2 with all the other types <br />of tiles <br />• special applications such as industrial refrigerators, <br />basins, swimming pools, etc.</p> <p>Consumption: <br />It depends on the foundation and the type of trowel <br />utilized. For smooth foundation and adhesive thickness <br />of 5-6 mm, the coverage of BENFERFLEX-C2 is 4-5 kg <br />per m2 and it increases to 0,5-1 kg per m2 for rough <br />foundations. <br />Storage & shelf Life: <br />BENFERFLEX-C2 must be stored in the original <br />unopened packaging in a dry and cool place. <br />Grey/White version: <br />12 months from the date printed on the packaging; <br />pursuant to EU directive 2003/53/CE, we inform that <br />the expiry dated refers to the efficacy of the reducing <br />agent in relation to Chromium VI Salts.</p> <p>At +23° C and 50% of relative humidity the open time <br />is of about 20 minutes. Under unfavourable conditions <br />these time intervals reduce notably, therefore it is <br />important to spread the adhesive gradually, using little</p> <p>227</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>BENFERFLEX-C2</p> <p>Health & safety: <br />Please adhere to valid European Material <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />Advice: <br />The information given in this chart is based on our best <br />experience and indicative only. It must in any event be <br />verified by the end user, who assumes all liabilities <br />deriving from utilization of the product.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>228</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>BENFERGRES</p> <p>Art.-No white 1021, grey 1022</p> <p>Special white and grey adhesive with synthetic resins. <br />Frost-resistant, thixotropic <br />Description: <br />BENFERGRES is a thixotropic powder adhesive made <br />up by cement, aggregate with selected granulometry, <br />synthetic resins and special additives. BENFERGRES has <br />been conceived and developed for quick and sure <br />laying of almost the total type of ceramic materials, <br />porcelain tiles, even onto non-absorbing foundations or <br />foundations that are subject to slight dimensional <br />variations. The high resistance to vertical slippage of <br />BENFERGRES allows tiling from the top down.</p> <p>Application temperature: from +5° C to +40° C <br />Pot life: <br />3 hours <br />Open time: <br />30 minutes at +23° C and <br />50% R.H. <br />Ready for grouting on <br />dry supports: <br />24 hours at +23° C <br />Final hardening on dry <br />supports: <br />14 days</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BENFERGRES can be used for: <br />• laying porcelain tiles and non-absorbing ceramic tiles <br />• interior or exterior laying of floor and wall ceramic <br />tiles of all types on heated floors (hot water): <br />– Interior floors: largest size of the tiles 60x60 cm. <br />Onto calcium sulphate screeds, after two coats of <br />BENFERPRIM. Onto existing floors, after a coat of <br />STARPRIM. For heated floors (hot water) max. size of <br />tiles 2000 cm2. <br />– Interior walls: largest size of the tiles 60x60 cm. <br />– Exterior floors: largest size of the tiles 3600 cm2. <br />– Exterior walls: largest size of tiles 2000 cm2 and <br />the water absorption of the tiles must be < 0.5%</p> <p>Initial adhesion after <br />28 days: <br />Adhesion after heat <br />ageing (14 days + <br />14 days at +70° C): <br />Adhesion after water <br />immersion (7 days <br />+ 21 days in water): <br />Frost resistance <br />(25 cycles): <br />Flexibility (EN 12002): <br />Resistance to <br />temperature: <br />In comliance with:</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />Aspect: <br />Colour: <br />Danger of toxicity:</p> <p>Application Procedures: <br />Surface Preparation: <br />Foundations should be free from oils, greases or <br />powders. Eventual painted surfaces must be washed <br />and degreased. Eliminate any residual of non-adhesive <br />substances from the surface. Do not use on gypsum or <br />scagliola plaster, on anhydrite screeds or on particularly <br />absorbent substrates without first treating them with 2 <br />coats of BENFERPRIM. For laying on old floors of <br />ceramic tiles, gres, marble or similar materials, it is <br />necessary to ensure that these are properly fixed to the <br />foundation, washed and degreased and previously <br />treated with STARPRIM. It is indispensable always to <br />leave a joint of at least 3 mm between tile and tile. For</p> <p>Inflammable: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Maximum thickness <br />application:</p> <p>Technical properties:</p> <p>powder <br />white and grey <br />no <br />The cement content of the <br />product may cause irritation <br />to the skin and eyes. We <br />suggest to adopt appropriate <br />protections. <br />no <br />31 parts water to 100 parts <br />powder by weight <br />10 mm</p> <p>229</p> <p>Value</p> <p>Requirement</p> <p>≥ 1 N/mm2</p> <p>≥ 1 N/mm2</p> <p>≥ 1 N/mm2</p> <p>≥ 1 N/mm2</p> <p>≥ 1 N/mm2</p> <p>≥ 1 N/mm2</p> <p>≥ 1 N/mm2</p> <p>≥ 1 N/mm2</p> <p>≥ 2.5 N/mm2 <br />from -30° C to +80° C <br />EN 12004 class C2TE</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>BENFERGRES</p> <p>laying wall tiles it is necessary to respect the expansion <br />joints of the structure, the joints between wall and wall <br />and between wall and floor; which should be filled up <br />elastically,. Leave dilation joints or perimetric joints <br />aprox. every 20 m2.</p> <p>the frost. The floors laid with BENFERGRES can be open <br />to foot-traffic cautiously after about 24 hours for grouting <br />(after 48 hours at temperatures below to +15° C). They <br />are ready for heavy traffic after 14 days. <br />Cleaning and Equipment Maintenance: <br />The cleaning of the coating of BENFERGRES must be <br />effected by means of a damp cloth or sponge when the <br />adhesive has already started to set and it can be done <br />using greater quantity of water only after 48 hours from <br />tiling.</p> <p>Mixing: <br />Mix BENFERGRES with 31% of water (pour the powder <br />in the water and not vice versa) until you obtain a <br />homogeneous, bright and plastic adhesive. Leave it rest <br />for 5 minutes, and then re-mix once again.BENFERGRES <br />must be used within the pot life of 3 hours.</p> <p>Estimating and Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />BENFERGRES is available in 20 kg poly-lined bags and <br />1120 kg euro pallets loads.</p> <p>Method of application: <br />Tiling: <br />INTERIOR: Lay the tiles while exerting a good pressure <br />on the tiles surface, so that contact between tile and <br />adhesive will be at least of 80% of their surface for wall <br />coatings and of 95-100% for floor.</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Depending on the substrate, on the kind of tiles, of <br />fixing and on the type of trowel used. With Trowel U9: <br />aprox. 4,5 kg/m2 (see table)</p> <p>EXTERIOR: The contact between tile and adhesive must <br />be 95-100% so to avoid the eventual rain infiltrations <br />that in case of frost could cause the detachment of the <br />tiles. Therefore, it is suggested to spread also a layer of <br />BENFERFLEX-C2 on the back of the tiles.</p> <p>Examples</p> <p>Trowel U6 Trowel U9</p> <p>Single spreading</p> <p>3.5 kg/m2 4.5 kg/m2</p> <p>Double spreading 5.0 kg/m</p> <p>2</p> <p>Same process is recommended when working indoors <br />with floor tiles no larger than 900 cm2 and for all other <br />critic application.</p> <p>Half-round trowel <br />diameter 20</p> <p>6.0 kg/m</p> <p>2</p> <p>7 kg/m2 <br />8 kg/m2</p> <p>Storage & shelf Life: <br />BENFERGRES must be stored in the original unopened <br />packaging in a dry and cool place.</p> <p>At +23° C and 50% relative humidity, the open time of <br />BENFERGRES is of about 30 minutes. Under <br />unfavorable conditions these time intervals reduce <br />notably, therefore it is important to spread the adhesive <br />gradually, using little quantities every time, and to verify <br />often that it has not formed a superficial film before <br />tiling. To improve the workability especially during the <br />summer, it is useful to damp the working place and to <br />eliminate the eventual currents of air. During the first 24 <br />hours following the laying, the adhesive cannot stand</p> <p>Grey/White version: <br />12 months from the date printed on the packaging; <br />pursuant to EU directive 2003/53/CE, we inform that <br />the expiry dated refers to the efficacy of the reducing <br />agent in relation to Chromium VI Salts.</p> <p>230</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>BENFERGRES</p> <p>Health & safety: <br />Please adhere to valid European Material <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />Advice: <br />The information given in this chart is based on our best <br />experience and indicative only. It must in any event be <br />verified by the end user, who assumes all liabilities <br />deriving from utilization of the product.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>231</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>BENFERGRIP+</p> <p>Art.-No white 11081, grey 11061</p> <p>Special adhesive with high ultimate strength and long open time. <br />Prevents vertical slippage of tiles when fixing <br />Description: <br />BENFERGRIP+ is a HIGHLY TIXOTROPIC adhesive in <br />powder, consisting of highly resistant cement, selected <br />granulometry quartz, synthetic resins and special new <br />generation additives. BENFERGRIP+ formula was <br />conceived and developed for rapid and safe installation <br />of all ceramic materials, even from top to bottom.</p> <p>• BENFERGRIP+ has a long open time, which is <br />indispensable in ensuring that the tile backs are <br />properly wetted through the action of the special <br />additives, and allowing its use in a softer state than <br />traditional adhesives. <br />• BENFERGRIP+ white does not contain sand and <br />therefore it is particularly suitable also for laying <br />glass mosaic.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BENFERGRIP+ can be used for: <br />• installing large size porcelain stoneware, single fired <br />non-absorbent materials and natural stone from top to <br />bottom <br />• laying marble mosaic floors, wall coverings, thick <br />porcelain stoneware and glass mosaic <br />• laying on plasterboard panels <br />• laying Klinker wall coverings and thick floor coverings <br />• laying and fixing of all types of ceramic and natural <br />stone (provided that stable) floor and wall coverings: <br />(inside with size up to 60x60 cm; outside with size <br />up to 40x40 for floor and up to 30x30 cm for wall) <br />• laying on heated floors of porcelain stoneware and <br />single fired tiles with a surface up to 2000 cm2. <br />By replacing 20% of the water (5 litres per 25 kg of <br />powder) with CEMLATEX-600, BENFERGRIP+ becomes <br />an adhesive suitable for heated floors with sizes bigger <br />than 2000 cm2, swimming pools, cold stores, <br />prefabricated buildings and floors typically subject to <br />heavy loading. With the addition of CEMLATEX-600, it <br />is possible to lay tiles outside with a maximum size of <br />40x40 on walls and 60x60 on floors.</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />Consistency: <br />Colour: <br />Danger of toxicity:</p> <p>Inflammable: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Liquid mixture: <br />Maximum application <br />depth: <br />Coverage: <br />Vertical slipping <br />(EN 1308): <br />Application temperature: <br />Pot life: <br />Open time:</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• High resistance to slippage when fixing wall tiles. <br />• Fixing of tiles without spacers, and working from the <br />top down. <br />• BENFERGRIP+ special formula creates a thixotropic <br />adhesive, which remains soft during mixing, <br />spreading and tiling, but regains consistency <br />immediately afterwards.</p> <p>Walkable on dry <br />supports: <br />Final hardening on dry <br />supports:</p> <p>232</p> <p>BENFERGRIP+ + water <br />very doughy <br />white and grey <br />no <br />The cement content of the <br />product may cause irritation <br />to the skin and eyes. We <br />suggest to adopt appropriate <br />protections. <br />no <br />30 parts water to 100 parts <br />powder by weight <br />7.5 liters per 25 kg bag <br />10 mm <br />from 3.5 to 5 kg/m2 <br />< 0.5 mm <br />from +5° C to +40° C <br />4 hours <br />30 minutes at +23° C and <br />50% R.H. <br />24 hours at +23° C <br />14 days</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>BENFERGRIP+</p> <p>Consistency: <br />Colour: <br />Danger of toxicity:</p> <p>Inflammable: <br />Mixing ratio:</p> <p>BENFERGRIP+ <br />+ CEMLATEX-600 <br />very doughy <br />white and grey <br />no <br />The cement content of the <br />product may cause irritation <br />to the skin and eyes. We <br />suggest to adopt appropriate <br />protections. <br />no <br />5 litres of CEMLATEX-600 <br />each 25 kg of powder <br />+ about 2.75 litres of water</p> <p>Adhesion strenght after <br />water immersion (7 days + <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />21 days into the water): 1 N/mm <br />Adhesion after freeze ≥ 1 N/mm <br />thaw cycle (25 cycles): 1 N/mm <br />Flexural strenght <br />≥ 5/mm <br />≥ 5 mm <br />(EN 12002): <br />Compression strenght: <br />≥ 11 N/mm <br />Resistance to <br />from -30° C to +90° C <br />temperature: <br />Conforms to: <br />EN 12004 class C2TE</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>mix with CEMLATEX-600 <br />Value <br />Requirement <br />Initial adhesion after <br />28 days: <br />Adhesion strenght after <br />heat ageing (14 days + <br />14 days at +70° C):</p> <p>1 N/mm2</p> <p>≥ 1 N/mm2</p> <p>1 N/mm2</p> <p>≥ 1 N/mm2</p> <p>2</p> <p>Application Procedures: <br />Surface Preparation: <br />Substrates must be of firm consistency and have a <br />surface roughness no more than 30 mm deep. If the <br />depth is more than 30 mm in localized areas, a suitable <br />mesh must be embedded, otherwise the substrate must <br />be taken up and renewed completely. <br />Before applying BENFERGRIP+, the surface must be free <br />from dirt, paint, grease or wax. Dust can be removed <br />with water. To remove grease, wax etc. use an alkaline <br />detergent and then rinse with water. Paint needs to be <br />removed mechanically, and the surface then rinsed <br />clean. Any loose or inconsistent material must be <br />cleared away to leave a firm and stable surface. <br />Newly laid slabs and screeds must be properly cured <br />(at least six days for each cm depth). <br />On sub-bases in plaster, scagliola or anhydrite, apply <br />two preventative coats of Benferprim in crisscross <br />directions. <br />Do not bridge existing structural joints. For unbroken <br />expanses in excess of 30 m2, create expansion joints <br />(in both floor and substrate) selecting convenient break <br />lines; such as those along where casting is continued, <br />where there is a change in gradient, or where the floor <br />meets columns and load bearing walls, taking care to <br />leave a gap of at least 3 mm both in the substrate and <br />between tiles.</p> <p>Initial adhesion after <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />28 days: <br />Adhesion strenght after <br />heat ageing (14 days + <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />14 days at +70° C): <br />Adhesion strenght after <br />water immersion (7 days + <br />≥ 1 N/mm <br />21 days into the water): ≥ 1 N/mm <br />Adhesion after freeze ≥ 1 N/mm <br />thaw cycle (25 cycles): ≥ 1 N/mm <br />Compression strenght: <br />≥ 6.0 N/mm <br />Resistance to <br />from -30° C to +80° C <br />temperature: <br />Conforms to: <br />EN 12004 class C2TE</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>EN 12002 class S2</p> <p>mix with water <br />Value <br />Requirement</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>Technical properties</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>233</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>BENFERGRIP+</p> <p>Cleaning and Equipment Maintenance: <br />The cleaning of the covering of BENFERGRIP+ must be <br />done using a damp cloth or sponge after the adhesive <br />started to set and it can be done using greater quantity <br />of water only after 48 hours from tiling.</p> <p>Make sure to protect against frost during the first <br />48 hours after tiling. <br />Mixing: <br />Mix the adhesive with water at a rate of 3.33 : 1 <br />(25 kg powder to 7.5 litres water approx.). For best <br />results use a mechanical mixer at low rpm. The mix must <br />be very soft, homogeneous and lump-free. Allow to <br />stand for 5 minutes and work up lightly again before <br />using.</p> <p>Estimating and Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />BENFERGRIP+ is available in 25 kg poly-lined bags <br />and 1125 kg euro pallet loads.</p> <p>Method of application: <br />Apply the adhesive BENFERGRIP+ using a notched <br />trowel suitable for the tiles being laid: <br />• with square teeth 6–8 mm wide for sizes up to <br />500 cm2 (e.g. 20x25 cm) <br />• with square teeth 10 mm wide for sizes up to <br />900 cm2 (e.g. 30x30 cm)</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Dependent on condition of the substrate and the type of <br />trowel utilized. With a normal/common substrate and <br />10 mm notch, coverage of BENFERGRIP+ is 4 kg/m2. <br />Storage & shelf Life: <br />BENFERGRIP+ must be stored in original packs <br />properly sealed and protected against frost, sunlight <br />and humidity.</p> <p>Lay the tiles, tapping lightly and applying sufficient <br />pressure to achieve good contact between tile and <br />adhesive. When laying outside, apply a thin layer of <br />BENFERGRIP+ to the tile backs, making certain that no <br />voids are left between the tiles and substrate, otherwise <br />rainwater may infiltrate and freeze, causing the tiles to <br />lift. To extract maximum performance from the adhesive <br />it should be worked up at intervals in the bucket. <br />BENFERGRIP+ has a long pot life (approximately <br />4 hours) but should be used nonetheless within 2 hours <br />after adding water and applied a little at a time so that <br />the adhesive being used is always fresh; this is <br />particularly important in dry and/or windy conditions. <br />Floors laid with BENFERGRIP+ can be walked on after <br />24 hours at temperatures of around +23° C. Longer <br />time is needed at lower temperatures. Due to variable <br />ambient conditions, floors must be left to cure for at least <br />24 hours and protected from frost or flooding if <br />necessary.</p> <p>Grey/white version: <br />12 months from the date listed on the package; in <br />conformity with the directive 2003/53/CE informing <br />that this time expiration regards the efficiency of the <br />reducing agent in respect to hydro-soluble chrome VI. <br />CEMLATEX-600: 6 months. <br />Health & safety: <br />Please adhere to valid European Material <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />Advice: <br />The information given in this chart is based on our best <br />experience and indicative only. It must in any event be <br />verified by the end user, who assumes all liabilities <br />deriving from utilization of the product.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>234</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>CRISTALLFUGE</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04277</p> <p>Natural stone and multi-function grout</p> <p>low water absorption and narrow joints such as e.g. <br />with fully vitrified tiles and glass tiles. CRISTALLFUGE <br />is suitable for use in interiors in accordance with the <br />AgBB evaluation scheme (Committee for health related <br />evaluation of building products), the French VOC byelaw and GEV-EMICODE. <br />Technical Data: <br />Composition:</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Rapid crystalline binding of the mix water <br />• Protects sensitive materials against discoloration <br />from the stone’s own constituents <br />• Fulfills the requirements of CG2WA to <br />DIN EN 13888 <br />• Rapid setting <br />• Good application and wash-off properties <br />• Smooth consistency <br />• Free from quartz sand for grouting sensitive surfaces <br />• Free from silicosis causing fine quartz dust hazardous <br />to health <br />• Can be ground down <br />• Vapour permeable <br />• Pigmented <br />• Polymer modified <br />• Cures without cracks <br />• For floor and wall heating systems <br />• Colours matched to the ESCOSIL-2000-ST <br />silicone system</p> <p>special cement, mineral <br />aggregates and high quality <br />additives <br />Colours: <br />white, silver grey, grey, <br />pearl grey, beige, pergamon, <br />nut brown, titan grey, <br />slate grey <br />(Colour illustration: see table <br />on the last page) <br />Joint widths: <br />from 1 mm to 10 mm <br />Pot life *: <br />approx 30 mins <br />Application temperature: +5° C to +25° C <br />Foot traffic after *: <br />approx. 1.5 hrs <br />Full service conditions *: 1 day at the earliest <br />Water demand: <br />1.20 – 1.45 litres / 5 kg <br />Consumption: <br />see consumption table <br />Cleaning: <br />with water whilst in the <br />fresh state <br />Bulk density: <br />approx. 1.1 – 1.2 kg/dm3 <br />Wet mix density: <br />approx. 1.9 kg/dm3 <br />Packaging: <br />5 kg plastic bags <br />Storage: <br />minimum 12 months when <br />stored dry in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />CRISTALLFUGE is especially suitable for the discoloration <br />free grouting of sensitive natural stone such as e.g. <br />limestone, Jura marble, Sohlhofener stone, sensitive light <br />crystalline marble, granite and others. The application, <br />initial set in the joint, water retention and the wash-off <br />performance are matched to these materials. The rapid <br />crystalline binding of the mix water reliably prevents <br />edge discoloration. CRISTALLFUGE can be used for <br />joints up to 10 mm in interior and exterior areas, on <br />walls and floors, in dry, intermittently wet and wet <br />areas. It is also possible to grout ceramic tiles such as <br />earthenware, vitrified, fully vitrified tiles, glass mosaics <br />and it is especially suitable for grouting finishes with</p> <p>*) The values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity</p> <p>235</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Table of consumption: <br />format joint width joint depth <br />(cm) <br />(mm) <br />(mm) <br />2x2 <br />1.5 <br />2 <br />2x2 <br />1.5 <br />10 <br />10 x 10 <br />3 <br />6 <br />20 x 30 <br />3 <br />8 <br />30 x 30 <br />3 <br />10 <br />30 x 40 <br />3 <br />10 <br />30 x 60 <br />3 <br />10 <br />30 x 60 <br />3 <br />20 <br />30 x 90 <br />3 <br />20</p> <p>4. Keep movement joints empty in readiness for <br />elastic sealing with ESCOSIL-2000-ST. Rake out any <br />adhesive/grout residues after the initial set and wash <br />with a lightly dampened sponge.</p> <p>consumption <br />kg/10 m2 <br />5.8 <br />29.2 <br />7.3 <br />4.4 <br />4.1 <br />4.8 <br />3.1 <br />6.2 <br />5.5</p> <p>Any mortar film remaining can be washed off after a <br />few hours using a sponge board and clean water. <br />When cleaning do not use dry cloths as there is a risk <br />of discoloration due to rubbing dried grout into the <br />grout joints, which are still damp. Protect the freshly <br />grouted areas from conditions, which may affect the <br />setting such as high temperatures, wind, rain or frost. In <br />unfavourable weather conditions (low humidity, draught, <br />wind) and with highly absorbent tile bodies, the grout <br />curing process can be optimized by post-treating the <br />joints with clean water (wetting with the sponge board). <br />Frequently replace wash-off water with fresh water.</p> <p>Substrate preparation and <br />product application: <br />Adequately rake out tile joints once the adhesive has set <br />sufficiently, then wash the tile surface with water. The <br />adhesive must be fully set otherwise discolouration may <br />appear on the grout joints. Evenly pre-wet very porous <br />tiles. Joint edges must be clean and free from separating <br />substances. The time at which grouting may commence <br />where tiles have been laid in thin-bed adhesives <br />is approx. 3 to 72 hours after installation. With <br />sand:cement fixing methods, the mortar bed must be <br />adequately solid and evenly dry. Do not grout surfaces <br />with varying temperatures (e.g. from sunshine). <br />The consistency of the grout is to be adjusted to suit the <br />absorbency of the tile and the substrate. <br />1. Mix CRISTALLFUGE with clean water in a clean <br />mixing bucket. Dependent on the desired consistency, <br />place 1.20 – 1.45 litres of water in the bucket and <br />add 5 kg CRISTALLFUGE and mix until smooth and <br />homogenous. We recommend mixing with a suitable <br />mechanical mixer (speed approx. 300 – 500 rpm). <br />Allow to stand for 2 minutes, then re-mix the grout. In <br />order to avoid colour variations, always keep the mix <br />ratio constant. Do not mix more grout than can be used <br />within 30 minutes *). <br />2. Work CRISTALLFUGE into wall or floor joints using <br />a grout float and light pressure. Strike off cleanly and <br />diagonally to the grout lines, so that a full joint is <br />achieved. If necessary top up the joint after a short wait. <br />3. Once the grout has started to stiffen (finger test), wash <br />the joint profile clean with a dampened sponge board. <br />After a few minutes wash the tile face clean with the <br />sponge board.</p> <p>When grouting tiles with profiled, rough, unglazed or <br />porous surfaces as well as natural stone with textured <br />surfaces, polished porcelain with surface micro-pores <br />of varying size, it is recommended that a test area <br />is carried out (possibly lightly dampen the surface or <br />impregnate with a suitable material before grouting) <br />. The time at which the grout should be washed off is <br />dependent on the tile type and the prevailing climate. <br />After waiting for a sufficient amount of time, smoothen <br />the surface without washing out the joints. <br />Important advice: <br />• Grout, which has started to stiffen, should not be <br />re-lifed through the addition of water or fresh mortar <br />as there is an increased risk of discoloration. <br />• We recommend regular aftercare and cleaning <br />for the grouted surface though the use of neutral or <br />slightly alkaline cleaners at the prescribed application <br />concentration. After cleaning, rinse the surface with <br />clean water. <br />• When using acid based cleaners observe the <br />appropriate directions. Refer to the specific properties <br />of the natural stone material installed. Pre-wet the <br />joints, then apply the cleaner – at low concentrations. <br />Keep the activity time of the cleaner to a minimum <br />and follow by washing with plenty of water. When <br />used incorrectly, e.g. dosage too high, extended <br />contact with the grout or omitting pre-wetting, acid <br />236</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>based cleaners can impair the strength or even <br />completely destroy the grout matrix. <br />Pre-wet very absorbent stone or treat with a suitable <br />sealer before grouting. <br />Use only clean water and clean tools. <br />Thoroughly clean the substrate before starting <br />grouting. <br />Note the setting times of adhesives and mortars. There <br />is a risk of discoloration if grouting too early. <br />Assessments have shown that pore or bubble <br />formation in the grout is not related to the grout. The <br />following basic conditions are, as a rule, the cause: <br />1. Very highly absorbent stone or ceramic <br />2. High w/c ratio in the grout <br />3. Air bubbles blended into the mix</p> <p>• Before grouting, stop perimeter and intermediate <br />movement joints with edging strips e.g. RD-SK50 to <br />prevent mortar ingress. <br />• Due to the tendency to show the dirt more, light <br />colours should only be used in interiors or on walls. <br />• Use material from the same batch number within the <br />same room. <br />• To achieve optimum cement hydration, ensure <br />that there is adequate moisture available. This is <br />especially important with non-absorbent stone or tiles <br />as no deposit effect is to be expected. <br />• When grouting natural and synthetic stone, take the <br />specific properties of the product into consideration <br />(tendency to discolour). We recommend that a trial <br />area is grouted. <br />• Protect areas not being treated from the effects of <br />CRISTALLFUGE.</p> <p>For 1 & 2: Do not pre-wet highly dense stone. Using a <br />sponge board, wet low density stone, with consequently <br />higher porosity and capillary action, to saturation and then <br />grout. <br />For 3: If too high a speed or an inappropriate paddle is <br />used to mix then more air can be entrained. To eliminate <br />it is advantageous to vibrate/bang until the entrained air <br />visibly leaves. A rounded paddle or helical paddle has <br />proven to be advantageous.</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>• In draughts or sunlight, protect the joints from drying <br />out too quickly by possibly covering with polythene or <br />by repeatedly dampening the joints. <br />• Protect joints from rain and frost until set. <br />• Form elastic joints between tile bays, interruptions and <br />pipe penetrations as well as perimeter and connecting <br />joints with ESCOSIL-2000-ST or ESCOSIL-2000. <br />• Irregular moisture penetration, resulting from the <br />sub-base, mortar bed, temperature variations or the <br />material installed, can lead to colour variation in <br />the grout finish, which does not impair the quality <br />of the grout and which may recede with favourable <br />conditions. We cannot therefore guarantee that there <br />will be no colour variation. <br />• Unwashed aggregates from sand:cement bedding <br />(e.g. with a loam content) or substances from other <br />construction materials with the potential to discolour <br />may lead to patchiness in the grout surface. <br />• In the case of high mechanical loading e.g. from <br />cleaning equipment or chemical exposure, we <br />recommend that the highly durable grout ASODUREK98 or ASODUR-Design is used, should the specific <br />stone characteristics permit this.</p> <p>Information sur le niveau d’émission de substances <br />volatiles dans l’air intérieur, présentant un risque de <br />toxicité par inhalation, sur une échelle de classe allant <br />de A+ (très faibles émissions) à C (fortes émissions).</p> <p>237</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>CRISTALLIT®-flex</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05419 <br />White rapid setting, flexible adhesive for natural stone</p> <p>UNIFLEX-B in floor areas. On horizontal external areas <br />such as e.g. balconies and terraces, modify 25 kg <br />CRISTALLIT-flex with 8.33 kg UNIFLEX-B. <br />Suitable for wet duty classes A0, B0 and A in <br />accordance with the ZDB data sheet [*1].</p> <p>10</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>EN 12004 <br />CRISTALLIT-flex</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Improved fast setting cementitious <br />adhesive for tiles and natural stone <br />installation</p> <p>C2 F</p> <p>Colour: <br />Filler base: <br />Bulk density: <br />Application / <br />substrate temperature: <br />Pot life *): <br />Open time *): <br />Grout after *): <br />Foot traffic after *): <br />Testing:</p> <p>Reaction to fire A1/A1fl</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Rapid crystalline binding of the mix water <br />• Flexible <br />• Rapid hardening <br />• White <br />• Up to 10 mm bed thickness <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Tested to DIN EN 12004 C2FT <br />• Especially creamy consistency</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Areas of application: <br />For the installation of natural and synthetic stone tiles <br />with high or low water absorption as well as for <br />earthenware and vitrified ceramic finishes. Preferred <br />when work is under time constraints and for the <br />installation of light coloured, translucent material and <br />those prone to discoloration such as e.g. crystalline <br />marble, limestone, granite, porphyry, quartzite, <br />sandstone to name a few. With its ability to speedily <br />bind the mix water, CRISTALLIT-flex offers additional <br />protection against discoloration resultant from the <br />stone’s own constituents. CRISTALLIT-flex is suitable for <br />a secure bond to concrete, render/plaster, masonry <br />work, moisture resistant plasterboard etc., and for <br />use on heated screeds. It is also suitable for bonding <br />lightweight construction boards e.g. from extruded <br />polystyrene and for the installation of tiles and <br />natural stone to mineral-based and dispersion-based <br />SCHOMBURG bonded waterproof membranes. <br />In continuously wet areas such as e.g. swimming pool <br />surrounds and communal showers, we recommend that <br />25 kg of CRISTALLIT-flex is modified with 2.0 kg of</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>sand, cement, additives <br />(polymer modified) <br />white <br />fine sand <br />1.40 kg/dm3 <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />approx. 60 mins <br />approx. 15 – 20 mins <br />approx. 4 hrs <br />approx. 4 hrs <br />DIN EN 12004 C2 FT <br />MPA NRW test certificate <br />220002640-03 <br />immediately after use with <br />water <br />2.6 kg/m² with a 6 mm <br />notched trowel <br />3.5 kg/m² with an 8 mm <br />notched trowel <br />4.3 kg/m² with a 10 mm <br />notched trowel <br />6 kg bag, 25 kg bag <br />12 months when stored <br />dry in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>*) These values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />CRISTALLIT-flex is suitable for the assured installation <br />to all substrates covered in DIN 18157, part 1 e.g. <br />concrete, aerated concrete, render/plaster, poured <br />asphalt of class IC10 and IC15, cement-based and <br />calcium sulphate based screeds, heated screeds, <br />masonry work and moisture resistant plasterboard etc. <br />The substrate must be dry, load-bearing, adequately</p> <p>238</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>flat, be free from penetrating cracks and separating <br />substances such as oils, paints, laitance and loose <br />areas. It must have a closed surface texture and exhibit <br />surface characteristics and strength consistent with its <br />type. When installing tiles, the substrate, its preparation <br />and workmanship must conform to DIN 18157, part <br />1. Roughen smooth concrete surfaces, prime absorbent <br />substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Calcium sulphate screeds <br />must be abraded, vacuumed and as with all calcium <br />sulphate based substrates, primed with ASO-Unigrund. <br />When installing large format tiles on calcium sulphate <br />screeds, we recommend priming with ASODUR-V360W <br />due to its increased barrier effect. Prior to the installation <br />of tiled finishes on to heated screeds, they must be <br />commissioned to recognised technical regulations. <br />The readiness of a substrate to receive finishes is to be <br />determined by moisture measurements using a carbide <br />hygrometer (CM devce). The moisture content should not <br />exceed: <br />• CT 2.0 CM% for screeds on insulation or <br />separating layers <br />• CA without underfloor heating 0.5 CM% <br />• CA with underfloor heating 0.3 CM% <br />The moisture measurements are to be carried out in <br />accordance with current FBH-AD work instructions taken <br />from the technical information on the coordination of cutout points with heated floor constructions.</p> <p>improves the deformability and tensile adhesion <br />strength, which is particularly recommended with large <br />format tiles greater than 60 x 60 cm. This can greatly <br />compensate for shear stresses, which can lead to <br />de-bonding under unfavourable extraneous conditions. <br />To improve workability, mix UNIFLEX-B with water and <br />then mix with CRISTALLIT-flex until homogenous. <br />4.17 kg UNIFLEX-B : approx. 3.6 litres water : <br />25 kg CRISTALLIT-flex <br />Mix ratio, highly deformable (conforms to class C2 S2, <br />deformation > 5 mm): <br />8.33 kg UNIFLEX-B : approx. 2.2 litres water : <br />25 kg CRISTALLIT-flex <br />* These values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Not suitable for use in underwater areas. <br />• To avoid curling effects through water absorption, <br />we recommend when fixing serpentinite, slate or <br />agglomerate/synthetic stone which contain these <br />natural stones, that ASODUR-EK98 or <br />ASODUR-Design is used. <br />• When installing agglomerate/synthetic stone we <br />recommend that 25 kg CRISTALLIT-flex is modified <br />with 2.0 kg UNIFLEX-B. <br />• When CRISTALLIT-flex is modified with UNIFLEX-B the <br />setting process is altered, delaying the time before <br />grouting and foot traffic is permitted. <br />• When installing large format tiles greater than <br />50 x 50 cm, butter the backs of the tiles or use the <br />buttering/floating technique to improve adhesion. <br />• When fixing natural and synthetic stone, take the <br />specific properties of the product into consideration <br />(tendency to discolour, risk of curling). We <br />recommend that a trial area is fixed. <br />• Thoroughly prime calcium sulphate based substrates, <br />such as e.g. ASO-NM15, with ASO-UnigrundGE or ASO-Unigrund-K (mix ratio 1:3 with water). <br />To avoid the formation of ettringite, UNIFIX-AEK <br />is especially suited for installing tiles to calcium <br />sulphate based substrates up to a residual moisture <br />of 1.0% when heated and 1.5% when unheated <br />(carbide hygrometer measurements). Take the <br />specific properties of the product to be installed into <br />consideration.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Mix CRISTALLIT-flex in a clean mixing bucket with <br />clean water until homogenous. <br />Mixing ratio: <br />1.2 – 1.5 litres water : 6.0 kg CRISTALLIT-flex <br />5.0 – 6.0 litres of water : 25 kg CRISTALLIT-flex <br />Allow to stand for a short period, then re-mix. Do not <br />mix more adhesive than can be used within approx. <br />60 minutes *). Spread the mixed adhesive over the <br />substrate surface and comb through with a notched <br />trowel appropriate to the tile size. Install the tiles <br />within the adhesive open time. Always clean mixing <br />containers, as CRISTALLIT-flex, which is setting acts as an <br />accelerator. Do not mix with cement-based adhesives. <br />When laying large format tiles larger than 60 x 60 cm, <br />we recommend that CRISTALLIT-flex is modified with <br />UNIFLEX-B. Modification with the elastic UNIFLEX-B</p> <p>239</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• Adhesive, which has started to stiffen, should not be <br />re-lifed through the addition of water or fresh mortar <br />as there is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />• When installing tiles in more demanding conditions <br />externally (balconies and terraces), we recommend <br />waterproofing with the highly elastic membranes <br />AQUAFIN-RS300, AQUAFIN-2K or <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M. <br />• In continuously wet areas (swimming pools, water <br />features etc.), we recommend the use of system thinbed adhesives UNIFIX-2K, UNIFIX-2K/6 over the <br />SCHOMBURG waterproof membrane, appropriate <br />for the conditions. Consider the specific properties of <br />the material to be installed. <br />• Protect areas not being treated from the effects of <br />CRISTALLIT-flex. <br />• Direct contact between cement-based adhesives and <br />magnesite screeds leads to the destruction of the <br />magensite screed through chemical reaction. Prevent <br />moisture ingress from the rear using suitable means. <br />Mechanically abrade the magnesite substrate and <br />prime with the epoxy resin ASODUR-V360W <br />mixed with max. 5% water as necessary (approx. <br />250 g/m²). After waiting from between 12 and 24 <br />hours, apply a second coat of ASODUR-V360W <br />(approx. 300 – 350 g/m²). Blind the second coat, <br />whilst still wet, with 0.5 – 1.0 mm quartz sand. Wait <br />for a further 12 – 16 hours then continue with the <br />installation. <br />• Observe the relevant current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560 <br />EN 13813, DIN 18202, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information for natural stone from the <br />German Natural Stone Association. <br />The technical information “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Heavy duty ceramic floor finishes” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*4] “Tiling to calcium sulphate screeds”</p> <p>[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions” <br />[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas” <br />[*8] “Finishes on poured asphalt” <br />[*9] “Tolerances in level” <br />[*10] “Tolerances” <br />[*11] “Cleaning, protecting, maintenance” <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>51/12</p> <p>240</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05426</p> <p>Modern flexible adhesive with increased yield</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Tested to DIN EN 12004 and <br />DIN EN 12002, C2 FT S1 <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• For heated substrates <br />• Up to 15 mm bed thickness <br />• Fulfills the required criteria of the <br />information sheet “Flexible <br />adhesive” <br />• Can be used as a repair or patch <br />mortar beneath tiles <br />• Especially creamy application <br />• Good slump resistance <br />• Rapid crystalline water binding <br />• Rapid hardening <br />• Flexible <br />• White</p> <p>for assured fixing on flat and uneven load-bearing <br />substrates. Furthermore CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex can be <br />used as a repair and patching mortar up to 15 mm <br />beneath tiles. <br />It is additionally suitable as a bonding material for <br />lightweight construction boards e,g, extruded <br />polystyrene and for tiling onto mineral-based and <br />dispersion-based SCHOMBURG waterproof <br />membranes. <br />On horizontal exterior areas such as e.g. balconies and <br />terraces, 25 kg CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex is to be modified <br />with 8.33 kg UNIFLEX-B. <br />For installing large format tiles greater than 3600 cm2, <br />modify 25 kg CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex with 4.17 kg <br />UNIFLEX-B. <br />CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex is suitable for use in wet duty <br />classes A0 and B0 in accordance with the ZDB <br />information sheet “Bonded waterproof membranes”.</p> <p>See printed batch number <br />SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2 – 8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>EN 12004 <br />CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex <br />Rapid hardening cement-based <br />adhesive for tiled finishes and <br />slab floors under high demands</p> <p>C2 F <br />Fire performance class E</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>high quality white cement, <br />selected aggregates and <br />additives <br />Colour: <br />white <br />Bulk density: <br />approx. 1.5 kg/dm3 <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 30-45 minutes <br />Open time *): <br />approx. 10-20 minutes <br />Foot traffic *): <br />after approx. 3 hours <br />Grout *): <br />after approx. 3 to 4 hours <br />Full service conditions *): after approx. 14 days <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 2.3 kg/m2 with a <br />6 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 3.1 kg/m2 with an <br />8 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 4.1 kg/m2 with a <br />10 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 5 to 7 kg/m2 with <br />a 20/15 medium bed trowel <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bag</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex is a particularly creamy to use thin <br />or medium bed adhesive. For the installation of natural <br />stone tiles as well as earthenware and vitrified ceramic <br />tiled finishes, ceramic tiles with low water absorption ) <br />0.5% (fully vitrified), those with deep profiled backs, <br />with variations in thicknesses, with higher or lower water <br />absorption. <br />It is preferred for work under time constraints and for <br />fixing light, translucent materials and those sensitive to <br />discolouration such as e.g. crystalline marble, limestone, <br />granite, porphyry, quartzite, sandstone etc. Due to the <br />efficient binding of the water, CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex <br />offers further protection against discolouration from the <br />stone’s own constituents. CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex is suitable</p> <p>241</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex</p> <p>Cleaning:</p> <p>clean tools immediately after <br />use with water <br />Storage: <br />dry, 12 months in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly <br />Application temperature: +5° C to +25° C</p> <p>The CM measurements are to be carried out to the <br />current work instructions FBH-AD from the technical <br />information “Coordination of cut out points with heated <br />floor constructions”. <br />Product preparation and application: <br />Place clean water in a clean mixing bucket, add <br />CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex and mix with a drill and paddle <br />(approx. 300-700 rpm) to a homogenous consistency. <br />Mixing ratio: 6.5-7.0 litres water : 25 kg <br />CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex <br />Mixing ratio, highly deformable (conforms to class <br />C2E S2, deflection > 5 mm): <br />4.17 kg UNIFLEX-B : 25 kg CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex</p> <p>*) These values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex is suited for an assured installation <br />onto all substrates in accordance with DIN 18157, part <br />1 e.g. concrete, aerated concrete, render/plaster, <br />poured asphalt of hardness class IC10, cement-based <br />or calcium sulphate based screeds, heated screeds, <br />masonry work and moisture resistant plasterboard etc. <br />The substrate must be dry, load-bearing, adequately flat, <br />free from penetrating cracks and free from separating <br />substances such as oil, paint, laitance and loose parts. <br />They must have a largely closed surface with a surface <br />strength and condition commensurate with their type. <br />When installing tiles, the substrate, substrate preparation <br />and product application must conform to DIN 18157, <br />part 1. Roughen smooth concrete surfaces and prime <br />porous substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Calcium sulphate <br />screeds must be abraded, vacuumed and as with all <br />calcium sulphate based substrates primed with ASOUnigrund. Heated screeds must be commissioned prior <br />to the installation of tiled flooring in accordance with <br />recognized technical regulations. The readiness of a <br />substrate to receive tiled finishes is to be determined <br />through moisture measurements with a carbide <br />hygrometer (CM device). The CM moisture content may <br />not exceed: <br />• Cement-based screeds (CT) 2.0 CM% for unbonded <br />or floating screeds <br />• Calcium sulphate based screeds (CA) without <br />underfloor heating 0.5 CM% <br />• Calcium sulphate based screeds (CA) with underfloor <br />heating 0.3 CM%</p> <p>Allow to stand briefly then remix. Do not prepare more <br />adhesive than can be used within 30 to 45 minutes *). <br />Spread the adhesive over the substrate surface and <br />comb through with a notched trowel suitable for the tile <br />format. <br />Install tiles within the adhesive open time. It is <br />advantageous to use the buttering-floating technique <br />with uncalibrated material. Always clean the mixing <br />container as setting CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex acts as an <br />accelerator. Do not mix with other cement-based <br />adhesives. <br />Important advice: <br />• Large irregularities in the substrate up to 15 mm can <br />be evened out by applying a levelling layer of <br />CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex. Allow the levelling layer a <br />minimum of 3 hours *) to cure. <br />• To avoid curling effects due to water absorption when <br />installing serpentinite, schist and agglomerate/ <br />synthetic stone tiles which contain these natural <br />stones, we recommend the use of ASODUR-EK98. <br />• When installing agglomerate/synthetic stone tiles we <br />recommend that CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex is modified with <br />2.0 kg UNIFLEX-B / 25 kg.</p> <p>242</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex</p> <p>• When installing natural and synthetic stone tiles heed <br />the specific product properties of the material to be <br />fixed (tendency to discolour, risk of curling etc) and <br />follow the manufacturer’s installation recommendations. <br />In cases of doubt carry out a trial area. <br />• Thoroughly prime calcium sulphate based substrates <br />with Multigrundierung-MG-17 or ASO-Unigrund-S <br />(mix ratio 1:1 with water). <br />• To avoid the formation of ettringite with calcium <br />sulphate based substrates, UNIFIX-AEK is a suitable <br />adhesive for installing tiles to these substrates up to <br />residual moisture levels of 1.0% for heated and 1.5% <br />for unheated constructions (CM% - carbide <br />hygrometer). Heed the specific product properties of <br />the material being laid. <br />• Do not attempt to re-life adhesive that has already <br />stiffened by adding water or fresh mortar, there is a <br />risk of inadequate strength development. <br />• Eliminate rising damp from the substrate. <br />• When installing tiles in heavy duty areas in exterior <br />locations (balconies and terraces) use the highly <br />elastic bonded waterproof membrane system <br />AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M. <br />• In continuously immersed areas (swimming pools, <br />containers etc.) we recommend the use of system <br />based thin bed adhesives UNIFIX-2K, UNIFIX-2K/6 <br />onto the SCHOMBURG waterproof membrane <br />appropriate for the particular application. Heed the <br />specific product properties of the material being laid. <br />• CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex is a hydraulic hardening mortar <br />that needs to be protected against water and frost <br />penetration until fully cured, which may take a few <br />days in bad weather conditions. <br />• Protect areas not be treated with CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex. <br />• Direct contact between cement-based mortars and <br />magnesite screeds leads to the destruction of the <br />magnesite screed through a chemical reaction. <br />Moisture penetration from the rear must be eliminated <br />with appropriate measures. Mechanically roughen the <br />magnesite screed and prime with the epoxy resin</p> <p>ASODUR-V360W (approx. 250 g/m2) with a <br />maximum of 5% water as necessary. After waiting <br />from 12 to 24 hours at +20° C, apply a second coat <br />of ASODUR-V360W (approx. 300 – 350 g/m2). <br />Blind the fresh second coat with 0.5-1.0 mm quartz <br />sand. After waiting for a further 12-16 hours <br />thoroughly remove excess sand and continue with the <br />tile installation. <br />• Heed the relevant current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, <br />DIN 18202, EN 13813, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*4] “Heavy duty ceramic floor finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions” <br />[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas” <br />[*8] “Finishes on poured asphalt” <br />[*9] “Tolerances in level” <br />[*10] “Tolerances” <br />[*11] “Cleaning, protecting, maintenance” <br />[*12] “Swimming pool construction” <br />Please use a current valid EU Health & Safety data <br />sheet. Low chromate. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>243</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>DEKOGROUT</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05441</p> <p>Antibacterial, flexible, smooth cement-based grout</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Antibacterial and mould resistant. <br />• Water repellent. <br />• Resistant to freeze/thaw cycles. <br />• Free from hazardous silicaceous fine quartz dust. <br />• Good application and wash-off properties. <br />• Smooth surface and wide colour range. <br />• For interior, exterior and under water. <br />• Fulfils the requirements of EN 13888, CG2. <br />• For joints from 1 – 6 mm wide. <br />• Vapor permeable. <br />• Suitable for floor and wall heating. <br />• EC1: very low emission. <br />• Colours matched to the ESCOSIL silicone system.</p> <p>Joint width: <br />Traffic after *): <br />Loadable after *): <br />Storage:</p> <p>1 to 6 mm <br />approx 24 hours <br />at the earliest 3 day <br />18 months in original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging <br />immediately. <br />approx. 25% , <br />1.2–1.3 l/5 kg <br />see table <br />with water in the fresh state <br />approx. 1.2 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 1.9 kg/dm3</p> <p>Water demand: <br />Consumption: <br />Cleaning: <br />Loose density: <br />Fresh mortar density:</p> <p>*) The figures indicated are related to +23° C and 50% relative <br />humidity.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />DEKOGROUT is suitable for grouting glass mosaic, <br />vitrified and fully vitrified clay tiles, brick tiles, tile slips, <br />floor clinkers in bathrooms, showers and living rooms, <br />on terraces, balconies and loggia. As well as facades, <br />in swimming pools, commercial areas, and on heated <br />and flow screeds. <br />Furthermore DEKOGROUT is suitable for jointing of <br />natural stones, if the product-specific properties of the <br />natural stone material permit this and discolouration <br />(i.e. through stones physical characteristics) can be <br />eliminated. <br />We recommend CRISTALLFUGE for the jointing of <br />natural stones.</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Approx. consumption in kg for 10 m <br />Tile format <br />(cm)</p> <p>Technical properties: <br />Basis: <br />cement, mineral aggregates <br />and high-quality additives <br />Colour: <br />choice of 24 colours, <br />see colour table <br />Application/ <br />substrate temperature: <br />+5° C to +30° C <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 30 minutes <br />Packaging: <br />5 kg bag</p> <p>244</p> <p>Joint depth <br />(cm)</p> <p>Joint width (mm) <br />1</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>6</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>0.3</p> <p>8.4</p> <p>16.0</p> <p>2.0</p> <p>2.0</p> <p>0.4</p> <p>7.8</p> <p>15.0</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>0.4</p> <p>5.0</p> <p>9.2</p> <p>13.5</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>12.9</p> <p>25.0</p> <p>37.2</p> <p>5</p> <p>5</p> <p>0.4</p> <p>3.1</p> <p>5.6</p> <p>8.0</p> <p>10.4</p> <p>12.9</p> <p>15.3</p> <p>10</p> <p>10</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>3.7</p> <p>6.8</p> <p>9.8</p> <p>12.9</p> <p>15.9</p> <p>18.9</p> <p>10</p> <p>10</p> <p>0.6</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>4.3</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>8.0</p> <p>9.8</p> <p>11.6</p> <p>12.5</p> <p>12.5</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>3.1</p> <p>5.6</p> <p>8.0</p> <p>10.4</p> <p>12.9</p> <p>15.3</p> <p>10</p> <p>20</p> <p>0.8</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>4.3</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>8.0</p> <p>9.8</p> <p>11.6</p> <p>15</p> <p>15</p> <p>1.4</p> <p>3.7</p> <p>6.7</p> <p>9.6</p> <p>12.6</p> <p>15.6</p> <p>18.6</p> <p>15</p> <p>15</p> <p>0.8</p> <p>2.4</p> <p>4.1</p> <p>5.8</p> <p>7.5</p> <p>9.2</p> <p>10.9</p> <p>24</p> <p>11.5</p> <p>1.2</p> <p>3.3</p> <p>5.8</p> <p>8.4</p> <p>10.9</p> <p>13.5</p> <p>16.0</p> <p>24</p> <p>11.5</p> <p>2.0</p> <p>5.0</p> <p>9.2</p> <p>13.5</p> <p>17.7</p> <p>22.0</p> <p>26.2</p> <p>20</p> <p>20</p> <p>1.4</p> <p>2.8</p> <p>5.0</p> <p>7.1</p> <p>9.2</p> <p>11.3</p> <p>13.5</p> <p>20</p> <p>20</p> <p>0.8</p> <p>1.9</p> <p>3.1</p> <p>4.3</p> <p>5.6</p> <p>6.8</p> <p>8.0</p> <p>20</p> <p>25</p> <p>0.8</p> <p>1.8</p> <p>2.9</p> <p>4.0</p> <p>5.1</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>7.3</p> <p>25</p> <p>25</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>1.9</p> <p>3.1</p> <p>4.3</p> <p>5.6</p> <p>6.8</p> <p>25</p> <p>33</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>1.9</p> <p>3.1</p> <p>4.3</p> <p>5.6</p> <p>6.8</p> <p>8.0</p> <p>30</p> <p>30</p> <p>1.5</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>4.3</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>8.0</p> <p>9.8</p> <p>11.6</p> <p>30</p> <p>30</p> <p>0.8</p> <p>1.7</p> <p>2.6</p> <p>3.6</p> <p>4.6</p> <p>5.6</p> <p>6.5</p> <p>30</p> <p>5</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>4.3</p> <p>8.0</p> <p>11.6</p> <p>15.3</p> <p>18.9</p> <p>22.6</p> <p>33</p> <p>33</p> <p>0.8</p> <p>1.7</p> <p>2.6</p> <p>3.6</p> <p>4.6</p> <p>5.6</p> <p>6.5</p> <p>40</p> <p>40</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>1.6</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>3.4</p> <p>4.3</p> <p>5.3</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>30</p> <p>60</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>1.6</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>3.4</p> <p>4.3</p> <p>5.3</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>60</p> <p>60</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>1.3</p> <p>1.9</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>3.1</p> <p>3.7</p> <p>4.3</p> <p>8.0</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>DEKOGROUT</p> <p>Surface preparation and product <br />preparation: <br />Adequately rake out mortar joints once the adhesive has <br />sufficiently set, then wet-clean the tile surface. The <br />adhesive bed must be fully set or discolouration may <br />appear. Pre-wet strongly porous surfaces uniformly with <br />water. Joints must be clean and free from separating <br />media. The time at which grouting may commence <br />depends on the adhesive used and varies from 2 to 72 <br />hours. Mortar beds used in sand: cement fixing <br />must be sufficiently set and uniformly dry. Do not grout <br />surfaces with differing surface temperatures (i.e. in <br />direct sunlight). The consistency of the grout is to be <br />adjusted dependent on the porosity of the cladding <br />material and the substrate. <br />1. Mix DEKOGROUT with clean water in a clean <br />container. Provide 1.2 – 1.3 l water dependant on <br />the desired consistency. Add 5 kg DEKOGROUT <br />and mix until a smooth mass is achieved. We <br />recommend using a suitable mixer at approx. <br />300 – 500 rpm. After a maturing time of 4 minutes <br />the joint mortar is mixed once again. In order to <br />avoid discrepancies in the color shade, the mix <br />ratios should be kept consistent. <br />2. DEKOGROUT is filled in wall and floor areas using <br />jointing board, with slight pressure and placed <br />diagonally so that the joint is completely filled, being <br />carefully removed after use. <br />3. After the initial hardening of the joint mortar (tactile <br />control) wash the outlines. After approx. 10 -15 <br />minutes wash clean with a sponge board. <br />4. Protect expansion joints for the subsequent <br />application of the elastic jointing with <br />ESCOSIL-2000.</p> <p>as the rubbing of the dried joint mortar may lead to <br />discoloration of the fresh joint. Protect the fresh jointing <br />against high temperatures, winds, rain or frost that may <br />negatively influence the curing. In case of unsuitable <br />weather conditions (low air humidity, draught air, wind) <br />and strongly absorbing ceramics, the joint mortar will <br />cure better when the joint diameter is treated with clean <br />water (moistening with the sponge board). The washing <br />water should often be replaced by clean water. For <br />coverings with rough, profiled or porous surfaces, as <br />well as natural stones which are rough at the surface, a <br />test jointing should be carried out (the surface should be <br />slightly moistened or primed with suitable material prior <br />to the jointing). The time of the washing is dependant on <br />the material and the existing climate. After sufficient <br />waiting time the surface is to be smoothened without <br />washing the joints out. <br />Packaging: <br />All colours are available in 5 kg bags, 4 bags per <br />carton box, 27 boxes per euro pallet 120x80x 105h. <br />Important advice: <br />• Joint mortar which has already begun hardening <br />should not be made workable again through the <br />addition of water or fresh mortar. There is an <br />increased danger of colour discrepancies. <br />• Do not powder and remove DEKOGROUT with dry <br />material. Increased risk of discolouration exists due to <br />inadequate dissociation of the component parts. <br />• Only use clean water and clean tools! <br />• Clean the substrates thoroughly prior to jointing! <br />• Regard the setting time of adhesives and mortars! <br />Discoloration may occur by grouting to early. <br />• Protect the joints from rapidly drying out in drafts and <br />strong sunlight by hanging polythene sheets or <br />repeated wetting of the joints! <br />• Protect grouting until hardened from rain and frost! <br />• Do not improve DEKOGROUT with ASO-Fugenplus!</p> <p>After initial hardening, scratch the mortar residues out by <br />washing with a slightly moist sponge. <br />Potential formations of ceramic mortar (fog) are to be <br />washed off after several hours using a sponge board <br />with clean water. Do not use dry cloths for the cleaning</p> <p>245</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>DEKOGROUT</p> <p>• Joints around tile bays, interruptions and pipe outlets <br />as well as perimeter and connection joints should <br />be sealed with an elastic material such as <br />ESCOSIL-2000, ESCOSIL-2000-ST or <br />ESCOSIL-2000-UW dependant on application. <br />• The use of DEKOGROUT does not replace <br />waterproofing measures! <br />• For maintenance and cleaning of the jointing area we <br />only recommend the use of neutral cleaning agents. <br />After cleaning, the surface is to be rinsed off with <br />clean water. Pay attention to varying absorption rates <br />of the substrate and the joint flanks. <br />• Irregular effects of moisture due to the construction <br />below, the mortar bed, differences in temperature or <br />covering materials, may lead to colour discrepancies <br />in the joint pattern which do not affect the quality of <br />the joint mortar and may level themselves through <br />positive environmental conditions. We do not <br />guarantee against differences in the colourshade. <br />• In case of high mechanical wear such as cleaning <br />machines or chemical loads, we recommend the <br />2-component, highly-wearable epoxy resin joint <br />ASODUR-EK-98! <br />• Prior to the jointing of border finishes and expansion <br />joints, and to support the mortar structure, polystyrene <br />or foam elements are secured. <br />• If etching is required, the joints must be wetted <br />sufficiently. <br />• Only material from the same production batch should <br />be applied within an area. <br />• To achieve optimal hydration of the cement, adequate <br />moisture is to be provided. This is especially important <br />for non-absorbing stone or tiles; therefore no moist <br />depositories can be expected! <br />• Refer to the specific product properties when laying <br />natural stone and synthetic stone (tendency to <br />discolour). When doubt exists carry out a grout trial. <br />We recommend grouting natural stone with <br />CRISTALLFUGE.</p> <p>• Protect surface areas which are not to be treated <br />against the effects of DEKOGROUT. <br />Please adhere to the current EU-safety data sheet! <br />Low chromate in accordance with TRGS 613 for all the <br />colours except 03 grey, 04 anthracite, 05 black, which <br />contains a chromate reducing agent. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>246</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>DEKOGROUT-2K</p> <p>Art.-No 2 05442</p> <p>Two part waterproof adhesive and grout. Hygienic, acid, stain, bacteria <br />and mould resistant. Beautiful finish, ease of application <br />Description: <br />DEKOGROUT-2K is a special two part product based <br />on an epoxy resin, selected quartz sands and special <br />additives suitable for bonding and grouting all types of <br />ceramic wall and floor tiles to a wide variety of <br />substrates. It is waterproof and resistant to chemical <br />attack and mechanical stresses. It is designed to harden <br />rapidly, without shrinking and is easily cleaned with <br />water. DEKOGROUT-2K is also hygienic, acid, stain, <br />bacteria and mould resistant. It guarantees a finish <br />resistant to ageing and a cleanliness of joint that cannot <br />be obtained with traditional grouts. <br />DEKOGROUT-2K is available in 24 colours plus a clear <br />version which can be enriched with coloured glitter to <br />give a “metallic” effect to enhance the beauty of the <br />tiled finish.</p> <p>Mixing ratio: <br />Consistency of the <br />mixed product: <br />Density: <br />Pot life: <br />Application temperature: <br />Walk on: <br />Final hardening:</p> <p>Complies to EN 13888 RG – EN 12004 R2T <br />Application Procedures: <br />Surface Preparation: <br />DEKOGROUT-2K is not an elastic product and therefore <br />the substrate must be stable and non-deformable - free <br />from deflection. Consequently, substrates made with thin <br />boards are not suitable. When used as grout, the tile <br />joints should be cleaned with care before application <br />by completely removing any traces of adhesive by <br />raking back to the depth of the tile. There must also be <br />no dust, oil traces or other anti-adhesive substances. It is <br />also indispensable that the empty joints and the <br />bedding adhesive/mortar are completely dry. To <br />achieve good results with DEKOGROUT-2K, the <br />temperature at the time of application is very important <br />as it has a great influence on the workability time of the <br />product and on the time that the floor can receive foot <br />traffic. At 23° C (ideal temperature for easy working) <br />the open time (when used as an adhesive) is about 50 <br />minutes, it can be walked on with care after 24 hours</p> <p>Technical properties:</p> <p>Inflammable:</p> <p>Part A</p> <p>Part B</p> <p>stiff paste <br />see table <br />1.40 kg/dm3</p> <p>fluid paste <br />brown <br />0.95 kg/dm3</p> <p>stiff paste <br />1.4 kg/dm3 <br />45 minutes <br />from +15° C to +30° C <br />after 24 hours <br />after 15 days</p> <p>Performance after 15 days: <br />Moisture resistance: <br />excellent <br />Ageing resistance: <br />excellent <br />Resistance to acids: <br />good <br />Resistance to solvents <br />and oils: <br />good <br />Resistance to <br />temperature: <br />from -30° C to +100° C</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />DEKOGROUT-2K is suitable for fixing all types of glass <br />mosaic and tiles and for grouting joints from 2 to <br />10 mm wide on tiled floors and walls (except for <br />absorbent surfaces) in: <br />• Bathrooms, showers, saunas, spas, thermal baths <br />• Swimming pools (even with sea water) <br />• Laboratory benches, kitchen worktops, hospitals <br />• Everywhere you want to accomplish a finish with <br />enhanced features – greater durability, ease of <br />cleaning and beauty.</p> <p>Consistency: <br />Colour: <br />Density: <br />Danger of <br />toxicity:</p> <p>Combined product <br />Part A : Part B = 94:6</p> <p>Part A is irritating to the skin and eyes. <br />Can cause sensitization. <br />Part B is corrosive, irritating to the skin <br />and eyes. Can cause sensitization. <br />no <br />no</p> <p>247</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>DEKOGROUT-2K</p> <p>Application as an adhesive: <br />Apply DEKOGROUT-2K with a metal notched trowel <br />suitable for the size and type of tiles being laid. <br />INTERIOR: Lay the tiles by exerting a reasonable <br />pressure so that a minimum contact with the adhesive of <br />80% is achieved for walls and 95-100% for floors. <br />In exteriors, in wet rooms and swimming pools the <br />contact area should be 100%. <br />At 23° C the open time is about 50 minutes and the <br />mix in the bucket remains workable for 45 minutes. In <br />unfavourable conditions (very high temperature; e.g. <br />30° C) these times can be considerably less. In these <br />conditions it is recommended to use the product within <br />30 minutes, applying it a little at a time and avoiding <br />application should the mix become too stiff in the <br />bucket. Floors produced using DEKOGROUT-2K can be <br />walked on with care after about 24 hours and it can be <br />used normally after 4 days with temperatures of 23° C. <br />If the temperature is less than 15° C application is not <br />recommended.</p> <p>and is ready for normal use after 4 days. At 15° C <br />these values are very much longer, whereas at more <br />than 30° C the workability time is too short. <br />Mixing: <br />DEKOGROUT-2K is available in 2.5 kg and 5 kg <br />buckets that contain 2 pastes, which are pre-dosed in <br />the correct ratio, to be mixed entirely in the original <br />packaging with clean and dry tools, preferably with a <br />low speed electric mixer, until a uniform homogeneous <br />mix is achieved. It is absolutely forbidden to add water <br />or any other substances to the product, as it would be <br />irreversibly damaged. <br />When opting for the clear version+glitter, after having <br />thoroughly mixed part A with part B, slowly pour in all <br />the contents of the glitter pack whilst continually mixing. <br />Use a scraper to remove the product from the sides and <br />base of the container until a perfect result is obtained. <br />During the mixing, application and wash-off processes, <br />it is suggested always to use protective gloves, because <br />part B is irritating to the skin.</p> <p>Estimating and Supply: <br />Method of application: <br />Application as a grout: <br />Spread DEKOGROUT-2K with a hard rubber grout float <br />using reasonable pressure, so that the product <br />penetrates deeply into the joints. Remove excess grout <br />by striking across the tiled finish diagonally. Wash the <br />tiles with lukewarm water and a medium-hard viscose <br />sponge (preferably use the BENFER-SCHOMBURG joint <br />cleaning sponge) to wash away the excess grout using <br />a circular motion. Remove the residual film with a hard <br />sponge, rinsing often and changing the water once it <br />becomes too contaminated. To achieve good results it is <br />very important to clean within a few minutes of grouting <br />because delays in the cleaning process lead to <br />difficulties in grout removal; in this case, we suggest the <br />use of DEKOGROUT-2K CLEANER. Once the hardening <br />process is complete, the grout can only be removed by <br />mechanical means.</p> <p>Approx. consumption for 10 m <br />Tile format <br />(cm)</p> <p>248</p> <p>Joint depth <br />(cm)</p> <p>Joint width (mm) <br />1</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>6</p> <p>8</p> <p>10</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>0.3</p> <p>9.3</p> <p>17.5</p> <p>2.0</p> <p>2.0</p> <p>0.4</p> <p>8.7</p> <p>16.4</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>0.4</p> <p>5.6</p> <p>10.2</p> <p>14.8</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>2.5</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>14.1</p> <p>27.2</p> <p>40.4</p> <p>5</p> <p>5</p> <p>0.4</p> <p>3.6</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>8.9</p> <p>11.5</p> <p>14.1</p> <p>16.7</p> <p>22.0</p> <p>27.2</p> <p>10</p> <p>10</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>4.3</p> <p>7.6</p> <p>10.8</p> <p>14.1</p> <p>17.4</p> <p>20.7</p> <p>27.2</p> <p>33.8</p> <p>10</p> <p>10</p> <p>0.6</p> <p>3.0</p> <p>4.9</p> <p>6.9</p> <p>8.9</p> <p>10.8</p> <p>12.8</p> <p>16.7</p> <p>20.7</p> <p>12.5</p> <p>12.5</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>3.6</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>8.9</p> <p>11.5</p> <p>14.1</p> <p>16.7</p> <p>22.0</p> <p>27.2</p> <p>10</p> <p>20</p> <p>0.8</p> <p>3.0</p> <p>4.9</p> <p>6.9</p> <p>8.9</p> <p>10.8</p> <p>12.8</p> <p>16.7</p> <p>20.7</p> <p>15</p> <p>15</p> <p>1.4</p> <p>4.2</p> <p>7.4</p> <p>10.6</p> <p>13.9</p> <p>17.1</p> <p>20.3</p> <p>26.7</p> <p>33.1</p> <p>15</p> <p>15</p> <p>0.8</p> <p>2.8</p> <p>4.7</p> <p>6.5</p> <p>8.3</p> <p>10.2</p> <p>12.0</p> <p>15.7</p> <p>24</p> <p>11.5</p> <p>1.2</p> <p>3.8</p> <p>6.5</p> <p>9.3</p> <p>12.0</p> <p>14.8</p> <p>17.5</p> <p>23.0</p> <p>28.6</p> <p>24</p> <p>11.5</p> <p>2.0</p> <p>5.6</p> <p>10.2</p> <p>14.8</p> <p>19.4</p> <p>24.0</p> <p>28.6</p> <p>37.7</p> <p>46.9</p> <p>20</p> <p>20</p> <p>1.4</p> <p>3.3</p> <p>5.6</p> <p>7.9</p> <p>10.2</p> <p>12.5</p> <p>14.8</p> <p>19.4</p> <p>24.0</p> <p>20</p> <p>20</p> <p>0.8</p> <p>2.3</p> <p>3.6</p> <p>4.9</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>7.6</p> <p>8.9</p> <p>11.5</p> <p>14.1</p> <p>20</p> <p>25</p> <p>0.8</p> <p>2.2</p> <p>3.4</p> <p>4.5</p> <p>5.7</p> <p>6.9</p> <p>8.1</p> <p>10.4</p> <p>12.8</p> <p>25</p> <p>25</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>2.3</p> <p>3.6</p> <p>4.9</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>7.6</p> <p>8.9</p> <p>11.5</p> <p>25</p> <p>33</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>2.3</p> <p>3.6</p> <p>4.9</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>7.6</p> <p>8.9</p> <p>11.5</p> <p>14.1</p> <p>30</p> <p>30</p> <p>1.5</p> <p>3.0</p> <p>4.9</p> <p>6.9</p> <p>8.9</p> <p>10.8</p> <p>12.8</p> <p>16.7</p> <p>20.7</p> <p>30</p> <p>30</p> <p>0.8</p> <p>2.0</p> <p>3.1</p> <p>4.1</p> <p>5.2</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>7.3</p> <p>9.4</p> <p>11.5</p> <p>30</p> <p>5</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>4.9</p> <p>8.9</p> <p>12.8</p> <p>16.7</p> <p>20.7</p> <p>24.6</p> <p>32.5</p> <p>40.4</p> <p>33</p> <p>33</p> <p>0.8</p> <p>2.0</p> <p>3.1</p> <p>4.1</p> <p>5.2</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>7.3</p> <p>9.4</p> <p>11.5</p> <p>40</p> <p>40</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>2.0</p> <p>3.0</p> <p>4.0</p> <p>4.9</p> <p>5.9</p> <p>6.9</p> <p>8.9</p> <p>10.8</p> <p>30</p> <p>60</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>2.0</p> <p>3.0</p> <p>4.0</p> <p>4.9</p> <p>5.9</p> <p>6.9</p> <p>8.9</p> <p>10.8</p> <p>60</p> <p>60</p> <p>1.0</p> <p>1.7</p> <p>2.3</p> <p>3.0</p> <p>3.6</p> <p>4.3</p> <p>4.9</p> <p>6.2</p> <p>7.6</p> <p>19.4</p> <p>14.1</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>DEKOGROUT-2K</p> <p>Coverage as a grout: <br />The coverage is strongly influenced by the size and <br />thickness of the tile together with the width of the joints <br />which must not exceed 10 mm and it varies from about <br />0.8 to 2.5 kg/m2. <br />Coverage as an adhesive: <br />It depends on the condition of the substrate and the type <br />of trowel used. With a smooth substrate and using a <br />5x5x5 / 10x10x10 mm notched trowel, consumption <br />is 2.5/5 kg/m2. <br />Packaging: <br />DEKOGROUT-2K: 2.5 kg and 5 kg buckets <br />GOLD AND SILVER GLITTER 0.125 kg pots <br />Colours: <br />Choice of 24 colours, see colour table <br />Storage & shelf Life: <br />12 months in the original packaging at +10° C. <br />Advice: <br />The information given in this chart is based on our best <br />experience and is indicative only. It must in any event <br />be verified by the end user, who assumes all liabilities <br />deriving from utilization of the product.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>249</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>HF05-Brillantfuge</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05555</p> <p>High strength, flexible cement-based grout</p> <p>components. We recommend CRISTALLFUGE for <br />grouting natural stone. For grouting tiles in walls in living <br />areas we recommend ASO-Fugenbunt.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• High strength, cement-based grout. <br />• Fulfils the requirements of EN 13888, CG2. <br />• Increased abrasion resistance. <br />• Water repellent. <br />• Resistant to freeze/thaw cycles. <br />• Mould resistant. <br />• Resistant to high pressure cleaning. <br />• Free from hazardous silicaceous fine quartz dust. <br />• For interior, exterior and under water. <br />• Polymer modified. <br />• For joints from 3 – 20 mm wide. <br />• Vapour permeable. <br />• Good application and wash-off properties. <br />• Suitable for floor and wall heating. <br />• Colourways matched to the ESCOSIL-2000 <br />silicone system.</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />Base:</p> <p>Colour:</p> <p>cement, mineral aggregates, <br />high quality additives and <br />pigments <br />cement grey, mid grey <br />(Colour illustration - see table on the last page)</p> <p>Surface/ <br />application temperature: +5° C to +25° C <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 90 minutes <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bag <br />Joint width: <br />3 to 20 mm <br />Traffickable *): <br />after approx. 6 hours <br />Fully cured *): <br />7 days at the earliest <br />Compressive strength *): * 15 N/m2 according to <br />DIN EN 12808-2 <br />Flexural strength *): <br />* 2.5 N/mm2 according to <br />DIN EN 12808-2 <br />Storage: <br />Dry, 12 months in original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging <br />immediately. <br />Water demand: <br />approx. 3.9 l/25 kg <br />HF05-Brillantfuge <br />Consumption: <br />see table on page 2 <br />Cleaning: <br />with water in the fresh state <br />Bulk density: <br />approx.1.45 kg/dm3 <br />Wet mortar density: <br />approx. 2.13 kg/dm3</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />HF05-Brillantfuge is suitable for grouting fully vitrified, <br />vitrified, brick tiles, tile slips, floor clinker etc. The <br />strength of the tiles to be grouted must be greater than <br />that of HF05-Brillantfuge. <br />Due to its high mechanical performance and abrasion <br />resistance, HF05-Brillantfuge is especially suitable <br />for grouting tiles in swimming pools, washing plants, <br />commercial kitchens, sales rooms, commercial areas, <br />industrial areas and workshops. Furthermore HF05Brillantfuge can be used on heated and flow screeds <br />in bathrooms, showers and living rooms, on terraces, <br />balconies and loggia as well as facades. <br />HF05-Brillantfuge can be used in heavy-duty areas <br />e.g. where cleaning equipment, high pressure steam <br />cleaning or scouring vacuums are present. Furthermore <br />the dense grout joints give increased resistance to <br />cleaning chemicals. Neutral or alkaline cleaners can be <br />used unrestricted. Compared to conventional cementbased grouts, HF05-Brillantfuge has increased <br />resistance to acidic cleaners. <br />HF05-Brillantfuge is furthermore suitable for grouting <br />natural stone, should the specific product properties <br />of the natural stone material permit it without <br />discolouration/picture framing e.g. via the stone’s</p> <p>* The values given relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity</p> <p>250</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Consumption table: <br />Tile/slab format</p> <p>Joint width</p> <p>Joint depth <br />(in mm)</p> <p>Approx. consumption</p> <p>(in cm)</p> <p>(in mm)</p> <p>per 1 m2 (in kg)</p> <p>20.0 x 20.0</p> <p>4.0</p> <p>8.0</p> <p>0.74</p> <p>30.0 x 30.0</p> <p>5.0</p> <p>8.0</p> <p>0.61</p> <p>30.0 x 30.0</p> <p>5.0</p> <p>15.0</p> <p>1.15</p> <p>40.0 x 40.0</p> <p>5.0</p> <p>10.0</p> <p>0.58</p> <p>30.0 x 5.0</p> <p>8.0</p> <p>10.0</p> <p>3.8</p> <p>24.0 x 11.5</p> <p>10.0</p> <p>12.0</p> <p>3.4</p> <p>24.0 x 11.5</p> <p>10.0</p> <p>20.0</p> <p>5.6</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />Once the adhesive has sufficiently set adequately <br />rake out the joints. Subsequently wet-clean the tile <br />surface. The adhesive bed must be fully set because <br />discolouration may appear. Pre-wet strongly porous <br />surfaces uniformly with water. Joints must be clean and <br />free from separating media. The time at which grouting <br />may commence depends on the adhesive used and is <br />from 3 to 72 hours. Mortar beds used in sand: cement <br />fixing must be sufficiently set and uniformly dry. Do not <br />grout surfaces with differing surface temperatures (e.g. <br />in direct sunlight).</p> <p>2. Work the HF05-Brillantfuge into the wall and floor <br />area with a grout float under light pressure and strike <br />off cleanly diagonally to the joint so that the grout <br />profile is completely filled. <br />3. Once the grout has begun to set (check with a finger <br />test, approx. 15 – 45 mins) wash the joint contours <br />with a dampened sponge board. After a further <br />15 – 45 minutes wash clean with the sponge board. <br />4. Keep movement joints free for elastic jointing with <br />ESCOSIL-2000 or ESCOSIL-2000-UW. Rake out <br />mortar residues and wash off with a rung-out damp <br />sponge.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />The consistency of the grout is to be adjusted dependant <br />on the porosity of the cladding material and the <br />background.</p> <p>Wash-off any remaining mortar film with the sponge <br />board and clean water after a few hours. Do not use <br />dry cloths to clean as there is a risk of discolouration <br />as the dried-on grout may be rubbed into the still damp <br />joints. Protect the fresh joints from influences detrimental <br />to setting such as high temperatures, wind, rain or frost. <br />In adverse weather conditions (low humidity, draught, <br />wind) and with strongly porous ceramic bodies the <br />optimum setting of the grout can be assisted by posttreating the grout profile with clean water (re-wetting <br />with the sponge board). <br />Frequently replace the wash-off water with fresh water. <br />Where ceramic tiles have profiled, rough or unglazed <br />surfaces or where surfaces are porous, or with rustic <br />natural stone as well as profiled fully vitrified tiles that</p> <p>1. Mix HF05-Brillantfuge with clean water in a <br />clean container. Provide approx. 3.9 litres water <br />dependant on the desired consistency. Add 25 kg <br />HF05-Brillantfuge and mix with a paddle (approx. <br />500 rpm) to a smooth paste. In order to disperse <br />all components thoroughly mix HF05-Brillantfuge for <br />approx. 3 minutes Leave to stand for 3 minutes, then <br />re-stir. Do not mix more material than can be used <br />within 90 minutes*). To avoid colour variation keep <br />to the same mix ratio.</p> <p>251</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>have surface micro-pores in varying magnitude, it is <br />recommended that a trial area is carried out (possibly <br />lightly pre-wet the surface or seal before grouting) in <br />order to determine the ability to completely wash-off <br />cement and pigment residues. The timing for wash-off is <br />dependant on the type of tile and the prevailing climate. <br />Smooth the surface after an appropriate waiting time <br />without washing out the grout. <br />Important advice: <br />• Do not add further water or fresh mortar to HF05Brillantfuge that has already started to stiffen in order <br />to re-life the product. There is an increased risk of <br />discolouration and of reduced strength development! <br />• For regular maintenance and cleaning of the grouted <br />surface we recommend the use of neutral or alkaline <br />cleaning materials in the prescribed application <br />concentrations. Rinse the surface with clean water <br />after cleaning. <br />• High pressure and steam cleaning jets are <br />comprehensive and should only be used within <br />the necessary scope of cleaning. <br />• When using acidic cleaners the relevant regulations <br />should be observed. Pre-wet the joints, subsequently <br />apply the cleaning material in the prescribed <br />concentration. Keep the activity time of the cleaner <br />to a minimum. Wash-off with plenty of clean water <br />afterwards. <br />• Under heavier duty chemical conditions, in particular <br />frequent or lengthy activity of acidic materials, use <br />the highly durable 2 component epoxy resin grout <br />ASODUR-EK 98. <br />• Do not powder and remove with dry material. <br />Increased risk of discolouration exits due to <br />inadequate dissociation of the component parts. <br />• Adequate dampness should be provided for optimum <br />hydration of the cement. This is particularly relevant <br />for non-porous tiles because no storage effect is <br />expected here. <br />• Observe the setting times of adhesives and mortar. <br />Colour discolouration may occur by grouting to early. <br />• Sand: cement mortars with unwashed, additives <br />prone to discolouration (e.g. with clay components) <br />or substances prone to discolouration, from adjacent <br />building products, can lead to patchiness.</p> <p>• Irregular dampness penetration, caused by the subconstruction, mortar bed, temperature variations or <br />floor coverings, can lead to colour differences in <br />the grout lines, which do not effect the quality of the <br />grout and which will with favourable environmental <br />conditions increasingly even themselves out. No <br />guarantee against shade variations! <br />• Use material from the same batch number within a <br />room. <br />• Protect the joints from rapid drying out in draughts <br />and strong sunlight possibly by hanging polythene <br />sheets or repeated wetting of the joints! <br />• Protect grouting until hardened from rain and frost! <br />• Before grouting, stop perimeter and intermediate <br />movement joints with RD-SK50 edging strips to <br />prevent mortar ingress. <br />• Joints around tile bays, interruptions and pipe outlets <br />as well as perimeter and movement joints should <br />be sealed with an elastic material such as <br />ESCOSIL-2000, ESCOSIL-2000-ST or <br />ESCOSIL-2000-UW dependant on application. <br />• The use of HF05-Brillantfuge does not replace <br />waterproofing measures. <br />• Watch for uniform absorption of the background and <br />the tile edges. <br />• Thoroughly clean the background before commencing <br />grouting. <br />• Only use clean water and tools. <br />• Refer to the specific product properties when <br />laying natural stone and synthetic stone (tendency <br />to discolour). When doubt exists carry out a grout <br />trial. We recommend grouting natural stone with <br />CRISTALLFUGE. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated with HF05-Brillantfuge. <br />Please observe valid EU-safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>252</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>INDUFLEX-Primer-S</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55109</p> <p>Primer/Adhesion promoter</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Very good adhesion to porous, non-porous and <br />metallic substrates. See substrates/contact surfaces.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• Dry to matt damp, sound, load bearing and <br />have a good key. <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />• In particular as an adhesion promoter for the joint <br />sealant INDUFLEX-VK6060.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />INDUFLEX-Primer-S is supplied ready for use. Briefly <br />shake the contents of the bottle well before use.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>one component, solvent <br />containing, modified epoxy <br />resin <br />Colour: <br />colourless, weakly yellow <br />Density: <br />approx. 0.98 g/cm3 <br />Application temperature: +5° C to +35° C <br />Flash off time: <br />min. 30 minutes and max. <br />24 hours at +23° C and <br />75% RH <br />Cleaning: <br />carefully clean work tools <br />immediately after use with <br />the appropriate cleaner e.g. <br />acetone <br />Packaging: <br />1 litre tin <br />Storage: <br />cool and dry above +10° C, <br />12 months in the original <br />unopened container</p> <p>Method of application and yield/ <br />Consumption: <br />Priming the joint edges or edge of the joint unit: <br />1. Evenly apply INDUFLEX-Primer-S in one operation <br />with a priming brush. <br />2. Yield/Consumption: <br />Consumption per litre = approx. 6 m2. <br />With a joint dimension of 20 x 15 mm = <br />approx. 220 to 400 m, dependent on the type <br />of contact surface. <br />Notes: <br />The primer is to be applied with care and serves <br />exclusively as an adhesion promoter between the <br />contact area and the joint sealant. Thoroughly clean <br />the contact area. <br />Use INDU-IB- Cleanser as the cleaner. Dry clean porous <br />contact areas. Use a fine abrasive paper for abrading.</p> <p>Substrate/Contact surface: <br />• Cementitious substrates: <br />Concrete, aerated concrete, render/plaster, <br />fibre cement, unglazed tiles <br />• Metal/Iron: <br />Construction steel, metallic bright (Sa2.5), <br />steel (galvanised), stainless steel (V2A, V4A) <br />• Non ferrous metals: <br />Aluminium (bright and anodised), copper <br />• Plastics: <br />Epoxy coatings/mortars, GRP in UP, PU and EP. <br />Advice: Always use bond cleaner INDU-IB-Cleanser <br />as required.</p> <p>43/09</p> <p>253</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>LIGHTFLEX</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 01005 <br />Universal flexible adhesive – especially light with high yield</p> <p>is suitable as an adhesive for lightweight construction <br />boards e.g. composed of extruded polystyrene <br />(tilebacker boards) and for fixing tiles to mineral-based <br />or dispersion-based bonded SCHOMBURG waterproof <br />systems in e.g. wet duty environments, communal <br />showers, swimming pool surrounds and swimming <br />pools. Uneven wall or floor substrates can be levelled <br />out with LIGHTFLEX up to a thickness of 15 mm before <br />starting tiling. Due to the low weight, transportation to <br />the building site is considerably easier. <br />LIGHTFLEX is suitable for use in interior rooms in <br />accordance with the AgBB assessment scheme (panel <br />for the health related assessment of construction <br />products), the French VOC regulation and GEV <br />EMICODE.</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>(1 <br />/,*+7)/(; <br />&HPHQWEDVHGDGKHVLYH <br />ZLWKLQFUHDVHGSHUIRUPDQFH <br />IRUWLOHVDQGVODEV</p> <p>&</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />Basis:</p> <p>5HDFWLRQWRILUHFODVV$</p> <p>Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Application/ <br />substrate temperature: <br />Pot life *): <br />Open time *): <br />Grout after *): <br />Foot traffic after *): <br />Full service conditions *): <br />Reaction to fire:</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Tested to DIN EN 12004, C2 TE S1 <br />• High yield <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Easy and smooth application <br />• High initial grab <br />• Good sag resistance <br />• Variable, use also as a flow-bed adhesive <br />• Fulfils the required criteria for a “flexible adhesive” <br />• Reduced dust <br />• Very low emissions</p> <p>lightweight fillers, cement, <br />additives (polymer modified) <br />cement grey <br />approx. 0.81 kg/l <br />+5°C to +25 °C <br />approx. 2 hrs <br />approx. 30 mins <br />approx. 24 hrs <br />approx. 24 hrs <br />after 7 days <br />A1/A1fl</p> <p>*) These values relate to +20 °C and 65% relative humidity.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Testing:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />LIGHTFLEX is used as a thin bed adhesive and flowbed adhesive with a high yield for fixing vitrified <br />and earthenware tiles, ceramic tiles with low water <br />absorption ) 0.5% (fully vitrified), clinker, mosaic and <br />natural stone that is neither translucent nor sensitive to <br />discolouration. LIGHTFLEX is suitable for secure fixing to <br />all substrates in accordance with DIN 18157, part 1, <br />e.g. concrete, aerated concrete, render, cement-based <br />(CT) and calcium sulphate based (CA) screeds and <br />heated screeds, brickwork, plasterboard etc. as well <br />as to existing well bonded tiled finishes. Furthermore it</p> <p>254</p> <p>DIN EN 12004, MPA-NRW <br />Test certificate <br />220003005-04 <br />DIN EN 12002 <br />Guidelines for flexible <br />adhesives by the German <br />Construction Industry and the <br />Association of the German <br />Tile Industry</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Allow to stand for 4 minutes, then mix thoroughly <br />through once again. When using as a flow-bed <br />adhesive firstly mix LIGHTFLEX with approx. 8 litres of <br />water and subsequently mix in the remaining water until <br />a pourable consistency is achieved. Do not mix more <br />material than can be used within the pot life. Spread <br />the mixed adhesive over the substrate and dependent <br />on the tile format comb through with the appropriate <br />notched trowel. Fix the finishing material within the <br />adhesive open time. When installing large format tiles <br />larger than 60 x 60 cm, we recommend that LIGHTFLEX <br />is modified with UNIFLEX-B. Modification with this <br />elastifier improves the deformability and tensile adhesion <br />of LIGHTFLEX. Dependent on the level of modification, <br />S2 deformation class can be achieved which is <br />particularly recommended for tiles larger than 60 x 60 <br />cm. This considerably compensates for shear stresses, <br />which can lead to delamination in unfavourable exterior <br />conditions. UNIFLEX-B is mixed with water for improved <br />application and then mixed with LIGHTFLEX until <br />homogenous. <br />Mixing ratio: highly deformable (relates to class C2 S2, <br />deformation > 5 mm): <br />4.17 kg UNIFLEX-B : approx. 4.0 litres water : 15 kg <br />LIGHTFLEX.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be dry, load bearing sufficiently <br />flat and free from penetrating cracks and separating <br />substances such as oil, paint, laitance and loose <br />components. The substrate surface must have a largely <br />closed texture and its condition must be appropriate <br />for its type. For tiling, the substrate, its preparation and <br />product application must conform to DIN 18157, part <br />1. Prime absorbent substrates with ASO-Unigrund-GE <br />or ASO-Unigrund-K (diluted 1:3 with water). Calcium <br />sulphate screeds must be abraded, vacuumed and <br />thoroughly primed as with all substrates based on <br />calcium sulphate binders. If large format tiles are <br />to be installed and/or medium bed adhesives are <br />used, then due to the formation of a greater barrier, <br />we recommend priming with INDUFLOOR-IB2360. <br />Heated screeds must be commissioned in accordance <br />with technical regulations before applying finishes. To <br />determine whether the substrate is ready for tiling carry <br />out a moisture measurement with a carbide hygrometer <br />(CM device). The CM moisture measurement may not <br />exceed <br />• CT 2.0 CM% for screeds on insulation or separating <br />layers in interiors <br />• CA without underfloor heating 0.5 CM% <br />• CA with underfloor heating 0.3 CM%</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Clean immediately after use with water.</p> <p>The CM measurements are to be carried out in <br />accordance with current FBH-AD work instructions from <br />the technical information “coordination of cut out areas <br />for heated floor constructions”.</p> <p>Estimating & Supply: <br />Consumption: <br />• Approx. 1.3 kg/m2 with <br />• Approx. 1.8 kg/m2 with <br />• Approx. 2.2 kg/m2 with <br />• Approx. 1.9 kg/m2 with <br />• Approx. 2.7 kg/m2 with <br />• Approx. 3.2 kg/m2 with <br />bed trowel</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Mix LIGHTFLEX with clean water in a clean mixing <br />bucket until homogenous. <br />Mixing ratio: <br />as a thin-bed adhesive: <br />7.5 – 8.1 litres water: 15 kg LIGHTFLEX <br />as a smoothing mortar: <br />7.4 – 7.9 litres water: 15 kg LIGHTFLEX <br />as a flow-bed adhesive: <br />10.2 – 10.8 litres water: 15 kg LIGHTFLEX</p> <p>a 6 mm notched trowel <br />an 8 mm notched trowel <br />a 10 mm notched trowel <br />an 8 mm Flowline trowel <br />a 10 mm Flowline trowel <br />a 12/20 mm medium</p> <p>Packaging: <br />15 kg PE lined bags <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />Dry, 12 months in the original unopened packaging. <br />Use opened packaging promptly.</p> <p>255</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>(approx. 250 g/m²) with a maximum of 5% water <br />as necessary. After waiting between 12-24 hours at <br />+20° C, then apply a second coat of INDUFLOORIB2360 (approx. 300-350 g/m²). Broadcast the wet <br />second coat with 0.5-1.0 mm quartz sand to excess. <br />After waiting for a further 12-16 hours continue with <br />the tile installation. <br />• LIGHTFLEX is a hydraulically setting adhesive and <br />should be protected from the influences of water and <br />frost until fully cured, which may take a few days <br />under unfavourable weather conditions. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of <br />LIGHTFLEX. <br />• The relevant current regulations are to be observed. <br />E.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />EN 13813 <br />DIN 1055 <br />The BEB data sheets distributed by the National <br />Association for screeds and finishes. The technical <br />information ““coordination of cut out areas with heated <br />floor construction”. <br />The ZDB data sheets distributed by the Technical <br />Association of the German Tile Industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cementbound composite slabs on cement-based floor <br />constructions with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions” <br />[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas”</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• For fixing tiles in heavy duty areas in exterior locations <br />(balconies and terraces) install the highly elastic <br />bonded waterproofing system AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />and UNIFIX-2K. <br />• Levelling layers produced with LIGHTFLEX can be <br />tiled over after approx. 8 – 24 hours dependent on <br />thickness applied *): <br />• Where LIGHTFLEX is used as a flow-bed adhesive, <br />tiles are generally ready for foot traffic and grouting <br />after 48 hours. <br />• When fixing natural and synthetic stone refer <br />to the specific product properties (tendency to <br />discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the manufacturer’s <br />recommendations. In cases of doubt carry out a trial <br />area. <br />• To avoid curling effects through water absorption, we <br />recommend the use of ASODUR-EK98 or ASODURDesign with agglomerate/synthetic stone. <br />• When installing large format tiles larger than 50 x 50 <br />cm, in order to improve the adhesion, a scratch coat <br />should be applied to the rear of the tile or they should <br />be fixed in the buttering-floating method. <br />• Prime calcium sulphate based substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund (mix ratio 1:3 <br />with water). <br />• To avoid the formation of ettringite with calcium <br />sulphate based substrates UNIFIX-AEK is suitable <br />for fixing tiles on to these substrates up to a residual <br />moisture content of 1.0% when heated and 1.5% <br />when unheated, measure with a carbide hygrometer. <br />• Adhesive that has already started to set should not <br />be re-lifed by adding more water or fresh adhesive. <br />There is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />• In continuously wet areas (swimming pools, containers <br />etc) we recommend the use of the system based thinbed adhesive UNIFIX-2K/6 onto the SCHOMBURG <br />waterproof membrane suitable for the particular <br />application. <br />• Direct contact between cement-based tile mortars and <br />magnesium-based screeds leads to the destruction of <br />the magnesite screed through a chemical reaction. <br />Negative moisture penetration from the rear must <br />be prevented through appropriate measures. <br />Mechanically abrade the magnesite substrate and <br />prime with the epoxy resin INDUFLOOR-IB2360</p> <p>Please use a current valid European Health & Safety <br />data sheet. Low chromate. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>48/11</p> <p>256</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>MONOFLEX-FB-SE</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04228</p> <p>Flow bed flexible adhesive</p> <p>and terraces) with the addition of the highly flexible <br />UNIFLEX-B. <br />0423</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstra§e 2—8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>aggregates, cement, <br />additives (polymer modified) <br />Colour: <br />cement grey <br />Filler configuration: <br />fine sand <br />Bulk density: <br />1.5-1.6 kg/dm3 <br />Application temperature: +5 °C to +25 °C <br />Pot life *): <br />30 to 45 minutes <br />Open time *): <br />approx. 20 minutes <br />Grout after *): <br />approx. 4 hours <br />Foot traffic after *): <br />approx. 4 hours <br />Full loading/service *): after approx. 7 days <br />Testing: <br />conforms to DIN EN 12004</p> <p>07</p> <p>EN 12004:2002-10</p> <p>MONOFLEX-FB-SE <br />Cement based flow bed <br />adhesive for tile <br />floor coverings</p> <p>C2 FE S1</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Conforms to DIN EN 12004, C2 FE S1 <br />• S1 deformable adhesive to DIN EN 12002 <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Rapid setting <br />• Thixotropic <br />• Efficient application <br />• Fulfils the criteria required for the guideline <br />“flexible adhesive”</p> <p>*) These values are valid at + 20 °C and 65% relative humidity. <br />Higher temperatures shorten, lower temperatures lengthen the declared <br />times.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />MONOFLEX-FB-SE is suitable for use as a thin <br />bed adhesive for the virtually void free installation, <br />when under time pressure, especially of profiled or <br />large format tiles and in heavy duty areas. With <br />MONOFLEX-FB-SE a virtually void free adhesive bed is <br />possible in one operation; buttering the backs of the tiles <br />with the adhesive can be omitted when using suitable <br />fixing techniques. <br />MONOFLEX-FB-SE is suitable for fixing vitrified or <br />earthenware tiles, ceramic tiles with water absorption <br />< 0.5% (fully vitrified), clinker, mosaic and natural stone <br />materials that are neither sensitive to discolouration nor <br />translucent. MONOFLEX-FB-SE is suitable for secure <br />fixing on horizontal substrates, or those with a slight fall, <br />in accordance with DIN 18157 part 1 e.g. concrete, <br />aerated concrete, cement and calcium sulphate based <br />screeds/heated screeds etc. It is additionally suitable <br />as a bedding mortar for lightweight building panels <br />e.g. in extruded polystyrene and for bonding tiles to <br />SCHOMBURG mineral-based or dispersion-based <br />waterproof coatings. MONOFLEX-FB-SE can be used <br />to install tiles to difficult substrates (e.g. balconies</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />MONOFLEX-FB-SE is suitable for a secure bond to <br />all floor substrates e.g. concrete, cement-based and <br />calcium sulphate based screeds / heated screeds. The <br />substrate must have a virtually closed surface and a <br />surface condition and strength appropriate for its type. <br />The substrate must be dry, clean, load bearing, and be <br />free from separating substances and penetrating cracks. <br />Remove coatings, paint, oil, laitance and loose parts. <br />Abrade smooth concrete surfaces and prime porous <br />substrates with ASO-Unigrund before tiling. Anhydrite <br />screeds must be mechanically abraded, vacuumed and <br />as with all calcium sulphate bound substrates thoroughly <br />primed with ASO-Unigrund. When installing tiles <br />observe all parts of DIN 18157, part 1. <br />The suitability of substrates to take coverings is to be <br />determined through moisture measurements with a <br />CM-device (carbide hygrometer). The CM-moisture <br />content may not exceed: <br />• CT2.0 CM% for screeds on insulation or separating <br />layers <br />• CA without underfloor heating0.5 CM% <br />• CA with underfloor heating0.3 CM%</p> <p>257</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>The carbide hygrometer measurement is to be carried <br />out in accordance with current operating instructions <br />FBH-AD from the technical information “Coordination of <br />cut out areas with heated floor constructions“.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life: <br />6 months when stored cool and dry in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use opened packaging <br />promptly.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Mix MONOFLEX-FB-SE with clean water in a <br />clean mixing bucket until homogenous. <br />Mixing ratio: <br />5.75 to 6.25 litres water : 25.0 kg MONOFLEX-FB-SE</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• When installing large format tiles in heavy duty areas <br />we recommend that they are vibrated e.g. with a <br />vibration device. Due to its thixotropic properties the <br />MONOFLEX-FB-SE is encouraged to flow through <br />vibration. Voids in the adhesive bed are closed. <br />• To assist in the best possible void free bedding of tiles <br />we recommend that the adhesive bed is combed in <br />one direction so that the air under the tiles can escape <br />via the vent spaces (free space between the ribs). <br />• When installing natural or synthetic stone observe <br />the specific properties of the material (tendency to <br />discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the installation <br />recommendations of the stone/tile producer. In cases <br />of doubt carry out a trial area. <br />• Perimeter, bay and movement joints are to be <br />reflected through and sealed with a suitable material <br />e.g. edging strip RD-SK50. <br />• To avoid curling effects due to water absorption <br />we recommend the use of ASODUR-EK98 with <br />agglomerate/synthetic stone. <br />• Please heed the current ZDB information sheets <br />distributed by the German tile association, especially <br />when fixing to calcium sulphate based substrates and <br />heated constructions. <br />• Prime calcium sulphate based substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (mixing ratio <br />1:3 with water). In order to avoid the formation of <br />ettringite with calcium sulphate based substrates <br />UNIFIX-AEK is suited for the installation onto these <br />substrates up to residual moisture contents of 1.0% on <br />heated screeds or 1.5% with unheated constructions, <br />measured with a carbide hygrometer. <br />• Do not add more water or fresh mortar to a thin bed <br />adhesive that has started to set in order to re-life it. <br />There is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />• The direct contact between cement-based tile <br />adhesives and magnesium-based screeds leads to the <br />destruction of the magnesite screed. Rear penetrating <br />moisture from the substrate must be eliminated with <br />suitable measures. The magnesite substrate is to be</p> <p>On external horizontal surfaces e.g. balconies and <br />terraces MONOFLEX-FB-SE can be modified with <br />UNIFLEX-B. For improved workability with <br />MONOFLEX-FB-SE and UNIFLEX-B add water after <br />mixing the two materials. <br />Mixing ratio: <br />8.33 kg UNIFLEX-B : 25 kg MONOFLEX-FB-SE : 2.0 <br />litres water. <br />The addition of UNIFLEX-B lengthens the adhesive open <br />time and pot life somewhat. The deformability to <br />DIN EN 12002 is considerably increased. After <br />allowing to stand for 3 minutes, remix the adhesive. Do <br />not prepare more adhesive than can be used within <br />the pot life. Spread the MONOFLEX-FB-SE on to the <br />substrate and comb through with a suitable notched <br />trowel dependent on tile format – special trowels have <br />been proven (e.g. HFV notches, flowline). Lay finishing <br />materials within the adhesive open time (finger test <br />approx. 20 minutes). Always clean the mixing bucket <br />as setting MONOFLEX-FB-SE acts as an accelerator. Do <br />not mix with other cement-based adhesives. <br />Estimating & Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bag with PE liner <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 3.4 kg/m2 with an 8mm notched trowel <br />approx. 4.2 kg/m2 with a 10 mm notched trowel <br />Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Clean tools with water immediately after use.</p> <p>258</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>mechanically abraded and primed with the epoxy <br />resin INDUFLOOR-IB2360, see TDS for application <br />instructions. <br />For waterproofing external surfaces (balconies <br />and terraces) use the elastic waterproofing systems <br />AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M. <br />MONOFLEX-FB-SE is a hydraulically setting adhesive <br />and until fully cured, which may take a few days in <br />unfavourable conditions, protect against water and <br />frost. <br />Protect areas where MONOFLEX-FB-SE will not be <br />applied, from exposure. <br />Observe the relevant current regulations. Therefore <br />e.g. DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, <br />DIN 13813, DIN 18 202, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB information sheets distributed by the <br />“Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V.” <br />The professional information for the coordination of <br />cut out points for heated floor construction. <br />The ZDB information sheets distributed by the <br />German professional tile association: <br />[*1] Advice on the installation of combined <br />waterproofing with tile and slab cladding and finishes <br />for interior and exterior areas. (January2005). <br />[*2] Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds <br />[*3] Movement joints in tile and slab cladding and <br />finishes. <br />[*4] Ceramic floor finishes in heavy duty areas <br />[*5] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete <br />stone/slabs on cement-based floor constructions with <br />insulation. <br />[*6] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete <br />stone/slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions. <br />[*7] Exterior locations. <br />[*8] Swimming pool construction.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>259</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>MONOFLEX-XL</p> <p>Art.-No 2 04302</p> <p>Modern flexible adhesive with high yield</p> <p>for lightweight construction boards, e.g. extruded <br />polystyrene (tilebacker boards) and for tiling onto <br />mineral-based and dispersion-based SCHOMBURG <br />waterproof membranes e.g. in wet duty areas, <br />communal showers, swimming pool surrounds etc.</p> <p>6&+20%85**PE+ &R.* <br />$TXDILQVWUDH² <br />''HWPROG</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>(1</p> <p>sand, cement, additives <br />(polymer modified) <br />Colour: <br />cement grey <br />Application temperature: +5° C to +25° C <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 2 hrs <br />Open time *): <br />> 30 mins <br />Grout *): <br />in floor areas after <br />approx. 24 hrs <br />in wall areas after <br />approx. 12 hrs <br />Foot traffic *): <br />after approx. 24 hrs <br />Full service conditions *): after approx. 7 days <br />Cleaning: <br />clean with water immediately <br />after use <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 1.6 kg/m2 with a <br />6 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 2.1 kg/m2 with an <br />8 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 2.6 kg/m2 with a <br />10 mm notched trowel <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bag with PE liner <br />Storage: <br />dry, 12 months in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly</p> <p>MONOFLEX-XL <br />Cement-based adhesive <br />with improved performance <br />for tile installation <br />C2 <br />Reaction for fire: class E</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Tested in accordance with DIN EN 12004, C2 TE S1 <br />• Very high yield <br />• Deformable <br />• Long open time <br />• Easy to use <br />• High slump resistance yet the best application <br />properties <br />• For heated substrates <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Fulfills the required criteria for the information sheet <br />“Flexible adhesive” <br />Areas of application: <br />C2 TE S1 for the installation of large format fully vitrified <br />tiles, vitrified and earthenware tiles etc. MONOFLEXXL is used as a thin-bed adhesive for vitrified and <br />earthenware tiles, ceramic tiles with low water <br />absorption0.5% (fully vitrified), clinker, mosaic and <br />natural stone materials not sensitive to discolouration <br />or those which are translucent. Due to its deformability <br />MONOFLEX-XL is suitable for fixing large format tiles. <br />MONOFLEX-XL is suited for the assured installation <br />on all substrates conforming to DIN 18157, part <br />1 e.g. concrete, aerated concrete, render/plaster, <br />cement-based and calcium sulphate based screeds/ <br />heated screeds, masonry work, moisture resistant <br />plasterboard etc. as well as on old well bonded tiled <br />finishes. It is additionally suitable as a bonding material</p> <p>*) These values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be dry, load-bearing, adequately flat, <br />free from penetrating cracks and free from separating <br />substances such as oil, paint, laitance and loose parts. <br />They must have a largely closed surface with a surface <br />strength and condition commensurate with their type. <br />When installing tiles, the substrate, substrate preparation <br />and product application must conform to DIN 18157, <br />part 1. Prime porous substrates with ASO-Unigrund. <br />Calcium sulphate screeds must be abraded, vacuumed</p> <p>260</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>and as with all calcium sulphate based substrates <br />primed with ASO-Unigrund. If large format tiles are <br />to be installed on calcium sulphate based screeds, <br />we recommend priming with ASODUR-V360W due <br />to its greater barrier effect. Heated screeds must be <br />commissioned prior to the installation of tiled flooring <br />in accordance with recognized technical regulations. <br />The readiness of a substrate to receive tiled finishes is <br />to be determined through moisture measurements with <br />a carbide hygrometer (CM device). The CM moisture <br />content may not exceed: <br />• Cement-based screeds (CT) 2.0 CM% for unbonded <br />or floating screeds <br />• Calcium sulphate based screeds (CA) without <br />underfloor heating 0.5 CM% <br />• Calcium sulphate based screeds (CA) with underfloor <br />heating 0.3 CM%</p> <p>than 60 x 60 cm. This considerably compensates <br />for shear stresses, which can lead to delamination in <br />unfavourable exterior conditions. <br />UNIFLEX-B is mixed with water for improved application <br />and then mixed with MONOFLEX-XL until homogenous. <br />Mixing ratio: highly deformable (relates to class C2 S2, <br />deformation > 5 mm): <br />4.17 kg UNIFLEX-B : approx. 5.0 litres water : 25 kg <br />MONOFLEX-XL <br />Important advice: <br />• When installing tiles in heavy duty areas in exterior <br />locations (balconies and terraces) the highly elastic <br />bonded waterproof membrane system AQUAFIN2K/M and UNIFIX-S3 or UNIFIX-2K should be used. <br />• When installing natural and synthetic stone tiles pay <br />particular attention to the specific product properties <br />of the material to be fixed (tendency to discolour, <br />risk of curling etc) and follow the manufacturer’s <br />installation recommendations. We recommend that <br />a trial area is carried out. <br />• To avoid curling effects due to water absorption <br />when installing agglomerate/synthetic stone tiles <br />we recommend the use of ASODUR-EK98 or <br />ASODUR-Design. <br />• When installing large format tiles greater than 50 x <br />50 cm, in order to improve the adhesion, a scratch <br />coat should be applied to the rear of the tile or they <br />should be fixed in the buttering-floating method. <br />• Prime calcium sulphate based substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund-S (mix ratio 1:1 with water). <br />• To avoid the formation of ettringite with calcium <br />sulphate based substrates, UNIFIX-AEK is a suitable <br />adhesive for installing tiles to these substrates up <br />to residual moisture levels of 1.0% for heated and <br />1.5% for unheated constructions (CM% - carbide <br />hygrometer). <br />• Do not attempt to re-life thin-bed adhesive that has <br />already stiffened by adding water or fresh mortar, <br />there is a risk of inadequate strength development.</p> <p>The CM measurements are to be carried out to the <br />current FBH-AD work instructions from the technical <br />information “Coordination of cut out points with heated <br />floor constructions.” <br />Product preparation and application: <br />Mix MONOFLEX-XL with clean water in a clean mixing <br />bucket until homogenous. <br />Mix ratio: <br />9.25-10.00 litres water : 25 kg MONOFLEX-XL. <br />Allow to stand for approx. 3 minutes then remix. Do <br />not prepare more adhesive than can be used within the <br />pot life. Spread the mixed adhesive over the substrate <br />surface and comb through with a notched trowel <br />suitable for the tile format. Install tiles within the <br />adhesive open time. <br />When installing large format tiles greater than <br />60 x 60 cm, we recommend that MONOFLEX-XL is <br />modified with UNIFLEX-B. Modifying with UNIFLEX-B <br />elastifier increases the deformability and adhesion <br />strength of MONOFLEX-XL. Dependent on the <br />modification, deformability class S2 can be achieved, <br />which is particularly recommended for tiles larger</p> <p>261</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• In continuously immersed areas (swimming pools, <br />containers etc.) we recommend the use of the system <br />based thin bed adhesive UNIFIX-2K/6 onto the <br />SCHOMBURG waterproof membrane appropriate for <br />the particular application. <br />• Direct contact between cement-based tile mortars <br />and magnesite screeds leads to the destruction of <br />the magnesite screed through a chemical reaction. <br />Moisture penetration from the rear must be eliminated <br />with appropriate measures. Mechanically roughen <br />the magnesite screed and prime with the epoxy <br />resin ASODUR-V360W (approx. 250 g/m2) with a <br />maximum of 5% water as necessary. After waiting <br />from 12 to 24 hours at +20° C, apply a second coat <br />of ASODUR-V360W (approx. 300 – 350 g/m2). <br />Blind the fresh second coat with 0.5-1.0 mm quartz <br />sand. After waiting for a further 12-16 hours continue <br />with the tile installation. <br />• MONOFLEX-XL is a hydraulic hardening mortar <br />that needs to be protected against water and frost <br />penetration until fully cured, which may take a few <br />days in bad weather conditions. <br />• Protect areas not be treated with MONOFLEX-XL. <br />• Heed the relevant current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, <br />DIN 18202, EN 13813, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*4] “Large format tiles” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions”</p> <p>[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas” <br />[*8] “Finishes on poured asphalt” <br />[*9] “Tolerances in level” <br />[*10] “Tolerances” <br />[*11] “Cleaning, protecting, maintenance” <br />[*12] “Swimming pool construction” <br />Please use a current valid EU Health & Safety data <br />sheet. Low chromate. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>44/11</p> <p>262</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>POWERPLAST-D2</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 03828 <br />Non-slip dispersion adhesive conforming to DIN EN 12004</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Conforms to DIN EN 12004, <br />D2TE <br />• Ready to use <br />• Water resistant <br />• Non-slip <br />• High initial grab <br />• Creamy application <br />• Deformable <br />• Solvent free</p> <p>Open time *): <br />Grout after *):</p> <p>up to approx. 30 minutes <br />approx. 1 day, with large <br />format tiles or on impervious <br />substrates approx. 7 days <br />Fully serviceable *): <br />after approx. 14 to 21 days <br />Cleaning: <br />with water immediately <br />after use <br />Certification: <br />conforms to DIN EN 12004, <br />D2 TE, MPA Dresden <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 1.5 kg/m2 <br />per mm thickness <br />approx. 2.1 kg/m2 with a <br />4 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 3.2 kg/m2 with a <br />6 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 4.2 kg/m2 with an <br />8 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 5.2 kg/m2 with a <br />10 mm notched trowel <br />Adhesive bed thickness: 1 to 4 mm <br />Packaging: <br />20 kg plastic buckets <br />Storage: <br />frost free, min. 6 months in <br />the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>See printed batch number <br />SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>EN 12004 <br />POWERPLAST-D2</p> <p>Improved dispersion adhesive <br />with additional characteristics</p> <p>D2 <br />Reaction to fire: class E</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />POWERPLAST-D2 is a non-slip, water resistant <br />dispersion adhesive with improved characteristics with <br />extended open time. POWERPLAST-D2 has a stress <br />neutralising function and is therefore advantageous <br />for use on lightweight partition walling and concrete <br />elements. <br />POWERPLAST-D2 is used for the thin bed installation of <br />ceramic tiles and mosaics onto flat, porous substrates <br />such as concrete, pre-cast concrete units, aerated and <br />expanded concrete, renders/plasters of groups PII to <br />PV, dry lining boards such as plasterboard, moisture <br />resistant plasterboard and gypsum fibre boards as <br />well as lightweight construction boards e.g. rigid foam <br />tilebacker panels and similar, in interior areas. <br />POWERPLAST-D2 is suitable for the installation of large <br />format tiles, also onto to existing ceramic finishes. <br />POWERPLAST-D2 can be used for tiling in moderately <br />wet duty areas such as e.g. normal domestic <br />bathrooms, onto mineral-based and dispersion-based <br />bonded SCHOMBURG waterproof membranes. <br />POWERPLAST-D2 is suitable for wall areas in wet duty <br />classification A0 in accordance with the ZDB data sheet <br />‘bonded waterproof membranes’. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>*) These values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity. <br />Higher temperatures and lower relative humidity reduce, lower <br />temperatures and higher relative humidity increase these given <br />times.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />When installing tiles, DIN 18157, part 1 prevails <br />with regard to the substrate, substrate preparation and <br />product application. <br />The substrate must be dry, sound, clean, load bearing, <br />adequately flat and free from separating substances <br />and penetrating cracks. Remove emulsions, paint, oil, <br />laitance and loose areas. Roughen smooth concrete <br />surfaces, prime highly porous substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund before adhesive application. <br />When tiling to dry lining boards be aware of the <br />guidelines of the board manufacturer for cladding with <br />ceramic tiles.</p> <p>acrylic resin dispersion with <br />functional fillers and additives <br />cream white <br />1.6 kg/dm3</p> <p>Colour: <br />Specific gravity: <br />Substrate / <br />application temperature: +5° C to +30° C <br />Temperature resistance: -10° C to +70° C</p> <p>263</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>The BEB information sheets distributed by the <br />“Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V.” <br />The technical information for the coordination of <br />cut out points for heated floor construction. <br />The ZDB information sheets distributed by the German <br />professional tile association: <br />[*1] Bonded waterproof membranes <br />[*2] Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds <br />[*3] Movement joints in tile and slab wall and floor <br />finishes. <br />[*5] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete <br />stone/slabs on cement-based floor constructions with <br />insulation. <br />[*6] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete <br />stone/slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions.</p> <p>Product application: <br />POWEPLAST-D2 is spread evenly onto the prepared <br />substrate and combed through with a notched trowel. <br />When choosing a notched trowel use a notch that will <br />achieve approx. 65% adhesive coverage to the back <br />of the tile. Install the tiled finish within the open time <br />of the adhesive – finger test. On existing ceramic <br />finishes, prepare old tiled finishes with a thin coat of <br />ASO-Unigrund-S using a lamb’s wool roller in a crisscross manner. At least one of the surfaces must be <br />porous e.g. render/plaster or earthenware (biscuit) tile. <br />Important advice: <br />• When installing tiles in floor areas with deformable <br />adhesives we recommend UNIFIX-S3, UNIFIX-S3-Fast, <br />UNIFIX-2K or UNIFIX-2K/6. <br />• When installing natural or synthetic stone respect the <br />specific product properties of the cladding material <br />(tendency to discolour, risk of curling) and the <br />installation recommendations of the manufacturer. We <br />recommend that a trial fix is carried out. <br />• Perimeter, bay and movement joints are to be brought <br />through and blanked off with suitable materials e.g. <br />edge strip RD-SK50. <br />• To avoid curling effects through water absorption <br />we recommend that with serpentinite containing <br />agglomerate/synthetic and natural stone that <br />ASODUR-EK98 be used. <br />• POWERPLAST-D2 is an adhesive that cures through <br />drying and is therefore to be protected from water <br />and frost until fully cured. <br />• Protect areas not being treated from the effects of <br />POWERPLAST-D2. <br />• Observe the current pertinent regulations. <br />Therefore e.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />EN 13813 <br />DIN 18 202 <br />DIN 1055</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU Health & <br />Safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: D1</p> <p>51/12</p> <p>264</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>SOLOCRET-15</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05437</p> <p>Sag resistant wall and floor levelling compound</p> <p>Description: <br />SOLOCRET-15 is a polymer modified, <br />cement based levelling mortar used to <br />create even substrates for subsequent <br />applications of waterproofing or tiling <br />products.</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2 – 8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />SOLOCRET-15 <br />Cement-based levelling mortar <br />for interior and exterior <br />substrates</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />Reaction to fire A1 / A1fl <br />For interior and exterior applications <br />to level and smooth uneven mineralbased wall, ceiling and floor areas that are to be <br />waterproofed or clad with tiles. Also for use beneath <br />waterproofing in swimming pool tanks and exterior <br />areas.</p> <p>• CT2.0 CM % for screeds on insulation or <br />separating layers <br />• CA without underfloor heating0.5 CM % <br />• CA with underfloor heating0.3 CM %</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Low tension <br />• Rapid setting <br />• For walls, ceilings and floors <br />• For thicknesses from 2 to 15 mm <br />Typical Properties: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Pot life: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Flexural and <br />compressive strength: <br />Substrate temperature:</p> <p>areas, suitable substrates are concrete in accordance <br />with DIN 1045, heated and unheated cement-based <br />screeds in accordance with DIN 18560 and rapid <br />setting cement-based screeds (e.g. ASO-EZ6-Plus). <br />SOLOCRET-15 is also suitable for exterior use and wet <br />duty areas providing a suitable SCHOMBURG bonded <br />waterproofing compound is installed. Not suitable as a <br />wearing surface without additional appropriate finishes. <br />To determine a floor substrate’s readiness to receive <br />finishes carry out moisture measurements before <br />applying SOLOCRET-15 using a carbide hygrometer <br />(CM device). The CM moisture readings may not <br />exceed:</p> <p>The CM measurements are to be carried out in <br />accordance with current work instructions of the FBHAD from the technical literature “Coordination of cut-out <br />areas for heated floor constructions”.</p> <p>cement, aggregates, <br />high quality additives <br />grey <br />approx. 1.4 kg/dm3 <br />minimum 30 minutes *) <br />approx. 4 hours *)</p> <p>Mixing: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />4.75 – 5.0 litres water : 25 kg SOLOCRET-15 <br />Mix SOLOCRET-15 with clean water in a clean <br />mixing bucket until homogenous. Add the water to a <br />clean mixing bucket and mechanically stir in the dry <br />powder with a stirrer (approx. 300 – 700 rpm) until a <br />homogenous, slump free smoothing paste is obtained. <br />The mixing time is approx. 3 –5 minutes. <br />SOLOCRET-15 can be used for a minimum of 30 <br />minutes at +20° C.</p> <p>4.0/25 N/mm2 <br />after 28 days *) <br />+5° C to +25° C</p> <p>*) Values refer to +23° C and 50% relative humidity</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The mineral-based substrate must be load-bearing, <br />solid, have a good grip and be free from materials <br />that act as separating layers. The substrate must be <br />load-bearing to loads in accordance with DIN 1055. <br />Remove separating layers, laitance and similar by <br />suitable measures e.g. blasting or scabbling. Shrinkage <br />processes should be largely concluded. Remove <br />loose edges back to a sound base. Prime very porous <br />substrates beforehand with ASO-Unigrund. In floor</p> <p>Product application: <br />1. Prime the substrate with ASO-Unigrund. <br />2. Skim/spread out the properly mixed SOLOCRET-15 <br />onto the primed substrate and distribute evenly with a <br />suitable tool (lath) within the pot life. SOLOCRET-15 <br />can be applied over the area up to 15 mm in one <br />application.</p> <p>265</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>3. After approx. 45 – 80 minutes dependent on the <br />substrate, ambient temperature and thickness, rub <br />with a damp open-pored sponge or felt-board and <br />subsequently smooth with a steel float. Possible further <br />smoothing is best carried out when the first layer has <br />hardened but is still recognisably damp from the dark <br />colour. Do not exceed the maximum thickness of <br />15 mm. <br />Curing & Protection: <br />Protect set SOLOCRET-15 from drying out too quickly <br />(e.g. by repeated misting with water or covering) from <br />high room temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts. The <br />air, product and substrate temperature must not drop <br />below +5° C during application and for the week <br />afterwards.</p> <p>•</p> <p>Cleaning of Tools: <br />With water while still in the fresh state. <br />Estimating & Supply: <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 1.5 kg/m2 at 1mm thickness <br />Packaging: <br />6 kg and 25 kg bags</p> <p>•</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life: <br />Minimum 6 months when stored cool and dry in the <br />original unopened packaging. Use opened packaging <br />promptly.</p> <p>• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>Advice: <br />• When applying thin coats rapid water loss (burning) <br />can be counteracted by adding ASOPLAST-MZ. Mix <br />ASOPLAST-MZ 1:5 with clean water and mix with <br />SOLOCRET-15. <br />• Instead of using ASO-Unigrund-GE, ASO-Unigrund-K <br />(diluted 1:3 to 1:4 with water) can also be used. <br />• Clean existing well adhered ceramic finishes, abrade, <br />prime with ASODUR-SG2 and broadcast with 0.5 – <br />1.0 mm quartz sand to excess. Vacuum after cured. <br />Subsequently smooth with SOLOCRET-15. <br />• Direct contact between cementitious mortars and <br />magnesium screeds leads to destruction of the <br />magnesium screed through a chemical reaction. <br />Moisture penetrating out of the substrate from the</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>266</p> <p>rear must be excluded by appropriate measures. <br />Mechanically roughen the magnesite substrate <br />and prime with epoxy resin INDUFLOOR-IB2360 <br />(approx. 250 g/m2) with a maximum addition of <br />5% water. After a waiting time of approx. 12 <br />to 24 hours at +20° C, apply a second coat of <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2360 (approx. 300 – 350g/m2). <br />Broadcast 0.2 – 0.7 mm quartz sand to excess into <br />the wet second coat. After a further waiting time of <br />approx. 12 – 16 hours trowel the SOLOCRET-15 up <br />a maximum thickness of 15 mm. <br />With calcium sulphate screeds at the time of levelling <br />carried out with SOLOCRET-15 the moisture content <br />measured with a carbide hygrometer may not exceed <br />0.5% without underfloor heating or 0.3% with <br />underfloor heating. Thoroughly prime with multi-primer <br />MG-17 and allow to completely dry. After a further <br />waiting time of 12 – 16 hours apply SOLOCRET-15 <br />up to a maximum thickness of 10 mm. Exclude <br />subsequent moisture presence. <br />Perimeter, bay, structural and movement joints should <br />be brought through / inserted in the designated <br />position and instated with suitable materials e.g. <br />edge strips. Crack control joints should be cut to a <br />third of the applied depth once the SOLOCRET-15 <br />has hardened. <br />An open textured surface causes greater material <br />consumption. <br />Higher temperatures accelerate and lower <br />temperatures slow down the setting process. <br />Do not re-life SOLOCRET-15 that has started to stiffen <br />by adding water or fresh mortar. There is a risk of <br />inadequate strength development. <br />Protect areas not to be treated from exposure to <br />SOLOCRET-15. <br />Observe the appropriate current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN EN 13813 <br />DIN EN 13318 <br />DIN 1055 <br />The BEB technical sheets distributed by the <br />“Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V.” <br />The technical information “Coordination of cut-out <br />areas for heated floor construction”.</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>The ZDB (German tile association) technical <br />sheets distributed by the professional German tile <br />association: <br />1) “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />2) “Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds” <br />3) “Movement joints in tile and slab cladding and <br />finishes” <br />4) “Mechanical heavy duty ceramic floor coverings” <br />5) “Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural stone and <br />concrete slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />on insulation” <br />6) “Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural stone and <br />concrete slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions”. <br />7) “Exterior finishes” <br />8) “Swimming pool construction” <br />TKB (Technical committee for construction <br />adhesives) technical sheet: “Technical description <br />and application of cement-based floor smoothing <br />compounds” <br />Please observe a valid EU health and safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>267</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>SOLOCRET-50</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05440</p> <p>Anti-sag smoothing compound – rapid hardening</p> <p>by suitable means e.g. surface abrasive blasting or <br />scabbling. Ensure there is no moisture pressure from the <br />negative side. Shrinkage processes must be largely at <br />an end. Remove hollow edges back to a sound core. <br />Pre-treat substrates by priming with ASO-Unigrund-GE. <br />Suitable floor substrates are concrete in accordance <br />with DIN 1045, heated and unheated cement-based <br />screeds in accordance with DIN 18560 and rapid <br />setting cement-based screeds (e.g. ASO-EZ6-Plus). <br />Before applying SOLOCRET-50, the readiness of a <br />floor substrate to receive finishes is to be determined by <br />moisture measurements with a carbide hygrometer. The <br />CM moisture content may not exceed: <br />• Cement-based screeds (CT) ) 2.0 CM% for screeds <br />on insulation or separating layers <br />• Calcium sulphate screeds (CA) without underfloor <br />heating ) 0.5 CM% <br />• Calcium sulphate screeds (CA) with underfloor <br />heating ) 0.3 CM% <br />The CM measurements are to be carried out following <br />the current FBH-AD work instructions taken from the <br />technical information “coordination of cut out points in <br />heated floor constructions”.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Polymer modified <br />• Low shrinkage <br />• Rapid hardening <br />• For walls, ceilings and floors <br />• For thicknesses from 2 to 50 mm <br />Areas of application: <br />For levelling and smoothing uneven mineral-based walls, <br />ceilings and floor areas that are to be waterproofed or <br />tiled. SOLOCRET-50 is suitable for exterior and wet duty <br />areas when an appropriate SCHOMBURG bonded <br />waterproof membrane is installed. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Cement, aggregate, high <br />quality additives <br />Grey <br />approx. 1.2 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 30 mins 1) <br />after approx. 3 – 4 hrs 1)</p> <p>Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Pot life: <br />Overcoat: <br />Flexural and compressive <br />strength: <br />approx. 4.0/25 N/mm² <br />after 28 days <br />Application/substrate <br />temperature: <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />Cleaning tools: <br />in the fresh state with water <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 1.5 kg/m² at 1 mm <br />thickness <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bag <br />Storage: <br />dry, min. 6 months in <br />the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />1. Prime the substrate with ASO-Unigrund-GE. <br />Cement-based substrates can also be pre-wetted <br />until matt damp. <br />2. Mix SOLOCRET-50 with clean water in a clean <br />mixing bucket until homogenous. <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Approx. 4 – 4.5 litres water : 25 kg SOLOCRET-50 <br />Add the water to a clean mixing bucket and <br />mechanically mix in the dry powder whilst stirring <br />with a drill and paddle (approx. 300 – 700 rpm) <br />until a homogenous, thixotropic, smooth and pastelike smoothing compound is achieved. The mixing <br />time is approx. 3 – 5 minutes. Allow to stand for <br />approx. 3 minutes, then re-mix. SOLOCRET-50 must <br />be used within 30 minutes at +20° C. <br />3. Produce a scratch coat and then trowel apply <br />SOLOCRET-50 and evenly spread with a suitable <br />tool (plasterer’s darby) within the working time. <br />SOLOCRET-50 can be applied up to 50 mm thick</p> <p>* Values are valid at +23° C and 50% relative humidity</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The mineral-based substrate must be load-bearing, <br />solid, have a good key and be free from materials <br />acting as separating layers. The load-bearing capacity <br />of the substrate must be appropriate to take loads <br />in accordance with DIN 1055. Separating layers, <br />laitance and similar must be mechanically removed</p> <p>268</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>in one coat, with isolated voids up to a thickness <br />of 100 mm. If desired it can be smoothed off after <br />30 minutes. <br />4. After approx. 60 – 80 minutes. Dependent on the <br />substrate, ambient conditions and thickness, the <br />material can be smoothened with a grid float in <br />order to remove surface irregularities and to leave <br />a rough finish, which ensures a good bond for <br />subsequently applied tile adhesives. <br />5. Where it is necessary to apply another coat of <br />SOLOCRET-50, this is best carried out when the <br />first coat is hard but still damp as recognised by <br />the darker colour. Do not exceed a maximum <br />thickness of 50 mm. The air, material and substrate <br />temperature may not drop below +5° C during <br />application and within the next 24 hours.</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Do not use in areas with water under pressure! <br />• Instead of ASO-Unigrund-GE, ASO-Unigrund-K (diluted <br />1:3 to 1:4 with water) or ASO-Unigrund-S (neat up to <br />1:1 dependent on the substrate) can be used. <br />• Clean, abrade and prime old, well bonded ceramic <br />finishes with ASO-Unigrund-S and allow to harden. <br />Subsequently trowel over with a maximum of 20 mm <br />SOLOCRET-50. <br />• Direct contact between cement-based tile mortars <br />and magnesite screeds leads to the destruction of <br />the magnesite screed through a chemical reaction. <br />Moisture penetration from the rear must be eliminated <br />with appropriate measures. Mechanically roughen <br />the magnesite screed and prime with the epoxy <br />resin ASODUR-V360W (approx. 250 g/m²) with a <br />maximum of 5% water as necessary. After waiting <br />from 12 - 24 hours at +20° C, apply a second <br />coat of ASODUR-V360W (approx. 300 - 350 g/ <br />m²). Blind the fresh second coat with 0.2 - 0.7 mm <br />quartz sand. After waiting for a further 12 - 16 hours <br />continue with the application of SOLOCRET-50 to a <br />maximum 50 mm thickness. <br />• With calcium sulphate based screeds, at the time of <br />levelling with SOLOCRET-50 the CM moisture content <br />must not exceed 0.5% without underfloor heating <br />and 0.3% with underfloor heating. Thoroughly prime <br />with ASODUR-V360W and subsequently broadcast <br />with 0.5 - 1.0 mm quartz sand. After waiting for a</p> <p>further 12 - 16 hours continue with the application <br />of SOLOCRET-50 to a maximum 50 mm thickness. <br />Prevent further moisture ingress. <br />Perimeter, bay, structural and general movement joints <br />are to be brought through or inserted as designed. <br />Stop with a suitable material e.g. edge strips. <br />Very porous substrates result in greater material <br />consumption. <br />High temperatures accelerate, lower temperatures <br />slow down the setting process. <br />Do not attempt to re-life SOLOCRET-50 that has <br />already started to stiffen, by adding more water or <br />fresh mortar as there is a risk of inadequate strength <br />development. <br />Protect areas not being treated with SOLOCRET-50 <br />from its effects. <br />Observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet. <br />Follow the relevant current regulations. For e.g. <br />DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, <br />DIN EN 13813, DIN EN 13318, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB technical sheets issued by the federal <br />association for screeds and finishes. <br />The technical information “Coordination of cut out <br />points with heated floor constructions” <br />The ZDB technical sheets issued by the Professional <br />Association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Finishes on calcium sulfate screeds” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in tile and slab finishes” <br />[*4] “Heavy duty ceramic tiled finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete <br />slabs on cement-based floor constructions on <br />insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete <br />slabs on heated cement-based floor constructions” <br />[*7] “Exterior tiling” <br />TKB data sheet: <br />“Technical specifications and application of cementbased floor smoothing compounds”.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU health & safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1 <br />49/12</p> <p>269</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>SOLOFLEX</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05430</p> <p>Flexible thin-bed adhesive</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Tested to DIN EN 12004 C2TE <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Easy to use <br />• High initial grab <br />• Good non-slip performance</p> <p>Testing: <br />Consumption: <br />EN 12004 <br />SOLOFLEX <br />Improved cement-based <br />adhesive for the installation <br />of tiles</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />C2 <br />SOLOFLEX is used as a thin-bed <br />Reaction to fire: class E <br />adhesive for the installation of vitrified, <br />earthenware and ceramic tiles with lower water <br />absorption ) 0.5% (fully vitrified), clinker, mosaics and <br />natural stone, which is not sensitive to discoloration <br />or translucent. SOLOFLEX is suitable for an assured <br />installation to all substrates covered in DIN 18157, <br />part 1 e.g. concrete, aerated concrete, render/ <br />plaster, cement-based and calcium sulphate based <br />screeds, heated screeds, masonry work and moisture <br />resistant plasterboard etc as well as for the installation <br />of tiles to mineral-based and dispersion-based bonded <br />SCHOMBURG waterproof membranes in wet duty <br />classifications A0, A and B e.g. wet rooms, communal <br />showers, swimming pool surrounds and swimming <br />pools. <br />Modification with the elastic UNIFLEX-B considerably <br />increases the deformability and tensile adhesion <br />strength of SOLOFLEX. Dependent on the addition rate, <br />class C2E and deformability classes S1 and S2 are <br />achieved, which is especially recommended for large <br />format tiles. This can greatly compensate for shear <br />stresses. See Product Preparation. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Application / <br />substrate temperature: <br />Pot life *): <br />Open time *): <br />Grout after *): <br />Foot traffic after *): <br />Full service conditions *):</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>DIN EN 12004, MPA NRW <br />220001532-02-01 <br />dependent on the substrate <br />and material installed <br />2.3 kg/m² with a 6 mm <br />notched trowel <br />3.1 kg/m² with an 8 mm <br />notched trowel <br />3.7 kg/m² with a 10 mm <br />notched trowel <br />immediately after use <br />with water <br />25 kg bag, 6 kg bag <br />12 months when stored <br />dry in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>* These values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be dry, load-bearing, adequately <br />flat, be free from penetrating cracks and separating <br />substances such as oils, paints, laitance and loose <br />areas. It must have a closed surface texture and exhibit <br />surface characteristics and strength consistent with its <br />type. When installing tiles, the substrate, its preparation <br />and workmanship must conform to DIN 18157, part 1. <br />Prime absorbent substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Calcium <br />sulphate screeds must be abraded, vacuumed and as <br />with all calcium sulphate based substrates, primed with <br />ASO-Unigrund. Prior to the installation of tiled finishes <br />on to heated screeds, they must be commissioned to <br />recognised technical regulations. The readiness of a <br />substrate to receive finishes is to be determined by <br />moisture measurements using a carbide hygrometer <br />(CM device). The moisture content should not exceed: <br />• CT 2.0 CM% for screeds on insulation or separating <br />layers in interiors <br />• CA without underfloor heating 0.5 CM% <br />• CA with underfloor heating 0.3 CM% <br />The moisture measurements are to be carried out in <br />accordance with current FBH-AD work instructions taken <br />from the technical information on the coordination of cutout points with heated floor constructions.</p> <p>sand/cement, additives <br />(polymer modified) <br />cement grey <br />approx. 1.37 g/cm3 <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />approx 2 hrs <br />approx 30 mins <br />approx 24 hrs <br />approx. 24 hrs <br />after approx 7 days</p> <p>270</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Mix SOLOFLEX in a clean mixing bucket with clean <br />water until homogenous. <br />Mixing ratio: <br />7.0 – 8.0 litres of water : 25 kg SOLOFLEX <br />Allow to stand for 3 minutes, then re-mix. Do not mix <br />more SOLOFLEX than can be used within the pot life. <br />Spread the mixed adhesive over the substrate surface <br />and comb through with a notched trowel appropriate <br />to the tile size. Install the tiles within the adhesive open <br />time. <br />When installing large format tiles or tiled finishes <br />in more demanding conditions or where there are <br />temperature fluctuations, we recommend that SOLOFLEX <br />is modified with UNIFLEX-B. The deformation to <br />DIN EN 12002 is considerably increased and the <br />adhesive open time extended. To improve workability, <br />mix UNIFLEX-B with water and then mix with SOLOFLEX <br />until homogenous.</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>Mix ratio, highly deformable especially suitable for <br />wet duty class B0 (conforms to class C1E S2, <br />deformation > 5 mm): <br />8.33 kg UNIFLEX-B : approx. 2 litres water : <br />25 kg SOLOFLEX <br />Mix ratio, highly deformable (conforms to class <br />C2E S2, deformation > 5 mm): <br />4.17 kg UNIFLEX-B : approx. 3.75 litres water : <br />25 kg SOLOFLEX</p> <p>•</p> <p>Mix ratio, deformable (conforms to class C2E S1, <br />deformation > 2.5 mm): <br />2 kg UNIFLEX-B : approx. 5.4 litres water : <br />25 kg SOLOFLEX <br />•</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• When installing tiles in more demanding conditions <br />externally to B0 (balconies and terraces), we <br />recommend the highly elastic bonded waterproofing <br />system AQUAFIN-2K/M and UNIFIX-2K. SOLOFLEX <br />modified with UNIFLEX-B can also be used as the <br />adhesive (8.33 kg UNIFLEX-B : 25 kg SOLOFLEX). <br />• When fixing natural and synthetic stone, take <br />the specific properties of the product and the <br />manufacturer’s installation recommendations into</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>271</p> <p>consideration (tendency to discolour, risk of curling). <br />Where there is doubt, fix a trial area. <br />To avoid curling effects through water absorption, we <br />recommend that when fixing agglomerate/synthetic <br />stone ASODUR-EK98 is used. <br />Thoroughly prime calcium sulphate based substrates <br />with ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (mix ratio <br />1:3 with water). To avoid the formation of ettringite, <br />UNIFIX-AEK is especially suited for installing tiles to <br />calcium sulphate based substrates up to a residual <br />moisture of 1.0% when heated and 1.5% when <br />unheated (carbide hygrometer measurements). <br />Adhesive, which has started to stiffen, should not be <br />re-lifed through the addition of water or fresh mortar <br />as there is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />Direct contact between cement-based adhesives and <br />magnesite screeds leads to the destruction of the <br />magensite screed through chemical reaction. Prevent <br />moisture ingress from the rear using suitable means. <br />Mechanically abrade the magnesite substrate and <br />prime with the epoxy resin ASODUR-V360W <br />mixed with max. 5% water as necessary (approx. <br />250 g/m²). After waiting from between 12 and <br />24 hours, apply a second coat of ASODUR-V360W <br />(approx. 300 – 350 g/m²). Blind the second coat, <br />whilst still wet, with 0.5 – 1.0 mm quartz sand. Wait <br />for a further 12 – 16 hours then continue with the <br />installation. <br />In continuously wet areas (swimming pools, water <br />features etc.), system thin-bed adhesives UNIFIX-2K, <br />UNIFIX-2K/6 should be used with the butteringfloating technique on green concrete shells over the <br />SCHOMBURG waterproof membrane, appropriate <br />for the conditions. SOLOFLEX modified with <br />UNIFLEX-B can also be used as the adhesive – highly <br />deformable S2. <br />Protect areas not being treated from the effects of <br />SOLOFLEX. <br />SOLOFLEX is a hydraulically hardening mortar and <br />should be protected from water and frost penetration <br />until completely hardened, which may take a few <br />days in unfavourable weather conditions. <br />Observe the relevant current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, <br />EN 13813, DIN 1055</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Tiling to calcium sulphate screeds” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*4] “Heavy duty ceramic floor finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions” <br />[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas” <br />[*8] “Finishes on poured asphalt” <br />[*9] “Tolerances in level” <br />[*10] “Tolerances” <br />[*11] “Cleaning, protecting, maintenance” <br />[*12] “Swimming pool construction” <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />Low chromate. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>272</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>SOLOFLEX-FAST</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05439 <br />Thin and medium bed adhesive, flexible and rapid hardening</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>6&+20%85**PE+ &R.* <br />$TXDILQVWUDH² <br />''HWPROG</p> <p>(1</p> <p>Properties: <br />SOLOFLEX-FAST <br />Rapid hardening cement-based <br />• Conforms to DIN EN 12004, <br />adhesive with additional <br />C2 FT <br />characteristics for tile installation <br />• Rapid hardening <br />C2 F <br />• Long pot life <br />Reaction to fire: class A1/Alfl <br />• Slump resistant <br />• With rapid crystalline water <br />binding <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Polymer modified <br />• Smooth application <br />• Resistant to water and freeze / thaw cycles <br />• Up to 15 mm bed thickness <br />Areas of application: <br />As a rapid hardening, slump resistant thin and medium <br />bed adhesive, SOLOFLEX-FAST is the preferred choice <br />for work under time constraints for the installation <br />of vitrified and earthenware tiles, ceramic tiles with <br />low water absorption < 0.5% (fully vitrified), clinker, <br />mosaics, cementitious tiles, cement-based slabs and <br />natural stone that is not translucent nor sensitive to <br />discolouration. <br />Despite its rapid setting nature, SOLOFLEX with FAST <br />technology possesses a long pot life and open time. <br />Also when working and substrate temperatures are <br />low, the water is bound in a crystalline form so that <br />a noticeably quicker strength development can be <br />detected in comparison with conventional rapid setting <br />adhesives. SOLOFLEX-FAST is suitable for the secure <br />fixing of tiles to flat, sound substrates and for tiling onto <br />mineral based and dispersion based SCHOMBURG <br />waterproof membranes, in moderate wet duty areas. <br />On horizontal external areas such as e.g. balconies and <br />terraces, modify 25 kg of SOLOFLEX-FAST with 8.33 kg <br />of UNIFLEX-B.</p> <p>Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Pot life *): <br />Open time *): <br />Foot traffic *): <br />Grout after *): <br />Fully serviceable *): <br />Consumption:</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Cleaning: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Application/substrate <br />temperature:</p> <p>Cement, aggregate and <br />additives <br />Grey <br />approx. 1.24 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 45 to 60 mins <br />approx. 20 mins <br />After approx. 3 hrs <br />approx. 3 hrs <br />After approx. 7 days <br />approx. 2.5 kg/m2 with a <br />6 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 3.3 kg/m2 with an <br />8 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 4.2 kg/m2 with a <br />10 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 6.0 kg/m2 with <br />a 12/20 mm half moon – <br />medium bed trowel <br />approx. 6.0 kg/m2 with a <br />10 mm Flowline notched <br />trowel <br />25 kg bags <br />Clean tools immediately with <br />water after use <br />Dry, 6 months in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly. <br />+5° C to +25° C</p> <p>* These values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />SOLOFLEX-FAST is suitable for the secure installation of <br />tiles to dimensionally stable substrates conforming to <br />DIN 18 157 part 1 e.g. concrete, aerated concrete, <br />render / plaster, cement-based and calcium sulfate <br />based screeds, masonry work etc. The substrate must <br />be dry, sound, adequately flat, free from penetrating <br />cracks and free from separating substances such as <br />e.g. oil, paint, laitance and loose areas. It must have <br />a surface condition and strength consistent with its <br />type. When installing tiles, substrate preparation must <br />be carried out to DIN 18 157 part 1. Prime porous</p> <p>273</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Calcium sulfate based <br />screeds must be abraded, vacuumed and as with all <br />calcium sulfate based substrates, thoroughly primed <br />with Multi-Grundierung MG17 or ASO-Unigrund-GE. <br />If large format tiles are to be installed, we recommend <br />that priming is carried out using ASODUR-V360W <br />due its greater barrier forming capacity. Heated <br />screeds must be commissioned in line with recognized <br />technical regulations before tiling. To ascertain a <br />surface’s readiness to receive tiles, carry out moisture <br />measurements with a carbide hygrometer (CM device). <br />The CM moisture content may not exceed: <br />• Cement-based screeds2.0% for floating or <br />unbonded screeds <br />• Calcium sulfate screeds without underfloor <br />heating0.5% <br />• Calcium sulfate screeds with underfloor <br />heating0.3% <br />The CM measurement is to be carried out in <br />accordance with the current work instructions from the <br />technical information of the FBH-AD “Coordination of <br />cut out areas with heated floor constructions”.</p> <p>12004 is considerably increased so that class S2 <br />is achieved. <br />Mixing ratio: <br />2 kg UNIFLEX-B : 6 kg SOLOFLEX-FAST : <br />approx. 0.5 litres water <br />8.33 kg UNIFLEX-B : 25 kg SOLOFLEX-FAST : <br />approx 2.0 litres water <br />After standing for 3 minutes, mix through once again. <br />Do not mix more SOLOFLEX-FAST than can be used <br />within the pot life. <br />Spread SOLOFLEX-FAST adhesive onto the surface of <br />the substrate and comb through with the appropriately <br />sized notched trowel for the tile format. Install the <br />finishing material within the open time. Always clean <br />mixing containers as setting SOLOFLEX-FAST functions <br />as an accelerator. Do not mix with other cement-based <br />mortars. <br />Important advice: <br />• Not suitable for underwater areas. <br />• When installing natural or agglomerate stone always <br />observe their specific product properties (tendency to <br />discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the stone producer’s <br />installation recommendations. We recommend that a <br />test area is carried out. <br />• To safely avoid curling effects caused by water <br />absorption when installing serpentinite, slate and <br />with agglomerate / synthetic stone which contain <br />these natural stones, we recommend the use of <br />ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR-Design. <br />• When installing agglomerate / synthetic stone we <br />recommend that 25 kg SOLOFLEX-FAST is modified <br />with 2.0 kg UNIFLEX-B. <br />• When installing tiles or slabs to poured asphalt of <br />hardness class IC10 we recommend that 25 kg <br />SOLOFLEX-FAST is modified with 2.0 kg UNIFLEX-B. <br />• Perimeter, bay, structural joints and movement joints <br />are to be brought through or incorporated in the <br />designed position and blocked with an appropriate <br />medium e.g. edging strip RD-SK50. Saw cut joints <br />are to be adhesively sealed or secured against <br />uneven levels. <br />• Thoroughly prime calcium sulfate based substrates <br />such as ASO-NM15 with ASO-Unigrund-GE,</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Mix SOLOFLEX-FAST with clean water in a clean mixing <br />bucket until homogenous. <br />Mixing ratio: <br />1.8 – 2.0 litres water : 6 kg SOLOFLEX-FAST <br />7.5 – 8.5 litres water : 25 kg SOLOFLEX-FAST <br />On horizontal external surfaces such as e.g. balconies <br />and terraces, SOLOFLEX-FAST is to be modified with <br />UNIFLEX-B. Furthermore we recommend the addition <br />of UNIFLEX-B to SOLOFLEX-FAST when installing large <br />format tiles greater than 60 x 60 cm. Modification with <br />the UNIFLEX-B elastifier improves the deformability and <br />tensile adhesion strength of SOLOFLEX-FAST. Dependent <br />on the modification, class S2 can be achieved, which <br />is especially recommended for large format tiles greater <br />than 60 x 60 cm. This considerably compensates <br />against shear stresses which can lead to de-bonding <br />under unfavourable external conditions. To improve the <br />workability, add water once the SOLOFLEX-FAST has <br />been mixed with UNIFLEX-B. The addition of UNIFLEX-B <br />will shorten the open time. The deformability to DIN EN <br />274</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>•</p> <p>ASO-Unigrund-S, ASO-Unigrund-K (mixing ratio 1:3 <br />with water) or ASODUR-V360W. ASODUR-V360W <br />has the greatest blocking effect of the substrate. To <br />avoid the formation of ettringite with calcium sulfate <br />based substrates, UNIFIX-AEK is suitable for tiling <br />to these substrates up to residual moisture levels, <br />measured with a carbide hygrometer, of 1.0% when <br />heated and 1.5% when unheated. <br />When installing large format tiles greater than 50 x <br />50 cm, apply a scratch coat to the rear of the tile to <br />improve adhesion, or fix using the floating-buttering <br />method. <br />Do not re-life adhesives that has already started to <br />harden, by adding more water or fresh adhesive as <br />there is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />When installing tiles in heavy duty external areas <br />(balconies/terraces) we recommend the installation <br />of the highly elastic waterproof membrane system <br />AQUAFIN-RS300, AQUAFIN-2K/M or AQUAFIN-2K. <br />In permanently wet areas (swimming pools, containers <br />etc.) we recommend the use of the system thin bed <br />adhesives UNIFIX-2K, UNIFIX-S3, UNIFIX-2K/6 onto <br />the SCHOMBURG waterproof membrane suitable <br />for the area of application. Observe the specific <br />properties of the finishing products to be installed. <br />Protect areas where SOLOFLEX-FAST is not being <br />used, from its effects. <br />Instead of ASO-Unigrund-GE, ASO-Unigrund-K diluted <br />1:3 with water can also be used. <br />SOLOFLEX-FAST is a hydraulic setting mortar that is <br />to be protected from water and frost penetration until <br />fully cured, which in adverse weather conditions can <br />take a few days. <br />Direct contact between cement-based adhesives and <br />magnesium screeds leads to destruction via chemical <br />reaction. Therefore rising moisture from the substrate <br />must be eliminated through appropriate measures. <br />Mechanically roughen the magnesite surface and <br />prime with the epoxy resin ASODUR-V360W with <br />the addition of max. 5% water as necessary <br />(approx. 250 g/m2). Wait for approx. 12 – 24 <br />hours at +20° C then apply a second coat of <br />ASODUR-V360W (approx. 300 – 350 g/m2). <br />Blind the second coat whilst it is still wet with an <br />excess of 0.5 – 1.0 mm quartz. Wait for a further <br />12 – 16 hours before further work.</p> <p>• Follow the relevant current regulations. For e.g. <br />DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, EN 13813, <br />DIN 18202, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB technical sheets issued by the federal <br />association for screeds and finishes Technical sheet <br />from the experts EURO-F-E-N Schloss Raesfled “Tiles, <br />slabs, natural and concrete slabs on poured asphalt <br />in interior areas” <br />The professional information “Coordination of cut out <br />points with heated floor constructions” <br />The technical construction information on natural stone <br />from the Natural Stone Association <br />The ZDB technical sheets issued by the Professional <br />Association of the German tile industry: <br />[*2] “Finishes on calcium sulfate screeds” <br />(October 2005) <br />[*3] “Movement joints in tile and slab finishes” <br />[*4] “Heavy duty ceramic tiled finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete <br />slabs on cement-based floor constructions on <br />insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete <br />slabs on heated cement-based floor constructions” <br />[*7] “Exterior tiling” <br />[*8] “Finishes on poured asphalt” <br />[*9] “Height variations” <br />[*10] “Tolerances” <br />[*11] “Cleaning, protection, maintenance” <br />Please observe a valid EU health & safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>50/11</p> <p>275</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>SOLOPLAN®-12</p> <p>Art.-No 2 01344</p> <p>Smoothing compound up to 12 mm</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Polymer modified <br />• Self levelling <br />• Water resistant <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Easy to use <br />• Rapid setting <br />• Suitable for heated screeds <br />• Pumpable <br />• For thicknesses from 1 to 12 mm</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>*1) These values relate to +23° C and 50% relative humidity. Higher <br />temperatures accelerate, lower temperatures reduce the curing.</p> <p>Substrate and product preparation: <br />The substrate must be dry, load bearing, sound, have a <br />good key and be free from substances which act as a <br />separating layer. The substrate must have a load <br />bearing capacity appropriate to DIN 1055. Separating <br />and laitance layers and similar are to be mechanically <br />removed by suitable means e,g, blasting or scabbling. <br />With cement-based bonded or floating screeds the <br />readiness to receive an application of SOLOPLAN-12 is <br />to be tested with a carbide hygrometer (see advice <br />section), in order to exclude possible further deformation <br />of the screed slab due to shrinkage processes. The <br />temperature of the air, material and substrate may not <br />drop below +5° C during application and the week <br />after.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />SOLOPLAN-12 is used in thicknesses from 1-12 mm for <br />smoothing, repairing and levelling. Suitable substrates <br />are concrete floors in accordance with DIN 1045, <br />heated and unheated cement-based screeds in <br />accordance with DIN 18560, old, well bonded tile <br />finishes and rapid cement-based screeds (e.g. <br />ASO-EZ6-Plus). SOLOPLAN-12 is suitable for external <br />areas and those subjected to wet conditions when a <br />suitable SCHOMBURG bonded waterproof membrane <br />is installed. Not suitable as a wearing surface without <br />additional finishes. <br />Suitable substrates that have been levelled with <br />SOLOPLAN-12 can be covered with tiles, needle <br />punched carpets, textile finishes, PVC, linoleum, cork <br />etc. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Application temp: <br />Pot life *1): <br />Foot traffic *1): <br />Compressive <br />strength *1): <br />Flexural strength *1): <br />Classification: <br />Cleaning:</p> <p>approx. 1.7 kg/m2/mm <br />thickness <br />dry, 6 months in the original <br />unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly <br />25 kg bag with PE liner</p> <p>1) For thicknesses up to 12 mm prime the concrete or <br />cement-based screed with ASO-Unigrund-GE or <br />Multi-Grundierung MG-17 and once dry lay <br />SOLOPLAN-12. Multi-Grundierung MG-17 reduces <br />the absorption of the substrate and protects moisture <br />sensitive substrates from the water in the smoothing <br />compound. We recommend that the primer is <br />allowed to fully dry.</p> <p>cement, aggregate, additives <br />grey <br />approx. 1.5 kg/dm3 <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />approx. 30 minutes <br />after approx. 5 hours <br />> 25 N/mm2 after 28 days <br />> 4 N/mm2 after 28 days <br />EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />in the fresh state with water</p> <p>276</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>SOLOPLAN®-12</p> <p>Substrate</p> <p>Concrete</p> <p>4) Protect the setting SOLOPLAN-12 from too rapid <br />water loss e.g. from high room temperatures, direct <br />sunlight and draughts. Where it is necessary to apply <br />further layers of SOLOPLAN-12, these are best <br />carried when the first coat will take foot traffic and is <br />dry. Prime between layers with ASO-Unigrund. <br />5) SOLOPLAN-12 can be tiled after 16 hours *1. For <br />other surface finishes it is necessary to test the <br />residual moisture with a carbide hygrometer (see <br />advice section). Abide by the maximum permitted <br />residual moisture content in the information sheet. <br />Also see the advice section.</p> <p>Primer for thicknesses <br />up to 12 mm</p> <p>ASO-Unigrund-GE</p> <p>Cement-based screed, rapid <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE <br />cement-based screed <br />Smooth, mature cementbased substrates</p> <p>ASODUR-GBM* <br />ASODUR-SG2*</p> <p>Calcium sulphate based <br />screeds</p> <p>ASODUR-GBM*</p> <p>Well bonded ceramic <br />finishes, terrazzo</p> <p>Multi-Grundierung MG-17</p> <p>ASODUR-SG2*</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Instead of ASO-Unigrund-GE, ASO-Unigrund-K <br />(diluted 1:3 with water) or Multi-Grundierung-MG-17 <br />can be used. <br />• In order to reliably eliminate air bubbles, thoroughly <br />brush ASO-Unigrund-GE into the substrate and allow <br />to fully dry (approx. 6 – 12 hours *1). De-aerate <br />SOLOPLAN-12 with a spiked roller whilst still fluid. <br />• If water is lost too quickly (e.g. heated rooms or <br />highly absorbent substrates) there is a risk of crack <br />formation. <br />• Ventilation in the immediate area is necessary. <br />However draughts during application and during the <br />setting process are to be avoided as is direct sunlight. <br />The interior and floor temperature must be a minimum <br />of +5° C during application and for a week afterwards. <br />Dehumidifiers may not be used in the first 3 days. <br />• The condition of the substrate is essential to the <br />success of floor levelling. Absorbent substrates <br />negatively affect the flow behaviour of the smoothing <br />compound, therefore the substrate must be thoroughly <br />prepared, cleaned and primed. <br />• Clean, abrade and prime old well bonded ceramic <br />finishes with ASODUR-SG2 blinded with 0.5-1.0 mm <br />quartz sand. Vacuum up excess once cured. <br />Subsequently level up to a maximum of 5 mm <br />SOLOPLAN-12.</p> <p>* Substrates primed with ASODUR-GBM or ASODUR-SG2 – blind the <br />wet coat with 0.5-1.0 mm quartz sand and vacuum loose sand <br />once cured.</p> <p>2) Using 5.0-5.4 litres of water, dependent on <br />consistency, sprinkle in 25 kg SOLOPLAN-12 and <br />mix to a homogenous fluid consistency. Occasionally <br />scrape a trowel around the edges of the mixing <br />vessel to feed unmixed material stuck to the sides <br />back into the mix. Subsequently stir through once <br />again. It is recommended that a mixer with an <br />approx. speed of 500-700 rpm is used and a <br />Collomix paddle KR 140. Mixing ratio: 25 kg <br />SOLOPLAN-12 : 5.0 – 5.4 litres water. <br />3) Pour SOLOPLAN-12 on to the primed substrate and <br />evenly spread with a suitable tool within the pot life <br />(surface rake, toothed rake, long handled rake). It <br />has been shown to be advantageous that by setting <br />level points, the desired depth can be controlled <br />whilst in the wet state. The required thickness should <br />be applied in one operation. De-aerate the liquid <br />layer with a spiked roller (or other suitable tool) and <br />encourage to flow. The surface finish and level is <br />much improved.</p> <p>277</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>SOLOPLAN®-12</p> <p>• Completely remove lignin paste adhesives. Minimal <br />quantities of dispersion based water soluble flooring <br />adhesives, (surface area < 25%/m2) can remain on <br />the substrate. Clean the substrate, prime with <br />ASODUR-SG2 and blind with 0.5-1.0 mm quartz <br />sand. Vacuum up excess once cured. Moisture from <br />the substrate and the surface must be eliminated, if <br />this is not possible, then completely remove the <br />adhesive residues. Subsequently level with <br />SOLOPLAN-12. <br />• Extensively remove old, water resistant flooring <br />adhesives mechanically, clean, prime with <br />ASODUR-GBM or ASODUR-SG2 and blind with <br />0.5-1.0 mm quartz sand. Vacuum up excess once <br />cured. Alternatively prime with undiluted MultiGrundierung MG-17. Subsequently level with <br />SOLOPLAN-12. <br />• At the time of levelling with SOLOPLAN-12 the <br />residual moisture content of a calcium sulphate based <br />screed when measured with a carbide hygrometer <br />may not exceed 0.5% without underfloor heating or <br />0.3% with underfloor heating. Prime with MulriGrundierung MG-17 and allow to dry fully. <br />Subsequently level up to a maximum of 12 mm with <br />SOLOPLAN-12. Eliminate subsequent moisture <br />ingress. For levelling calcium sulphate based screeds <br />e.g. anhydrite screeds we recommend ASO-NM15. <br />• The readiness of a substrate to receive finishes is to <br />be determined by moisture measurements with a <br />carbide hygrometer.</p> <p>Maximum moisture content for levelling compounds, <br />determined with a carbide hygrometer (see advice section) <br />Floor finish</p> <p>heated</p> <p>unheated</p> <p>Water vapour <br />permeable <br />finishes</p> <p>1.8 %</p> <p>2.0 %</p> <p>Water vapour <br />1.8 % <br />barrier</p> <p>2.5 %</p> <p>Water vapour <br />2.0 % <br />permeable</p> <p>3.0 %</p> <p>1.8 %</p> <p>2.0 %</p> <p>Sand:cement <br />fixing</p> <p>2.0 %</p> <p>2.0 %</p> <p>Adhesive <br />fixing</p> <p>2.0 %</p> <p>2.0 %</p> <p>Textile finishes</p> <p>Laminate flooring</p> <p>Ceramic tiles <br />or natural / <br />concrete tiles</p> <p>The carbide hygrometer (CM) measurement is carried out in accordance <br />with the work instructions FBH-AD from the technical information <br />“coordination of cut out points in heated floor constructions”</p> <p>• Direct contact between cement-based mortars and <br />magnesite screeds leads to the destruction of the <br />magnesite screed through a chemical reaction. <br />Moisture penetration from the rear must be eliminated <br />with appropriate measures. Mechanically roughen the <br />magnesite screed and prime with the epoxy resin <br />ASODUR-V360W (approx. 250 g/m2) with a <br />maximum of 5% water as necessary. After waiting <br />from 12 to 24 hours at +20° C, apply a second coat <br />of ASODUR-V360W (approx. 300 – 350 g/m2). <br />Blind the fresh second coat with 0.2-0.7 mm quartz <br />sand. After waiting for a further 12-16 hours level <br />with SOLOPLAN-12 up to a maximum thickness of <br />10 mm.</p> <p>Keep to the following limiting values:</p> <p>278</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>SOLOPLAN®-12</p> <p>• Watch the water addition. Too high a water quantity <br />is associated with the appearance of segregation <br />resulting in a minimum strength surface. Such low <br />strength layers must be mechanically removed. <br />• Perimeter, bay and structural movement joints are to <br />be brought through or incorporated in the designed <br />location and stopped with a suitable material e.g. <br />perimeter insulation strips RD-SK50. Once the <br />SOLOPLAN-12 has cured, cut control joints to a third <br />of the depth of the installed thickness. <br />• When levelling poured asphalt of hardness <br />class IC10, use up to a thickness of 10 mm of <br />ASO-NM15. <br />• Preparatory work such as e.g. patch repairing of <br />thresholds and the repair of voids and uneven areas <br />are to be carried out with the thixotropic repair mortar <br />SOLOCRET-15 or ASOCRET-RN. <br />• Substrates with large pores cause greater material <br />consumption. <br />• Higher temperatures accelerate, lower temperatures <br />delay the setting process. <br />• Only use clean tools and clean water. <br />• Heed the relevant current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN EN 13813 <br />DIN 1055 <br />The TKB information sheet from the technical <br />commission for construction adhesives (TKB) within the <br />industrial association for adhesives, Düsseldorf, e.g. <br />“Technical description and application of cementitious <br />floor smoothing compounds”. <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry:</p> <p>[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*4] “Advice on the implementation of waterproofing <br />in combination with ceramic tiles in interior and <br />exterior areas” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />slabs on cement-based floor constructions with <br />insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />slabs on heated cement-based floor constructions” <br />[*7] “Floor construction with tiles externally” <br />TKB information sheet: “Technical description and <br />application of cementitious floor smoothing <br />compounds”. <br />• The technical data sheets of products mentioned <br />above are to be followed. <br />Please use a current valid EU Health & Safety data <br />sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>279</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>SOLOPLAN®-30</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 01338</p> <p>Self levelling underlayment upto 30 mm</p> <p>Properties: <br />• polymer modified <br />• self levelling <br />• waterproof <br />• low emission <br />• for exterior and interior use <br />• easy to process <br />• fast curing <br />• suitable for heated screeds <br />• pumpable <br />• for layers 3 – 30 mm thick <br />• meets class RWFC-550 according to <br />DIN EN 13892-7</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Compressive strength *): * 30 N/mm² after 28 days <br />Flexural strength *): <br />* 7 N/mm² after 28 days <br />Classification: <br />EN 13813 CT-C30-F7 <br />Reaction to fire: <br />A2fl-s1 <br />Cleaning: <br />Whilst still fresh with water <br />Consumption: <br />1.65 kg/m²/mm thickness <br />Storage: <br />6 months when stored dry in <br />the original unopened <br />packaging. Seal opened <br />bags well and use promptly. <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bags</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold <br />siehe Chargenaufdruck</p> <p>EN 13813 CT-C30-F7 <br />SOLOPLAN-30 <br />Cement-containing levelling mortar for <br />floor areas for exterior and interior use</p> <p>Reaction to fire</p> <p>A2fl-s1</p> <p>*) The values stated are applicable with ambient temperatures of <br />+23° C and at 50% relative air humidity. Higher temperatures <br />shorten the processing time, whilst lower temperatures extend the <br />processing time.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />SOLOPLAN-30 is used for smoothening and levelling in <br />layers of 3 – 30 mm thick. Suitable surfaces are floors <br />made of concrete in accordance to German Industrial <br />Standard DIN 1045, heated and unheated cement <br />screeds according to DIN 18560, old hardened tile <br />surfacess and rapid hardening cement screeds (for <br />example ASODUR-EZ6 Plus). <br />SOLOPLAN-30 is suitable for exterior areas and <br />areas subject to moisture loads, provided a suitable <br />SCHOMBURG compound waterproofing sealant has <br />been applied in advance. Other than the already <br />planned surface, it is not suitable as a wearing <br />surface without additional coating! <br />SOLOPLAN-30 is suitable for use in interior rooms in <br />accordance with the French VOC bye-law and is very <br />low emissions in accordance with GEV EMICODE <br />(Association for the Control of Emissions in Products for <br />Flooring Installation, Adhesives and Building Materials). <br />Typical Properties: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Application and <br />surface temperature: <br />Pot life*): <br />Traversable*):</p> <p>Surface and product preparation: <br />The surface is to be dry, of load bearing capacity, <br />hardened, be skid-proof and be free from substances <br />acting as separating agents. The surface has to meet <br />the load carrying capacity requirements as specified <br />in DIN 1055. Separating and sintering layers have <br />to be removed by suitable measures such as blasting <br />or milling. Cement screeds on separating or insulating <br />layers the coating maturity is to be measured using the <br />CM-device prior to application of SOLOPLAN-30, this <br />avoids further deforming of the screed plate caused by <br />shrinking. The temperature of air and ground surface <br />must not fall below +5° C during and one week after <br />application. <br />The moisture content, measured with a carbide <br />hygrometer, in screeds on a separating layer or <br />insulation may not exceed 2.0 CM%. The moisture <br />measurement is to be carried out in accordance with <br />current FBH-AD work instructions following the technical <br />information ‘coordination of cut out points in heated <br />floor constructions’.</p> <p>cement, aggregates, <br />additives <br />grey <br />1.4 kg/dm3 <br />+5° C up to + 25° C <br />30 minutes <br />after approx. 4 hours</p> <p>280</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Concrete with quartzsand <br />Cement screed with quartzsand, <br />Cement quick screed <br />Smooth worn, <br />Cement bond surfaces <br />Fixed ceramic layers, terrazzo</p> <p>Priming table <br />For layer thickness <= 20 mm <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE</p> <p>For layer thickness > 20 mm <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225 + broadcast <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225 + broadcast</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1225 + broadcast INDUFLOOR-IB1225 + broadcast <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240 + broadcast INDUFLOOR-IB1240 + broadcast <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240 + broadcast INDUFLOOR-IB1240 + broadcast</p> <p>1. For layers less than or the same as 20 mm thick, <br />concrete and cement screeds are to be primed with <br />ASO-Universal Primer-GE, SOLOPLAN-30 is applied <br />as soon as the primer has dried. We recommend <br />to allow the primer coat to completely dry out <br />(approx. 6 – 12 hours) as the absorption capacity <br />of the surface is minimised and the flow behaviour <br />of SOLOPLAN-30 is maintained. For layers 20 mm <br />thick or higher, smooth worn surfaces have to be <br />primed with INDUFLOOR-IB1225 and sprinkled with <br />excessive amounts of Quartz sand (grain size 0.5 – <br />1.0 mm). Prior to the application of SOLOPLAN-30, <br />and after complete hardening (approx. 16 hrs), the <br />surplus quartz sand can then be removed. <br />2. 4,7 – 5,4 l of water is to be filled into the mixing <br />vessel. Adding 25 kg of SOLOPLAN-30 mixing until <br />a knotfree, flowable mass is achieved. During mixing <br />a trowel should be used to scrape off the mixture <br />sticking on the inside of the mixing vessel, so that <br />the surplus material is re-mixed ensuring a correct <br />processing of the mixed ratio. It is recommended to <br />use a mixer at approx. 500 – 700 rpm. <br />Mix ratios: <br />25 kg SOLOPLAN-30 : 4.7 – 5.75 litres water <br />For thicknesses ) 20 mm, we recommend 5.2 – <br />5.75 litres water / 25 kg SOLOPLAN-30 <br />For thicknesses > 20 mm, we recommend 4.7 – <br />5.3 litres water / 25 kg SOLPLAN-30 <br />With a minimum addition of water ie: less excess <br />water in the mixture allows a quicker surface maturity <br />to be achieved. <br />3. SOLOPLAN-30 is poured onto the primed surface <br />and spread evenly with a suitable tool (surface blade <br />etc.) within the handling time given. It is proved to <br />be quite advantageous by setting level pointers</p> <p>during the green state of the surface to control the <br />exact height of the levels required. The required layer <br />thickness should be applied in one working coat. The <br />wet layer is to be de-aerated with a toothed roller (or <br />other suitable tool), activating the flowing movement. <br />The surface and flowing is substantially improved by <br />this method. <br />4. SOLOPLAN-30 under curing is to be protected <br />against quick water withdrawal caused by high <br />room temperatures, direct sun influence or draught <br />air! If a recoating of SOLOPLAN-30 is required <br />then this should be carried out when the first layer <br />becomes traversable, but has still a slightly moist <br />texture noticeable by its dark colouration. If the first <br />layer has already dried out, intermediate priming <br />with ASO-Universal Primer-GE is essential. <br />5. SOLOPLAN-30 applied in layers of less than or the <br />same as 20 mm thick can be affixed with tiles and <br />plates (after hardening time of approx. 16 hrs*) . <br />For other coverings or layer strengths of 20 mm <br />or more, the residue moisture has to be determined <br />by means of a CM-device. The maximum tolerated <br />values for residual moisture, according to the valid <br />data sheets must be maintained. <br />Important advice: <br />• ASO-UNIGRUND-K (1 : 3 diluted with water) or <br />MG –17 can be used instead of ASO-Unigrund-GE <br />• In order to exclude a pore formation ASO-Universal <br />Primer-GE is to be brushed into the surface thoroughly <br />and should dry out completely (within approx. 6 – 12 <br />hours *1). The still wet SOLOPLAN-30 layer is to be <br />de-aerated with a toothed roller! <br />• If rapid water vapour withdrawal has occurred (in <br />heated rooms or strongly absorbing surfaces) the <br />surface layer may suffer the danger of cracking! <br />281</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• Ventilation around the work area is necessary, drafts <br />and excessive sun rays during the hardening process <br />are to be avoided. The inner and floor temperature <br />must be maintained at +5° C during and also 1 week <br />after working. Air dehumidifiers must not be used <br />within the first three days. <br />• The condition of the surface underneath is essential <br />for the success of floor spactling. Absorbing surfaces <br />influence the flow capacity of the spactling compound <br />negatively, therefore, the surface is to be pretreated <br />thoroughly: it is to be cleaned and primed! <br />• It is possible to have inclined surfacings done up to <br />2%, however, in this case the water addition has to <br />be reduced to 4,25 – 4,7 l to 25 kg of <br />SOLOPLAN-30. <br />• Older already hardened, fixed ceramic layers are <br />to be cleaned, grinded, primed with INDUFLOORIB1240, spread over with excessive amounts of <br />Quarz sand (grain size 0,5 – 1,0 mm). After total <br />reaction the surplus quartz sand has to be removed. <br />• Sulphite lye adhesive is to be totally removed! <br />• Only very small quantities of water soluble flooring <br />adhesives on dispersion basis (surface part <br /><25% /m2) may remain on the surface. The surface <br />is to be cleaned, primed with INDUFLOOR-IB1240, <br />spread over with excessive amounts of quartz sand <br />(grain size 0,5 – 1,0 mm) and is to be exhausted <br />after complete reaction. Followed by levelling off with <br />SOLOPLAN-30 up to a maximum layer thickness of. <br />10 mm. A moisture load from the surface underneath <br />and from the top has to be excluded, otherwise the <br />adhesive residues have to be removed completely.</p> <p>• Old waterproof adhesives have to be removed <br />mechanically as much as possible, cleaned, primed <br />with INDUFLOOR-IB1225 or INDUFLOOR-IB1240, <br />spread over with excessive amounts of Quartz <br />sand (grain size 0,5 – 1,0 mm) and after complete <br />reaction be vacuumed! Alternatively the prime coat <br />can be made of undiluted MG-17. Followed by <br />levelling off with SOLOPLAN-30 upto a maximum <br />layer thickness of 10 mm. <br />• In order to evaluate the grade of maturity for covering <br />the moisture has to be measured by means of a <br />CM-device. The following values are to be kept (see <br />table). In case of anhydrite screeds the CM-moisture <br />at the time of application of SOLOPLAN-30 must not <br />exceed 0.5% without floor heating and 0.3 % with <br />floor heating. Prime with ASO-Universal Primer-GE <br />and allow complete drying out. After waiting a further <br />12 to 16 hrs the levelling off using SOLOPLAN-30 <br />up to a maximum layer thickness of 10 mm can be <br />carried out. <br />• Posterior moisture effects have to be excluded. For <br />the levelling of calcium sulfate bond surfaces such as <br />anhydrite we recommend the use of ASO-NM15. <br />Direct contact of cementitious mortar and magnesite <br />screed leads to destruction of the magnesite screed <br />by means of a chemical reaction resulting in <br />expansion tendency due to magnesia. Moisture from <br />the negative side of the surface underneath has to be <br />excluded by means of corresponding measures. The <br />magnesite surface is to be roughened mechanically <br />and to be primed with the epoxy resin <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2360 and an addition of max.</p> <p>Total screed moisture, given by the humidity measuring device (CM-device):</p> <p>Upper flooring <br />Water permeable <br />surface densitiy <br />Textiled surface <br />Parquet <br />Laminate flooring <br />Ceramic tiles and/or <br />Natural stone/Cast stone</p> <p>Water vapour seal <br />Water vapour permeability <br />Floating layed <br />Floating layed <br />Thick bed <br />Thin bed</p> <p>282</p> <p>heated</p> <p>unheated</p> <p>1.8% <br />1.8% <br />2.0% <br />1.8% <br />1.8% <br />2.0% <br />2.0%</p> <p>2.0% <br />2.5% <br />3.0% <br />2.0% <br />2.0% <br />2.0% <br />2.0%</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>5% water (approx. 250 g/m2). After a waiting time <br />of approx. 12 hours up to 24 hours at +20° C the <br />second layer of INDUFLOOR-IB2360 is to be applied <br />(approx. 300 - 350 g/m2). The fresh second layer is <br />to be spread over with an excessive amount of quartz <br />sand (grain size 0.2 - 0.7 mm). After an additional <br />waiting time of approx,. 12 to 16 hours levelling off <br />with SOLOPLAN-30 up to a maximum layer thickness <br />of 15 mm can be carried out. <br />Important! regard the amount of water addition! If too <br />much water is added, the mixture tends to segregate <br />combined with surfaces of reduced strength capacity. <br />Such surfaces with reduced strength should be <br />removed mechanically. <br />When using a mixing pump, for example PFT G4 or <br />G5 or similar, especially when work is stopped, both <br />the pump and the tubes must be cleaned.. <br />When using a PFT G4/G5 mixing pump and the <br />standard PFT G4 mixing helix, the D 6-3 rotor and <br />stator D 6-3 Twister, set the water flow rate to 350 <br />– 400 litres/hour. The pump capacity should then <br />be approx. 20 litres/minute. When applying greater <br />thicknesses it is recommended that rotor R7-2.5 and <br />stator R7-2.5 are used in the pump unit and the <br />water flow rate is then set to 850 litres/hour. The <br />pump capacity should then be approx. 40 litres/ <br />minute. With the PFT consistency checking tube, the <br />correct water addition can be checked and adjusted <br />from the slump result. This may not exceed 60 cm <br />on the prepared substrate and should be checked <br />continuously as work proceeds. <br />Perimeter, bay, structural and general movement joints <br />are to be brought through or inserted as designed <br />and stopped with a suitable material e.g. RD-SK50 <br />edge strips. Cut shrinkage control joints in the <br />SOLOPLAN-30 once cured down to a third of the <br />depth. <br />For levelling IC10 poured asphalt, we recommend <br />ASO-NM15 up to a thickness of 10 mm. <br />Preparations such as the levelling off of transitions, <br />excavations and uneven areas is to be applied with <br />a stable repair mortar ASOCRET-RN! <br />Very porous substrates cause greater material <br />consumption. <br />High temperatures accelerate and lower temperatures <br />slow down the setting process.</p> <p>• Only use clean tools and clean water. <br />• Observe the relevant current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560 <br />EN 13813, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions” <br />[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas” <br />[*9] “Tolerances in level” <br />[*10] “Tolerances” <br />[*11] “Cleaning, protecting, maintenance” <br />[*12] “Swimming pool construction” <br />Please observe a valid EU health and safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>283</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>UNIFIX®</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05408</p> <p>Tile Adhesive</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Tested to DIN EN 12004, C1T <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Polymer modified <br />• Powder component of UNIFIX-2K <br />and UNIFIX-2K/6 <br />• Good slip resistance</p> <p>Consumption: <br />03</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2 – 8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>EN 12004 <br />UNIFIX <br />Normal setting <br />cement-based adhesive <br />for tiles</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>C1</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />Reaction to fire A1 / A1fl <br />UNIFIX is used as a thin bed <br />adhesive for the installation of vitrified and earthenware <br />tiles, clinker, mosaic and natural stone materials with <br />high water absorption, which are not sensitive to <br />discolouration or translucent. UNIFIX is suitable for an <br />assured installation to all substrates in accordance with <br />DIN 18157, part 1 e.g. concrete, aerated concrete, <br />render, plaster, cement-based and calcium sulphate <br />based screeds / heated screeds, masonry work, <br />plasterboard etc. It is also suitable as an adhesive for <br />lightweight construction boards e.g. those made with <br />extruded polystyrene and for the installation of tiles onto <br />mineral-based and dispersion-based SCHOMBURG <br />bonded waterproof membranes in wet duty class <br />A0 in accordance with the ZDB data sheet “bonded <br />waterproof membranes”. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>approx. 2.5 kg/m² with a <br />6 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 3.3 kg/m² with an <br />8 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 4.1 kg/m² with a <br />10 mm notched trowel <br />25 kg bag, 6 kg bag <br />12 months when stored <br />dry in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>* Values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity. Higher <br />temperatures shorten, lower temperatures lengthen the given timings.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be dry, load-bearing, adequately flat, <br />free from penetrating cracks and free from separating <br />substances such as oil, paint, laitance and loose areas. <br />It must have a largely closed surface texture with a <br />surface condition and strength commensurate with its <br />type. When installing tiles, the substrate, its preparation <br />and workmanship must conform to DIN 18157, part 1. <br />Prime porous substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Calcium <br />sulphate screeds must be abraded, vacuumed and <br />as with all calcium sulphate based substrates, primed <br />with ASO-Unigrund-K diluted 1:3 with water. Heated <br />screeds must be commissioned to recognised technical <br />regulations prior to the installation of floor finishes. The <br />readiness of the substrate to receive surface finishes <br />is to be determined by moisture measurements with a <br />carbide hygrometer (CM device).</p> <p>cement / sand <br />(polymer modified) <br />cement grey <br />1.3 – 1.4 kg/dm3</p> <p>Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Application / <br />substrate temp: <br />+5° C to +25° C <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 2 hrs <br />Open time *): <br />approx. 10-15 mins <br />Grout after *): <br />approx. 24 hrs <br />Foot traffic after *): <br />approx. 24 hrs <br />Full service conditions *): after approx. 28 days <br />Cleaning: <br />immediately after use <br />with water <br />Testing: <br />DIN EN 12004 MPA <br />NRW test certificate <br />220002614-03</p> <p>The CM moisture content may not exceed: <br />• CT ) 2.0% for screeds on insulation or separating <br />layers, in interior areas <br />• CA without underfloor heating ) 0.5% <br />• CA with underfloor heating ) 0.3% <br />The CM measurement is to be carried out in <br />accordance with the FBH-AD work instruction taken from <br />the technical information “coordination of cut-out points <br />with heated screeds”.</p> <p>284</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Mix UNIFIX with clean water in a clean mixing <br />bucket until homogenous. <br />Mixing ratio: <br />6.75 - 8.25 litres water : 25.0 kg UNIFIX <br />1.6 - 2 litres water : 6.0 kg UNIFIX <br />Allow to stand for a short while, then stir once again. <br />Only prepare as much adhesive as can be used <br />within the pot life. Spread the mixed adhesive over <br />the substrate surface and comb through with a suitable <br />notched trowel dependent on the tile format and fix <br />within the open time.</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />Advice: <br />• When installing tiles in more demanding conditions <br />externally (balconies and terraces), use the <br />highly elastic bonded waterproofing system <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M and UNIFIX-2K. <br />• When fixing natural and synthetic stone, take the <br />specific properties of the product (tendency to <br />discolour, risk of curling) and the manufacturer’s <br />installation recommendations into consideration. We <br />recommend that a trial area is fixed. <br />• To avoid curling effects through water absorption, we <br />recommend that when fixing agglomerate/synthetic <br />stone ASODUR-EK98 is used. <br />• Thoroughly prime calcium sulphate based substrates <br />with ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (mix ratio <br />1:3 with water). To avoid the formation of ettringite, <br />UNIFIX-AEK is especially suited for installing tiles to <br />calcium sulphate based substrates up to a residual <br />moisture of 1.0% when heated and 1.5% when <br />unheated (carbide hygrometer measurements). <br />• Adhesive, which has started to stiffen, should not be <br />re-lifed through the addition of water or fresh mortar <br />as there is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />• Direct contact between cement-based adhesives and <br />magnesite screeds leads to the destruction of the <br />magensite screed through chemical reaction. Prevent <br />moisture ingress from the rear using suitable means. <br />Mechanically abrade the magnesite substrate and <br />prime with the epoxy resin ASODUR-V360W mixed <br />with max. 5% water as necessary (approx. 250 g/ <br />m²). After waiting from between 12 and 24 hours, <br />apply a second coat of ASODUR-V360W (approx. <br />300 – 350 g/m²). Blind the second coat, whilst</p> <p>•</p> <p>still wet, with 0.5 – 1.0 mm quartz sand. Wait <br />for a further 12 – 16 hours then continue with the <br />installation. <br />In continuously wet areas (swimming pools, water <br />features etc.), system thin-bed adhesives UNIFIX-2K, <br />UNIFIX-2K/6 should be used with the butteringfloating technique over the SCHOMBURG waterproof <br />membrane, appropriate for the conditions. <br />UNIFIX is a hydraulically hardening mortar and should <br />be protected from water and frost penetration until <br />completely hardened, which may take a few days in <br />unfavourable weather conditions. <br />Protect areas not being treated from the effects of <br />UNIFIX. <br />Observe the relevant current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157, DIN 18202 <br />DIN 18352, EN 13813 <br />DIN 18560, DIN 1055 <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Tiling to calcium sulphate screeds” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions” <br />[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas” <br />[*8] “Finishes on poured asphalt” <br />[*9] “Tolerances in level” <br />[*10] “Tolerances” <br />[*11] “Cleaning, protecting, maintenance” <br />[*12] “Swimming pool construction”</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1 <br />51/12</p> <p>285</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>UNIFIX®-2K</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04252</p> <p>Elastic Powder Adhesive</p> <p>Description: <br />UNIFIX-2K is a special tile adhesive for difficult surfaces <br />and high loadings. It contains 3 parts by weight UNIFIX <br />(cement bound rigid powder adhesive) and 1 part by <br />weight UNIFLEX-B (elastifier, liquid). <br />UNIFIX-2K is officially tested according to DIN 18 156 <br />as hydraulically hardening thin layer adhesive and as <br />dispersion adhesive. The hardened layer is water <br />impermeable, waterproof and frostproof. It is flexible <br />enough to bridge hairline cracks of the surface. The <br />vapour diffusionability allows the application on green <br />surfaces (keep to the special notes).</p> <p>Jointable*: <br />Traversable*: <br />Deformability:</p> <p>* at +20 °C and 65 % relative humidity.</p> <p>Official tests: <br />1. DIN 18 156, part 2 (i.e. water- and frostproofness <br />2. DIN 18 156, part 3 (deformability) <br />Surface preparation: <br />The surface has to be according to DIN 18 157, part <br />1 respectively part 2. It has to be slightly moist, load <br />bearing, free from dirt and dust. Absorptive surfaces are <br />to be pre-treated with ASO-Unigrund. Uneven parts of <br />the surfaces are to be levelled with UNIFIX or a suitable <br />spatling compound. Dry construction boards are to be <br />laid out according to technical rules.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />UNIFIX-2K is used for the fixing of tiles on balconies, <br />terraces, swimming pools and on floors with floor <br />heating. It is also suitable for the laying of fine <br />stoneware tiles on absorptive and non-absorptive <br />surfaces for large-size tiles and plates with smooth and <br />dense backside, for tiling on shrinking surfaces and for <br />tiling onto tiles. It represents an alternative tiling <br />according to the ZDB-leaflet 2/88 (ZDB = Central <br />Board for Germany for Construction Purposes). <br />Technical Data: <br />UNIFIX <br />Basis: <br />sand/cement <br />Colour: <br />grey <br />Mix ratio: <br />3 parts <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bag <br />6 kg bag <br />Storage: <br />1 year <br />dry, frostree</p> <p>Mixing time: <br />Application <br />temperature: <br />Pot life*: <br />Open time*:</p> <p>after 2 days <br />after 2 days <br />1.33 mm at 5.5 kN according to <br />DIN 18 156, part 3</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />The liquid component B is filled in a clean bucket, the <br />powder component is added subsequently under slow <br />drilling (with slowly revolving drilling machine) and will <br />be mix until a knotfree mass develops. <br />To facilitate processing, upto 10 % water may be <br />added. After a short mature time the mixed adhesive <br />must be mixed again. <br />Do not prepare more mortar than applicable in one <br />hour: <br />Afterwards UNIFIX-2K is applied onto the prepared <br />surface with a comb trowel. The tiles are placed onto <br />the still moist adhesive layer and are pressed onto it. <br />Since a film formation may occur at the surface of the <br />adhesive, not more than 0.5 - 1.0 m2 are to be applied <br />in advance (depending on the temperature).</p> <p>UNIFLEX-B <br />liquid plastic <br />white <br />1 part (w/w) <br />8,33kg bucket <br />2 kg bucket <br />2 year</p> <p>Combination Product <br />3 minutes (drilling machine 300 rpm)</p> <p>The DIN 18 157, part 1 "Application of ceramic layers <br />by means of the thin bed layer method" is to be <br />adhered to. A water impermeability is achieved by <br />applying UNIFIX-2K in a layer thickness of 2 mm onto</p> <p>+ 5°C upto + 30°C <br />1 hour <br />10 min.</p> <p>286</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>UNIFIX®-2K</p> <p>the whole area. After hardening of the spactling the <br />tiling has to be effected according to the processing <br />recommendations. <br />Cleaning: <br />Immediately after use with water. <br />Consumption: <br />Depending on surface and laying material, <br />min. 1,3 kg/m2/mm layer thickness <br />Important advice: <br />Avoid the influence of direct sun light or wind to prevent <br />early skin formation or decreased pot life. <br />The A-component contains cement and reacts alkaline. <br />Therefore: <br />• Protect skin and eyes <br />• In case of irritations wash thoroughly with water <br />• In case of eye contact please consult a physician <br />Low chromate level according to TRGS 613. <br />GISCODE: ZP 1</p> <p>49/10</p> <p>287</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>UNIFIX®-2K/6</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04253</p> <p>U</p> <p>Highly flexible thin-bed adhesive, grey</p> <p>EN 12004:2002-10</p> <p>UNIFIX-2K/6</p> <p>C2</p> <p>TE</p> <p>S2</p> <p>01</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />UNIFIX <br />UNIFLEX-B <br />Basis: <br />sand/cement <br />liquid plastic <br />Colour: <br />grey <br />white <br />Mixing ratio: <br />6 parts <br />1 part <br />by weight <br />by weight <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bag <br />4.17 kg bucket <br />Storage: <br />dry, 12 months frostfree, 12 months <br />In original unopened packaging <br />UNIFIX-2K/6 (combination product) <br />Mixing time: <br />approx. 3 minutes <br />(drilling maschine 300rpm) <br />Application-/ <br />Substrate temp.: +5 °C to +25 °C <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 2 hours <br />Open time *): approx. 30 minutes <br />Grout after *): at the earliest 2 days, depending on <br />the absorption of substrate <br />Traffic after *): after at the earliest 2 days, depending <br />on the absorption of substrate <br />Cleaning: <br />clean immediately after use with water <br />Testing: <br />DIN EN 12004/12002 <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 2.40 kg/m2 <br />with a 6 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 3.10 kg/m2 <br />with a 8 mm notched trowel <br />approx. 4.00 kg/m2 <br />with a 10 mm notched trowel</p> <p>X-2K/6 <br />IFI <br />N</p> <p>EN</p> <p>12004</p> <p>Improved cement-based <br />adhesive for the installation <br />of tiles to walls and <br />floors</p> <p>C2 <br />Reaction to fire: class E</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Tested to DIN EN 12004, C2 TE S2 and <br />DIN EN 12002 <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Easy application <br />• High initial bond <br />• Good sag resistance <br />• Very high flexibility <br />• Fulfils the required criteria for a “flexible adhesive” <br />• Highly deformable <br />Areas of application: <br />UNIFIX-2K/6 is used as a thin-bed adhesive for <br />adhering vitrified and earthenware tiles, ceramic with <br />low water absorption0.5 % (fully vitrified), clinker, <br />mosaic and natural stone that is neither translucent nor <br />sensitive to discolouration. <br />UNIFIX-2K/6 is suitable for securely adhering tiles to <br />all substrates in acc. with DIN 18157, part 1, e. g. <br />concrete, porous concrete, plaster, cement based and <br />calcium sulphate screeds/ heated screeds, brickwork, <br />plasterboard etc. as well as to existing, well bonded <br />tiled finishes. <br />Furthermore it is suitable as an adhesive for lightweight <br />construction board e. g. of composed of extruded <br />polystyrene and for adhering tiles of SCHOMBURG <br />waterproofing systems, also in swimming pools. <br />Component of the AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />and SANIFLEX waterproof systems.</p> <p>* The values relate to +20 °C and 65 % relative humidity.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be dry, load-bearing, sufficiently <br />flat and free from continuous cracks and separating <br />substances such as oil, paint, laitance and loose <br />particles. It must have a largely closed surface with <br />a surface condition and strength appropriate to its <br />type. When laying tiles the substrate preparation and <br />application must follow DIN 18157, part 1. Prime <br />porous substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Mechanically <br />abrade anhydrite screeds followed by vacuuming and <br />as with all calcium sulphate bound substrates thoroughly <br />prime with ASO-Unigrund diluted 1:3 with water. <br />Heated screeds must be heated up prior to laying</p> <p>288</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• UNIFX-2K/6 is a hydraulically setting adhesive and <br />should be protected from the influences of water <br />and frost until fully cured which may take a few days <br />under unfavourable weather conditions. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of <br />UNIFIX-2K/6. <br />• Low chromate. <br />• Observe the relevant current regulations. E.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN 18202 <br />EN 13813 <br />DIN 1055 <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />The ZDB information sheets, distributed by the <br />professional association of the German tile industry: <br />[*1] “Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />[*2] “Tiling to calcium sulphate screeds” <br />[*3] “Movement joints in wall and floor tile finishes” <br />[*4] “Heavy duty ceramic floor finishes” <br />[*5] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on cement-based floor constructions <br />with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions” <br />[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas” <br />[*8] “Finishes on poured asphalt” <br />[*9] “Tolerances in level” <br />[*10] “Tolerances” <br />[*11] “Cleaning, protecting, maintenance” <br />[*12] “Swimming pool construction”</p> <p>finishes in accordance with recognised technological <br />regulations. <br />The CM-moisture content may not exceed <br />• Cement-based screed (CT) ) 2.0% for screeds on <br />insulation or separating layers <br />• Anhydrite screeds without underfloor heating0.5 % <br />• Anhydrite screeds with underfloor heating0.3 % <br />Product preparation: <br />Add 4.17 kg of UNIFLEX-B and 4.2 l water in a clean <br />mixing bucket and mix. <br />Add one bag of UNIFIX (25 kg) while stirring (with <br />a slowly revolving drilling maschine) and mix until a <br />knotfree mass develops. <br />Remix again after a maturing time of 3 minutes. Do not <br />mix more adhesive than can be used within the pot life. <br />Spread the mixed adhesive on the substrate and comb <br />through with a suitable notched trowel dependent on tile <br />format. Lay finishing materials within the adhesive open <br />time. <br />Important advice: <br />• When fixing natural and synthetic stone, take the <br />specific properties of the product (tendency to <br />discolour, risk of curling) and the manufacturer’s <br />installation recommendations into consideration. <br />We recommend that a trial area is fixed. <br />• To avoid curling effects through water absorption, we <br />recommend that when fixing agglomerate/synthetic <br />stone, ASODUR-EK98 is used. <br />• Follow the current ZDB data sheets distributed by the <br />German Professional Tiling Association especially <br />when installing tiles to calcium sulphate based <br />substrates or heated constructions. <br />• In order to avoid ettringite formation with calcium <br />sulphate based UNIFIX-AEK is suited for fixing on to <br />these substrates with up to residual moisture content <br />of 1 % on heated construction or 1.5 % on unheated <br />constructions. <br />• When laying tiles in heavy duty exterior areas <br />(balconies and terraces) install the highly elastic <br />bonded waterproofing system AQUAFIN-2K/M and <br />UNIFLIX-2K.</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP 1</p> <p>51/12</p> <p>289</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>UNIFIX®-S3</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04276</p> <p>Highly flexible thin bed adhesive</p> <p>The vapour permeability of UNIFIX-S3 guarantees that <br />cement-based substrates, which are still damp, will <br />dry out even when installing tiles early. The mandatory <br />commissioning of heated screeds before the installation <br />of ceramic materials can be omitted. <br />When installing natural stone materials make allowances <br />for the specific product properties of the natural stone, <br />sensitivity to discolouration and curling. Dependent on <br />the natural stone and where it is to be installed, we <br />recommend the CRISTALLIT series or UNIFIX-S3-Fast as <br />the bedding mortar on balconies and terraces. <br />UNIFIX-S3 is a system component of the bonded tiled <br />waterproof system AQUAFIN-2K/M + UNIFIX-S3. <br />UNIFIX-S3 is suitable for use on mineral-based and <br />dispersion-based SCHOMBURG bonded waterproof <br />systems.</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold <br />EN 12004</p> <p>UNIFIX-S3 <br />Cement-based water repellent <br />adhesive for tile installation under <br />normal conditions</p> <p>C1 <br />Fire performance Class E</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Highly flexible <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• For critical substrates and heavy duty use <br />• Conforms to DIN EN 12004, C1 TE S2 <br />• Also for use on ‘green’ substrates <br />• Vapour permeable <br />• Water impermeable <br />• Water and frost resistant <br />• Deformable to DIN EN 12002 ≥ 30 mm</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Powder component <br />Liquid component <br />Basis: <br />aggregate, cement, liquid polymer <br />additives <br />Colour: <br />grey <br />white <br />Mixing ratio: 3 parts by weight 1 part by weight <br />Packaging: <br />15 kg bag <br />5 kg bucket <br />Storage: <br />dry, 12 months <br />frost free, 12 months <br />in the original unopened container <br />UNIFIX-S3 (combined product) <br />Mixing ratio: 15 kg powder component : 5 kg liquid <br />component : up to 1.6 litres water <br />Application/ <br />substrate <br />temperature: + 5 °C to + 25 °C <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 2 hours <br />Open time *): approx. 30 minutes <br />Grout after *): 2 days at the earliest dependent on the <br />porosity of the substrate <br />Foot traffic <br />after *): <br />2 days at the earliest dependent on <br />the porosity of the substrate <br />Fully <br />serviceable <br />after *): <br />14 days at the earliest dependent on <br />the porosity of the substrate</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />UNIFIX-S3 is used as a thin bed adhesive especially <br />for the installation of vitrified tiles with lower water <br />absorption ≤ 0.5% (fully vitrified), vitrified tiles, clinker <br />and mosaic onto ‘green’ cement-based substrates. The <br />high deformability of UNIFIX-S3 can largely compensate <br />for the damaging shear stresses in the tiled finish and <br />is therefore also especially suitable for the installation <br />of large format tiles. UNIFIX-S3 is used primarily in <br />floor areas. UNIFIX-S3 is especially suitable for use <br />on balconies and terraces, in swimming pools and <br />containers, on heated constructions, on ‘green’ heavier <br />duty cement-based substrates and for the installation of <br />tiles with lower water absorption. <br />Due to its high elasticity high stresses are also <br />reliably accommodated with UNIFIX-S3 (deflection in <br />accordance with DIN EN 12002 > 30 mm without <br />breakage of the test piece), such as those that arise <br />e.g. between substrate and tiled finish in exterior areas <br />or when installing on ‘green’, trafficked cement-based <br />screeds (approx. 3 days after laying) and heated <br />screeds.</p> <p>290</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Deformation:</p> <p>with water immediately after use <br />30.9 mm to DIN 12002 – without <br />breakage of the test piece <br />Testing: <br />DIN EN 12004 <br />DIN EN 12002 <br />Consumption: approx. 2.80 kg/m2 with a 6 mm <br />notched trowel <br />approx. 3.70 kg/m2 with an 8 mm <br />notched trowel <br />approx. 4.70 kg/m2 with a 10 mm <br />notched trowel</p> <p>The CM readings are to be carried out in accordance <br />with current FBH-AD work instructions taken from the <br />technical information for the “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />Unevenness in the substrate that is ready to receive tiles <br />can be levelled out beforehand with SOLOPLAN-30. <br />Product preparation: <br />UNIFIX-S3 is a combination product and is supplied <br />at a predetermined mix ratio. Firstly add the liquid <br />component B to a clean mixing bucket. Then add the <br />powder component whilst stirring and continue to mix <br />until a homogenous consistency is achieved. For ease <br />of application up to a maximum of 8% (approx. 1.6 <br />litres) of water can be subsequently added. After a short <br />standing time, stir the thin bed adhesive once again. Do <br />not mix more UNIFIX-S3 than can be used within the pot <br />life of approx. 2 hours.</p> <p>*) These values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity, higher <br />temperatures shorten and lower temperatures lengthen these given <br />times.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be dry, load bearing, adequately <br />flat, free from penetrating cracks and free from <br />separating substances such as e.g. oil, paint, laitance <br />layers and loose constituents. It must possess a largely <br />closed surface with a surface condition and strength in <br />accordance with its type. DIN 18157, part 1 and the <br />divergent application specifications of UNIFIX-S3 prevail <br />when installing tiles regarding the substrate, substrate <br />preparation and product application. Prime porous <br />substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Calcium sulphate screeds <br />must be mechanically abraded, vacuumed and as <br />with all substrates based on calcium sulphate binders, <br />primed with ASO-Unigrund-K diluted 1:3 with water. <br />Heated screeds must be commissioned in accordance <br />with recognised technical regulations before installing <br />floor finishes. To determine a substrate’s readiness to <br />receive finishes carry out a moisture test with a carbide <br />hygrometer (CM device). The CM moisture readings <br />may not exceed: <br />• CA without underfloor heating ≤ 0.5% <br />• CA with underfloor heating ≤ 0.3%</p> <p>Mixing ratio: <br />15 kg UNIFIX-S3 : 5 kg UNIFLEX-B : dependent on <br />desired consistency up to 1.6 litres water <br />Trowel UNIFIX-S3 onto the surface of the substrate and <br />comb through with a notched trowel suitable for the tile <br />size/material. Install tiles within the open time (finger <br />test). In exterior areas and continuously wet areas ensure <br />that as far as possible a void free bedding of the tiles <br />is achieved. Special trowels (e.g. HFV notch, Flowline) <br />have proved successful for this purpose. <br />A waterproofing function is achieved when UNIFIX-S3 <br />is trowelled out at a uniform 2 mm thickness. Apply <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/preformed pieces at wall/ <br />floor junctions or over movement joints, free from voids <br />or folds, with UNIFIX-S3. Joints are to be carried out <br />by overlapping a minimum 5 to 10 cm. Once the <br />membrane has hardened then the tiles can be installed <br />using the previously mentioned application technique.</p> <p>Tiles can be installed with UNIFIX-S3 on cement-based <br />screeds as soon as they will take foot traffic, concrete <br />substrates after 28 days, independent of the moisture <br />content.</p> <p>291</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>• To avoid curling effects due to water absorption <br />we recommend the use of ASODUR-EK98 with <br />agglomerate/synthetic stone. <br />• Direct sunlight and draughts can lead to the early <br />formation of a skin or to a shortened open time. <br />• UNIFIX-S3 is a hydraulically setting adhesive with a <br />dispersion component that until fully hardened is to be <br />protected from water and frost penetration, which can <br />take a few days under inclement weather influences/ <br />climatic conditions. <br />• The filling of pools, containers etc. may only be <br />implemented after a minimum of 28 days. <br />• Areas not being treated are to be protected from the <br />effects of UNIFIX-S3. <br />• Avoid contact with the eyes and skin. <br />• Prime calcium sulphate based substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (mix ratio <br />1:3 with water). To avoid the formation of ettringite <br />with calcium sulphate based substrates UNIFIX-AEK <br />is suited for the installation on these substrates up to <br />residual moisture values of 1.0% with heated and <br />1.5% with unheated constructions, measured with a <br />carbide hygrometer. <br />• Do not re-life adhesive that has already started to <br />stiffen by adding more water or fresh adhesive as <br />there is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />• The direct contact between cement-based adhesives <br />and magnesium screeds leads to the destruction of the <br />magnesium screed via a chemical reaction. Moisture <br />pressure from the rear of the substrate must be <br />eliminated with appropriate measures. Mechanically <br />abrade the magnesium substrate and prime with the <br />epoxy resin ASODUR-V360W with the addition of <br />max. 5% water as necessary (approx. 250 g/m2). <br />Wait for approx. 12-24 hours at +20° C then apply <br />a second coat of ASODUR-V360W (approx. 300350 g/m2). Broadcast quartz sand of particle size <br />0.5-1.0 mm to excess into the wet second coat. After <br />waiting for a further 12-16 hours, installation may be <br />commenced. <br />• In continuously wet areas (swimming pools, containers <br />etc.) ensure that, as far as possible, the tiles are <br />bedded free from voids. For this purpose special <br />trowels (e.g. HFV notch, Flowline) have proved</p> <p>Advice: <br />• The relevant regulations (DIN, ZDB data sheets) still <br />insist on keeping to a 28 day waiting time for <br />cement-based substrates to receive finishes. <br />Longstanding experience with the elastic thin bed <br />adhesive UNIFIX-S3 has shown that it is possible to <br />safely achieve a damage free installation even on <br />‘green’ substrates. We agree to recommend this <br />special construction method by contract. <br />• When combining ‘green’ substrates and the <br />installation of large format tiles, the tile size is to <br />be restricted to a maximum of 50 cm x 50 cm. <br />A minimum joint width of 3 mm is to be planned. <br />When installing tiles greater than 50 cm x 50 cm the <br />moisture content of the screed is to be additionally <br />tested with a carbide hygrometer. Keep to a moisture <br />content of ≤ 2 CM% for unbonded or floating cementbased screeds. <br />• It is a prerequisite that the following criteria are <br />followed: <br />The positioning of movement joints must conform to <br />relevant regulations. Use a minimum trowel notch of <br />8 mm in order to be able to absorb minimal <br />deformation within the substrate. Undertake the <br />commissioning (heating up) of screeds from the 21st <br />day after installation in conformance with relevant <br />regulations (ZDB data sheet). The tile installation <br />begins as early as possible depending on the ability <br />to traffic the screed; as a rule after a minimum of 3 to <br />8 days. The screed must have achieved at least 70% <br />of its final strength (normally after 7 days). Carry out <br />grouting with hydraulically setting grouts e.g. <br />ASO-Flexfuge or HF05-Brillantfuge. <br />• When working on ‘green’ cement-based substrates <br />(screeds, heated screeds) be aware of the diminished <br />trafficking capacity of the screed construction. Do <br />not store heavy tools, flooring materials etc. on the <br />screed, especially at fragile locations – implement <br />load spreading measures. <br />• When installing natural and synthetic stone the <br />specific properties of these products (tendency to <br />discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the installation <br />recommendations of the manufacturer are to be <br />observed. In cases of doubt carry out a fixing trial.</p> <p>292</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>successful. The spreading of adhesive on the rear <br />of tiles can be omitted with suitable installation <br />techniques, in so far as the Floating-Buttering method <br />has not been explicitly specified from a planning <br />aspect. It is recommended to continually monitor the <br />results of workmanship. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1 <br />GISCODE: D1</p> <p>(component A) <br />(component B)</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>293</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>UNIFIX®-S3-FAST</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04298 <br />Highly polymer modified flexible adhesive – rapid hardening</p> <p>based screeds (approx. 3 days after laying) and heated <br />screeds. <br />The vapour permeability of UNIFIX-S3-FAST guarantees <br />that cement-based substrates, which are still damp, will <br />dry out even when installing tiles early. The mandatory <br />commissioning of heated screeds before the installation <br />of ceramic materials can be omitted. <br />Due to the rapid crystalline water binding, the flexible <br />adhesive is suitable for many synthetic and natural <br />stones. When installing natural stone materials make <br />allowances for the specific product properties of the <br />natural stone e.g. sensitivity to discolouration and curling. <br />For the installation of stones containing serpentinite we <br />recommend ASODUR-EK98. <br />UNIFIX-S3-FAST is suitable for use in wet duty <br />classifications A0, B0 on mineral-based and dispersionbased SCHOMBURG bonded waterproof systems e.g. <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M and SANIFLEX.</p> <p>SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH & Co. KG <br />Detmold <br />09</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>P-DD 4166/2009 <br />bautest Dresden</p> <p>EN 12004</p> <p>UNIFIX-S3-FAST <br />Rapid hardening cement-based <br />adhesive with improved performance <br />for the installation of tiles</p> <p>C2 F <br />Reaction to fire: class E</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Highly flexible special tile adhesive <br />• Conforms to DIN EN 12004, C2 FTE S2 <br />• Rapid hardening <br />• Rapid crystalline water binding <br />• Especially smooth <br />• For interior and exterior areas <br />• For critical substrates and heavy duty use <br />• Also for use on ‘green’ substrates <br />• Water impermeable <br />• Water and frost resistant in accordance with <br />DIN EN 12004</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Powder <br />Liquid <br />Basis: <br />aggregate, special liquid polymer <br />cement-based binders, <br />additives <br />Colour: <br />creamy white <br />white <br />Mixing ratio: 3 parts by weight 1 part by weight <br />Packaging: <br />15 kg bag <br />5 kg bucket <br />Storage: <br />dry, 12 months <br />frost free, 12 months <br />in the original unopened container <br />UNIFIX-S3-FAST (combined product) <br />Mixing ratio: <br />15 kg powder : 5 kg liquid : 1.4 – 2.4 litres water <br />Application/ <br />substrate <br />temperature: + 5 °C to + 25 °C <br />Pot life *): <br />approx. 30 to 45 minutes <br />Open time *): approx. 30 minutes <br />Grout after *): approx. 6 hours <br />Foot traffic <br />after *): <br />approx. 6 hours <br />Fully <br />serviceable <br />after *): <br />7 days at the earliest dependent on <br />the porosity of the substrate</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />UNIFIX-S3-FAST is used as a thin bed adhesive <br />especially for the installation of vitrified tiles with <br />lower water absorption ≤ 0.5% (fully vitrified), vitrified <br />tiles, clinker and mosaic onto ‘green’ cement-based <br />substrates. The high deformability of UNIFIX-S3-FAST <br />can largely compensate for the damaging shear stresses <br />in the tiled finish and is therefore also especially suitable <br />for the installation of large format tiles. UNIFIX-S3-FAST <br />is used primarily in floor areas. <br />UNIFIX-S3-FAST is especially suitable for use on <br />balconies and terraces, on swimming pool surrounds, <br />on heated constructions, on ‘green’ heavier duty cementbased substrates and for the installation of tiles with <br />lower water absorption. <br />Due to its high elasticity high stresses are also reliably <br />accommodated with UNIFIX-S3-FAST, such as those that <br />arise e.g. between substrate and tiled finish in exterior <br />areas or when installing on ‘green’, trafficked cement-</p> <p>294</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Deformation: <br />Testing:</p> <p>with water immediately after use <br />> 5 mm to DIN 12002 <br />DIN EN 12004 <br />DIN EN 12002 <br />Consumption: approx. 2.9 kg/m2 with a 6 mm <br />notched trowel <br />approx. 3.8 kg/m2 with an 8 mm <br />notched trowel <br />approx. 4.8 kg/m2 with a 10 mm <br />notched trowel</p> <p>technical information for the “coordination of cut out <br />points in heated floor constructions”. <br />Unevenness in the substrate that is ready to receive tiles <br />can be levelled out beforehand with SOLOPLAN-30. <br />Product preparation: <br />UNIFIX-S3-FAST is a combination product and is <br />supplied at a predetermined mix ratio. Firstly add the <br />liquid component B to a clean mixing bucket. Then add <br />the powder component whilst stirring and continue to <br />mix until a homogenous consistency is achieved. For <br />ease of application/consistency adjustment, 7% up to <br />a maximum of 12% (1.4 – 2.4 litres) of water can be <br />subsequently added. After a short standing time, stir <br />the thin bed adhesive once again. Do not mix more <br />UNIFIX-S3-FAST than can be used within the pot life.</p> <p>*) These values relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity, higher <br />temperatures shorten and lower temperatures lengthen these given <br />times.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be dry, load bearing, adequately <br />flat, free from penetrating cracks and free from <br />separating substances such as e.g. oil, paint, laitance <br />layers and loose constituents. It must possess a largely <br />closed surface with a surface condition and strength in <br />accordance with its type. DIN 18157, part 1 and the <br />divergent application specifications of UNIFIX-S3-FAST <br />prevail when installing tiles regarding the substrate, <br />substrate preparation and product application. Prime <br />porous substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Calcium sulphate <br />screeds must be mechanically abraded, vacuumed <br />and as with all substrates based on calcium sulphate <br />binders, primed with ASO-Unigrund-GE or <br />ASO-Unigrund-K (diluted 1:3 with water). Heated <br />screeds must be commissioned in accordance with <br />recognised technical regulations before installing <br />floor finishes. To determine a substrate’s readiness to <br />receive finishes carry out a moisture test with a carbide <br />hygrometer (CM device). The CM moisture readings <br />may not exceed: <br />• CA without underfloor heating ≤ 0.5% <br />• CA with underfloor heating ≤ 0.3% <br />Tiles can be installed with UNIFIX-S3-FAST on cementbased screeds as soon as they will take foot traffic, <br />concrete substrates after 28 days, independent of the <br />moisture content. <br />The CM readings are to be carried out in accordance <br />with current FBH-AD work instructions taken from the</p> <p>Mixing ratio: <br />15 kg UNIFIX-S3-FAST (powder component) : 5 kg <br />UNIFLEX-B (liquid component) : dependent on desired <br />consistency up to 2.4 litres water <br />For application on wall areas the water addition can <br />be waived. Trowel UNIFIX-S3-FAST onto the surface of <br />the substrate and comb through with a notched trowel <br />suitable for the tile size/material. Install tiles within the <br />open time (finger test). In exterior areas and continuously <br />wet areas ensure that as far as possible a void free <br />bedding of the tiles is achieved. Special trowels (e.g. <br />HFV notch, Flowline) have proved successful for this <br />purpose. <br />Advice: <br />• When installing natural and synthetic stone the <br />specific properties of these products (tendency to <br />discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the installation <br />recommendations of the manufacturer are to be <br />observed. In cases of doubt carry out a fixing trial. <br />• The relevant regulations (DIN, ZDB data sheets) still <br />insist on keeping to a 28 day waiting time for <br />cement-based substrates to receive finishes. <br />Longstanding experience with the elastic thin bed <br />adhesive UNIFIX-S3-FAST has shown that it is possible <br />to safely achieve a damage free installation even</p> <p>295</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>•</p> <p>on ‘green’ substrates. We agree to recommend this <br />special construction method by contract. <br />When combining ‘green’ substrates and the <br />installation of large format tiles, the tile size is to <br />be restricted to a maximum of 60 cm x 60 cm. <br />A minimum joint width of 3 mm is to be planned. <br />When installing tiles greater than 60 cm x 60 cm the <br />moisture content of the screed is to be additionally <br />tested with a carbide hygrometer. Keep to a moisture <br />content of ≤ 2 CM% for unbonded or floating cementbased screeds. <br />It is a prerequisite that the following criteria are <br />followed: <br />The positioning of movement joints must conform to <br />relevant regulations. Use a minimum trowel notch <br />of 10 mm in order to be able to absorb minimal <br />deformation within the substrate. Undertake the <br />commissioning (heating up) of screeds from the 21st <br />day after installation in conformance with relevant <br />regulations (ZDB data sheet). The tile installation <br />begins as early as possible depending on the ability <br />to traffic the screed; as a rule after a minimum of 3 to <br />8 days. The screed must have achieved at least 70% <br />of its final strength (normally after 7 days). Carry out <br />grouting with hydraulically setting grouts e.g. <br />ASO-Flexfuge or HF05-Brillantfuge. <br />When working on ‘green’ cement-based substrates <br />(screeds, heated screeds) be aware of the diminished <br />trafficking capacity of the screed construction. Do <br />not store heavy tools, flooring materials etc. on the <br />screed, especially at fragile locations – implement <br />load spreading measures. <br />To avoid curling effects due to water absorption <br />we recommend the use of ASODUR-EK98 with <br />agglomerate/synthetic stone. <br />Direct sunlight and draughts can lead to the early <br />formation of a skin or to a shortened open time. <br />UNIFIX-S3-FAST is a hydraulically setting adhesive <br />with a dispersion component that until fully hardened <br />is to be protected from water and frost penetration, <br />which can take a few days under inclement weather <br />influences/climatic conditions. <br />Avoid contact with the eyes and skin.</p> <p>• Prime calcium sulphate based substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (mix ratio <br />1:3 with water). To avoid the formation of ettringite <br />with calcium sulphate based substrates UNIFIX-AEK <br />is suited for the installation on these substrates up to <br />residual moisture values of 1.0% with heated and <br />1.5% with unheated constructions, measured with a <br />carbide hygrometer. <br />• Do not re-life adhesive that has already started to <br />stiffen by adding more water or fresh adhesive as <br />there is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />• The direct contact between cement-based adhesives <br />and magnesium screeds leads to the destruction of the <br />magnesium screed via a chemical reaction. Moisture <br />pressure from the rear of the substrate must be <br />eliminated with appropriate measures. Mechanically <br />abrade the magnesium substrate and prime with the <br />epoxy resin ASODUR-V360W with the addition of <br />max. 5% water as necessary (approx. 250 g/m2). <br />Wait for approx. 12-24 hours at +20° C then apply <br />a second coat of ASODUR-V360W (approx. 300350 g/m2). Broadcast quartz sand of particle size <br />0.5-1.0 mm to excess into the wet second coat. After <br />waiting for a further 12-16 hours, installation may be <br />commenced. <br />• Areas not being treated are to be protected from the <br />effects of UNIFIX-S3-FAST. <br />The relevant current regulations are to be observed. <br />Therefore e.g. <br />DIN 18157 <br />DIN 18352 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN 18202 <br />EN 13813 <br />DIN 1055 <br />The BEB information sheets, distributed by the <br />Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. <br />The technical information “Coordination of cut-out points <br />in heated floor constructions” <br />The ZDB data sheets, distributed by the German Tile <br />Association</p> <p>296</p> <p>2. Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>[*1] <br />[*2] <br />[*3] <br />[*5]</p> <p>“Bonded waterproof membranes” <br />“Floor finishes on calcium sulphate screeds” <br />“Movement joints in wall and floor tiled finishes” <br />“Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cementbound composite slabs on cement-based floor <br />constructions with insulation” <br />[*6] “Ceramic tiles, natural stone and cement-bound <br />composite slabs on heated cement-based floor <br />constructions” <br />[*7] “Finishes in exterior areas” <br />[*8] “Finishes on poured asphalt” <br />[*9] “Tolerances in level” <br />[*10] “Tolerances” <br />[*11] “Cleaning, protecting, maintenance” <br />[*12] “Swimming pool construction” <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>297</p> <p>298</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets <br />3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>› BLANKOL-K30</p> <p>347</p> <p>› ADIPLAST-M</p> <p>301</p> <p>› BLANKOL-Super</p> <p>348</p> <p>› ADIPLAST-P</p> <p>303</p> <p>› ESCODE-P80</p> <p>349</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-LATEX-M</p> <p>305</p> <p>› OC17 - Anti Freeze</p> <p>351</p> <p>› ASOLIN-DMK</p> <p>309</p> <p>› PURCOLOR 6000 (DM)</p> <p>352</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-A100</p> <p>310</p> <p>› PURCOLOR 6000-HS (DM)</p> <p>353</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-C16</p> <p>312</p> <p>› PURCOLOR 6000-P</p> <p>355</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-C17 (BV)</p> <p>314</p> <p>› PURCOLOR 7000 (DM)</p> <p>356</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-C18</p> <p>316</p> <p>› PURCRETE (BV)</p> <p>357</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-C20 (DM)</p> <p>318</p> <p>› PURCRETE-100 (BV)</p> <p>358</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-C21 (DM)</p> <p>320</p> <p>› PURCRETE-2000</p> <p>359</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-C35</p> <p>322</p> <p>› PURCRETE-BV10 (BV)</p> <p>360</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-D200</p> <p>324</p> <p>› PURCRETE-DF</p> <p>361</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-D300</p> <p>326</p> <p>› REINIT-BM</p> <p>362</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-E100</p> <p>328</p> <p>› REINIT-Natur</p> <p>363</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-F4 (FM)</p> <p>330</p> <p>› REINIT-R</p> <p>364</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-F63</p> <p>331</p> <p>› REMI-AIR</p> <p>365</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-FN</p> <p>333</p> <p>› REMI-FROST</p> <p>366</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-G1000</p> <p>335</p> <p>› REMICOLOR</p> <p>367</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-G2000</p> <p>337</p> <p>› REMICOLOR-C</p> <p>368</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-G3000</p> <p>339</p> <p>› REMICRETE-G650</p> <p>369</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-P10 (FM)</p> <p>341</p> <p>› REMICRETE-SP10</p> <p>371</p> <p>› BLANKOL-0</p> <p>342</p> <p>› REMICRETE-SP33</p> <p>372</p> <p>› BLANKOL-92</p> <p>343</p> <p>› REMICRETE-SP35</p> <p>373</p> <p>› BLANKOL-2000</p> <p>344</p> <p>› REMICRETE-SP62</p> <p>375</p> <p>› BLANKOL-5006</p> <p>345</p> <p>› REMICURE-CR</p> <p>376</p> <p>› BLANKOL-5007</p> <p>346</p> <p>› REMICURE-WB</p> <p>378</p> <p>299</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets <br />› REMIFEROX</p> <p>380</p> <p>› REMISIL</p> <p>382</p> <p>› REMITARD-20</p> <p>383</p> <p>› REMIX-Pigments</p> <p>384</p> <p>› RESIL-NB-150</p> <p>385</p> <p>› RUXOLITH-T5</p> <p>386</p> <p>› SAVEMIX-3000</p> <p>387</p> <p>300</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>ADIPLAST-M</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 02444</p> <p>Waterproofing admixture for mortar and concrete</p> <p>Capillary water absorption at 24 hours</p> <p>Description: <br />ADIPLAST-M is a ready to use powder admixture <br />specifically designed for the production of <br />waterresistant mortars & concretes. <br />Primary Uses: <br />ADIPLAST-M is a normal setting waterproof powder for <br />producing integrally watertight mortars and concretes. <br />The risk of moisture damage is greatly reduced by <br />addition of ADIPLAST-M, considerably extending the life <br />expectancy of the structure. <br />Advantages: <br />• Increased watertightness & reduced permeability. <br />• Enhanced workability. <br />• Increases resistance to aggressive conditions. <br />• Reduced water absorption. <br />• Increased compressive strength <br />• Improves anti-corrosive properties of mortar/concrete. <br />• Chloride free. <br />Typical Properties: <br />Consistency: <br />Colour:</p> <p>Hydrophobication, water absorption at 24 hours</p> <p>powder <br />grey</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Add ADIPLAST-M to the sand-cement-mixture in <br />appropriate dosage and pre-mix intensively before <br />water addition. Due to its plasticising effect the <br />appropriate water reduction must be taken into <br />consideration. Depending on type of mixer a mixing <br />time of approx. 2-3 minutes is required. <br />Compressive strength at 28 days <br />Test results: <br />Test conditions: cement: mortar 1:6 <br />(Cement:Standard Sand) <br />dosage 2% by weight of <br />cement initial slump approx. <br />155 mm storage +20° C/ <br />65 % relative air humidty</p> <p>301</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Estimating & Supply: <br />Consumption: <br />Concrete: <br />max. 1 % by weight of <br />cement (approx. 500 g per <br />50 kg cement bag) <br />Cement mortar: <br />max. 2 % by weight of <br />cement (approx. 1 kg per <br />50 kg cement bag) <br />Packaging: <br />1 and 20-kg packs <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />Use immediately once opened. 12 months when stored <br />in well ventilated & dry conditions away from direct <br />sunlight in original unopened packs. <br />Important notes: <br />• Proper aggregate selection is required. Trial mixes to <br />asses compliance with project requirements. <br />• Only suitable for non-reinforced concretes <br />Please observe valid EU safety data sheet.</p> <p>33/08</p> <p>302</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>ADIPLAST-P</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 02445</p> <p>Special-waterproofing admixture for producing high-quality plasters</p> <p>Capillary water absorption at 24 hours</p> <p>Description: <br />ADIPLAST-P is a waterproofing plaster admixture <br />designed to improve workabilty, cohesiveness, <br />hydrophobic properties and increased built up <br />thickness per layer in addition to a superb surface <br />finish. The addition of ADIPLAST -P significantly <br />reduces mixing, trowelling and finishing times due to <br />the induced plasticising effect. <br />Primary Uses: <br />ADIPLAST-P is a normal setting waterproofing agent for <br />producing integrally watertight wall-and fa-cade plasters, <br />also against driving rain. The risk of moisture damage is <br />greatly reduced by addition of ADIPLAST-P and the life <br />expectancy of the building is considerably extended.</p> <p>Hydrophobication, water absorption at 24 hours</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Improved & extended working ability. <br />• Ready to use admixture. <br />• Increases resistance against aggressive influences. <br />• Reduced water absorption. <br />• Provides plasters with excellent hydrophobic <br />properties. <br />• Improved cohesion. <br />Typical Properties: <br />Consistency:</p> <p>powder</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Add ADIPLAST-P to the sand-cement-mixture in <br />appropriate dosage and pre-mix intensively before <br />water addition. Due to its plasticising effect the <br />appropriate water saving must be taken into <br />consid-eration. Depending on type of mixer a mixing <br />time of approx. 2-3 minutes is required.</p> <p>Percentage of Air Voids</p> <p>Test results: <br />Test conditions: cement: mortar 1:6 <br />(Cement:Standard Sand) <br />dosage 2% to the cement <br />weight slump approx. <br />145 mm storage +20° C/ <br />65 % relative air humidity</p> <p>303</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Estimating & Supply: <br />Consumption: <br />1-2% by weight of cement in <br />parts by weight <br />Packaging: <br />1 and 25-kg packs <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />Use immediately once opened. 12 months when stored <br />in well ventilated & dry conditions away from direct <br />sunlight in original unopened packs. <br />Important notes: <br />• Proper aggregate selection is required. Trial mixes to <br />asses compliance with project requirements. <br />• Only suitable for non-reinforced concretes. <br />Please observe valid EU safety data sheet.</p> <p>46/07</p> <p>304</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-LATEX-M</p> <p>Hydrolysis-resistant bonding emulsion and waterproof modifier <br />admixture for hydraulic binders <br />Description: <br />AQUAFIN-LATEX-M is a hydrolysis-resistant dispersion of <br />carboxylated styrene butadiene copolymer containing <br />an antioxidant. AQUAFIN-LATEX-M is compatible <br />with most hydraulic binders and formulated to modify <br />all common applications including: waterproofing & <br />mineral sealing slurries, repair & patch mortars, renders, <br />floor screeds & toppings and cementitious adhesives. <br />Once cured AQUAFIN-LATEX-M will not re-emulsify, <br />hence cured materials are unaffected by water.</p> <p>Standards: <br />AQUAFIN-LATEX-M is formulated to comply with all the <br />requirements of ASTM C-1059 “Standard Specification <br />of Latex Agent for Bonding Fresh Concrete to Hardened <br />Concrete” in accordance with ASTM C-1042: Test <br />method for Bond Strength of Latex Systems used with <br />Concrete by Slant Shear”. <br />Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />White milky liquid. <br />Specific gravity: <br />1.01 ± 0.05 at +20 °C <br />pH value: <br />7–9 <br />Mechanical properties: The use of AQUAFIN-LATEX-M <br />with mixing water improves <br />all mechanical properties of <br />resultant mixes.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />AQUAFIN-LATEX-M is formulated as a high-performance <br />emulsion admixture to improve physical & mechanical <br />properties of cement-based compositions such as: <br />• Waterproofing & mineral sealing slurries. <br />• Waterproof repair & patch mortars. <br />• Waterproofing renders and abrasion resistant linings. <br />• Floor screeds and toppings. <br />• Cementitious adhesives & grouts for ceramic tiles, <br />stones & slip bricks. <br />• Waterproof masonry bedding mortars. <br />• Bonding slurry between old and fresh cementitious <br />compositions. <br />• Corrosion protection to reinforcement.</p> <p>Typical comparison between control mix and <br />AQUAFIN-LATEX-M modified mix at similar <br />consistencies are shown below: <br />Mix composition <br />Materials</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Excellent waterproofing properties. <br />• Excellent bond, cohesion & adhesion. <br />• Reduced W/C ratio and improved workability. <br />• Improved chemical & abrasion resistance. <br />• Improved elasticity & resistance to cracking. <br />• Improved durability and freeze-thaw resistance. <br />• Improved physical and mechanical properties allows <br />for thinner applications. <br />• Improved protection to host concrete against <br />carbonation. <br />• Does not re-emulsify in presence of water or mild <br />alkaline or acidic mediums. <br />• Water-based, non-flammable, non-toxic and <br />non-corrosive.</p> <p>Control Mix</p> <p>AQUAFIN-LATEX-M <br />Mix</p> <p>OPC</p> <p>10 kg</p> <p>10 kg</p> <p>Silica Sand Zone 2</p> <p>30 kg</p> <p>30 kg</p> <p>Water</p> <p>4 litres</p> <p>3 litres</p> <p>–</p> <p>2 litres</p> <p>AQUAFIN-LATEX-M</p> <p>Physical properties at 28 days <br />Compressive strength <br />(N/mm2)</p> <p>30.0</p> <p>45.0</p> <p>Tensile Strength <br />(N/mm2)</p> <p>3.0</p> <p>5.5</p> <p>Flexural Strength <br />(N/mm2)</p> <p>6.0</p> <p>10.0</p> <p>Shrinkage during <br />cure (%)</p> <p>0.06</p> <p>0.02</p> <p>3.0</p> <p>6.0</p> <p>Adhesion Bond <br />(N/mm2)</p> <p>Chemical resistance:</p> <p>305</p> <p>The use of AQUAFIN-LATEX-M <br />in hydraulic binder mixes <br />will improve resistance to <br />diluted acids, alkalis, sugar <br />solutions & lactic acid,etc.</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Coverage:</p> <p>Dependant on type of <br />application as illustrated <br />hereafter.</p> <p>Pour clean, potable water into a suitable clean vessel, <br />add AQUAFIN-LATEX-M and start mixing. Gradually <br />add, while mixing, the Portland cement and sand mix <br />and continue mixing until a homogenous, lump-free mix <br />with the desired consistency is achieved. Avoid excess <br />mixing as this may lead to air entrapment.</p> <p>Surface Preparation: <br />All surfaces must be sound, clean and free from dust, <br />grease, oils, curing compounds, mould release agents <br />or other adhesion preventing materials. <br />Thoroughly saturate all mineral substrates and remove <br />standing/surface water prior to application of bonding <br />slurry. <br />Steel reinforcement must be grit blasted to SA 2&½ <br />(white clean metal) and immediately primed (before new <br />rust/scale is formed) with INDUCRETE-VK4032-ACI or <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2. Please refer to relevant technical <br />data sheets.</p> <p>Apply the well-mixed bonding slurry by brush or roller <br />at a thickness between 1 mm and 2 mm onto the wellprepared surface (water-saturated for mineral substrates). <br />Notes: <br />• Typical open time: 1 hour at +20 °C. <br />• Open time will be reduced with higher ambient <br />temperatures. <br />• Always apply the subsequent layer of fresh concrete, <br />mortar, render or screed while the bonding slurry is <br />still wet (wet-in-wet application). <br />• When conducting multiple layer applications, always <br />roughen the surface of the first layer and apply a fresh <br />coat of bonding slurry before commencing with the <br />subsequent layer. <br />• If the bonding slurry dries out, roughen the surface & <br />re-apply a fresh coat of AQUAFIN-LATEX-M bonding <br />slurry.</p> <p>Mixing: <br />Pre-mix AQUAFIN-LATEX-M and water at the designated <br />ratio according to the application type described <br />hereafter. Always add the powder components to <br />the prepared liquid mixture and mix until the required <br />consistency is achieved. <br />Application: <br />1. Bonding Slurry <br />The use of AQUAFIN-LATEX-M bonding slurry is a <br />must prior to application of subsequent layers such as <br />repair mortars, patch mortars, floor toppings, screeds <br />or concrete cover replacements. This also applies when <br />fresh concrete is to be bonded to existing concrete. The <br />main purpose of the bonding slurry is to ensure good <br />adhesion of the subsequent layer with the host substrate.</p> <p>2. Repair & patch mortars & render <br />The following two mixes are suitable for most concrete <br />repair works and renders requiring compressive <br />strengths of 35 N/mm2 and above or where a minimum <br />15 mm cover to reinforcement steel is required.</p> <p>Type of waterproof <br />patch repair mortars <br />or renders</p> <p>Optimum bonding slurry mix ratio by weight is <br />detailed below: <br />Portland cement</p> <p>2</p> <p>Sand, Zone 2</p> <p>4</p> <p>AQUAFIN-LATEX-M</p> <p>1</p> <p>Water</p> <p>1</p> <p>Ingredients (typical yield * 100 litres approx.) <br />OPC <br />kg</p> <p>Sand <br />kg</p> <p>Water <br />litre</p> <p>AQUAFINLATEX-M <br />litre</p> <p>Optimum quality</p> <p>50</p> <p>150</p> <p>8</p> <p>10</p> <p>High per-formance</p> <p>50</p> <p>150</p> <p>9</p> <p>9</p> <p>Notes: <br />• Typical pot life: approximately 1 hour at +20 °C. <br />• Open time will be reduced with higher ambient <br />temperatures. <br />• Always apply mortar on wet AQUAFIN-LATEX-M <br />bonding slurry.</p> <p>A pre-mix of the Portland cement and dry sand is <br />recommended to ensure good dispersion and to <br />minimise final mixing time. <br />306</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>• Batch size can be adjusted at same ratios according <br />to requirement.</p> <p>very similar to conventional methods used on site where <br />a forced action mixer is preferred. Avoid excess mixing <br />as this may lead to air entrapment.</p> <p>Pre-mix AQUAFIN-LATEX-M and water at the designated <br />ratio stated above and use as the mixing liquid. <br />Pre-mix Portland cement and sand at the designated <br />ratios stated above. <br />Gradually add the cement/sand pre-mix to the <br />AQUAFIN-LATEX-M pre-mix until a lump-free mortar <br />with the desired consistency is achieved. Mixing <br />of patch repair mortars and renders containing <br />AQUAFIN-LATEX-M is very similar to conventional <br />methods used on site where a forced action mixer is <br />preferred. Avoid excess mixing as this may lead to air <br />entrapment.</p> <p>4. Bonding mortar for tile adhesive & tile grouting <br />and brick bedding mortar <br />The following mixes are typical for: <br />Ingredients (typical yield * 100 litres approx.)</p> <p>3. Floor toppings & screeds <br />The following mix is typical for a floor topping where <br />a surface with exceptional toughness and abrasion <br />resistance is sought; suitable for factories, warehouses, <br />garages, car parks and workshops.</p> <p>OPC <br />kg</p> <p>Sand <br />kg</p> <p>Aggregate <br />3–5 mm <br />kg</p> <p>Water <br />litre</p> <p>AQUAFINLATEX-M <br />litre</p> <p>50</p> <p>100</p> <p>50</p> <p>11</p> <p>5</p> <p>Sand <br />kg</p> <p>Water <br />litre</p> <p>AQUAFINLATEX-M <br />litre</p> <p>Tile adhesive, Stone Fixing, <br />slip brick mortar, etc.</p> <p>50</p> <p>150</p> <p>10</p> <p>8</p> <p>Modified ceramic tile <br />grout, crack sealing agents</p> <p>50</p> <p>150</p> <p>8</p> <p>8</p> <p>Notes: <br />• Typical pot life: approximately 1 hour at +20 °C. <br />• Open time will be reduced with higher ambient <br />temperatures. <br />• Always apply floor topping/screed on wet <br />AQUAFIN-LATEX-M bonding slurry. <br />• Batch size can be adjusted at same ratios according <br />to requirement.</p> <p>Ingredients (typical yield * 100 litres approx.) <br />Floor topping/screed</p> <p>OPC <br />kg</p> <p>Type of mixture mortar</p> <p>Notes: <br />• Typical pot life: approximately 1 hour at +20 °C. <br />• Open time will be reduced with higher ambient <br />temperatures. <br />• Always apply floor topping/screed on wet <br />AQUAFIN-LATEX-M bonding slurry. <br />• Batch size can be adjusted at same ratios according <br />to requirement.</p> <p>Pre-mix AQUAFIN-LATEX-M and water at the designated <br />ratio stated above and use as the mixing liquid. <br />Pre-mix Portland cement and sand at the designated <br />ratios stated above. <br />Gradually add the cement/sand pre-mix to the <br />AQUAFIN-LATEX-M pre-mix until a lump-free screed with <br />the desired consistency is achieved. Mixing of mortars <br />or sealing grouts containing AQUAFIN-LATEX-M is very <br />similar to conventional methods used on site where a <br />forced action mixer is preferred. Avoid excess mixing <br />as this may lead to air entrapment.</p> <p>Pre-mix AQUAFIN-LATEX-M and water at the designated <br />ratio stated above and use as the mixing liquid. <br />Pre-mix Portland cement and sand at the designated <br />ratios stated above. <br />Gradually add the cement/sand pre-mix to the <br />AQUAFIN-LATEX-M pre-mix until a lump-free screed with <br />the desired consistency is achieved. Mixing of floor <br />toppings and screeds containing AQUAFIN-LATEX-M is</p> <p>Important Notes: <br />• Above test results have been carried out under <br />controlled laboratory conditions. Allow for reasonable <br />deviations for site-prepared mixes. <br />• Always use fresh clean potable water. Do not use <br />hard water, well water or sea water. <br />• To obtain best results always use fresh Portland <br />cement.</p> <p>“Heavy Duty” floor <br />topping/screed</p> <p>307</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>• Always use clean and dry sand with the grading <br />stated in the relevant table/s above. <br />• AQUAFIN-LATEX-M is not a sole binder; always <br />add Portland cement and sand. Do not use <br />AQUAFIN-LATEX-M and water alone. <br />• Avoid over-mixing as this may lead to air-entrainment. <br />• For optimum properties keep W/C ratios to a <br />minimum. <br />• Ensure proper curing is immediately applied after <br />surface finishing of renders, floor toppings and patch <br />repairs. <br />• Over addition of water causes rapid thinning of Latex <br />modified mortars owing to its plasticizing properties.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />• AQUAFIN-LATEX-M is water-based, non-flammable, <br />non-toxic and non-hazardous during handling, storage <br />and use. <br />• Do not dispose of product directly into public <br />drainage or on soil. Comply with local disposal <br />regulations. <br />• Splashes on skin may be washed away with soap <br />and water. <br />• Please, observe the valid health and safety data sheet <br />(MSDS).</p> <p>Curing: <br />All patch repairs, renders, floor toppings, etc must be <br />properly cured. Please refer to the REMICURE range <br />available from SCHOMBURG for optimum selection. <br />Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Clean all tools & equipment with water periodically <br />during application and again immediately after <br />finishing works. Cured material can only be removed <br />mechanically. <br />Estimating & Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />AQUAFIN-LATEX-M is available in 5 litre and 20 litre <br />plastic containers, 200 litre drums and 1000 litre IBCs. <br />Consumption: <br />Is dependent on type of application. Please refer to <br />relevant table above. <br />Storage & Shelf-life: <br />12 months when stored in original, unopened <br />containers placed in well ventilated, dry conditions <br />at temperatures between +5 °C and +30 °C. Avoid <br />exposure to extreme temperatures & direct sunlight.</p> <p>11/12</p> <p>308</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>ASOLIN-DMK</p> <p>Art.-No 2 01011</p> <p>Waterproofing agent</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Consumption: <br />Water hazard class: <br />Application temp: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>0764 <br />SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH & Co. KG <br />32760 Detmold</p> <p>08 <br />0764- CPD- 0012</p> <p>DIN V 18998</p> <p>EN 934-2 <br />ASOLIN-DMK <br />Waterproofing agent <br />EN 934-2: T9 <br />Max. chloride content: 0,004 M.-% <br />Max. alkali content: ) 8,5 M.-% <br />Corrosion behaviour:</p> <p>mixture of fatty acids <br />white <br />liquid <br />approx. 1.0 g/m3 <br />max. 1.3 kg/100 kg cement <br />WGK 1 (self classification) <br />+5° C to +30° C <br />1, 10 and 25 kg containers <br />frost free, 12 months in the <br />original unopened container. <br />Use opened containers <br />promptly.</p> <p>Product application: <br />Add ASOLIN-DMK to the gauging water as per the <br />consumption listed above. Assume faultless aggregate. <br />Carry out a preliminary test in accordance with <br />DIN EN 206.</p> <p>DIN V 18998</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Waterproofing agent for concrete, cement and <br />lime-cement mortars <br />• Plasticizer <br />• Prevents gravel pockets and segregation <br />• Increases the resistance to aggressive influences <br />• Prevents moisture damage as the capillary absorption <br />is decreased <br />• The longevity of building structures is considerably <br />increased <br />• Waterproofing agent to DIN 934-2: T9</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & Safety Data <br />Sheet. <br />GISCODE: BMZ 0</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASOLIN-DMK is suitable for producing water <br />impermeable, non-reinforced and reinforced concrete <br />units as well as a waterproofing agent for mortars with <br />reduced water absorption and lower water penetration. <br />ASOLIN-DMK increases the compaction of the concrete <br />and makes for a regular and compact surface.</p> <p>07/12</p> <p>309</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-A100</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06654</p> <p>Water-reducing & waterproofing, <br />high performance concrete admixture</p> <p>Product Description: <br />BETOCRETE-A100 is a high performance, liquid, <br />water-reducing “plasticizer” & waterproofing concrete <br />admixture formulated to improve workability, <br />reduce permeability and improve durability. Once <br />incorporated in the mix, BETOCRETE-A100 is adsorbed <br />on the cement particles‘ surface inducing a powerful <br />deflocculating property, effectively reducing the <br />concrete mixing water demand and improving physical <br />and mechanical properties of the resultant concrete. <br />BETOCRETE-A100 is based on a blend of modified <br />Lignosulphonates and organic modifiers designed with <br />the main purpose of reducing workability loss.</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Dark brown liquid <br />Specific Gravity: <br />1.175 ± 0.005 at 20° C <br />Chloride content: <br />Nill <br />Additional <br />air-entrainment: <br />Less than 1 % <br />Water-reduction: <br />10–20 % of mixing water <br />Setting Times: <br />No effect at the <br />recommended dosages. <br />Permeability: <br />Reduces concrete porosity, <br />improves waterproofing and <br />durability. <br />Compressive strength: <br />Increased early and ultimate <br />compressive strengths <br />Cohesion: <br />Improved cohesion reduces <br />risk of segregation <br />Compatibility: <br />Compatible with all types of <br />Portland cement including <br />Sulfate Resisting Cement <br />(SRC).Compatible with other <br />SCHOMBURG admixtures <br />when dispensed separately</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-A100 is typically used to produce: <br />• Ready mix concrete <br />• Precast concrete <br />• All concrete works where good workability and <br />increased waterproofing properties are required. <br />Such as: swimming pools, sea walls, tunnels, <br />bridges, basement, etc. <br />Advantages: <br />• Reduced mixing water while maintaining same <br />workability. <br />• Improved workability & pumping properties. <br />• Improved physical & mechanical properties. <br />• Improved surface finish. <br />• Improved cohesion minimizes risks of segregation, <br />bleeding and creep. <br />• Denser concrete improves waterproofing properties <br />and protection of reinforcement steel against <br />detrimental water-borne ion attack. <br />• Water-based, non-flammable, non-toxic. <br />• Chloride-free; suitable for pre-stressing. <br />• Specially formulated for hot weather concreting.</p> <p>Dosage range <br />Dosage is influenced by cement type, mix design, <br />quality of used materials, ambient temperatures and <br />other specific requirements, so site trials should be <br />carried to determine the optimum dosage. <br />Dosage: typically 0.40% to 0.90% by the weight of <br />total cementitious content (cement + replacers if used)</p> <p>Standards: <br />BETOCRETE-A100 is formulated to comply with all <br />the requirements of: <br />• ASTM C- 494, Type A <br />• EN 943, Part 2, Tables 1 and 2</p> <p>Overdosing: <br />An overdose of BETOCRETE-A100 may result <br />- depending on dosage - in an increase of workability <br />and extension of setting time. Overdosed concrete <br />must be protected against direct sun light and water <br />evaporation.</p> <p>Dispensing: <br />BETOCRETE-A100 should be added with the last third <br />of mixing water or immediately after complete mixing <br />water addition. Do not add directly to the dry mix or <br />cement. For proper administration an automatic <br />dispenser shall be used.</p> <p>310</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Curing: <br />Concrete should be cured in accordance to applicable <br />European Norms or ACI recommendations. Alternatively <br />use any of the SCHOMBURG curing agents range; <br />REMICURE. <br />Cleaning: <br />Dispensers, hoses, equipment and tools ca be easily <br />cleaned with water. Spills must be contained and <br />removed to industrial waste in accordance with local <br />environmental laws. Please always consult local <br />legislative authorities. <br />Estimating & supply <br />Packaging: <br />BETOCRETE-A100 is supplied in 20 kg pails, <br />200 kg drums or 1070 kg IBCs. <br />Consumption: <br />0.4% to 0.9% by weight of cement depending on <br />requirements. Site trials are always necessary to <br />determine the optimum dosage. <br />The use of dispensing equipment is important to reduce <br />errors and wastage, typically associated with manual <br />dispensing. <br />Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-A100 has a shelf-life of 12 months when <br />original, unopened containers are stored in a dry and <br />frost-free environment above 5° C. <br />Health and Safety: <br />• BETOCRETE-A100 is non-flammable, non-toxic and <br />non-corrosive. <br />• Spills should be washed with plenty of water. <br />• Local environmental regulations are to be considered. <br />• BETOCRETE-A100 is not dangerous during handling <br />and transportation.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>311</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-C16</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06149</p> <p>Crystalline waterproofing concrete admixture</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-C16 is a crystalline technology concrete <br />admixture used to produce permanently active waterproof <br />concrete in: <br />• Water retaining structures; potable water tanks, <br />sewage treatment plants, septic tanks. <br />• Water excluding structures; retaining walls, tunnels, <br />elevator pits, dams. <br />• Below grade structures; piles foundations, basements. <br />• Mass concrete.</p> <p>Instructions for Use: <br />When stored for extended times, stir BETOCRETE-C16 <br />well before use. <br />Control of the concrete mix design regarding w/c ratio <br />< 0.55 prior to dosing BETOCRETE-C16. <br />Workability time is approx. 45 minutes after the addition <br />of BETOCRETE-C16. <br />The addition of a concrete retarder is necessaary when <br />using Portland Cement Type II or III. Suitability tests have <br />to be carried out before usage. <br />When using BETOCRETE-C16 at temperatures below <br />+10° C, the product shall be blended with water in the <br />ratio 1:1 prior to usage. <br />If the material was stored at temperatures below +8° C <br />crystals may form. The product is suitable for usage again <br />after stirring or homogenizing. <br />Suitability tests accord. to valid standards and norms <br />have to be carried out prior to application.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Permanently active; will self heal future static cracks up <br />to 400 microns. <br />• Improved final strength. <br />• Provides additional protection to reinforcement steel by <br />reducing chloride ion diffusion. <br />• Can be used in high w/c ratio (up to 0.55) concretes. <br />• Liquid; no lumping, easily dispersed. <br />• Withstands high water pressures (up to 14 bars). <br />• Compatible with most types of concrete admixtures. <br />• Eliminates need for surface waterproofing. <br />Primary Properties: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density (+20° C.) <br />pH-value: <br />Processing temp.:</p> <p>Estimating & Supply: <br />IBCs <br />1.100 kg <br />drums <br />200 kg <br />cans <br />25 kg <br />Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will <br />prolong service life and reduce breakdowns. <br />Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to <br />contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants <br />and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust <br />formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete <br />crusts.</p> <p>clear* - colourless <br />liquid <br />1.15 g/cm3 <br />11.5 <br />+8° C to +30° C</p> <p>* Insignificant slight cloudiness does not impact the performance</p> <p>Dosage Range: <br />w/c ratio < 0.45: <br />w/c ratio > 0.45:</p> <p>2% by weight of CEM <br />3% by weight of CEM</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-C16 has a shelf-life of 12 months when <br />stored at +20° C in original, unopened containers, free <br />from frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt contamination.</p> <p>Dosage in ready-mix factory: <br />BETOCRETE-C16 can be dosed together with the <br />gauging water or to the ready mix as the last component.</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• Concrete modified with BETOCRETE-C16 may tend to <br />effloresce depending on the composition. <br />• Aggregates must have a continous sieve-line.</p> <p>Dosage in truck mixer on the job site: <br />2-3 m.-% of BETOCRETE-C16 is dosed into the mixer <br />drum and then thoroughly mixed for 3-5 minutes. Pour <br />without delay.</p> <p>312</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>• It is recommended to perform compatability tests with <br />other admixtures as required. <br />• Concrete, modified with BETOCRETE-C16 must be <br />produced, placed and finished accord. to valid <br />norms. <br />• BETOCRETE-C16 is non corrosive and has no <br />adverse effects on the re-inforcement. <br />• Protect surrounding areas against the influence of <br />BETOCRETE-C16. <br />• It is rarely possible that BETOCRETE-C16 influences <br />the setting of the concrete. Our product RUXOLITH-T5 <br />(VZ) has proven as the most effective retarder. <br />Safety & Health: <br />Please adhere to valid European Materials Safety Data <br />Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>17/12</p> <p>313</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-C17 (BV)</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 04217</p> <p>Crystalline waterproofing concrete plasticiser</p> <p>Dosage in ready-mix factory: <br />BETOCRETE-C17 (BV) can be dosed together with the <br />gauging water or to the ready mix as the last component.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-C17 (BV) is a crystalline technology <br />concrete admixture used to produce permanently active <br />waterproof concrete in: <br />• Water retaining structures; potable water tanks, <br />sewage treatment plants, septic tanks. <br />• Water excluding structures; retaining walls, tunnels, <br />elevator pits, dams. <br />• Below grade structures; piles foundations, basements. <br />• Mass concrete.</p> <p>Dosage in truck mixer on the job site: <br />2-3 m.-% of BETOCRETE-C17 (BV) is dosed into the mixer <br />drum and then thoroughly mixed for 3-5 minutes. Pour <br />without delay. <br />Instructions for Use: <br />The water-cement ratio shall not exceed 0.55. <br />Workability time is approx. 45 minutes after the addition <br />of BETOCRETE-C17 (BV).</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Permanently active; will self heal future static cracks up <br />to 400 microns. <br />• Improved final strength. <br />• Provides additional protection to reinforcement steel by <br />reducing chloride ion diffusion. <br />• Can be used in high w/c ratio (up to 0.55) concretes. <br />• Liquid; no lumping, easily dispersed. <br />• Withstands high water pressures (up to 14 bars). <br />• Compatible with most types of concrete admixtures. <br />• Eliminates need for surface waterproofing. <br />• Complies with EN 934-2. <br />• Self-healing of later occuring static cracks up to <br />0.4 mm is possible. <br />Primary Properties: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density (+20° C): <br />pH-value: <br />Processing temp.:</p> <p>The addition of a concrete retarder may be necessaary <br />when using Portland Cement Type II or III. Suitability tests <br />have to be carried out before usage. <br />When using BETOCRETE-C17 (BV) at temperatures <br />below +10° C, the product shall be blended with water <br />in the ratio 1:1 prior to usage. <br />If the material was stored at temperatures below +8° C <br />crystals may form. The product is suitable for usage again <br />after stirring or homogenizing. <br />Estimating & Supply: <br />IBCs <br />1.100 kg <br />drums <br />200 kg <br />cans <br />25 kg</p> <p>clear blue <br />liquid <br />1.16 g/cm3 <br />11 <br />+8° C to +30° C</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will <br />prolong service life and reduce breakdowns. <br />Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to <br />contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants <br />and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust <br />formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete <br />crusts.</p> <p>Compliance: <br />Complies with EN 934–2:part 2; 2001. <br />Dosage Range: <br />2.0 - 3.0 % by weight of cement, at least 7 kg per m3 <br />of concrete. <br />The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on <br />the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe. This <br />must be determined in suitability trials. <br />In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our <br />technical office.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-C17 (BV) has a shelf-life of 12 months when <br />stored at +20° C in original, unopened containers, free <br />from frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt contamination.</p> <p>314</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• Concrete modified with BETOCRETE-C17 (BV) may <br />tend to effloresce depending on the mix design. <br />• Aggregates must have a continous sieve-line. <br />• It is recommended to perform compatability tests with <br />other admixtures as required. <br />• When using CEM II or CEM III, the long-term <br />efficiency of BETOCRETE-C17 (BV) may suffer in <br />individual cases. This is also valid for the use of <br />hydraulic or pozzolanic concrete additives <br />• Concrete, modified with BETOCRETE-C17 (BV) must <br />be produced, placed and finished accord. to valid <br />norms. <br />• BETOCRETE-C17 (BV) is non corrosive and has no <br />adverse effects on the re-inforcement. <br />• The crack width limitations given by the planner or <br />engineer must be followed under all circumstances. <br />Other interpretations must be verified by qualification <br />tests. <br />• In individual cases, BETOCRETE-C17 (BV) can <br />influence the setting properties of the concrete. Our <br />products REMITARD-20 (BV) and RUXOLITH-T5 (VZ) <br />have proven their efficiency to compensate this effect. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet <br />(MSDS)!</p> <p>04/12</p> <p>315</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-C18</p> <p>Crystalline waterproofing, retarding & high-range, water-reducing, <br />super plasticizing concrete admixture</p> <p>• Marine structures like quay walls, piers, dry docks <br />and ship building yards. <br />• Mass concrete works.</p> <p>Product Description: <br />BETOCRETE-C18 is an integral crystalline waterproofing, retarding & water-reducing admixture <br />based on a blend of synthetic polymers and <br />proprietary ingredients formulated to produce a <br />unique “permanently active” waterproof, highly <br />durable & flowable concrete.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Permanently active, long-term, waterproof solution. <br />• Self seals – upon exposure to moisture/water – <br />static cracks up to 400 microns. <br />• Denser concrete, improved water tightness & <br />protection to reinforcement from water-borne salts. <br />• Effective reduction of mixing water (up to 30 %) <br />• Withstands high water pressures (up to 14 bars). <br />• Improved workability, placing & pumping. <br />• Liquid form: easy, lump-free dispensing & dispersion. <br />• Improved physical & mechanical properties of <br />concrete. <br />• Improved surface finish. <br />• Reduced risk of segregation, shrinkage, bleeding <br />& creep. <br />• Water-based, non-flammable, non-toxic, chloride-free <br />and non-corrosive.</p> <p>Once administered, BETOCRETE-C18 is adsorbed onto <br />the cement particles of the concrete mix introducing <br />a powerful deflocculating behaviour that effectively <br />reduces water demand, increases both early & ultimate <br />strengths and significantly improves both physical & <br />mechanical properties of the resultant concrete. The <br />active ingredients - in presence of moisture/water <br />- react with by-products resulting from the cement <br />hydration to create insoluble crystalline formations <br />throughout the pores and capillary matrix of the <br />concrete. Fully cured BETOCRETE-C18 concretes <br />exhibit a significant reduction in water penetration <br />limiting it to the first few millimeters from the surface. <br />The hardened concrete is thus resistant against deeper <br />water penetration and any soluble salts that may be <br />detrimental to the concrete or reinforcement steel.</p> <p>Standards: <br />BETOCRETE-C18 complies with the requirements of: <br />• EN 934 Part 2 Table 9 <br />• ASTM C- 494, Type G <br />(EN 943 Part 2 Tables 1, 11.1 and 11.2) <br />• IS 9103</p> <p>Future static cracks (up to 400 microns) developed <br />in the concrete due to settlement, shrinkage or similar <br />effects are automatically filled with fresh crystal <br />formations once exposed to moisture or water, hence <br />the structure’s waterproof properties are reinstated.</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Specific Gravity: <br />Air-entrainment:</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-C18 is used to produce cast-in-situ <br />crystalline waterproofed concretes where high water <br />reduction and extended workability times are required. <br />Typical applications include: <br />• Water-retaining structures like potable water tanks <br />and reservoirs, sewage treatment plants and septic <br />tanks. <br />• Water excluding structures like dams, retaining walls <br />and elevator pits. <br />• Tunnels and under passes. <br />• Waterproofed basements & foundations.</p> <p>Chloride content: <br />Setting Times:</p> <p>Permeability:</p> <p>316</p> <p>Clear to hazy liquid <br />1.28 ± 0.005 @ +20 °C <br />Less than 1 % additional air <br />is entrained. <br />Nil <br />Initial & final setting times will <br />be extended when used at <br />the recommended dosages <br />and depending on mix <br />design. <br />Resultant concrete is <br />permanently waterproofed <br />against water ingress through</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Water-reduction: <br />Compatibility:</p> <p>Mechanical properties:</p> <p>static cracks up to <br />400 microns. <br />Up to 30% reduction of <br />mixing water <br />Compatible with all types of <br />Portland cement including <br />SRC. <br />All mechanical properties, <br />early & ultimate compressive <br />strengths, flexural strengths, <br />tensile strengths will improve.</p> <p>Packaging: <br />BETOCRETE-C18 is supplied in 20 litre pails, <br />200 litre drums and 1,000 litre IBCs. <br />Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-C18 in original unopened containers has <br />a shelf-life of 18 months when stored in a dry and frostfree environment above +15 °C. <br />Special Advice: <br />• Concrete modified with BETOCRETE-C18 may tend <br />to effloresce depending on mix design. <br />• It is recommended to perform compatibility tests with <br />other admixtures as required. <br />• Aggregates should have a continuous sieve-line. <br />• When using CEM II or CEM III grades the long-term <br />efficiency of BETOCRETE-C18 may be restricted in <br />special cases as well as when pozzolanic concrete <br />additives are used.</p> <p>Dosage Range: <br />Dosage is influenced by cement type, mix design, <br />quality of used materials, ambient temperatures and <br />specific requirements. Site trials must always be carried <br />out to determine optimum dosage. <br />Dosage: Typically between 2.0 – 3.0 % by weight of <br />cement. <br />Dispensing: <br />BETOCRETE-C18 should be added to the mixing water <br />or directly to the mixed concrete. Do not add directly <br />to the dry mix or cement. For proper administration an <br />automatic dispenser is recommended.</p> <p>Health and Safety: <br />• BETOCRETE-C18 is non-flammable, non-toxic & <br />non-corrosive. <br />• Splashes should be washed with water <br />• For ecology, follow the local regulations. <br />• BETOCRETE-C18 is not dangerous during <br />transportation.</p> <p>Overdosing: <br />An overdose of BETOCRETE-C18 may result depending on dosage - in increased workability and <br />extended setting time. Overdosed concrete must be <br />protected against direct sunlight and water evaporation. <br />Curing: <br />Concrete should be cured in accordance to applicable <br />European Norms or ACI recommendations. Alternatively <br />use any of the SCHOMBURG curing agents range; <br />REMICURE. <br />Cleaning: <br />Dispensers, hoses, equipment and tools are easily <br />cleaned with water. Spills must be contained and <br />removed to industrial waste in accordance with local <br />environmental laws. Please always consult local <br />legislative authorities.</p> <p>22/12</p> <p>317</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE® C-20 (DM)</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06706</p> <p>Crystalline action, third generation waterproof agent</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) is a third generation crystalline <br />waterproofing agent. <br />BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) is especially suited for structural <br />pre-cast units, as well as those constructions produced <br />on site. In this context the use of BETOCRETE C-20 <br />(DM) is explicitly suited to all types of concrete units in <br />contact with the ground, those surrounded or flooded <br />by water.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Delivered form: <br />Density 1 day <br />(+20° C)*: <br />Density 3 months <br />(+20° C)*: <br />Density (at +20° C): <br />pH value: <br />Solids content: <br />Chloride content: <br />Alkali content – <br />Na20 equiv: <br />Application temperature: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Properties and function: <br />BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) is an inorganic liquid additive <br />for waterproofing / increasing the water impermeability <br />of concrete units. <br />BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) is fluid and therefore does <br />not tend to cause clumping during the mixing process. <br />The dosage is carried out as with every conventional <br />concrete additive using suitable dosing equipment.</p> <p>Shelf life: <br />BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) initially has a chemical effect <br />and reduces the water absorption of the hardened <br />cement paste. As needed the latent crystalline <br />effect available, already known from the products <br />BETOCRETE C-21 (DM) and BETOCRETE C-17 (BV), is <br />implemented (e.g. with existing water-bearing cracks).</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Water hazard class <br />(WGK):</p> <p>white <br />liquid <br />0.97 - 1.09 g/cm3 <br />1.08 - 1.12 g/cm3 <br />1.08 – 1.12 g/cm3 <br />approx. 10.5 – 12.5 <br />22.0 – 24.4% by weight <br />) 0.1% <br />) 8.5% by weight <br />+5° C to +30° C <br />Frost free. Protect from <br />contamination. If the product <br />is completely frozen, slowly <br />thaw out and homogenise. <br />12 months in the original <br />unopened container. <br />1,040 kg container <br />1 (self assessment)</p> <p>* Production conditions show the product to have a lower density <br />directly after production (1 day) in comparison to the density after <br />a longer storage period. The small difference in density has no <br />influence on the technical performance properties of the product</p> <p>The active mechanisms of the concrete additive are <br />permanently available and the products formed during <br />reactions are non-reversible. The affinity for crystal <br />formation permits the healing of static cracks.</p> <p>in concrete.</p> <p>Dosage range: <br />2.0 – 3.0% by weight based on CEM content, <br />however minimum 7 kg/m3 of concrete.</p> <p>• Liquid, therefore considerably easier and safer to mix <br />– no risk of clumping. <br />• Withstands extremely high levels of hydrostatic <br />pressure; from the positive (active) or negative side. <br />• Closure of retrospectively formed cracks up to <br />0.4 mm is possible. <br />• Becomes an integral and permanent component of <br />the concrete. <br />• The concrete remains vapour permeable. <br />• Max. water-cement factor: 0.55 <br />• Permanently active. <br />• Unused product does not crystallise out at <br />temperatures below +8° C.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) is dosed with the gauging <br />water or added to the finished mix as the last <br />component. Ensure there is adequate post-mixing in <br />all cases. <br />Dosage in concrete plants: <br />BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) can be added to the gauging <br />water or to the finished concrete mix.</p> <p>318</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Dosage in cement trucks: <br />Add the complete dose (2 - 3%) of BETOCRETE <br />C-20 (DM) to the mixing drum and thoroughly mix <br />for 1 minute / m3 but at least 5 minutes and work <br />continuously. The w/c value of the concrete mix <br />should not exceed 0.55 inclusive of concrete additive. <br />Dependent on the cement type and source, it may be <br />necessary to add a retarder. Always carry out a trial.</p> <p>Quality inspection: <br />• As a waterproof material for concrete to <br />EN 934-2:T9 <br />• Externally audited in accordance with BENOR <br />(Contract number: CRIC-OCCN-AH-027) <br />Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a valid EU health & safety data sheet.</p> <p>Particular advice: <br />• Concrete modified with BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) can, <br />dependent on composition, show a tendency <br />to effloresce. <br />• Before using BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) carry out a <br />trial. <br />• When using CEM II and CEM III grades the <br />permanent function of BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) can <br />be constrained. This is also true of latent hydraulic or <br />pozzolanic concrete additives. <br />• Aggregates must be composed of a steadily rising <br />particle size distribution. <br />• If additional concrete additives are to be used, then <br />appropriate trials are to be carried out. <br />• The crack width restrictions specified by the planner/ <br />engineer/structural engineer must be adhered to in <br />all circumstances. Other interpretations are to be <br />proven by appropriate verification and qualification. <br />• Concrete with BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) must be <br />produced, installed and post-treated in compliance <br />with current valid standards. <br />• BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) does not contain materials <br />which cause corrosion. <br />• In rare cases BETOCRETE C-20 (DM) can <br />influence the setting process of the concrete. <br />System compatible products REMITARD 20 (BV) <br />and RUXOLITH T5 (VZ) are available to control the <br />concrete.</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>319</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-C21</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06171 <br />Crystalline waterproofing admixture of the 3rd generation</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />BETOCRETE C-21 is a third generation crystalline <br />waterproofing agent. <br />BETOCRETE C-21 is especially suited for structural <br />pre-cast units, as well as those constructions produced <br />on site. In this context the use of BETOCRETE C-21 is <br />explicitly suited to all types of concrete units in contact <br />with the ground, those surrounded or flooded by water.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density ( 20°C.): <br />pH-value: <br />Processing temp.: <br />Storage :</p> <p>Properties and mode of action: <br />BETOCRETE C-21 is an inorganic liquid additive for <br />waterproofing / increasing the water impermeability of <br />concrete units. <br />BETOCRETE C-21 is fluid and therefore does not tend to <br />cause clumping during the mixing process. The dosage is <br />carried out as with every conventional concrete additive <br />using suitable dosing equipment. <br />BETOCRETE C-21 initially has a chemical effect and <br />reduces the water absorption of the hardened cement <br />paste. As needed the latent crystalline effect available, <br />already known from the products BETOCRETE-C16 and <br />BETOCRETE-C17 (BV), is implemented (e.g. with existing <br />water-bearing cracks).</p> <p>Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Water hazard class <br />(WGK):</p> <p>white <br />liquid <br />1.05 g/cm3 <br />approx. 11.5 <br />+ 8°C - + 30 °C. <br />Frost free. Protect from <br />contamination. If the product <br />is completely frozen, slowly <br />thaw out and homogenise. <br />12 months in the original <br />unopened container. <br />1.040 kg container <br />220 kg drum <br />25 kg keg <br />1 (self assessment)</p> <p>Dosage Range: <br />2.0 to 3.0 % by weight of cement; at least 7 kg <br />per m3 of concrete. <br />Instructions for Use: <br />BETOCRETE-C21 is added together with the gauging <br />water or to the ready mix as the last component. A <br />sufficient final batching time must be safe-guarded in <br />each case.</p> <p>The active mechanisms of the concrete additive are <br />permanently available and the products formed during <br />reactions are non-reversible. The affinity for crystal <br />formation permits the healing of static cracks.</p> <p>Dosage in ready-mix factory: <br />BETOCRETE-C21 can be dosed together with the <br />gauging water or to the ready mix.</p> <p>• Liquid, therefore considerably easier and safer to mix – <br />no risk of clumping. <br />• Withstands extremely high levels of hydrostatic <br />pressure; from the positive (active) or negative side. <br />• Closure of retrospectively formed cracks up to <br />0.4 mm is possible. <br />• Becomes an integral and permanent component of the <br />concrete. <br />• The concrete remains vapour permeable. <br />• Max. water-cement factor: 0.55 <br />• Permanently active. <br />• Unused product does not crystallise out at temperatures <br />below +8° C.</p> <p>Dosage in truck mixer: <br />The entire amount of of BETOCRETE-C21 (2-3 %) is <br />dosed into the mixer drum and then thoroughly mixed <br />for at least 3-5 minutes. The water-cement ratio shall not <br />exceed 0.55. The addition of a concrete retarder may <br />be necessaary when using Portland Cement Type II or III. <br />Suitability tests have to be carried out before usage.</p> <p>320</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• Concrete modified with BETOCRETE C-21 can, <br />dependent on composition, show a tendency <br />to effloresce. <br />• Before using BETOCRETE C-21 carry out a trial. <br />• When using CEM II and CEM III grades the <br />permanent function of BETOCRETE C-21 can be <br />constrained. This is also true of latent hydraulic or <br />pozzolanic concrete additives. <br />• Aggregates must be composed of a steadily rising <br />particle size distribution. <br />• If additional concrete additives are to be used, then <br />appropriate trials are to be carried out. <br />• The crack width restrictions specified by the planner/ <br />engineer/structural engineer must be adhered to in all <br />circumstances. Other interpretations are to be proven <br />by appropriate verification and qualification. <br />• Concrete with BETOCRETE C-21 must be produced, <br />installed and post-treated in compliance with current <br />valid standards. <br />• BETOCRETE C-21 does not contain materials which <br />cause corrosion. <br />• In rare cases BETOCRETE C-21 can influence the <br />setting process of the concrete. System compatible <br />products REMITARD 20 (BV) and RUXOLITH T5 (VZ) <br />are available to control the concrete. <br />Quality inspection: <br />• As a waterproof material for concrete to <br />EN 934-2:T9 <br />• Only contains substances given in <br />EN 934-1:2008, annex A1 <br />Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a valid EU health & <br />safety data sheet.</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>321</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-C35</p> <p>Crystalline waterproofing concrete admixture</p> <p>for at least 45 s until the concrete mix has reached its <br />working properties.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-C35 is a crystalline technology concrete <br />admixture used to produce permanently active waterproof <br />concrete in: <br />• Water retaining structures; potable water tanks, <br />sewage treatment plants, septic tanks. <br />• Water excluding structures; retaining walls, tunnels, <br />elevator pits, dams. <br />• Below grade structures; piles foundations, basements. <br />• Mass concrete.</p> <p>Dosage in batch truck: <br />The addition of BETOCRETE-C35 on the job site <br />(batch truck) does not happen in powder form but as <br />a suspension in water. Mix the required amount of <br />BETOCRETE-C35 with plenty of water in a suitable vessel <br />and add this slurry completely into the mix drum. The <br />required mixing time can be estimated as 1 minutes per <br />m3 drum contents, but min. 5 minutes. Make sure that <br />the additional slurry water does not increase the water/ <br />cement ratio above the projected value. Otherwise the <br />water amount must be reduced from the mixing water <br />dosage at the batch plant. <br />The working time after addition of BETOCRETE-C35 <br />depends on the reactivity of the used cement and can <br />either be prolonged or shortened.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Permanently active; will self heal future static cracks up <br />to 400 microns. <br />• Improved final strength. <br />• Provides additional protection to reinforcement steel by <br />reducing chloride ion diffusion. <br />• Can be used in high w/c ratio (up to 0.55) concretes. <br />• Withstands high water pressures (up to 14 bars). <br />• Compatible with most types of concrete admixtures. <br />• Eliminates need for surface waterproofing. <br />Primary Properties: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Bulk density: <br />Processing temp.: <br />Application temp.:</p> <p>The addition of a concrete retarder like RUXLITH-T5 (VZ) <br />or REMITARD-20 (BV) may be required when using <br />Portland Cement Type I, II or III. Suitability tests accord. <br />to valid standards and norms have to be carried out <br />prior to application.</p> <p>grey <br />powder <br />1.04 g/cm3 <br />+8° C to +30° C <br />from +5° C</p> <p>Estimating & Supply: <br />5 kg plastic bags, 25 kg bags <br />Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will <br />prolong service life and reduce breakdowns. <br />Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to <br />contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants <br />and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust <br />formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete <br />crusts.</p> <p>Dosage Range: <br />The dosage amount depends on the concrete/mortar <br />mix design and the reactivity of the cement. Trial <br />applications must be conducted to find the suitable <br />amount. The recommended dosage rate is 0.8 – 1.5% <br />by weight of CEM. <br />Instructions for Use: <br />Dosage in mortars: <br />Add BETOCRETE-C35 to the aggregate and approx. <br />40% of the mix water. Mix at least 2 minutes before <br />adding the remaining water and cement. <br />Dosage in ready-mix factory: <br />Add BETOCRETE-C35 to the aggregate and mix at least <br />30 s before adding water and cement. Continue mixing</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-C35 has a shelf-life of 12 months when <br />stored dry at +20° C in original, unopened bags. <br />Special Advice: <br />• Concrete modified with BETOCRETE-C35 may tend to <br />effloresce depending on the composition.</p> <p>322</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>• Aggregates must have a continous sieve-line. <br />• It is recommended to perform compatability tests with <br />other admixtures as required. <br />• Concrete, modified with BETOCRETE-C35 must be <br />produced, placed and finished accord. to valid <br />norms. <br />• BETOCRETE-C35 is non corrosive and has no <br />adverse effects on the re-inforcement. <br />• Protect surrounding areas against the influence of <br />BETOCRETE-C35. <br />• It is rarely possible that BETOCRETE-C35 influences <br />the setting of the concrete. Our product RUXOLITH-T5 <br />(VZ) and REMITARD-20 (BV) have proven as effective <br />retarders. <br />• Never apply BETOCRETE-C35 powder into mixed <br />(wet) concrete or mortar mixes as this will increase <br />the risk of lump formation. A homogeneous dispersion <br />of BETOCRETE-C35 can not be expected under this <br />conditions. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Please adhere to valid European Materials Safety Data <br />Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>323</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-D200</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06652</p> <p>Retarding water-reducing concrete admixture <br />with workability retention</p> <p>Product Description: <br />BETOCRETE-D200 is a liquid, plasticizing & retarding <br />concrete admixture formulated to improve workability, <br />reduce permeability and improve durability. Once <br />incorporated in the mix, BETOCRETE-D200 is adsorbed <br />on the cement particles‘ surface inducing a powerful <br />deflocculating property, effectively reducing the <br />concrete mixing water demand and improving physical <br />and mechanical properties of the resultant concrete. <br />BETOCRETE-D200 is based on a blend of modified <br />Lignosulphonates and organic modifiers designed <br />with the main purpose of reducing workability loss in <br />tropical climates.</p> <p>Standards: <br />BETOCRETE-D200 is formulated to comply with all the <br />requirements of: <br />• ASTM C- 494, Type D <br />• EN 943, Part 2, Tables 1 and 10 <br />Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Dark brown liquid <br />Specific Gravity: <br />1.185 ± 0.005 at 20° C <br />Chloride content: <br />Nill <br />Additional <br />air-entrainment: <br />Less than 1 % <br />Water-reduction: <br />15- 20 % of mixing water <br />Setting Times: <br />No effect at the <br />recommended dosages. <br />Permeability: <br />Reduces concrete porosity, <br />improves waterproofing and <br />durability. <br />Compressive strength: <br />Increased early and ultimate <br />compressive strengths <br />Cohesion: <br />Improved cohesion reduces <br />risk of segregation <br />Compatibility: <br />Compatible with all types of <br />Portland cement including <br />Sulfate Resisting Cement <br />(SRC).Compatible with other <br />SCHOMBURG admixtures <br />when dispensed separately</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-D200 is typically used to produce: <br />• Ready mix concrete <br />• Precast concrete <br />• All concrete works where good workability and <br />increased waterproofing properties are required. <br />Such as: swimming pools, sea walls, tunnels, <br />bridges, basement, etc. <br />• Slip form concrete to prevent cold joint formation <br />Advantages: <br />• Reduced mixing water while maintaining same <br />workability. <br />• Improved workability & pumping properties. <br />• Set retardation enables longer transportation times <br />in tropical climates. <br />• Improved physical & mechanical properties <br />• Improved surface finish <br />• Improved cohesion minimizes risks of segregation, <br />bleeding and creep. <br />• Denser concrete improves waterproofing properties <br />and protection of reinforcement steel against <br />detrimental water-borne ion attack <br />• Water-based, non-flammable, non-toxic <br />• Chloride-free; suitable for pre-stressing <br />• Specially formulated for hot weather concreting</p> <p>Dosage range <br />Dosage is influenced by cement type, mix design, <br />quality of used materials, ambient temperatures and <br />other specific requirements, so site trials should be <br />carried to determine the optimum dosage. <br />Dosage: typically 0.30% to 0.80% by the weight of <br />total cementitious content (cement + replacers if used) <br />Dispensing: <br />BETOCRETE-D200 should be added with the last third <br />of mixing water or immediately after complete mixing <br />water addition. Do not add directly to the dry mix or <br />cement. For proper administration an automatic <br />dispenser shall be used.</p> <p>324</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Overdosing: <br />An overdose of BETOCRETE-D200 may result <br />- depending on dosage - in an increase of workability <br />and extension of setting time. Overdosed concrete <br />must be protected against direct sun light and water <br />evaporation.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-D200 has a shelf-life of 12 months when <br />original, unopened containers are stored in a dry and <br />frost-free environment above 5° C. <br />Health and Safety: <br />• BETOCRETE-D200 is non-flammable, non-toxic and <br />non-corrosive. <br />• Spills should be washed with plenty of water. <br />• Local environmental regulations are to be considered. <br />• BETOCRETE-D200 is not dangerous during handling <br />and transportation.</p> <p>Curing: <br />Concrete should be cured in accordance to applicable <br />European Norms or ACI recommendations. Alternatively <br />use any of the SCHOMBURG curing agents range; <br />REMICURE. <br />Cleaning: <br />Dispensers, hoses, equipment and tools ca be easily <br />cleaned with water. Spills must be contained and <br />removed to industrial waste in accordance with local <br />environmental laws. Please always consult local <br />legislative authorities. <br />Estimating & supply <br />Packaging: <br />BETOCRETE-D200 is supplied in 20 kg pails, <br />200 kg drums or 1070 kg IBCs. <br />Consumption: <br />0.3% to 0.8% by weight of cement depending on <br />requirements. Site trials are always necessary to <br />determine the optimum dosage. <br />The use of dispensing equipment is important to reduce <br />errors and wastage, typically associated with manual <br />dispensing.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>325</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-D300</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06657</p> <p>Retarding water-reducing concrete admixture <br />with workability retention</p> <p>Product Description: <br />BETOCRETE-D300 is a liquid, plasticizer & retarding <br />concrete admixture formulated to improve workability <br />of concrete mixes. Once incorporated in the mix, <br />BETOCRETE-D300 is adsorbed on the cement particles <br />surface inducing a powerful deflocculating property, <br />effectively reducing the concrete mixing water demand <br />and improving physical and mechanical properties of <br />the resultant concrete. <br />BETOCRETE-D300 is based on a blend of modified <br />Lignosulphonate and organic modifiers & retarders <br />designed with the main purpose of reducing workability loss in tropical climates.</p> <p>Standards: <br />BETOCRETE-D300 is formulated to comply with all <br />requirements of both ASTM C-494 Type D and <br />EN 934 Part 2: Tables 1, 10 <br />Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Dark brown liquid <br />Specific Gravity: <br />1.18 ± 0.005 at 23° C <br />Air entrainment: <br />< 0.5 % additional air will <br />be entrained <br />Chloride content: <br />Nill <br />Setting times: <br />Both intial and final setting <br />times will be delayed. This <br />will be influenced by mix <br />design, dosage and ambient <br />temperatures. <br />Permeability: <br />Waterproofing properties will <br />be improved, resistance to <br />water & water soluble salts <br />will be improved. <br />Water reduction: <br />15 % of mixing water can be <br />reduced. Durability will be <br />improved. <br />Compatibility: <br />Compatible with all types of <br />Portland cements including <br />SRC. It is compatible also <br />with SCHOMBURG range of <br />admixtures. Each shall be <br />added separately. <br />Cohesion: <br />Cohesion of the matrix will <br />be increased. <br />Mechanical Properties: All mechanical properties <br />(such as Compressive <br />strength) will be improved.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-D300 is formulated to be used as retarding <br />and plasticizing chemical concrete admixture to produce high quality in hot climates: <br />• Ready mixed concrete enabling longer transportation <br />of the concrete. <br />• Prestressed concrete where high quality, low porosity <br />& waterproofing concretes are required. <br />• All concrete works such as: bridges, basement, etc. <br />where extending workability and setting time are <br />required. <br />• Large volume of concrete that is used in slip forming <br />to prevent cold joint formation. <br />Advantages: <br />• Reduces mixing water while maintaining workability. <br />• Improves workability and pumping properties. <br />• Increases the setting times enabling long transportation of concrete in the hot & tropical climates. <br />• Improves all the physical & mechanical properties <br />of the concrete. <br />• Improves surface finishes. <br />• Eliminates any risk of segregation, bleeding and creep. <br />• Provides high dense concrete improving the waterproofing properties and protecting the concrete <br />einforcement from water-borne soluble salts. <br />• Water-based, non-flammable, non-toxic, chloride-free <br />and does not contain any harmful ingredients. <br />• Formulated to be suitable for the Middle East <br />conditions.</p> <p>Dosage range <br />Dosage will be influenced with the mix design, cement <br />content & type, quality of used materials, ambient temperatures and the specific requirements, so, site trials <br />should be carried out to determine the accurate dosage. <br />Approximately, the dosage is 0.30 - 0.80 % by the <br />weight of cement (total cementitious content). <br />(0.25 - 0.68 Litre for each 100 kg of cement)</p> <p>326</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Dispensing: <br />The accurate quantity should be measured by means of <br />a suitable dispenser. BETOCRETE-D300 should be added <br />with the last third of mixing water or immediatly after <br />complete mixing water addition. Do not add directly <br />to the dry mix or cement. For proper administration an <br />automatic dispenser shall be used. <br />Overdosing: <br />An overdosing of BETOCRETE-D300 may result <br />– depending on dosage – in an increase of <br />workability, more air-entrainment and retarding <br />setting times. In this case, the concrete shall be <br />protected from evaporation of mixing water. <br />Curing: <br />Concrete should be cured in accordance to applicable <br />European Norms or ACI recommendations. Alternatively <br />use any of the SCHOMBURG curing agents range; <br />REMICURE. <br />Cleaning: <br />Dispensers, hoses, equipment and tools can be easily <br />cleaned with water. <br />Packaging: <br />BETOCRETE-D300 is supplied in 20 liters, 210 liters <br />and 1000 liters upon request. <br />Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-D300 has a shelf-life of 12 months when <br />original, unopened containers are stored in a dry and <br />frost-free environment above 5° C. <br />Health and Safety: <br />• BETOCRETE-D300 is water-based, non-flammable, <br />non-toxic, and does not contain any harmful <br />ingredients. <br />• Any contamination of skin can be removed with <br />normal water. <br />• For disposal follow the local regulations. <br />• For any details for safety requirements, please refer <br />to Product’s MSDS. <br />33/11</p> <p>327</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-E100</p> <p>Accelerating and water-reducing concrete admixture</p> <p>Product Description: <br />BETOCRETE-E100 is a chloride-free, accelerating <br />& water-reducing concrete admixture formulated to <br />improve all the physical and mechanical properties <br />during plastic and hardened concrete to produce high <br />concrete properties with accelerated setting times as <br />well as reducing: mixing water and permeability <br />whilst improving surface finishes. BETOCRETE-E100 <br />is based on high performance polymers that disperse cement particles (which tend to agglomerate) <br />enabling the mixing water to perform more effectively. <br />BETOCRETE-E100 contains materials that accelerate <br />both initial and final setting times providing high early <br />strengths.</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Dark brown liquid <br />Specific Gravity: <br />1.190 ± 0.005 at 20° C <br />Air entrainment: <br />0.50 % additional air <br />Chloride content: <br />Nill <br />Setting times: <br />Both initial and final setting <br />times will accelerated. <br />Permeability: <br />Waterproofing properties <br />will be improved, so the <br />resistance of water & waterborne salts will be increased <br />Water reduction: <br />15 % of mixing water can be <br />reduced. The durability will <br />be also increased. <br />Compatibility: <br />BETOCRETE-E100 is <br />compatible with all types of <br />Portland cements including <br />Sulphate resisting Cement. <br />It is compatible with all types <br />of our admixtures, but each <br />should be added separately. <br />Cohesion: <br />The cohesion of the matrix <br />will be increased. <br />Mechanical Properties: All the mechanical properties: <br />compressive strength at early <br />& ultimate strengths, flexural <br />strengths, tensile strength will <br />be improved.</p> <p>Typical Applications: <br />BETOCRETE-E100 is formulated to be used as an <br />accelerating and water-reducing concrete admixture in: <br />• Cold weather concreteing works. <br />• Plain and structural Concrete. <br />• Highway concreting. <br />• Concrete pipes, blocks.. <br />• Pre-cast & Prestressed concrete. <br />• Bridges, ceilings, beams, floorings, etc. <br />• All similar concreteing where the removal of the formworks or the use of concrete quickly are required. <br />Product Features: <br />• Improved workability with water-reduction. <br />• Enables reduction of cement content. <br />• Accelerates both initial and final setting times. <br />• Accelerates early strengths. <br />• Eliminates the risk of segregation, bleeding and creep. <br />• Improved durability and reduced permeability. <br />• Improved surface finish. <br />• Water-based: non-flammable, non-toxic and does <br />not contain any harmful ingredients. <br />• Chloride and nitrate free.</p> <p>Dosage range: <br />The dosage will be influenced by the mix design, <br />cement content & type, quality of used materials, <br />ambient temperatures and the specific requirements. <br />So site trials should be carried out to determine the <br />accurate dosage. <br />Typical dosage varies between 0.6% and 3 % by the <br />weight of cement. <br />Dispensing: <br />The accurate quantity should be measured by means <br />of a suitable dispenser. <br />Normally, BETOCRETE-E100 should be added to <br />the concrete with the mixing water to achieve the <br />best results. It should not be added directly to the dry</p> <p>Standards: <br />BETOCRETE-E100 is formulated as an: Accelerating & <br />water – reducing concrete admixture to comply with all <br />the requirements of EN 934 Part 2 Tales 1, 12 as well <br />as ASTM C-494 Type E.</p> <p>328</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>cement or aggregate and should always be added to <br />the wet mix conditions. <br />Overdosing: <br />Any serious overdosing will result in more workability, <br />more air-entrainment and acceleration of setting times. <br />Curing: <br />The concrete after placing should be cured properly by <br />suitable means. REMICURE Range can be used for this <br />purpose. <br />Cleaning: <br />Clean the tools & equipment or spillages with normal <br />water. <br />Packaging: <br />BETOCRETE-E100 is supplied in 20-liters, 210 liters, <br />and 1000-liters upon request. <br />Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-E100 shall be stored in normal conditions <br />away from extreme temperatures and away from direct <br />sunlight. BETOCRETE-E100 is valid for use for a period <br />24 months from the date of production and under <br />proper storage. <br />Health and Safety: <br />• BETOCRETE-E100 is water-based, non-flammable, <br />non-toxic, and does not contain any harmful <br />ingredients. <br />• Any contamination of skin can be removed by <br />washing with clean water. <br />• For disposal follow local regulations.</p> <p>01/12</p> <p>329</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-F4 (FM)</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06702 <br />High efficiency superplasticiser for ready-mix and precast concrete</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-F4 (FM) is a concentrated superplasticiser <br />for low w/c concretes or where highly flowable mixes are <br />required without affecting setting times. <br />Based on naphthalene sulphonate, BETOCRETE-F4 (FM) <br />will result in better dispersion of cement agglomerates <br />and optimal wetting of cement particles. <br />BETOCRETE-F4 (FM) is particularly suited for the <br />production of ready mix and pre-cast concretes.</p> <p>Instructions for Use: <br />BETOCRETE-F4 (FM) should mainly be added to the <br />ready mix as the last component. Sufficient final batching <br />times shall be allowed. When dosed in truck mixers <br />on the job site, a good dispersion must be cleared. <br />Guidance value for batching time: 1 minute per m3 of <br />concrete (at least 5 minutes). Suitability tests accord. to <br />valid standards and norms should be carried out prior to <br />usage.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Results in homogeneous mix and pumpability. <br />• Significant initial and final strength gains. <br />• Ability to highly reduce w/c ratios. <br />• No adverse effect on setting times. <br />• Does not entrain air. <br />• Easy finishing of surfaces – no stickiness.</p> <p>Estimating & Supply: <br />BETOCRETE-F4 is supplied in 20, 210 and 1000 litres <br />upon request.</p> <p>Primary Properties: <br />Base: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density (+20° C): <br />Processing temp.:</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will <br />prolong service life and reduce breakdowns. <br />Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to <br />contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants <br />and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust <br />formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete <br />crusts.</p> <p>naphthalene sulphonate <br />dark brown <br />liquid <br />1.20 g/cm3 <br />> +5° C</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-F4 (FM) has a shelf-life of 12 months when <br />stored at +20° C in original, unopened containers, free <br />from frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt contamination.</p> <p>Compliance: <br />As a superplasticiser according to DIN EN 934-2:T3.1 & <br />3.2 (in preparation) and also ASTM-C494, Type F.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet <br />(MSDS)!</p> <p>Dosage Range: <br />0.2 - 3.0 % by weight of cement. <br />(0.17 - 2.50 Litre for each 100 kg of cement) <br />The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on <br />the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe. This <br />must be determined by suitability trials. <br />In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our <br />technical office. <br />Suitability tests according to valid standards and norms <br />should be carried out prior to usage.</p> <p>13/12</p> <p>330</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-F63</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06655</p> <p>High-range, water-reducing superplasticizing <br />concrete admixture</p> <p>Product Description: <br />BETOCRETE-F63 is a high-range, water-reducing, <br />superplasticizing concrete admixture formulated to <br />produce high quality concrete in hot climates with <br />excellent flowing properties to improve early & ultimate <br />strengths. BETOCRETE-F63 has significant waterreduction properties and is suitable for mixes containing <br />mineral admixtures (cement replacers). Both physical <br />and mechanical properties of the set concrete are <br />greatly improved. BETOCRETE-F63 is based on a <br />selection of synthetic polymers and organic substances <br />and can be used to reduce cement consumption whilst <br />enhancing flow performance of fresh concrete.</p> <p>Standards: <br />BETOCRETE-F63 is formulated to comply with all the <br />requirements of <br />• ASTM C-494 Type F, high-range, water-reducing <br />concrete admixture <br />• EN 934 Part 2 <br />Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Brown liquid <br />Specific Gravity: <br />1.195 ± 0.005 at 20° C <br />Chloride content: <br />Nill <br />Additional <br />air-entrainment: <br />0.5 % <br />Water-reduction: <br />Up to 20 % of mixing water <br />can be reduced. Durability <br />will be improved. <br />Setting Times: <br />Initial and final setting times <br />are slightly extended, <br />compared to the control and <br />based on dosage, rate, <br />ambient temperatures and RH <br />Permeability: <br />Reduces concrete porosity, <br />improves waterproofing and <br />durability. <br />Compressive strength: <br />Increased early and ultimate <br />compressive strengths <br />Cohesion: <br />Improved cohesion reduces <br />risk of segregation <br />Compatibility: <br />Compatible with all types of <br />Portland cement including <br />Sulfate Resisting Cement <br />(SRC).Compatible with other <br />SCHOMBURG admixtures <br />when dispensed separately</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-F63 is typically used in hot climates to <br />produce: <br />• Precast concrete <br />• Pre-stressed concrete <br />• Ready mix concrete <br />• Demanding infrastructures: bridges, piers, jetties, <br />taxiways, water and sewage treatment tanks <br />• Easy to finish concrete slabs <br />Advantages: <br />• Reduces mixing water significantly while maintaining <br />same workability. <br />• Improved workability, placing & pumping properties. <br />• Designed for concretes containing mineral <br />(pozzolanic) admixtures. <br />• Reduced compaction time. <br />• Enables long transportation times. <br />• Can be used to save cement. <br />• Improved physical & mechanical properties. <br />• Improved surface finish. <br />• Improved cohesion minimizes risks of segregation, <br />bleeding and creep. <br />• Denser concrete improves waterproofing properties <br />and protection of reinforcement steel against <br />detrimental water-borne ion attack. <br />• Water-based, non-flammable, non-toxic. <br />• Chloride-free; suitable for pre-stressing. <br />• Specially formulated for hot weather concreting.</p> <p>Dosage range <br />Dosage is influenced by cement type, mix design, <br />quality of used materials, ambient temperatures and <br />other specific requirements, so site trials should be <br />carried to determine optimum dosage. <br />Dosage: typically 0.60% to 3.00% by the weight of <br />total cementitious content (cement + replacers if used).</p> <p>331</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Dispensing: <br />BETOCRETE-F63 should be added with the last third <br />of mixing water or immediately after complete mixing <br />water addition. Do not add directly to the dry mix or <br />cement. For proper administration an automatic <br />dispenser shall be used.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-F63 has a shelf-life of 12 months when <br />original, unopened containers are stored in a dry and <br />frost-free environment above 5° C. <br />Health and Safety: <br />• BETOCRETE-F63 is water-based, non-flammable, <br />non-toxic, and does not contain any harmful <br />ingredients. <br />• Any contamination of skin can be removed with <br />normal water. <br />• For disposal follow the local regulations. <br />• For any details for safety requirements, please <br />refer to product’s MSDS.</p> <p>Overdosing: <br />An overdose of BETOCRETE-F63 may result <br />- depending on dosage - in an increase of workability <br />and extension of setting time. Overdosed concrete <br />must be protected against direct sun light and water <br />evaporation. <br />Curing: <br />Concrete should be cured in accordance to applicable <br />European Norms or ACI recommendations. Alternatively <br />use any of the SCHOMBURG curing agents range; <br />REMICURE. <br />Cleaning: <br />Dispensers, hoses, equipment and tools ca be easily <br />cleaned with water. Spills must be contained and <br />removed to industrial waste in accordance with local <br />environmental laws. Please always consult local <br />legislative authorities. <br />Estimating & supply <br />Packaging: <br />BETOCRETE-F63 is supplied in 20 kg pails, <br />200 kg drums or 1000 kg IBCs. <br />Consumption: <br />0.60% to 3.00% by weight of cement depending on <br />requirements. Site trials are always necessary to <br />determine the optimum dosage. <br />The use of dispensing equipment is important to reduce <br />errors and wastage, typically associated with manual <br />dispensing.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>332</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-FN</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06658 <br />High-range water-reducing (superplasticizer) concrete admixture <br />for rheoplastic concrete</p> <p>Product Description: <br />BETOCRETE-FN is high-range water-reducing „superplasticizer“ formulated to produce rheoplastic concrete <br />in hot climates. <br />BETOCRETE-FN is based upon a blend of synthetic <br />polymer and organic substances and other additive to <br />improve its performance. <br />BETOCRETE-FN is suitable to be in the case of mineral <br />admixtures for concrete, e.g. silica fume.</p> <p>Standards: <br />BETOCRETE-FN is formulated to comply with all requirements of ASTM C-494 Type F, ASTM C – 1017, EN 934 <br />Part 2 Tables: 1, 3.1 and 3.2 as well as all ACI recommendations <br />Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Brown liquid <br />Specific Gravity: <br />1.18 at 23°C <br />Air entrainment: <br />1% additional air (maximum) <br />Chloride Content: <br />Nil <br />Setting Times: <br />Setting times will not be <br />affected at the recommended <br />dosages. <br />Permeability: <br />Waterproofing properties will <br />be improved. Resistance to <br />water & water-borne salts will <br />be improved. <br />Water-reduction: <br />Up to 20 of mixing water <br />can be reduced. The <br />durability will be also <br />increased. <br />Compatibility: <br />Compatible with all types of <br />Portland cements including <br />SRC. It is compatible also <br />with all types of <br />SCHOMBRUG admixtures. <br />Each should be added <br />separately. <br />Cohesion: <br />The cohesion of the matrix <br />will be increased. <br />Mechanical Properties: All the mechanical properties <br />(such as compressive, flexural <br />and tensile strengths) will be <br />improved.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-FN is formulated as superplasticizer to <br />reduce the mixing water and to improve the workability & pumpability of concrete in: <br />• Pre-cast concrete. <br />• Ready mixed concrete. <br />• All concrete works such as: parking decks, garages, <br />bridge decks, exposed balconies, structural and plain <br />concrete. <br />• All types of steel reinforcement including pre-cast & <br />pre-stressed and post-tension concrete. <br />• Tropical climate concreting. <br />Advantages: <br />• Improve workability without increasing amount of <br />mixing water. <br />• Improves all the physical & mechanical properties <br />of concrete. <br />• Improves early strengths as well as the ultimate <br />strengths. <br />• Extended slump retention. <br />• Increases mix cohesion. <br />• Improves durability and reduces permeability. <br />• Improves surface finishes. <br />• Concrete superplasticizer, i.e. reduces the mixing <br />water up to 20%. <br />• Eliminates the risk of segregation, bleed and creep. <br />• Normal setting at the recommended dosage. <br />• Water-based, Chloride-free, non-flammable, non-toxic <br />and does not contain harmful ingredients. <br />• Formulated to be suitable with the Middle East <br />conditions.</p> <p>Dosage range <br />The dosage will be influenced with the mix design <br />(including pozzolanic materials or not, W/ C Ratio), <br />cement content & type, quality of used materials, ambient temperatures and the specific requirements, so site <br />trials must be carried out to determine the proper dosage.</p> <p>333</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Dosage: typically 0.50 – 3.00 % by weight of cement <br />(total Cementitious content). <br />(0.42 - 2.55 Litre for each 100 kg of cement) <br />Dispensing: <br />The accurate quantity should be measured by means of <br />a suitable dispenser. <br />Normally, BETOCRETE-FN should be added with the <br />last third of mixing water or immediately after complete <br />mixing water addition. <br />Curing: <br />Concrete should be cured in accordance to applicable <br />European Norms or ACI recommendations. Alternatively <br />use any of the SCHOMBURG curing agents range; <br />REMICURE. <br />Cleaning: <br />Dispensers, hoses, equipment and tools can be easily <br />cleaned with water. <br />Packaging: <br />BETOCRETE-FN is supplied in 20 liters, 210 liters and <br />1000 liters upon request. <br />Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-FN has a shelf-life of 12 months when original, unopened containers are stored in a dry and frostfree environment above 5° C. <br />Health and Safety: <br />• BETOCRETE-FN is water-based, non-flammable, and <br />non-toxic. <br />• Any contamination of skin shall be removed and then <br />washed with normal water and soap. <br />• For disposal follow the local regulations.</p> <p>33/11</p> <p>334</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-G1000</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06659 <br />Retarding, high-range, water-reducing superplasticizing <br />concrete admixture</p> <p>Product Description: <br />BETOCRETE-G1000 is a retarding, high-range, <br />waterreducing, superplasticizing concrete admixture. <br />BETOCRETE-G1000 is formulated to produce high <br />quality concrete in hot climates with excellent flowing <br />properties whilst increasing retardation and extending <br />transportation times. Once incorporated in the mix, <br />BETOCRETE-G1000 is adsorbed on the cement particles surface inducing a powerful deflocculating property, effectively reducing mixing water demand and <br />improving both physical and mechanical properties of <br />the resultant concrete. BETOCRETE-G1000 is based on a <br />selection of synthetic polymers.</p> <p>Standards: <br />BETOCRETE-G1000 complies with all the requirements <br />of ASTM C- 494, Type G as well as with all requirements <br />of EN 943 Part 2 tables: 1, 11.1 and 11.2 <br />Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Dark brown liquid <br />Specific Gravity: <br />1.20 ± 0.005 @ 20°C <br />Air-entrainment: <br />Less than 1 % additional air <br />is entrained. <br />Water-reduction: <br />25% of mixing water can be <br />reduced. <br />Setting times: <br />Initial and final setting time <br />are extended, compared to <br />the control and based on <br />dosage, cement type, mix <br />design, ambient temperature <br />and RH. <br />Permeability: <br />Reduces concrete porosity, <br />improves waterproofing and <br />durability. <br />Compressive strength: <br />Increased early and ultimate <br />compressive strengths. <br />Cohesion: <br />Improved cohesion reduces <br />risk of segregation <br />Compatibility: <br />Compatible with all types of <br />Portland cement including <br />Sulfate Resisting Cement <br />(SRC). Compatible with other <br />SCHOMBURG admixtures <br />when dispensed separately</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-G1000 is typically used in hot climates <br />to produce: <br />• Precast concrete <br />• Ready mix concrete <br />• Slabs, basements and foundations <br />• Walls, columns and piers <br />• Bridges and related structures <br />• Easy to finish concrete slabs <br />• Mass concrete <br />• Slip-form concrete <br />Advantages: <br />• Reduces effectively the mixing water. <br />• Improves workability, placing and pumping <br />properties. <br />• Reduces compaction time. <br />• Enable long transportation times. <br />• Can be used to save cement. <br />• Improves physical and mechanical properties. <br />• Improves surface finishes. <br />• Improved cohesion minimizes risks of segregation, <br />bleeding and creep. <br />• Provides high dense concrete which improves the <br />waterproofing properties protection of reinforcement <br />steel against detrimental water-borne ion attack. <br />• Water-based, non-flammable, non-toxic, chloride-free <br />and non-corrosive. <br />• Formulated to be suitable for the Middle East <br />conditions.</p> <p>Dosage range: <br />Dosage is influenced by cement type, mix design, quality of used materials, ambient temperatures and other <br />specific requirements, so site trials should be carried <br />out for determination of suitable dosage. <br />Dosage: typically 0.50 – 2.0% by the weight of total <br />cementitious content. <br />(0.42 - 1.67 Litre for each 100 kg of cement)</p> <p>335</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Dispensing: <br />BETOCRETE-G1000 should be added with the last <br />third of mixing water or immediately after complete <br />mixing water addition. Do not add directly to the dry <br />mix or cement. For proper administration an automatic <br />dispenser shall be used. <br />Overdosing: <br />An overdose of BETOCRETE-G1000 may result <br />- depending on dosage - in an increase of workability <br />and extension of setting time. Overdosed concrete <br />must be protected against direct sun light & water evaporation. <br />Curing: <br />Concrete should be cured in accordance to applicable <br />European Norms or ACI recommendations. Alternatively <br />use any of the SCHOMBURG curing agents range; <br />REMICURE. <br />Cleaning: <br />Dispensers, hoses, equipment and tools ca be easily cleaned with water. Spills must be contained and <br />removed to industrial waste in accordance with local <br />environmental laws. Please always consult local <br />legislative authorities. <br />Packaging: <br />BETOCRETE-G1000 is supplied in 20, 210 and <br />1000 liters. <br />Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-G1000 has a shelf-life of 12 months when <br />original, unopened containers are stored in a dry and <br />frost-free environment above 5° C. <br />Health and Safety: <br />• BETOCRETE-G1000 is water-based, non-flammable, <br />non-toxic, and does not contain any harmful <br />ingredients. <br />• Any contamination of skin can be removed with <br />normal water. <br />• For disposal follow the local regulations. <br />• For any details for safety requirements, please refer <br />to Product’s MSDS.</p> <p>33/11</p> <p>336</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-G2000</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06653 <br />Retarding, high-range, water-reducing superplasticizing concrete <br />admixture with improved workability retention</p> <p>Product Description: <br />BETOCRETE-G2000 is a retarding, high-range, waterreducing, superplasticizing concrete admixture with <br />workability retention. BETOCRETE-G2000 is formulated to produce high quality concrete in hot climates <br />with excellent flowing properties to improve early & <br />ultimate strengths whilst increasing retardation and <br />extending transportation times. Once incorporated in <br />the mix, BETOCRETE-G2000 is adsorbed on the cement <br />particles‘ surface inducing a powerful deflocculating <br />property, effectively reducing mixing water demand <br />and improving both physical and mechanical properties of the resultant concrete. BETOCRETE-G2000 is <br />based on a selection of synthetic polymers.</p> <p>Standards: <br />BETOCRETE-G2000 is formulated to comply with all the <br />requirements of <br />• ASTM C-494 Type G <br />• EN 934 Part 2 Tables: 1, 11.1 and 11.2 <br />Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Dark brown liquid <br />Specific Gravity: <br />1.20 ± 0.005 @ 20°C <br />Chloride content: <br />Nill <br />Additional <br />air-entrainment: <br />0.5 % <br />Water reduction: <br />25 % of mixing water can be <br />reduced. Durability will be <br />improved. <br />Setting times: <br />Initial and final setting times <br />are extended. compared to <br />the control and based on <br />dosage, rate, ambient <br />temperatures and RH <br />Permeability: <br />Reduces concrete porosity, <br />improves waterproofing and <br />durability <br />Compressive strength: <br />Increased early and ultimate <br />compressive strengths <br />Cohesion: <br />Improved cohesion reduces <br />risk of segregation <br />Compatibility: <br />Compatible with all types of <br />Portland cement including <br />Sulfate Resisting Cement <br />(SRC). <br />Compatible with other <br />SCHOMBURG admixtures <br />when dispensed separately</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-G2000 is typically used in hot climates <br />to produce: <br />• precast concrete <br />• ready mix concrete <br />• demanding infrastructures: bridges, piers, jetties, <br />taxiways, water and sewage treatment tanks <br />• easy to finish concrete slabs <br />• mass concrete <br />• slip-form concrete <br />Advantages: <br />• Reduces mixing water while maintaining same <br />workability. <br />• Improved workability, placing & pumping properties. <br />• Reduced compaction time. <br />• Enables long transportation times. <br />• Can be used to save cement. <br />• Improved physical & mechanical properties. <br />• Improved surface finish. <br />• Improved cohesion minimizes risks of segregation, <br />bleeding and creep. <br />• Denser concrete improves waterproofing properties <br />and protection of reinforcement steel against detrimental water-borne ion attack. <br />• Water-based, non-flammable, non-toxic. <br />• Chloride-free; suitable for pre-stressing. <br />• Specially formulated for hot weather concreting.</p> <p>Dosage range: <br />Dosage is influenced by cement type, mix design, <br />quality of used materials, ambient temperatures and <br />other specific requirements, so site trials should be <br />carried to determine optimum dosage. <br />Dosage: typically 0.50% to 2.50% by the weight of total <br />cementitious content (cement + replacers if used). <br />(0.42 - 2.10 Litre for each 100 kg of cement)</p> <p>337</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Dispensing: <br />BETOCRETE-G2000 should be added with the last <br />third of mixing water or immediately after complete <br />mixing water addition. Do not add directly to the dry <br />mix or cement. For proper administration an automatic <br />dispenser shall be used.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-G2000 has a shelf-life of 12 months when <br />original, unopened containers are stored in a dry and <br />frost-free environment above 5° C. <br />Health and Safety: <br />• BETOCRETE-G2000 is water-based, non-flammable, <br />non-toxic, and does not contain any harmful <br />ingredients. <br />• Any contamination of skin can be removed with <br />normal water. <br />• For disposal follow the local regulations. <br />• For any details for safety requirements, please refer <br />to Product’s MSDS.</p> <p>Overdosing: <br />An overdose of BETOCRETE-G2000 may result <br />- depending on dosage - in an increase of workability <br />and extension of setting time. Overdosed concrete <br />must be protected against direct sun light & water <br />evaporation. <br />Curing: <br />Concrete should be cured in accordance to applicable <br />European Norms or ACI recommendations. Alternatively <br />use any of the SCHOMBURG curing agents range; <br />REMICURE. <br />Cleaning: <br />Dispensers, hoses, equipment and tools ca be easily cleaned with water. Spills must be contained and <br />removed to industrial waste in accordance with local <br />environmental laws. Please always consult local <br />legislative authorities. <br />Estimating & supply: <br />Packaging: <br />BETOCRETE-G2000 is supplied in 20, 210 and <br />1000 litres upon request. <br />Consumption: <br />0.5% to 2.5% by weight of cement depending on <br />requirements. Site trials are always necessary to determine the optimum dosage. <br />The use of dispensing equipment is important to reduce <br />errors and wastage, typically associated with manual <br />dispensing.</p> <p>33/11</p> <p>338</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-G3000</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06660 <br />High performance retarding, high-range water-reducing superplasticizer <br />concrete admixture suitable for use with pozzolanic materials</p> <p>Product Description: <br />BETOCRETE-G3000 is a retarding and high-range waterreducing concrete admixture with workability retention. BETOCRETE-G3000 is formulated to produce high <br />quality concrete in hot climates with excellent flowing <br />properties and to improve early & ultimate concrete <br />strengths with set retarding effect enabling long transportation of concrete as well as to enable the use of <br />pozzolanic materials such as silica fume, fly ash and <br />blast furnace slag. It effectively reduces the concrete <br />mixing water, so it improves all physical and mechanical properties of the concrete. Once incorporated in <br />the mix BETOCRETE-G3000 is adsorbed on cement <br />particles introducing a powerful deflocculating behavior which helps in reduction of the mixing water and <br />allowing increasing both early and ultimate strengths. <br />BETOCRETE-G3000 is based on a selected synthetic <br />polymers & retarder and manufactured under controlled conditions assuring consistent quality.</p> <p>• Eliminates the risk of segregation, shrinkage, <br />bleeding and creep. <br />• Provides high dense concrete which improves the <br />waterproofing properties protection of reinforcement <br />steel against detrimental water-borne ion attack. <br />• Water-based, non-flammable, non-toxic, chloride-free <br />and non-corrosive. <br />• Formulated to be suitable for the Middle East <br />conditions. <br />Standards: <br />BETOCRETE-G3000 is formulated to comply with all <br />requirements of both ASTM C-494 Type G and EN 934 <br />Part: Tables1, 11.1 and 11.2 <br />Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Dark brown liquid <br />Specific Gravity: <br />1.20 ± 0.005 @ 20°C <br />Air entrainment: <br />0.5 % additional air will be <br />entrained <br />Chloride content: <br />Nill <br />Setting times: <br />Initial and final setting time <br />are extended, compared to <br />the control and based on <br />dosage, cement type, mix <br />design, ambient temperature <br />and RH. <br />Permeability: <br />Reduces concrete porosity, <br />improves waterproofing and <br />durability. <br />Water reduction: <br />25 % of mixing water can be <br />reduced. Durability will be <br />improved. <br />Compatibility: <br />Compatible with all types of <br />Portland cement including <br />Sulfate Resisting Cement <br />(SRC). Compatible with other <br />SCHOMBURG admixtures <br />when dispensed separately. <br />Cohesion: <br />Cohesion of the matrix will <br />be increased. <br />Mechanical Properties: All mechanical properties <br />(such as Compressive <br />strength) will be improved.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />BETOCRETE-G3000 is typically used in hot climates <br />to produce: <br />• Precast concrete <br />• Ready mixed concrete <br />• Slabs, basements and foundations <br />• Walls, columns and piers <br />• Bridges and related structures <br />• Easy finish concrete slabs <br />• Mass concrete <br />• When pozzolanic materials such as silica fume, <br />fly ash and blast furnace slag will be used <br />Advantages: <br />• Reduces effectively the mixing water. <br />• Improves workability, placing and pumping <br />properties. <br />• Easier placing of concrete, compaction and reduces <br />the time of vibration & cost. <br />• Can be used to save cement. <br />• Enable long transportation times. <br />• Improves physical and mechanical properties. <br />• Improves surface finishes.</p> <p>339</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Dosage range: <br />Dosage is influenced by cement type, mix design, <br />quality of used materials, ambient temperatures and <br />other specific requirements, so site trials should be <br />carried out for determination of suitable dosage. <br />Dosage: typically 0.50 – 3.0% by the weight of total <br />cementitious content. <br />(0.42 - 2.50 Litre for each 100 kg of cement)</p> <p>Health and Safety: <br />• BETOCRETE-G3000 is water-based, non-flammable, <br />non-toxic, and does not contain any harmful <br />ingredients. <br />• Any contamination of skin can be removed with <br />normal water. <br />• For disposal follow the local regulations. <br />• For any details for safety requirements, please refer <br />to Product’s MSDS.</p> <p>Dispensing: <br />BETOCRETE-G3000 should be added with the last <br />third of mixing water or immediately after complete <br />mixing water addition. Do not add directly to the dry <br />mix or cement. For proper administration an automatic <br />dispenser shall be used. <br />Overdosing: <br />An overdose of BETOCRETE-G3000 may result <br />- depending on dosage - in an increase of workability <br />and extension of setting time. Overdosed concrete <br />must be protected against direct sun light & water evaporation. <br />Curing: <br />Concrete should be cured in accordance to applicable <br />European Norms or ACI recommendations. Alternatively <br />use any of the SCHOMBURG curing agents range; <br />REMICURE. <br />Cleaning: <br />Dispensers, hoses, equipment and tools ca be easily cleaned with water. Spills must be contained and <br />removed to industrial waste in accordance with local <br />environmental laws. Please always consult local <br />legislative authorities. <br />Packaging: <br />BETOCRETE-G3000 is supplied in 20 liters, 210 liters and <br />1000 liters upon request. <br />Storage & Shelf-life: <br />BETOCRETE-G3000 has a shelf-life of 12 months when <br />original, unopened containers are stored in a dry and <br />frost-free environment above 5° C. <br />33/11</p> <p>340</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE®-P10</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06704</p> <p>Combined superplasticizer</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />BETOCRETE-P10 is particularly suitable for the production <br />of pre-cast units in high grade fair-faced concrete from <br />poured concrete. BETOCRETE-P10 imparts very good <br />early strength to units, which need to be de-moulded <br />quickly after production. Therefore production cycles can <br />be optimally planned.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />It is preferable to add BETOCRETE-P10 to the finished <br />mix. It is also possible to add to the gauging water <br />following performance trials. The mix time depends on <br />the mixer and must be adjusted to suit. Ensure that there <br />is adequate after-mixing. When adding to cement trucks, <br />ensure an even dispersion. As a guideline: 1 minute mix <br />time per m3 of concrete (however min. 5 minutes).</p> <p>Properties: <br />BETOCRETE-P10 is a highly concentrated product, <br />which effectively disperses the cement particles in the <br />concrete matrix and supports their even distribution. <br />Therefore concrete modified with BETOCRETE-P10 has <br />lower frictional forces. The product has very high water <br />reduction and plasticizing potentials whilst keeping very <br />good strengths. <br />Technical Data: <br />Raw material basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf life: <br />Packaging: <br />Water hazard class <br />(WGK):</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Before using in concrete, performance trials to <br />relevant standards (DIN as well as EN) must always <br />be carried out. <br />• The activity time of the superplasticizer can be <br />influenced by the weather. <br />• To control the concrete properties other system <br />compatible products are available – <br />REMITARD 20 (BV) and RUXOLITH T5 (VZ).</p> <p>melamine/ <br />naphthalene sulphonate <br />brown <br />liquid <br />1.23 g/cm3 <br />in the original unopened <br />containers protected from frost <br />12 months at +20° C in the <br />original container <br />1,200 kg container</p> <p>Quality inspection / certification: <br />Superplasticizer to DIN EN 934-2:T.3.1, T.3.2. Only <br />contains substances given in EN 934-1:2008 annex A1. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & Safety <br />Data Sheet.</p> <p>1 (self assessment)</p> <p>Dosage range: <br />Based on cement: 0.3 – 2.0% by weight <br />The required dose depends on the concrete recipe <br />and the cement reactivity. It is to be determined by <br />performance tests.</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>341</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BLANKOL-0</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06101</p> <p>Universal Release and Impregnation Agent</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />BLANKOL-0 has been especially designed for use in <br />precast productions but also for use on job sites. <br />BLANKOL-0 is also well suited for the impregnation of <br />wooden production pallets for paver block machines. <br />It can be applied on all absorbing and non-absorbing <br />large-sized formwork, even when pre-heated up to <br />+ 60° C.</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• Suitability tests should be carried out prior to usage. <br />• Avoid puddles! <br />• Excessive coating can lead to incrustations and <br />build-ups <br />• Heated moulds up to maximum + 60° C! <br />• BLANKOL-0 cannot be diluted with water. <br />• Excess material can be removed with a foam rubber <br />squeegee resistant to mineral oils.</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />BLANKOL-0 is a solvent-free and odour-neutral release <br />agent which does not lead to build-ups. <br />BLANKOL-0 reduces swelling and embrittlement of <br />wooden formwork/ moulds. Production equipment <br />or moulds from steel are usually protected against the <br />formation of new rust. Rust stains on concrete surfaces <br />are so prevented. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Safety Advice: <br />Please adhere to the European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>yellowish <br />liquid <br />0.89 g/cm3 <br />not frost sensitive, in <br />closed containers. <br />12 months in closed <br />original containers <br />1000 l IBCs <br />210 l drums <br />25 l kegs</p> <p>Consumption: <br />15 - 50 g/m2 <br />Depending on the type of mould. <br />Instructions for Use: <br />BLANKOL-0 is to be applied evenly and as thin as <br />possible onto the clean and dry mould. <br />After spraying, drain off with a mineral oil resistant <br />squeegee if necessary.</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>342</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BLANKOL-92</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06120</p> <p>Environmentally-Friendly Release Agent</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />BLANKOL-92 can be applied on all non-absorbing <br />moulds, especially on steel and plastic coated large <br />size formwork. <br />Even equipment and machines can be treated with <br />this agent for preservation. BLANKOL-92 creates very <br />clean and even surfaces and the concrete is not stained. <br />Moulds may be pre- or post-heated up to + 90° C. <br />Due to the agents content of medicinal white oil, <br />BLANKOL-92 may be applied in drinking-water <br />applications.</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• Suitability tests accord. to valid standards and norms <br />should be carried out prior to usage. <br />• Avoid puddles! <br />• Do not use BLANKOL–92 on exterior moulds without <br />adequate rain protection! <br />• Excessive coating can lead to incrustations and <br />build-ups. <br />• BLANKOL-92 is not water soluble! <br />• Heated moulds up to max. + 90° C! <br />• Welding, flying sparks, open fire etc. must absolutely <br />be avoided near freshly treated moulds. <br />• Before application in drinking-water environment, <br />preliminary tests for determining the suitability should <br />be carried out. <br />• Expert’s report on biodegradability: Dir.Tgb.-No. <br />A 174 E/93/R Ruhr Area’s hygienic institute, <br />Gelsenkirchen).</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />BLANKOL-92 is a release agent and tested for its <br />biodegradability. <br />According to the expert’s report of the Ruhr Area’s <br />hygienic institute in Gelsenkirchen, BLANKOL-92 is <br />biologically well degradable. <br />The examination was carried out following the <br />OECD-301 c method. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Storage: <br />Durability: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Safety Advice: <br />Please adhere to the European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>clear <br />liquid <br />0.82 g/cm3 <br />Not frost sensitive: <br />Keep away from dirt. <br />12 months in closed original <br />containers <br />1.000 l IBCs <br />180 l drums <br />25 l cans</p> <p>Consumption: <br />15 – 50 g/m2 <br />Depending on type of mould. <br />Instructions for Use: <br />BLANKOL-92 is to be sprayed evenly and as thin as <br />possible onto the clean and dry formwork. <br />All equipment and machines employed need to be fully <br />sprayed before work starts.</p> <p>09/05</p> <p>343</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BLANKOL-2000</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06130</p> <p>Universal Concrete Release Agent</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />BLANKOL-2000 is a high-quality release agent which <br />can be used for various purposes. Due to its low viscosity <br />it is very economical in use. <br />BLANKOL-2000 dries up quickly and leads, in case of <br />proper application, to very even, spot- and pore-free <br />surfaces with sharp edges and details. <br />BLANKOL-2000 acts anti-corrosive, is not hydrophing <br />and allows a later finishing with plasters etc.</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• Suitability tests should be carried out prior to usage. <br />• Welding, flying sparks, open fire etc. must be <br />absolutely avoided next to freshly sprayed moulds. <br />• Avoid puddles! <br />• Excessive coating can lead to incrustations and <br />build-ups. <br />Safety Regulation: <br />Please adhere to the European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />BLANKOL-2000 has been particularly designed for the <br />precast element production. It can be applied on all nonabsorbing moulds, even when heated up to + 60° C. <br />BLANKOL-2000 achieves very good results with <br />remarkable fair-faced concrete quality, particularly when <br />used on high vertical moulds. <br />The agent’s very short drying time (up to 4 minutes) <br />reduces the circulation times of the moulds. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>light yellow <br />liquid <br />0.78 g / cm3 <br />keep away from intense heat, <br />not frost sensitive <br />12 months in closed original <br />containers at + 20° C <br />1000 l IBCs <br />180 l drums <br />25 l cans</p> <p>Consumption: <br />15 - 25 g/m2 <br />Instructions for use: <br />BLANKOL-2000 is delivered ready-for-use and is to be <br />sprayed evenly and in a thin layer onto the clean and <br />dry mould by means of a spraying device with a nozzle <br />especially suitable for this material.</p> <p>09/05</p> <p>344</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BLANKOL-5006</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06110</p> <p>Release Agent</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />BLANKOL-5006 has been particularly designed for the <br />precast element production.</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• Suitability tests should be carried out prior to usage. <br />• Avoid puddles! <br />• Excessive coating can lead to incrustations and <br />build-ups. <br />• Only use spray nozzles with a maximum diameter <br />of 1 mm. <br />• Do not drain off the treated surfaces, but wipe up <br />surplus release agent with a mineral oil resistant <br />squeegee. <br />• BLANKOL-5006 is not water soluble <br />• Welding, flying sparks, open fire etc. must be <br />absolutely avoided next to freshly treated moulds.</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />BLANKOL-5006 is an environmentally friendly, highquality release agent, which does not support build-ups <br />and reduces the formation of superficial pores due to <br />selected active components. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>clear, yellowish <br />liquid <br />0.8 g/cm3 <br />Not frost sensitive, in closed <br />container, keep away from <br />dirt. <br />24 months in closed containers <br />1.000 l IBCs <br />180 l drums <br />25 l cans</p> <p>Safety Regulation: <br />Please adhere to the European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>Consumption: <br />15 - 50 g/m2 <br />Depending on the type of mould. <br />Instructions for Use: <br />BLANKOL-5006 is to be sprayed regularly and as thin <br />as possible onto the clean and dry mould.</p> <p>09/05</p> <p>345</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BLANKOL-5007</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06115</p> <p>Release Agent</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />BLANKOL-5007 has been particularly designed for the <br />precast element production. <br />In particular, BLANKOL-5007 can be applied on steel, <br />even when post-heated up to + 80° C and on plastic <br />coated moulds.</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• Suitability tests should be carried out prior to usage. <br />• Avoid puddles! <br />• Excessive coating can lead to incrustations and <br />build-ups. <br />• Only use spray nozzles with a maximum diameter <br />of 1 mm. <br />• Do not drain off the treated surfaces, but wipe up <br />surplus release agent with cloths. <br />• Good adhesion, even in case of higher temperatures. <br />• BLANKOL-5007 is not water soluble <br />• Welding, flying sparks, open fire etc. must be <br />absolutely avoided next to freshly treated moulds.</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />BLANKOL-5007 is an environmentally compatible, highgrade release agent, which does not support build-ups <br />and reduces the formation of superficial pores due to <br />selected active components. <br />After the drying process, an invisible microfilm is formed <br />which has no hydrophobing effect on the concrete. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Safety Regulation: <br />Please adhere to the European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>yellow <br />liquid <br />0.80 g/cm3 <br />Not frost sensitive, in closed <br />containers, keep away from <br />dirt <br />12 months in closed original <br />containers <br />1.000 l IBCs <br />180 l drums <br />25 l cans</p> <p>Consumption: <br />15 – 50 g/m2 <br />Depending on type of mould. <br />Instructions for Use: <br />BLANKOL-5007 is to be sprayed regularly and as thin <br />as possible onto the clean and dry mould.</p> <p>09/05</p> <p>346</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BLANKOL-K30</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06141</p> <p>Dilutable Release Agent Concentrate</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />BLANKOL-K30 is especially used for precast elements <br />and for general use on job sites. <br />BLANKOL-K30 is particularly suitable for all kind of <br />timber formwork, planed and unplaned and also for <br />hardwood and formwork boards. <br />Underlay boards of the paver block production are <br />protected and preserved permanently which increases <br />their service life span substantially. <br />The moulds/formwork should mainly be absorbent.</p> <p>Instructions for Use: <br />BLANKOL-K30 can be diluted with water under constant <br />stirring up to a ratio of 1:6. Take care to start with a ratio <br />of 1:1. After complete mixing, more water can be added <br />up to the required degree of dilution. BLANKOL-K30 is <br />to be applied by using a suitable automatic or manual <br />spraying device. <br />Special Advice: <br />• BLANKOL-K30 is frost sensitive in diluted form! <br />• Suitability tests should be carried out prior to <br />application. <br />• New underlay boards have to be treated daily with <br />BLANKOL-K30 (1:1). After every third application, the <br />degree of dilution has to be increased step by step up <br />to 1:6. After this, restart the cycle with a ratio of 1:1. <br />• The proportion of oil must be increased if sprayed <br />water does not leave water droplets. <br />• Wood is a natural product, which therefore always <br />reacts differently. This has to be taken into account <br />when applying BLANKOL-K30.</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />BLANKOL-K30, a highly concentrated release agent, <br />does not contain water. BLANKOL-K30 can be diluted <br />with water and can therefore be adapted to every <br />special requirement. An oil film with high releasing power <br />is produced on the mould surface which allows an easy <br />stripping of the concrete from the mould. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Raw Mat. Base: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Consumption: <br />max. dilution: <br />wood formwork:</p> <p>clear/yellowish <br />liquid <br />0.90 g/cm3 <br />mineral oil <br />Not frost sensitive, in closed <br />containers, keep away from <br />dirt <br />12 months in closed <br />packaging <br />1,000 l IBCs <br />210 l drums <br />25 l kegs</p> <p>Safety Advice: <br />Please adhere to the European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>1:6 (K30:water) <br />10 – 20 g/m2 (undiluted)</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>347</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>BLANKOL-Super</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06107</p> <p>Chemically/physically active Release Agent</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />BLANKOL–Super has been designed for use with all <br />large-sized moulds, especially with sealed surfaces. <br />Furthermore, BLANKOL-Super is suitable for steel moulds, <br />even when heated up to + 60° C and for plastic coated <br />moulds. <br />High-quality results are achieved if BLANKOL-Super <br />is used in particular for fair-faced concrete, precast <br />elements and filigree construction parts.</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• Suitability tests should be carried out prior to usgae. <br />• Avoid puddles! <br />• Excessive coating can lead to incrustations and <br />build-ups. <br />• BLANKOL-Super is not water soluble! <br />• Heated moulds up to max. + 60° C! <br />• Surplus material can be drained off with a mineral oil <br />resistant foamed rubber wiper. <br />• Welding, flying sparks, open fire etc. must be <br />absolutely avoided near freshly sprayed moulds.</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />BLANKOL-Super acts physically/chemically and does <br />not interfere with the concrete. The release agent reduces <br />the application of stains on the concrete surface when <br />properly applied. <br />The so created film adheres to the mould surface and is <br />rainproof. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Safety Regulation: <br />Please adhere to the European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>yellow <br />liquid <br />0.85 g/cm3 <br />Temperature-sensitive, do not <br />ship, store and use at <br />temperatures below +8° C <br />12 months in closed original <br />containers <br />1,000 l IBCs <br />210 l drums <br />25 l kegs</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Depending on type of mould: <br />15 – 50 g/m2 <br />Instructions for Use: <br />BLANKOL-Super is to be sprayed evenly and as thin <br />as possible onto the clean and dry mould. <br />New, absorbent moulds (wood) have to be treated <br />repeatedly with BLANKOL-Super prior to initial <br />concreting.</p> <p>08/13</p> <p>348</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>ESCODE-P80</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 02408</p> <p>Screed additive</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Concentrate <br />• Plasticizing <br />• Solvent free <br />• Reduces water demand <br />• Chloride free <br />• Saves up to 10% water <br />• Increases compressive and flexural strengths <br />• Suitable for mixers and screw feed mixers <br />• Simple and economical application</p> <p>min. 24 months when stored <br />frost free in the original <br />unopened container. Use <br />opened containers promptly.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Use a conventional screed mixer to mix the screed such <br />as Brinkmann Screed boy, PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret or <br />similar. Watch the moisture in the aggregate and avoid <br />excess water. ESCODE-P80 can be dosed before the <br />water addition directly into the mixer. Allow for a 10% <br />water reduction. The water quantity is to be measured <br />so that a plastic, well workable material is achieved. <br />Alternatively ESCODE-P80 can be dosed with the <br />gauging water (e.g. in drums). In this case add approx. <br />1 kg ESCODE-P80 per 200 – 300 litres of water <br />dependent on the moisture content of the aggregate. <br />With bonded screeds, brush apply an ASOCRETHB-flex bonding slurry into the prepared, e.g. shotblasted, concrete substrate. Lay the screed whilst the <br />bonding coat is still wet. ESCODE-P80 permits a <br />workable screed to be produced with a lower w/c <br />value. Damaging excess water (fluid mortar) is also to <br />be avoided when adding ESCODE-P80; likewise it is <br />necessary to use suitable aggregate and an adequate <br />quantity of binder. As a rule adding ESCODE-P80 <br />prevents water segregation (bleed) on the surface of <br />the screed. When there is excess bleeding then a <br />higher dose may be required. A sticky mortar means <br />an overdose and the ESCODE-P80 addition needs <br />to be reduced. Screed installation is to be carried out <br />following the guidelines for cement-based screeds to <br />DIN 18560 and DIN 18353.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />A screed produced with ESCODE-P80 is suitable <br />as a floating screed on insulation, an unbonded <br />screed, as a heated screed or bonded with <br />ASOCRET-HB-flex as a bonded screed, which can <br />be used as a wearing surface or a substrate for ceramic <br />tiles and natural stone. When installing the screed the <br />general guidelines for cement-based screeds to DIN <br />18560 and DIN 18353 should be followed. The <br />substrate must be adequately load-bearing with a load <br />bearing capacity in accordance with DIN 1055. <br />In wet duty areas such as e.g. swimming pools, <br />swimming pool surrounds, bathrooms or showers, <br />a screed produced with ESCODE-P80 is to be <br />waterproofed with a suitable SCHOMBURG bonded <br />waterproof membrane. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Density: <br />pH value: <br />Consumption:</p> <p>aqueous tenside solution <br />black-brown <br />1.13 g/cm3 <br />approx. 8 <br />approx. 1.5 g / kg cement = <br />37.5 g / 25 kg cement <br />or <br />1 kg (= 0.85 l) per 200 – <br />300 l water, dependent on <br />the moisture content of the <br />aggregate <br />Application temperature: +5 °C to +30 °C <br />Packaging: <br />1, 10, 25 and 210 kg <br />containers</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Protect areas which are not to be treated, from the <br />effects of ESCODE-P80. <br />• Do not mix with ASO-EZ2, ASO-EZ4, ASO-EZ6 <br />screed binders or screed mortars ASO-EZ2-Plus, <br />ASO-EZ4-Plus or ASO-EZ6-Plus. <br />• The quality of the aggregate to be used is a deciding <br />factor on the properties of the screed produced. <br />Aggregates to DIN 4226 with a consistent particle</p> <p>349</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>size distribution between A and B but closer to B to <br />DIN 1045 are to be used. If aggregates with other <br />particle size distributions are used, then there may be <br />an increase in the binder demand. Aggregates with <br />a particle size distribution between B and C to DIN <br />1045 require a higher amount of binder. <br />To produce cement-based screeds which are ready <br />to take finishes early and have higher strength, use <br />the screed cement ASO-EZ6 or ASO-EZ2 without <br />ESCODE-P80. <br />Instead of ASOCRET-HB-flex, use an alternative slurry <br />bonding coat consisting of ASOPLAST-MZ diluted 1:1 <br />with water and the screed mortar. <br />In locations where the aggregate quality is <br />inadequate or where storage of the mortar <br />components is not possible or not desirable, then <br />the pre-blended mortars ASO-EZ4-Plus, ASO-EZ2-Plus <br />or ASO-EZ6-Plus are available. <br />The pertinent current regulations are to be followed. <br />Therefore e.g. <br />DIN 18353 <br />DIN 18560 <br />DIN EN 13813 <br />The BEB data sheet distributed by the Federal Screed <br />and Coverings Association <br />The ZDB data sheets distributed by the Professional <br />Association of the German Tile Industry: <br />[*1] Advice for the installation of bonded waterproof <br />membranes with wall and floor tiling in interior and <br />exterior areas <br />[*2] Heavy duty ceramic floor finishes <br />[*3] Movement joints in ceramic wall and floor tiling <br />[*4] Ceramic tiles, natural stone and concrete slabs <br />on cement-based floor constructions with insulation <br />[*5] Ceramic tiles, natural stone and concrete slabs <br />on heated cement-based floor constructions <br />[*6] External tiled floor constructions</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet <br />GISCODE: BZM 02</p> <p>16/12</p> <p>350</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>OC17 - Anti Freeze</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05502</p> <p>Curing accelerator for concrete and cement mortars</p> <p>• The use of faultless aggregates is taken for granted. <br />Do not use frozen building materials. Suitability tests, <br />conforming to valid guidlines and the requirements of <br />the particular are of use, are to be carried out. <br />• The product contains Calcium Nitrate. For use in <br />reinforced or pre-stressed concrete please refer to <br />local standards and/or regulations. <br />Corrosion behaviour: <br />Contains substances to EN 934-1:2008 <br />Annex A.2: calcium nitrate. <br />• The use of this type of admixture - regardless of brand <br />name - does not replace existing regulations in winter. <br />The additive is not permitted with reinforced or <br />pre-stressed concrete in accordance with DIN EN <br />206-1/ DIN 1045-2. <br />• The exterior temperature must not fall below -10 °C <br />during installation of the concrete or mortar. <br />• The temperature of the aggregates (water and <br />cement) should always be greater than +2 °C. <br />If necessary, hot gauging water should be used. The <br />temperature of the fresh concrete must not be below <br />+5 °C <br />• Choose a water cement ratio as low as possible in <br />order to keep the percentage of water to a minimum. <br />• After the addition of OC17 the cement hydration <br />process is accelerated. Therefore long transport <br />distances and small transport containers are to be <br />avoided. Immediately after pouring the concrete or <br />mortar is to be protected with straw mats, plastic <br />sheets etc. to avoid the heat from escaping too <br />quickly. <br />• The acceleration of the binder depends on the <br />formulation and must be determined by appropriate <br />preliminary tests, in order to avoid an overly quick <br />reaction.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• chloride free <br />• solvent free <br />• concentrate <br />• for interior and exterior use <br />Areas of application: <br />OC17 is used to accelerate concrete hardening and <br />is therefore suitable for concrete works in temperate <br />climates and during the winter season. It can also be <br />used for achieving high early strength concrete, <br />masonry mortars and screeds. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Packaging: <br />Processing Temp.: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Concrete:</p> <p>Cementitious mortar:</p> <p>inorganic salts <br />clear <br />liquid <br />1.43 g/cm3 at +25° C <br />5 kg and 1 kg cans <br />-10 °C to +25 °C <br />Cool and dry, 24 months <br />in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />max. 1 % of cement content <br />(approx. 250 g per 25 kg <br />cement) <br />max. 2 % of cement content <br />(approx. 500 g per 25 kg <br />cement)</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />OC17 may be added to the gauging water at the <br />appropriate dosage or with the aggregate into the <br />mixer at the same time.</p> <p>Please adhere to valid European Materials Safety Data <br />Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>Important advice: <br />The regulations for use in the winter are to be strictly <br />observed. In order to obtain the best possible results <br />with the antifreeze agent the following should <br />be exactly regarded:</p> <p>GISCODE: BZM01</p> <p>16/12</p> <p>351</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>PURCOLOR 6000</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01420 <br />Efflorescence reducing and colour intensifying admixture</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />For the production of coloured garden and landscaping <br />structures, such as e.g. <br />• Paving blocks <br />• Palisades <br />• Plant rings <br />• Kerbstones and edging stones <br />• Pathways and slabs for terraces and other concrete <br />of consistency classes F1 and F2</p> <p>Product application: <br />It is preferable to add PURCOLOR 6000 to the <br />finished mix. Addition to the gauging water is also <br />possible after testing. Adjustment to individual mixing <br />circumstances is required on each occasion. <br />Specific advice: <br />• A performance test, in accordance with valid <br />standards and guidelines, is always necessary before <br />using in concrete. <br />• PURCOLOR 6000 has a strong efflorescence <br />reducing effect. <br />• PURCOLOR 6000 should not be used in concrete <br />production requiring external storage below 12° C after <br />24 hours. Its function may be reduced. In general <br />do not store green concrete (especially coloured <br />concrete or concrete goods) externally below 10° C <br />for at least 48 hours. This will additionally facilitate <br />the reduction in efflorescence.</p> <p>Properties: <br />The hydrophobic nature of PURCOLOR-6000 reduces <br />capillary absorption, which considerably reduces <br />efflorescence. <br />PURCOLOR-6000 increases the degree of compaction <br />in the concrete, which consequently gives an even and <br />closed surface texture. <br />Technical Data: <br />Raw material basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Application temperature: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Water hazard class:</p> <p>mixture of fatty acids <br />white <br />liquid <br />1.00 g/cm3 <br />from +5° C <br />protect from frost and <br />contamination <br />12 months at +20° C in the <br />original container <br />1000 kg container <br />210 kg drum <br />25 kg keg <br />WGK 1 (self classification)</p> <p>Control / approval: <br />Concrete admixture in accordance with <br />DIN EN 934-2:T9. Only contains substances given <br />in EN 934-1:2008 Annex A1. <br />Health & Safety regulations: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>Dosage (based on cement): <br />Recommended dosage: 0.5 – 1.3% by weight. <br />The required dosage quantity depends on the concrete <br />recipe and the reactivity of the cement. It is to be <br />determined following preliminary tests.</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>352</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>PURCOLOR 6000-HS</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01591 <br />Efflorescence reducer / colour intensifier for the highest of standards</p> <p>Chloride ion content: <br />Water hazard class <br />(WGK):</p> <p>Properties: <br />PURCOLOR 6000-HS is a liquid concrete additive for <br />producing concrete goods with the highest of demands <br />in colour and shape. The varying reactivities of the raw <br />materials used has a positive effect on primary and <br />secondary efflorescence. Therefore efflorescence <br />is reduced and an intense colour achieved. <br />PURCOLOR 6000-HS is especially suitable when <br />combined with REMICOLOR and REMIFEROX concrete <br />colorants.</p> <p>1 (self classification)</p> <p>* The values relate to +23° C and 65% relative humidity if not otherwise stated</p> <p>Consumption/dosage: <br />Recommended dosage range: <br />0.5 – 1.5% by weight of cement <br />The required dosage level is, amongst other factors, <br />dependent on the concrete recipe and the cement’s <br />reactivity and is to be determined by performance tests.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />PURCOLOR 6000-HS is suitable for concrete of <br />consistency classes F1 and F2 in facing and mass <br />concrete for producing: <br />• Paving blocks <br />• Palisades, fencing <br />• Plant rings <br />• Kerbstones and edging stones <br />• Paving slabs <br />• Terrace floor slabs <br />• Rough hewn masonry work</p> <p>Dosage at the plant: <br />It is preferable to add PURCOLOR 6000-HS to the <br />finished concrete mix. It can also be added to the mix <br />water after preliminary tests. The upper moisture limit is <br />to be determined as the effects can be further increased <br />by it. The mix time is to be adjusted to site conditions. <br />Packaging: <br />PURCOLOR 6000-HS is available in 25 kg kegs, <br />180 kg drums or 1,000 kg containers.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Highly effective at minimising the capillary <br />absorption of concrete <br />• High effective at reducing coloured concrete’s <br />tendency to effloresce <br />• Improves the ability of concrete to compact <br />• Achieves an even and closed surface texture <br />• Achieves high colour intensity <br />Product features: <br />Raw material basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency:</p> <p>< 0.1%</p> <p>Cleaning and maintenance: <br />Regular spraying with water of the dosing mechanism <br />increases the longevity of the plant and prevents down <br />time for repairs. REINIT-BM is especially suitable for <br />preventing concrete sticking to the mixer and work <br />equipment. REINIT-R is recommended for removing <br />bonded and hardened concrete. <br />Storage and Shelf Life: <br />PURCOLOR 6000-HS can be stored for 6 months in <br />the original unopened container at +20° C. <br />PURCOLOR 6000-HS must be protected from frost. <br />Frozen material cannot be re-used.</p> <p>fatty acid blend <br />white <br />liquid</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Density: <br />1.0 g/cm3 at +20° C <br />pH value: <br />5–7 <br />Application temperature: min. +10° C, <br />max. +30° C</p> <p>Quality control / certification: <br />PURCOLOR 6000-HS is a certified concrete additive <br />belonging to the waterproofing activity group in <br />accordance with EN 934-2:T.9.</p> <p>353</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & Safety Data <br />Sheet. <br />GISCODE: BZM 1</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>354</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>PURCOLOR-6000-P</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01423</p> <p>Colour intensifier / efflorescence reducer / plasticizer</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />For the production of coloured garden and landscaping <br />structures, such as e.g. <br />• Paving blocks <br />• Palisades <br />• Plant rings <br />• Kerbstones and edging stones <br />• Pathways and slabs for terraces and other concrete <br />of consistency classes F1 and F2</p> <p>Product application: <br />It is preferable to add PURCOLOR-6000-P to the <br />finished mix. Addition to the gauging water is also <br />possible after testing. In the process the upper <br />moisture limit is to be determined, as the outcome can <br />consequently be doubly increased. Adapt the mixing <br />time to the site conditions. <br />Specific advice: <br />• A performance test, in accordance with valid <br />standards and guidelines, is always necessary before <br />using in concrete. <br />• PURCOLOR-6000-P has a plasticizing effect. This <br />must be taken into consideration when preparing the <br />concrete mix. <br />• PURCOLOR-6000-P has a strong efflorescence <br />reducing effect. <br />• PURCOLOR-6000-P should not be used in concrete <br />production requiring external storage below 12° C after <br />24 hours. Its function may be reduced. In general <br />do not store green concrete (especially coloured <br />concrete or concrete goods) externally below 10° C <br />for at least 48 hours. This will additionally facilitate <br />the reduction in efflorescence.</p> <p>Properties: <br />Due to its hydrophobic properties, PURCOLOR-6000-P <br />reduces the capillary absorption of the core concrete <br />and facing concrete and therefore considerably <br />decreases efflorescence. <br />The active components of PURCOLOR-6000-P <br />additionally increase the compactness of the concrete. <br />Due to the increased formation of cement slurry at <br />the surface a good closed edge is generated and <br />consequently a homogenous appearance to the <br />concrete. <br />Technical Data: <br />Raw material basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Application temperature: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Water hazard class:</p> <p>mixture of fatty acids <br />white <br />liquid <br />1.00 g/cm3 <br />from +5° C <br />protect from frost and <br />contamination <br />12 months at +20° C in the <br />original container <br />1000 kg container <br />210 kg drum <br />25 kg keg <br />WGK 1 (self classification)</p> <p>Control / approval: <br />Concrete admixture in accordance with <br />DIN EN 934-2:T9. Only contains substances given <br />in EN 934-1:2008 Annex A1. <br />Health & Safety regulations: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>Dosage (based on cement): <br />Recommended dosage: 0.5 – 1.8% by weight. <br />The required dosage quantity depends on the concrete <br />recipe and the reactivity of the cement. It is to be <br />determined following preliminary tests.</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>355</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>PURCOLOR 7000</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01592</p> <p>Internal impregnation and efflorescence reduction</p> <p>Properties: <br />PURCOLOR 7000 is a highly effective and permanent <br />internal impregnator for high quality concrete goods. <br />The water absorption is strongly reduced and the <br />tendency to effloresce significantly impeded.</p> <p>Specific advice: <br />• When using in concrete it is always necessary to <br />carry out initial tests according to relevant standards <br />and guidelines. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & Safety Data <br />Sheet.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />For producing high quality concrete goods such <br />as e.g.: <br />• Paving blocks <br />• Palisades, fencing <br />• Plant rings <br />• Kerbstones and edging stones <br />• Paving slabs and Terrace floor slabs</p> <p>GISCODE: BZM 1</p> <p>Recommended consumption values: <br />0.5 – 1.5% by weight of binder. <br />The required dosage level is dependent on the <br />concrete recipe and the cement used. It is to be <br />determined by performance tests. <br />Product preparation: <br />Where possible, PURCOLOR 7000 is to be added to <br />the finished mix or the mix water. Preliminary tests with <br />the cement used are necessary. <br />Technical Data: <br />Raw material basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf life:</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>silicone polymer emulsion <br />milky white <br />liquid <br />1.0 g/cm3 <br />cool and frost free <br />6 months when stored at <br />+20° C in the original <br />unopened containers. Use <br />opened containers promptly. <br />1,000 kg containers <br />180 kg drums <br />25 kg kegs</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>356</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>PURCRETE (BV)</p> <p>(formerly REMITAN)</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01421</p> <p>Plasticizer with water retention capacity</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />PURCRETE (BV) is used for the production of no-slump <br />(semi-dry) concrete products such as in <br />• paving blocks <br />• pipes <br />• paving slabs/flagstones <br />• plant rings etc.</p> <p>Instruction for Use: <br />PURCRETE (BV) is to be added during the dry phase of <br />the mix. In case of very absorbent aggregates, it has <br />to be added to the ready mix as the last component. <br />In case of maximum dosage quantities, PURCRETE (BV) <br />does not entrain air. <br />Estimating & Supply: <br />IBCs <br />1,000 kg <br />drums <br />210 kg <br />kegs <br />25 kg</p> <p>Advantages: <br />PURCRETE (BV) modified concrete results in <br />• water retention ability, improving hydration and <br />subsequent final strength <br />• improved cement dispersion <br />• increased compactability <br />• enhanced, closed surface finish <br />• minimises efflorescence <br />Typical Properties: <br />Base: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Water hazard <br />classification: <br />Application temp.:</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will <br />prolong service life and reduce breakdowns. <br />Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to <br />contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants <br />and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust <br />formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete <br />crusts.</p> <p>surfactant <br />milky <br />liquid <br />1.05 g/cm3</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life: <br />PURCRETE (BV) has a shelf-life of 12 months when stored <br />at +20° C in original, unopened containers, free from <br />frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt contamination.</p> <p>1 (self classification) <br />from +5° C</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet <br />(MSDS)!</p> <p>Compliance: <br />Complies with EN 934-2:T2. Non corrosive according <br />to DIN V 18998. PURCRETE (BV) is suitable for use with <br />alkali-sensitive aggregates.</p> <p>SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH & Co. KG <br />32760 Detmold</p> <p>Dosage Range: <br />0.2–0.8 % by weight of cement. <br />The final dosage quantity depends, among other factors, <br />on the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe. <br />This must be determined by suitability trials. <br />In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our <br />technical office. <br />Suitability tests according to valid standards and <br />regulations should be carried out prior to usage.</p> <p>DIN V 18998</p> <p>07/12</p> <p>357</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>PURCRETE-100</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01518</p> <p>Plasticizer with water retaining properties</p> <p>The required dose depends, among other factors, on <br />the concrete recipe and the cement reactivity. It is to be <br />determined by performance tests.</p> <p>Description: <br />PURCRETE-100 is a plasticizer for semi-dry concrete. <br />Its function is to better disperse the cement particles. <br />This improves the ability of the concrete to compact <br />and consequently achieves a denser and more even <br />concrete microstructure. A closed surface texture results <br />with a good edge finish. <br />PURCRETE-100 has an efflorescence reducing effect <br />and increases the water retention of the concrete. <br />Through this possibility to increase the water addition, <br />the cement is able to considerably better hydrate, <br />which as a rule leads to higher final strengths.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Add PURCRETE-100 to the finished mix or with the mix <br />water (dependent on the mixer). Optimum function is <br />always achieved when adding to the finished mix. <br />Packaging: <br />1,000 kg containers <br />200 kg drums <br />25 kg kegs</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />PURCRETE-100 is used for the manufacture of all <br />F1/F2 consistency concrete and especially for the <br />manufacture of: <br />• Paving blocks <br />• Paving slabs <br />• Pipes <br />• Plant rings etc</p> <p>Cleaning and maintenance: <br />Regular rinsing of the dosage mechanism with water <br />increases the longevity of the plant and reduces down <br />time for repairs. <br />Storage and Shelf Life: <br />6 months when stored in the original unopened <br />packaging protected from frost.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Improves the concrete’s ability to compact <br />• Improved edge finish <br />• Reduces efflorescence <br />• Increases compressive strength <br />Product features: <br />Raw material basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Technical Data: <br />Density: <br />pH: <br />Application temp.: <br />Water hazard class <br />(WGK):</p> <p>Quality control / certification: <br />PURCRETE-100 is a certified concrete additive from <br />the plasticizer activity group in accordance with <br />EN 934-2:T.2. <br />Specific advice: <br />Before using in concrete, performance trials to relevant <br />standards must always be carried out.</p> <p>surfactant <br />milky white <br />liquid</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>approx. 1 g/cm3 <br />approx. 8 <br />from +5° C</p> <p>GISCODE: BZM 2</p> <p>1 (self classification)</p> <p>Dosage: <br />Recommended dosage: 0.2 – 0.8% by weight</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>358</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>PURCRETE-2000 (BV)</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06125</p> <p>(formerly SAVEMIX-2000)</p> <p>Plasticizer and concrete wetting agent</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />As a plasticizer for semi-dry concrete: <br />• Paving blocks <br />• Kerbstones and edging stones <br />• Pipes <br />• Manhole rings and components</p> <p>Dosage (based on cement): <br />Recommended dosage: 0.2 – 0.8% by weight <br />The required dosage level depends, among other factors, <br />on the concrete recipe and the cement reactivity. It is to <br />be determined by performance tests. <br />Product preparation: <br />It is preferable to add PURCRETE-2000 to the finished <br />mix. It is also possible to add to the gauging water <br />following performance trials. The mix time depends on <br />the mixer and must be adjusted to suit. When adding to <br />cement trucks, ensure an even dispersion. As a guideline: <br />1 minute mix time per m3 of concrete (however min. <br />5 minutes).</p> <p>As a concrete wetting agent for ready-mix concrete: <br />• For all concrete of regulated consistency <br />• Fair faced concrete <br />• Pumped concrete <br />Properties and advantages: <br />When PURCRETE-2000 is used for semi-dry concrete, <br />the ability to compact is improved due to its plasticizing <br />effect. The denser and more homogenous concrete <br />microstructure produced, as a rule, results in increased <br />green and final strengths. Good results are achieved in <br />combination with pulverised fuel ash (PFA). <br />In ready-mixed concrete for transportation <br />PURCRETE-2000 leads to better cement dispersion and <br />consequently to considerably reduced friction in the wet <br />concrete. Concrete produced with PURCRETE-2000 is <br />easier to transport, pump, install and compact. Its water <br />saving potential permits a reduction of the w/c ratio <br />whilst maintaining the same consistency or an upgrade <br />in consistency at the same w/c ratio. <br />Technical Data: <br />Raw material basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Water hazard class: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Before using in concrete, performance trials to <br />relevant standards must always be carried out. <br />• Does not corrode steel in accordance with <br />DIN V 18998. <br />Quality control: <br />Plasticizer to DIN EN 934-2:T.2. Only contains <br />substances given in EN 934-1:2008 annex A1. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>lignosulphonate <br />dark brown <br />liquid <br />1.16 g/cm3 <br />1 (self classification) <br />protect from frost and <br />contamination <br />12 months at +20° C in the <br />original packaging <br />1,160 kg IBC <br />240 kg drums <br />25 kg kegs</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>359</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>PURCRETE-BV10</p> <p>(formerly BETOMIX-BV10)</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06143</p> <p>Plasticizer for semi-dry concrete</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />PURCRETE-BV10 is predominantly used for the production <br />of semi-dry concrete face mixes. <br />The use of PURCRETE-BV10 produces denser, closed <br />textured surfaces with a “smear effect“. <br />PURCRETE-BV10 significantly reduces the sticking of <br />concrete to the tamper-head.</p> <p>Instructions for Use: <br />PURCRETE-BV10 is typically added to the fresh mix as <br />the last component or, together with the gauging water. <br />Sufficient post mixing time should be allowed in each <br />case. <br />Special advice: <br />• Suitability tests according to valid regulations and <br />standards must always be carried out.</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />The plasticizing effect of PURCRETE-BV10 allows better <br />dispersion of the cement paste. This results in reduced <br />internal friction within the fresh concrete matrix, easier to <br />compact concrete and improved workability. <br />Technical Data: <br />Raw Mat. Base: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Specific density: <br />Handling temp.: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Water hazard <br />classification:</p> <p>Safety advice: <br />Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet <br />(MSDS)!</p> <p>surfactant <br />light blue <br />liquid <br />1,0 g/cm3 <br />from +5° C <br />protect from frost and dirt. <br />12 months at + 20° C in <br />original unopend containers <br />1,200 kg IBC <br />210 kg drums <br />25 kg containers <br />1 (self classification)</p> <p>Dosage Range: <br />0.2 – 0.4 % on CEM <br />The final dosage quantity depends, among other factors, <br />on the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe. <br />This must be determined in suitable trials.</p> <p>07/12</p> <p>360</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>PURCRETE-DF</p> <p>(formally POR-AKTIV)</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01427</p> <p>Pore reducing agent</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />PURCRETE-DF is especially suitable for high quality fluid <br />exposed and fair-faced concrete mixes, which need to <br />possess low surface porosity.</p> <p>Specific advice: <br />• Before using the additive, carry out a performance <br />test. If there is any doubt consult our Technical <br />Services department. <br />• The desired pore reduction requires the coordinated <br />interaction of many factors. Amongst other factors, <br />the cement recipe itself can influence results <br />considerably as can the method and duration <br />of compaction, the release oil and the type of <br />moulding.</p> <p>Properties: <br />PURCRETE-DF reduces the air pocket volume in concrete <br />and consequently visible surface holes. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Application temperature: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Shelf life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>white <br />liquid <br />0.99 g/cm3 <br />from +5° C <br />Protect from frost and <br />contamination. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />12 months at +20° C in the <br />original unopened packaging <br />1000 kg container <br />210 kg drum <br />25 kg keg</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>Recommended dosage / application: <br />0.2 – 0.8% based on cement <br />The required dosage level is dependent on the concrete <br />recipe and the reactivity of the cement. It is to be <br />determined by an initial test. Always stir well before <br />use.</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>361</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REINIT-BM</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06303</p> <p>Machine care</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />REINIT-BM prevents the adhesion of concrete and mortar <br />residues, does not attack metal or lacquer. <br />Reduces rust formation on the treated metal parts. Regular <br />application of REINIT-BM prolongs the service life of <br />machinery and equipment.</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />Our recommendations are only guidelines. Own <br />suitability tests are absolutely necessary to achieve <br />the correct application. <br />Safety Advice: <br />Please adhere to the European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />REINIT-BM is to be applied, generally when adhesion of <br />concrete or mortar should be prevented. It is especially <br />suitable for construction machinery, mixers, automatic <br />stone manufacturing machines, mixer trucks and tools. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>yellow <br />liquid <br />0.9 g/cm3 <br />protect against frost <br />and dirt <br />12 months in closed <br />original containers <br />1000 l IBCs <br />180 l drums <br />25 l cans <br />100 - 150 g/m2</p> <p>Instructions for Use: <br />New equipment has to be sprayed with REINIT-BM <br />before use. Used or soiled building equipment should <br />be cleaned with a high pressure hose before first use. <br />Larger concrete and mortar residues must be removed <br />mechanically and be pretreated with REINIT-R if <br />necessary. As soon as the metal surface is dry and clean, <br />REINIT-BM is to be applied until saturation (undiluted) by <br />suitable painting or spraying equipment.</p> <p>09/05</p> <p>362</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REINIT-Natur</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06154</p> <p>Machine care</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />REINIT-Natur prevents the adhesion of concrete and <br />mortar residues, does not attack metal or lacquer. <br />Reduces rust formation on the treated metal parts. <br />Regular application of REINIT-Natur prolongs the service <br />life of machinery and equipment. REINIT-Natur is fully <br />biologically degradable.</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• Our recommendations are only guidelines. <br />• Suitability tests should be carried out prior to usage. <br />Safety Advice: <br />Please adhere to the European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />REINIT-Natur is to be applied generally when adhesion <br />of concrete or mortar should be prevented. It is especially <br />suitable as an anti-corrosive for construction and tarmac <br />machinery or truck mixers that are temporarily shut down <br />(e.g. for 2 to 3 months). Sand-blasting or time-consuming <br />and costly derusting is obsolete. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>yellow <br />liquid <br />0,90 g/cm3 <br />protect against frost, <br />in closed container <br />12 months in closed <br />original containers <br />1000 l IBCs <br />180 l drums <br />25 l cans <br />150 - 200 g/m2</p> <p>Instructions for Use: <br />New equipment has to be sprayed with REINIT-Natur <br />before use. Used or soiled building equipment should <br />be cleaned with a high pressure hose before first use. <br />Larger concrete and mortar residues must be removed <br />mechanically and be pretreated with REINIT-R if <br />necessary. As soon as the metal surface is dry and clean, <br />REINIT-Natur is to be applied until saturation (undiluted) <br />by suitable painting or spraying equipment. <br />Use nozzle jets of approx. 2 mm diameter!</p> <p>09/05</p> <p>363</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REINIT-R</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06305</p> <p>Surface Cleaner</p> <p>Properties: <br />REINIT-R is a concentrated, liquid cleaning agent, <br />based on an organic acid. <br />REINIT-R ist totally volatile and does noch leave <br />damaging residues. <br />It removes cement residues, lime deposits and <br />efflorescence.</p> <p>Instructions for Use: <br />Usually, REINIT-R is used in diluted form whilst wearing <br />eye protection and suitable gloves. The cleaning mixture <br />is to be applied by broom or other suitable tool. It is very <br />important that only acid-resistant materials are used. <br />Immediately after the agent is applied onto the <br />substances, an intense carbonic acid foam is created. <br />This reaction needs to be intensified by adding warm <br />water and abrading with a brush. <br />After the reaction has subsided, the treated area must <br />be rinsed with water immediately. <br />If there are still residues remaining, cleaning with REINIT-R <br />must be repeated. <br />Finally, the surface should be treated with a surface <br />impregnator such as SILEX, REMISIL, REMISIL-Cl, <br />REMISIL-HE to stop new staining.</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />For removal of mortar and cement residues, <br />efflorescence, lime sediments and scale. <br />For the application on unplastered masonry and <br />facings, paver blocks, concrete elements and exposed <br />aggregate concrete. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf-life:</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>clear <br />liquid <br />1.1 g/cm3 <br />keep away from frost <br />24 months in the original <br />unopened containers <br />at +20° C <br />1100 kg IBCs <br />25 kg can <br />10 kg can <br />1 kg can</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• Lightly pre-wet the substrate. <br />• Prevent contact with metal. <br />• Not suitable for marble, gneiss or limestone <br />• Test its effect in an inconspicuous area before <br />initial application. <br />• If applied on enamel, we recommend a short <br />application time and thorough rinsing with water <br />immediately afterwards. <br />Safety Advice: <br />Please adhere to a valid European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>Application: <br />In principle, REINIT-R is to be applied in diluted form <br />only. The grade of dilution depends on the degree of <br />staining. <br />Dilution <br />Slight contamination: <br />Heavy contamination:</p> <p>REINIT-R : water <br />1 : 10 <br />1:3</p> <p>47/12</p> <p>364</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMI-AIR</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01467</p> <p>Air entrainer</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />REMI-AIR is suitable for all concrete for exposure class <br />XF4, which is frequently subjected to frost and freeze/ <br />thaw cycles as well as contact with de-icing salts. <br />Examples: bridges and roadways, harbours, tunnel <br />construction, sewerage works etc.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />REMI-AIR is added to the mix water or the finished <br />mix, however before the addition of other concrete <br />additives. Ensure there is adequate blending following <br />addition. As a rule, the mixing time is longer than with <br />normal concrete as the activation of the air entraining <br />components requires more mixing energy.</p> <p>Properties and advantages: <br />REMI-AIR furnishes the concrete with microscopically <br />small, stable air voids with a defined spacing factor. <br />In the concrete’s cured state these absorb the pressure <br />from frost due to penetrating and freezing water in the <br />capillary system. The concrete is therefore sustainably <br />protected from frost damage. REMI-AIR also reduces the <br />surface tension of the mix water, whereby a plasticizing <br />effect can occur. The fresh concrete is consequently <br />easier to use and its coherence is noticeably improved. <br />As a rule, REMI-AIR does not have any impact on the <br />cement hydration process. <br />Technical Data: <br />Raw material basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Water hazard class <br />(WGK):</p> <p>Specific advice: <br />• Before use in concrete always carry out a <br />performance test to relevant standards. <br />• After longer storage periods and at lower <br />temperatures, the product will need homogenising <br />before use. <br />• The efficacy of REMI-AIR can be inhibited by other <br />concrete additives with de-foaming constituents. The <br />compatibility is to be determined through tests. <br />Quality Control / certification: <br />Air entrainer (LP) in accordance with <br />DIN EN 934-2:T.5. <br />Only contains substances given in <br />EN 934-1:2008, annex A1. <br />Combined test with BETOCRETE-P10.</p> <p>resin <br />yellowish <br />liquid <br />1.00 g/cm3 <br />protect from frost and <br />contamination <br />12 months at +20° C in the <br />original unopened packaging <br />1,000 kg containers <br />210 kg drums <br />25 kg kegs</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>1 (self classification)</p> <p>Recommended dosage / application: <br />Based on cement: 0.20 – 1.10% by weight <br />The required dosage level is dependent on the concrete <br />recipe and the reactivity of the cement. It is to be <br />determined by performance tests.</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>365</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMI-FROST</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01406 <br />Anti-freezing agent and accelerator for concrete and mortars</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />REMI-FROST is an additive for concreting work during <br />the colder times of year.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />REMI-FROST is dosed into the mix water or into the <br />finished mix at the ready mixed plant or on site, added <br />as the final component. Ensure the mix is adequately <br />blended after addition each time.</p> <p>Properties and advantages: <br />REMI-FROST lowers the freezing point of the gauging <br />water and accelerates the setting and curing behaviour <br />of cement. As a rule this leads to increased early <br />strengths in concrete and mortars. At the same time, <br />REMI-FROST increases the fresh concrete’s consistency <br />at the same w/c ratio or permits a reduction of the <br />w/c ratio at the same consistency. The addition of <br />other concrete plasticizers or flow aids is therefore not <br />required. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Storage: <br />Freezing point: <br />Water hazard class <br />(WGK):1 <br />Shelf life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Specific advice: <br />• Before use in concrete always carry out a <br />performance test to relevant standards. <br />• Regulations relating to winter construction measures <br />must always be followed. <br />• If REMI-FROST becomes frozen, it can be thawed out <br />and then homogenised for using again. <br />• An increase in the REMI-FROST dosage can make <br />adjustments to the w/c ratio necessary. <br />Quality Control / certification: <br />Concrete additive in accordance with <br />DIN EN 934-2:T.2.</p> <p>brown <br />liquid <br />1.26 g/cm3 <br />protect from contamination <br />-15° C</p> <p>Corrosion performance: <br />Contains substances given in EN 934-1:2008, <br />annex A2 – calcium nitrate. <br />The additive is not admissible to DIN EN 201-1 / <br />DIN 1045-2 for reinforced concrete or pre-stressed <br />concrete.</p> <p>(self classification) <br />12 months at +20° C in the <br />original unopened packaging <br />1,250 kg containers <br />250 kg drums <br />25 kg kegs</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>Dosage: <br />0.30 to 5.0% by weight based on cement <br />As a guideline to dosage rates dependent on ambient <br />temperatures, we recommend: <br />Ambient temperature <br />Dosage in % of CEM</p> <p>-5° C <br />1.0</p> <p>-10° C -15° C <br />1.5 <br />2.0</p> <p>The required dosage is dependent on the concrete <br />recipe, the cement reactivity and the ambient <br />temperature. It is to be determined by performance <br />tests.</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>366</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMICOLOR®</p> <p>Colour slurry for colouring concrete to DIN EN 12878</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />REMICOLOR colour slurries are used in cementitious <br />systems. These slurries are particularly suitable for the <br />production of paver blocks, kerbstones, slabs, noise <br />insulation walls etc. as well as for ready-mixed concrete.</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• The batching time can vary depending on employed <br />raw material and mixing equipment. <br />• The final colour shade can vary depending on cement <br />type resp. origin. <br />• Aggregates may change the final colour grade. <br />• Suitability tests to determine the dosing quantity and <br />the colour intensity are indispensable. <br />• After one month of idle time REMICOLOR colour slurry <br />is to be reagitated or homogenized at least once a <br />week. <br />• If required, REMICOLOR colour slurries are available <br />with frost resistance up to – 7° C.</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />REMICOLOR colour slurries are manufactured in a <br />special process by using REMIFEROX powder pigments. <br />This process leads to very high dispersion of the pigments <br />in the liquid paint. <br />The homogenous effect of REMICOLOR colour slurries, <br />ensures an even and intense colouring of the concrete. <br />REMICOLOR colour slurries are weatherproof and <br />UV-light resistant. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Processing temp.: <br />Storage Stability:</p> <p>Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Certificates: <br />Certified to DIN EN 12878. <br />Safety Advice: <br />Please adhere to the European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>see colour brochure <br />liquid <br />1.0 – 2.1 g/cm3 <br />(depend. on type) <br />from + 5° C <br />3 months, after that <br />homogenize by stirring or <br />repumping; keep away from <br />frost and dirt <br />12 months at + 20° C <br />in closed original containers <br />on request</p> <p>Dosage Range: <br />4 – 9 % per kg of CEM <br />Depend on the required colour intensity. <br />Instructions for Use: <br />The quantity of REMICOLOR colour slurry, necessary to <br />achieve the desired colour shade, is to be completely <br />dosed, either automatically by dosing equipment or <br />manually, onto the aggregates. <br />We recommend an initial pre-blending time of approx. <br />45 seconds, followed by the addition of cement, water <br />and admixtures as required. <br />A final batching time of at least 120 seconds is <br />indispensable. <br />02/12</p> <p>367</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMICOLOR®-C</p> <p>Colour slurry for colouring concrete black to DIN EN 12878</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />REMICOLOR-C slurry is manufactured in a special <br />process by using carbons and other especially selected <br />raw materials. <br />REMICOLOR-C slurry dyes cementitious materials black to <br />deep black and creates a durable colouring thanks to its <br />very large pigment particles. <br />REMICOLOR-C slurry is weatherproof and UV-light <br />resistant.</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• The batching time can vary depending on the <br />employed raw materials and mixing equipment. <br />• The final colour shade can vary depending on <br />aggregate and cement type or origin. <br />• Suitability tests to determine the dosing quantity and <br />the colour intensity are indispensable. <br />• After one month of idle time REMICOLOR-C slurry is to <br />be reagitated or homogenized at least once a week <br />and before each use. <br />• If required, REMICOLOR-C slurries are available with <br />frost resistance up to – 7° C. <br />• REMICOLOR-C is treated with a preservative for <br />storage in the original container. Opened containers <br />must be used within two weeks. <br />• Permanently installed containers or other vessels for <br />intermediate storage must be cleansed at least every <br />four weeks with a water – biocide solution.</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />For the production of high-quality concrete products such <br />as paver blocks,kerbstones,slabs etc. <br />Furthermore, REMICOLOR-C is suitable for the <br />manufacturing of coloured ready-mixed concrete. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Density (g/cm3): <br />Form: <br />Processing temp.: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf-life:</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>C. 90 C. 95 <br />1.2 <br />1.3 <br />liquid <br />from + 5° C to + 30° C <br />protect against frost and dirt; <br />do not store above + 30° C. <br />6 months from + 5°C to <br />+ 25° C in the original <br />unopened packaging <br />on request</p> <p>Certificates: <br />Certified to DIN EN 12878. <br />Safety Regulation: <br />Please adhere to the European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!</p> <p>Dosage: <br />4 – 7 % on CEM. <br />Instructions for Use: <br />The quantity of REMICOLOR-C slurry, necessary to <br />achieve the desired colour shade, is to be completely <br />dosed, either automatically by dosing equipment or <br />manually, onto the aggregates. <br />We recommend an initial pre-blending time of approx. <br />45 seconds, followed by the addition of cement, water <br />and admixtures, as required. A final batching time of at <br />least 120 seconds is indispensable.</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>368</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMICRETE-G650</p> <p>High performance, high-range, water-reducing, set-retarding <br />superplasticising concrete admixture with good workability retention</p> <p>Product Description: <br />REMICRETE-G650 is a high performance, highrange, water-reducing, superplasticising admixture <br />formulated to produce highly flowable concrete with <br />excellent workability retention. Once administered <br />in the mix, REMICRETE-G650 is adsorbed onto the <br />cement particles introducing a powerful deflocculating <br />behaviour which effectively results in reduced water <br />demand, an increase in both early & ultimate strengths <br />and a significant improvement of the physical & <br />mechanical properties of the resultant concrete. <br />REMICRETE-G650 will delay setting times whilst <br />retaining workability, thus allowing long distance <br />transportation. REMICRETE-G650 is based on a blend <br />of synthetic polymers.</p> <p>• Denser concrete, improved water tightness & <br />protection to reinforcement from water-borne salts <br />• Water-based, non-flammable, non-toxic, chloride-free <br />and non-corrosive</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />REMICRETE-G650 is typically used in: <br />• Mass concrete <br />• Self compacting concrete (SCC) <br />• Slip form concreting <br />• Ready mixed concrete where long distance <br />transportation is involved <br />• Hot weather concreting <br />• Bridges & tunnels <br />• Floor slabs & screeds for easier placing, <br />compaction & finishing <br />• High strength concrete where prolonged workability <br />and/or easier placing, compaction and finishing <br />is required <br />• Concretes containing pozzolanic & mineral <br />admixtures</p> <p>Chloride content: <br />Setting Times:</p> <p>Standards: <br />REMICRETE-G650 complies with all the <br />requirements of: <br />• ASTM C- 494, Type G <br />• EN 943 Part 2 Tables 1, 11.1 and 11.2 <br />Typical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Specific Gravity: <br />Air-entrainment:</p> <p>Permeability:</p> <p>Water-reduction: <br />Compatibility:</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Effective reduction of mixing water (up to 40 %) <br />• Improved workability, placing & pumping <br />• Delayed setting enables long distance transportation <br />• Easier concrete placing & compaction (reduced <br />vibration time) <br />• Enables cement saving <br />• Improved physical & mechanical properties <br />• Improved surface finish <br />• Reduced risk of segregation, shrinkage, <br />bleeding & creep</p> <p>Cohesion: <br />Mechanical properties:</p> <p>Dark brown liquid <br />1.2 ± 0.005 @ +20 °C <br />0.50 % additional air <br />(maximum) <br />Nil <br />Both initial and final setting <br />times will be delayed, extent <br />depends on dosage and mix <br />design <br />Reduced concrete porosity, <br />improves waterproofing & <br />durability <br />Up to 40 % <br />REMICRETE-G650 is <br />compatible with all types of <br />Portland cement including <br />Sulphate Resisting Cement <br />and blended cements. <br />REMICRETE-G650 is also <br />compatible with other <br />SCHOMBURG admixtures <br />when dispensed separately. <br />Improved cohesion reduces <br />risk of segregation. <br />All mechanical properties, <br />early & ultimate compressive <br />strengths, flexural strengths, <br />tensile strengths will improve.</p> <p>Dosage Range: <br />Dosage is influenced by cement & cement replacer <br />type/s, mix design, quality of materials used, ambient</p> <p>369</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>temperature and other specific requirements. Site trials <br />must always be carried out to determine the optimum <br />dosage. <br />Dosage: typically 0.60% to 2.5% by weight of total <br />cementitious content (cement + replacers if used)</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Between 0.60% and 2.5% of total cementitious content <br />depending on successful dosage. <br />Storage & Shelf-life: <br />REMICRETE-G650 in original unopened containers has <br />a shelf-life of 12 months when stored in a dry and frostfree environment above +5 °C and below +35 °C.</p> <p>Dispensing: <br />REMICRETE-G650 should be added to the mixing <br />water or directly to the mixed concrete. Do not <br />add directly to the dry mix or cement. For proper <br />administration the use of automatic dispensers is <br />recommended.</p> <p>Health and Safety: <br />• REMICRETE-G650 is non-flammable, non-toxic & <br />non-corrosive. <br />• Any contamination of skin shall be removed with <br />clean potable water. <br />• For disposal follow local environmental regulations. <br />• Please refer to valid product MSDS for further details.</p> <p>Overdosing: <br />An overdose of REMICRETE-G650 may result in depending on dosage and mix design - increased <br />workability and extension of setting time. Overdosed <br />concrete must be protected against direct sun light and <br />water evaporation. <br />Curing: <br />Concrete should be cured in accordance to applicable <br />European Norms or ACI recommendations. Alternatively <br />use any REMICURE curing agents of the SCHOMBURG <br />range. <br />Cleaning: <br />Dispensers, hoses, equipment and tools can be <br />easily cleaned with water. Spills must be contained <br />and removed to industrial waste in accordance with <br />local environmental laws. Please always consult local <br />legislative authorities. <br />Packaging: <br />REMICRETE-G650 is supplied in 20 litre pails, <br />210 litre drums, and 1000 litre IBCs.</p> <p>22/12</p> <p>370</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMICRETE-SP10 (BV)/(FM)</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01410 <br />Superplasticizer for high-performance concrete and SCC</p> <p>to usage. The functionality of the superplasticizer is <br />dependent on weather conditions. <br />At the recommended maximum dosage of REMICRETE <br />SP10 (BV)/(FM) there may be retardation of the initial <br />and final set with certain cements. It is essential to carry <br />out tests.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />REMICRETE-SP10 (BV)/(FM) is particularly suited for <br />concrete mixes such as: <br />• High performance concrete <br />• Self-Compacting-Concrete (SCC) <br />• Easy-Compacting-Cocnrete (ECC) <br />• ready mix concrete <br />• pumpable concrete <br />• pre-cast concrete <br />• an alternative to conventional superplasticisers when <br />used at low dosages <br />• ideal for fair-faced concrete production.</p> <p>Instructions for Use: <br />REMICRETE-SP10 (BV)/(FM) should mainly be added <br />to the ready mix as the last component. Sufficient final <br />mixing times shall be allowed. When dosed in truck <br />mixers on the job site, a good dispersion must be <br />cleared. Guidance value for batching time: 1 minute <br />per m3 of concrete (at least 5 minutes). <br />Suitability tests accord. to valid standards and norms <br />should be carried out prior to usage. <br />Superplasticizers of the latest generation should always <br />be applied by briefed and experienced staff.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Excellent workability at very low w/c ratios. <br />• Superior cement dispersion compared to conventional <br />admixtures. <br />• Significant reduction in shrinkage and creep. <br />• Increased early and final strengths (compressive and <br />flexural). <br />• Significant permeability reduction. <br />Typical Properties: <br />Base: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />pH value: <br />Solids content: <br />Chloride content: <br />Alkali content <br />Na2O equiv.: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will <br />prolong service life and reduce breakdowns. <br />Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to <br />contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants <br />and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust <br />formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete <br />crusts.</p> <p>Polycarboxylate ether <br />Light yellow <br />liquid <br />1.07 g/cm3 <br />5-7 <br />29 - 31% by weight <br />) 0.1%</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life: <br />REMICRETE SP10 (BV)/(FM) has a shelf-life of 12 months <br />when stored at +20° C in original, unopened containers, <br />free from frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt contamination.</p> <p>) 8.5 by weight <br />IBCs <br />1,060 kg <br />drums <br />220 kg <br />kegs <br />25 kg</p> <p>Compliance: <br />• Complies with EN 934–2:T2: 3.1 & 3.2. <br />• Concrete plasticiser (BV) to DIN EN 934-2: part 2 <br />• Only contains substances compliant with <br />EN 934-1:2008 annex A1 <br />• Externally audited to BENOR <br />(certificate number: CRIC-OCCN-AH-027)</p> <p>Dosage Range: <br />0.2 – 1.6 % by weight of cement. <br />The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on <br />the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe. <br />This must be determined by suitability trials. <br />In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our <br />technical office. Suitability tests according to valid <br />standards and regulations should be carried out prior</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet <br />(MSDS)! <br />02/12</p> <p>371</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMICRETE-SP33</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01572 <br />Superplasticizer for concrete with extended workability</p> <p>Description: <br />REMICRETE-SP33 is a highly effective superplasticizer <br />based on polycarboxylate ether. Very homogenous <br />concrete can be produced with REMICRETE-SP33. Due <br />to its high efficacy only a small addition is required <br />to achieve a range of slump classes. The consistency <br />can be maintained for up to 2 hours within the specific <br />slump class. Very high final strength concrete can be <br />achieved due to the high water reduction potential with <br />REMICRETE-SP33.</p> <p>Dosage: <br />Recommended dosage: 0.3 – 2.9% by weight <br />of cement. <br />The required dose depends, among other factors, on <br />the concrete recipe and the cement reactivity. It is to <br />be determined by performance tests. <br />Product preparation: <br />It is preferable to add REMICRETE-SP33 to the finished <br />mix or to the mix water (dependent on the mixing <br />plant). Always ensure there is adequate mixing time <br />following dosage.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />REMICRETE-SP33 was conceived for use in readymixed transported concrete where longer workability <br />is needed e.g. with longer transportation times or <br />high ambient temperatures. REMICRETE-SP33 is also <br />suitable for the manufacture of pre-cast concrete units <br />and pre-stressed concrete. Dependent on the dosage <br />level, a range of concrete qualities can be achieved <br />from normal to high performance or self compacting <br />concrete.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life: <br />6 months when stored in the original unopened <br />packaging, protected from frost. <br />Packaging: <br />1,060 kg containers <br />200 kg drums <br />25 kg kegs</p> <p>• Ready-mixed transported concrete with <br />extended workability <br />• Pre-cast concrete units <br />• Pre-stressed concrete <br />• Self-compacting concrete</p> <p>Quality control / certification: <br />Superplasticizer according to <br />DIN EN 934 - 2:T.3.1, T.3.2. <br />Only contains substances given in <br />EN 934-1:2008 annex A1.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• High water reduction potential <br />• Very homogenous concrete <br />• Very good de-aerating characteristics of the concrete</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: BZM 1</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />pH value: <br />Application temp.: <br />Water hazard class <br />(WGK):</p> <p>brownish <br />liquid <br />approx. 1.07 g/cm3 <br />approx. 6.5 <br />from +5° C <br />1 (self classification)</p> <p>51/12</p> <p>372</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMICRETE-SP35</p> <p>High performance, high-range water-reducing concrete admixture <br />with workability retention</p> <p>Description: <br />REMICRETE-SP35 is a high performance, high-range <br />water-reducing concrete admixture for tropical conditions <br />& hot concreting. It is formulated to produce high <br />concrete properties with extended workability to enable <br />long distance transportation of concrete in difficult <br />conditions. It is based on the third generation high <br />performance sodium Polycarboxylate ether polymers that <br />well disperse cement particles that tend to agglomerate, <br />enabling the mixing water to perform more efficiently <br />and contains materials that produce high early strength <br />concrete.</p> <p>Standards: <br />REMICRETE-SP35 is formulated as high range water <br />reducing chemical admixture for concrete to comply with <br />all requirements of ASTM C-494 Type F, ASTM <br />C-1017 and EN 934 Part 2, Tables 1, 11.1 and 11.2 <br />Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Light liquid <br />Specific Gravity: <br />1.07 – 1.09 at +20 °C <br />Air entrainment: <br />0.5% additional air <br />Chloride Content: <br />Nil <br />Setting Times: <br />Setting times will not be <br />affected at the recommended <br />dosage <br />Permeability: <br />Waterproofing properties will <br />be improved, so the <br />resistance of water & waterborn salts will be increased <br />Water-reduction: <br />25 - 35 of mixing water can <br />be reduced. The durability <br />will be also increased. <br />Compatibility: <br />REMICRETE-SP35 is <br />compatible with all types of <br />Portland cements including <br />Sulphate resisting Cement. <br />It is compatible with all types <br />of our admixtures, but each <br />should be added separately. <br />Cohesion: <br />The cohesion of the matrix will <br />be increased. <br />Mechanical Properties: All the mechanical properties: <br />compressive strength at early <br />& ultimate strengths, flexural <br />strengths, tensile strength will <br />be improved.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />REMICRETE-SP35 is formulated to be used as high <br />range water-reducing concrete admixtures with extended <br />workability in hot climates for: <br />• Ready mixed concrete <br />• Precast and prestressed concrete <br />• High strength floor screed without any risk of <br />segregation or bleeding <br />• Hot weather concreting <br />• Self – compacting concrete <br />• Ready mix concrete <br />• Bridges, ceilings, beams, floorings, etc. <br />• Where the need to transport the concrete for long <br />distance in hot weather <br />Advantages: <br />• Excellent water reduction up to 35 % <br />• Enables cement saving <br />• Excellent self-compacting behaviour <br />• Improves early strengths <br />• Eliminates the risk of segregation, bleeding and creep <br />• Increases mix cohesion <br />• Improves durability and reduces permeability <br />• Reduces rate of concrete carbonation <br />• Improves surface finish <br />• Water-based: non-flammable, non-toxic and does not <br />contain any harmful ingredients <br />• Chloride and nitrate free <br />• Formulated for the Middle East conditions</p> <p>Guide for Applications <br />Dosage: <br />The dosage will be influenced with the mix design, <br />cement content & type, quality of used materials, ambient <br />temperatures and the specific requirements, so site trials <br />should be carried out to determine the accurate dosage. <br />Approximately, the dosage is 0.5 – 2 % by the weight of <br />cement.</p> <p>373</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Dispensing: <br />The accurate quantity should be measured by means of <br />a suitable dispenser. <br />Normally, REMICRETE-SP35 should be added to the <br />concrete with the mixing water to achieve the best <br />results. It should not be added directly to the dry cement <br />or aggregate, it should be always added to the wet mix <br />conditions. <br />Curing: <br />The concrete after placing should be cured properly by <br />suitable means. REMICURE range can be used for this <br />purpose. <br />Cleaning: <br />Clean the tools & equipment or spillages with normal <br />water. <br />Packaging: <br />REMICRETE-SP35 is supplied in 20 liters, <br />210 liters, and 1000 liters upon request. <br />Storage: <br />REMICRETE-SP35 shall be stored in normal conditions <br />away from any extreme temperatures and away from <br />direct sunlight. <br />Shelf-life: <br />REMICRETE-SP35 is valid for use for a period 18 <br />months from the date of production and under proper <br />storage. <br />Health and Safety: <br />• REMICRETE-SP35 is water-based, non-flammable, <br />non-toxic, and does not contain any harmful <br />ingredients. <br />• Any contamination of skin can be removed with <br />normal water. <br />• For disposal follow the local regulations.</p> <p>27/10</p> <p>374</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMICRETE-SP62</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01414</p> <p>High performance superplasticizer for pre-cast work</p> <p>Shelf life:</p> <p>Properties: <br />REMICRETE-SP62 was conceived especially for use in <br />high quality pre-cast concrete. Furthermore concrete can <br />be produced, which must flow well and is easy to use <br />despite a very low w/c ratio or a very high fine filler <br />content. <br />REMICRETE-SP62 is especially suitable for the <br />manufacture of F5/F6 concrete as well as selfcompacting or easy to compact concrete.</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>6 months at +20° C in the <br />original container <br />1,060 kg container <br />220 kg drums <br />25 kg kegs</p> <p>Specific advice: <br />• Before using in concrete, performance trials to <br />relevant standards must always be carried out. <br />• The use of PCE superplasticizers is always to be <br />undertaken by briefed and professional personnel. <br />• The activity time of the superplasticizer can be <br />influenced by the weather. <br />• At cool temperatures (especially wet concrete <br />temperatures) the dosage of the superplasticizer is <br />to be reduced as necessary. <br />• At warmer temperatures (especially wet concrete <br />temperatures) the dosage of the superplasticizer is <br />to be increased as necessary.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />REMICRETE-SP62 can be used in almost all areas of <br />the static concrete industry. In particular it is suited <br />for the pre-cast industry due to its short working life, <br />and under certain conditions, as necessary, also for <br />ready-mix transported concrete at cooler ambient <br />temperatures. In general it is possible to be used in all <br />types of concrete goods (from minimum F2 consistency). <br />Recommended dosage: <br />0.3 – 2.9% by weight of cement. <br />The required dose depends, among other factors, <br />on the concrete recipe and the cement reactivity. It is <br />to be determined by performance tests.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: BZM 1</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />It is preferable to add REMICRETE-SP62 to the finished <br />mix. It is also possible to add to the mix water <br />following performance trials. The mix time depends <br />on the mixer and must be adjusted to suit. When <br />adding to cement trucks, ensure an even dispersion. <br />As a guideline: 1 minute mix time per m3 of concrete <br />(however min. 5 minutes). <br />Technical Data: <br />Raw material basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Storage:</p> <p>polycarboxylate ether <br />brownish <br />liquid <br />1.07 g/cm3 <br />cool and at constant <br />temperature in the original <br />unopened containers <br />protected from frost <br />49/12</p> <p>375</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMICURE-CR</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06651 <br />High performance, chlorinated rubber-based curing agent, <br />sealer and surface hardener for freshly laid concrete</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>Product Description: <br />REMICURE-CR is a chlorinated rubber-based, concrete <br />curing agent which when dry acts as a sealer, surface <br />hardener and dustproofer for freshly laid concrete. <br />REMICURE-CR is a blend of chlorinated rubber and <br />modifiers dissolved in a selected carrier that quickly <br />dries to achieve increased mechanical properties, <br />durability and chemical resistance. This prevents <br />evaporation of mixing water and ensures proper <br />hydration of cement in the concrete matrix. This will <br />lead to optimum physical & mechanical properties of <br />the cured concrete.</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>Reduced dusting. <br />Provide a hard wearing surface. <br />Reduced incidence plastic shrinkage. <br />Combined action; curing, sealing, surface hardening <br />& dustproofing. <br />UV resistant. <br />Very good adhesion to most construction substrates. <br />Increased durability and protection to steel <br />reinforcement. <br />Non-degradable.</p> <p>Standards: <br />REMICURE-CR is formulated to comply with all <br />requirements of ASTM -309 and AASHTO M-148 <br />as curing compounds.</p> <p>REMICURE-CR is supplied in three grades: <br />• REMICURE-CR-Clear: Provides a clear film after <br />dryness. <br />• REMICURE-CR-White: Provides a white film after <br />dryness. The incorporated white pigments enable <br />light reflectance & minimize the amount of heat <br />absorbed by the concrete surface. <br />• REMICURE-Aluminized: Provides a silver film after <br />dryness with solar reflectance &and hence minimized <br />heat absorption.</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />REMICURE-CR: clear <br />REMICURE-CR-White: white <br />REMICURE-CR-Aluminized: <br />aluminium finish <br />Specific Gravity: <br />0.85± 0.05 at 23° C <br />Chloride content: <br />Nill <br />Adhesion to concrete: <br />Very good <br />Dry film appearance <br />REMICURE-CR: clear <br />REMICURE-CR-White: white <br />REMICURE-CR-Aluminized: <br />aluminium finish <br />Resistance to weathering: Very good <br />Coverage: <br />5–7 m2/liter <br />depending upon the <br />surrounding media & <br />temperatures and application <br />method <br />Flash Point: <br />39° C</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />REMICURE-CR is used as a curing agent, sealer and <br />dustproofer in: <br />• Parking decks & garages. <br />• Bridge structures, retaining walls, etc. <br />• Floor slabs. <br />• Marine Structures. <br />• Precast elements. <br />• Cement-based rendering & repairing works. <br />REMICURE-CR is also used as a: <br />• protective coating for improved chemical resistance <br />on both fresh and old concretes</p> <p>Application Procedures: <br />Stir well before use.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Easy to apply by brush, roller or spray. <br />• Rapid drying and quick film formation. <br />• Improved hydration of cement in the concrete matrix. <br />• Reduced risk of shrinkage and surface cracks.</p> <p>Horizontal: <br />Evenly apply REMICURE-CR on the freshly laid concrete <br />immediately after final finishing of concrete surface & <br />once surface water has disappeared.</p> <p>376</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Vertical & overhead: <br />For freshly de-moulded concrete walls and overhead <br />slabs, saturate the concrete surface with water and <br />once the surface water has disappeared (but is still <br />very moist), spray-apply REMICURE-CR evenly at the <br />recommended coverage rates. <br />Application on standing water will result in uneven <br />coverage. <br />Estimating & Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />REMICURE-CR 10, 20, 210 and 1000 litre packs. <br />Consumption: <br />Between 0.143 litre m2 & 0.20 litre/m2 <br />Higher consumption is expected on rough surfaces. <br />Always allow for wastage when calculating quantities <br />to order. <br />Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Clean the tools & equipment or spillages with Solvent. <br />Storage & Shelf-life: <br />REMICURE-CR is valid for use for a period of <br />12 months when original, unopened and palletized <br />containers are stored away from direct sunlight in a <br />well-ventilated warehouse with temperatures between <br />10° C and 25° C. <br />Important advice: <br />• REMICURE-CR is flammable and its flash point is: <br />39° C. <br />• Any skin contamination can be removed with solvent <br />followed by soap & water. <br />• For disposal follow local regulations. <br />• For any details about safety requirements, please <br />refer to valid MSDS.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>377</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMICURE-WB</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06650</p> <p>Water-based, curing agent for freshly laid concrete</p> <p>Product Description: <br />REMICURE-WB is a water-based, solvent-free curing <br />agent for freshly laid concrete. Based on a blend of <br />emulsified paraffin waxes, plasticizers and other <br />additives. REMICURE-WB forms a tough resin film on <br />the concrete surface preventing water evaporation & <br />ensuring proper hydration of the cement in the concrete <br />matrix. This will lead to optimum physical & mechanical <br />properties of the concrete.</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Milky white liquid <br />Specific Gravity: <br />1.00± 0.05 at 23° C <br />pH value: <br />7 <br />Chloride content: <br />Nill <br />Adhesion to concrete: <br />Very good <br />Dry film Appearance <br />REMICURE-WB: clear <br />REMICURE-WB-white: white <br />Resistance to weathering: Good <br />Coverage: <br />5–6 m2/liter <br />depending on surface finish, <br />ambient & concrete <br />temperatures & application <br />method. <br />Flash Point: <br />Non-flammable <br />Membrane breakdown: Starts after 28-days by UV</p> <p>It is supplied in two grades: <br />• REMICURE-WB: Provides a clear film after dryness. <br />• REMICURE-WB-white: Provides a white film after <br />dryness. The incorporated white pigments provide <br />light reflectance & minimize the amount of heat <br />absorbed by the concrete surface. <br />Primary Uses: <br />REMICURE-WB is applied on fresh concrete in <br />structures like: <br />• Parking decks & garages. <br />• Bridge structures, retaining walls, etc. <br />• Slabs and floors. <br />• Marine Structures. <br />• Precast elements. <br />• Cement-based rendering & repairing works.</p> <p>Application Procedures: <br />Stir well before use. <br />Horizontal: <br />Evenly apply REMICURE-WB on the freshly laid <br />concrete immediately after final finishing of concrete <br />surface & once surface water has disappeared. <br />Vertical & overhead: <br />For freshly demoulded concrete walls and overhead <br />slabs, saturate the concrete surface with water and <br />once the surface water has disappeared (but is still <br />very moist), spray-apply REMICURE-WB evenly at the <br />recommended coverage rates. <br />Application on standing water will result in uneven <br />coverage.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Easy to apply by brush, roller or spray. <br />• Water-based, non-flammable & environmentally <br />friendly. <br />• Improved hydration of cement in the concrete matrix. <br />• Reduced risk of shrinkage and surface cracks. <br />• Reduced dusting. <br />• Reduced incidence plastic shrinkage. <br />• Prevents thermal shock associated with standard <br />water curing.</p> <p>Estimating & Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />REMICURE-WB is supplied in 10, 20, 210 and <br />1000-liters packs.</p> <p>Standards: <br />REMICURE-WB is formulated to comply with all the <br />requirements of ASTM C-309 Type 1, Class A for <br />non-pigmented and Type 2 for the white grade.</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Between 0.17 liter & 0.20 liter/m2 <br />Higher consumption is expected on rough surfaces. <br />Always allow for wastage when calculating quantities <br />to order.</p> <p>378</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>Cleaning & equipment Maintenance: <br />Clean all tools, equipment & spillages with soap & <br />water. <br />Storage & Shelf-life: <br />REMICURE-WB is valid for use for a period 12 months <br />from the date of production and under proper storage. <br />Important advice: <br />• REMICURE-WB is water-based, non-flammable, and <br />non-corrosive. <br />• Any skin contamination can be removed with soap <br />& water. <br />• For disposal follow local regulations. <br />• For any details about safety requirements, please <br />refer to valid MSDS.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>379</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMIFEROX®</p> <p>Colour pigment for colouring concrete to DIN EN 12878</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Paper sacks</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />REMIFEROX Iron Oxide Pigments are used to colour <br />all cementitious mixes such as: <br />• pavers and kerbs <br />• flagstones <br />• pre-cast elements <br />• noise barrier walls <br />• ready mix concrete especially facades <br />• dry mixes.</p> <p>25 kg</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life: <br />REMIFEROX has a shelf-life of 24 months when stored at <br />+20° C in original, unopened containers. Opened sacks <br />should be used up without delay. <br />Certification: <br />Certified to DIN EN 12878. Based on the certificate <br />1032-CPD-0026, the corresponding colours are marked <br />with [CE] in the table overleaf of this Technical Data <br />Sheet.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Weather resistant. <br />• Low dosage; economic. <br />• Inorganic. <br />• Wide colour range.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet <br />(MSDS)!</p> <p>Primary Properties: <br />Form: <br />powder <br />Colours: <br />red, black, yellow and brown <br />Dosage: <br />2 to 8% by weight of cement</p> <p>Important Note: <br />Also available, Carbon Black, Cobalt Blue and <br />Chromium Green (ask Technical Department for separate <br />data sheets). Consult Technical Department on pigment <br />metering equipment.</p> <p>Instructions for Use: <br />The dosage quantity of REMIFEROX Iron Oxide Pigments, <br />necessary to achieve the desired colour shade, is to be <br />batched at once with the aggregates. We recommend <br />an initial pre-blending time of approx. 45 seconds, <br />followed by the addition of cement, water and admixtures <br />as required. A final batching time of 120 seconds is <br />a minimum requirement. The batching time can vary <br />depending on the employed raw material and mixing <br />equipment. The final colour grade can vary depending <br />on aggregate and cement type or origin. Suitability tests <br />to determine the dosing quantity and the colour intensity <br />are indispensable.</p> <p>See table on the next page.</p> <p>380</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>¨-E Value</p> <p>Product name</p> <p>Colour</p> <p>Tamped density</p> <p>spec. density</p> <p>REMIFEROX 9110</p> <p>red</p> <p>(110)</p> <p>1.5</p> <p>0.7 – 1.1 kg/l</p> <p>~ 5.0 kg/l</p> <p>REMIFEROX 9120</p> <p>red</p> <p>(120)</p> <p>1.5</p> <p>0.7 – 1.1 kg/l</p> <p>~ 5.0 kg/l</p> <p>REMIFEROX 9130</p> <p>red</p> <p>(130)</p> <p>1.5</p> <p>0.7 – 1.1 kg/l</p> <p>~ 5.0 kg/l</p> <p>REMIFEROX 9330</p> <p>black</p> <p>(318)</p> <p>1.5</p> <p>0.8 – 1.2 kg/l</p> <p>~ 4.6 kg/l</p> <p>REMIFEROX 9380</p> <p>black</p> <p>(330)</p> <p>-------</p> <p>0.8 – 1.2 kg/l</p> <p>~ 4.6 kg/l</p> <p>REMIFEROX 9420</p> <p>yellow</p> <p>(420)</p> <p>1.5</p> <p>0.4 – 0.8 kg/l</p> <p>~ 4.1 kg/l</p> <p>REMIFEROX 9610</p> <p>brown</p> <p>(610)</p> <p>-------</p> <p>0.7 – 1.1 kg/l</p> <p>~ 4.7 kg/l</p> <p>REMIFEROX 9663</p> <p>brown</p> <p>(663)</p> <p>-------</p> <p>0.8 – 1.2 kg/l</p> <p>~ 4.8 kg/l</p> <p>REMIFEROX 9960</p> <p>yellow</p> <p>(960)</p> <p>1.5</p> <p>0.4 – 0.6 kg/l</p> <p>~ 4.3 kg/l</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>381</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMISIL</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06410</p> <p>Solvent-free concrete impregnation</p> <p>Before using a high-pressure hose for cleaning purposes, <br />it is essential to test its effect on a remote spot. Avoid <br />puddles or multiple coating. The substrate must be <br />thoroughly cleaned before REMISIL is applied. <br />Test its effect at a remote place before initial application. <br />Concrete patch repair works with cementitious materials <br />very often tend to effloresce on the treated substrates. This <br />effect can be counteracted with REMISIL. The product <br />must be coated in a thin and even film onto the entire <br />surface after approximately 12 to 14 hours after the <br />curing of the patch repair mortar. The below mentioned <br />instructions for use are to be applied accordingly.</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />REMISIL is a protective impregnation for absorbent <br />cementitious surfaces such as: <br />• Pavers and kerbstones <br />• Landscape elements <br />• Exposed aggregate elements <br />• Façade plasters/renders. <br />REMISIL is not suited for polished, grinded or nonabsorbent surfaces. <br />Advantages: <br />• Can be used on old and new substrates. <br />• Improved weather resistance. <br />• Significant reduction of adsorption. <br />• Easier to clean surface. <br />• Solvent-free. <br />• Can be applied on damp surfaces (no standing water).</p> <p>Estimating & Supply: <br />cans <br />25 litres <br />cans <br />10 litres <br />cans <br />1 litre <br />Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will <br />prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.</p> <p>Primary Properties: <br />Colour: <br />milky <br />Form: <br />liquid <br />Density (+20° C): <br />1.0 g/cm3</p> <p>Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to <br />contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants <br />and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust <br />formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete <br />crusts.</p> <p>Consumption: <br />80 – 140 ml/m2 depending on substrate <br />Instructions for Use: <br />REMISIL is supplied ready-for-use and is evenly applied <br />evenly by brush or suitable spraying equipment. In each <br />case, puddles are to be avoided during treatment! <br />Dirt, dust, moss/algae and all foreign paint substances <br />have to be removed completely from the substrate before <br />application. For this procedure, we recommend REINIT-R, <br />our highly active stone cleaner, based on a fast acting, <br />biodegradable organic acid or REINIT-A, the algae and <br />moss remover with high sustainability.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life: <br />REMISIL has a shelf-life of 12 months when stored at <br />+20° C in original, unopened containers, free from frost. <br />Always re-cap to avoid dirt contamination. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet <br />(MSDS)!</p> <p>Before REMISIL is applied, the substrate should only be <br />matt-moist at maximum. REMISIL can also be applied <br />on young concretes directly after production. Intense <br />sunlight or rain must be avoided for at least 3 hours from <br />application! Drying time is approx. 1h at +20° C. <br />The concrete is accessible and ready for stacking after <br />approx. 24 hours. <br />25/08</p> <p>382</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMITARD 20 (BV)</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01469</p> <p>Concrete plasticizer with retarding effect</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />REMITARD 20 (BV) is mainly used in ready-mixed and <br />site-mixed concrete that, due to climatic or other special <br />placing conditions, requires a prolonged workability <br />time. <br />The use of REMITARD 20 (BV) provides a significantly <br />higher slump retention, even at high ambient <br />temperatures. Therefore, longer transport times or <br />pumping distances are possible. Heat peaks during the <br />cement hydration when working with mass concrete <br />are strongly reduced. The formation of tension cracks is <br />effectively counteracted.</p> <p>Recommended Dosage Range: <br />0.2 - 0.6 % on CEM <br />The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on <br />the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe. <br />This must be determined in suitable trials. During cold or <br />warm ambient temperatures, the dosage rates have to be <br />respectively decreased or increased as required. <br />Product preparation: <br />REMITARD 20 (BV) is best added to the ready mix as the <br />last component. The dosage together with the gauging <br />water is also possible when cleared in practical tests. <br />Mixing times depend on the type of mixer and have to <br />be adjusted, if necessary. Ensure even dispersion when <br />dosing into ready-mix trucks. Guidance value: <br />1 minute per m3 of concrete (at least 5 minutes in total).</p> <p>Properties: <br />REMITARD 20 (BV) favours the dispersion of the cement <br />particles and has a high water reducing power. This <br />usually results in a significantly higher compressive <br />strength. <br />The retarding performance of the selected raw materials <br />permit extended workability for transport, placement and <br />finishing of the fresh concrete. <br />Technical Data: <br />Raw material base: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Water hazard class <br />(WGK):</p> <p>Specific advice: <br />• Before use in concrete carry out performance tests in <br />accordance with relevant standards. <br />Quality Control / certification: <br />Concrete additive in accordance with <br />DIN EN 934-2:T.2. <br />Only contains substances given in <br />EN 934-1:2008, annex A1.</p> <p>mod. lignonsulfonate <br />brown <br />liquid <br />1.26 g/cm3 <br />in the original unopened <br />containers stored cool and <br />at constant temperature <br />protected from frost <br />12 months at + 20° C in <br />original containers <br />1,250 kg containers <br />250 kg drums <br />25 kg kegs</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>1 (self classification)</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>383</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>REMIX-Pigments</p> <p>Pigments for colouring concrete</p> <p>Properties: <br />REMIX-Pigments are high quality pigments, that <br />are resistant to weathering and UV. Applied in the <br />appropriate dose, the high colouring power of the <br />pigments permits an intense colour of concrete to <br />be achieved. The combination of resistance and a <br />powerful colour helps maintain the longevity of the <br />coloured concrete.</p> <p>Specific advice: <br />• The mix time can be varied dependent on the raw <br />materials used and the mix configuration. <br />• The final colour can vary dependent on the type and <br />grade of cement and its origin. <br />• Aggregates may possibly change the final colour. <br />• Preliminary trials are imperative, especially to <br />determine the dosage levels and colour.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />REMIX-Pigments are for use in cementituous systems. <br />In particular the pigments are suitable for producing <br />paving blocks, kerbstones, concrete flagstones, noise <br />pollution walling, pre-cast sections etc. as well for <br />ready mixed concrete.</p> <p>Colour types: <br />REMIX-BL-9500: Cobalt blue pigment <br />REMIX-GR-9800: Chromium oxide green</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Colourways: <br />Dosage: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf life:</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>Health & Safety regulations: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>blue, green <br />2-8% per kg cement and <br />desired colour <br />dry and protected from <br />contamination <br />24 months in the unopened <br />original bag. Use opened <br />bags promptly <br />25 kg paper bags</p> <p>Product application: <br />REMIX-Pigments must be completely added at <br />the required dosage level to the aggregate. We <br />recommend an initial pre-mix time of approx. 45 <br />seconds, followed by the cement, water and additives. <br />Keep to a total mix time of 120 seconds.</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>384</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>RESIL-NB150</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 01515</p> <p>Curing Compound for Concrete</p> <p>Properties: <br />RESIL-NB150 is a ready for use, sprayable aqueous <br />wax emulsion for use with fresh concrete. <br />Once sprayed onto the concrete, RESIL-NB150 forms a <br />dense, water insoluble film which protects the concrete <br />from drying out too soon. The risk of shrinkage cracks is <br />therefore minimized and the surface quality and durability <br />of the concrete is noticably increased.</p> <p>Instructions for Use: <br />RESIL-NB150 is sprayed undiluted – preferably by <br />suitable pressure spray systems – onto the surfaces <br />that require treatment homogenously and in sufficient <br />amounts. A homogenous colour appearance is an <br />important indicator for a dense and effective curing <br />effect. Best results are achieved when applied to matt <br />damp concrete. <br />Rinse tools with water directly after use. In case that a film <br />has already been formed on the surface of the tools, the <br />use of AQUAFIN-Cleanser may be necessary.</p> <p>Fields of Application: <br />RESIL-NB150 is typically applied to fresh concrete <br />surfaces. The application is universal on no-slump, <br />plastic or highly flowable concretes. <br />RESIL-NB150 is used on both precast element <br />factories or on site. <br />Technical Data: <br />Raw material basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Application temp.: <br />Water hazard class: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Inspection/Approval: <br />In house production control to DIN EN ISO 9001. <br />Particular Advice: <br />Even by careful application, in practice there may be <br />visible areas of colour variation as the concrete dries. <br />The main reason is due to varying quantities applied <br />and varying times of application. Before applying <br />successive bonded finishes (paints, coatings, smoothing <br />compounds), the curing agent must be removed by high <br />pressure water jetting.</p> <p>wax emulsion <br />milky white <br />liquid <br />0.98 kg/dm3 <br />from +5° C <br />1 (self classification) <br />Protect from frost and keep at <br />constant temperatures in <br />originally closed containers. <br />6 months in original unopend <br />containers <br />10 l buckets <br />215 l drums <br />1,000 l containers</p> <p>Safety Advice: <br />Please adhere to the European <br />Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)! <br />GISCODE: BZM 1</p> <p>Recommended Consumption: <br />120 – 250 g/m2 <br />Depending on type of application and absorbance <br />properties of substrate.</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>385</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>RUXOLITH-T5</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06315</p> <p>Phosphate based retarder</p> <p>Properties and advantages: <br />RUXOLITH-T5 slows down the hydration process of the <br />cement, whereby the pot life of the concrete – dependent <br />on dosage level – can be significantly extended. The <br />heat of hydration in the initial phases is considerably <br />reduced and spread over a long time period. The use of <br />the product permits an extended time frame for concrete <br />transportation and installation. <br />When using in mass concrete, the addition of <br />RUXOLITH-T5 minimises the risk of temperature related <br />tension cracks.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />It is preferable to add RUXOLITH-T5 to the finished mix. <br />It is also possible to add to the gauging water following <br />performance trials. The mix time depends on the mixer <br />and must be adjusted to suit. When adding to cement <br />trucks, ensure an even dispersion. As a guideline: <br />1 minute mix time per m3 of concrete (however min. <br />5 minutes). <br />Specific advice: <br />• Before using in concrete, performance trials to relevant <br />standards must always be carried out, as the retarding <br />effect depends on the cement, w/c ratio, ambient <br />temperature and the application consistency. <br />• Overdosing with RUXOLITH-T5 does not lead to ‘flash <br />setting’. <br />• Overdosing with RUXOLITH-T5 can bring the cement <br />hydration process to a complete standstill.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />RUXOLITH-T5 is used everywhere, where the workability <br />life of concrete and mortars needs to be extended or <br />where there are risks of temperature related tension <br />cracks. <br />Technical Data: <br />Raw material basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Application temp.: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Water hazard class <br />(WGK):</p> <p>Quality control / certification: <br />Retarder to DIN EN 934-2:T.8. <br />Only contains substances given in <br />EN 934-1:2008 annex A1. <br />RUXOLITH-T5 is suitable for reinforced and pre-stressed <br />concrete as well as for concrete to ZTV-ING.</p> <p>phosphate <br />red <br />liquid <br />1.2 g/cm3 <br />from +5° C <br />protect from frost and <br />contamination <br />12 months at +20° C in the <br />original unopened packaging <br />1,200 kg containers <br />250 kg drums <br />25 kg kegs</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Please observe a current valid EU Health & <br />Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>1 (self classification)</p> <p>Dosage (based on cement): <br />Recommended dosage: 0.2 – 1.8% by weight <br />The required dosage is dependent on the concrete recipe <br />and the cement reactivity. It is to be determined by <br />performance tests.</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>386</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>SAVEMIX® 3000</p> <p>Art.-No. 4 06129</p> <p>Lignosulphonate based plasticizer</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />SAVEMIX 3000 (BV) is a versatile concrete plasticizer <br />for ready-mixed and site-mixed concrete. The product <br />allows, amongst others, the safe adjustment of the slump <br />in F3 concrete (flow slump class acc. to EN). <br />SAVEMIX 3000 (BV) improves the properties of fresh <br />and hardened concrete <br />• for all concretes of regular consistency <br />• fair-faced concrete <br />• pumped concrete <br />• mass concrete <br />• radiation protected concrete (atomic power stations)</p> <p>Dosage range: <br />0.2 – 1.1% by weight of cement <br />The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on <br />the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe. This <br />must be determined in suitable trials. <br />Product application: <br />SAVEMIX 3000 (BV) is best added to the ready mix <br />as the last component. The dosage together with the <br />gauging water is also possible when cleared in practical <br />tests. Mixing times depend on the type of mixer and have <br />to be adjusted, if necessary. Sufficient final mixing times <br />must be secured in each case. As guidance use: <br />1 minute mix time per m3 of concrete (min. however <br />5 minutes).</p> <p>Properties and Benefits: <br />In ready-mixed concrete applications, SAVEMIX 3000 <br />(BV) effects a better dispersion of the cement grains and <br />therefore leads to a significant lower friction in the fresh <br />concrete matrix. <br />Concrete, modified with SAVEMIX 3000 (BV), is easier <br />to transport, to pump, to place and to compact. <br />The products´water reducing potential allows the <br />reduction of the w/c ratio at the same consistency <br />or an increase of slump at the same w/c ratio. <br />Technical Data: <br />Raw material base: <br />Colour: <br />Form: <br />Density: <br />Water hazard class: <br />Processing temp.: <br />Storage: <br />Shelf-life: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Special Advice: <br />• Suitability tests have to be carried out before practical <br />use according to valid norms. <br />Control / approval: <br />Concrete plasticizer in accordance with <br />DIN EN 934-2:T2. Only contains substances given <br />in EN 934-1:2008 Annex A1. <br />Safety Advice: <br />Please adhere to valid EU Materials Safety Data Sheet!</p> <p>lignosulphonate <br />dark brown <br />liquid <br />1.16 g/cm3 <br />WGK 1 (self classification) <br />> + 5° C <br />protect against frost and dirt <br />12 months at + 20° C in <br />original containers <br />1,160 kg IBCs <br />240 kg drums <br />25 kg kegs</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>387</p> <p>3. Concrete Technology</p> <p>388</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets <br />4. Concrete Repair <br />› ASOCRET-BS2</p> <p>390</p> <p>› ASOCRET-IM</p> <p>392</p> <p>› ASOCRET-OS/BF</p> <p>394</p> <p>› ASOCRET-OS/RS</p> <p>396</p> <p>› ASOCRET-RN</p> <p>398</p> <p>› FIX 10-M</p> <p>399</p> <p>› INDUCRET-BIS-0/2</p> <p>400</p> <p>› INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI</p> <p>402</p> <p>› INDUCRET-BIS-1/6</p> <p>404</p> <p>› INDUCRET-BIS-5/40</p> <p>407</p> <p>› SOLOCRET-100F</p> <p>410</p> <p>› SOLOCRET-120</p> <p>412</p> <p>› SOLOCRET-FF</p> <p>414</p> <p>› SOLOCRET-RS</p> <p>416</p> <p>389</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>ASOCRET-BS2</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05506</p> <p>Cement-based repair mortar for concrete and walls</p> <p>Application/substrate <br />temp: <br />Cleaning tools: <br />SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstraße 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>06</p> <p>EN 998-1: 2003 <br />ASOCRET-BS2 <br />Normalputzmörtel (GP) <br />General Plaster CS IV <br />Brandverhalten / Reaction to fire <br />Haftzugfestigkeit / Adhesion</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>A1 <br />> 0,5 N/mm <br />Bruchbild B</p> <p>Wasseraufnahme / Water <br />abs orpt ion</p> <p>W0</p> <p>Wasserdampfdurchlässigkeit / <br />Water vapour permeability, μ</p> <p>< 25</p> <p>2</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Wärmeleitfähigkeit / <br />Thermal conductivity λ 10 dry <br />(P = 50 %) < 0,83 W/m.K <br />(Tabellenwerte / Tab. value EN 1745 (P = 90 %) < 0,93 W/m.K <br />Dauerhaftigkeit / Durability</p> <p>NPD</p> <p>* The values given relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity</p> <p>NPD = No Performance <br />determined (Eigenschaften <br />nicht ermittelt, da nicht relevant)</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The dampened substrate must be solid and free from <br />dust, contamination, separating agents and other <br />adhesion inhibiting substances. Remove loose edges <br />back to a solid base. Prime the substrate beforehand <br />with ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (diluted <br />1:3 or 4 with water).</p> <p>Properties: <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Polymer modified <br />• Low shrinkage <br />• For walls and ceilings <br />• For thicknesses up to 10 mm in one coat</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Place clean water into a clean mixing bucket and, using <br />(approx. 300 – 700 rpm), mechanically mix in sufficient <br />dry powder until a homogenous, non-sag paste-like <br />mortar is achieved. The mix time lies between 2 and <br />3 minutes.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASOCRET-BS2 is used as a filling and finishing mortar <br />up to 10 mm in one coat for concrete wall and ceiling <br />areas. It is also for levelling up uneven wall surfaces <br />e.g. masonry work, cement renders etc, which are to <br />be waterproofed or tiled. <br />ASOCRET-BS2 is also suitable as a render for <br />thicknesses from 5 – 10 mm. ASOCRET-BS2 can be <br />modified with ASOPLAST-MZ. The additive imparts <br />increased tensile adhesion strength, improved elasticity, <br />better water resistance and increased resistant to <br />chemicals to the cured mortar. It also acts against rapid <br />water loss (dehydration). <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>+5° C to +25° C <br />With water whilst still fresh. <br />Dried material is difficult to <br />remove <br />approx. 1.5 kg/m² at <br />1 mm thickness <br />25 kg paper bags and <br />6 kg bags <br />6 months when stored dry <br />in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>Mixing ratio: <br />25 kg ASOCRET-BS2 : approx. 5.75 – 6.00 l water <br />6 kg ASOCRET-BS2 : approx. 1.38 – 1.44 l water <br />Modification with ASOPLAST-MZ: <br />25 kg ASOCRET-BS2 : 1.00 kg ASOPLAST-MZ : <br />5.25 – 5.50 l water <br />6 kg ASOCRET-BS2 : 0.24 kg ASOPLAST-MZ : <br />1.26 – 1.32 l water</p> <p>cement-based mortar <br />grey <br />1.3 kg/dm3 <br />30 mins *)</p> <p>At 18° C to 20° C the mortar remains workable for <br />about 30 minutes and can be applied to the surface <br />in one coat up to 10 mm. Further treatment is possible</p> <p>390</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>after 30 minutes e.g. rubbing down with a felt-board <br />or smoothing out. <br />Advice: <br />• Protect areas where ASOCRET-BS2 will not be <br />applied. <br />• Protect the mortar coat from drying out too quickly <br />(e.g. from higher temperatures or wind) using suitable <br />measures such as e.g. repeated spraying with water <br />or by covering. <br />• Substrates with large pores will increase the material <br />consumption. <br />• ASOCRET-BS2 that has already started to stiffen must <br />not be re-lifed by adding water or fresh mortar as <br />there is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />Please observe a current valid Health & Safety <br />Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>391</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>ASOCRET-IM</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05523 <br />Concrete repair mortar with crystalline waterproofing action</p> <p>the formation of puddles. Plug water leaks with <br />FIX-10-S or FIX 20-T. Chisel out static cracks to a <br />minimum width of 20 mm and a minimum depth of <br />25 mm. Before filling, pre-coat the sides with <br />AQUAFIN-IC and seal up to the surface with <br />ASOCRET-IM whilst the bond coat is still wet. Repair <br />dynamic cracks by injecting AQUAFIN-P1/P4. Form <br />cement-based coved fillets at the wall/base slab <br />junction as well as at corners and edges. Apply a <br />slurry bonding coat of AQUAFIN-IC to the substrate <br />when forming coved fillets, with an approx. 4 cm side <br />length and apply the ASOCRET-IM whilst it is still wet. <br />After approx. 1 - 3 hours overcoat the ASOCRET-IM <br />with AQUAFIN-IC. If this is not possible then roughen <br />up the surface again once fully hardened and coat with <br />AQUAFIN-IC.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Mineral-based. <br />• Water impermeable. <br />• Also suitable under hydrostatic water pressure. <br />• Vapour permeable. <br />• Easy to use. <br />• Supports self-healing of concrete. <br />• For thickness from 3 to 10 mm in one coat. <br />• Can also be applied on damp substrates. <br />Primary uses: <br />ASOCRET-IM is used for watertight filling of opened-up <br />cracks and cavities that are to be covered subsequently <br />with AQUAFIN-IC. Alternatively ASOCRET-IM can also <br />be used to form coved fillets. <br />Typical properties: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Loose density: <br />Water demand: <br />Mixing time: <br />Pot life: <br />Application/ <br />Surface temperature:</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Strength:</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Pour 3.75 – 4.25 litres of clean water into a mixing <br />bucket and thoroughly stir in as much dry powder <br />(drill with paddle 300 – 700 rpm) until a lump-free <br />homogenous trowellable paste is achieved. Apply the <br />mortar with a trowel or float. Only mix sufficient material <br />that can be used within 30 minutes.</p> <p>sand/cement, inorganic <br />grey <br />1.3 kg/dm3 <br />3.75 – 4.25 litres <br />per 25 kg bag <br />3 minutes (drill mixer at <br />300 – 700 rpm) <br />approx. 30 minutes <br />(+23° C / 60% RH)</p> <p>Estimating and supply: <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg paper bags</p> <p>+5° C to +30° C. <br />Lower temperatures shorten, <br />higher temperatures lengthen <br />the setting time</p> <p>Material comsumption: <br />• U shaped cracks cut out to 20 x 25 mm: <br />approx. 1.3 kg/m. <br />• Coved fillets 38 mm haunch height: <br />approx. 1.3 kg/m.</p> <p>approx. 35 N/mm2 <br />(28 days)</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Cleaning of equipment whilst still fresh with water. <br />Remove dried-on material with ASO-Steinreiniger <br />cleaner.</p> <p>Surface preparation: <br />Use ASOCRET-IM exclusively on concrete and <br />reinforced concrete substrates that are clean, sound, <br />load-bearing, open-pored and porous. Abrade smooth <br />and dense substrates. Contaminated surfaces should <br />be appropriately prepared by a suitable method (e.g. <br />sand-blasting, high pressure jetting, shot-blasting or grit <br />blasting). Dampen substrates well with water but avoid</p> <p>Storage and Shelf life: <br />When stored dry, 12 months in original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened packaging immediately.</p> <p>392</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• A sound substrate is a pre-requisite for a durable <br />bond between substrate and coating system. Weakly <br />bonded substances or those that interfere with <br />bonding must be completely removed. High pressure <br />jetting (> 400 bar) with rotating spray head, very <br />high pressure jetting (up to 2.000 bar) and blasting <br />with solid blasting abrasives are suitable methods. <br />The final cleaning method must be a water jet <br />method. <br />• Protect areas not be treated from the effects of <br />ASOCRET-IM. <br />• ASOCRET-IM may not be used as an additive for <br />concrete or renders i.e. it may not be mixed with <br />such products. <br />• The reaction between ASOCRET-IM and free lime <br />in the concrete can lead to small incidences of <br />efflorescence. This is not a defect and can be <br />brushed away. <br />• Do not apply to dry substrates. <br />• Use suitable protective measures to prevent <br />ASOCRET-IM from dewatering too quickly. <br />• Overcoat the ASOCRET-IM with AQUAFIN-IC after <br />1 – 2 hours. Where this is not possible abrade the <br />surface again and subsequently coat with <br />AQUAFIN-IC. <br />• Varying final colour depends on the varying moisture <br />content of the concrete. <br />Please observe a valid EC safety data sheet. <br />Low chromate in accordance with TRGS 613. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>45/12</p> <p>393</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>ASOCRET-OS/BF</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05519</p> <p>Concrete paint</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Properties: <br />ASOCRET-OS/BF is <br />• alkali and UV resistant <br />• water vapour permeable <br />• vapour barrier to CO2 <br />• crack bridging 0,1 mm <br />(with cracks near the surface).</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The areas to be treated must be: <br />• dry, solid, load bearing and with good grip <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, poorly <br />bonded paint residues etc.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASOCRET-OS/BF is used in combination with <br />ASOCRET-FS fine smoothing mortar to protect surfaces. <br />ASOCRET-OS/BF is further used on cement-based <br />substrates such as concrete, render and ASOCRETPCC mortar and smoothing compound as a protective <br />coating.</p> <p>Dependant upon the condition of the substrate the <br />area to be treated should be suitably prepared e.g. <br />by sweeping, vacuuming, brushing, planing, or shot <br />blasting. <br />In order to achieve a regular thickness of coating, <br />repair irregularities, damaged areas and pores with the <br />appropriate product from the ASOCRET-PCC system in <br />accordance with factory instructions.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour:</p> <p>styrene-acrylate dispersion <br />approx. RAL 7032, <br />approx. RAL 9001 <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.4 g/cm3 <br />Solids content: <br />approx. 65% by weight <br />Workability time: <br />no limit <br />Application temperature: min. +10 °C, max. +40 °C <br />Drying time: <br />(at +20° C, 60% RH) <br />- dust dry: <br />after approx. 4 hours <br />- rain fast: <br />after approx. 6 hours <br />- overpaint: <br />after approx. 12 hours</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />ASOCRET-OS/BF is delivered ready for use. Simply <br />stir briefly before use. <br />Method of application / consumption: <br />ASOCRET-OS/BF is applied by roller or brush in two <br />coats. The first coat of ASOCRET-OS/BF is diluted with <br />up to a maximum of 5% water.</p> <p>Diffusion resistance No.: <br />μ H2O: <br />5,500 <br />μ CO2: <br />2,300,000</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured ASOCRET-OS/BF is harmless. When using <br />this product the government health and safety protective <br />directive should be observed as well as the advice on <br />the packaging.</p> <p>Equivalent air film thickness <br />Sd H2O: <br />approx. 0.88 m <br />Sd CO2: <br />approx. 368 m <br />Consumption: <br />Cleaning of tools:</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>frost free, 12 months in the <br />original unopened packaging <br />under cool and dry <br />conditions.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Use airless equipment if ASOCRET-OS/BF is to be <br />spray applied (nozzle size: 0.018 – 0.021 inches). <br />• Observe VOB part C (DIN 18363, para 3.1.10) <br />during application i.e. the material may not be <br />applied:</p> <p>approx. 200 ml/m² per coat <br />thoroughly clean tools <br />immediately after use with <br />water <br />15 litre buckets</p> <p>394</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>- During direct sunlight <br />- During strong winds <br />- During rain <br />- On heated substrates etc. <br />• If required introduce protective plans <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH Systembaustoffe. <br />GISCODE: M-DF 02</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>395</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>ASOCRET-OS/RS</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05526</p> <p>Crack-bridging protective coating</p> <p>Properties: <br />ASOCRET-OS/RS is a single component pigmented, <br />styrene-acrylate polymer dispersion. ASOCRET-OS/RS is <br />• alkali and weather resistant <br />• water vapour permeable <br />• vapour barrier to CO2 and SO2 <br />• elastic when cold and crack bridging ≤ 0,3 mm (with <br />surface hairline cracks and separating cracks).</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Surface preparation: <br />The areas to be treated must be: <br />• dry, solid, load bearing and with good grip <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, poorly bonded <br />constituents etc.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASOCRET-OS/RS is used in combination with <br />ASOCRET-FS fine smoothing mortar as surface <br />protection OS-S II in accordance with TL/TP of the <br />ZTV-SIB. <br />ASOCRET-OS/RS is further used on cement-based <br />substrates such as concrete, render and ASOCRET-PCC, <br />mortar and smoothing compound, as a protective <br />coating. <br />ASOCRET-OS/RS is a component of the ASOCRET-OS <br />System 2. A general technical certificate is available. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colours: <br />Density: <br />Solids content: <br />Workability time: <br />Application temperature: <br />Drying time:</p> <p>Dependant upon the condition of the substrate the area <br />to be treated should be suitably prepared e.g. by <br />sweeping, vacuuming, brushing, planing, or shot <br />blasting. After the substrate has been prepared and in <br />order to achieve a regular thickness of coating, repair <br />irregularities, damaged areas and pores with the <br />appropriate product from the ASOCRET-PCC system in <br />accordance with factory instructions. Design cracks <br />≥ 0,3 mm as joints in accordance with DIN 18 540.</p> <p>polymer dispersion <br />RAL 7032 <br />approx. 1,4 g/cm3 <br />approx. 68 by weight % <br />no limit <br />min. +8 °C, max. +40 °C <br />at max. 80% RH <br />after approx. 24 hours <br />(at +20 °C, 60% RH)</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />ASOCRET-OS/RS is delivered ready for use. Simply <br />stir briefly before use. <br />Method of application / consumption: <br />Protective coating: <br />ASOCRET-OS/RS is applied by roller or brush in 2 to 3 <br />coats. The first coat of ASOCRET-OS/RS is diluted with <br />up to a maximum of 5% water. <br />Consumption: approx. 200 - 250ml/m2 per coat.</p> <p>Equivalent air film thickness: <br />Sd ≤ 1 m <br />- H2O <br />- CO2</p> <p>Sd ≥ 100 m</p> <p>Strength evaluation: <br />Cleaning of tools:</p> <p>not before 14 days <br />thoroughly clean tools <br />immediately after use with <br />water</p> <p>ASOCRET-OS/RS is available <br />in 15 litre containers <br />12 months in the original <br />unopened packaging under <br />cool and dry conditions.</p> <p>Health and safety: <br />Once cured ASOCRET-OS/RS is harmless. When using <br />this product the government health and safety protective <br />directive should be observed as well as the advice on <br />the packaging.</p> <p>396</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>ASOCRET-OS/RS</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Observe VOB part C (DIN 18363, para 3.1.10) <br />during application i.e. the material may not be <br />applied: <br />- during direct sunlight <br />- during strong winds <br />- during rain. <br />• On heated substrates etc. <br />• If required introduce protective plans. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG <br />GmbH Systembaustoffe. <br />GISCODE: M-DF 02</p> <p>46/06</p> <p>397</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>ASOCRET-RN</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05508</p> <p>Mortar for repairs and producing coved fillets</p> <p>bearing capacities must conform to DIN 1055. <br />Separating layers and laitance are to be mechanically <br />removed by suitable means such as e.g. mechanical <br />blasting techniques or scabbling. Shrinkage processes <br />must be largely complete. Remove loose edges back to <br />a solid base. <br />Pre-wet the substrate so that it is matt-damp at the <br />time ASOCRET-RN is applied. Prime very absorbent <br />substrates with ASO-Unigrund-GE. When applying in <br />larger surface areas apply THERMOPAL-SP as a half <br />cover splatterdash coat (cover approx. 50%).</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Pre-blended mortar <br />• Cement-based <br />• Low shrinkage <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Polymer modified <br />• For thicknesses from 3 – 20 mm in one coat <br />Areas of application: <br />Anti-sag smoothing mortar for repairing voids and <br />cavities in concrete and pre-cast concrete walls and <br />ceilings. For producing coved fillets as well as renders <br />up to 20 mm thick in one coat. For repairing steps, <br />concrete walls etc. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Water demand: <br />Consumption: <br />Pot life *: <br />Application/substrate <br />temp: <br />Compressive strength <br />28 days: <br />Flexural strength <br />28 days: <br />Tensile adhesion strength <br />28 days: <br />Overcoat *: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Place approx. 4.0 litres of clean water into a clean <br />mixing bucket and add sufficient dry powder whilst <br />continually mechanically stirring (drill approx. 300 – <br />700 rpm) until a lump free, non-slump, smooth paste-like <br />mortar is achieved. Mixing can also take place in a <br />free-fall or compulsory mixer. The mortar is applied by <br />trowel or float following technical rendering regulatory <br />techniques. Pre-fill deep holes or voids with a scratch <br />coat. Roughen the surface. Rub down the final levelling <br />coat with a felt or sponge board.</p> <p>cement-based mortar <br />grey <br />1.7 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 4 litres water : <br />25 kg ASOCRET-RN <br />approx. 1.6 kg/m²/mm <br />approx. 30 mins</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Instead of ASO-Unigrund-GE, ASO-Unigrund-K <br />(diluted 1:3 or 4 with water) can be used. <br />• High temperatures accelerate whilst lower <br />temperatures slow down the setting process. <br />• ASOCRET-RN which has already started to stiffen <br />should not be re-lifed by adding water or fresh mortar <br />as there is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />• Protect areas not being treated with ASOCRET-RN.</p> <p>+5° C to +25° C <br />approx. 20.0 N/mm² <br />approx. 5.0 N/mm² <br />approx. 1.0 N/mm² <br />after approx. 24 hrs <br />25 kg plastic bags <br />min. 6 months when stored <br />dry in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>Please observe a current valid Health & Safety <br />Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>* The values given relate to +20° C and 65% relative humidity</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The mineral based substrate must be load-bearing, <br />solid with a good key and free from substances acting <br />as separating agents. The substrate’s load and weight <br />48/12</p> <p>398</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>FIX 10-M</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 01818</p> <p>Anchoring cement</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Chloride free <br />• Rapid setting <br />• Multiple uses <br />• High early and final strengths <br />• Compatible with all standardised cements</p> <p>Strengths: <br />Storage climate +23° C/50% relative humidity <br />Application area Measurement</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />FIX 10-M is especially suitable for the rapid sealing of <br />holes and for the rapid fixing of radiators, railings and <br />all types of dowling rods. <br />FIX 10-M can also be used as a binder for rapid repair <br />work in concrete, synthetic and natural stone, render, <br />screed or masonry work. <br />Non iron containing metals such as e.g. aluminium, <br />zinc, lead or copper should not come into contact with <br />FIX10-M or a mortar produced from it. These should <br />be completely sealed with a corrosion inhibitor e.g. <br />ASODUR-ZNP. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Application/substrate <br />temperature: <br />Pot life: <br />Water demand:</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>1 hour</p> <p>1 day</p> <p>28 days</p> <p>Trowelable <br />consistency</p> <p>Compressive <br />strength N/mm2</p> <p>approx. <br />5.0</p> <p>37.5</p> <p>46.3</p> <p>Flowable <br />consistency</p> <p>Compressive <br />strength N/mm2</p> <p>approx. <br />4.0</p> <p>approx. <br />35.0</p> <p>approx. <br />45.0</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />Remove loose render and masonry. Always pre-wet the <br />substrate, but avoid puddle formation. <br />Product preparation: <br />Take the recommended water quantity and add FIX <br />10-M to this gauging water, as mixing the other way <br />around may lead to lump formation. FIX-10-M must be <br />mixed and used quickly as setting begins after only <br />3 – 8 minutes. <br />Do not mix more material than can be used within <br />this time. Mortar which has started to set must not be <br />remixed. With deep repairs FIX 10-M can be mixed <br />with washed sharp sand. <br />Mixing ratio: 1 part FIX 10-M : 1 -2 parts sand.</p> <p>cement, additives <br />cement grey <br />approx. 1.10 kg/dm3 <br />+5° C to +35° C <br />3 – 8 mins (dependent on <br />temperature and mix) <br />trowelable consistency <br />25 – 30% <br />flowable consistency <br />30 – 40% <br />12 months when stored in <br />the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />1, 6 and 12 kg <br />plastic buckets</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Protect areas not being treated with FIX 10-M. <br />• Carry out appropriate site trials. <br />• Where there is running / seeping water use FIX 10-S. <br />• The high binding strength of FIX 10-M also permits the <br />addition of “sharp” sand without retarding the setting <br />process. The strength is reduced with increasing <br />quantities of sand. FIX 10-M must not be mixed with <br />gypsum or come into contact with it. <br />Please observe a current valid Health & Safety <br />Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>399</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>INDUCRET®-BIS-0/2</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50041</p> <p>Mineral-based corrosion protection and bonding agent</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 is a mineral-based corrosion <br />protector and bonding slurry with the following <br />properties: <br />• Ready to use after mixing with water <br />• Water impermeable <br />• Resistant to saponification <br />• Resistant to frost and de-icing salts <br />• Cures with low shrinkage and free from cracks <br />even under dynamic loading <br />• Very easy to use even on vertical and “overhead” <br />areas.</p> <p>Packaging: <br />6 kg and 25 kg bags <br />Storage: <br />12 months when stored dry in the original unopened <br />packaging. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />Before application of INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 exposed <br />steel reinforcement must be de-rusted to DIN EN ISO <br />12944-4 (in accordance with standard purity 2.5). <br />The concrete reinforcement must be dry, dust and <br />grease free. <br />Cementitious surfaces must be solid with a good key <br />and be load-bearing, free from cement laitance, loose <br />particles as well as adhesion inhibiting substances <br />(oil, grease, rubber marks, paint residues or other <br />contamination). Preparation of the substrate is necessary <br />such as e.g. by grit or shot blasting, high-pressure <br />water jetting, scabbling or planing.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 is used as corrosion protection <br />for steel reinforcement in concrete restoration and <br />simultaneously as a bonding agent on concrete and <br />mortar substrates. <br />INDUCRET-BIS0/2 is a component of the <br />concrete restoration system with the product <br />INDUCRET-BIS5/40. <br />Typical Properties: <br />Colour: <br />Basis: <br />Components: <br />Particle size: <br />Bulk density: <br />Working life: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Application temp:</p> <p>Average surface tensile strength: min. 1.5 N/mm2 <br />Product preparation: <br />1. Production of the corrosion protection: <br />• INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 = 25 kg <br />• Water <br />= 5.5 – 7.5 litres</p> <p>cement grey <br />cement <br />1 <br />up to 0.5 mm <br />1.2 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 60 minutes <br />at +20 °C <br />min. 1 day <br />min. approx. +5 °C, <br />max. approx. +35 °C</p> <p>2. Production of the bonding agent: <br />• INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 = 25 kg <br />• Water <br />= 7.25 – 7.5 litres <br />Mix INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 with a suitable stirrer (max. <br />300 rpm) or in a forced paddle mixer (mixing time <br />approx. 3 – 5 minutes) until a homogenous and lump <br />free consistency is achieved. After a maturing time of <br />approx. 2 minutes stir through briefly once again. Only <br />mix as much material as can be used within the above <br />mentioned timings.</p> <p>Waiting time before application of second coat: <br />Corrosion protection: <br />min. 24 hours (when applied <br />by hand) <br />min. 72 hours (mechanical <br />application) <br />Bonding agent: <br />wet in wet</p> <p>Application tools: <br />Corrosion protection: paint brush <br />Bonding agent: hard broom, brush</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools with water after use.</p> <p>400</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>• Cover with suitable sheeting to protect against rain. <br />• Temperature limits: +5° C to +35° C. <br />• Only use mains water of drinking quality when <br />preparing INDUCRET-BIS0/2. Do not add additional <br />water or powder to material that has begun to stiffen <br />in an attempt to restore the original consistency. This <br />can result in inadequate bonding. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.</p> <p>Application method/consumption: <br />Corrosion protection: <br />Evenly apply INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 in two coats with <br />a paint brush to the de-rusted steel reinforcement to <br />thoroughly cover it. Once the second coat has <br />hardened, the bonding agent followed by the repair <br />mortar can be applied. <br />Bonding agent: <br />Brush the INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 with a suitable broom <br />into the prepared matt damp substrate ensuring <br />complete coverage and that the pores are filled. The <br />subsequent application e.g. with the repair mortar <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 must be applied whilst the <br />bonding agent is still wet.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP 1</p> <p>Material consumption: <br />Corrosion protection: <br />Approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm thickness, <br />1.0 litre/ mix = 2.03 kg</p> <p>Bonding agent: <br />Approx. 1.5 kg/m2/mm thickness, <br />1.0 litre/ mix = 1.98 kg</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 contains cement that forms an <br />alkaline reaction with moisture. Therefore contact with <br />the eyes and skin is to be avoided and mortar splashes <br />are to be thoroughly washed off immediately with <br />plenty of water. On contact with the eyes, seek <br />medical attention from an eye specialist. Please store <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 out of the reach of children. <br />Important advice: <br />• Prior to implementing any concrete restoration <br />measures the actual condition should generally be <br />assessed by an authorised expert and/or a Structural <br />Engineer. The inspection protocol is to be given <br />to the contractor before the commencement of the <br />restoration works. <br />• Areas not being treated are to be protected from the <br />effects of INDUCRET-BIS0/2.</p> <p>*!, <br />.2 %(+01/ <br /> <br />$1*,)#</p> <p> <br /> </p> <p> </p> <p>,//,0(,+-/,1$"1(,+ +#!,+#(+&", 1 00301$* <br />",*-,+$+10,%1'$",+"/$1$/$01,/ 1(,+ <br />0301$*%,/*,/1 /0%,/01/2"12/ )/$01,/ 1(,+</p> <p>(%$.'*" #$)</p> <p>$.2(/$*$+10 <br />%#&'(( +()'$) <br />"%' %$%$)$) <br />( %$()'$) <br />( ()$)%'%$ () %$ <br />%*"*(%"() ). <br />( ()$)%)#&')*'$ <br />& ""'.,)'(%'&) %$ <br />/'%*((*()$( <br />) %$)% '</p> <p>"((</p> <p>((</p> <p>!-# - <br />%$%'#(, ) <br />*'%"((</p> <p>25/11</p> <p>401</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>INDUCRET®-BIS-0/2-ACI</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50059</p> <p>Mineral-based corrosion protection and bonding agent</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI is a mineral-based corrosion <br />protector and bonding slurry with the following <br />properties: <br />• Ready to use after mixing with water <br />• Water impermeable <br />• Resistant to saponification <br />• Resistant to frost and de-icing salts <br />• Cures with low shrinkage and free from cracks <br />even under dynamic loading <br />• Very easy to use even on vertical and “overhead” <br />areas <br />• Active corrosion inhibitor</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools with water after use. <br />Packaging: <br />6 kg and 25 kg bags <br />Storage: <br />12 months when stored dry in the original unopened <br />packaging. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />Before application of INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI exposed <br />steel reinforcement must be de-rusted to DIN EN ISO <br />12944-4 (in accordance with standard purity 2.5). <br />The concrete reinforcement must be dry, dust and <br />grease free. <br />Cementitious surfaces must be solid with a good key <br />and be load-bearing, free from cement laitance, loose <br />particles as well as adhesion inhibiting substances <br />(oil, grease, rubber marks, paint residues or other <br />contamination). Preparation of the substrate is necessary <br />such as e.g. by grit or shot blasting, high-pressure <br />water jetting, scabbling or planing.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI is used as corrosion protection <br />for steel reinforcement in concrete restoration and <br />simultaneously as a bonding agent on concrete and <br />mortar substrates. <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI is a component of the <br />concrete restoration system with the product <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40.</p> <p>Average surface tensile strength: min. 1.5 N/mm2 <br />Typical Properties: <br />Colour: <br />Basis: <br />Components: <br />Particle size: <br />Bulk density: <br />Working life: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Application temp:</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />1. Production of the corrosion protection: <br />• INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI = 25 kg <br />• Water = 5.5 – 7.5 litres</p> <p>red <br />cement <br />1 <br />up to 0.5 mm <br />1.2 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 60 minutes <br />at +20 °C <br />min. 1 day <br />min. approx. +5 °C, <br />max. approx. +35 °C</p> <p>2. Production of the bonding agent: <br />• INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI = 25 kg <br />• Water = 7.25 – 7.5 litres <br />Mix INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI with a suitable stirrer (max. <br />300 rpm) or in a forced paddle mixer (mixing time <br />approx. 3 – 5 minutes) until a homogenous and lump <br />free consistency is achieved. After a maturing time of <br />approx. 2 minutes stir through briefly once again. Only <br />mix as much material as can be used within the above <br />mentioned timings.</p> <p>Waiting time before application of second coat: <br />Corrosion protection: <br />min. 24 hours (when applied <br />by hand) <br />min. 72 hours (mechanical <br />application) <br />Bonding agent: <br />wet in wet</p> <p>402</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>• Areas not being treated are to be protected from the <br />effects of INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI. <br />• Cover with suitable sheeting to protect against rain. <br />• Temperature limits: +5° C to +35° C. <br />• Only use mains water of drinking quality when <br />preparing INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI. Do not add <br />additional water or powder to material that has <br />begun to stiffen in an attempt to restore the original <br />consistency. This can result in inadequate bonding. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.</p> <p>Application tools: <br />Corrosion protection: paint brush <br />Bonding agent: hard broom, brush <br />Application method/consumption: <br />Corrosion protection: <br />Evenly apply INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI in two coats with <br />a paint brush to the de-rusted steel reinforcement to <br />thoroughly cover it. Once the second coat has <br />hardened, the bonding agent followed by the repair <br />mortar can be applied. <br />Bonding agent: <br />Brush the INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI with a suitable <br />broom into the prepared matt damp substrate ensuring <br />complete coverage and that the pores are filled. The <br />subsequent application e.g. with the repair mortar <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 must be applied whilst the <br />bonding agent is still wet.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP 1</p> <p>Material consumption: <br />Corrosion protection: <br />Approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm thickness, <br />1.0 litre/ mix = 2.03 kg <br />Bonding agent: <br />Approx. 1.5 kg/m2/mm thickness, <br />1.0 litre/ mix = 1.98 kg <br />Health & Safety: <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI contains cement that forms an <br />alkaline reaction with moisture. Therefore contact with <br />the eyes and skin is to be avoided and mortar splashes <br />are to be thoroughly washed off immediately with <br />plenty of water. On contact with the eyes, seek <br />medical attention from an eye specialist. Please store <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI out of the reach of children. <br />Important advice: <br />• Prior to implementing any concrete restoration <br />measures the actual condition should generally be <br />assessed by an authorised expert and/or a Structural <br />Engineer. The inspection protocol is to be given <br />to the contractor before the commencement of the <br />restoration works.</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>403</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>INDUCRET®-BIS-1/6</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50040 <br />Cementitious fine smoothing mortar for voids from 1 – 6 mm, <br />maximum grain: 0.5 mm</p> <p>Flexural strength:</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 is a mineral-based fine smoothing <br />mortar, for repairing 1 – 6 mm defects, with the <br />following properties: <br />• a fine cementitious mortar of mortar group M2 for <br />vertical and horizontal surfaces <br />• ready to use after mixing with water <br />• water impermeable <br />• water vapour permeable <br />• resistant to frost and de-icing salts <br />• very easy to use <br />• impairs the passage of CO2 <br />• cures with low shrinkage and free from cracks even <br />under dynamic loading and has a high resistance to <br />carbonation.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools with water after use. <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bag <br />Storage: <br />12 months when stored dry in the original unopened <br />packaging under dry and cool conditions above +10° C <br />Substrate preparation: <br />Before application of INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 the substrate <br />is to be thoroughly pre-wetted, however the substrate <br />surface must only be matt damp during application of <br />INDUCRET-BIS-1/6. Preparation of the substrate is <br />necessary, such as e.g. by grit or shot blasting, highpressure water jetting, if no previous restoration work <br />has been carried out. Cementitious surfaces must be <br />solid with a good key and be load-bearing, free from <br />cement laitance, loose constituents as well as adhesion <br />inhibiting substances (oil, grease, rubber marks, paint <br />residues or other contamination). <br />Average surface tensile strength: min. 1.5 N/mm2</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 is is a fine grain thixotropic repair <br />mortar for use in repairing and re-forming concrete on: <br />• Horizontal and vertical surfaces as well as for overhead areas for 1 – 6 mm deep defects. <br />• For concrete areas under dynamic load (e.g. <br />carriageway surface finishes, concrete parapets, <br />soffits of superstructures). <br />Typical Properties: <br />Colour: <br />Basis: <br />Components: <br />Particle size: <br />Bulk density: <br />Wet density: <br />Working life: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Application temp: <br />Technical Data: <br />Compressive strength:</p> <p>24 hours approx. 2 N/mm2 <br />7 days approx. 7 N/mm2 <br />28 days approx. 8 N/mm2</p> <p>cement grey <br />cement <br />1 <br />up to 0.5 mm <br />1.3 kg/dm3 <br />2.0 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 60 minutes <br />at +20 °C <br />min. 1 day <br />min. approx. +5 °C, <br />max. approx. +30 °C</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />1. Production of the fine repair mortar: <br />• INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 = 25.0 kg <br />• Water <br />= approx. 5.0 – 5.25 litres <br />Fill a clean mixing vessel with up to 80% of the above <br />mentioned water quantity. Continuously add the <br />required quantity of INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 whilst <br />constantly stirring with a suitable mixer (approx. 300 <br />rpm). Thoroughly blend for 3 – 5 minutes to a lump free <br />mortar. Add the remaining 20% of water and mix for <br />a further 2 minutes. Allow to stand for 2 minutes, then <br />briefly remix. Use a forced paddle mixer for preparing <br />large quantities. Only mix as much material as can be <br />used within the stated working life.</p> <p>24 hours approx. 11 N/mm2 <br />7 days approx. 30 N/mm2 <br />28 days approx. 40 N/mm2</p> <p>404</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>Material application: <br />Through the introduction of compressed air at the spray <br />nozzle, the material should exit the nozzle in a uniform <br />circular pattern. During the first spray coat application, <br />blow holes, honeycombs, voids behind the rebar, <br />irregularities in the substrate etc, should be filled and <br />evened out. The second spray coat should be used to <br />build up desired material thickness, which can then be <br />finished with suitable smoothing tools.</p> <p>Application tools: <br />Gauging trowel, steel float, long-handled hand trowel, <br />rubbing sponge. <br />Application by hand: <br />Apply INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 to the prepared substrate to <br />the desired thickness. Pre-fill pores and voids by trowel. <br />Smooth the surface after the appropriate time interval. <br />Do not rework the surface with a wetted brush or <br />trowel. For a seamless repair to the area it is possible <br />to rub down with a dry sponge.</p> <p>Material consumption (finished mix): <br />Approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm thickness <br />approx. 1.0 litre/ mix = 1.95 kg</p> <p>Wet spray application process: <br />When wet spraying, the substrate must be thoroughly <br />wetted until matt damp. <br />Re-profiling repairs with wet spray techniques requires <br />the material to be mixed in a compulsory batch mixer <br />with a suitable feed pump and with the use of a spray <br />gun for decorative plasters. To ensure an even coverage is achieved when spraying, a high performance <br />industrial compressor is a mandatory requirement (min. <br />4 m3 air/4-5 bar pressure).</p> <p>Curing and protection: <br />Protect the surface and repeatedly dampen for at least <br />one day after application of the INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 <br />using suitable measures (e.g. covering with polythene) <br />against rapid drying out resulting from direct sunlight, <br />draughts and/or high temperature fluctuations. Areas <br />where the mortar has been applied must be kept damp <br />with e.g. a mist spray or Jute sheeting to prevent the <br />water evaporating too soon after application. After <br />waiting for at least one day further suitable surface <br />protection systems can be applied.</p> <p>Without a compulsory batch mixer: <br />Pump system: High Comp Power <br />Pump unit: XP 120 <br />Water demand: approx. 160-180 litres/hour <br />Nozzle: MAWO nozzle 35/12 mm <br />Max. hose length: 50 m <br />Control nozzle displacement: 0.5 – 1.0 m</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 contains cement that forms an <br />alkaline reaction with moisture. Therefore contact with <br />the eyes and skin is to be avoided and mortar splashes <br />are to be thoroughly washed off immediately with <br />plenty of water. On contact with the eyes, seek <br />medical attention from an eye specialist. Store <br />INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 out of the reach of children.</p> <p>Pump system PFT: <br />Compulsory batch mixer Multi Mix <br />Feed pump N2FU400 / Feed screw D8-1.5 <br />Spray gun for decorative plaster: 10 mm <br />Max. hose length: 50 m <br />Control nozzle displacement: 0.5 – 1.0 m</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Prior to implementing any concrete restoration <br />measures the actual condition should generally be <br />assessed by an authorised expert and/or a Structural <br />Engineer. The inspection protocol is to be given to <br />the contractor before the commencement of the restoration works. <br />• Areas not to be treated are to be protected from the <br />effects of INDUCRET-BIS-1/6.</p> <p>Pump system Inotec <br />Inomix compulsory mixer ZM 80 Jet Mix <br />Inobeamlight / feed screw D8-1.5 <br />Spray gun for decorative plaster: 10 mm <br />Max. hose length: 50 m <br />Control nozzle displacement: 0.5 – 1.0 m</p> <p>405</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>• Cover with suitable sheeting to protect against rain. <br />• Building substrates and ambient temperatures below <br />+20° C delay setting times and above +20° C <br />accelerate setting times. <br />• Only use mains water of drinking quality when mixing INDUCRET-BIS-1/6. Do not add additional water <br />or powder to material which has begun to stiffen in <br />an attempt to restore original consistency. This can <br />result in inadequate bonding. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.</p> <p> *", <br />.2!&(+01/ <br /> <br />%1*,)$</p> <p> <br /> </p> <p> </p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.</p> <p> </p> <p>GISCODE: ZP 1</p> <p>(+%*,/1!/!0!0301%*#,*-,+%+1,&1'% <br /> #,+#/%1%/%01,/!1(,+0301%*&,/ <br />*,/1!/0&,/01/2#12/!)/%01,/!1(,+ <br />(%$.'*" #$)</p> <p>%.2(/%*%+10 <br />%#&'(( +()'$) <br />"%' %$%$)$) <br />( %$()'$) <br />( ()$)%'%$ () %$ <br />%*"*(%"() ). <br />( ()$)%)#&')*'$ <br />& ""'.,)'(%'&) %$ <br />/'%*((*()$( <br />) %$)% '</p> <p>"((</p> <p> <br />(( <br /> </p> <p>!-# - <br />%$%'#(, ) <br />*'%"((</p> <p>10/12</p> <p>406</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>INDUCRET®-BIS-5/40</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50039</p> <p>Repair mortar for voids from 5 – 40 mm, <br />maximum grain: 2 mm</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 is an anti-sag repair mortar for <br />voids from 5 – 40 mm with the following properties: <br />• a cementitious repair mortar for vertical and <br />horizontal surfaces <br />• ready to use after mixing with water <br />• water impermeable <br />• water vapour permeable <br />• resistant to frost and de-icing salts <br />• impairs the passage of CO2 <br />• cures with low shrinkage and free from cracks <br />even under dynamic loading <br />• high resistance to carbonation</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools with water after use. <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bag <br />Storage: <br />12 months when kept in the original unopened <br />packaging under dry and cool conditions above <br />+10 °C. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />Before application of INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 <br />exposed steel reinforcement must be treated with <br />INDUCRET-BIS--0/2 corrosion protection according <br />to product instructions. Cementitious surfaces must be <br />solid with a good key and be load-bearing, free from <br />cement laitance, loose particles as well as adhesion <br />inhibiting substances (oil, grease, rubber marks, paint <br />residues or other contamination). Surface preparation <br />is necessary such as e.g. grit or shot blasting, highpressure water jetting, scabbling or planing. The <br />substrate is to be thoroughly pre-wetted but during <br />application of INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 the relevant <br />substrate may however only be matt damp. <br />Average surface tensile strength: min. 1.5 N/mm2</p> <p>INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 is a system component <br />and is only to be used in combination with <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2. <br />Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 is used as an anti-sag re-profiling <br />mortar for vertical, horizontal and overhead areas for <br />voids up to 40 mm. Use for concrete restoration areas <br />under dynamic load (e.g. under roadbeds and <br />concrete parapets). <br />Technical Data: <br />Colour: <br />Basis: <br />Components: <br />Particle size: <br />Bulk density: <br />Wet density: <br />Working life: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Application temp: <br />Compressive strength:</p> <p>Flexural strength:</p> <p>cement grey <br />cement <br />1 <br />up to 2 mm <br />1.6 kg/dm3 <br />2.1 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 60 minutes <br />at +20 °C <br />min. 1 day <br />min. approx. +5 °C, <br />max. approx. +35 °C <br />24 hours approx. 14 N/mm2 <br />7 days approx. 50 N/mm2 <br />28 days approx. 60 N/mm2 <br />24 hours approx. 4 N/mm2 <br />7 days approx. 8 N/mm2 <br />28 days approx. 9 N/mm2</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />1. Production of the repair mortar: <br />• INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 25.0 kg <br />• Water <br />approx. 3.5 – 3.75 litres <br />Fill a mixing vessel with up to 80% of the above <br />mentioned water quantity. Add the above quantity of <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 under constant mixing with a <br />suitable stirrer (approx. 300 rpm). Mix thoroughly for <br />approx. 3 – 5 minutes to a lump free mortar. Add the <br />remaining 20% water and mix for a further 2 minutes. <br />Use a compulsory mixer for preparing large quantities. <br />Only mix as much material as can be used within the <br />stated working life. <br />Application tools: <br />Hand trowel, wood float, steel trowel, hand tools for <br />smoothing, rubbing board.</p> <p>407</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>Inotec pump system: <br />Inomix compulsory mixer ZM80 Jet Mix <br />Inobeam F21 light / screw feed D8-1.5 <br />Mortar hose 25 mm diameter <br />Reprofiling nozzle 35/12 mm <br />(Reprofiling spray tool) <br />Max hose length: 50 m <br />Control nozzle distance: 0.5 – 1.0 m</p> <p>Application by hand: <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 may only be used in combination <br />with the bonding agent INDUCRET-BIS-0/2. <br />Bonding agent: <br />Brush apply INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 with a hard broom <br />onto the prepared matt damp substrate ensuring <br />complete coverage and pore filling. <br />Subsequent application of INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 must <br />be wet in wet with the bonding agent. Spread <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 onto the fresh bonding agent to <br />the required thickness with a suitable tool. Finish by <br />compacting the mortar and smoothening.</p> <p>Material application: <br />Through introduction of compressed air at the spray <br />nozzle, the material should exit the nozzle in a uniform <br />circular pattern. During the first spray coat application, <br />blow holes, honeycombs, voids behind the rebar, <br />irregularities in the wall, etc, should be filled and <br />evened out. The second spray coat should be used to <br />build up desired material thickness, which can then be <br />finished with proper smoothing methods.</p> <p>Wet application with spray equipment: <br />When using wet spraying techniques it is not necessary <br />to use a mineral-based bonding coat. The application <br />of two coats of INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 corrosion inhibitor <br />is to be carried out at least 72 hours before the wet <br />spray application of INDUCRET-BIS-5/40. Thoroughly <br />pre-wet the area to be treated. When installing <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40, the surface should only be matt <br />damp. Reprofiling using wet spray techniques is carried <br />out once the material has been mixed in a compulsory <br />mixer with conveyor pump and when using a MAWO <br />nozzle. To ensure an even spray pattern an industrial <br />compressor (min. 4 m3 air / 4 – 5 bar pressure) is <br />mandatory.</p> <p>Material consumption (finished mix): <br />Approx. 1.8 kg/m2/mm thickness, <br />approx. 1.0 litre/ mix = 2.13 kg <br />Curing and protection: <br />Repeatedly dampen and protect the surface for at least <br />one day after application of INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 using <br />suitable measures (e.g. covering with polythene) against <br />rapid drying out resulting from direct sunlight, draughts <br />and/or high temperature fluctuations. Mortar surfaces <br />must be prevented from early water evaporation by <br />keeping them damp e.g. mist spray with water or <br />protecting with Jute sheeting.</p> <p>Without compulsory mixer: <br />Pump system: High Comp Power <br />Pump unit: XP 210 <br />Water demand: approx. 330 – 370 litres/hour <br />Nozzle: MAWO nozzle 35/12 mm <br />Max hose length: 50 m <br />Control nozzle distance: 0.5 – 1.0 m</p> <p>Health & Safety <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 contains cement that forms an <br />alkaline reaction with moisture. Therefore contact with <br />the eyes and skin is to be avoided and mortar splashes <br />are to be immediately and thoroughly washed off with <br />plenty of water. Seek medical attention from an eye <br />specialist when contact with eyes occures. Store <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 out of the reach of children.</p> <p>PFT pump system: <br />Multi Mix compulsory mixer <br />Conveyor pump N2FU400 / screw feed D8-1.5 <br />Reprofiling nozzle 35/12 mm <br />(Reprofiling spray tool) <br />Max hose length: 50 m <br />Control nozzle distance: 0.5 – 1.0 m</p> <p>408</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Prior to commencing any concrete restoration <br />measures, the actual condition is generally to be <br />assessed by a specialist and/or Structural Engineer. <br />The test record is to be made available to the <br />applicator before starting the renovation work. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40. <br />• Cover with suitable sheeting to protect against rain. <br />• Limiting temperature: +5° C to +35° C. <br />• Building substrates and ambient temperatures below <br />+20 °C delay setting times and above +20 °C <br />accelerate setting times. <br />• Use only mains or drinking water when mixing <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40. Do not add additional water <br />or powder to material which has begun to stiffen in <br />an attempt to restore original consistency. This can <br />result in inadequate bonding. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.</p> <p>!*#, <br />-1"'(+/0. <br /> <br />&0*,)%</p> <p> <br /> </p> <p> </p> <p>! </p> <p>,+$.&0&.&/0,."0(,+/2/0&*',.*,.0"./ <br />',./0.1$01.").&/0,."0(,+</p> <p>(%$.'*" #$)</p> <p>&-1(.&*&+0/ <br />%#&'(( +()'$) <br />"%' %$%$)$) <br />( %$()'$) <br />( ()$)%'%$ () %$ <br />%*"*(%"() ). <br />( ()$)%)#&')*'$ <br />& ""'.,)'(%'&) %$ <br />/'%*((*()$( <br />) %$)% '</p> <p>"((</p> <p>((</p> <p>!-# - <br />%$%'#(, ) <br />*'%"((</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP 1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>409</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>SOLOCRET-100F</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05444</p> <p>Rapid setting vertical and overhead repair mortar</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>Properties: <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Fiber reinforced <br />• Polymer modified, strong adhesion to concrete <br />• Low shrinkage <br />• Rapid hardening <br />• For walls, ceilings and floors <br />• For thicknesses from 1 to 100 mm <br />• Exceptional workability with un-surpassed non-sag <br />properties <br />• Easy to shave after initial set</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>* Values are valid at +23° C and 50% relative humidity</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The mineral-based substrate must be load-bearing, solid, <br />have a good key and be free from materials acting <br />as separating layers. Separating layers, laitance and <br />similar must be mechanically removed by suitable means <br />e.g. surface abrasive blasting or scabbling (refer to ICRI <br />Guideline 310.1R-2008). A surface profile of CSP7 or <br />higher according to the ICRI Guideline 310.2-1997 <br />enables best mechanical anchoring of SOLOCRET100F. Ensure there is no moisture pressure from the <br />negative side. Shrinkage processes must be largely at <br />an end. Remove hollow edges back to a sound core. <br />Remove all deteriorated and/or carbonated concrete. <br />Prime exposed rebar with INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 or <br />INDUFLOOR-IB-2385.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />For fast repair of defective concrete or masonry areas <br />up to 100 mm depth. Renovation of pre-stressed, <br />cast-in-place or tilt-up concrete structures. Sculpting of <br />architectural features. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Pot life*: <br />Overcoat*: <br />Flexural and <br />compressive strength:</p> <p>Drying shrinkage <br />after 28 days: <br />Application/ <br />substrate temperature: <br />Cleaning tools:</p> <p>approx. 1.6 kg/m² at <br />1 mm thickness <br />25 kg bag <br />Dry, min. 6 months in the <br />original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>Cement, aggregate, <br />high quality additives <br />Grey <br />approx. 1.5 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 12 mins <br />after approx. 1 hour</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />1. Pre-dampen the substrate to a saturated surface dry <br />(SSD) condition. Prime non-cement based substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund-K. <br />2. Mix SOLOCRET-100F with clean water in a clean <br />mixing bucket until homogenous. Mixing ratio: Approx. <br />4.5 litres water : 25 kg SOLOCRET-100F. Add the <br />water to a clean mixing bucket and mechanically <br />mix in the dry powder whilst stirring with a drill and <br />paddle (approx. 300 – 700 rpm) until a homogenous, <br />thixotropic, smooth and paste-like smoothing compound <br />is achieved. The mixing time is approx. 2-3 minutes. <br />SOLOCRET-100F must be used within 10 minutes at <br />+20° C. <br />3. Priming: Apply a scrub coat with SOLOCRET-100F <br />at max. 3 mm thickness using a damp sponge. Make <br />sure to work the material well into the substrate surface.</p> <p>approx. 2/5 N/mm² <br />after 1 hour <br />approx. 2/10 N/mm² <br />after 3 hrs <br />approx. 3/11 N/mm² <br />after 6 hrs <br />approx. 4/14 N/mm² <br />after 1 day <br />approx. 6/20 N/mm² <br />after 7 days <br />approx. 8/36 N/mm² <br />after 28 days <br />0.3 mm/m <br />+5° C to +35° C <br />in the fresh state with water</p> <p>410</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>• Protect areas not being treated with SOLOCRET-100F <br />from its effects. <br />• Observe a valid Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS).</p> <p>4. Throw or trowel apply the SOLOCRET-100F onto <br />the primed substrate and evenly spread with a suitable <br />tool (plasterer’s darby) within the pot life.SOLOCRET100F can be applied up to 100 mm thick in one coat. <br />If desired it can be smoothed off after 15 minutes. <br />5. Dependent on the substrate, ambient conditions <br />and thickness, the material can be smoothened with a <br />grid float in order to remove surface irregularities and <br />to leave a rough finish, which ensures a good bond <br />for subsequently applied materials. After the initial set <br />SOLOCRET-100F may be shaved back to achieve <br />desired surface profile. <br />6. Where it is necessary to apply another coat of <br />SOLOCRET-100F, leave the first lift rough and create an <br />X shaped surface pattern with the edge of a trowel. Do <br />not exceed a maximum thickness of <br />100 mm. The air, material and substrate temperature <br />may not drop below +5° C during application and <br />within the next 24 hours. <br />7. Curing: Keep the surface damp for 4 – 6 hours after <br />application. Do not use curing compounds.</p> <p>GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Perimeter, bay, structural and other movement joints <br />are to be brought through or inserted in the planned <br />locations and filled with suitable material. Once the <br />SOLOCRET-100F has hardened, control joints are to <br />be cut into the top third of the installed thickness. <br />• Very porous substrates result in greater material <br />consumption. <br />• High temperatures accelerate, lower temperatures <br />slow down the setting process. <br />• Do not attempt to re-life SOLOCRET-100F that has <br />already started to stiffen by adding more water or <br />fresh mortar as there is a risk of inadequate strength <br />development. <br />• Only apply SOLOCRET-100F on smaller repair areas <br />of up to 15 liters. Do not try to work large areas <br />with SOLOCRET-100F exceeding the amount <br />mixed in one step. Use structural repair mortars like <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 with extended working time <br />instead.</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>411</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>SOLOCRET-120</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05446</p> <p>Rapid setting screed mortar</p> <p>Properties: <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Fiber reinforced <br />• Polymer modified, strong adhesion to concrete <br />• Low shrinkage <br />• Rapid hardening <br />• Wide consistency range from semi-dry to plastic <br />• High final strength</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />For bonded screed construction and concrete repair <br />applications the mineral-based substrate must be loadbearing, solid, have a good key and be free from <br />materials acting as separating layers. Separating layers, <br />laitance and similar must be mechanically removed <br />by suitable means e.g. surface abrasive blasting or <br />scabbling (refer to ICRI Guideline 310.1R-2008). A <br />surface profile of CSP7 or higher according to the <br />ICRI Guideline 310.2-1997 enables best mechanical <br />anchoring of SOLOCRET-120. Ensure there is no <br />moisture pressure from the negative side. Shrinkage <br />processes must be largely at an end. Remove hollow <br />edges back to a sound core. Remove all deteriorated <br />and/or carbonated concrete. Prime exposed rebar <br />with INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 or INDUFLOOR-IB2385. <br />Prime substrate with INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 and apply <br />SOLOCRET-120 fresh in fresh.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />For fast repair of defective concrete slabs and screeds <br />up to 120 mm depth. Construction of high strength <br />bonded screeds and screeds on insulation layers. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Pot life*: <br />Flexural and <br />compressive strength:</p> <p>Application/ <br />substrate temperature: <br />Cleaning tools: <br />Consumption: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Cement, aggregate, <br />high quality additives <br />Grey <br />approx. 1.7 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 60 mins</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />1. Pre-dampen the substrate to a saturated surface dry <br />(SSD) condition (bonded screeds or concrete repair <br />only). <br />2a. Manual mixing procedure: Mix SOLOCRET-120 <br />with clean water in a clean mixing bucket until <br />homogenous. Water requirement for 25 kg <br />SOLOCRET-120: Approx. 2.3 litres for semi-dry <br />consistency, 3.3 litres for plastic consistency. Add the <br />water to a clean mixing bucket and mechanically mix <br />in the dry powder whilst stirring with a drill and paddle <br />(approx. 300 – 700 rpm) until a homogenous mix <br />is achieved. The mixing time is approx. 2-3 minutes. <br />SOLOCRET-120 must be used within 60 minutes at <br />+20° C. <br />2b. Mixing recommendations for mix machines <br />with conveyor feed: A total of 250 kg SOLOCRET-120 <br />can be mixed with 23 – 28 litres of tap water in a <br />conventional mixing machine with a 220 litre mix <br />vessel e.g. Brinkmann screed-boy or PFT Putzmeister <br />Mixocret. This relates to a mixing capacity of approx. <br />80% which is generally recommended by the equipment <br />manufacturer.</p> <p>approx. 2/5 N/mm² <br />after 6 hrs <br />approx. 5/25 N/mm² <br />after 1 day <br />approx. 6/39 N/mm² <br />after 7 days <br />approx. 8/53 N/mm² <br />after 28 days <br />+5° C to +35° C <br />in the fresh state with water <br />approx. 1.6 kg/m² at <br />1 mm thickness <br />25 kg bag <br />Dry, min. 6 months in the <br />original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>* Values are valid at +23° C and 50% relative humidity</p> <p>412</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>Carry out the following procedures: Firstly half fill the <br />mix vessel with 125 kg SOLOCRET-120 and add <br />approx. 15 litres of water. Afterwards add the other <br />125 kg SOLOCRET-120 and pour in 8 – 13 litres of <br />water. Keep to a total mix time of 4 minutes so that all <br />components are dispersed and the final consistency is <br />achieved. <br />2c. Mixing recommendations for free fall mixers: Pour <br />in 5 litres of water, add 100 kg of SOLOCRET-120 <br />and a further 4 – 6 litres of water. Mix subsequently for <br />5 minutes. Adjust the consistency through water addition <br />to a semi-dry to stiff-plastic. <br />3. Priming: Prime substrate with INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 <br />(bonded screeds or concrete repair only). No priming <br />necessary on insulation or separating membranes. <br />4. Pour or pump SOLOCRET-120 in the designated <br />space while INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 is still tacky and level <br />with a straight edge float. Finish off with a trowel or <br />power-float. Maximum thickness for small repairs of <br />2 m² or less: 100 mm in one lift. Larger screed areas <br />can be applied up to 60 mm in one lift and up to <br />120 mm with the addition of 40% aggregate of <br />4 – 8 mm**. Min. thickness on separation layer or <br />insulation is 30 mm. <br />5. Curing: Keep the surface damp for 6 hours after <br />application. Alternatively apply RESIL-NB150 as a <br />curing compound.</p> <p>• Do not attempt to re-life SOLOCRET-120 that has <br />already started to stiffen by adding more water or <br />fresh mortar as there is a risk of inadequate strength <br />development. <br />• Curing times and readiness for tile or flooring <br />applications depend on the water addition. In semidry consistency, tiles can be laid as early as 6 hours <br />after application, more water will delay this point. <br />Test readiness with a carbide hygrometer and refer to <br />the requirements for the subsequent flooring system. <br />• High water additions to SOLOCRET-120 may <br />cause segregation in the mixing pump or hose. It is <br />recommended to use a water amount of less than <br />2.75 litres per 25 kg bag. <br />• Protect areas not being treated with SOLOCRET-120 <br />from its effects. <br />• Observe a valid Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>**Compressive and flexural strength may be lower than the undiluted <br />product with the addition of aggregate.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Perimeter, bay, structural and other movement joints <br />are to be brought through or inserted in the planned <br />locations and filled with suitable material. Once the <br />SOLOCRET-120 has hardened, control joints are to <br />be cut into the top third of the installed thickness. <br />• High temperatures accelerate, lower temperatures <br />slow down the setting process. <br />• The air, material and substrate temperature must not <br />drop below +5° C during application and within the <br />next 24 hours. <br />• Follow ACI guidelines for hot weather concreting if <br />application or curing temperature is above +29° C. <br />• Do not add cement or other materials. <br />48/12</p> <p>413</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>SOLOCRET-FF</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05447</p> <p>Rapid setting horizontal feather edge mortar</p> <p>according to the ICRI Guideline 310.2-1997 enables <br />best mechanical anchoring of SOLOCRET-FF. Ensure <br />there is no moisture pressure from the negative side. <br />Shrinkage processes must be largely at an end. If <br />existing coatings or adhesives cannot be removed but <br />are stable to support a flooring system, these can be <br />over-coated after priming with Unigrund-K. Old adhesive <br />residues may be leveled with a layer of SOLOPLAN-30. <br />Very absorptive substrates must also be primed with <br />Unigrund-K prior to application of SOLOCRET-FF.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Generates a perfectly smooth finish on many <br />substrates <br />• Polymer modified, strong adhesion to concrete <br />• For interior use only <br />• Rapid hardening <br />• For horizontal applications <br />• For thicknesses from 0 to 10 mm <br />• Exceptional workability <br />Areas of application: <br />Smoothing of surfaces for floor coverings that <br />require perfectly flat substrates. Leveling edges of <br />regular surface repair systems like SOLOPLAN-30 or <br />SOLOCRET-100F. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Pot life*: <br />Overcoat*: <br />Adhesive strength: <br />Application/ <br />substrate temperature: <br />Cleaning tools: <br />Consumption: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />1. Pre-dampen mineralic and slightly absorptive <br />substrates to a saturated surface dry (SSD) condition. <br />2. Priming: No priming required if absorptive surface <br />is prepared properly. Alternatively stable epoxy floors <br />and also gypsum or other absorptive substrates must be <br />primed with Unigrund-K. Metal surfaces must be primed <br />with INDUFLOOR-IB2385. Any primer must be fully <br />cured before applying SOLOCRET-FF. <br />3. Mix SOLOCRET-FF with clean water in a clean <br />mixing bucket until homogenous. Mixing ratio: Approx. <br />8 litres water : 20 kg SOLOCRET-FF or 2 parts powder <br />on 1 part water by volume. Add the water to a clean <br />mixing bucket and mechanically mix in the dry powder <br />whilst stirring with a drill and paddle (approx. 300 – <br />700 rpm) until a homogenous, smooth and paste-like <br />smoothing compound is achieved. The mixing time is <br />approx. 2-3 minutes. SOLOCRET-FF must be used within <br />10 minutes at +20° C. <br />4. Pour SOLOCRET-FF onto the prepared substrate <br />and evenly spread with a trowel within the pot life. <br />Trowel to the desired profile. Work SOLOCRET-FF <br />into the substrate and make sure to fill all surface voids <br />completely. Avoid applying more than 10 mm thickness <br />in one lift. SOLOCRET-FF can be feather edged to less <br />than 0.1 mm thickness. <br />5. Apply flooring system according to manufacturer’s <br />specifications.</p> <p>Cement, aggregate, <br />high quality additives <br />Grey <br />approx. 1.2 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 15 mins <br />after approx. 20 mins <br />1.5 N/mm² after 28 days <br />+5° C to +35° C <br />in the fresh state with water <br />approx. 1.5 kg/m² at <br />1 mm thickness <br />20 kg bag <br />Dry, min. 6 months in the <br />original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>* Values are valid at +23° C and 50% relative humidity</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load-bearing, solid, have a good <br />key and be free from materials acting as separating <br />layers. Separating layers, laitance and similar must be <br />mechanically removed by suitable means e.g. surface <br />abrasive blasting or scarifying (refer to ICRI Guideline <br />310.1R-2008). A surface profile of CSP4 or higher</p> <p>414</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Follow existing joints in the substrate. Once the <br />SOLOCRET-FF has hardened, control joints are to be <br />cut through the complete installed thickness. <br />• SOLOCRET-FF can be tinted with REMICOLOR <br />pigment slurries. <br />• Very porous substrates result in greater material <br />consumption. <br />• High temperatures accelerate, lower temperatures <br />slow down the setting process. <br />• SOLOCRET-FF may form a skin in the mixing vessel <br />during working time. Remix before use but do not <br />attempt to re-life SOLOCRET-FF that has already <br />started to stiffen by adding more water or fresh mortar <br />as there is a risk of inadequate strength development. <br />• Protect against water. <br />• Temperatures during SOLOCRET-FF application and <br />24 hours afterwards must be +5° C or higher. <br />• Protect areas not being treated with SOLOCRET-FF <br />from its effects. <br />• Observe a valid Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>415</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>SOLOCRET-RS</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05445</p> <p>Rapid setting horizontal patching mortar</p> <p>Properties: <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• Polymer modified, strong adhesion to concrete <br />• Low shrinkage <br />• Rapid hardening <br />• For horizontal applications <br />• For thicknesses from 1 to 75 mm <br />• Exceptional workability <br />• High early strength</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The mineral-based substrate must be load-bearing, <br />solid, have a good key and be free from materials <br />acting as separating layers. Separating layers, laitance <br />and similar must be mechanically removed by suitable <br />means e.g. surface abrasive blasting or scabbling (refer <br />to ICRI Guideline 310.1R-2008). A surface profile <br />of CSP7 or higher according to the ICRI Guideline <br />310.2-1997 enables best mechanical anchoring of <br />SOLOCRET-RS. Ensure there is no moisture pressure from <br />the negative side. Shrinkage processes must be largely <br />at an end. Remove hollow edges back to a sound <br />core. Remove all deteriorated and/or carbonated <br />concrete. Prime exposed rebar with INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 <br />or INDUFLOOR-IB-2385. Treat existing cracks with <br />INDUCRET-VK-Inject or ASODUR-K900. Moving cracks <br />will damage subsequent coatings and may weaken the <br />bond of SOLOCRET-RS.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />For patching concrete floors, driveways, patio decks <br />etc. Leveling of height differences, ramps. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Bulk density: <br />Pot life*: <br />Overcoat*: <br />Flexural and <br />compressive strength:</p> <p>Drying shrinkage <br />after 28 days: <br />Application/ <br />substrate temperature: <br />Cleaning tools: <br />Consumption: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Cement, aggregate, <br />high quality additives <br />Grey <br />approx. 1.7 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 20 mins <br />after approx. 1 hour</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />1. Pre-dampen the substrate to a saturated surface dry <br />(SSD) condition. Prime non-cement based substrates with <br />ASO-Unigrund-K. <br />2. Mix SOLOCRET-RS with clean water in a clean <br />mixing bucket until homogenous. Mixing ratio: Approx. <br />4.7 litres water : 25 kg SOLOCRET-RS. Add the water <br />to a clean mixing bucket and mechanically mix in <br />the dry powder whilst stirring with a drill and paddle <br />(approx. 300 – 700 rpm) until a homogenous, smooth <br />and paste-like smoothing compound is achieved. The <br />mixing time is approx. 2 – 3 minutes. SOLOCRET-RS <br />must be used within 20 minutes at +20° C. <br />3. Priming: No priming required if absorptive cementbases surface is prepared properly. For non-absorptive <br />surfaces use Unigrund-K or INDUFLOOR-IB1270 with a <br />sand broadcast. <br />4. Pour SOLOCRET-RS onto the prepared substrate and <br />evenly spread with a suitable tool (trowel, squeegee) <br />within the pot life. Trowel to the desired profile. Avoid <br />applying more than 75 mm thickness in one lift. <br />SOLOCRET-RS can be extended with 25% coarse sand <br />1 – 4 mm for application in thicker layers.</p> <p>approx. 3/11 N/mm² <br />after 6 hrs <br />approx. 4/16 N/mm² <br />after 7 days <br />approx. 5/27 N/mm² <br />after 28 days <br />0.01 mm/m <br />+5° C to +35° C <br />in the fresh state with water <br />approx. 1.6 kg/m² at <br />1 mm thickness <br />25 kg bag <br />Dry, min. 6 months in the <br />original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>* Values are valid at +23° C and 50% relative humidity</p> <p>416</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>5. After SOLOCRET-RS has set the surface can be <br />finished as required. <br />6. Curing: No curing required unless applied in <br />hot weather. Follow ACI guidelines for hot weather <br />concreting. <br />Important advice: <br />• Perimeter, bay, structural and other movement joints <br />are to be brought through or inserted in the planned <br />locations and filled with suitable material. Once the <br />SOLOCRET-RS has hardened, control joints are to be <br />cut into the top third of the installed thickness. <br />• SOLOCRET-RS can be tinted with REMICOLOR <br />pigment slurries. <br />• Very porous substrates result in greater material <br />consumption. <br />• High temperatures accelerate, lower temperatures <br />slow down the setting process. <br />• Do not attempt to re-life SOLOCRET-RS that has <br />already started to stiffen by adding more water or <br />fresh mortar as there is a risk of inadequate strength <br />development. <br />• Protect against water (rain, condensation) for 24 <br />hours. Temperatures during SOLOCRET-RS application <br />and 24 hours afterwards must be +5° C or higher. <br />• Protect areas not being treated with SOLOCRET-RS <br />from its effects. <br />• Observe a valid Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>417</p> <p>4. Concrete Repair</p> <p>418</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets <br />5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2360</p> <p>491</p> <p>› GEPOTECH-10/25</p> <p>420</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2370</p> <p>494</p> <p>› GEPOTECH-11/22</p> <p>422</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2385</p> <p>497</p> <p>› GEPOTECH-11/30</p> <p>427</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3310</p> <p>499</p> <p>› GEPOTECH-12/24</p> <p>433</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3311</p> <p>502</p> <p>› GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer</p> <p>438</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2</p> <p>505</p> <p>› INDU-ConductiveQuartz</p> <p>441</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3352</p> <p>511</p> <p>› INDU-DecorChips</p> <p>442</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3353</p> <p>514</p> <p>› INDU-DecorQuartz</p> <p>443</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3356-EFC</p> <p>516</p> <p>› INDU-IB-Cleanser</p> <p>444</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3357</p> <p>519</p> <p>› INDU-OilCleanser</p> <p>445</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3358</p> <p>523</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1030</p> <p>447</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3361</p> <p>526</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1225</p> <p>449</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3365</p> <p>529</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1230</p> <p>452</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3386</p> <p>532</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1240</p> <p>455</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1245</p> <p>458</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1248</p> <p>461</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1250</p> <p>464</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1255</p> <p>467</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1260</p> <p>470</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC</p> <p>473</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1270</p> <p>476</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2115</p> <p>479</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2250</p> <p>481</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2325</p> <p>483</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2340</p> <p>486</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2350</p> <p>488</p> <p>419</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>GEPOTECH®-10/25</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55212</p> <p>Highly elastic sprayable polymer</p> <p>On request:</p> <p>Properties: <br />GEPOTECH-10/25 is a solvent free pigmented hot <br />spray two component polyurea with the following <br />properties: <br />• isolates stray current <br />• waterproof <br />• highly elastic <br />• high abrasion and impact resistance <br />• resistant to chemicals <br />• very good adhesion to steel and concrete <br />• resistant to weathering</p> <p>Before filling the heated spray equipment containers, <br />thoroughly mix the pigmented polyamin (A) component <br />until a homogeneous even clour is achieved. Use an <br />appropriate drum stirrer. <br />Shelf life: <br />6 months in the original unopened packaging when <br />stored dry (+10° C).</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />GEPOTECH-10/25 is used to coat steel and concrete <br />surfaces <br />• to isolate stray current in the track area <br />• as a corrosion protection for steel containers <br />• as a waterproof membrane for concrete surfaces etc. <br />Technical Data: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Shore A: <br />Shore D: <br />Tensile strength: <br />Elongation at break: <br />Application temperature: <br />(Amine/iso):</p> <p>Application pressure: <br />Consumption: <br />Substrate temperature: <br />Overcoat:</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The surface to be treated must <br />• be dry, sound, load-bearing and have a good key <br />• be free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease, <br />rubber marks, paint residues etc. <br />Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be <br />treated suitable preparation methods are e.g. planing, <br />scabbling, grit blasting, high pressure washing, shot <br />blasting.</p> <p>1:1 volume - weight <br />95 <br />55 <br />30 MPa <br />approx. 330-350%</p> <p>The following criteria are to be fulfilled dependent on <br />the particular substrate: <br />Concrete quality: <br />min. C 20/25 <br />PCC mortar: <br />in accordance with <br />DIN EN 15043 <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />mean value: 1.5 N/mm2 <br />lowest value: 1.0 N/mm2 <br />Aerated concrete: <br />Tensile adhesion strength: > 0.5 N/mm2 <br />Masonry work: <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />mean value: 0.5 N/mm2 <br />lowest value: 0.3 N/mm2 <br />Steel/stainless steel: <br />no designation</p> <p>70-80° C (tank and hose <br />assembly the same in each <br />case) <br />165 – 175 bar <br />approx. 1.10 kg/mm/m2 <br />min. +5° C <br />after approx. 40 seconds <br />at + 20° C <br />after 2 days</p> <p>Fully cured at +23° C: <br />Recommended film <br />thickness for application: min 1.0 mm <br />Greater thickness are possible dependent on <br />application. <br />Packaging: <br />Packaging units:</p> <p>390 kg (181 kg amine <br />component and 209 kg Iso <br />component)</p> <p>Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C 20/25 <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />1.5 N/mm2</p> <p>41 kg (19 kg amine <br />component and 22 kg Iso <br />component)</p> <p>420</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>• Residual moisture:</p> <p>< 4%</p> <p>Steel surfaces:</p> <p>rust free, bright metal <br />(Sa 2.5)</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured GEPOTECH-10/25 is harmless. When <br />using the product follow the protective regulations <br />issued by the Government Safety Organisation, relevant <br />data sheets and the advice on the packaging.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />Oil contaminated substrates pose a particular problem. <br />We recommend that assistance is sought from our <br />technical department.</p> <p>Advice: <br />• The bond between individual coats can be greatly <br />impeded by the penetration of moisture and <br />contamination. <br />• Applications that are not clearly mentioned in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried out <br />following consultation and written confirmation from <br />the SCHOMBURG ICS technical department.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (amine) and component B (iso) are <br />delivered in a pre-determined mixing ratio. Thoroughly <br />stir or shake both components before use. The <br />substrates described above are to be professionally <br />primed with the following products before applying the <br />GEPOTECH-10/25.</p> <p>Safety: <br />Particular care is required when handling two <br />component coating systems. The advice given in the <br />Health & Safety Data Sheet is to be observed before <br />every application. Health & Safety Data Sheets are <br />available from SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. The <br />SDS are regularly upated. Always enquire as to the <br />availability of updated versions before using our <br />products.</p> <p>With concrete, aerated concrete, PCC mortar, <br />masonry work: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1245, INDUFLOOR-IB1248, <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250, INDUFLOOR-IB1255, <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260. <br />With steel/stainless steel (V2A, V4A): <br />Primer-2000 or INDU-ISO-Primer <br />When handling GEPOTECH-10/25 it is a requirement <br />to ensure professional mixing equipment which delivers <br />continuous pressure, temperature, electrical connections <br />and working conditions. The applicator should already <br />be qualified in the handling of high performance <br />polymers and spray coatings. <br />The implemented protocols are the basis of successful <br />coating procedures. <br />Method of application/consumption: <br />The application of GEPOPTECH-10/25 is by hot spray <br />techniques and exclusively with 2 part high pressure <br />equipment. <br />Material consumption: <br />1.10 kg/m2 at a thickness of 1.0 mm <br />The film thickness is determined by the requirements</p> <p>46/12</p> <p>421</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>GEPOTECH®-11/22</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55211</p> <p>Very heavy duty sprayable waterproof coating</p> <p>Properties: <br />GEPOTECH-11/22 is a high <br />quality, two component reaction <br />resin based on polyurea with <br />the following properties. <br />• solvent free <br />• 100% solids <br />• extremely rapid setting <br />• relatively insensitive to <br />moisture <br />• high impact and abrasion <br />resistance <br />• crack-bridging up to 2.0 mm <br />• protects against corrosion <br />• impermeable to liquids <br />• resistant to a variety of chemicals, solvents, <br />acids and alkalis <br />• resistant to weathering <br />• tolerates radiated heat (temporarily up to +200° C) <br />• exceptional bond to reinforced concrete, steel, GRP, <br />wood etc.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Polyurea <br />Solids content: <br />100% <br />Standard colour: <br />grey <br />Viscosity (Isocyanate) <br />at +23° C: <br />1875 +/- 50 mPas <br />Viscosity (Amine) <br />at 23° C: <br />462 +/- 20 mPas <br />Density (Isocyanate) <br />at +23° C: <br />1.12 g/cm3 <br />Density (Amine) <br />at +23° C: <br />1.00 g/cm3 <br />Mixed density <br />at +23° C: <br />1.10 g/cm3 <br />Shore hardness (D) (24 hrs/ <br />+23° C/50% RH): <br />approx. 51 <br />Abrasion resistance <br />(Darmstadt pipe tilting jig): 0.03 mm <br />(250,000 load cycles) <br />Tensile strength: <br />24.0 N/mm2 <br />Elongation at break: <br />355% <br />Mixing ratio: <br />1:1 by volume <br />Application temperature <br />(Amine/Iso): <br />70 – 85° C <br />(Tank and hose assembly <br />the same in each case): <br />Application pressure: <br />160 – 180 bar <br />Gel time: <br />2-4 seconds <br />Tack free: <br />6-7 seconds <br />Final cure at +23° C: <br />2 days <br />Recommended film <br />thickness: <br />minimum 2.5 mm</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />GEPOTECH-11/22 is used primarily in exterior and <br />interior locations on steel reinforced concrete and steel <br />surfaces such as e.g. in waste management <br />• Sewerage shafts <br />• Outlet free waste collection pits <br />• Accessible pipework <br />General technical accreditation: <br />• Accreditation No. Z-42.3-422. <br />Furthermore as a water conservation system: <br />Waterproofing for retaining tanks (Waste <br />treatment works). <br />• General technical accreditation: <br />Accreditation No. Z-59.12-357 <br />GEPOTECH-11/22 is a system component of <br />• „General technical accreditation“ <br />Z-42.3-422 and in the GEPOTECH-11/22-GWS <br />water conservation system <br />• „General technical accreditation“ <br />Z-59.12-357</p> <p>Packaging: <br />45 kg unit: <br />1x 21 kg Amine component A <br />1 x 24 kg Isocyanate component B <br />400 kg unit: <br />1 x 190 kg Amine component A <br />1 x 210 kg Isocyanate component B</p> <p>422</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>The weight ratios given relate to a balanced volume <br />ratio of 1:1. Before filling the heated spray equipment <br />containers, thoroughly mix the pigmented polyamin <br />(A) component until a homogeneous even clour is <br />achieved. Use an appropriate drum stirrer.</p> <p>Dependent on the particular substrate the following <br />additional minimum requirements for cement-based <br />surfaces must be fulfilled: <br />Concrete quality: <br />min. C 20/25 <br />PCC mortar: <br />in accordance with <br />DIN EN 1504-3 <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />mean value: 1.5 N/mm2 <br />lowest value: 1.0 N/mm2 <br />Render: <br />PIII <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />mean value: 0.8 N/mm2 <br />lowest value: 0.5 N/mm2 <br />Masonry work: <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />mean value: 0.5 N/mm2 <br />lowest value: 0.3 N/mm2 <br />Important advice: <br />Oil contaminated substrates pose a particular problem; <br />we recommend contacting our Technical Services <br />Department.</p> <p>Shelf Life: <br />6 months in the original unopened packaging (on <br />pallets) when stored dry at a room temperature of <br />+15°C to +25°C. <br />Substrate: <br />Concrete, PCC mortar, render, brickwork, GRP panels, <br />carbon steel, V2A and V4A steel. The substrate must <br />be load-bearing, clean, dry or damp and free from <br />materials that will impair adhesion. Unstable surfaces, <br />or poorly bonded layers e.g. oils, greases, release <br />agents or surface finishes and paint residues must be <br />completely removed. <br />Notes on the topic: <br />Residual moisture in cement-based substrates: dry or <br />damp (in accordance with Def. RiLi StB) * <br />• “Guidelines for the protection and restoration of <br />concrete sections” part 2, clause 1.2.5 “concrete <br />moisture”.</p> <p>Prior to the application of GEPOTECH-11/22, the <br />substrates mentioned above are to be properly <br />prepared with the following primers: <br />With concrete/PCC mortar, masonry work: <br />GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer, INDUFLOOR-IB1248 <br />With steel/stainless steel (V2A, V4A): <br />Primer-2000</p> <p>“Dry” <br />After chopping out a fresh piece, about 2 cm deep, it <br />may not visually lighten due to drying out. (In the case <br />of doubt, the concrete is deemed dry if it exhibits an <br />equilibrium moisture content in a climate of 23/50 <br />i.e. dependent on the concrete quality, other absolute <br />values are deemed “dry”).</p> <p>System components for respective <br />General Technical Accreditation: <br />General technical accreditation: <br />• Accreditation No. Z-42.3-422. <br />Primer: GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer <br />Finish coat: GEPOTECH-11/22</p> <p>“Damp” <br />The surface has a matt-damp appearance but there <br />may not be a shiny film of water. The pore system of <br />the concrete substrate must not be saturated i.e. water <br />dropped onto it must be absorbed and after a short <br />time the surface must look matt again. <br />Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be <br />treated, suitable means of preparation are to be <br />employed such as e.g. high pressure washing, <br />scabbling, shot blasting, planing.</p> <p>General technical accreditation: <br />• Accreditation No. Z-59.12-357 <br />Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1248 <br />Finish coat: GEPOTECH-11/22</p> <p>423</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>elements, in order to achieve the optimum viscosity. <br />The tempered material is transported via a heated pipe <br />feeder. During the application the temperature is kept <br />constant. <br />The two components are mixed together in the mixing <br />head of the spray gun and must be carried out at <br />a pressure of 160-180 bar. Tools must be cleaned <br />immediately with an organic solvent. Pipework can be <br />rinsed out e.g. with Mesamoll. Cured residues can only <br />be mechanically removed.</p> <p>Product installation: <br />A pre-requisite for handling GEPOTECH-11/22 is <br />the provision of professional equipment that ensures <br />continuous pressure, temperature, electrical connection <br />and working conditions. <br />The applicator must be qualified to use high <br />performance polymer-based spray applied coatings. <br />The implemented protocols form the basis of <br />successful coating procedures. <br />General advice: <br />The temperature of both material components A <br />(isocyanate) and B (polyamine) should be brought to <br />approx. 20-25°C before application. Keep to a <br />surface temperature of approx. +5°C to +30°C, a <br />relative humidity of max. 80-85%, and be aware of <br />the dew point. Especially in higher temperatures and/ <br />or higher humidity the substrate temperature should be <br />a minimum of +3°C above the dew point during the <br />coating process. <br />GEPOTECH-11/22 can be applied in one or several <br />operations to achieve the desired film thickness. The <br />product is to be applied one coat at right angles to the <br />other including on vertical surfaces or overhead areas. <br />Warning: When spraying there will be atomised <br />spray. The appropriate precautionary measures must <br />be met.</p> <p>Advice: <br />• Only open the drums when commencing the <br />installation work and protect both components <br />from damp with appropriate means such as <br />desiccant or nitrogen. <br />• Do not spray onto wet surfaces. <br />• Keep the drums at the specified temperature and <br />pre-warm as necessary. <br />• GEPOTECH-11/22 changes colour or darkens on <br />exposure to UV rays. <br />• GEPOTECH-11/22 is only to be used by trained <br />professionals. <br />• Before starting work, read all product information, <br />application instructions, technical data sheets and <br />Health & Safety data sheets. <br />• Wear eye protection and protective clothing during <br />application. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• All publications may be expanded or changed by <br />the manufacturer without advance notice.</p> <p>Mixing instructions: <br />GEPOTECH-11/22 may never be diluted. Two <br />component products must always be mechanically <br />mixed. In particular the pigmented Amine (component <br />A) is to be vigorously mixed until a homogenous single <br />coloured material is produced. Use a drum mixer. <br />Ensure that no air is mixed into the material. <br />The Isocyanate (component B) requires little or no effort <br />to mix but must, however, be protected from humidity <br />and dessicated as necessary.</p> <p>Take note of the annex: <br />Chemical resistance list, dew point table</p> <p>Working equipment: <br />To apply GEPOTECH-11/22 heatable, two <br />component high pressure spray equipment is required. <br />We recommend: DuoMix 2K-apparatus from IMT. <br />Both components are to be brought to an operating <br />temperature of 75-85°C over separate heating <br />424</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Chemical resistance list (in-house determination)</p> <p>Raw material</p> <p>TG</p> <p>Petrol <br />Motor fuel: Super and normal to DIN EN 228: <br />2004-03 with max. 20% by volume of bio-alcohol</p> <p>1a</p> <p>Low <br />(< 8 hours)</p> <p>Medium <br />(< 72 hours)</p> <p>High <br />(< 14 days)</p> <p>5a <br />7 <br />8</p> <p>8a <br />9</p> <p>9a</p> <p>10 <br />11 <br />13 <br />14 <br />15</p> <p>Formaldehyde solution 30-50% <br />Urea technical</p> <p>Liquid manure, silage plant liquids <br />Sodium hydroxide 50% <br />P-toluene sulfonamide 98% <br />Evaporated salt</p> <p>Triethanolamine 42.5%</p> <p>Citric acid</p> <p>Diesel fuel to DIN EN 590:2004-03 with max. <br />20% by volume of bio diesel <br />All hydrocarbons except benzene, unused <br />machine and lubricating oil, aviation fuel, <br />heating oil, diesel <br />Benzene <br />Alcohols with max. 48% methanol, <br />glycolether <br />All alcohols and glycolether <br />Esters and ketones <br />Aqueous solutions of aliphatic aldehydes <br />up to 40% <br />Aliphatic aldehydes incl. PG8 <br />Aqueous solutions of organic acids (carbonic <br />acid) 10% or ist related salts (in aqueous <br />solution) <br />Aqueous solutions of organic acids, carbonic acids <br />(except formic acid) or their related salts (in <br />aqueous solution) <br />Mineral acids up to 20 % <br />Inorganic salts <br />Amines and aqueous solutions of their salts <br />Aqueous solutions of organic surfactants <br />Cyclic and acyclic ethers <br />Formic acid 10% <br />Ammonia solution 25% <br />Ammonium sulphate 5% <br />Boric acid</p> <p>1</p> <p>3b <br />4</p> <p>4a <br />5</p> <p>Notes: Chemical exposure may lead to colour changes on the surface of the coating. This <br />does not however affect the resistance. All values determined at a temperature of +20° C. <br />Key: <br />TG = Test group / test liquid <br />Resistant = • <br />Limited resistance, discolouration = o</p> <p>425</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Dew point table (in accordance with ZTV-SIB 90) <br />Dew point temperatures1) in °C at a relative humidity of <br />Air temperature 45%</p> <p>50%</p> <p>55%</p> <p>60%</p> <p>65%</p> <p>70%</p> <p>75%</p> <p>80%</p> <p>85%</p> <p>90%</p> <p>95%</p> <p>2 °C</p> <p>-7.7</p> <p>-6.56</p> <p>-5.43</p> <p>-4.40</p> <p>-3.16</p> <p>-2.48</p> <p>-1.77</p> <p>-0.98</p> <p>-0.26</p> <p>0.47</p> <p>1.20</p> <p>4 °C</p> <p>-6.11</p> <p>-4.88</p> <p>-3.69</p> <p>-2.61</p> <p>-1.79</p> <p>-0.88</p> <p>-0.09</p> <p>0.78</p> <p>1.62</p> <p>2.44</p> <p>3.20</p> <p>6 °C</p> <p>-4.49</p> <p>-3.07</p> <p>-2.10</p> <p>-1.05</p> <p>-0.08</p> <p>0.85</p> <p>1.86</p> <p>2.72</p> <p>3.62</p> <p>4.48</p> <p>5.38</p> <p>8 °C</p> <p>-2.69</p> <p>-1.61</p> <p>-0.44</p> <p>0.67</p> <p>1.80</p> <p>2.83</p> <p>3.82</p> <p>4.77</p> <p>5.66</p> <p>6.48</p> <p>7.32</p> <p>10 °C</p> <p>-1.26</p> <p>0.02</p> <p>1.31</p> <p>2.53</p> <p>3.74</p> <p>4.79</p> <p>5.82</p> <p>6.79</p> <p>7.65</p> <p>8.45</p> <p>9.31</p> <p>12 °C</p> <p>0.35</p> <p>1.84</p> <p>3.19</p> <p>4.46</p> <p>5.63</p> <p>6.74</p> <p>7.75</p> <p>8.69</p> <p>9.60</p> <p>10.48</p> <p>11.33</p> <p>14 °C</p> <p>2.20</p> <p>3.76</p> <p>5.10</p> <p>6.40</p> <p>7.58</p> <p>8.67</p> <p>9.70</p> <p>10.71</p> <p>11.64</p> <p>12.55</p> <p>13.36</p> <p>15 °C</p> <p>3.12</p> <p>4.65</p> <p>6.07</p> <p>7.36</p> <p>8.52</p> <p>9.63</p> <p>10.70</p> <p>11.69</p> <p>12.62</p> <p>13.52</p> <p>14.42</p> <p>16 °C</p> <p>4.07</p> <p>5.59</p> <p>6.98</p> <p>8.29</p> <p>9.47</p> <p>10.61</p> <p>11.68</p> <p>12.66</p> <p>13.63</p> <p>14.58</p> <p>15.54</p> <p>17 °C</p> <p>5.00</p> <p>6.48</p> <p>7.92</p> <p>9.18</p> <p>10.39</p> <p>11.48</p> <p>12.54</p> <p>13.57</p> <p>14.50</p> <p>15.36</p> <p>16.19</p> <p>18 °C</p> <p>5.90</p> <p>7.43</p> <p>8.83</p> <p>10.12</p> <p>11.33</p> <p>12.44</p> <p>13.48</p> <p>14.56</p> <p>15.41</p> <p>16.31</p> <p>17.25</p> <p>19 °C</p> <p>6.80</p> <p>8.33</p> <p>9.75</p> <p>11.09</p> <p>12.26</p> <p>13.37</p> <p>14.49</p> <p>15.47</p> <p>16.40</p> <p>17.37</p> <p>18.22</p> <p>20 °C</p> <p>7.73</p> <p>9.30</p> <p>10.72</p> <p>12.00</p> <p>13.22</p> <p>14.40</p> <p>15.48</p> <p>16.46</p> <p>17.44</p> <p>18.36</p> <p>19.18</p> <p>21 °C</p> <p>8.60</p> <p>10.22</p> <p>11.59</p> <p>12.92</p> <p>14.21</p> <p>15.36</p> <p>16.40</p> <p>17.44</p> <p>18.41</p> <p>19.27</p> <p>20.19</p> <p>22 °C</p> <p>9.54</p> <p>11.16</p> <p>12.52</p> <p>13.89</p> <p>15.19</p> <p>16.27</p> <p>17.41</p> <p>18.42</p> <p>19.39</p> <p>20.28</p> <p>21.22</p> <p>23 °C</p> <p>10.44</p> <p>12.02</p> <p>13.47</p> <p>14.87</p> <p>16.04</p> <p>17.29</p> <p>18.37</p> <p>19.37</p> <p>20.37</p> <p>21.34</p> <p>22.23</p> <p>24 °C</p> <p>11.34</p> <p>12.93</p> <p>14.44</p> <p>15.73</p> <p>17.06</p> <p>18.21</p> <p>19.22</p> <p>20.33</p> <p>21.37</p> <p>22.32</p> <p>23.18</p> <p>25 °C</p> <p>12.20</p> <p>13.83</p> <p>15.37</p> <p>16.69</p> <p>17.99</p> <p>19.11</p> <p>20.24</p> <p>21.35</p> <p>22.27</p> <p>23.30</p> <p>24.22</p> <p>26 °C</p> <p>13.15</p> <p>14.84</p> <p>16.26</p> <p>17.67</p> <p>18.90</p> <p>20.09</p> <p>21.29</p> <p>22.32</p> <p>23.32</p> <p>24.31</p> <p>25.16</p> <p>27 °C</p> <p>14.08</p> <p>15.68</p> <p>17.24</p> <p>18.57</p> <p>19.83</p> <p>21.11</p> <p>22.23</p> <p>23.31</p> <p>24.32</p> <p>25.22</p> <p>26.10</p> <p>28 °C</p> <p>14.96</p> <p>16.61</p> <p>18.14</p> <p>19.38</p> <p>20.86</p> <p>22.07</p> <p>23.18</p> <p>24.28</p> <p>25.25</p> <p>26.20</p> <p>27.18</p> <p>29 °C</p> <p>15.85</p> <p>17.58</p> <p>19.04</p> <p>20.48</p> <p>21.83</p> <p>22.97</p> <p>24.20</p> <p>25.23</p> <p>26.21</p> <p>27.26</p> <p>28.18</p> <p>30 °C</p> <p>16.79</p> <p>18.44</p> <p>19.96</p> <p>21.44</p> <p>23.71</p> <p>23.94</p> <p>25.11</p> <p>26.10</p> <p>27.21</p> <p>28.19</p> <p>29.09</p> <p>32 °C</p> <p>18.62</p> <p>20.28</p> <p>21.90</p> <p>23.26</p> <p>24.65</p> <p>25.79</p> <p>27.08</p> <p>28.24</p> <p>29.23</p> <p>30.16</p> <p>31.17</p> <p>34 °C</p> <p>20.42</p> <p>22.19</p> <p>23.77</p> <p>25.19</p> <p>26.54</p> <p>27.85</p> <p>28.94</p> <p>30.09</p> <p>31.19</p> <p>32.13</p> <p>33.11</p> <p>36 °C</p> <p>22.23</p> <p>24.08</p> <p>25.50</p> <p>27.00</p> <p>28.41</p> <p>29.65</p> <p>30.88</p> <p>31.97</p> <p>33.05</p> <p>34.23</p> <p>35.06</p> <p>38 °C</p> <p>23.97</p> <p>25.74</p> <p>27.44</p> <p>28.87</p> <p>30.31</p> <p>31.62</p> <p>32.78</p> <p>33.96</p> <p>35.01</p> <p>36.05</p> <p>37.03</p> <p>40 °C</p> <p>25.79</p> <p>27.66</p> <p>29.22</p> <p>30.81</p> <p>32.16</p> <p>33.48</p> <p>34.69</p> <p>35.86</p> <p>36.98</p> <p>38.05</p> <p>39.11</p> <p>45 °C</p> <p>30.29</p> <p>32.17</p> <p>33.86</p> <p>35.38</p> <p>36.85</p> <p>38.24</p> <p>39.54</p> <p>40.74</p> <p>41.87</p> <p>42.97</p> <p>44.03</p> <p>50 °C</p> <p>34.76</p> <p>36.63</p> <p>38.46</p> <p>40.09</p> <p>41.58</p> <p>42.99</p> <p>44.33</p> <p>45.55</p> <p>46.75</p> <p>47.90</p> <p>48.98</p> <p>The dew point table indicates the surface temperature at which condensation occurs – dependent on the air temperature and relative <br />humidity. Example: At an air temperature of 20° C and a relative humidity of 70%, the dew point occurs with a surface temperature of <br />14.40° C. If the surface thermometer shows a value less than 17.4° C (14.40° C & 3° C safety factor), then coating work is no longer <br />possible.</p> <p>426</p> <p>46/12</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>GEPOTECH®-11/30</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55222 <br />Very heavy duty spray coating and waterproofing membrane</p> <p>Viscosity <br />(Amine) at +23° C: <br />Density <br />(Isocyanate) at +23° C: <br />Density <br />(Amine) at +23° C: <br />Mixed density at 23° C: <br />Shore-Hardness (D) <br />(24 hours/+23° C/ <br />50% RH): <br />Tensile strength: <br />Elongation at break: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Application temperature <br />(Amine/Iso):</p> <p>Properties: <br />GEPOTECH-11/30 is a high quality, two component <br />reaction resin based on polyurea. <br />• Solvent free <br />• 100% solids <br />• Extremely rapid hardening <br />• High impact and abrasion strength <br />• Heavy duty traffic coating <br />• Waterproofing <br />• Highly elastic and crack bridging <br />• Protects against corrosion <br />• Impermeable to liquids <br />• Not sensitive to relative humidity <br />• High chemical resistance <br />• Resistant to weathering, UV-stable <br />• Withstands high levels of radiated heat <br />(temporarily up to +200° C) <br />• Exceptional adhesion to concrete, steel, <br />GRP, wood etc.</p> <p>Application pressure: <br />Gel time: <br />Tack free: <br />Final hardness <br />at +23° C: <br />Recommended film <br />thickness:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />GEPOTECH-11/30 is mainly used in exterior and <br />interior areas on reinforced concrete and steel surfaces <br />such as e.g.: <br />• Car Park Decks <br />• Process containers in the chemical industry <br />• Power stations (abrasion protection, corrosion <br />protection) <br />• Storage tanks <br />• Water management, reservoirs <br />• Pipelines <br />• Sewerage works, digestion tanks <br />• Liquid manure, slurry and silage plants <br />• As a sprayable waterproof membrane beneath <br />cement-based screeds or resin bonded screeds <br />• As a sprayable waterpoof membrane beneath <br />vibration fixed flooring <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Solids content: <br />Standard colour: <br />Viscosity <br />(Isocyanate) at +23° C:</p> <p>462 +/- 20 mPas <br />1.12 g/cm3 <br />1.00 g/cm3 <br />1.10 g/cm3</p> <p>51 <br />24.0 N/mm2 <br />355% <br />1 : 1 Volume <br />75 – 85° C (Tank and cable <br />hose assembly the same in <br />each case) <br />160 – 180 bar <br />2 – 4 seconds <br />6 – 7 seconds <br />after 2 days <br />min. 1.5 mm</p> <p>Packaging: <br />45 kg unit: <br />1 x 21 kg Amine part A, 1x 24 kg ISO part B <br />400 kg unit: <br />1 x 190 kg Amine part A (Drum colour: white), <br />1 x 210 kg Iso part B (Drum colour: red) <br />Parts A and B are supplied at a pre-determined <br />mixing ratio. Before filling the heated spray equipment <br />containers, thoroughly mix the pigmented polyamin <br />(A) component until a homogeneous even clour is <br />achieved. Use an appropriate drum stirrer. <br />Storage: <br />12 months in the original unopened containers (on <br />pallets) when stored dry and at a room temperature <br />from +15° C to +35° C.</p> <p>Polyurea <br />100% <br />grey <br />1875 +/- 50 mPas</p> <p>427</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />Concrete, PCC mortars, clinker masonry work, <br />GRP panels, carbon steel, V2A and V4A steel. <br />The substrates must be load-bearing, clean, dry or <br />damp and free from substances that can impair <br />adhesion. Unstable surfaces or weak layers e.g. oils, <br />greases, separating agents or residues of coverings or <br />paints are to be completely removed.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />Oil contaminated substrates are particularly <br />problematic. We recommend that you contact our <br />Technical Services Department.</p> <p>Note: <br />Residual moisture of cementitious substrates: dry or <br />damp (to Def. RiLi SIB)*</p> <p>With concrete/PCC mortars, masonry work: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1248, INDUFLOOR-IB 1260, <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 or INDUFLOOR-IB1255</p> <p>The above mentioned substrates are to be primed <br />with the following products before the application <br />of GEPOTECH-11/30:</p> <p>* “Guidelines for the protection and renovation of concrete sections”, <br />part 2, section 1.2.5 “Concrete moisture”</p> <p>With steel/stainless steel (V2A, V4A): <br />Primer-2000</p> <p>“dry”: <br />An approximately 2 cm deep freshly produced cut out <br />area may not, as a result of drying, become visibly <br />lighter. (Where doubt exists, the concrete is considered <br />dry when it exhibits equilibrium moisture content for the <br />climate 23/50 i.e. dependent on the concrete <br />classification other absolute values serve for “dry”). <br />“damp”: <br />The surface appears matt damp but may not have a <br />shiny film of water. The pore system within the concrete <br />substrate may not be saturated i.e. applied water <br />droplets must be absorbed and the surface must appear <br />matt once again after a short while.</p> <p>Product application: <br />Requirements for handling GEPOTECH-11/30 professional grade equipment that ensures continuous <br />spray pressure, temperature, electrical connection and <br />working conditions. <br />The user should already be qualified in the handling of <br />high performance polymers and spray coatings. <br />The implemented protocols are the basis of successful <br />coating procedures. <br />General advice: <br />Always take into consideration the surface temperature <br />of approx. +5° to +35° C, the relative humidity of <br />max. 80 - 85% and the dew point. The substrate <br />temperature during coating and curing should be at <br />least 3° C above the dew point temperature especially <br />during high temperatures and/or high humidity.</p> <p>Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be <br />treated suitable preparation methods should be used <br />such as e.g. scabbling, shot blasting, planing, high <br />pressure washing etc. <br />The following minimum requirements are to be fulfilled <br />dependent on the particular substrate: <br />Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />PCC mortar: <br />conforming to <br />DIN EN 1504-3 <br />Tensile adhesion strength: mean value 1.5 N/mm2 <br />lowest value 1.0 N/mm2 <br />Masonry work: <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />mean value 0.5 N/mm2 <br />lowest value 0.3 N/mm2 <br />Steel/stainless steel: <br />no designation</p> <p>GEPOTECH-11/30 can be applied in one or multiple <br />layers in order to achieve the desired film thickness. <br />Application is in a criss-cross manner even on vertical <br />surfaces or in overhead areas. Do not exceed a <br />waiting time of 2 hours between coats. <br />Caution: When spraying there will be an atomized <br />spray. Take appropriate precautionary measures.</p> <p>428</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Mixing instruction: <br />GEPOTECH-11/30 may never be diluted. The two <br />parts must always be mechanically stirred before <br />decanting. In particular mix the pigmented polyamine <br />part A thoroughly until a single colour exists. Use a <br />drum mixer. Ensure that no air is entrained into the <br />material. The isocyanate part B only requires brief <br />mixing but must be protected from humidity with drying <br />as necessary. Where the drums have stood for a long <br />time, the components must be re-stirred.</p> <p>• Before starting work read all product information, <br />work instructions, technical data sheets and Health & <br />Safety data sheets. <br />• Applications that are not clearly mentioned in <br />this Technical Data Sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmhH. <br />• Publications may be expanded or changed without <br />advance notice from the manufacturer.</p> <p>Work tools: <br />Two component high pressure spray equipment which <br />can be heated is required for application. Both <br />parts are drawn over separate heating elements to <br />a temperature of approx. +75 – +85° C in order to <br />achieve the optimum viscosity.</p> <p>Take note of the annex: <br />Chemical resistance list, dew point table</p> <p>The tempered material is transported via a heatable <br />cable hose assembly. During application the stability <br />of the temperature is to be checked. Blending of both <br />material parts takes place in the mixing head of the <br />spray gun and must be carried out at a pressure of <br />up to 160 – 180 bar. Work tools must be cleaned <br />immediately after use with an organic solvent. Reacted <br />residues can only be mechanically removed. <br />Important advice: <br />• Only open the drums when work is about to start <br />and protect with appropriate appliances such as <br />dessicants or Nitrogen. <br />• Do not spray onto wet surfaces. <br />• Keep drums at the appropriate temperature and <br />pre-warm as necessary. <br />• GEPOTECH-11/30 will change in colour or darken <br />on exposure to UV light. To prevent the coating <br />against discoloration, its recommended to apply the <br />sealer INDUFLOOR-IB2325 onto the finished and <br />hardened coating, after priming with <br />INDU-Primer-2000. <br />• GEPOTECH-11/30 is only designed for use by <br />trained professionals. <br />• Wear protective glasses and clothing during work.</p> <p>429</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Chemical resistance list:</p> <p>Raw material</p> <p>TG</p> <p>Low <br />(< 8 hrs)</p> <p>Medium <br />(< 72 hrs)</p> <p>High <br />(< 14 days)</p> <p>Petrol</p> <p>1</p> <p>Motor fuel: Super and normal to DIN EN 228: <br />2004-03 with max. 20% by volume of bioalcohol</p> <p>•</p> <p>1a</p> <p>Diesel fuel to DIN EN 590:2004-03 with max. <br />20% by volume of bio diesel</p> <p>3b</p> <p>•</p> <p>All hydrocarbons except benzene, unused <br />machine and lubricating oil, aviation fuel, <br />heating oil, diesel</p> <p>4</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>Benzine</p> <p>4a</p> <p>Alcohols with max. 48% methanol, glycolether</p> <p>5</p> <p>•</p> <p>All alcohols and glycolether</p> <p>5a</p> <p>• <br />o</p> <p>Ester and ketones</p> <p>7</p> <p>Aqueous solutions of aliphatic aldehydes up to 40%</p> <p>8</p> <p>Aliphatic aldehydes incl. PG8</p> <p>8a</p> <p>Aqueous solutions of organic acids (carbonic <br />acid) 10% or its related salts (in aqueous <br />solution)</p> <p>9</p> <p>Aqueous solutions of organic acids, carbonic <br />acids (except formic acid) or their related salts <br />(in aqueous solution)</p> <p>9a</p> <p>Mineral acids up to 20 %</p> <p>10</p> <p>Inorganic salts</p> <p>11</p> <p>Amines and aqueous solutions of their salts</p> <p>13</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>Aqueous solutions of organic surfactants</p> <p>14</p> <p>•</p> <p>Cyclic and acyclic ethers</p> <p>15</p> <p>•</p> <p>1.4-Butanol</p> <p>•</p> <p>Acetone</p> <p>•</p> <p>Formic acid 10%</p> <p>•</p> <p>Ammonium hydroxide 25%</p> <p>•</p> <p>Ammonia salts</p> <p>•</p> <p>Ammonium sulphate 5%</p> <p>•</p> <p>Boric acid</p> <p>•</p> <p>Diethylene glycol</p> <p>•</p> <p>Continued on next page</p> <p>430</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Chemical resistance list:</p> <p>Raw material</p> <p>TG</p> <p>Acetic acid 20%</p> <p>Low <br />(< 8 hrs)</p> <p>Medium <br />(< 72 hrs)</p> <p>High <br />(< 14 days)</p> <p>•</p> <p>Formaldehyde solution 30-50%</p> <p>•</p> <p>Urea technical</p> <p>•</p> <p>Melamine</p> <p>•</p> <p>Methanol</p> <p>•</p> <p>Monoethylene glycol</p> <p>•</p> <p>Sodium hydroxide 50%</p> <p>•</p> <p>Paraformaldehyde</p> <p>•</p> <p>P-Toluene sulfonamide 98%</p> <p>•</p> <p>Nitric acid 62%</p> <p>•</p> <p>Sulphuric acid < 51%</p> <p>•</p> <p>Evaporated salt</p> <p>•</p> <p>Triethanol amine 42.5%</p> <p>•</p> <p>Citric acid</p> <p>•</p> <p>Notes: Chemical exposure may lead to colour changes on the surface <br />of the coating. This does not however affect the resistance. All values <br />determined at a temperature of +20° C.</p> <p>431</p> <p>Key: <br />TG = Test group/test liquid <br />resistant = • <br />limited resistance, discolouration = o</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Dew point table (in accordance with ZTV-SIB 90) <br />Dew point temperatures1) in °C at a relative humidity of <br />Air temperature 45%</p> <p>50%</p> <p>55%</p> <p>60%</p> <p>65%</p> <p>70%</p> <p>75%</p> <p>80%</p> <p>85%</p> <p>90%</p> <p>95%</p> <p>2 °C</p> <p>-7.7</p> <p>-6.56</p> <p>-5.43</p> <p>-4.40</p> <p>-3.16</p> <p>-2.48</p> <p>-1.77</p> <p>-0.98</p> <p>-0.26</p> <p>0.47</p> <p>1.20</p> <p>4 °C</p> <p>-6.11</p> <p>-4.88</p> <p>-3.69</p> <p>-2.61</p> <p>-1.79</p> <p>-0.88</p> <p>-0.09</p> <p>0.78</p> <p>1.62</p> <p>2.44</p> <p>3.20</p> <p>6 °C</p> <p>-4.49</p> <p>-3.07</p> <p>-2.10</p> <p>-1.05</p> <p>-0.08</p> <p>0.85</p> <p>1.86</p> <p>2.72</p> <p>3.62</p> <p>4.48</p> <p>5.38</p> <p>8 °C</p> <p>-2.69</p> <p>-1.61</p> <p>-0.44</p> <p>0.67</p> <p>1.80</p> <p>2.83</p> <p>3.82</p> <p>4.77</p> <p>5.66</p> <p>6.48</p> <p>7.32</p> <p>10 °C</p> <p>-1.26</p> <p>0.02</p> <p>1.31</p> <p>2.53</p> <p>3.74</p> <p>4.79</p> <p>5.82</p> <p>6.79</p> <p>7.65</p> <p>8.45</p> <p>9.31</p> <p>12 °C</p> <p>0.35</p> <p>1.84</p> <p>3.19</p> <p>4.46</p> <p>5.63</p> <p>6.74</p> <p>7.75</p> <p>8.69</p> <p>9.60</p> <p>10.48</p> <p>11.33</p> <p>14 °C</p> <p>2.20</p> <p>3.76</p> <p>5.10</p> <p>6.40</p> <p>7.58</p> <p>8.67</p> <p>9.70</p> <p>10.71</p> <p>11.64</p> <p>12.55</p> <p>13.36</p> <p>15 °C</p> <p>3.12</p> <p>4.65</p> <p>6.07</p> <p>7.36</p> <p>8.52</p> <p>9.63</p> <p>10.70</p> <p>11.69</p> <p>12.62</p> <p>13.52</p> <p>14.42</p> <p>16 °C</p> <p>4.07</p> <p>5.59</p> <p>6.98</p> <p>8.29</p> <p>9.47</p> <p>10.61</p> <p>11.68</p> <p>12.66</p> <p>13.63</p> <p>14.58</p> <p>15.54</p> <p>17 °C</p> <p>5.00</p> <p>6.48</p> <p>7.92</p> <p>9.18</p> <p>10.39</p> <p>11.48</p> <p>12.54</p> <p>13.57</p> <p>14.50</p> <p>15.36</p> <p>16.19</p> <p>18 °C</p> <p>5.90</p> <p>7.43</p> <p>8.83</p> <p>10.12</p> <p>11.33</p> <p>12.44</p> <p>13.48</p> <p>14.56</p> <p>15.41</p> <p>16.31</p> <p>17.25</p> <p>19 °C</p> <p>6.80</p> <p>8.33</p> <p>9.75</p> <p>11.09</p> <p>12.26</p> <p>13.37</p> <p>14.49</p> <p>15.47</p> <p>16.40</p> <p>17.37</p> <p>18.22</p> <p>20 °C</p> <p>7.73</p> <p>9.30</p> <p>10.72</p> <p>12.00</p> <p>13.22</p> <p>14.40</p> <p>15.48</p> <p>16.46</p> <p>17.44</p> <p>18.36</p> <p>19.18</p> <p>21 °C</p> <p>8.60</p> <p>10.22</p> <p>11.59</p> <p>12.92</p> <p>14.21</p> <p>15.36</p> <p>16.40</p> <p>17.44</p> <p>18.41</p> <p>19.27</p> <p>20.19</p> <p>22 °C</p> <p>9.54</p> <p>11.16</p> <p>12.52</p> <p>13.89</p> <p>15.19</p> <p>16.27</p> <p>17.41</p> <p>18.42</p> <p>19.39</p> <p>20.28</p> <p>21.22</p> <p>23 °C</p> <p>10.44</p> <p>12.02</p> <p>13.47</p> <p>14.87</p> <p>16.04</p> <p>17.29</p> <p>18.37</p> <p>19.37</p> <p>20.37</p> <p>21.34</p> <p>22.23</p> <p>24 °C</p> <p>11.34</p> <p>12.93</p> <p>14.44</p> <p>15.73</p> <p>17.06</p> <p>18.21</p> <p>19.22</p> <p>20.33</p> <p>21.37</p> <p>22.32</p> <p>23.18</p> <p>25 °C</p> <p>12.20</p> <p>13.83</p> <p>15.37</p> <p>16.69</p> <p>17.99</p> <p>19.11</p> <p>20.24</p> <p>21.35</p> <p>22.27</p> <p>23.30</p> <p>24.22</p> <p>26 °C</p> <p>13.15</p> <p>14.84</p> <p>16.26</p> <p>17.67</p> <p>18.90</p> <p>20.09</p> <p>21.29</p> <p>22.32</p> <p>23.32</p> <p>24.31</p> <p>25.16</p> <p>27 °C</p> <p>14.08</p> <p>15.68</p> <p>17.24</p> <p>18.57</p> <p>19.83</p> <p>21.11</p> <p>22.23</p> <p>23.31</p> <p>24.32</p> <p>25.22</p> <p>26.10</p> <p>28 °C</p> <p>14.96</p> <p>16.61</p> <p>18.14</p> <p>19.38</p> <p>20.86</p> <p>22.07</p> <p>23.18</p> <p>24.28</p> <p>25.25</p> <p>26.20</p> <p>27.18</p> <p>29 °C</p> <p>15.85</p> <p>17.58</p> <p>19.04</p> <p>20.48</p> <p>21.83</p> <p>22.97</p> <p>24.20</p> <p>25.23</p> <p>26.21</p> <p>27.26</p> <p>28.18</p> <p>30 °C</p> <p>16.79</p> <p>18.44</p> <p>19.96</p> <p>21.44</p> <p>23.71</p> <p>23.94</p> <p>25.11</p> <p>26.10</p> <p>27.21</p> <p>28.19</p> <p>29.09</p> <p>32 °C</p> <p>18.62</p> <p>20.28</p> <p>21.90</p> <p>23.26</p> <p>24.65</p> <p>25.79</p> <p>27.08</p> <p>28.24</p> <p>29.23</p> <p>30.16</p> <p>31.17</p> <p>34 °C</p> <p>20.42</p> <p>22.19</p> <p>23.77</p> <p>25.19</p> <p>26.54</p> <p>27.85</p> <p>28.94</p> <p>30.09</p> <p>31.19</p> <p>32.13</p> <p>33.11</p> <p>36 °C</p> <p>22.23</p> <p>24.08</p> <p>25.50</p> <p>27.00</p> <p>28.41</p> <p>29.65</p> <p>30.88</p> <p>31.97</p> <p>33.05</p> <p>34.23</p> <p>35.06</p> <p>38 °C</p> <p>23.97</p> <p>25.74</p> <p>27.44</p> <p>28.87</p> <p>30.31</p> <p>31.62</p> <p>32.78</p> <p>33.96</p> <p>35.01</p> <p>36.05</p> <p>37.03</p> <p>40 °C</p> <p>25.79</p> <p>27.66</p> <p>29.22</p> <p>30.81</p> <p>32.16</p> <p>33.48</p> <p>34.69</p> <p>35.86</p> <p>36.98</p> <p>38.05</p> <p>39.11</p> <p>45 °C</p> <p>30.29</p> <p>32.17</p> <p>33.86</p> <p>35.38</p> <p>36.85</p> <p>38.24</p> <p>39.54</p> <p>40.74</p> <p>41.87</p> <p>42.97</p> <p>44.03</p> <p>50 °C</p> <p>34.76</p> <p>36.63</p> <p>38.46</p> <p>40.09</p> <p>41.58</p> <p>42.99</p> <p>44.33</p> <p>45.55</p> <p>46.75</p> <p>47.90</p> <p>48.98</p> <p>The dew point table indicates the surface temperature at which condensation occurs – dependent on the air temperature and relative <br />humidity. Example: At an air temperature of +20 °C and a relative humidity of 70%, the dew point occurs with a surface temperature of <br />+14.4 °C. If the surface thermometer shows a value less than +17.4 °C (+14.40 °C & +3 °C safety factor), then coating work is no <br />longer possible.</p> <p>432</p> <p>47/12</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>GEPOTECH®-12/24</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55223</p> <p>Volume conductive spray coating</p> <p>Application temperature <br />(Amine/Iso): <br />75 – 85° C (tank and cable <br />hose assembly the same in <br />all cases) <br />Application pressure: <br />160 – 180 bar <br />Gel time: <br />5 – 8 secs <br />Tack free time: <br />12 – 20 secs <br />Final hardness <br />at +23°C: <br />after 2 days <br />Recommended film <br />thickness: <br />min. 2.0 mm</p> <p>Properties: <br />GEPOTECH-12/24 is a high quality, 2 component <br />reaction resin based on polyurea <br />• Solvent free <br />• 100% solids <br />• Conductive (independent of thickness) <br />• High chemical resistance <br />• Rapid hardening <br />• High impact and abrasion resistance <br />• Crack bridging <br />• Protects against corrosion <br />• Impermeable to liquids <br />• Resistant to weathering <br />• Exceptional system bond to concrete, steel, GRP etc</p> <p>Electrical resistance values: <br />Between 1 x 105 Ɵ and 1 x 108 Ɵ <br />Relative humidity: > 20% / < 75% <br />Standard for measure: DIN EN 1081</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />GEPOTECH-12/24 is mainly used in external and <br />internal areas onto reinforced concrete in the chemical <br />industry such as e.g. for: <br />• Retention bunds, retention basins <br />• Offshore platforms <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Solids content: <br />Standard colour: <br />Viscosity (Isocyanate) <br />at +23° C: <br />Viscosity (Amine) <br />at +23° C: <br />Density at +23° C <br />(Iso): <br />Density at +23° C <br />(Amine): <br />Mixed density <br />at +23° C: <br />Shore D hardness <br />(24 hrs/23°C/50% RH): <br />Tensile strength: <br />Elongation at break: <br />Tear propagation <br />strength: <br />Mixing ratio:</p> <p>Packaging: <br />54 kg unit: <br />1 x 25 kg Amine part A <br />1x 29 kg Isocyanate part B <br />345 kg unit: <br />1 x 160 kg Amine part A (Drum) <br />1 x 185 kg Isocyanate part B (Drum)</p> <p>Polyurea <br />100% <br />approx. RAL 1014</p> <p>Parts A and B are supplied at a pre-determined <br />mixing ratio. Before filling the heated spray equipment <br />containers, thoroughly mix the pigmented polyamin <br />(A) component until a homogeneous even clour is <br />achieved. Use an appropriate drum stirrer.</p> <p>approx. 2000 ± 100 mPas <br />approx. 385 ± 20 mPas <br />approx. 0.97 g/cm3</p> <p>Storage: <br />6 months in the original unopened containers (on <br />pallets). The amine and isocyanate components are <br />to be protected from moisture and not stored below <br />15°C. The optimum storage temperature is 15 - 25°C.</p> <p>approx. 1.125 g/cm3 <br />approx. 1.00 g/cm3 <br />50 <br />approx. 15 N/mm² <br />approx. 250%</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The substrate must be load-bearing, clean, dry and free <br />from substances that impede adhesion. Weak surfaces, <br />or weakly bonded layers, e.g. oil, grease, release <br />agents, or residues of surface finishes or paints must be <br />completely removed.</p> <p>approx. 11.30 N/mm² <br />1:1 by volume</p> <p>433</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Note: <br />Residual moisture of cementitious substrates: dry or <br />damp (to Def. RiLi SIB)*</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1250 or INDUFLOOR-IB1248 with <br />damp substrates in accordance with *”Guidelines for <br />the protection and renovation of concrete constructions”, <br />part 2, section 1.2.5 “Concrete moisture”.</p> <p>“dry” <br />An approximately 2cm deep freshly produced cut out <br />area may not, as a result of drying, become visibly <br />lighter. (Where doubt exists, the concrete is considered <br />dry when it exhibits equilibrium moisture content for <br />the climate 23/50 i.e. dependent on the concrete <br />classification other absolute values serve for “dry”).</p> <p>Producing the levelling/scratch coat mortar: <br />Levelling/scratch coats can be produced from the <br />primers named above. Please follow the instructions in <br />the appropriate technical data sheet.</p> <p>* “Guidelines for the protection and renovation of concrete constructions”, part <br />2, section 1.2.5 “Concrete moisture”</p> <p>Conductive system build-up and material <br />consumption (example): GEPOTECH-12/24 system <br />including the primer INDUFLOOR-IB1260 <br />1. Substrate preparation – see above. <br />2. Application of the primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260 (dry <br />substrate) <br />Apply a single coat of INDUFLOOR-IB1260 to close <br />all pores. Consumption: min. 300 – 500 g/m² <br />dependent on the porosity of the substrate. <br />Broadcasting: Lightly broadcast 0.2 – 0.6 mm <br />quartz sand onto the primer. Thoroughly remove <br />excess the next day. <br />Consumption: approx. 800 g/m². <br />2.1 Possible situation: <br />Levelling of voids, large pores and unevenness: <br />After applying the primer, trowel apply a single <br />coat of the mixed scratch coat. <br />Consumption of mixed scratch coat: <br />approx. 1600 g/m²/mm thickness. <br />3. Installation of the conductive layer, consisting of: <br />3.1 INDU-ConductiveStrip: At the wall/floor junctions, <br />bond INDU-ConductiveStrip in strips of maximum <br />1.0 m in length at intervals of 5 - 10 m, dependent <br />on the room geometry. <br />Note: Connect the copper strips to earth on site <br />(potential equalisation). <br />3.2 Conductive lacquer: Apply a single coat of <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2115 by roller. <br />Consumption: approx. 120 – 150 g/m². <br />Note: Before applying the finish coat, test the <br />bleeder resistance. The bleeder resistance must be <br />< 103 Ɵ. <br />4. Application of the conductive finish coat: Apply <br />GEPOTECH-12/24 to the required thickness by the <br />method described (see below).</p> <p>“damp” <br />The surface appears matt damp but may not have a <br />shiny film of water. The pore system within the concrete <br />substrate may not be saturated i.e. applied water <br />droplets must be absorbed and the surface must appear <br />matt once again after a short while. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be <br />treated suitable preparation methods should be used <br />such as e.g. high pressure water jetting, scabbling, shot <br />blasting, planing, cleaning with suitable solvents etc. <br />The following minimum requirements are to be fulfilled <br />dependent on the particular substrate: <br />Cementitious substrates: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />mean value: 1.5 N/mm², <br />lowest value: 1.0 N/mm² <br />• Residual moisture: <br />< 4% (carbide <br />hygrometer method) <br />• Protected against moisture penetration from the rear <br />Prior to the application of GEPOTECH-12/24 the <br />substrate must be properly primed with the following <br />primers: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260 where the residual moisture is <br />< 4% (carbide hygrometer method) and protected <br />against moisture penetration from the rear.</p> <p>434</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>achieve the optimum viscosity. The tempered material is <br />transported via a heatable cable hose assembly. <br />During application the temperature must be kept <br />constant. Blending of both material parts takes place in <br />the mixing head of the spray gun and must be carried <br />out at a pressure of up to 160 – 180 bar. Work tools <br />must be cleaned immediately after use with an organic <br />solvent. <br />The cable hose assembly can be rinsed clean with e.g. <br />Mesamoll. Reacted residues can only be mechanically <br />removed.</p> <p>Installation: <br />The installation of GEPOTECH-12/24 requires <br />professional equipment capable of supplying constant <br />pressure, temperature, electrical connection and <br />working conditions. The applicator must already be <br />qualified in the handling of high performance polymers <br />and spray coatings. The implemented protocols form <br />the basis of successful coating procedures. <br />General advice: <br />The surface temperature of approx. +5 to +30° C and <br />the humidity of max. 80 - 85% must be constantly <br />monitored. It is especially important at high <br />temperatures and/or high humidity that the substrate <br />temperature is at least 3° C above the dew point <br />temperature both during application and curing.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Only open the drums when work is about to start <br />and protect appropriately such as with dessicants <br />or Nitrogen. <br />• Keep drums at the appropriate temperature and prewarm as necessary. <br />• GEPOTECH-12/24 will change in colour or darken <br />on exposure to UV light. <br />•GEPOTECH-12/24 is only designed for use by <br />trained professionals. <br />• Wear protective glasses and clothing during work. <br />• Do not spray onto wet substrates. <br />• The use of the primers INDUFLOOR-IB1250, <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260 or INDUFLOOR-IB1248 <br />is possible dependent on substrate conditions <br />(dampness). <br />• Before starting work read all product information, <br />work instructions, technical data sheets and Health & <br />Safety data sheets. <br />• Applications that are not clearly mentioned in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Publications may be expanded or changed without <br />advance notice from the manufacturer.</p> <p>GEPOTECH-12/24 can be applied in multiple layers <br />in order to achieve the desired thickness. Apply the <br />material in a criss-cross manner to vertical surfaces or <br />above head areas. Do not wait longer than 2 hours <br />between successive coats. <br />Warning: Spraying generates atomized spray. <br />Appropriate precautionary measures should be in <br />place. In addition the finished coating surface achieves <br />a light structure (overspray). <br />Mixing instructions: <br />GEPOTECH-12/24 may never be diluted. <br />Two component products must always be stirred <br />mechanically before using. In particular the pigmented <br />polyamine (A) component is to be thoroughly mixed <br />until a homogenous consistency is achieved of constant <br />colour. Use an appropriate drum mixer. Ensure that no <br />air is entrained into the material. The isocyanate (B) <br />component only requires little mixing effort but must be <br />protected from moisture using dessicants as necessary. <br />If the drums are left undisturbed for any length of time, <br />they must be re-stirred.</p> <p>Familiarise yourself with the annex: <br />Chemical resistance list, dew point table</p> <p>Work tools: <br />To apply GEPOTECH-12/24, heatable two <br />component high pressure spray equipment is necessary. <br />Both parts are drawn over separate heating elements <br />to a temperature of approx. 75 – 85° C in order to <br />435</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Chemical resistance list (subjective): <br />Medium <br />(< 72 <br />hours)</p> <p>High <br />(< 14 <br />days) <br />•</p> <p>Raw material</p> <p>TG</p> <p>Diesel fuel to DIN EN 590:2004-03 with max. 20% by <br />volume biodiesel <br />All hydrocarbons except benzene, unused machine <br />and lubricating oil, aviation fuel, heating oil, diesel <br />Aqueous solutions of aliphatic aldehydes up to 40% <br />Aqueous solutions of organic acids (carbonic acid) <br />10% or its related salts (in aqueous solution) <br />Mineral acids up to 20% <br />Inorganic salts <br />Aqueous solutions of organic surfactants <br />Process water: <br />Ammonium hydroxide 25% <br />Ammonium salts <br />Ammonium sulphate 5% <br />Acetic acid 10% <br />Formaldehyde solution 30-50% <br />Urea technical <br />Sodium hydroxide 50% <br />Nitric acid 20% <br />Sulphuric acid < 20% <br />Hydrochloric acid < 37% <br />Phosphoric acid < 65% <br />Citric acid <br />Distilled water</p> <p>3b</p> <p>Low <br />(< 8 <br />hours)</p> <p>4</p> <p>•</p> <p>8 <br />9</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>10 <br />11 <br />14</p> <p>• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>•</p> <p>Note: Chemical exposure may lead to colour changes on the surface of the coating. <br />However, this does not affect the resistance. All values determined at a temperature of +20° C.</p> <p>436</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Dew point table (in accordance with ZTV-SIB 90) <br />Dew point temperatures1) in °C at a relative humidity of <br />Air temperature 45%</p> <p>50%</p> <p>55%</p> <p>60%</p> <p>65%</p> <p>70%</p> <p>75%</p> <p>80%</p> <p>85%</p> <p>90%</p> <p>95%</p> <p>2 °C</p> <p>-7.7</p> <p>-6.56</p> <p>-5.43</p> <p>-4.40</p> <p>-3.16</p> <p>-2.48</p> <p>-1.77</p> <p>-0.98</p> <p>-0.26</p> <p>0.47</p> <p>1.20</p> <p>4 °C</p> <p>-6.11</p> <p>-4.88</p> <p>-3.69</p> <p>-2.61</p> <p>-1.79</p> <p>-0.88</p> <p>-0.09</p> <p>0.78</p> <p>1.62</p> <p>2.44</p> <p>3.20</p> <p>6 °C</p> <p>-4.49</p> <p>-3.07</p> <p>-2.10</p> <p>-1.05</p> <p>-0.08</p> <p>0.85</p> <p>1.86</p> <p>2.72</p> <p>3.62</p> <p>4.48</p> <p>5.38</p> <p>8 °C</p> <p>-2.69</p> <p>-1.61</p> <p>-0.44</p> <p>0.67</p> <p>1.80</p> <p>2.83</p> <p>3.82</p> <p>4.77</p> <p>5.66</p> <p>6.48</p> <p>7.32</p> <p>10 °C</p> <p>-1.26</p> <p>0.02</p> <p>1.31</p> <p>2.53</p> <p>3.74</p> <p>4.79</p> <p>5.82</p> <p>6.79</p> <p>7.65</p> <p>8.45</p> <p>9.31</p> <p>12 °C</p> <p>0.35</p> <p>1.84</p> <p>3.19</p> <p>4.46</p> <p>5.63</p> <p>6.74</p> <p>7.75</p> <p>8.69</p> <p>9.60</p> <p>10.48</p> <p>11.33</p> <p>14 °C</p> <p>2.20</p> <p>3.76</p> <p>5.10</p> <p>6.40</p> <p>7.58</p> <p>8.67</p> <p>9.70</p> <p>10.71</p> <p>11.64</p> <p>12.55</p> <p>13.36</p> <p>15 °C</p> <p>3.12</p> <p>4.65</p> <p>6.07</p> <p>7.36</p> <p>8.52</p> <p>9.63</p> <p>10.70</p> <p>11.69</p> <p>12.62</p> <p>13.52</p> <p>14.42</p> <p>16 °C</p> <p>4.07</p> <p>5.59</p> <p>6.98</p> <p>8.29</p> <p>9.47</p> <p>10.61</p> <p>11.68</p> <p>12.66</p> <p>13.63</p> <p>14.58</p> <p>15.54</p> <p>17 °C</p> <p>5.00</p> <p>6.48</p> <p>7.92</p> <p>9.18</p> <p>10.39</p> <p>11.48</p> <p>12.54</p> <p>13.57</p> <p>14.50</p> <p>15.36</p> <p>16.19</p> <p>18 °C</p> <p>5.90</p> <p>7.43</p> <p>8.83</p> <p>10.12</p> <p>11.33</p> <p>12.44</p> <p>13.48</p> <p>14.56</p> <p>15.41</p> <p>16.31</p> <p>17.25</p> <p>19 °C</p> <p>6.80</p> <p>8.33</p> <p>9.75</p> <p>11.09</p> <p>12.26</p> <p>13.37</p> <p>14.49</p> <p>15.47</p> <p>16.40</p> <p>17.37</p> <p>18.22</p> <p>20 °C</p> <p>7.73</p> <p>9.30</p> <p>10.72</p> <p>12.00</p> <p>13.22</p> <p>14.40</p> <p>15.48</p> <p>16.46</p> <p>17.44</p> <p>18.36</p> <p>19.18</p> <p>21 °C</p> <p>8.60</p> <p>10.22</p> <p>11.59</p> <p>12.92</p> <p>14.21</p> <p>15.36</p> <p>16.40</p> <p>17.44</p> <p>18.41</p> <p>19.27</p> <p>20.19</p> <p>22 °C</p> <p>9.54</p> <p>11.16</p> <p>12.52</p> <p>13.89</p> <p>15.19</p> <p>16.27</p> <p>17.41</p> <p>18.42</p> <p>19.39</p> <p>20.28</p> <p>21.22</p> <p>23 °C</p> <p>10.44</p> <p>12.02</p> <p>13.47</p> <p>14.87</p> <p>16.04</p> <p>17.29</p> <p>18.37</p> <p>19.37</p> <p>20.37</p> <p>21.34</p> <p>22.23</p> <p>24 °C</p> <p>11.34</p> <p>12.93</p> <p>14.44</p> <p>15.73</p> <p>17.06</p> <p>18.21</p> <p>19.22</p> <p>20.33</p> <p>21.37</p> <p>22.32</p> <p>23.18</p> <p>25 °C</p> <p>12.20</p> <p>13.83</p> <p>15.37</p> <p>16.69</p> <p>17.99</p> <p>19.11</p> <p>20.24</p> <p>21.35</p> <p>22.27</p> <p>23.30</p> <p>24.22</p> <p>26 °C</p> <p>13.15</p> <p>14.84</p> <p>16.26</p> <p>17.67</p> <p>18.90</p> <p>20.09</p> <p>21.29</p> <p>22.32</p> <p>23.32</p> <p>24.31</p> <p>25.16</p> <p>27 °C</p> <p>14.08</p> <p>15.68</p> <p>17.24</p> <p>18.57</p> <p>19.83</p> <p>21.11</p> <p>22.23</p> <p>23.31</p> <p>24.32</p> <p>25.22</p> <p>26.10</p> <p>28 °C</p> <p>14.96</p> <p>16.61</p> <p>18.14</p> <p>19.38</p> <p>20.86</p> <p>22.07</p> <p>23.18</p> <p>24.28</p> <p>25.25</p> <p>26.20</p> <p>27.18</p> <p>29 °C</p> <p>15.85</p> <p>17.58</p> <p>19.04</p> <p>20.48</p> <p>21.83</p> <p>22.97</p> <p>24.20</p> <p>25.23</p> <p>26.21</p> <p>27.26</p> <p>28.18</p> <p>30 °C</p> <p>16.79</p> <p>18.44</p> <p>19.96</p> <p>21.44</p> <p>23.71</p> <p>23.94</p> <p>25.11</p> <p>26.10</p> <p>27.21</p> <p>28.19</p> <p>29.09</p> <p>32 °C</p> <p>18.62</p> <p>20.28</p> <p>21.90</p> <p>23.26</p> <p>24.65</p> <p>25.79</p> <p>27.08</p> <p>28.24</p> <p>29.23</p> <p>30.16</p> <p>31.17</p> <p>34 °C</p> <p>20.42</p> <p>22.19</p> <p>23.77</p> <p>25.19</p> <p>26.54</p> <p>27.85</p> <p>28.94</p> <p>30.09</p> <p>31.19</p> <p>32.13</p> <p>33.11</p> <p>36 °C</p> <p>22.23</p> <p>24.08</p> <p>25.50</p> <p>27.00</p> <p>28.41</p> <p>29.65</p> <p>30.88</p> <p>31.97</p> <p>33.05</p> <p>34.23</p> <p>35.06</p> <p>38 °C</p> <p>23.97</p> <p>25.74</p> <p>27.44</p> <p>28.87</p> <p>30.31</p> <p>31.62</p> <p>32.78</p> <p>33.96</p> <p>35.01</p> <p>36.05</p> <p>37.03</p> <p>40 °C</p> <p>25.79</p> <p>27.66</p> <p>29.22</p> <p>30.81</p> <p>32.16</p> <p>33.48</p> <p>34.69</p> <p>35.86</p> <p>36.98</p> <p>38.05</p> <p>39.11</p> <p>45 °C</p> <p>30.29</p> <p>32.17</p> <p>33.86</p> <p>35.38</p> <p>36.85</p> <p>38.24</p> <p>39.54</p> <p>40.74</p> <p>41.87</p> <p>42.97</p> <p>44.03</p> <p>50 °C</p> <p>34.76</p> <p>36.63</p> <p>38.46</p> <p>40.09</p> <p>41.58</p> <p>42.99</p> <p>44.33</p> <p>45.55</p> <p>46.75</p> <p>47.90</p> <p>48.98</p> <p>The dew point table indicates the surface temperature at which condensation occurs – dependent on the air temperature and relative <br />humidity. Example: At an air temperature of 20° C and a relative humidity of 70%, the dew point occurs with a surface temperature of <br />14.40° C. If the surface thermometer shows a value less than 17.4° C (14.40° C & 3° C safety factor), then coating work is no longer <br />possible.</p> <p>437</p> <p>46/12</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>GEPOTECH®-EP-11/22-Primer</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55200 <br />Special primer for use beneath GEPOTECH-11/22 waterproof coating</p> <p>Properties: <br />GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer is a solvent free, two <br />component moisture tolerant epoxy resin with the <br />following properties: <br />• Very good adhesion to damp concrete substrates <br />• Can be declared “water vapour proof”; class III <br />(low) in accordance with classifications to <br />DIN ISO 7783-2 classifications</p> <p>Accreditation / test report: <br />General technical accreditation: Z-42.3-422 P 48721 Polymer Institute, determination of the water vapour <br />transmission rate in accordance with DIN 7783-1.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer is for use on vertical <br />and overhead areas: <br />• As a special primer with GEPOTECH-EP-11/22 <br />in sewerage treatment areas <br />• As a primer on damp concrete areas <br />• As an effective protection against the formation of <br />osmosis bubbles due to moisture penetration from <br />the rear <br />• As a special primer for oil contaminated but <br />previously cleaned concrete substrates</p> <p>Packaging: <br />GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer is available in 10 kg <br />containers. Other pack sizes on request. Components <br />A and B are supplied at a pre-determined mixing ratio.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB-Cleaner.</p> <p>Storage: <br />18 months when stored dry above +10° C in the <br />original unopened container. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />Concrete, PCC mortar, render, brickwork (joints) <br />substrates must be load-bearing, clean, dry or damp <br />and free from materials that will impair adhesion. <br />Unstable surfaces or poorly bonded layers e.g. oils, <br />grease, release agents or residues of surface finishes or <br />paint must be completely removed. <br />In addition GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer can be used <br />on the following substrates: <br />• Concrete areas/concrete slabs subjected to rear <br />moisture pressure <br />• Concrete areas/concrete slabs with increased levels <br />of residual moisture *</p> <p>GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer is a component of the <br />GEPOTECH-EP-11//22 coating system in compliance <br />with Z-42.3-422 accreditation, as a method of <br />restoring sewerage shafts and effluent soak away pits. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Density: <br />Application/ <br />Substrate temperature: <br />Foot traffic: <br />Overcoat: <br />Through cure: <br />Minimum cure <br />temperature: <br />Pot life: <br />Consumption: <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />* at +23° C</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />light blue <br />non-sag <br />100:12 parts by weight <br />approx. 1.80 g/cm3 <br />min. <br />after <br />after <br />after</p> <p>Notes: <br />Residual moisture in cement-based substrates: dry or <br />damp (in accordance with Def. RiLi StB) * <br />* “Guidelines for the protection and restoration of <br />concrete sections” part 2, clause 1.2.5 “concrete <br />moisture”.</p> <p>+8° C, max. +30° C <br />approx. 12 hours * <br />approx. 24 hours * <br />approx. 7 days *</p> <p>+8° C (slower curing) <br />approx. 85 minutes * <br />min. 600 – 1000 g/m2</p> <p>“Dry” <br />After chopping out a fresh piece, about 2 cm deep, it <br />may not visually lighten due to drying out. (In the case <br />of doubt, the concrete is deemed dry if it exhibits an <br />equilibrium moisture content in a climate of 23/50</p> <p>B 1.5</p> <p>438</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>i.e. dependent on the concrete quality, other absolute <br />values are deemed “dry”).</p> <p>Important advice: <br />Oil contaminated substrates pose a particular problem; <br />we recommend contacting our Technical Services <br />Department.</p> <p>“Damp” <br />The surface has a matt-damp appearance but there <br />may not be a shiny film of water. The pore system of <br />the concrete substrate must not be saturated i.e. water <br />dropped onto it must be absorbed and after a short <br />time the surface must look matt again.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Component A (resin) and component B (hardener) are <br />supplied at a pre-determined mixing ratio. Always <br />thoroughly stir the filled A component. Afterwards add <br />component B to component A and mix. Ensure that the <br />hardener completely drains from the container. Blending <br />both components together is to be performed with a <br />suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with <br />paddle). At a higher rpm too much unnecessary air is <br />entrained. At a lower rpm a poor mix is achieved. It is <br />important to stir from the sides and the bottom so that <br />the hardener is evenly distributed. Keep stirring until <br />the mix is homogenous (free from streaks); mixing time <br />approx. 3 minutes. The material temperature during <br />the mixing process should be approx. +15° C. Do not <br />use the material directly from the packaging. Decant <br />the mixture into a clean container and thoroughly mix <br />again.</p> <p>“Oil contaminated concrete areas” <br />• Clean appropriately with INDU-Oil-Cleanser, <br />followed by cleaning the surface by high pressure <br />jet washing. Remove excess water with a suitable <br />wet vacuum. Immediately afterwards evenly apply <br />GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer to the damp substrate <br />by brush or roller. <br />Please be aware: There must not be a continuous <br />film of water on the surface. The substrate must not be <br />allowed to dry out – if allowed to dry out there is a <br />risk that the oil will rise up again and no bond will be <br />achieved between the substrate and special primer. <br />Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be <br />treated, suitable means of preparation are to be <br />employed such as e.g. high pressure washing, <br />scabbling, shot blasting, planing.</p> <p>Application method / consumption: <br />Apply GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer to the cleaned, <br />damp substrate ensuring all pores are closed off. <br />1. On vertical and overhead areas it is advantageous <br />to firstly apply the GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer with <br />a stiff brush and to subsequently thoroughly brush in <br />with a priming brush and then to go over again with <br />a paint roller. Completely blind the wet priming <br />coat with quartz sand (particle size diameter 0.5 <br />– 1.0 mm). Once cured thoroughly remove all nonbound quartz before the primer is applied prior <br />to following coatings. <br />2. On horizontal areas it is advantageous to firstly <br />thoroughly spread the GEPOTECH-EP-11/22Primer with a rubber squeegee then subsequently <br />thoroughly brush into the surface with priming <br />brush and go over once again with a paint roller. <br />Completely blind the wet priming coat with quartz <br />sand (particle size diameter 0.5 – 1.0 mm). Once <br />cured thoroughly remove all non-bound quartz <br />before the primer is applied prior to following <br />coatings.</p> <p>Dependent on the particular substrate the following <br />additional minimum requirements for cement-based <br />surfaces must be fulfilled: <br />Concrete quality: <br />min. C 20/25 <br />PCC mortar: <br />in accordance with <br />DIN EN 1504-3 <br />Tensile adhesion strength: mean value: 1.5 N/mm2 <br />lowest value: 1.0 N/mm2 <br />Render: <br />PIII <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />mean value: 0.8 N/mm2 <br />lowest value: 0.5 N/mm2 <br />Masonry work: <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />mean value: 0.5 N/mm2 <br />lowest value: 0.3 N/mm2</p> <p>439</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Material consumption GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer: <br />Consumption: <br />between min. 800 – 1000 g/m2 <br />(dependent on the substrate) <br />Broadcast material: <br />approx. 1,500 g/m2 <br />After waiting for approx. 12 – 24 hours, waterproof <br />coating with GEPOTECH-11/22 may be carried out to <br />the evenly broadcast surface. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer is harmless. <br />Pay attention to: practical guide to handling epoxy <br />resins distributed by the professional association for the <br />building industry www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de. <br />Important advice: <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 – 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />• Cover areas not to be treated. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Before starting work, pay attention to the technical <br />data sheets for the products mentioned above. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />the waste disposal code 57123 “Epoxy resin”. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>23/11</p> <p>440</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDU-ConductiveQuartz</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55098</p> <p>Conductive quartz sand</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDU-ConductiveQuartz is an epoxy resin coated <br />quartz sand with low resistance. <br />Particle size: 0.1 – 0.4 mm diameter.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• When broadcasting the product cover all areas not <br />to be treated (shelving, machinery, floor areas) with <br />dust-tight plastic sheeting. (Space ventilations etc. are <br />to be turned off) <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of dampness <br />or contamination between layers. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDU-ConductiveQuartz is used as a broadcast coat <br />for the coating system INDUFLOOR-System-3350. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Density: <br />Bulk density: <br />Particle format: <br />Particle size (*): <br />Hardness (Mohs): <br />Resistance value: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Epoxy coated quartz sand <br />anthracite / black <br />approx. 2.65 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 1.5 – 2.0 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />rounded edges <br />0.1 – 0.4 mm diameter <br />approx. 7 <br />< 500 Ohm <br />INDU-ConducticeQuartz is <br />available in 25kg bags <br />24 months when stored dry <br />and cool above +10° C in <br />original unopened packaging</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet! <br />GISCODE: RE3</p> <p>45/08</p> <p>441</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDU-DecorChips</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55110</p> <p>Decorative coloured chippings blend</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDU-DecorChips are light-fast decorative coloured <br />chippings based on PVA.</p> <p>Application method / consumption: <br />The INDU-DecorChips are strewn across the fresh <br />coating with even distribution. <br />Consumption: <br />closed broadcasting <br />approx. 650 – 800 g/m2 <br />open broadcasting <br />approx. 10 – 150 g/m2</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDU-DecorChips are used for broadcasting into <br />epoxy resin and polyurethane resin based coatings for <br />producing decorative coloured finishes. Application <br />is carried out as open and closed (slip resistant) <br />broadcasting e.g. in showrooms, sales areas, <br />stairwells, corridors, access balconies etc.</p> <p>Broadcasting is either done by hand or with an <br />air-jet gun e.g. Girong machine. <br />Remove all non-bound decorative chippings before <br />applying floor sealants INDUFlOOR-IB2010 clear <br />lacquer or INDUFLOOR-IB2250 Protec-Ultra. With <br />closed broadcasting an intermediate sanding will <br />be necessary to adjust the height of protruding <br />DecorChips. Following the intermediate sanding <br />carefully and thoroughly remove the sanding material; <br />where this is not done serious colour variations will <br />exist after sealing the floor.</p> <p>INDU-DecorChips are supplied in chippings 3 – 5 mm <br />diameter. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colourways:</p> <p>Particle size: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>01 <br />02 <br />10 <br />15</p> <p>– <br />– <br />– <br />–</p> <p>light grey-beige <br />dark grey <br />beige-red-orange <br />white-black</p> <p>3 – 5 mm diameter <br />20 kg box <br />24 months when stored dry <br />in the original unopened <br />containers.</p> <p>Before using the base coating and the floor sealers <br />observe an appropriate current valid technical data <br />sheet. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet!</p> <p>Product advice: <br />In particular the following INDUFLOOR flooring finishes <br />are used for decorative surface designs. <br />• INDUFLOOR-IB3351 <br />(open or closed broadcasting) <br />• INDUFLOOR-IB3360 <br />(open or closed broadcasting) <br />• INDUFLOOR-IB3365 <br />(open or closed broadcasting) <br />• INDUFLOOR-IB3380 <br />(open broadcasting)</p> <p>37/06</p> <p>442</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDU-DecorQuartz</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55120</p> <p>Coloured sand</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDU-DecorQuartz is a coloured sand with the <br />following properties: <br />• coloured <br />• special particle size distribution <br />• coated in epoxy resin <br />• exhibits only minor yellowing.</p> <p>Producing the mix: <br />Place the predetermined quantity of INDU-DecorQuartz <br />into a large mixing container or forced action mixer <br />e.g. UEZ, Zyklos or similar. Subsequently add the <br />premixed binder INDUFLOOR-IB3380. It is important <br />that the liquid and solid components are uniformly <br />mixed.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDU-DecorQuartz is used for mixing with or for <br />broadcasting into decorative coloured finishes <br />to produce closed and slip resistant surfaces in <br />commercial kitchens, production areas, showrooms, <br />sales areas, stairwells, corridors, access balconies etc.</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Tip the prepared coloured finish mix on to the prepared <br />substrate and spread evenly in a minimum thickness <br />of 2 mm above the particulates with a surface rake or <br />trowel. Consumption: approx. 3.0 kg/m2. <br />Blind the fresh coating with INDU-DecorQuartz. <br />Consumption of broadcast material: <br />approx. 2.5 – 3.5 kg/m2.</p> <p>INDU-DecorQuartz is supplied in sizes 0.4 – 0.7 mm <br />diameter. <br />Technical Data: <br />Colourways:</p> <p>Particle size: <br />Density: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>M01 <br />M06 <br />M07 <br />M08</p> <p>Prior to the application of the floor sealer thoroughly <br />remove all excess non-bound broadcast material. <br />Dependent on the required slip performance abrade <br />the surface area prior to sealing.</p> <p>– <br />– <br />– <br />–</p> <p>light grey-grey-black <br />blue-lilac-black <br />light blue-blue-lilac <br />light beige-ochrebrown <br />0.4 – 0.8 mm diameter <br />approx. 2.20 g/cm3 <br />25 kg bags <br />60 months when stored dry <br />in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>For further advice refer to the technical data sheet for <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3380 decorative coating. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet.</p> <p>Application advice: <br />System components for producing coloured finishes: <br />Binder: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3380 <br />decorative coating 1 part <br />by weight <br />Coloured quartz: <br />INDU-DecorQuartz 1 part <br />by weight</p> <p>37/06</p> <p>443</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDU-IB-Cleanser</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55104</p> <p>Solvent and cleaning material</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDU-IB-Cleanser is a solvent and cleaner with the <br />following properties: <br />• ready for use <br />• solvent based <br />• highly effective.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• The material contains solvent. Ensure that there is <br />adequate ventilation and extraction when using in <br />confined spaces. <br />• INDU-IB-Cleanser should be disposed of under EAK <br />07 00 00, waste from organic chemical processes. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of <br />INDU-IB-Cleanser.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDU-IB-Cleanser is used for the cleaning of tools, <br />for the degreasing of metallic substrates etc. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Specific gravity: <br />Hazard classification <br />according to Vbf *: <br />Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet! <br />GISCODE: GU0</p> <p>Toluene <br />transparent <br />0.83 g/cm3 <br />AI <br />1 litre and 10 litres <br />24 months when stored dry <br />and cool in the original <br />unopened packaging.</p> <p>* Ordinance for inflammable liquids</p> <p>Health and safety: <br />INDU-IB-Cleanser is irritating to the eyes and respiratory <br />tract and is harmful by inhalation. Avoid contact with <br />the skin and eyes. During product application observe <br />the government health and safety protective directive <br />data sheet M 017 as well as the advice given on the <br />packaging.</p> <p>37/06</p> <p>444</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDU-OilCleanser</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55099</p> <p>Industrial floor cleaner</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDU-OilCleanser is an industrial floor cleaner with <br />the following properties: <br />• aqueous combination of surface active substances <br />• not harmful to the environment.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Density:</p> <p>aqueous combination of <br />surface active substances <br />approx. 1.02 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />see below</p> <p>Mixing ratio: <br />Overcoatable with <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240 *: immediately once wastewater <br />has been vacuumed away</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDU-OilCleanser is suitable for use on small areas / <br />spot cleaning and finds use for cleaning stubborn oil <br />stains on backgrounds such as concrete, cemetitious <br />screeds, stone, ceramic, metal <br />• as a pre-clean prior to application of the special <br />primer INDUFLOOR-IB1240. <br />• in the steel and metalworking industry, <br />workshops etc. <br />• for fundamentally cleaning and maintenance cleaning <br />of newly installed industrial floor coatings. <br />• for cleaning away rubber marks on existing industrial <br />floor coatings.</p> <p>* for further advice refer to the Technical Data Sheet <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Storage:</p> <p>10 litres <br />12 months when stored dry <br />and cool above +10° C in <br />the original unopened <br />packaging.</p> <p>Substrate: <br />• Concrete, cementitious screed, stone, ceramic, metal <br />• Newly installed industrial floor coatings <br />• Contaminated existing industrial floor surfaces</p> <p>Dilution and material consumption as a guide: <br />Type of contamination: <br />INDU-OilCleanser <br />concentrate <br />Cleaning oil spots <br />1 part</p> <p>Water <br />approx. 5 to 10 parts</p> <p>Manual use, spray <br />bottle/brush</p> <p>approx. 1 to 2 parts</p> <p>Carry out the initial clean <br />with low dilution</p> <p>Rubber marks</p> <p>1 part</p> <p>Fundamental clean</p> <p>1 part</p> <p>approx. 50 to 100 parts</p> <p>Maintenance clean</p> <p>1 part</p> <p>approx. 50 to 100 parts</p> <p>445</p> <p>Application advice</p> <p>Use conventional brush <br />cleaners for floor areas</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Preparation and application: <br />INDU-OilCleanser is supplied as a concentrate and is <br />diluted with tap water dependent on the application. <br />For dilution refer to the table. <br />1. The diluted INDU-OilCleanser is then filled into a <br />hand operated spray bottle or spray equipment and <br />sprayed on to the area to be cleaned. <br />2. Allow to act for a short while then scrub the <br />sprayed area with a scrubbing brush until a brown <br />colouration appears. <br />3. Leave the cleaned area to stand for 10 minutes. <br />4. Once this time has elapsed scrub once again <br />thoroughly. <br />5. Thoroughly rinse cleaned areas with clean water. <br />6. Clean washed areas with a wet vacuum. <br />7. Assess cleaned areas for oil residues and if <br />necessary repeat the cleaning process.</p> <p>Advice: <br />• When cleaning large connected areas use <br />professional cleaners that operate with the <br />appropriate equipment. The advisory service of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH is glad to be of further <br />assistance in these cases. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of <br />INDU-OilCleanser. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• INDU-OilCleanser is categorised in accordance with <br />the ordinance on hazardous substances.</p> <p>Cleaning existing and contaminated <br />industrial floor coatings e.g. rubber marks: <br />INDU-OilCleanser is supplied as a concentrate and is <br />diluted with tap water dependent on the application. <br />For dilution refer to the table on page 1. <br />Assess cleaned areas for residual contamination and if <br />necessary repeat the cleaning process / increase the <br />concentration.</p> <p>GISCODE: GF50</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet!</p> <p>37/06</p> <p>446</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1030</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55038</p> <p>Concrete curing agent</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1030 is an aqueous, solvent free <br />polymer resin dispersion. <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1030 avoids: <br />• Premature drying out <br />• Weak surface strength <br />• Cracks (craquelure) and early shrinkage <br />• Surface dusting <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1030 contains no wax, paraffin or oil <br />emulsion. After application a transparent, glossy and <br />slightly elastic film is formed.</p> <p>Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1030 is available in 910 kg <br />containers, 200 kg drums and 30 kg containers. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />12 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened packaging. <br />Product preparation: <br />When stored for long periods thoroughly stir <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1030 before use.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1030 is used to protect the surface and <br />to avoid premature drying of concrete and screed <br />surfaces. Furthermore for the aftercare of “semi-rigid <br />finishes“. Based on DIN 18353 – screed installation - , <br />DIN 18560 – screeds in construction - , this type of <br />surface must be protected from uneven and too rapid <br />drying out. At higher temperatures, lower humidity and <br />in the presence of draughts, the use of the curing agent <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1030 is especially important.</p> <p>Method of application/consumption: <br />Spray apply INDUFLOOR-IB1030 undiluted onto <br />the matt damp screed or concrete after the final <br />trowelling/smoothing at the latest. Remove ponding <br />and puddles of water beforehand. Ensure that the <br />material is applied evenly in order to avoid a patchy <br />finish. Consumption: approx. 120 - 150 g/m2 <br />(dependent on the roughness/porosity of the substrate) <br />Tools: <br />Conventional spray equipment with the appropriate <br />nozzle.</p> <p>Technical data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Density:</p> <p>Butadiene-Styrene-Copolymer <br />White <br />approx. 1.02 ± 0.02 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />Application temperature: min. approx. +5° C, <br />max. approx. +40° C <br />Surface temperature: <br />min. approx. +5° C, <br />max. approx. +40° C <br />Min. film forming <br />temperature: <br />+4° C <br />Solids content: <br />approx. 23% <br />Barrier coefficient: <br />approx. 67% to 71% <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 120 to 150g/m2, <br />dependent on surface <br />roughness</p> <p>Notes: <br />Initially after application a white film appears. Once <br />dried a transparent film remains with a particular gloss <br />effect. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1030 is considered <br />harmless. When using this product the government <br />health and safety protective directive should be <br />observed as well as the advice on the packaging. <br />Advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Clean tools thoroughly and immediately with water <br />after use.</p> <p>447</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the product whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and <br />promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using. <br />• Due to the differing porosity of cement-based <br />substrates, a uniform optical appearance of the <br />surface cannot be guaranteed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.</p> <p>39/11</p> <p>448</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1225</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55001</p> <p>Primer - water pollution control</p> <p>Min. cure temperature: +8° C <br />Compressive strength: <br />approx. 67 N/mm2 <br />Flexural strength: <br />approx. 32 N/mm2 <br />Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5 (concrete)</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225 is a <br />two component epoxy resin <br />with the following properties: <br />• Solvent free <br />• Transparent <br />• Low viscosity <br />• Pore filling <br />• Withstands mechanical <br />loading <br />• Watertight <br />• Very low “liquid water-vapour permeability” rate <br />(DIN EN ISO 7783-1) = 1.2 g/m2xd <br />• Resistant to diluted alkalis, acids, aqueous salt <br />solutions, lubricants <br />• Tendency towards yellowing</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar <br />• protected from the effects of moisture penetration <br />from the rear <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming, <br />brushing, planing, scabbling, grit-blasting, shot-blasting, <br />high pressure water jetting. The following criteria are to <br />be observed dependent on the particular substrate:</p> <p>Areas of application <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225 is used: <br />• As a system component in the WHG-Systems <br />(water resources act) <br />==> <br />INDUFLOOR-IB-GWS 2 <br />==> <br />INDUFLOOR-IB-GWS 3 <br />• As a pore blocking primer for cement-based substrates that will be coated with INDUFLOOR systems <br />• For producing levelling and scratch coats for substrate preparation prior to the application of coatings <br />• For producing epoxy resin screeds</p> <p>Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Render quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture:</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Density: <br />Pot life: <br />Foot traffic after: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Fully cured:</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />PIIIa/b <br />min. 28 days <br />= 1.5 N/mm2 <br />(render 0.8 N/mm2) <br />< 4.0% (carbide hygrometer)</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Blend both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener is <br />evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous (free <br />from streaks); mixing time 3 minutes. The minimum temperature during mixing should be +15° C. Do not use <br />mixed material directly from the packaging. Decant <br />the material into a clean container and mix through <br />thoroughly once again.</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />transparent <br />approx. 640 ± 80 mPA s <br />at +23° C <br />2:1 parts by weight <br />approx. 1.09 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 25 - 35 minutes <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 16 hrs at +23° C <br />approx. 16 hrs up to a <br />max. 24 hrs at +23° C <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C</p> <p>449</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Notes: <br />When using the product ensure that it is applied <br />by flooding evenly over the prepared substrate. <br />Irregularities lead to capillary active pores in the cured <br />priming coat and promote the formation of bubbles <br />especially osmosis bubbles. To ensure the priming coat <br />has blocked the pores, apply a second coat. Pore <br />blocking can also be ensured through the application <br />of a second layer of a dense smoothing mortar. This <br />smoothing mortar is produced from the priming resin <br />with the addition of quartz sand. When adding aggregates (e.g. quartz sand) ensure that the aggregate is <br />dry and is also at a temperature of approx. +15° C.</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Priming: <br />Apply INDUFLOOR-IB1225 in two coats. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 – 500 g/m2 per coat. <br />Broadcast quartz sand into the freshly applied primer <br />(grade: 0.1 – 0.4 or 0.2 – 0.7 mm). <br />Consumption: approx. 0.8 – 1.0 kg/m2.</p> <p>Production of levelling / scratch coats: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />approx. 1.0 part by weight <br />(grade: 0.1 – 0.6 or <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 1.5 – 2 % by weight</p> <p>Epoxy resin screed: <br />Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1225. <br />Consumption: approx 300 – 500 g/m2. <br />Apply the mixed screed to the freshly primed area at <br />a minimum thickness of approx. 5mm, strike off with a <br />lath and mechanically smoothen (use a blade or plate <br />power float). Consumption: approx. 2.0 kg/m2/mm.</p> <p>Levelling / scratch coat: <br />Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1225. <br />Consumption: approx 300 – 500 g/m2. <br />The mixed smoothing compound is skim applied in <br />one coat. Consumption: approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm.</p> <p>The quartz sand is mixed with the previously mixed and <br />decanted resin and hardener components. Ensure that <br />the liquid and solid components are evenly blended. <br />Before application on vertical or steeply sloping surfaces it is recommended that with levelling/scratch <br />coats INDU-FibreFiller is added. The addition rate lies <br />between 4 – 5 % by weight dependent on the degree <br />of slope.</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225 is available in 3 kg, 10 kg and <br />30 kg containers. Components A and B are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />18 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C in <br />the original unopened packaging.</p> <p>Production of epoxy resin screeds: <br />Thickness: <br />approx. 5 – 15 mm <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />7.5 – 10.0 parts by weight <br />Grading: <br />0.06 – 1.5 mm diameter <br />Thickness: <br />> 15 mm <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />12.5 – 15.0 parts by weight <br />Grading: <br />0.06 – 3.5 mm diameter</p> <p>Note: When there are frequent temperature changes, <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225 can crystallise out. It is then <br />necessary to warm the product in a water bath at <br />+50° C to +60° C for approx. 2 hours after which <br />the product can be used without restriction. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1225 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies <br />distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de.</p> <p>Place the predetermined quantity of quartz sand in <br />a forced action mixer (e.g. type Zyklos or UEZ). <br />Subsequently add the previously homogenously mixed <br />resin and hardener components. Ensure that the liquid <br />and solid components are evenly mixed together.</p> <p>450</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• To increase the pot life/working time at higher <br />temperatures, store material in a cool environment <br />above +10° C until ready for use. Only expose to <br />warm temperatures just before mixing. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded by the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />• If there is a long time period between coatings or if <br />areas need to be re-coated after a long time period, <br />then the old surface must be well cleaned and thoroughly abraded, after which a completely new pore <br />free sealing coat should be applied. It is not sufficient <br />to simply overcoat. <br />• Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g. <br />rain) for approx. 4 – 6 hours after application. <br />Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or <br />stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure. <br />Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken <br />off e.g. by abrading and renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “Epoxy resin”. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC): <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225 contains < 500 g/l <br />GISCODE: RE 1 <br />01/12</p> <p>451</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1230</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55003</p> <p>Rapid primer</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1230 is a two component epoxy resin <br />with the following properties: <br />• Solvent free <br />• Low viscosity <br />• Rapid cure <br />• Overcoat after 6 hours <br />• Withstands heavy mechanical loading <br />• Watertight <br />• Tendency towards yellowing</p> <p>• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar. <br />• protected from moisture penetration from the rear</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1230 is used: <br />• as a primer for cement-based surfaces that will be <br />coated with INDUFLOOR systems <br />• for sealing cement-based areas e.g. in production <br />areas, warehouses, on ramps <br />• for producing levelling and scratch coats for surface <br />preparation for coating measures <br />• for producing epoxy resin screeds and repair mortars.</p> <p>Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Render quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming, <br />brushing, planing, scabbling, grit-blasting, shot-blasting, <br />high pressure water jetting. The following criteria are <br />also to be fulfilled dependent on the particular substrate:</p> <p>• Residual moisture:</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />PIII <br />min. 28 days <br />= 1.5 N/mm2 <br />(render 0.8 N/mm2) <br />< 4.0% (carbide hygrometer)</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Blend both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time 3 minutes. The minimum <br />temperature during mixing should be +15° C. Do not <br />use mixed material directly from the packaging. <br />Decant the material into a clean container and mix <br />through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity:</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />transparent <br />approx. 800 ± 100 mPA·s <br />at +25° C <br />Mixing ratio: <br />2:1 parts by weight <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.08 ± 0.02 g/cm3 <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 11 - 15 minutes <br />at +23° C <br />Application temperature: min. approx. +5° C, <br />max. approx. +30° C <br />Foot traffic after: <br />min. approx. 6 hours <br />at +23° C <br />Overcoat after: <br />approx. 6 hrs up to a <br />max. 24 hrs at +23° C <br />Fully cured: <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Min. cure temperature: +5° C <br />Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5 (concrete)</p> <p>Notes: <br />When using the product ensure that it is applied <br />by flooding evenly over the prepared substrate. <br />Irregularities lead to capillary active pores in the <br />cured priming coat and promote the formation of <br />bubbles especially osmosis bubbles. To ensure the <br />priming coat is free from pores, apply a second <br />coat. Pore blocking can also be ensured through the</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key</p> <p>452</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>application of a second layer of a dense smoothing <br />mortar. This smoothing mortar is produced from the <br />priming resin with the addition of quartz sand. When <br />adding aggregates (e.g. quartz sand) ensure that <br />the aggregate is dry and is also at a temperature of <br />approx. +15° C.</p> <p>(grade: e.g. 0.2 – 0.7 mm). <br />Consumption: approx. 0.8 – 1.0 kg/m2. <br />Sealing: <br />Apply INDUFLOOR-IB1230 in two coats. <br />Consumption: approx. 400 – 800 g/m2/coat. <br />For producing a slip resistant surface structure broadcast <br />quartz sand (grade: 0.5 – 1.0 mm or 0.7 – 1.2 mm) <br />in between the two coats. <br />Consumption: approx. 1.0 – 1.5 kg/m2.</p> <p>Production of levelling / scratch coats: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1230: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartzsand: <br />approx. 1.0 part by weight <br />(grade: e.g. 0.2 – 0.7 mm) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 2 – 3 % by weight</p> <p>Once hardened carefully remove all non-bound quartz <br />sand before roller applied or pourable coatings, scratch <br />coatings or screeds are applied.</p> <p>Mix the quartz sand with the already mixed and <br />decanted resin and hardener components. Ensure that <br />the liquid and solid components are evenly blended <br />together. Before application on vertical or steeply <br />sloping surfaces it is recommended that with levelling/ <br />scratch coats INDU-FibreFiller is added. The addition <br />rate should be between 4 – 5 % by weight dependent <br />on the degree of slope.</p> <p>Levelling / scratch coat: <br />Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1230. <br />Consumption: approx 300 – 500 g/m2. The mixed <br />smoothing compound is skim applied in one coat. <br />Consumption of fine smoothing compound: <br />approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm. <br />Epoxy resin screed: <br />Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1230. <br />Consumption: approx 300 – 500 g/m2. Apply the <br />mixed screed to the freshly primed area at a minimum <br />thickness of approx. 5mm, strike off with a lath and <br />finish off mechanically smoothen (use a blade or plate <br />power float). Consumption: approx. 2.0 kg/m2/mm.</p> <p>Production of epoxy resin screeds: <br />a.) <br />Thickness: <br />approx. 5 - 15 mm <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1230: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />7.5 – 10.0 parts by weight <br />Grading: <br />0.06 – 1.5 mm diameter <br />b.) <br />Thickness: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1230: <br />Quartz sand: <br />Grading:</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser and thinners.</p> <p>> 15 mm <br />1.0 part by weight <br />12.5 – 15.0 parts by weight <br />0.06 – 3.5 mm diameter</p> <p>Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1230 is available in 3 kg and 10 kg <br />containers. Components A and B are delivered at a <br />predetermined mixing ratio.</p> <p>Place the predetermined quantity of quartz sand in a <br />forced action mixer (e.g. type Zyklos or UEZ). Then <br />add the already homogenously mixed resin and <br />hardener components. Ensure that the liquid and solid <br />components are evenly blended together.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life: <br />18 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened packaging.</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Priming: <br />Apply INDUFLOOR-IB1230 in two coats. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 – 500 g/m2 per coat. <br />Broadcast quartz sand into the freshly applied primer</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB 1230 is harmless. <br />Note: code of practice for handling epoxies distributed <br />453</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>by the building industry professional association www. <br />bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de.</p> <p>Paint products directive (2004/42/EC): <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1230 contains: < 500g/l</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• To increase the pot life/working time at higher <br />temperatures, store material in a cool environment <br />above +10° C until ready for use. Only expose to <br />warm temperatures just before mixing. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded by the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />• If there is a long time period between coatings or if <br />areas need to be re-coated after a long time period, <br />then the old surface must be well cleaned and <br />thoroughly abraded, after which a completely new <br />pore free sealing coat should be applied. It is not <br />sufficient to simply overcoat. <br />• Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g. <br />rain) for approx. 4 – 6 hours after application. <br />Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or <br />stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure. <br />Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken <br />off e.g. by abrading and renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “Epoxy resin”.</p> <p>GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.</p> <p>26/11</p> <p>454</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1240</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55004</p> <p>Oil and vapour barrier</p> <p>Min. cure temperature: <br />Consumption:</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240 is a low solvent, moisture <br />compatible, two component epoxy resin with the <br />following properties: <br />• due to its high density it displaces the water from <br />the capillaries in the surface zone and functions as <br />a barrier against capillary rising oils <br />• bonds very well to damp concrete substrates <br />• high Sd-value (> 300 m, water vapour proof) <br />• impermeable to Radon gas.</p> <p>+8° C (slow cure) <br />min. 600 – 1000 g/m2</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Shore ‘D’: <br />D/86/1 (ASTM D 2240:05) <br />Compressive strength: <br />approx. 87.4 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 579:00) <br />Adhesion strength: <br />2.5 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 4541:02) <br />Flexural strength: <br />approx. 40.7 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM C 580) <br />Abrasion resistance: <br />209 mg (ASTM D 4060:01) <br />WDDW in μ*: <br />approx. 738.552 <br />(DIN 16 726 free film) <br />* Water vapour diffusion resistance <br />**Full chemical resistance testing results available <br />upon request</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240 is used: <br />• as a special primer for oil contaminated, but <br />previously cleaned concrete substrates <br />• as an effective protection against the formation of <br />osmosis bubbles where there is exposure to moisture <br />from the rear <br />• as a primer for concrete/bonded screed substrates <br />which are still damp <br />==> that are to be treated with INDUFLOOR system <br />coatings <br />==> or to be covered with conventional, classic floor <br />finishes such as PVC, Linoleum, carpet, parquet, <br />tiles etc. Please refer to the advice section.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />Concrete and cement-based screeds must be sound, <br />clean, dry or damp and be free from materials that will <br />impair adhesion. Completely remove weak or poorly <br />bonded layers e.g. release agents, old adhesive, <br />levelling compound residues or old surface finishes and <br />paint residues. <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240 can be used on the following <br />substrates: <br />• Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds subjected <br />to negative moisture pressure. <br />• Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds with <br />increased residual moisture*. <br />Note: <br />Residual moisture in cementitious substrates, dry or <br />damp (in accordance with Def. RiLi SfB)*</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity:</p> <p>2-comp. epoxy resin <br />light grey <br />approx. 70 seconds in a <br />4 mm DIN flowcup <br />Mixing ratio: <br />100:12 parts by weight <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.86 g/cm3 <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 60 mins. at +23° C <br />approx. 30 mins. at +30° C <br />Application temperature: min. approx. +8° C, <br />max. approx. +30° C <br />Foot traffic after: <br />min. approx. 12 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />Overcoat after: <br />approx. 12 - 24 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />Fully cured: <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C</p> <p>* “Guidelines for the protection and renovation of concrete structures” <br />part 2, clause 1.2.5” concrete moisture.</p> <p>“dry” <br />An approximately 2 cm deep freshly produced cut out <br />area may not, as a result of drying, become visibly <br />lighter. (Where doubt exists the concrete is considered <br />dry when it exhibits equilibrium moisture content for <br />the climate 23/50 i.e. dependent on the concrete <br />classification other absolute values serve for “dry”).</p> <p>455</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time 3 minutes. The minimum <br />temperature during mixing should be +15° C. Do not <br />use mixed material directly from the packaging. <br />Decant the material into a clean container and mix <br />through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>“damp” <br />The surface appears matt damp but there must be no <br />shiny film of water. The pore system within the concrete <br />substrate may not be saturated i.e. applied water <br />droplets must be absorbed and the surface must appear <br />matt once again after a short while. <br />Oil contaminated concrete areas: <br />• Clean with the cleaning agent INDU-IB OilCleanser <br />in accordance with application instructions. <br />Afterwards clean the surface with high pressure <br />water jetting. Remove excess water with a suitable <br />wet vacuum. <br />• Whilst the substrate is still damp, evenly apply <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240 with a brush and roller.</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240 is applied to saturation on to the <br />cleaned matt damp substrate with a rubber squeegee, <br />brushed carefully into the surface with a priming brush <br />and evenly rolled with a fur roller with short nap. Fully <br />broadcast quartz sand into the fresh primer <br />(grade: 0.5 – 1.0 or 0.7 – 1.2 mm diameter). <br />Once cured carefully remove all non-bound quartz <br />sand before applying primers in readiness for further <br />coatings.</p> <p>Please observe: <br />A continuous film of water may not be present on the <br />surface of the concrete. The substrate may not dry out <br />– if it dries there is a risk that due to continuously rising <br />oil no bond between the primer and the substrate will <br />be achieved. <br />Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be <br />treated suitable preparation methods should be used <br />such as e.g. scabbling, shot blasting etc. The following <br />minimum requirements are to be fulfilled dependent on <br />the particular substrate: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 1.5 N/mm2 <br />• Render quality: <br />min. P IIIa / P IIIb <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />approx. 0.8 N/mm2</p> <p>Material consumption: dependent on the substrate the <br />consumption is between min. 0.6 – 1.0 kg/m2. The <br />consumption of quartz sand is approx. 1.5 kg/m2. <br />After a waiting time of approx. 12 to 24 hours any <br />INDUFLOOR coating system, beginning with the <br />appropriate primer, can be installed. <br />Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser and thinners. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240 is available in 15 kg containers <br />with 28 kg containers on request. Components A and <br />B are delivered at a predetermined mixing ratio.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />Oil contaminated substrates are particularly <br />problematical. We recommend that you contact our <br />Technical Services Department.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life: <br />24 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened packaging. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1240 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies <br />distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Blend both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />456</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Paint products directive (2004/42/EC): <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240 contains: < 500 g/l</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• INDUFLOOR-IB1240 should not be applied as a <br />waterproof membrane where preserving agents are <br />used (propionic acid). <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• To increase pot life/working time at higher <br />temperatures store material in a cool environment <br />above +10° C and only expose to warm <br />temperatures shortly before mixing. <br />• Protect surface protective systems from moisture <br />(e.g. rain, melt water) for approx. 4 – 6 hours <br />after application. Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abraded and <br />renewed. <br />• High temperatures, direct sunlight and draughts <br />can lead to the formation of a skin and impede <br />the necessary granular binding as well as <br />penetration into the substrate. <br />• When using INDUFLOOR-IB1240 as a vapour <br />barrier beneath conventional floor finishes such as <br />PVC, linoleum, carpet and parquet, do not use a <br />solvent based adhesive. This leads to later bulging <br />in the floor finish installed. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Take heed of the technical data sheets for the <br />products mentioned above before starting work. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “Epoxy resin”.</p> <p>GISCODE: RE 2</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />34/11</p> <p>457</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1245</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55030</p> <p>Primer for vertical surfaces, water-vapour-proof</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1245 is a low solvent, moisture <br />tolerant, two component epoxy resin with the <br />following properties: <br />• Bonds very well to damp concrete substrates <br />• Designated as “water-vapour-proof”; Class III (low) in <br />accordance with DIN ISO 7783-2 classification</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />Concrete and cement-based substrates must be sound, <br />clean, dry or damp and be free of materials that will <br />impair adhesion. Completely remove weak or poorly <br />bonded layers e.g. release agents, old adhesive or <br />levelling compound residues and residues of old surface <br />finishes and paint. <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1245 can be used on the following <br />substrates: <br />• Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds subjected <br />to negative moisture pressure. <br />• Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds with <br />increased residual moisture*.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1245 is used on vertical and <br />“overhead” surfaces: <br />• As a primer for damp concrete <br />• As an effective protection against the formation of <br />osmosis blisters where there is exposure to moisture <br />from the rear <br />• As a special primer for oil contaminated, but <br />previously cleaned concrete substrates <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Density: <br />Application/substrate <br />temperature: <br />Foot traffic after: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Fully cured: <br />Min. cure temperature: <br />Consumption: <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />Test report:</p> <p>Note: <br />Residual moisture in cementitious substrates, dry or <br />damp (in accordance with Def. RiLi SIB)* <br />* “Guidelines for the protection and renovation of concrete structures” <br />part 2, clause 1.2.5” concrete moisture</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />light grey <br />approx. 70 seconds in a <br />4 mm DIN flowcup <br />100:12 parts by weight <br />approx. 1.80 g/cm3</p> <p>“dry” <br />An approximately 2cm deep freshly produced cut out <br />area may not, as a result of drying, become visibly <br />lighter. (Where doubt exists, the concrete is considered <br />dry, when it exhibits equilibrium moisture content for <br />the climate 23/50 i.e. dependent on the concrete <br />classification other absolute values serve for “dry”).</p> <p>min. approx. +8 °C, <br />max. approx. +30 °C <br />min. approx. 12 hrs <br />at +23 °C <br />approx. 12 - 24 hrs <br />at +23 °C <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23 °C <br />+ 8 °C (slow cure) <br />min. 600 – 1000 g/m2</p> <p>“damp” <br />The surface appears matt damp but there must be no <br />shiny film of water. The pore system within the concrete <br />substrate may not be saturated i.e. applied water <br />droplets must be absorbed and the surface must appear <br />matt once again after a short while. <br />Oil contaminated concrete areas: <br />• Clean, as appropriate, with the cleaning agent <br />INDU-IB OilCleanser. <br />• Afterwards clean the surface with high pressure <br />water jetting. Remove excess water with a suitable <br />wet vacuum. <br />• Whilst the substrate is still damp evenly apply <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1245 with a brush or roller.</p> <p>B 1.5 (concrete) <br />P 4872-1 Polymer institute, <br />determination of water vapour <br />transmission rate in <br />accordance with <br />DIN EN 7783-1.</p> <p>458</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Blind the fresh pre-priming coat with quartz sand <br />(grade: 0.5 – 1.0 or 0.7 – 1.2 mm diameter). <br />Once cured carefully remove all non-bound quartz <br />sand before applying primers in readiness for further <br />coatings. <br />2) On horizontal surfaces it is advantageous to <br />spread INDUFLOOR-IB1245 evenly with a rubber <br />squeegee, then work it into pores with a stiff bristled <br />brush, followed by backrolling with a fur roller. <br />Blind the fresh pre-primer with quartz sand (grade: <br />0.5 – 1.0 or 0.7 – 1.2 mm diameter). Once cured <br />carefully removed all non-bound quartz sand before <br />applying the primer in readiness for subsequent <br />coatings.</p> <p>Please observe: <br />A continuous film of water may not be present on the <br />surface of the concrete. The substrate may not dry out – <br />if it dries there is a risk that due to continuously rising oil <br />no bond between the special primer and the substrate <br />will be achieved. <br />Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be <br />treated suitable preparation methods should be used <br />such as scabbling, shot blasting, planing, high <br />pressure water jetting, etc. Furthermore the following <br />minimum requirements are to be fulfilled dependent <br />on the particular substrate: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Tensile adhesion strength:</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />> 1.5 N/mm2</p> <p>Material consumption: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1245:</p> <p>Important advice: <br />Oil contaminated substrates are particularly <br />problematic. We recommend that you contact our <br />Technical Services Department.</p> <p>Quartz sand:</p> <p>depending on the substrate <br />the consumption is between <br />min. 600 – 1000 g/m2. <br />approx. 1500 g/m2.</p> <p>After a waiting time of approx. 12 to 24 hours any <br />additional INDUFLOOR coating system, beginning with <br />the appropriate primer or other floor build up, can be <br />applied.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Blend both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time 3 minutes. The minimum <br />temperature during mixing should be +15 °C. Do not <br />use mixed material directly from the packaging. <br />Decant the material into a clean container and mix <br />through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Immediately after use, clean tools thoroughly with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser and thinners. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1245 is available in 2.5 kg and <br />10 kg containers. Components A and B are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />18 months when stored dry above +10 °C in the <br />original unopened packaging.</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Apply INDUFLOOR-IB1245 to the cleaned substrate, <br />ensuring all pores are sealed. <br />1) On vertical and overhead surfaces, to ensure an <br />even thickness, it is advantageous to initially evenly <br />roll the INDUFLOOR-IB1245 with a short haired <br />fur roller, followed by brushing it into the substrate <br />with a stiff bristled brush, then backrolling with a <br />short haired fur roller.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1245 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies <br />distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de.</p> <p>459</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• INDUFLOOR-IB1245 should not be applied as a <br />waterproof membrane where preserving agents <br />(propionic acid) are used e.g. silage storage areas, <br />biogas plants. <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• To increase the pot life/working time at higher <br />temperatures, store material in a cool environment <br />above +10° C until ready for use. Only expose to <br />warm temperatures just before mixing. <br />• Protect freshly coated surface from moisture (e.g. rain) <br />for approx. 4 – 6 hours after application. Dampness <br />produces a white discolouration and/or stickiness <br />on the surface and can impede the curing process. <br />Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken <br />off e.g. abraded and renewed. <br />• High temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts can <br />lead to the formation of a skin and impede the <br />necessary granular binding as well as penetration <br />into the substrate. <br />• When using INDUFLOOR-IB1245 as a vapour <br />barrier beneath conventional floor finishes such as <br />PVC, linoleum, carpet and parquet, do not use a <br />solvent based adhesive. This leads to later bulging in <br />the floor finish installed. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated by covering. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Take heed of the technical data sheets for the <br />products mentioned above before starting work. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “Epoxy resin”. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1 <br />26/11</p> <p>460</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1248</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55051</p> <p>Barrier primer for damp substrates</p> <p>Minimum cure <br />temperature: <br />+8° C (slow cure) <br />Consumption: <br />min. 600 – 1000 g/m2 <br />Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1248: <br />• is a solvent free moisture <br />tolerant two component <br />epoxy resin <br />• forms a very good bond <br />to damp substrates <br />• is sprayable <br />• is a “water vapour barrier” <br />conforming to class III (low) <br />in accordance with <br />DIN ISO 7783-2.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean work tools immediately after use <br />with INDU-IB-Cleaner. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1248 is available in 10 kg containers. <br />Other larger pack sizes on request. Components A and <br />B are supplied at the correct mixing ratio.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1248 is used in particular on vertical <br />and “overhead areas” <br />• As a primer for concrete surfaces that are still damp <br />• As effective protection against the formation of <br />osmosis blisters with moisture penetrating from the <br />rear <br />• As a special pre-priming treatment for oil <br />contaminated and otherwise contaminated but <br />pre-cleaned substrates.</p> <p>Storage: <br />18 months in the original unopened containers when <br />stored dry above +10° C. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The surfaces to be treated must be: <br />• Sound, load-bearing and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease, <br />rubber marks, paint residues or similar</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB-1248 is a component of the <br />GEPOTECH-11/22-GWS water conservation system. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Density:</p> <p>Pot life: <br />Application/ <br />substrate temp: <br />Foot traffic/overcoat: <br />Through cure:</p> <p>Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be <br />treated suitable preparation methods are to be used <br />such as e.g. planing, scabbling, grit-blasting, high <br />pressure washing, shot-blasting. <br />Appropriate to the particular substrate, the following <br />minimum requirements are to be fulfilled.</p> <p>2 component epoxy resin <br />grey <br />100:26 parts by weight <br />component A: <br />average approx. 1.70 g/cm3 <br />component B: <br />average approx. 1.00 g/cm3 <br />Mixed density: <br />average approx. 1.50 g/cm3 <br />approx. 35 mins at +23° C</p> <p>Concrete quality: <br />PCC mortar: <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>Aerated concrete: <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>min. +8° C, max. +30° C <br />after approx. 12 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C</p> <p>461</p> <p>C 20/25 <br />conforming to <br />DIN EN 1504-3 <br />Mean value: 1,5 N/mm2 <br />Lowest value: 1.0 N/mm2</p> <p>> 0.5 N/mm2</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Masonry work: <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>Residual moisture:</p> <p>“damp”: <br />The surface appears matt damp but may not have a <br />shiny film of water. The pore system within the concrete <br />substrate may not be saturated i.e. applied water <br />droplets must be absorbed and the surface must appear <br />matt once again after a short while.</p> <p>Mean value: 0.5 N/mm2 <br />Lowest value: 0.3 N/mm2 <br />see notes on residual moisture</p> <p>Effluent contaminated concrete, PCC mortar, <br />masonry work: <br />• Effluent shafts, pits and pipework as well as <br />sedimentation tanks etc are to be cleaned with high <br />pressure jet washers <br />• Subsequently, by brush or roller, apply an even coat <br />of INDUFLOOR-IB1248 as a primer to the substrate <br />whilst it is still matt damp ensuring it fills the pores <br />Please ensure: There must not be an enclosed film of <br />water on the substrate surface!</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a pre-determined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Blending of both <br />components together is to be carried out with a suitable <br />mixer at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It <br />is important to also stir from the sides and the bottom <br />to ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir <br />until the mix is homogenous (free from streaks); mixing <br />time approx. 3 minutes. The material temperature <br />during mixing should be approx. +15° C. Do not use <br />mixed material directly from the packaging. Decant <br />the material into a clean container and mix through <br />thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Oil contaminated concrete areas: <br />• Clean as appropriate using the cleaner INDU-oil <br />cleanser <br />• Afterwards clean the surface with high pressure jet <br />washers <br />• Immediately apply INDUFLOOR-IB1248 evenly into <br />the matt damp substrate by brush or roller</p> <p>Method of application/consumption: <br />Apply INDUFLOOR-IB1248 to the cleaned but still <br />damp substrate until all pores are sealed. <br />1. It is advantageous to use an airless spray on vertical <br />and “overhead” areas. If the material is handapplied, firstly evenly apply it with a short nap fur <br />roller and subsequently thoroughly brush in with a <br />priming brush or stiff brush followed by rolling. <br />2. On horizontal surfaces it is advantageous to firstly <br />spread the INDUFLOOR-IB1248 evenly with a <br />rubber squeegee followed by thoroughly brushing in <br />with a priming brush and lastly with a fur roller. <br />Material consumption: <br />Between 600 and 1000 g/m2 dependent on the <br />substrate and its absorbency.</p> <p>Please ensure: There must not be an enclosed film of <br />water on the substrate surface. The substrate may not <br />be allowed to dry out – on drying out there is a risk <br />that there will be no bond between the special primer <br />and the substrate due to the oil contamination rising up <br />again. <br />Notes on residual moisture: <br />Residual moisture of cement-based substrates: dry or <br />damp (conforming to Def. RiLI StB)* <br />* “Guideline for the protection and restoration of concrete <br />constructions” part 2, clause 1.2.5 “concrete moisture”.</p> <p>“dry”: <br />An approximately 2 cm deep freshly produced cut <br />out area may not, as a result of drying, become visibly <br />lighter. (Where doubt exists, the concrete is considered <br />dry when it exhibits equilibrium moisture content for <br />the climate 23/50 i.e. dependent on the concrete <br />classification other absolute values serve for “dry”).</p> <p>After waiting for approx. 12 hours further treatment <br />can take place with the spray applied waterproof <br />coatings GEPOTECH-11/22, GEPOTECH-11/30 or <br />GEPOTECH-10/25 or with any optional INDUFLOOR <br />coating.</p> <p>462</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>• When using INDUFLOOR-IB1248 as a vapour <br />barrier beneath conventional floor finishes such as <br />PVC, linoleum, carpet and parquet, do not use a <br />solvent based adhesive. This leads to later bulging in <br />the applied finish. <br />• Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1248. <br />• Applications that are not clearly mentioned in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Take heed of the technical data sheets for the <br />products mentioned above before starting work. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification AW 150106.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB 1248 is considered <br />harmless. For assistance: Practical handbook for <br />handling epoxy resins distributed by the Government <br />health and safety department for building www.bgbau. <br />de or www.gisbau.de. <br />Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS products are delivered <br />in working packs i.e. the mixing ratio is predosed. When large units are supplied, they must <br />be weighed out in part using a balance. Always <br />thoroughly stirrer the filled components and only then <br />mix with the second component. This is to done <br />with a mixing paddle e.g. Polyplan/Rondon circular <br />stirrer or equivalent. In order to prevent mixing errors, <br />decant into a clean container and mix again. The <br />mixing speed should be 300-400 rpm. Ensure that <br />no air is entrained. Higher speeds pull unnecessary <br />air into the product whereas lower speeds do not <br />result in good mixes or it takes too long to mix (pot <br />life). The temperature of the components should be <br />at least 15° C. This is also applicable for any filler <br />added such as e.g. sands. Mixing of the fillers is <br />carried out once the liquid components have been <br />blended. Then immediately tip the complete mix onto <br />the prepared substrate and thoroughly spread out in <br />good time following the instructions given in the <br />technical data sheet. Always thoroughly stir single <br />component products before use. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• Protect the primer from moisture (e.g. rain, melt water) <br />after application until further treatments are applied. <br />Dampness produces a white discolouration and/ <br />or stickiness on the surface and can impede the <br />cure. Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be <br />taken off e.g. by sanding or blasting techniques and <br />renewed. <br />• High temperatures, direct sunlight and draughts can <br />lead to the formation of a skin and impede the <br />necessary bond of the particulate components as well <br />as penetration into the substrate.</p> <p>Chem VOC Farb V (2004/42/EC): <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1248 contains: < 500 g/l <br />Other applicable documentation: <br />• General preparation and application guidelines for <br />reaction resin-based coating systems. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>463</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1250</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55011</p> <p>Moisture barrier primer</p> <p>Compressive strength:</p> <p>approx. 68 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 579:00) <br />Adhesion strength: <br />2 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 4541:02) <br />Flexural strength: <br />approx. 60.7 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM C 580) <br />Tensile strength: <br />36 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 412-98a) <br />Abrasion resistance: <br />106 mg (ASTM D 4060:01) <br />*Full chemical resistance testing results available upon <br />request</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is a two component epoxy resin <br />with the following properties: <br />• Solvent free <br />• Low viscosity <br />• VOC free <br />• Moisture and water vapour barrier <br />• Water and frost resistant <br />• Very low “water-vapour permeability” rate <br />(DIN EN ISO 7783-1) = 0.2 g/m2xd <br />• Resistant to dilute alkalis, acids, aqueous salt <br />solutions and lubricants.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />Concrete and cement-based screeds must be sound, <br />clean, dry or damp and be free from materials that will <br />impair adhesion. Completely remove weak or poorly <br />bonded layers e.g. release agents, old adhesive and <br />levelling compound residues or old surface finishes and <br />paint residues. <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 can be used on the following <br />substrates: <br />• Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds subjected <br />to negative moisture pressure <br />• Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds with <br />increased residual moisture*. <br />Note: <br />Residual moisture in cementitious substrates, dry or <br />damp (in accordance with Def. RiLi SfB)*.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is used: <br />• as a moisture and water vapour barrier primer on <br />damp concrete / bonded cement-based screeds <br />==> that are to be coated with INDUFLOOR systems <br />==> that are to be covered with conventional classic <br />floor finishes such as PVC, linoleum, carpet, <br />parquet, tiles etc. <br />• for producing levelling and scratch coats. <br />Typical Properties: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life: <br />Application/Substrate <br />temperature: <br />Foot traffic after: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Fully cured: <br />Min. cure temperature:</p> <p>2-comp. epoxy resin <br />transparent <br />approx. 600 ± 80 mPA·s <br />at +25° C <br />approx. 1.09 ± 0.02 g/cm3 <br />100:52 parts by weight <br />approx. 35 mins. at +23° C</p> <p>* “Guidelines for the protection and renovation of concrete structures” <br />part 2, clause 1.2.5” concrete moisture.</p> <p>„dry“: <br />An approximately 2 cm deep freshly produced cut out <br />area may not, as a result of drying, become visibly <br />lighter. (Where doubt exists the concrete is considered <br />dry when it exhibits equilibrium moisture content for <br />the climate 23/50 i.e. dependent on the concrete <br />classification other absolute values serve for “dry”). <br />„damp“: <br />The surface appears matt damp but there must be no <br />shiny film of water. The pore system within the concrete <br />substrate may not be saturated i.e. applied water <br />droplets must be absorbed and the surface must <br />appear matt once again after a short while.</p> <p>min. approx. +10° C, <br />max. approx. +35° C <br />min. approx. 12 hours <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 16 hours up to a max. <br />5 days at +23° C/65% RH <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />+10° C</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Shore ‘D’: <br />D/82/1 (ASTM D 2240:05)</p> <p>464</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>The following criteria are also to be fulfilled dependent <br />on the particular substrate:</p> <p>Quartz sand:</p> <p>Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Render quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>INDU-FibreFiller:</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />PIII <br />min. 28 days</p> <p>approx. 1.0 part by weight <br />(grade: 0.1 – 0.6 or <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm) <br />approx. 2 – 3 % by weight</p> <p>The quartz sand is mixed with the already mixed and <br />decanted resin and hardener components. Ensure that <br />the liquid and solid components are evenly blended <br />together.</p> <p>= 1.5 N/mm2 <br />(render 0.8 N/mm2)</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Priming: <br />Flood apply INDUFLOOR-IB1250 in one coat ensuring <br />there are no pores. <br />Consumption: approx. 400 – 670 g/m2.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Blend both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time 3 minutes. The minimum <br />temperature during mixing should be +15° C. Do not <br />use mixed material directly from the packaging. <br />Decant the material into a clean container and mix <br />through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Notes: <br />• The consumption is based on the water vapour <br />emission value determined e.g. from the calcium <br />chloride method. <br />• The primed area must be overcoated within 16 hours <br />up to a maximum of 5 days. <br />• Primer that has not been broadcast with sand may <br />only be walked on with ‘clean’ overshoes. <br />• If the following applied coating will be thin and <br />applied with a smooth surface at a thickness <br />< 1.0 mm, then broadcasting with sand can be <br />omitted.</p> <p>Notes: <br />When using the product ensure that it is applied <br />by flooding evenly over the prepared substrate. <br />Irregularities lead to capillary active pores in the <br />cured priming coat and promote the formation of <br />osmosis bubbles. To ensure the pores in the priming <br />coat are fully sealed, apply two coats “wet in wet”. <br />Pore blocking can also be increased through the <br />application of a second layer of a dense smoothing <br />mortar. This smoothing mortar is produced from the <br />priming resin with the addition of quartz sand – see <br />production of levelling / scratch coats below. When <br />adding aggregates (e.g. quartz sand) ensure that the <br />aggregate is dry and that it is also at a temperature <br />of approx. +15° C.</p> <p>Broadcast the second primer layer with quartz sand <br />(grade: e.g. 0.2 – 0.7 mm). <br />Consumption: approx. 0.8 – 1.0 kg/m2. <br />Once hardened carefully remove all non-bound quartz <br />sand before roller applied or pourable coatings, scratch <br />coatings or screeds are installed. <br />Levelling / scratch coat: <br />Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1250 as <br />described above. The mixed smoothing compound <br />is skim applied in one coat. Consumption of finished <br />smoothing compound: approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm.</p> <p>Production of levelling / scratch coats: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250: <br />1.0 part by weight</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser. <br />465</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.</p> <p>Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is available in 10 kg and 30 kg <br />containers. Components A and B are delivered at a <br />predetermined mixing ratio.</p> <p>Paint products directive (2004/42/EC): <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 contains < 500 g/l</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life: <br />24 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened packaging.</p> <p>GISCODE: RE 1 <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB 1250 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling <br />epoxies distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de. <br />Important advice: <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded by the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applcations. <br />• If there is a long time period between coatings or if <br />areas need to be re-coated after a long time period, <br />then the old surface must be well cleaned and <br />thoroughly abraded, after which a completely new <br />pore free sealing coat should be applied. It is not <br />sufficient to simply overcoat. <br />• Protect surface protective systems from moisture <br />(e.g. rain, melt water) for approx. 4 – 6 hours <br />after application. Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “Epoxy resin”. <br />• INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is also marketed in the US and <br />Canada as VAPORTIGHT-COAT-SG3.</p> <p>26/11</p> <p>466</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1255</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55044</p> <p>Moisture barrier primer, fast curing 2-K epoxy primer</p> <p>impair adhesion. Completely remove weak or poorly <br />bonded coats e.g. release agents, old adhesive, <br />levelling compound residues or old surface finishes and <br />paint residues.</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1255 is a two component epoxy resin <br />with the following properties: <br />• solvent free <br />• low viscosity <br />• fast curing <br />• moisture vapour barrier <br />• very low water vapour diffusion rate (according to <br />DIN EN ISO 7783-1 = 0.2 g/m2 xd) <br />• water and frost resistant <br />• resistant to dilute alkalis, acids, aqueous salt solutions <br />and lubricants.</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1255 can be used on the following <br />substrates: <br />• Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds subjected <br />to negative moisture pressure <br />• Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds with <br />increased residual moisture*. <br />Note: <br />Residual moisture in cementitious substrates, dry or <br />damp (in accordance with Def. RiLi SfB)*.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1255 is used: <br />• as a moisture vapour blocking primer on cementbased substrates such as concrete or screeds to be <br />top coated with the INDUFLOOR-Coatings and/or <br />spray applied polyurea coatings <br />• as a fast curing primer for “same day coating” <br />installations <br />• for interior and exterior applications. <br />Typical Properties: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life: <br />Application/Substrate <br />temperature: <br />Foot traffic after: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Fully cured: <br />Min. cure temperature:</p> <p>* “Guidelines for the protection and renovation of concrete structures” <br />part 2, clause 1.2.5” concrete moisture.</p> <p>„dry“: <br />An approximately 2 cm deep freshly produced cut out <br />area may not, as a result of drying, become visibly <br />lighter. (Where doubt exists the concrete is considered <br />dry when it exhibits equilibrium moisture content for <br />the climate 23/50 i.e. dependent on the concrete <br />classification other absolute values serve for “dry”).</p> <p>2-comp. epoxy resin <br />transparent <br />approx. 450 ± 80 mPA·s <br />at +25° C <br />approx. 1,09 ± 0,02 g/cm3 <br />100:41 parts by weight <br />approx. 20 mins. at +23° C</p> <p>„damp“: <br />The surface appears matt damp but may not exhibit a <br />shiny film of water. The pore system within the concrete <br />substrate may not be saturated i.e. applied water <br />droplets must be absorbed and the surface must appear <br />matt once again after a short while.</p> <p>min. approx. +8° C, <br />max. approx. +30° C <br />min. approx. 5 hours <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 5 hours up to <br />max. 24 hours at +23° C <br />after approx. 7 days at +23° C <br />+8° C</p> <p>The following criteria are to be fulfilled dependent on <br />the particular substrate: <br />Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Plaster quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>Surface preparation: <br />Concrete and cement-based screeds must be sound, <br />clean, dry to damp and be free from materials that will</p> <p>467</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />PIII <br />min. 28 days <br />= 1.5 N/mm2 <br />(plaster 0.8 N/mm2)</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Mix completely until a homogeneous consistency <br />is achieved.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mixing of the components <br />is to be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx. <br />300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to <br />also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that <br />the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix <br />is homogenous (free from striations); mixing time 3 <br />minutes. The minimum temperature during mixing should <br />be +15° C. Do not use mixed material directly <br />from the packaging. Decant the material into a clean <br />container and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Priming: <br />Flood apply INDUFLOOR-IB1255 in one coat to <br />block pores. <br />Consumption: approx. 400 – 670 g/m2. <br />Do not broadcast sand into the primer! <br />Notes: <br />• The consumption is in accordance with the water <br />vapour emission value determined e.g. from the <br />calcium chloride test method. <br />• Overcoat the primed area within 12 hours and up to <br />a maximum of 72 hours. <br />• Primer that has not been broadcast with sand may <br />only be walked on with clean overshoes.</p> <p>Notes: <br />When using the product ensure that it is applied <br />by flooding evenly over the prepared substrate. <br />Irregularities lead to capillary active pores in the cured <br />priming coat and promote the formation of osmosis <br />bubbles. To ensure a priming coat is closed pored <br />apply two coats “wet in wet”. Pore blocking can also <br />be increased through the application of a second layer <br />of a dense smoothing mortar. This smoothing mortar <br />is produced from the priming resin with the addition <br />of quartz sand – see production of levelling / scratch <br />coats below. When adding aggregates (e.g. quartz <br />sand) ensure that the aggregate is dry and also has a <br />temperature of approx. +15° C.</p> <p>Priming vertical and “over-head” applications: <br />After mixing in the INDU-Fibrefiller, apply the <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1255 in one pore-tight coat. <br />Consumption: approx. 400 – 670 g/m2 <br />Do not broadcast sand into the primer! <br />Levelling / scratch coat: <br />Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1255 as <br />described above. The mixed smoothing compound <br />is skim applied in one coat. Consumption of finished <br />smoothing compound: approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm.</p> <p>Production of levelling / scratch coats: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1255: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />approx. 1.0 part by weight <br />(grade: 0.1 – 0.4 or <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 2 – 3 % by weight <br />The quartz sand is mixed with the previously mixed <br />and decanted resin and hardener components. Ensure <br />that the liquid and solid components are evenly mixed <br />together.</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1255 is available in 3 kg and 10 kg <br />containers. Components A and B are delivered in a <br />predetermined mixing ratio.</p> <p>For vertical and “over-head” applications add the <br />thixotropic medium INDU-Fibrefiller: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1255: <br />1.0 parts by weight <br />INDU-Fibrefiller: <br />4–5% by weight</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life: <br />24 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened packaging.</p> <p>468</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.</p> <p>Health and safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1255 is considered <br />harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive. <br />Current relevant legislation should be followed at <br />all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat <br />transportation, etc. For more information please <br />consult www.plasticseurope.org.</p> <p>GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• To increase pot life/working time at higher <br />temperature store material in a cool environment <br />above +10° C and only expose to warm <br />temperature shortly before mixing. <br />• The bond between the individual coats to one <br />another can be heavily impeded through the <br />influence of dampness or contamination between <br />the applied coats. <br />• When longer waiting times occur between <br />application of the coats or where surfaces already <br />treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a <br />long time, the surface must be well cleaned and <br />abraded, after which a completely new pore free <br />sealing should be undertaken. It is not sufficient to <br />simply overcoat. <br />• Protect surface protective systems from moisture <br />(e.g. rain, melt water) for approx. 4 – 6 hours <br />after application. Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “Epoxy resin”. <br />• INDUFLOOR-IB1255 is also marketed in the US and <br />Canada as VAPORTIGHT-COAT-SG3-Fast.</p> <p>45/09</p> <p>469</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1260</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55008</p> <p>Universal primer</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar.</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260 is a two component epoxy resin <br />with the following properties: <br />• Solvent free <br />• Transparent <br />• Low viscosity <br />• Consolidating <br />• Pore blocking <br />• Withstands mechanical loading <br />• Watertight <br />• Very low water vapour transmission rate <br />(DIN EN ISO 7783-1) = 2.0 g/m2xd <br />• Resistant to dilute alkalis, acids, aqueous salt <br />solutions, lubricants <br />• Tendency towards yellowing</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming, <br />brushing, planing, scabbling, grit-blasting, shot-blasting, <br />high pressure water jetting. <br />The following criteria are also to be observed <br />dependent on the particular substrate: <br />Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />= 1.5 N/mm2 <br />• Residual moisture: <br />< 4.0% (carbide hygrometer) <br />• Protected against moisture penetration from the rear <br />• Render quality: <br />PIIIa/PIIIb <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />= 0.8 N/mm2 <br />• Protected against moisture penetration from the rear</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB 1260 is used: <br />• as a pore blocking primer for cement-based surfaces <br />that will be coated with INDUFLOOR systems <br />• for sealing cement-based surfaces e.g. in production <br />areas, warehouses, on ramps <br />• for producing levelling and scratch coats to prepare <br />substrates to receive coatings. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity:</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />transparent <br />approx. 340 ± 50 mPA·s <br />at +25° C <br />Mixing ratio: <br />100:33 parts by weight <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.08 ± 0.02 g/cm3 <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 50 minutes <br />at +23° C <br />Application temperature: min. approx. +10° C, <br />max. approx. +30° C <br />Foot traffic after: <br />min. approx. 12 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />Overcoat after: <br />approx. 12 hrs up to a <br />max. 24 hrs at +23° C <br />Fully cured: <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Min. cure temperature: +10° C</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Blend both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time 3 minutes. The minimum <br />temperature during mixing should be +15° C. Do not <br />use mixed material directly from the packaging. <br />Decant the material into a clean container and mix <br />through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>470</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>waiting time of 12 hours minimum but within a further <br />12 hours. Broadcast the second coat of primer with <br />quartz sand (grade: e.g. 0.2 – 0.7 mm). <br />Consumption: approx. 0.8 – 1.0 kg/m2.</p> <p>Notes: <br />When using the product ensure that it is applied <br />by flooding evenly over the prepared substrate. <br />Irregularities lead to capillary active pores in the cured <br />priming coat and promote the formation of bubbles <br />especially osmosis bubbles. To ensure pores in the <br />priming coat are sealed, apply a second coat of <br />primer. Pore blocking can also be ensured through the <br />application of a second layer of a dense smoothing <br />mortar. This smoothing mortar is produced from the <br />priming resin with the addition of quartz sand. When <br />adding aggregates (e.g. quartz sand) ensure that <br />the aggregate is dry and is also at a temperature of <br />approx. +15° C.</p> <p>Note: <br />Do not broadcast to excess. <br />Once hardened carefully remove all non-bound quartz <br />sand before roller applied or pourable coatings, scratch <br />coatings or screeds are applied. <br />Levelling / scratch coat: <br />Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1260. <br />Consumption: approx 300 – 600 g/m2. <br />The mixed smoothing compound is skim applied in one <br />coat. Consumption of finished smoothing compound: <br />approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm.</p> <p>Production of levelling / scratch coats: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />approx. 1.0 part by weight <br />(grade: e.g. 0.2 – 0.7 mm) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 2 – 3 % by weight <br />The quartz sand is mixed with the already mixed and <br />decanted resin and hardener components. Ensure that <br />the liquid and solid components are evenly blended <br />together. Before application on vertical or steeply <br />sloping surfaces it is recommended that with levelling/ <br />scratch coats INDU-FibreFiller is added. The addition <br />rate lies between 4 – 5 % by weight dependent on the <br />degree of slope.</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260 is available in 10 kg and <br />30 kg containers. Components A and B are <br />delivered at a predetermined mixing ratio. Other <br />pack sizes on request. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />24 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened packaging.</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Priming: <br />Flood apply INDUFLOOR-IB1260 in one coat, ensuring <br />that there are no pores. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 – 600 g/m2 per coat. <br />Notes: <br />• Overcoat the primed area within 12 hours and up <br />to a maximum of 24 hours. <br />• Primer that has not been broadcast with sand may <br />only be walked on with clean overshoes. <br />• If the following applied coating will be thin and <br />applied with a smooth surface at a thickness <br />< 1.0 mm, then broadcasting with sand can be <br />omitted. <br />• If quartz sand is to be broadcast into the <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260, then two coats of primer must <br />be applied. The second coat is to be applied after a</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1260 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies <br />distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de. <br />Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This <br />is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />471</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the product whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and <br />promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using. <br />The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />To increase pot life / working time at higher <br />temperatures, store material in a cool environment <br />above +10° C until ready for use. Only expose to <br />warm temperatures just before mixing. <br />The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture <br />or contamination between successive applications. <br />If there is a long time period between coatings or if <br />areas need to be re-coated after a long time period, <br />then the old surface must be well cleaned and <br />thoroughly abraded, after which a completely new <br />pore free sealing coat should be applied. It is not <br />sufficient to simply overcoat. <br />Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g. <br />rain) for approx. 4 – 6 hours after application. <br />Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or <br />stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure. <br />Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken <br />off e.g. by abrading and renewed. <br />Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.</p> <p>• Cured product residues can be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification AW 150106. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC) <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260 contains: < 500 g/l <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>15/12</p> <p>472</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1261-EFC</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55050</p> <p>Emissions free primer</p> <p>and cool in the original <br />containers above +10° C</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC is a two component epoxy <br />resin with the following properties: <br />• Free from benzyl alcohol <br />• Tested to AgBB as part of a system <br />• Low viscosity <br />• Consolidating <br />• Pore filling <br />• Watertight <br />• Resistant to diluted alkalis, acids, aqueous salt <br />solutions, lubricants</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting, scabbling, <br />planing, brushing, sweeping, vacuuming, grit-blasting.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC is used: <br />• As a pore filling primer for cement-based <br />substrates which are to be coated with <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3356-EFC. <br />• For producing levelling and scratch coat materials <br />for preparing substrates prior to installing coatings.</p> <p>In addition the following minimum substrate <br />requirements are to be fulfilled: <br />Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />•Residual moisture:</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity:</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />min. 28 days</p> <p>* 1.5 N/mm² <br />< 4% (Carbide <br />hygrometer method) <br />• Protected from moisture penetration from the rear</p> <p>2 component epoxy resin <br />transparent <br />approx. 300 ± 50 mPa.s <br />at +25° C <br />Mixing ratio: <br />100:50 parts by weight <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.08 ± 0.02 g/cm3 <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 30 mins at +23° C <br />Application temperature: min. approx. +10° C, <br />max. approx. +30° C <br />Foot traffic: <br />after min. 16 hrs at +23° C <br />Overcoat: <br />after approx. 16 hrs, max. <br />24 hrs at +23° C <br />Fully cured: <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Minimum cure <br />temperature: <br />+10° C <br />Cleaning: <br />clean work tools immediately <br />after use with INDU-IB <br />Cleanser <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC is <br />available in 10 and 30 kg <br />containers <br />Shelf life: <br />6 months when stored dry</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 3 minutes. <br />The minimum temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from the <br />packaging. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and mix through thoroughly once again. <br />Note: <br />During product installation ensure that the material is <br />evenly “flood” applied over the prepared substrate. <br />Unevenness leads to capillary pores in the cured</p> <p>473</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>primer film and promotes the formation of bubbles, in <br />particular osmosis bubbles. To be sure of a closed pore <br />primer coat, apply a second coat. Closed pores can <br />also be ensured by applying an impervious smoothing <br />compound as a second layer. This smoothing <br />compound is produced by adding quartz sand to the <br />primer resin. When blending with aggregates (e.g. <br />quartz sand), ensure that the aggregate is dry and also <br />at a temperature of approx. +15° C.</p> <p>Broadcast the second coat with quartz sand <br />(grain size: e.g. 0.2 - 0.7 mm). <br />Consumption: approx. 0.8 - 1.0 kg/m². <br />Note: <br />• Do not broadcast to excess. <br />Once cured, thoroughly remove all non-bound quartz <br />sand before roller applied or self-flowing coatings / <br />scratch coats or screeds are applied.</p> <p>Producing a levelling/scratch coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />approx. 1.0 part by <br />weight (grain size: <br />e.g. 0.2 – 0.7 mm) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 1-2% <br />by weight <br />Mix the quartz sand into the pre-blended and decanted <br />resin and hardener components. Ensure that the liquid <br />and solid components are evenly mixed. <br />Prior to applying to vertical surfaces or those with <br />a slope, it is recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is <br />added. <br />The addition rate is approx. 2 - 3% by weight <br />dependent on the degree of slope.</p> <p>Levelling/scratch coat: <br />Firstly prime the substrate with INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 - 600 g/m². <br />Using scratch coat techniques, apply the mixed <br />smoothing compound in one coat. <br />Consumption of mixed smoothing compound: <br />approx. 1600 g/m²/mm thickness. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies <br />distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de. <br />Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This <br />is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the product whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and</p> <p>Application method/consumption: <br />Priming: <br />Flood apply with one coat of <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC to close <br />all pores. <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 300 - 600 g/m ² <br />Advice: <br />• The primed surface must be overcoated within 16 up <br />to a max. 24 hrs. <br />• Primer that has not been broadcast with quartz <br />sand can only be walked over whilst wearing clean <br />overshoes. <br />• When there is a successive application of a thin <br />coating with a smooth surface at a thickness <br /><1.0 mm, there is no need to broadcast with sand. <br />• If INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC is broadcast with quartz <br />sand then two coats of primer are necessary. The <br />second coat is to be applied after a waiting time of <br />a min. 16 hrs but within a further 12 hrs</p> <p>474</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using. <br />Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and setting time. <br />Material consumption is also greater at lower <br />temperatures. <br />The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />If there are long time periods between coatings or if <br />already treated surfaces are to be re-coated after a <br />long time period, then thoroughly clean and abrade <br />the surface followed by a completely new pore-free <br />coat. It is not sufficient simply to overcoat. <br />Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 – 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification AW 150106.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC): <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC contains: < 500 g/l <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>01/12</p> <p>475</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1270</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55137</p> <p>Epoxy primer</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1270 is a two component epoxy resin <br />with the following properties: <br />• solvent free <br />• transparent <br />• low viscosity <br />• consolidating <br />• pore blocking <br />• withstands mechanical loading <br />• watertight <br />• resistant to dilute alkalis, acids, aqueous salt <br />solutions, lubricants <br />• tendency to yellowing.</p> <p>Shelf Life:</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1270 is <br />available in 3, 10 and <br />30 kg containers. Other sizes <br />are available on request. <br />Components A and B are <br />delivered at a pre-determined <br />mix ratio. <br />12 months when stored dry <br />and cool above +10° C in <br />the original unopened <br />container.</p> <p>Surface preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good grip <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1270 is used <br />• as a pore blocking primer for cement-based surfaces <br />that will be coated with INDUFLOOR systems <br />• for sealing cement-based areas e.g. in production <br />areas, warehouses, on ramps <br />• for producing levelling and scratch coats to prepare <br />surfaces for coatings.</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming, <br />brushing, planing, scabbling, grit-blasting, shot-blasting. <br />The following criteria are to be observed dependent on <br />the particular substrate:</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity:</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />transparent <br />approx. 130 ± 20 mPA·s <br />at +25° C <br />Mixing ratio: <br />100:27 parts by weight <br />Density: <br />approx. 1,08 ± 0,02 g/cm3 <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 30 minutes <br />at +23° C <br />Application temperature: min. approx. +10° C, <br />max. approx. +30° C <br />Foot traffic after: <br />min. approx. 12 hours <br />at +23° C <br />Overcoat after: <br />approx. 12 hours up to a <br />max. 24 hours at +23° C <br />Fully cured: <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Min. cure temperature: +10° C <br />Cleaning: <br />Clean work tools thoroughly <br />after use with INDU-IB Cleanser</p> <p>Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />= 1.5 N/mm2 <br />• Residual moisture: <br />< 4.0% (carbide hygrometer) <br />• Protected against moisture acting from the rear <br />• Render quality: <br />PIIIa/PIIIb <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />= 0.8 N/mm2 <br />• Residual moisture: <br />< 4.0% (carbide hygrometer) <br />• Protected against moisture acting from the rear</p> <p>476</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mixing of the components <br />is to be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx. <br />300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to <br />also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that <br />the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is <br />homogenous (free from streaks); mixing time 3 minutes. <br />The minimum temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from <br />the packaging. Decant the material into a clean <br />container and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Method of application/consumption: <br />Priming: <br />Flood apply INDUFLOOR-IB1270 to block pores <br />in one coat. <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 300 – 600 g/m2 <br />Notes: <br />• Overcoat the primed area within 12 hours and up to <br />a maximum of 24 hours. <br />• Primer that has not been broadcast with sand may <br />only be walked on with clean overshoes. <br />• When a thin following coat is applied with a smooth <br />surface at a thickness < 1.0 mm then broadcasting <br />with sand can be omitted. <br />• When INDUFLOOR-IB1270 has quartz sand <br />broadcast into it, priming must be carried out in <br />two coats. The second coat is to be applied after <br />a waiting time of 12 hours minimum but within a <br />further 12 hours. Broadcast the second layer of <br />primer with quartz sand (grade: e.g. 0.1 – 0.6 mm). <br />Consumption: approx. 0.8 – 1.0 kg/m2.</p> <p>Notes: <br />When using the product ensure that it is applied <br />by flooding evenly over the prepared substrate. <br />Irregularities lead to capillary active pores in the <br />cured priming coat and promote the formation of <br />bubbles especially osmosis bubbles. To ensure that <br />the priming coat has filled all pores, apply a second <br />coat. Pore blocking can also be ensured through the <br />application of a second layer of a dense smoothing <br />mortar. This smoothing mortar is produced from the <br />priming resin with the addition of quartz sand. When <br />adding aggregates (e.g. quartz sand) ensure that <br />the aggregate is dry and also has a temperature of <br />approx. +15° C.</p> <p>Note: <br />Do not broadcast to excess. <br />Once hardened carefully remove all non-bound quartz <br />sand before roller applied or flowing coatings, scratch <br />coatings or screeds are applied.</p> <p>Production of levelling / scratch coats: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1270: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />approx. 1.0 part by weight <br />(grade: e.g. 0.2 – 0.7 mm) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 2 – 3 % by weight</p> <p>Levelling/scratch coat: <br />Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1270. <br />Consumption: approx 300 – 600 g/m2. <br />The mixed smoothing compound is skim applied in one <br />coat. Consumption of finished smoothing compound: <br />approx. 1600 g/m2/mm.</p> <p>The quartz sand is mixed with the previously mixed <br />and decanted resin and hardener components. Ensure <br />that the liquid and solid components are evenly mixed <br />together. Before application on vertical or steeply <br />sloping surfaces it is recommended that with levelling/ <br />scratch coats INDU-FibreFiller is added. The addition <br />rate lies between 4 – 5 % by weight dependent on the <br />degree of slope.</p> <p>Health and Safety: <br />Once cured, INDUFLOOR-IB1270 is considered <br />harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive. <br />When using this product consult the Government Health <br />and Safety protective directive, data sheet M 023 as <br />well as the advice given on the packaging.</p> <p>477</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />• When longer waiting times occur between <br />application of the coats or where surfaces already <br />treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a <br />long time, the surface must be well cleaned and <br />abraded, after which a completely new pore free <br />sealing should be undertaken. It is not sufficient to <br />simply overcoat. <br />• Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g. <br />rain) for approx. 4 – 6 hours after application. <br />Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or <br />stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure. <br />Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken <br />off e.g. by abrading and renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “Epoxy resin”. <br />Please observe a current EU health and safety data <br />sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>478</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB2115</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55014</p> <p>Conductive aqueous lacquer</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar <br />• protected against moisture penetration from the rear. <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting, planing, <br />brushing, sweeping and vacuuming.</p> <p>INDUTEC GmbH <br />Werk: Detmold</p> <p>Z - 59.12 - 126</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2115 is a solvent free, pigmented, <br />water emulsified two component epoxy resin with the <br />following properties: <br />• high electrostatic charge dissipation <br />• good bond between coats.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />in separate containers at a predetermined mixing ratio. <br />Tip component A into component B. Ensure that the <br />hardener drains completely from its container. Blend <br />both components together with a suitable mixer at <br />approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important <br />to also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure <br />that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the <br />mix is homogenous (free from streaks); mixing time 5 <br />minutes. Adding up to 5% water can improve the ease <br />of application of INDUFLOOR-IB2115. The minimum <br />temperature during the mixing process should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from the <br />packaging. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2115 is used in combination with the <br />copper strip INDU-ConductiveStrip as a conductive <br />layer beneath conductive floor coverings and as a <br />component within the INDUFLOOR-GWS 3 WHG <br />system. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Density: <br />Viscosity: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />black <br />1:5 parts by weight <br />approx. 1.10 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 6500 ± 500 mPa·s <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 120 mins at +12° C <br />approx. 60 mins at +20° C <br />approx. 45 mins at +30° C</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Roller apply INDUFLOOR-IB2115 in one coat. Pour the <br />mixed material in sections on the surface and spread <br />over the area using a double bladed rubber squeegee. <br />Subsequently roll with a short nap fur roller to an even <br />finish.</p> <p>Substrate and <br />application temperature: min. approx. +12° C, <br />max. approx. +30° C <br />Foot traffic after: <br />min. approx. 12 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />Overcoat after: <br />approx. 12 hrs up to a <br />max. 24 hrs at +23° C <br />Fully cured: <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Electrical resistance: <br />< 104 k ȍ <br />(DIN IEC 61340-4-1)</p> <p>Consumption: approx. 150 – 200 g/m2 dependent <br />on the surface roughness. <br />Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />water.</p> <p>479</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• To increase pot life/working time at higher <br />temperatures, store material in a cool environment <br />above +10° C until ready for use. Only expose to <br />warm temperatures just before mixing. <br />• Waiting time between successive coats – min. 12 <br />hours up to a max. 24 hours. At higher relative <br />humidity > 75% the waiting time should be <br />lengthened accordingly. <br />• Ensure there is adequate ventilation and extraction <br />during the drying and curing phases. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture <br />or contamination between successive applications. <br />The substrate temperature must be a minimum of <br />< 3° C above the dew point temperature. <br />• Applications that are too thick (greater material <br />consumption) lead to higher electrical resistance, <br />to crack formation and debonding. <br />• Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g. <br />rain) for approx. 4 – 6 hours after application. <br />Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or <br />stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure. <br />Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken <br />off e.g. by abrading and renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “Epoxy resin”.</p> <p>Packaging: <br />12 kg containers. Components A and B (in separate <br />containers) are delivered at a predetermined mixing <br />ratio. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />12 months when stored dry, cool and free from frost <br />above +10° C in the original unopened packaging. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2115 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies <br />distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de. <br />Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This <br />is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the product whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and <br />promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using. <br />• Due to its particular make-up, the viscosity of the <br />hardener component (black mass) can significantly <br />increase over time. The addition of 5% water <br />improves the ease of application without influencing <br />the final properties such as bleed resistance etc. <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC) <br />Group Wb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 140 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 140 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2115 contains: < 140 g/l <br />GISCODE: RE 2 (component A)</p> <p>480</p> <p>07/12</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB2250</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50026</p> <p>Ultra protect</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. abrading, brushing, <br />sweeping and vacuuming. The INDUFLOOR coating to <br />be sealed should not be older than 24 hours.</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2250 is a surface protective coating <br />with the following properties: <br />• transparent <br />• dries satin-matt <br />• solvent free <br />• lightfast and UV stable <br />• high chemical resistance.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix the components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time 3 minutes. The minimum <br />temperature during mixing should be +15° C. Do not <br />use mixed material directly from the packaging. <br />Decant the material into a clean container and mix <br />through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2250 is used to protect the surfaces of <br />• precast concrete slabs <br />• precast concrete panels <br />• concrete and cement-based screeds <br />• magnesite and calcium sulphate screeds <br />• INDUFLOOR coatings, especially those coatings <br />broadcast with INDU-ColorChips or <br />INDU-Decor-Quartz. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Density: <br />Viscosity: <br />Pot life: <br />Application and <br />substrate temperature: <br />Foot traffic after: <br />Chemically resistant: <br />Solids content:</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Apply INDUFLOOR-IB2250 in one coat. Pour the <br />mixed material over the floor in sections and spread <br />with a solvent resistant rubber bladed squeegee and <br />subsequently roll thoroughly and evenly with a short <br />napped fur roller or surface leveller. Keep areas of <br />overlap to a minimum.</p> <p>two component <br />polyurethane-acrylate resin <br />transparent <br />100:10 parts by weight <br />approx. 1.03 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />low viscosity <br />approx. 2 hours at +23° C</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Porous substrates: <br />Non-porous substrates:</p> <p>min. approx. +8° C, <br />max. approx. +30° C <br />approx. 3 hrs at +23°C/ <br />75% RH <br />after approx. 3 days <br />at +23°C / < 75% RH <br />approx. 36.5%</p> <p>approx. 100 - 150 g/m2 <br />approx. 60 - 80 g/m2</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />water. <br />Packaging: <br />3 kg and 10 kg containers. Components A and B <br />(separate containers) are delivered in a predetermined <br />mixing ratio.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. dust, grease, rubber marks, <br />paint residues and similar.</p> <p>Storage: <br />12 months when stored dry, cool and frost-free above <br />+10° C in the original unopened packaging.</p> <p>481</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />• The minimum substrate temperature must be a <br />minimum < 3° C above the dew point temperature. <br />• Applications that are too thick (greater material <br />consumption) lead to an irregular satin finish, to crack <br />formation and debonding. <br />• Protect surface protective systems from moisture <br />(e.g. rain, melt water) for approx. 4 - 6 hours <br />after application. Dampness can produce a white <br />discolouration. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Discolouration caused by plastic/rubber compositions <br />such as e.g. with car tyres, are possible. <br />• Cured product residues can be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 150106.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2250 is harmless. When <br />using this product the government health and safety <br />protective directive, data sheet M 023, should be <br />observed as well as the advice on the packaging. <br />Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This <br />is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the product whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and <br />promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using. <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• To increase pot life/working time at higher <br />temperatures, store material in a cool environment <br />above +10° C before use. Only expose to warm <br />temperatures just before mixing. <br />• Waiting times been successive coats - min. 12 hours, <br />max. 24 hours. <br />• Ensure there is good ventilation and extraction during <br />the drying and curing phases.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC) <br />Group Wb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 140 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 140 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2250 contains: < 140 g/l <br />Other applicable documentation: <br />General preparation and processing guidelines for <br />reaction resin coating systems. <br />GISCODE: PU 50</p> <p>43/11</p> <p>482</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB2325</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55060</p> <p>Two component PU deck sealer</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean work tools immediately after use <br />with INDU-IB Cleanser.</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2325 is: <br />• Highly pigmented <br />• Glossy <br />• Resistant to plasticizers (car tyres) <br />• Insensitive to scratching <br />• VOC free <br />• Resistant to mechanical loads and chemical exposure <br />• Elastified <br />• Resistant to a range of acids and alkalis as well as <br />to conventional cleaning agents at application <br />concentrations <br />• Silicone free (optimum inter-coat bond) <br />• Resistant to weathering <br />• Lightfast, does not yellow <br />• Lightly structured surface</p> <p>Packaging: <br />25 kg packs. <br />Components A and B are supplied at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. Other pack sizes (5 and 12 kg) are <br />available on request. <br />Storage: <br />12 months in the original unopened packaging when <br />stored dry above +10° C. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar <br />• protected from moisture penetration from the rear.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2325 is used as a coating to industrial/ <br />commercial floors onto pre-primed cement-based <br />substrates such as concrete and screed. <br />• Garages, multi-storey car park levels <br />• Sales floors <br />• Stairwells <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Standard colours: <br />Viscosity A + B: <br />Density: <br />Solids content: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. e.g. shot blasting, <br />scabbling, planing, grit-blasting, brushing, sweeping, <br />vacuuming.</p> <p>2 component polyurethane <br />resin <br />approx. RAL 7032 <br />approx. 1000 mPa x s <br />at +20° C <br />approx. 1.45 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />100% <br />4:1 parts by weight <br />approx. 30 mins at +20° C, <br />approx. 20 mins at +30° C</p> <p>The following minimum criteria are to be observed <br />dependent on the particular cement-based substrate: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 1.5 N/mm2 <br />Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 3 minutes.</p> <p>Minimum application <br />temperature: <br />Foot traffic after: <br />Overcoat after:</p> <p>+10° C (substrate) <br />approx. 12 hrs at +23° C <br />approx. 12 hrs/max. 24 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />Through cure: <br />after 24 hrs at +23° C <br />Tensile adhesion strength: 1.5 (concrete)</p> <p>483</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>The minimum temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from the <br />packaging. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Where there are deep depressions apply a scratch <br />coat dependent on the surface roughness. <br />Deck sealer (smooth surface): <br />Apply INDUFLOOR-IB2325 in one coat with a twin <br />bladed rubber squeegee evenly over the surface and <br />back roll with a short nap fur roller or simply roll with <br />the roller. Consumption (finished mix): <br />between 150 and 300 g/m2</p> <p>Producing a levelling /scratch coat: <br />Where there is a risk of moisture from the rear: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />(grain size: 0.1 – 0.3 or <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm diameter) <br />INDU-Fibre Filler: <br />approx. 1.0% by weight <br />The quartz sand is mixed into the pre-blended and <br />decanted resin and hardener components of the <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 binder. Ensure that the liquid and <br />solid components are evenly mixed. Prior to applying <br />to vertical surfaces or those with a slope, it is <br />recommended that a thickener e.g. INDU-Fibre Filler is <br />added to the levelling/scratch coat. The addition <br />rate is approx. 3 – 5 % by weight depending on the <br />degree of slope.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2325 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies <br />distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de. <br />Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This <br />is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the product whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and <br />promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and setting time. <br />Material consumption is also greater at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or</p> <p>Where there is residual moisture <4% <br />(carbide hygrometer moisture): <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1270: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />(grain size: 0.1 – 0.3 or <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm diameter) <br />INDU-Fibre Filler: <br />approx. 1.0% by weight <br />The quartz sand is mixed into the pre-blended and <br />decanted resin and hardener components of the <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1270 binder. Ensure that the liquid <br />and solid components are evenly mixed. Prior to <br />applying to vertical surfaces or those with a slope, it <br />is recommended that a thickener e.g. INDU-Fibre Filler <br />is added to the levelling/scratch coat. The addition <br />rate is approx. 3 – 5 % by weight depending on the <br />degree of slope. <br />Method of application / consumption: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2325 is applied by roller. Prior to <br />application of INDUFLOOR-IB2325, prepare the <br />substrate as described above and prime with <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 or INDUFLOOR-IB1270. <br />Consumption: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250: min. 600 g/m2 <br />Consumption: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1270: min. 300 g/m2 <br />484</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>contamination between successive applications. <br />• If there is a long time period between coatings <br />or if already treated surfaces are to be re-coated <br />after a long time period, then thoroughly clean and <br />abrade the surface followed by the application of a <br />completely new pore free coat. It is not sufficient to <br />simply overcoat. <br />• Protect surface protective systems from moisture <br />(e.g. rain, melt water) for approx. 4 – 6 hours <br />after application. Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG <br />ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification AW 150106. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC) <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2325 contains: < 500 g/l <br />Other applicable documentation: <br />• General preparation and handling guidelines for <br />reaction resin coating systems. <br />GISCODE: PU40</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>485</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB2340</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55055</p> <p>High quality concrete impregnator</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2340 is a high quality concrete <br />impregnator with the following properties: <br />• Water-based transparent two component epoxy resin <br />• Free from organic solvents <br />• Low odour <br />• Resistant to diluted alkalis and acids, heating oil <br />and petrol <br />• Water vapour permeable <br />• Very good adhesion to various substrates <br />• Highly penetrative</p> <p>Storage: <br />6 months when stored dry and cool in the original <br />unopened containers above +10° C. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting, scabbling, <br />planing, brushing, sweeping, vacuuming, grit-blasting, <br />high pressure water jetting.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2340 is used for impregnating and <br />sealing cement-based floor areas, magnesite screeds, <br />anhydrite screeds, e.g. in warehouses, workshops, <br />garages, production areas etc.</p> <p>In addition the following minimum substrate <br />requirements are to be fulfilled:</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Render quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>2 component <br />epoxy resin <br />Colour: <br />transparent <br />Mixing ratio: <br />100:50 parts by weight <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.07 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />Solids content: <br />approx. 53% <br />Viscosity: <br />28 sec DIN Beaker 4 mm <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 40 mins at +23° C <br />Application temperature: min. +10° C / max. +30° C <br />Foot traffic: <br />after approx. 16 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />Fully cured: <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Application <br />temperature: <br />min. +10° C <br />Relative humidity: <br />< 75%</p> <p>• Residual moisture: <br />Magnesite screeds: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture:</p> <p>min. <br />min. <br />min. <br />min.</p> <p>C20/25 <br />EN 13813 CT-C25-F6 <br />P II / P III <br />28 days</p> <p>> 1.0 N/mm² (render: <br />approx. 0.8 N/mm²) <br />< 6% (carbide <br />hygrometer method) <br />min. MA 40 <br />min. 14 days</p> <p>> 1.0 N/mm² <br />< 2% (carbide <br />hygrometer method) <br />Calcium sulphate based screeds: <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. CA-C20-F7 <br />• Age: <br />min. 14 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 1.0 N/mm² <br />• Residual moisture: <br />< 0.5%, with underfloor <br />heating < 0.3% (carbide <br />hygrometer method)</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean work tools with water immediately <br />after use. <br />Packaging: <br />10 kg and 30 kg containers. Components A and B are <br />delivered at a pre-determined mixing ratio.</p> <p>486</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Asphalt screeds: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>• Colours: Minor colour variation, caused by different <br />production batches and raw material fluctuations, <br />are unavoidable. Carry out work in neighbouring <br />areas with the same batch (see batch number on the <br />packaging). <br />• Avoid applying the individual coats too thickly <br />(greater material consumption). <br />• Waiting time between successive coats is a minimum <br />of 12 hours up to a maximum of 24 hours. When <br />the relative humidity is > 65% and < 75% then the <br />waiting time should be increased as appropriate. <br />• Plasticiser migration from car tyres can lead to <br />discolouration. <br />• Ensure there is adequate ventilation and extraction <br />during the drying and curing phases. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. The <br />substrate temperature must be a minimum < 3° C <br />above the dew point temperature. <br />• Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 – 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “epoxy resins”.</p> <p>AS 10 <br />> 1.0 N/mm²</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 5 minutes. <br />The minimum temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from <br />the packaging. Decant the material into a clean <br />container and mix through thoroughly once again. <br />Application method/consumption: <br />Roller apply 2 - 3 coats of INDUFLOOR-IB2340. <br />Pour the mixed material in portions over the area and <br />spread over the surface using a double bladed rubber <br />squeegee. Subsequently evenly back roll with a short <br />nap paint roller. <br />Impregnation/sealing: <br />Apply a single coat of INDUFLOOR-IB2340. It is <br />possible to dilute up to a maximum of 30% with clean <br />water. Consumption: approx. 250 – 300 g/m² of <br />diluted mix. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2340 is considered <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />When using the product observe the government health <br />and safety regulations, data sheet M023 as well as the <br />advice on the packaging.</p> <p>GISCODE: RE 02</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. <br />• Lower temperatures increase the pot life and setting <br />time. Material consumption is also greater at lower <br />temperatures.</p> <p>01/12</p> <p>487</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB2350</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55043</p> <p>High quality concrete sealer</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2350 is a high quality concrete sealer <br />with the following properties: <br />• Water emulsified, pigmented two component <br />epoxy resin <br />• Free from organic solvents <br />• Low odour <br />• Resistant to diluted alkalis and acids, heating oil <br />and petrol <br />• Water vapour permeable <br />• Very good adhesion to a variety of substrates <br />• Satin surface finish <br />Where there are UV influences, due to the binder, <br />colour change as well as chalking of the surface is to <br />be expected. <br />Advice: Discolouration caused by plastic/rubber <br />blends, such as e.g. car tyres, cannot be excluded.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Clean work tools with water immediately after use. <br />Packaging: <br />10 kg and 30 kg containers. Component A and <br />component B are delivered at a pre-determined <br />mixing ratio. <br />Storage: <br />12 months when stored dry and frost-free above <br />+10° C in the original unopened containers. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2350 is used as a coating and seal for <br />cement-based floor areas, magnesite screeds, anhydrite <br />screeds and well compacted rolled or poured asphalt, <br />e.g. in warehouses, workshops, garages, production <br />areas, access balconies etc. Heavy point loading is to <br />be avoided. Not suitable for heavy duty areas. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Density: <br />Solids content: <br />Viscosity: <br />Pot life: <br />Application temp: <br />Foot traffic: <br />Overcoat : <br />Fully cured: <br />Relative humidity:</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot-blasting, scabbling, <br />planing, brushing, sweeping, vacuuming, grit-blasting <br />and high pressure washing <br />The following criteria are also to be observed <br />dependent on the particular substrate: <br />Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Render quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>2 component epoxy resin <br />approx. RAL 7032 <br />100:25 parts by weight <br />approx. 1.40 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 60% <br />medium, approx. <br />1000 mPa x s (± 200) <br />approx. 40 mins at +23° C <br />min. +10° C/max. +30° C <br />after approx. 24 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />after approx. 16 hrs to <br />max. 24 hrs at +23° C <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />< 75%</p> <p>• Residual moisture:</p> <p>Magnesite screeds: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture:</p> <p>488</p> <p>min. <br />min. <br />min. <br />min.</p> <p>C20/25 <br />EN 13813 CT-C25-F6 <br />P II/P III <br />28 days</p> <p>> 1.0 N/mm² (render: <br />approx. 0.8 N/mm²) <br />< 6% (carbide hygrometer <br />method)</p> <p>min. MA 40 <br />min. 14 days <br />> 1.0 N/mm² <br />< 2% (carbide hygrometer <br />method)</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Calcium sulphate based <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture: <br />Asphalt screeds: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>screeds: <br />min. CA-C20-F7 <br />min. 14 days</p> <p>Material consumption is increased when applied over <br />sand-broadcast surfaces by a min. of 100 g/m² (carry <br />out a trial area).</p> <p>> 1.0 N/mm² <br />< 0.5%, 0.3% with underfloor <br />heating (carbide hygrometer <br />method)</p> <p>Medium to heavy duty areas and those subject to <br />medium to high levels of chemical exposure: <br />Priming: <br />Dilute INDUFLOOR-IB2350 with max. 8% water and <br />apply one coat by roller. <br />Consumption: approx. 250-300 g/m² of diluted mix.</p> <p>AS 10</p> <p>Levelling coat / contingency: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2350 can be mixed with 0.1 – 0.3 mm <br />quartz sand to produce a levelling or sanded coat at <br />a ratio of max. 1:1 parts by weight. To achieve <br />the flow properties add up to 8% water (based on <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2350 binder) to the binder-sand <br />mixture and thoroughly re-mix. Spread the mixture over <br />the surface with a toothed rake or notched rubber <br />squeegee to a maximum thickness of 2 – 6 mm and <br />work through with a spiked roller. Once hardened <br />(with increased thicknesses after 72 hours) seal the <br />surface with INDUFLOOR-IB2350. <br />The consumption of the mixture depends on the <br />substrate condition – min. 1.8 kg/m²/mm.</p> <p>> 1.0 N/mm²</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix the components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 5 minutes. <br />The minimum temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from <br />the packaging. Decant the material into a clean <br />container and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Flowing coat / contingency: <br />A flowing coat is produced by mixing 0.1 – 0.3 mm <br />quartz sand with INDUFLOOR-IB2350 at a maximum <br />ratio of 1:0.5 by weight. Spread the blended mix <br />over the area with a toothed rake or notched rubber <br />squeegee to a maximum thickness of 4 mm and work <br />through with a spiked roller. Once hardened or within <br />48 hours, seal the surface with INDUFLOOR-IB2350. <br />The consumption of the mix depends on the substrate <br />condition – min. 1.8 kg/m²/mm.</p> <p>Method of application/consumption: <br />Apply 2 to 3 coats of INDUFLOOR-IB2350 by roller. <br />Pour the mixed material in portions over the surface and <br />spread using a double bladed rubber squeegee. This <br />is followed by evenly rolling with a short haired paint <br />roller. <br />Light duty areas and those subject to low levels <br />of chemical exposure: <br />Priming: <br />Dilute INDUFLOOR-IB2350 with max. 8% water and <br />apply one coat by roller. <br />Consumption: approx. 250-300 g/m² of diluted mix.</p> <p>Finish coat seal: <br />Roller apply a minimum of one coat of <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2350 onto the evened out surface. <br />Consumption: min. 350 g/m²/coat. <br />Material consumption is increased when applied <br />over sand-broadcast surfaces by a min. of 100 g/m² <br />(carry out a trial area).</p> <p>Finish coat seal: <br />Roller apply a minimum of one coat of <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2350 onto the pre-primed surface. <br />Consumption: min. 400 g/m²/coat <br />489</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues can be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “epoxy resins”.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2350 is considered <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />When using this product the government health and <br />safety protective directive, data sheet M 023 should <br />be observed as well as the advice on the packaging. <br />Important advice: <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. <br />• Lower temperatures increase the pot life and curing <br />time. Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• Colour: Minor colour variations due to different <br />production batches and raw material fluctuations <br />are unavoidable. This should be considered when <br />applying coatings. Neighbouring sections should be <br />completed with the same production units (see batch <br />number on the packaging). The RAL colour is only to <br />be assessed after at least 7 days. <br />• Avoid application of too thick a coat per individual <br />application (greater material consumption). This leads <br />to crack formation and delamination. <br />• The waiting time between successive coats should <br />be a minimum of 12 hours up to a maximum of <br />24 hours. Where the relative humidity is > 65% <br />and < 75% the waiting time should be increased <br />as appropriate. <br />• Plasticizer migration from car tyres can lead to <br />discolouration. <br />• Ensure there is good ventilation and extraction during <br />the drying and curing phases. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. The <br />substrate temperature must be a minimum of < 3° C <br />above the dew point. <br />• Protect surface protective systems from moisture <br />(e.g. rain, melt water) for approx. 4 – 6 hours <br />after application. Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed.</p> <p>GISCODE: RE 3</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>490</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB2360</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55017</p> <p>Water emulsified sealer</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2360 is a water emulsified, <br />pigmented, two component epoxy resin with the <br />following properties: <br />• free from organic solvents <br />• low odour <br />• resistant to diluted alkalis and acids, heating oil <br />and petrol <br />• can be diluted up to 10% with water (primer) <br />• water vapour permeable <br />• excellent bond to a variety of substrates <br />• satin finish. <br />When exposed to UV, colour variations – related to <br />the binder – as well as chalking must be anticipated. <br />Continuous weathering and exposure to wet duty <br />conditions leads to surface colour changes.</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Compressive strength: <br />18.1N/mm2 <br />(ASTM C 579:00) <br />Adhesion strength: <br />2.0 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 4541:02) <br />Flexural strength: <br />approx. <br />7.5 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM C 580) <br />Abrasion resistance: <br />235 mg (ASTM D 4060:01) <br />Coefficient of <br />permeability: <br />approx. 1250 μ <br />*Full chemical resistance testing results available upon <br />request <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar <br />• protected against moisture penetration from the rear. <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting, scabbling, <br />brushing, sweeping, vacuuming, grit-blasting, high <br />pressure water jetting.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2360 is used for the pigmented sealing <br />of industrial floors and areas subjected to vehicular <br />traffic. Not suitable for heavy duty areas. <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2360 is used to seal cement-based floor <br />and wall areas, magnesite screeds, calcium sulphate <br />screeds and well compacted rolled or poured asphalt <br />(free from wax containing additives) <br />Discolouration caused by plastic or rubber blends such <br />as e.g. in car tyres is possible. <br />Typical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Density: <br />Viscosity: <br />Pot life: <br />Cure temperature <br />(material/substrate): <br />Foor traffic after: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Fully cured: <br />Relative humidity:</p> <p>The following criteria are also to be observed <br />dependent on the particular substrate: <br />Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Render quality: <br />PII/PIII <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />1.0 N/mm2 <br />• Residual moisture: <br />< 4% <br />(carbide hygrometer method) <br />Magnesite screeds: <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. ME 40 <br />• Age: <br />min. 14 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 1.0 N/mm2 <br />• Residual moisture: <br />< 2% <br />(carbide hygrometer method)</p> <p>2-comp. epoxy resin <br />approx. RAL 7032 <br />5:1parts by weight <br />approx. 1.75 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />medium viscosity <br />approx. 40 mins. at +23° C <br />min. +10° C, max. +30° C <br />approx. 24 hrs at +23° C <br />approx. 16 hrs up to <br />max. 24 hrs at +23° C <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />< 75%</p> <p>491</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Asphalt screeds: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life: <br />12 months when stored dry, cool and frost free above <br />+10° C in the original unopened packaging.</p> <p>GE 10 <br />> 1.0 N/mm2</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2360 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies <br />distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Blend both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 5 minutes. <br />The minimum temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from the <br />packaging. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This <br />is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the product whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and <br />promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using. <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• To increase pot life/working time at higher <br />temperatures, store material in a cool environment <br />above +10° C until ready for use. Only expose to <br />warm temperatures just before mixing. <br />• Colour: Minor colour variations due to different <br />production plants and raw material fluctuations</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2360 with a roller in 2 – 3 <br />applications. Pour the mixed material over the area and <br />spread out using a double bladed rubber squeegee. <br />Subsequently roll to an even finish with a short nap <br />wool roller. <br />Priming: <br />Dilute INDUFLOOR-IB2360 with a minimum of 10% <br />water and apply by roller in one coat. Consumption: <br />approx. 300 – 350 g/m2 of diluted material. <br />Finishing sealer: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2360 is roller applied in 1 – 2 coats <br />on to the primer or sand-broadcast scratch coat. <br />Consumption: min. 350 g/m2/coat <br />When the finishing sealer is applied to sand-broadcast <br />areas, the consumption increases by a min. of 100 g/m2 <br />(carry out a test area). <br />Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />water. <br />Packaging: <br />12 kg and 30 kg containers. Components A and B are <br />delivered at a predetermined mixing ratio. <br />492</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>are unavoidable. This should be considered when <br />applying coatings. Neighbouring sections should be <br />completed with the same production units (see batch <br />number on the packaging). The RAL colour is only to <br />be assessed after 7 days. <br />Too great a thickness of individual coats (greater <br />material consumption) is to be avoided. This leads <br />to crack formation and delamination. <br />Waiting times between individual coats – min. 12 <br />hours to a max. 24 hours. Waiting times should be <br />appropriately extended where the relative humidity <br />is > 65% and < 75%. <br />Plasticizers leaching from car tyres can lead to <br />discolouration. <br />Ensure there is adequate ventilation and extraction <br />during the drying and curing phases. <br />The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture <br />or contamination between successive applications. <br />The substrate temperature must be a min. of <3° C <br />above the dew point. <br />Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 – 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />the waste disposal code 57123 “Epoxy resin”.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC) <br />Group Wb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 140 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 140 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2360 contains: < 140 g/l <br />Other applicable documentation: <br />General preparation and application guidelines for <br />reaction resin-based coating systems <br />GISCODE: RE 0</p> <p>51/12</p> <p>493</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB2370</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55005</p> <p>Effluent waterproof protection</p> <p>Tensile strength:</p> <p>60 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 412-98a) <br />Abrasion resistance: <br />152 mg (ASTM D 4060:01) <br />Water absorption: <br />approx. 0.2% to DIN 53495 <br />*Full chemical resistance testing results available upon <br />request</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2370 is a waterproof protection for <br />waste water with the following properties: <br />• solvent free <br />• thixotopic <br />• abrasion resistant <br />• elastified <br />• isolates stray current <br />• water, effluent and sea water resistant <br />• resistant to diluted acids and alkalis.</p> <p>Note: Minor colour variations due to different <br />production batches and raw material fluctuations are <br />unavoidable. This should be considered when applying <br />coatings. Neighbouring sections should be completed <br />with the same production units (see batch number on <br />the packaging).</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2370 is used for coating cement-based <br />surfaces especially in the waste water sector e.g. <br />• in sewage plants <br />• in waste water pipes <br />• in biogas installations <br />• welded joints in rails and points (tramway tracks) <br />• as a corrosion inhibitor in hydraulic steel construction <br />e.g. as a protective coating for sluices, harbour <br />installations and steel sheet pile walling. <br />Typical Properties: <br />Basis: <br />Standard colours: <br />Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life: <br />Application/Substrate <br />temperature: <br />Min. cure temperature: <br />Fully cured: <br />Overcoat after:</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar <br />• protected from moisture penetration from the rear. <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming, <br />brushing, planing, scabbling, grit-blasting, high pressure <br />water jetting or shot blasting.</p> <p>2-comp. fluid epoxy resin <br />black / red <br />thixotropic <br />approx. 1.40 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />7:1 parts by weight <br />approx. 50 mins. at +23° C</p> <p>The following criteria are to be observed dependent <br />on the particular substrate: <br />Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Render quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>min. approx. +10° C, <br />max. approx. +35° C <br />+10° C <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 16 hrs up to <br />max. 24 hrs at +23° C</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. CT-C25-F4 <br />PIII <br />min. 28 days</p> <p>> 1.5 N/mm2 <br />(render 0.8 N/mm2) <br />• Residual moisture: <br />< 4% <br />(carbide hygrometer method) <br />Prepare iron and steel surfaces by appropriately <br />de-rusting to standard purity Sa 2.5 in accordance <br />with DIN 55 928.</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Shore ‘D’: <br />D/84/1 (ASTM D 2240:05) <br />Adhesion strength: <br />2.5 N/mm2 <br />(ASTM D 4541:02)</p> <p>494</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix the components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 5 minutes. <br />The minimum temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from the <br />packaging. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2370 is available in 15 kg containers. <br />Components A and B are delivered at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />18 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened packaging. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2370 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies <br />distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de.</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Corrosion inhibitor: <br />Apply INDUFLOOR-IB2370 by roller, brush or spray <br />in 2 - 3 applications. <br />Consumption: approx. 400 g/m2 per coat.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This <br />is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the product whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and <br />promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using. <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C.</p> <p>Rolled coating (thin coating): <br />Primer: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260 <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 300 – 500 g/m2 <br />Roller apply INDUFLOOR-IB2370 in 2 - 3 applications. <br />Consumption: approx. 400 - 500 g/m2 per coat. <br />Work through with a de-aerator to remove trapped air. <br />Notes: <br />When working externally or when work will be <br />interrupted, broadcast quartz sand 0.1 – 0.4 mm or <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm diameter into the wet coat between <br />successive coats. This guarantees a good bond <br />between successive coats. <br />High build coating: <br />Primer: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260 <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 300 – 600 g/m2 <br />Fill INDUFLOOR-IB2370 with 30% quartz sand <br />(0.2 - 0.7 mm diameter) and trowel apply in one <br />application. Consumption: approx. 1.2 kg/m2 pure <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2370 per mm thickness. In order to <br />avoid the formation of bubbles de-aerate the coating <br />with a spiked roller.</p> <p>495</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• To increase pot life/working time at higher <br />temperature store material in a cool environment <br />above +10° C and only expose to warm <br />temperature shortly before mixing. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applcations. <br />• If there is a long time period between coatings <br />or already treated surfaces must be re-coated after <br />a long time period, then thoroughly clean and <br />abrade the surface followed by the application of a <br />completely new pore free coat. It is not sufficient to <br />simply overcoat. <br />• Protect surface protective systems from moisture <br />(e.g. rain, melt water) for approx. 4 - 6 hours after <br />application. Dampness produces a discolouration <br />and/or stickiness on the surface and can impede <br />the cure. <br />• Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken <br />off e.g. by abrading and renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of <br />disposal key AW 150106. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC) <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2370 contains: < 500 g/l <br />GISCODE: RE 3</p> <p>35/11</p> <p>496</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB2385</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55022</p> <p>Active corrosion protection</p> <p>completely from its container. Mix both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 5 minutes. <br />The minimum temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from the <br />packaging. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2385 is a solvent-based, pigmented <br />two component solid epoxy resin with the following <br />properties: <br />• viscoplastic <br />• highly abrasion resistant and high degree <br />of hardness <br />• alkali and acid resistant <br />• water and sea water resistant. <br />Areas of application: <br />• Active corrosion protection for iron and steel <br />• protects iron reinforcement.</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Apply INDUFLOOR-IB2385 by roller, brush or spray in <br />two applications alternating the colour.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Application example: <br />Protective coating for a steel surface with the <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2385/INDUFLOOR-IB2380 system: <br />1. Surface preparation: <br />Sand blasting according to Rost Pt. 2.213 (optimum <br />abrasion depth 50 (μ) [bare metal]. Apply corrosion <br />protective coating in two applications: by roller, <br />brush or spray in alternating colours. <br />2. First coat: colour approx. RAL 1002 <br />3. Second coat: colour approx. RAL 8012 <br />Consumption: approx. 150 – 200 g/m2 per coat. <br />4. Application of the finish coat is carried out with <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2380 in 2-3 applications.</p> <p>two component solid <br />epoxy resin <br />Colours: <br />approx. RAL 1002 <br />approx. RAL 8012 <br />Mixing ratio: <br />9:1 (A:B) <br />Viscosity: <br />1,100 mPA s at +23° C <br />Density: <br />1.70 g/cm3 at +23° C <br />Solids contents: <br />approx. 75 ± 1% <br />Pot life: <br />90 mins at +23° C <br />Traffic / overcoat after: approx. 16 hrs at +23° C <br />Fully cured: <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Min. cure temperature: +8° C <br />MEL value: <br />440 mg/m2 of air</p> <p>Waiting time between the individual coats: <br />approx. 16 hours at +20° C.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar <br />• prepare iron and steel surfaces by appropriately <br />de-rusting to standard purity Sa 2.5 in accordance <br />with DIN 55 928.</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser. <br />Packaging: <br />1 kg (nine containers (box)). Other pack sizes on <br />request. Components A and B are delivered at a <br />predetermined mixing ratio.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life: <br />18 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened packaging.</p> <p>497</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Health and safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2385 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies <br />distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de.</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This <br />is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the pro-duct whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and <br />promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using. <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• To increase pot life / working time at higher <br />temperatures, store material in a cool environment <br />above +10° C until ready for use. Only expose to <br />warm temperatures just before mixing. <br />• The product contains solvent. When working in <br />enclosed areas ensure that there is adequate <br />ventilation and extraction (440 mg/m3 of air). <br />• When exposure limits are exceeded respiratory <br />protection is necessary e.g. full face mask. Gas filter <br />A (brown). When spraying the product combination</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>•</p> <p>filters are necessary with a particle filter of class P2. <br />In cases of uncertainty or in enclosed spaces (e.g. in <br />silos) use an independent breathing apparatus. <br />The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />If there is a long time period between coatings <br />or where surfaces already treated with liquid resin <br />must be re-coated after a long time period, the <br />surface must be thoroughly cleaned and abraded, <br />after which a new coat should be applied. In is not <br />sufficient simply to overcoat. <br />Protect surface protective systems from moisture <br />(e.g. rain) for approx. 4 - 6 hours after application. <br />Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or <br />stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure. <br />Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken <br />off e.g. by abrading and renewed. <br />Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />Cured product residues can be disposed of under <br />waste code AW 150106.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC) <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2385 contains: < 500 g/l <br />GISCODE: RU 1</p> <p>36/11</p> <p>498</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3310</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55016</p> <p>Chemical protection – WHG (water pollution control)</p> <p>Overcoat after: <br />Fully cured: <br />Abrasion:</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3310 is a two component, solvent free, <br />pigmented epoxy resin with the following properties: <br />• resistant to organic and inorganic acids and alkalis, <br />mineral oils, petrol and solvents <br />• formulated to take heavy mechanical loading (direct <br />vehicular traffic) and to be electrically conductive <br />• fulfils the technological paint requirements for use as <br />a coating in paint shops e.g. in the automobile <br />industry <br />• due to its special material composition it tends to <br />have a bumpy surface once cured, dependent on <br />substrate preparation, method of application and <br />climatic conditions, but however completely fulfils the <br />relevant approved test criteria.</p> <p>Adhesion strength:</p> <p>approx. 16 hrs at +20° C <br />after 7 days at +23° C <br />4 cm3/50 cm2 <br />to DIN 53 401 <br />> 1,5 N/mm2 <br />concrete failure <br />(after temperature cycles)</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar <br />• protected from moisture penetration from the rear. <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming, <br />brushing, planing, scabbling, sand blasting, high <br />pressure water jetting or shot blasting. The following <br />criteria are to be observed dependent on the particular <br />substrate:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3310 is used as a coating for <br />reinforced concrete, concrete, rendered and screeded <br />surfaces in production areas and storerooms for liquids <br />hazardous to water courses according to paragraph <br />19 g WHG (water pollution control). Furthermore for <br />paint shops, computer rooms, hospitals, gas transfer <br />stations. <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3310 is used as a component in the <br />WHG-Systems (water pollution control). <br />==> <br />INDUFLOOR-IB-GWS 2 <br />==> <br />INDUFLOOR-IB-GWS 3</p> <p>Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture: <br />• Render quality: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture:</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colours: <br />Viscosity:</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />approx. RAL 7032, 7030 <br />approx. 3,300 mPa·s ± 15% <br />at +23° C <br />Density: <br />approx. 1,39 g/cm3 <br />at + 23° C <br />Mixing ratio: <br />100:24 parts by weight <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 35 mins <br />at + 23° C <br />Application temperature: min. +8° C up to max. <br />+30° C <br />Minimum cure <br />temperature: <br />+8° C <br />Foot traffic after: <br />approx. 16 hrs at +20° C</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. CT-C25-F4 <br />1,5 N/mm2 <br />< 4% <br />PIIIa / PIIIb <br />approx 0.8 N/mm2 <br />< 4%</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix the components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 5 minutes.</p> <p>499</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>The minimum temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from the <br />packaging. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and mix through thoroughly once again. Before <br />application to vertical or sloping surfaces it is <br />recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added. The <br />addition rate is between 1 and 2% by weight.</p> <p>4. Option: (levelling voids, larger pores and <br />irregularities). Apply the mixed scratch coat (see <br />above) in one application. Consumption of mixed <br />scratch coat: approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm thickness. <br />4.1 Broadcast the fresh primer with dried kiln quartz <br />sand of grain size 0.2 - 0.7 mm. Consumption: <br />approx. 0.8 - 1.0 kg/m2. Once the primer has <br />hardened carefully remove all non-bound quartz <br />sand. <br />4.2 To avoid the formation of bubbles in the following <br />top coat, seal the sanded scratch coat with <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225. Consumption: approx. <br />0.3 - 0.5 kg/m2. <br />4.3 Broadcast the fresh sealing coat with dried <br />kiln quartz sand of grain size 0.2 - 0.7 mm. <br />Consumption: approx. 0.8 - 1.0 kg/m2. Once <br />the primer has hardened carefully remove all nonbound quartz sand. After a waiting time of min. <br />16 hours/max. 24 hours install the conductive <br />layer. <br />5. Applying the conductive layer, consisting of: copper <br />strips: INDU-ConductiveStrip (in an approx. 5/5 <br />cm grid), conductive coating: INDUFLOOR-IB1225 <br />applied in one coat with a roller. Consumption: <br />approx. 200 g/m2. <br />6. Application of the top coat: Trowel apply <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3310 in one application. Thickness: <br />approx. 2.0 mm. Consumption: min. 2.5 kg/m2. <br />6.1 After waiting for 10 - 15 mins roll through the <br />top coat with a spiked roller to de-aerate it and <br />prevent the formation of bubbles.</p> <p>Production of levelling/scratch coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartzsand: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />(grain size: 0.1 – 0.6 or <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm diameter) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 1.5 to 2.0 <br />by percentage <br />The quartz sand is mixed into the previously <br />homgenously prepared and decanted resin and <br />hardener components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1225 <br />binder. Ensure that the liquid and solid components are <br />evenly mixed. Before application to vertical or sloping <br />surfaces it is recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is <br />added to the levelling/scratch coat. The addition rate <br />is approx. 2% by weight dependent on the slope. <br />Method of application/consumption: <br />Conductive system construction <br />1. Prepare the substrate as above. <br />2. Production of a coved fillet at the wall/floor junction <br />(radius: approx. 5 cm): <br />2.1 Priming the coved fillet area: Brush or roller <br />apply INDUFLOOR-IB1225 in one application. <br />Consumption: approx. 40 g/m (coved fillet radius <br />approx. 4 - 5 cm). <br />2.2 Installing the coved fillet: Apply the coved fillet <br />mortar e.g. INDUFLOOR-IB4010 into the wet <br />primer in one operation. Consumption: approx. <br />1.1 kg/m (coved fillet radius approx. 4 - 5 cm). <br />3. Primer application: Apply INDUFLOOR-IB1225 in <br />on coat ensuring all pores are filled. Consumption: <br />min. 300 - 500 g/m2. <br />3.1 Broadcast the fresh primer with dried kiln quartz <br />sand of grain size 0.2 - 0.7 mm. Consumption: <br />approx. 0.8 - 1.0 kg/m2. Once the primer has <br />hardened carefully remove all non-bound quartz <br />sand.</p> <p>Notes: <br />Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it is <br />recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added. The <br />addition rate is between 1 and 2% by weight. <br />Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3310 is available in 30 kg containers. <br />Components A and B are delivered at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. Other pack sizes on request.</p> <p>500</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Storage & Shelf Life: <br />18 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened packaging. Possible <br />crystallisation can be reversed within approx. 2 hours <br />by warming on a water bath at +50° C to +60° C <br />after which the product is useable again.</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3310 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling <br />epoxies distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de.</p> <p>•</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This <br />is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the product whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and <br />promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using. <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• To increase pot life/working life at higher <br />temperatures, store material in a cool environment</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>above +10° C until ready for use. Only expose to <br />warm temperatures just before mixing. <br />The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />If there is a long time period between the application <br />of coatings or where surfaces already treated with <br />liquid resin must be re-coated after a long time <br />period, thoroughly clean and abrade the surface, <br />followed by a new sealing coat free from pores. It <br />is not sufficient simply to overcoat. <br />Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g. <br />rain) for approx. 4 – 6 hours after application. <br />Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or <br />stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure. <br />Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken <br />off e.g. by abrading and renewed. <br />Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />Cured product residues can be disposed of under <br />waste disposal key AW 150106.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC) <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3310 contains: < 500 g/l <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>45/11</p> <p>501</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3311</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55034</p> <p>GWS2 – Top coat (secondary containment)</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar <br />• protected from moisture penetration from the rear.</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3311 is a solvent free, pigmented twocomponent epoxy resin with the following properties: <br />• resistant to organic and inorganic acids and alkalis, <br />mineral oils, petrols and solvent <br />• high mechanical resistance (can be driven over <br />directly) <br />• crack bridging up to 0.2 mm</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming, <br />planing, scabbling, sand blasting, high pressure jet <br />washing, shot blasting. Dependent on the particular <br />substrate the following criteria must also be fulfilled:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3311 is used as a coating for <br />reinforced concrete, concrete, render and screed <br />in production areas and warehousing as secondary <br />containment to protect ground water from contact with <br />harmful chemicals in accordance with paragraph 19 g <br />of the water resources act. <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3311 is used as a system component <br />of the WHG system INDUFLOOR-IB-GWS 2. <br />Typical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Standard colours: <br />Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life: <br />Application/substrate <br />temperature: <br />Minimum cure temp: <br />Foot traffic after: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Through cured:</p> <p>Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture: <br />• Render quality: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture:</p> <p>2-comp. epoxy resin <br />approx. RAL 7032, 7030 <br />approx. 3,300 mPas ± 1.5% <br />at +23 °C <br />approx. 1.39 g/cm3 <br />at +23 °C <br />100:24 parts by weight <br />approx. 35 mins at +23 °C</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. CT-C25-F4 <br />1,5 N/mm2 <br />< 4% <br />PIIIa / PIIIb <br />approx 0.8 N/mm2 <br />< 4%</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into <br />component A. Ensure that the hardener drains completely from its container. Mix the components together <br />with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill <br />with paddle). It is important to also stir from the sides <br />and the bottom to ensure that the hardener is evenly <br />dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous (free from <br />streaks); mixing time approx. 5 minutes. The minimum <br />temperature during mixing should be +15° C. Do not <br />use mixed material directly from the packaging. <br />Decant the material into a clean container and mix <br />through thoroughly once again. <br />Prior to application on vertical or sloping surfaces it <br />is recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added. The <br />addition rate lies between 1 and 2% by weight.</p> <p>min. +8° C up to <br />max. +30 °C <br />+8 °C <br />approx. 16 hrs at +20 °C <br />approx. 16 hrs at +20 °C <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23 °C</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Abrasion resistance: <br />4 cm3/50 cm2 <br />to DIN 53 401 <br />Tensile adhesion: <br />> 1.5 N/mm2 concrete <br />failure (after temperature <br />cycling)</p> <p>502</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1225. Consumption: approx. <br />0.3-0.5 kg/m2. <br />4.3. Broadcast the wet seal coat with 0.2-0.7 mm <br />kiln dried quartz sand. Consumption: approx. <br />0.8 – 1.0 kg/m2. Once the seal coat has cured <br />carefully remove the unbonded quartz sand. After <br />a waiting time of min. 16 hours / max. 24 hours <br />apply the INDUFLOOR-IB3311 finish coat. <br />5. Application of the finish coat: Trowel apply <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3311 in one operation. Thickness: <br />approx. 2.0 mm. Consumption: min. 2.5 kg/m2 <br />5.1. In order to de-aerate the applied INDUFLOORIB3311 finish coat, roll the surface with a spiked <br />roller after waiting 10-15 minutes, to avoid the <br />formation of air bubbles.</p> <p>Production of levelling/scratch coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartzsand: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />(grain size: 0.1 – 0.6 or <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm diameter) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 1.5 to 2.0% <br />by weight <br />Mix the quartz sand into the previously homogenously <br />prepared and decanted resin and hardener components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1225 binder. Ensure that <br />the liquid and solid components are evenly mixed. <br />Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it is <br />recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added to the <br />levelling/scratch coat. The addition rate is approx. <br />2% by weight dependent on the slope.</p> <p>Notes: <br />Before applying to vertical or sloping surfaces it is <br />recommended to add INDU-FibreFiller. The addition <br />rate lies between 1 and 2% by weight.</p> <p>Method of application/consumption: <br />1. For substrate preparation see above. <br />2. Production of coved fillets at the wall/floor junction <br />(radius: approx. 5 cm). <br />2.1. Primer for coved fillet area: INDUFLOOR-IB1225 <br />is applied in one operation by brush or roller. <br />Consumption: approx. 40 g/m (with a coved fillet <br />radius of approx. 4-5 cm). <br />2.2. Installing the coved fillet: Apply the coved fillet <br />mortar INDUFLOOR-IB4010 into the wet primer in <br />one operation. Consumption: approx. 1.1 kg/m <br />3. Application of the primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1225 is <br />applied pore-tight in one operation. <br />Consumption: min. 300-500 g/m2 <br />3.1. Broadcast kiln dried quartz sand of particle size <br />0.2-0.7 mm into the wet primer. Consumption: <br />approx. 1.0 kg/m2. Once the primer has cured <br />carefully remove the unbonded quartz sand. <br />4. Possible requirement: (Evening out voids, large pores <br />and irregularities). Apply the prepared scratch coat <br />mortar (see above) in one operation. Consumption <br />of mixed scratch coat: approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm <br />thickness. <br />4.1. Broadcast kiln dried quartz sand of particle size <br />0.2-0.7 mm into the wet scratch coat. Once <br />the scratch coat has dried carefully remove the <br />unbonded quartz sand. <br />4.2. To avoid the formation of bubbles in the following finish coat, seal the sanded scratch coat with</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Clean work tools carefully after use with <br />INDU-IB-Cleanser. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3311 is available in 30 kg containers. <br />Component A and component B are supplied at a <br />pre-determined mixing ratio. Other pack sizes are <br />available on request. <br />Storage: <br />18 months when stored cool and dry in the original <br />unopened containers above +10° C. It is possible <br />that crystals may appear but this can be rectified <br />within 2 hours by warming in a water bath at +50° C <br />to +60° C after which the material can be used once <br />again. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3311 is considered harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies distributed by the building industry professional association <br />www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de.</p> <p>503</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues can be disposed of under <br />disposal key AW 150106.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This is <br />to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer e.g. <br />Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In order <br />to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean container and remix. The mixing speed should be 300 <br />– 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. Higher <br />speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into the <br />product whilst lower speeds do not result in a good <br />blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). The <br />temperature of the components should be at a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to any fillers, <br />e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition of any fillers <br />is carried out after both liquids have been blended. <br />Afterwards tip the completely mixed material immediately onto the prepared substrate and promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the instructions in <br />the technical data sheet. Always stir one component <br />products before using. <br />• Colour: Minor colour differences, caused by different <br />production batches and raw material variation, are <br />unavoidable. When applying coatings this should <br />be considered. Neighbouring sections should be <br />carried out with the same production batch (see <br />batch number on the packaging). <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />• If there is a long time period between coatings or <br />if already treated surfaces are to be re-coated after <br />a long time period, the surface must be thoroughly <br />cleaned and abraded, followed by the application <br />of a completely new pore free coat. It is not sufficient <br />simply to overcoat. <br />• Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 – 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC): <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3311 contains: < 500 g/l <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>01/12</p> <p>504</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3350-VC2</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55042 <br />Volume conductive coating according to DIN EN 61340 for EPA areas</p> <p>Suitability advice: <br />Test report PS679 – testing of electrostatic properties in <br />accordance with DIN EN 61340. <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 fullfills all requirements of <br />the ESD standard (DIN EN 61340 parts 4.1 and 4.5, <br />parts 5.1 / 5.2).</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Solvent free <br />• Translucent colour, can be pigmented <br />• Viscoplastic <br />• Crack-bridging up to 0.2 mm <br />• Does not contain carbon fibres <br />• Self levelling <br />• Permanently conductive regardless of coating <br />thickness <br />• Permanently conductive regardless of relative humidity <br />• Conductivity created during production; no need for <br />use of powder conductive additives on site <br />• Fulfills the requirements of the latest ESD regulations <br />• Resistant to mechanical and chemical loads <br />• High compressive and flexural strength <br />• Can be spray applied if required <br />• Structured surface can be attained with addition of <br />INDU-Fiberfiller <br />• Abrasion resistant <br />• Sealer/Topcoat not necessary</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colours:</p> <p>2-component epoxy resin <br />approx. RAL 7032 <br />(standard colour) <br />Viscosity: <br />approx. 800 ± 150 mPas <br />at +23° C <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.30 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />Mixing ratio: <br />100:45 parts by weight <br />Application temperature: min. +8° C, max. +30° C <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 45 mins at +10° C <br />approx. 25 mins at +20° C <br />approx. 15 mins at +30° C <br />Minimum cure <br />temperature: <br />+8° C <br />Relative humidity: <br />< 75% <br />Foot traffic after: <br />approx. 24 hours at +23° C <br />Overcoat after: <br />approx. 24 hours at +23° C <br />Fully cured after: <br />7 days at +23° C <br />Shore-D hardness: <br />approx. 64 <br />Compressive strength: <br />> 50.0 N/mm2 <br />Flexural strength: <br />> 40.0 N/mm2 <br />Tensile adhesion strength: B 2.0</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB 3350-VC2 is used for coating cementbased surfaces that have to be equipped according to <br />the ESD regulations. E.g. in <br />• Electronics industry <br />• PCB production <br />• Automotive industry <br />• Technical and research rooms <br />• Hospitals <br />• Computer rooms <br />With INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2, conventional carbon <br />fibre epoxy coatings can be changed simply and <br />efficiently to be compliant with ESD regulations.</p> <p>505</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>ESD requirements</p> <p>Standard</p> <p>Requirements</p> <p>Tested values</p> <p>< 1000 x 106ȍ</p> <p>Earth discharge resistance</p> <p>DIN EN 61340-4-1</p> <p>System: Human-shoe-floor</p> <p>DIN EN 61340-5-1/5-2</p> <p>< 35,0 M ȍ</p> <p>Walking test</p> <p>DIN EN 61340-4-5 <br />DIN EN 61340-5-1/5-2</p> <p>< 100 V</p> <p>3,6 Mȍ</p> <p>3,6 Mȍ</p> <p>depending on footwear <br />< 10 V</p> <p>Test basis: ESD footwear</p> <p>Key: <br />+++ <br />++ <br />+ <br />V</p> <p>Table: Chemical resistance <br />(DIN 53168 – 20°C) <br />Liquid <br />Ammonia < 25% <br />Formic acid < 5% <br />Petrol / super petrol <br />Calcium hydroxide <br />Coca-Cola <br />Distilled water <br />Diesel / heating oil <br />Acetic acid < 10% <br />Coffee <br />Potassium hydroxide < 50% <br />Kerosene <br />Toluene <br />Trichloroethylene <br />Triethanolamine <br />Methyl napthalene <br />Kerosene <br />Motor oil <br />Sodium hydroxide</p> <p>Assessment <br />+++/V <br />+/V <br />+++ <br />+++ <br />+++/V <br />+++ <br />+++/V <br />++ <br />+++/V <br />+++ <br />+++ <br />+++ <br />+++ <br />+++ <br />+++ <br />+++ <br />+++/V <br />+++ <br />Sodium hypochloride < 13% active +++ <br />Phosphoric acid < 50% <br />++/V <br />Propanoic acid <br />++ <br />Red wine <br />+++/V <br />Hydrochloric acid < 37% <br />++/V <br />Nitric acid 10% <br />++/V <br />Sulphuric acid < 50% <br />+++/V <br />Xylene <br />+++ <br />Citric acid 10% <br />++</p> <p>= high (< 14d) <br />= midium (< 72h) <br />= low (< 8h) <br />= discolouration possible</p> <p>Advice: Higher chemical demands can have negative <br />influences on the conductivity. <br />Substrate: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, firm, load-bearing and have a good grip <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar. <br />• Protected from moisture ingress from the rear. <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming, <br />brushing, scabbling, sand blasting, high pressure <br />washing, shot blasting. Even out irregularities with <br />a smoothing compound in order to ensure an even <br />thickness of the conductive finish coat. <br />In addition the following minimum requirements for the <br />substrates are to be fulfilled: <br />Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days</p> <p>506</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture:</p> <p>Advice on the method of application: <br />Levelling of voids, large pores and irregularities: <br />After applying the primer, spread the mixed smoothing <br />coat by trowel (see above) in one application.</p> <p>> 1,5 N/mm2 <br />< 4% <br />(carbide hygrometer method) <br />• Protected from moisture ingress from the rear.</p> <p>Consumption of prepared smoothing compound: <br />approx. 1,600 g/m2/mm thickness</p> <p>Observe °C dew point temperatures in regards to <br />relative humidity (see table).</p> <p>To avoid the formation of bubbles in the following final <br />coat, close all pores of the smoothing compound with <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mixing of the components <br />is to be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx. <br />300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to <br />also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that <br />the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is <br />homogenous (free from striations); mixing time approx. <br />3 minutes. The material temperature during mixing <br />should be +15°C. Do not use mixed material directly <br />from the packaging. Decant the material into a clean <br />container and thoroughly remix.</p> <p>Consumption: approx. 200 –300 g/m2 <br />System configuration and material <br />consumption, System: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 <br />1) Prepare substrate (see above) <br />2) Application of primer: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is applied as minimum one <br />pore-tight coat.Consumption: min. 600 - 800 g/m2 <br />dependent on the porosity of the substrate. <br />Note: Do not broadcast the primer with quartz. Further <br />coats are to be applied the following day. <br />2.1 Optional step: Levelling of voids, large pores <br />and irregularities: After applying primer, trowel <br />apply the mixed smoothing coat (see above) <br />in one coat. Consumption of mixed smoothing <br />compound: approx. 1,600 g/m2/mm thickness. <br />2.2 Optional step: To avoid formation of air bubbles <br />in the following finish coat, close off the pores in <br />the smoothing coat with INDUFLOOR-IB1260. <br />Consumption: approx. 200-300 g/m2 <br />3) Production of a system – process control level – <br />consisting of: INDU-ConductiveStrip stuck down <br />at the floor/wall junction as strips with a length of <br />max. 1.0 m at 10 m intervals, dependent on the <br />geometry of the room. Note: The copper band is to <br />be connected to earth on site (potential balance). <br />Conductive lacquer: INDUFLOOR-IB2115 applied <br />by roller in one coat. <br />Consumption: approx. 120 – 150 g/m2 <br />Note: Before applying the final coat test the shunt <br />resistance. The shunt resistance must be < 103ȍ fl.</p> <p>Mixing of the levelling/scratch coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />(particle size: 0.1 – 0.3 or <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm diameter) <br />INDU-Fiberfiller: <br />approx. 1.5 to 2.0 weight <br />by percentage <br />The quartz sand is mixed into the previously <br />homogenously prepared and decanted resin and <br />hardener components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1260 <br />binder. Ensure that the liquid and solid components <br />are evenly mixed. <br />Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it is <br />recommended that a thickener e.g. INDU-Fiberfiller is <br />added to the levelling/scratch coat. The addition rate <br />is between 1.5 and 2% by weight dependent on the <br />slope.</p> <p>507</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>4) Application of the final coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 is evenly applied in one <br />coat with a notched or toothed squeegee to the <br />desired thickness. <br />Thickness: 1.0 mm = consumption: <br />approx. 1,300 g/m2 <br />Thickness: 1.5 mm = consumption: <br />approx. 1,950 g/m2 <br />Thickness: 2.0 mm = consumption: <br />approx. 2,600 g/m2 <br />4.1) For improved de-aeration of the applied finish <br />coat, roll with a spiked roller after waiting for <br />10-15 minutes to avoid bubble formation. <br />Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />Clean work tools with INDU-Cleanser immediately <br />after use. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 is available in 30 kg <br />containers. Component A and component B are <br />packaged in a predetermined mixing ratio. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />6 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened container. <br />Health and safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 is considered <br />harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive. <br />Current relevant legislation should be followed at <br />all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat <br />transportation, etc. For more information please <br />consult www.plasticseurope.org. <br />Chem VOC Farb V (2004/42/EG): <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />LEvel 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 contains: < 500 g/l</p> <p>508</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Dew point table (in accordance with ZTV-SIB 90) <br />Dew point temperatures in °C at a relative humidity of <br />Air temperature 45 %</p> <p>50 %</p> <p>55 %</p> <p>60 %</p> <p>65 %</p> <p>70 %</p> <p>75 %</p> <p>80 %</p> <p>85 %</p> <p>90 %</p> <p>2°C</p> <p>-7.77</p> <p>-6.56</p> <p>-5.43</p> <p>-4.40</p> <p>-3.16</p> <p>-2.48</p> <p>-1.77</p> <p>-0.98</p> <p>-0.26</p> <p>0.47</p> <p>1.20</p> <p>4°C</p> <p>-6.11</p> <p>-4.88</p> <p>-3.69</p> <p>-2.61</p> <p>-1.79</p> <p>-0.88</p> <p>-0.09</p> <p>0.78</p> <p>1.62</p> <p>2.44</p> <p>3.20</p> <p>6°C</p> <p>-4.49</p> <p>-3.07</p> <p>-2.10</p> <p>-1.05</p> <p>-0.08</p> <p>0.85</p> <p>1.86</p> <p>2.72</p> <p>3.62</p> <p>4.48</p> <p>5.38</p> <p>8°C</p> <p>-2.69</p> <p>-1.61</p> <p>-0.44</p> <p>0.67</p> <p>1.80</p> <p>2.83</p> <p>3.82</p> <p>4.77</p> <p>5.66</p> <p>6.48</p> <p>7.32</p> <p>10°C</p> <p>-1.26</p> <p>0.02</p> <p>1.31</p> <p>2.53</p> <p>3.74</p> <p>4.79</p> <p>5.82</p> <p>6.79</p> <p>7.65</p> <p>8.45</p> <p>9.31</p> <p>12°C</p> <p>0.35</p> <p>1.84</p> <p>3.19</p> <p>4.46</p> <p>5.63</p> <p>6.74</p> <p>7.75</p> <p>8.69</p> <p>9.60</p> <p>10.48</p> <p>11.33</p> <p>14°C</p> <p>2.20</p> <p>3.76</p> <p>5.10</p> <p>6.40</p> <p>7.58</p> <p>8.67</p> <p>9.70</p> <p>10.71</p> <p>11.64</p> <p>12.55</p> <p>13.36</p> <p>15°C</p> <p>3.12</p> <p>4.65</p> <p>6.07</p> <p>7.36</p> <p>8.52</p> <p>9.63</p> <p>10.70</p> <p>11.69</p> <p>12.62</p> <p>13.52</p> <p>14.42</p> <p>16°C</p> <p>4.07</p> <p>5.59</p> <p>6.98</p> <p>8.29</p> <p>9.47</p> <p>10.61</p> <p>11.68</p> <p>12.66</p> <p>13.63</p> <p>14.58</p> <p>15.54</p> <p>17°C</p> <p>5.00</p> <p>6.48</p> <p>7.92</p> <p>9.18</p> <p>10.39</p> <p>11.48</p> <p>12.54</p> <p>13.57</p> <p>14.50</p> <p>15.36</p> <p>16.19</p> <p>18°C</p> <p>5.90</p> <p>7.43</p> <p>8.83</p> <p>10.12</p> <p>11.33</p> <p>12.44</p> <p>13.48</p> <p>14.56</p> <p>15.41</p> <p>16.31</p> <p>17.25</p> <p>19°C</p> <p>6.80</p> <p>8.33</p> <p>9.75</p> <p>11.09</p> <p>12.26</p> <p>13.37</p> <p>14.49</p> <p>15.47</p> <p>16.40</p> <p>17.37</p> <p>18.22</p> <p>20°C</p> <p>7.73</p> <p>9.30</p> <p>10.72</p> <p>12.00</p> <p>13.22</p> <p>14.40</p> <p>15.48</p> <p>16.46</p> <p>17.44</p> <p>18.36</p> <p>19.18</p> <p>21°C</p> <p>8.60</p> <p>10.22</p> <p>11.59</p> <p>12.92</p> <p>14.21</p> <p>15.36</p> <p>16.40</p> <p>17.44</p> <p>18.41</p> <p>19.27</p> <p>20.19</p> <p>22°C</p> <p>9.54</p> <p>11.16</p> <p>12.52</p> <p>13.89</p> <p>15.19</p> <p>16.27</p> <p>17.41</p> <p>18.42</p> <p>19.39</p> <p>20.28</p> <p>21.22</p> <p>23°C</p> <p>10.44</p> <p>12.02</p> <p>13.47</p> <p>14.87</p> <p>16.04</p> <p>17.29</p> <p>18.37</p> <p>19.37</p> <p>20.37</p> <p>21.34</p> <p>22.23</p> <p>24°C</p> <p>11.34</p> <p>12.93</p> <p>14.44</p> <p>15.73</p> <p>17.06</p> <p>18.21</p> <p>19.22</p> <p>20.33</p> <p>21.37</p> <p>22.32</p> <p>23.18</p> <p>25°C</p> <p>12.20</p> <p>13.83</p> <p>15.37</p> <p>16.69</p> <p>17.99</p> <p>19.11</p> <p>20.24</p> <p>21.35</p> <p>22.27</p> <p>23.30</p> <p>24.22</p> <p>26°C</p> <p>13.15</p> <p>14.84</p> <p>16.26</p> <p>17.67</p> <p>18.90</p> <p>20.09</p> <p>21.29</p> <p>22.32</p> <p>23.32</p> <p>24.31</p> <p>25.16</p> <p>27°C</p> <p>14.08</p> <p>15.68</p> <p>17.24</p> <p>18.57</p> <p>19.83</p> <p>21.11</p> <p>22.23</p> <p>23.31</p> <p>24.32</p> <p>25.22</p> <p>26.10</p> <p>28°C</p> <p>14.96</p> <p>16.61</p> <p>18.14</p> <p>19.38</p> <p>20.86</p> <p>22.07</p> <p>23.18</p> <p>24.28</p> <p>25.25</p> <p>26.20</p> <p>27.18</p> <p>29°C</p> <p>15.85</p> <p>17.58</p> <p>19.04</p> <p>20.48</p> <p>21.83</p> <p>22.97</p> <p>24.20</p> <p>25.23</p> <p>26.21</p> <p>27.26</p> <p>28.18</p> <p>30°C</p> <p>16.79</p> <p>18.44</p> <p>19.96</p> <p>21.44</p> <p>23.71</p> <p>23.94</p> <p>25.11</p> <p>26.10</p> <p>27.21</p> <p>28.19</p> <p>29.09</p> <p>32°C</p> <p>18.62</p> <p>20.28</p> <p>21.90</p> <p>23.26</p> <p>24.65</p> <p>25.79</p> <p>27.08</p> <p>28.24</p> <p>29.23</p> <p>30.16</p> <p>31.17</p> <p>34°C</p> <p>20.42</p> <p>22.19</p> <p>23.77</p> <p>25.19</p> <p>26.54</p> <p>27.85</p> <p>28.94</p> <p>30.09</p> <p>31.19</p> <p>32.13</p> <p>33.11</p> <p>36°C</p> <p>22.23</p> <p>24.08</p> <p>25.50</p> <p>27.00</p> <p>28.41</p> <p>29.65</p> <p>30.88</p> <p>31.97</p> <p>33.05</p> <p>34.23</p> <p>35.06</p> <p>38°C</p> <p>23.97</p> <p>25.74</p> <p>27.44</p> <p>28.87</p> <p>30.31</p> <p>31.62</p> <p>32.78</p> <p>33.96</p> <p>35.01</p> <p>36.05</p> <p>37.03</p> <p>40°C</p> <p>25.79</p> <p>27.66</p> <p>29.22</p> <p>30.81</p> <p>32.16</p> <p>33.48</p> <p>34.69</p> <p>35.86</p> <p>36.98</p> <p>38.05</p> <p>39.11</p> <p>45°C</p> <p>30.29</p> <p>32.17</p> <p>33.86</p> <p>35.38</p> <p>36.85</p> <p>38.24</p> <p>39.54</p> <p>40.74</p> <p>41.87</p> <p>42.97</p> <p>44.03</p> <p>50°C</p> <p>34.76</p> <p>36.63</p> <p>38.46</p> <p>40.09</p> <p>41.58</p> <p>42.99</p> <p>44.33</p> <p>45.55</p> <p>46.75</p> <p>47.90</p> <p>48.98</p> <p>The dew point table indicates at which surface temperature condensation occurs – <br />dependent on the air temperature and relative humidity.</p> <p>509</p> <p>95 %</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• To increase pot life/working time at higher <br />temperature store material in a cool environment <br />above +10° C and only expose to warm <br />temperature shortly before mixing. <br />• Colours: Light colours are produced as far as <br />possible but limited to the raw materials. Small <br />differences in colour resulting from varying production <br />equipment and fluctuations in raw materials are <br />unavoidable. When applying coatings this is to be <br />taken into account. Bordering surface bays are to be <br />carried out with material from the same production <br />plant (see batch number on the packaging). <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of dampness <br />or contamination between the applied coats. <br />• When longer waiting times occur between <br />application of the coats or where surfaces already <br />treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a <br />long time, the surface must be well cleaned and <br />abraded, after which a completely new pore-tight <br />coating should be applied. <br />• Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 – 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />the waste disposal code 57123 “Epoxy resin”. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />45/08</p> <p>GISCODE: RE 1 <br />510</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3352</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55065</p> <p>Non-tainting coating</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3352 is a two component pigmented <br />epoxy resin with the following properties: <br />• Pigmented <br />• Does not taint foodstuffs <br />• Largely self de-aerating <br />• High compressive and flexural strengths <br />• High resistance to mechanical loads and chemical <br />exposure <br />• Surface structure can be produced from smooth <br />through highly anti-slip <br />• Resistant to conventional cleaning agents at <br />application concentrations <br />• Resistant to weathering</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean work tools immediately after use <br />with INDU-IB Cleanser. <br />Packaging: <br />30 kg and 15 kg containers. Components A and B <br />are delivered at a pre-determined mix ratio. <br />Shelf Life: <br />12 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened container. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, firm, load-bearing and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar <br />• Protected from moisture penetration from the rear</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3352 is used as a foodstuff neutral floor <br />coating on cement-based substrates such as concrete <br />and screeds in the foodstuffs industry and in commercial <br />kitchens.</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting, scabbling, <br />planing, grit-blasting, brushing, sweeping or <br />vacuuming.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Standard colour: <br />Viscosity:</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />approx. RAL 7032 <br />approx. 1200 mPas <br />± 50% at +20° C <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.41 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />Mixing ratio: <br />100:24 parts by weight <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 45 mins at +10° C <br />approx. 30 mins at +20° C <br />approx. 10 mins at +30° C <br />Foot traffic: <br />after approx. 12 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />Overcoat: <br />after approx. 16 hrs / <br />max. 24 hrs at +23° C <br />Fully cured: <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Compressive strength: <br />approx. 68 N/mm² <br />Flexural strength: <br />approx. 45 N/mm² <br />Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5 (concrete)</p> <p>In addition the following minimum requirements for <br />cement-based surfaces are to be fulfilled: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 1.5 N/mm² <br />• Render quality: <br />min. P IIIa / P IIIb <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 0.8 N/mm² <br />Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener is</p> <p>511</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 3 minutes. <br />The material temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from <br />the packaging. Decant the material into a clean <br />container and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Note: <br />Before applying to vertical surfaces or surfaces laid to <br />falls it is recommended to add INDU-FibreFiller. The <br />addition rate is between 2.0 – 4.0% by weight. <br />Where residual moisture levels are > 4% and <br />with moisture penetration from the rear, use <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 – moisture barrier primer to prepare substrates (see Technical Data Sheet).</p> <p>Producing a levelling/scratch coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1270: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />(grain size: 0.1 – 0.6 mm <br />diameter) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 1.5 – 2.0% <br />by weight</p> <p>Producing a flowing mortar: <br />The flowing mortar consists of: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3352: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />0.5 parts by weight <br />(grain size: 0.1 – 0.6 mm)</p> <p>Mix the quartz sand into the pre-blended and <br />decanted resin and hardener components of the <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1270 binder. Ensure that the liquid and <br />solid components are evenly mixed. Before applying <br />to vertical surfaces or to surfaces laid to falls, it is <br />recommended that a thickener e.g. INDU-FibreFiller is <br />added to the levelling/scratch coat. The addition rate <br />is between 3 – 5% by weight dependent on the degree <br />of slope.</p> <p>Mix the quartz sand into the pre-blended and decanted <br />resin and hardener components. Ensure that the liquid <br />and solid components are evenly mixed. When <br />adding aggregates (e.g. quartz sand), ensure that the <br />aggregate is dry and also at a temperature of +15° C. <br />Before applying to vertical surfaces or to surfaces laid <br />to falls, it is recommended that a thickener e.g. INDUFibreFiller is added to the roller or trowel applied <br />coating. The addition rate is between 2.0 – 4.0% by <br />weight dependent on the degree of slope.</p> <p>Possible situation: <br />Elimination of voids, larger pores and irregularities: <br />After application of the primer, apply the mixed scratch <br />coat in one layer. Consumption of mixed scratch coat: <br />approx. 1,600 g/m²/mm.</p> <p>Advice: It is preferable to mix the INDU-FibreFiller firstly <br />into the resin component and then add the hardener <br />component to the blend.</p> <p>To avoid the formation of bubbles in the following final <br />coat, flood the scratch coat with INDUFLOOR-IB1270 <br />to fill all pores and cover over the aggregate. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 g/m²</p> <p>Application method / consumption: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3352 is installed by roller or rake. <br />Before applying INDUFLOOR-IB3352 prepare the <br />substrate as described previously and prime with <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1270.</p> <p>If there will be waiting times greater than 24 hours <br />before the final coat will be applied, then broadcast <br />kiln dried quartz sand, grain size 0.1 – 0.6 mm, into <br />the wet seal coat. <br />Consumption: approx. 800 – 1000 g/m².</p> <p>Advice: To de-aerate the applied flowing coat, roll the <br />area with a spiked roller (plastic or metal) in order to <br />prevent bubble formation.</p> <p>Once the seal coat has cured, thoroughly remove all <br />non-bound quartz sand. Wait between 16 and 24 <br />hours before applying the following coat.</p> <p>512</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>When using this product consult the Government Health <br />and Safety protective directive, data sheet M 023 as <br />well as the advice given on the packaging.</p> <p>System build-up (abstract): <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3352, thin coating, thickness: <br />approx. 1.0 mm <br />Product</p> <p>Consumption</p> <p>Primer</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB1270</p> <p>approx. <br />300 g/m2</p> <p>Finish coat</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB3352</p> <p>approx. 1300 – <br />1500 g/m2</p> <p>Wichtige Hinweise: <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and setting time. <br />Material consumption is also greater at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />• If there are long time periods between coatings or if <br />already treated surfaces are to be re-coated after a <br />long time period, then thoroughly clean and abrade <br />the surface followed by a completely new pore-free <br />coat. It is not sufficient simply to overcoat. <br />• Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 – 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal code 57123 “epoxy resin”.</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3352, high build coating, thickness: <br />approx. 2.0 mm even surface, anti-slip rating R9 <br />Product</p> <p>Consumption</p> <p>Primer</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB1270</p> <p>approx. <br />300 g/m2</p> <p>Coating</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB3352 with the <br />addition of 50% <br />0.1 – 0.6 mm <br />quartz sand</p> <p>approx. 2700 – <br />2900 g/m2</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3352, high build coating, thickness: <br />approx. 2.5 mm broadcast with quartz sand, <br />anti-slip rating R12 <br />Product</p> <p>Consumption</p> <p>Primer</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB1270</p> <p>approx. <br />300 g/m2</p> <p>Coating</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB3352 with the <br />addition of 50% <br />0.1 – 0.6 mm <br />quartz sand</p> <p>approx. 2900 – <br />3200 g/m2</p> <p>Broadcast</p> <p>0.5 – 1.0 mm <br />quartz sand</p> <p>3000 – <br />4000 g/m2</p> <p>Finish coat</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB3352</p> <p>800 – <br />1000 g/m2</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & Safety <br />Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>For other anti-slip ratings please request the system <br />data sheet. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured, INDUFLOOR-IB3352 is considered <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive.</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>513</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3353</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55063</p> <p>Finish coat for the INDUFLOOR-OS8 car park system</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Two component epoxy resin <br />• Pigmented <br />• Economical <br />• High compressive and flexural strengths <br />• High wear resistance <br />• High resistance to mechanical loads <br />• Resistant to de-icing salts <br />• Resistant to a range of relevant chemicals such <br />as petrol, diesel fuel, motor oil and hydraulic oil, <br />mixtures of saturated and aromatic hydrocarbons, <br />mineral acids (20% max) and their salts, inorganic <br />alkalis and their salts <br />• Resistant to plasticizers <br />• Resistant to weathering</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean work tools immediately after use <br />with INDU-IB Cleanser. <br />Packaging: <br />30 kg and 15 kg containers. Components A and B <br />are delivered at a pre-determined mix ratio. <br />Shelf Life: <br />12 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened container. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, firm, load-bearing and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar <br />• Protected from moisture penetration from the rear</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3353 is used as a component in the <br />INDUFLOOR-OS8 car park system. This includes <br />covered areas, vehicular access areas, stairwells <br />and escape routes.</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting, scabbling, <br />planing, grit-blasting, brushing, sweeping or <br />vacuuming.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Standard colour:</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />approx. RAL 7032, other <br />colours on request <br />Viscosity: <br />approx. 1200 mPas <br />± 15% at +20° C <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.41 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />Mixing ratio: <br />100:24 parts by weight <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 45 mins at +10° C <br />approx. 30 mins at +20° C <br />approx. 10 mins at +30° C <br />Minimum cure temp.: <br />+8° C <br />Foot traffic: <br />after approx. 12 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />Overcoat: <br />after approx. 16 hrs / <br />max. 24 hrs at +23° C <br />Fully cured: <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Compressive strength: <br />approx. 68 N/mm² <br />Flexural strength: <br />approx. 45 N/mm² <br />Tensile adhesion strength: B 2.0 (concrete)</p> <p>In addition the following minimum substrate <br />requirements are to be fulfilled: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 1.5 N/mm² <br />• Render quality: <br />min. P IIIa / P IIIb <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />approx. 0.8 N/mm² <br />Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener is <br />evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous (free</p> <p>514</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>from streaks); mixing time approx. 3 minutes. <br />The material temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from the <br />packaging. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured, INDUFLOOR-IB3353 is considered <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />When using this product consult the Government Health <br />and Safety protective directive, data sheet M 023 as <br />well as the advice given on the packaging.</p> <p>Producing a levelling/scratch coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260: <br />approx. 1,000 g/m² <br />(1.0 part by weight) <br />Quartz sand <br />(Grain size: <br />0.2 – 0.6 mm <br />diameter): <br />approx. 900 g/m² <br />(0.9 parts by weight) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 20 g/m² <br />(0.02 parts by weight)</p> <p>Product</p> <p>Consumption</p> <p>Primer</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB1260</p> <p>approx. <br />300 g/m2</p> <p>Broadcast</p> <p>Quartz sand <br />0.2 – 0.6 mm <br />diameter</p> <p>approx. <br />1000 g/m2</p> <p>Important Advice: <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and setting time. <br />Material consumption is also greater at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />• If there are long time periods between coatings or if <br />already treated surfaces are to be re-coated after a <br />long time period, then thoroughly clean and abrade <br />the surface followed by a completely new pore-free <br />coat. It is not sufficient simply to overcoat. <br />• Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 – 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal code 57123 “epoxy resin”.</p> <p>Scratch coat</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB1260, inclusive <br />quartz sand 0.2 – <br />0.6 mm diameter, <br />INDU-FibreFiller</p> <p>approx. <br />1920 g/m2</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & Safety <br />Data Sheet.</p> <p>Broadcast</p> <p>Quartz sand <br />0.5 – 1.0 mm <br />diameter</p> <p>approx. <br />2000 g/m2</p> <p>Finish seal coat</p> <p>Finish seal coat <br />INDUFLOORIB3353</p> <p>approx. <br />700 g/m2</p> <p>Mix the quartz sand into the pre-blended and <br />decanted resin and hardener components of the <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260 binder. Ensure that the liquid <br />and solid components are evenly mixed. The addition <br />of the thickener e.g. INDU-FibreFiller then follows. <br />Application method / consumption <br />(INDUFLOOR-OS8 car park system): <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3353 is installed by roller or trowel. <br />INDUFLOOR-OS8 car park system</p> <p>GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>515</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3356-EFC</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55051</p> <p>Emissions free commercial floor coating for “recreational rooms”</p> <p>Fully cured: <br />Compressive strength: <br />Flexural strength: <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />Cleaning:</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3356-EFC is: <br />• Highly pigmented <br />• Free from benzyl alcohol <br />• Tested in accordance with AgBB <br />• Resistant to mechanical loading and chemical <br />exposure <br />• High compressive and flexural strength <br />• Viscoplastic <br />• Self-flowing <br />• Resistant to a range of acids and alkalis as well <br />as conventional cleaning agents at application <br />concentration <br />• Resistant to weathering</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>Shelf life:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3356-EFC is used in heavy duty <br />industrial / commercial flooring onto cement-based <br />substrates such as concrete and screed. <br />• Living areas, recreational rooms <br />• Schools, kindergartens <br />• Clinics <br />• Production areas <br />• Showrooms / sales floors <br />• Offices <br />• Laboratories <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Standard colours: <br />Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>Minimum cure <br />temperature: <br />Foot traffic: <br />Overcoat:</p> <p>after 7 days at +23° C <br />75 N/mm² <br />49 N/mm² <br />concrete 1.5 <br />clean work tools with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser <br />immediately after use. <br />15 and 30 kg containers. <br />Components A and B are <br />delivered at a pre-determined <br />mix ratio. <br />6 months when stored dry <br />and cool in the original <br />unopened containers above <br />+10° C.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar <br />• Protected from moisture penetration from the rear <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting, scabbling, <br />planing, grit-blasting, brushing, sweeping, vacuuming. <br />In addition the following minimum requirements for <br />cement-based surfaces are to be fulfilled: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 1.5 N/mm²</p> <p>2 component epoxy resin <br />approx. RAL 7032 <br />approx. 1200 mPas ± 15% <br />at +20° C <br />approx. 1.34 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />100:20 parts by weight <br />approx. 60 mins at +10° C <br />approx. 45 mins at +20° C <br />approx. 15 mins at +30° C</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous</p> <p>+8° C <br />after approx. 12 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />after approx. 12 hrs/max. <br />24 hrs at +23° C</p> <p>516</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 3 minutes. The <br />minimum temperature during mixing should be +15° C. <br />Do not use mixed material directly from the packaging. <br />Decant the material into a clean container and mix <br />through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Thin coating (smooth surface), thickness: <br />approx. 1.0 - 2.0 mm: <br />Fill INDUFLOOR-IB3356-EFC with up to 50% quartz <br />sand (0.1 - 0.4 mm) and apply one coat by trowel. <br />Consumption: approx. 900 - 1000 g/m² per mm <br />thickness <br />Consumption (mixed material): approx. 1600 g/m² <br />per mm thickness <br />In order to avoid the formation of air bubbles, it is <br />essential to de-aerate the applied coating by rolling <br />with a spiked roller.</p> <p>Producing a levelling/scratch coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />(grain size: <br />0.1 – 0.3 or <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm <br />diameter) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 1.0% <br />by weight</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3356-EFC is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies <br />distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de.</p> <p>Mix the quartz sand into the pre-blended and decanted <br />resin and hardener components of the INDUFLOORIB1261-EFC binder. Ensure that the liquid and solid <br />components are evenly mixed.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This <br />is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the product whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and <br />promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using. <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and setting time. <br />Material consumption is also greater at lower <br />temperatures.</p> <p>Prior to applying to vertical surfaces or those with a <br />slope, it is recommended that a thickener e.g. <br />INDU-FibreFiller is added to the levelling/scratch coat. <br />The addition rate is approx. 3 - 5% by weight <br />dependent on the degree of slope. <br />Application method/consumption: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3356-EFC can be applied by roller or <br />trowel. <br />Before applying INDUFLOOR-IB3356-EFC prepare the <br />substrate as described above and: <br />• Prime with INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC. <br />• With intermediate broadcasting between coats use <br />quartz sand of grain size: 0.2 – 0.7 mm. <br />• With deep irregularities apply a scratch coat <br />dependent on the roughness. (See valid technical <br />data sheet for INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC). <br />Thin coating (smooth surface), thickness: <br />approx. 0.8 - 1.0 mm: <br />After applying the primer, apply one coat of <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3356-EFC by trowel. <br />Consumption: approx. 1100 - 1340 g/m²</p> <p>517</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />• If there are long time periods between coatings or if <br />already treated surfaces are to be re-coated after a <br />long time period, then thoroughly clean and abrade <br />the surface followed by a completely new pore-free <br />coat. It is not sufficient simply to overcoat. <br />• Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 – 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification AW 150106. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC): <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3356-EFC contains: < 500 g/l <br />GISCODE: RE 1 <br />Other applicable documentation: <br />General preparation and handling guidelines for <br />reaction resin coating systems.</p> <p>01/12</p> <p>518</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3357</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55062</p> <p>Universal industrial floor coating</p> <p>Overcoat:</p> <p>after approx. 16 hrs / max. <br />24 hrs at +23° C <br />Fully cured: <br />after 7 days at +23° C <br />Compressive strength: <br />approx. 68 N/mm² <br />Flexural strength: <br />approx. 45 N/mm² <br />Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5 (concrete)</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3357 is a two component epoxy resin <br />with the following properties: <br />• Pigmented <br />• Very good de-aerating properties <br />• Variable applications <br />• High resistance to mechanical loads and <br />chemical exposure <br />• High compressive and flexural strengths <br />• Surface structure can be produced from smooth <br />through highly anti-slip <br />• Resistant to conventional cleaning agents at <br />application concentrations <br />• Resistant to weathering <br />• Economical</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean work tools with INDU-IB Cleanser <br />immediately after use. <br />Packaging: <br />15 and 30 kg containers. Components A and B are <br />delivered at a pre-determined mix ratio. <br />Storage & shelf life: <br />12 months when stored dry and cool in the original <br />unopened packaging above +10° C.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3357 is used as a heavy duty industrial <br />coating onto cement-based surfaces such as concrete <br />and screed <br />• Production areas and warehousing <br />• Floor finishes in commercial premises, workshops, <br />laundries <br />• Loading ramps, Vehicular access ways etc <br />• As a base coat for producing decorative finishes <br />with INDU-DekoChips</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar <br />• Protected against water penetration from the rear. <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot-blasting, scabbling, <br />planing, grit-blasting, brushing, sweeping, vacuuming.</p> <p>Test report: <br />P 7532-3 according to DIN EN 13813 <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Standard colours: <br />Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>Minimum cure temp: <br />Foot traffic:</p> <p>In addition the following minimum substrate <br />requirements are to be fulfilled: <br />Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Tensile adhesion strength: > 1.5 N/mm² <br />• Render quality: min. P IIIa/P IIIb <br />• Tensile adhesion strength: * 0.8 N/mm²</p> <p>2 component epoxy resin <br />approx. RAL 7032 <br />approx. 1,200 mPas ± <br />15% at +20° C <br />approx. 1.41 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />100:24 parts by weight <br />approx. 45 mins at +10° C <br />approx. 30 mins at +20° C <br />approx. 10 mins at +30° C <br />+8° C <br />after approx. 16 hrs <br />at +23° C</p> <p>Product application: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix both components</p> <p>519</p> <p>5. Industriebodenbeschichtungen</p> <p>together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 3 minutes. <br />The minimum temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from the <br />packaging. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Possible situation <br />Elimination of voids, large pores and irregularities: <br />After the application of the primer, apply the mixed <br />scratch coat by trowel in one operation. <br />Consumption of mixed material: <br />approx. 1,600 g/m²/mm thickness <br />To avoid the formation of air bubbles in the finish <br />coat, seal any pores in the scratch coat and cover all <br />aggregate with INDUFLOOR-IB1270. <br />Consumption: approx. 0.3 – 0.5 kg/m²</p> <p>Production of levelling/scratch coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1270: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />1.0 part by weight (grain <br />size: 0.1 – 0.6 mm diameter) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 1.5 – 2.0% <br />by weight</p> <p>If there will be waiting times greater than 24 hours <br />before the final coat will be applied, then broadcast <br />kiln dried quartz sand, grain size 0.1 – 0.6 mm, <br />into the wet seal coat. <br />Consumption: approx. 0.8 – 1.0 kg/m².</p> <p>Mix the quartz sand into the previously homogenously <br />prepared and decanted resin and hardener <br />components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1270 binder. Ensure <br />that the liquid and solid components are evenly mixed. <br />Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it is <br />recommended that INDU-FibreFiller thickener is added <br />to the levelling/scratch coat. The addition rate is <br />between 3 and 5% by weight dependent on the slope.</p> <p>Once the seal coat has cured thoroughly remove all <br />non-bound quartz sand. Wait between 16 and 24 <br />hours before applying the following coat. <br />Note: <br />Before applying to vertical areas or to falls it is <br />recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added. The <br />addition rate is between 3 and 5% by weight.</p> <p>Producing a flowing coat: <br />The flowing mortar consists of: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB 3357: 1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />0.5 – 0.8 parts by weight <br />(particle size: 0.1 – 0.6 mm) <br />Mix the quartz sand into the previously homogenously <br />prepared and decanted resin and hardener components. <br />Ensure that the liquid and solid components are evenly <br />mixed. When adding aggregates, (e.g. quartz <br />sand), ensure that the aggregate is dry and also at a <br />temperature of +15° C. Before applying to vertical <br />surfaces or to falls, it is recommended that INDUFibreFiller is added to roller or trowel applied coatings. <br />The addition rate for roller applied coatings is approx. <br />2% by weight and for trowel applied coatings between <br />3 – 5% dependent on the degree of slope.</p> <p>Contingency position: <br />Selection of special primers: <br />(dependent on substrate factors) <br />• Increased residual moisture (> 4%) and where there <br />is a risk of moisture penetration from the rear: prime <br />with a solvent free, moisture tolerant, transparent two <br />component epoxy resin. <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225, consumption: min. 300 g/m² <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250, consumption: min. 600 g/m² <br />• Inspect oil contaminated substrates to ascertain the <br />depth of contamination. Cleaning is carried out <br />with INDU-Oil Cleanser. Immediately following <br />the cleaning process, apply a priming coat of <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1240. <br />Consumption: approx. 800 – 1,000 g/m² <br />Immediately blind the wet primer with quartz sand <br />of grain size 0.5 – 1.0 mm.</p> <p>Note: It is preferable to mix the INDU-FibreFiller firstly <br />into the resin component and then add the hardener <br />component to the blend. <br />520</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Method of application/consumption: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3357 is applied by roller or rake. As <br />necessary use a plastic or metal spiked roller. Before <br />applying INDUFLOOR-IB3357, prepare the substrate <br />as described previously and <br />• Prime with INDUFLOOR-IB1270 <br />• If necessary broadcast with 0.1 – 0.6 mm quartz <br />sand <br />• If there are large irregularities apply a scratch coat <br />to even out dips</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3357, high build coating, thickness: <br />approx. 2.5 mm broadcast with quartz sand, anti-slip <br />rating R11</p> <p>System build-up (abstract): <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3357, thin coating, thickness: <br />approx. 1.0 mm even surface, anti-slip rating R9 <br />Product</p> <p>Consumption</p> <p>Primer</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB1270</p> <p>approx. <br />300 g/m2</p> <p>Finish coat</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB3357</p> <p>approx. 1300 – <br />1500 g/m2</p> <p>Consumption</p> <p>Primer</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB1270</p> <p>approx. <br />300 g/m2</p> <p>Coating</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB3357 with the <br />addition of 50% <br />0.1 – 0.6 mm <br />quartz sand</p> <p>approx. 2700 – <br />2900 g/m2</p> <p>Consumption</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB1270</p> <p>approx. <br />300 g/m2</p> <p>Coating</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB3357 with the <br />addition of 50% <br />0.1 – 0.6 mm <br />quartz sand</p> <p>approx. 2900 – <br />3200 g/m2</p> <p>Broadcast</p> <p>0.1 – 0.6 mm <br />quartz sand</p> <p>3000 – <br />4000 g/m2</p> <p>Finish coat</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB3357</p> <p>500 – <br />700 g/m2</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3357, high build coating, thickness: <br />approx. 2.0 mm broadcast with DekoChips, anti-slip <br />rating R11</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3357, high build coating, thickness: <br />approx. 2.0 mm even surface, anti-slip rating R9 <br />Product</p> <p>Product <br />Primer</p> <p>Product</p> <p>Consumption</p> <p>Primer</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB1270</p> <p>approx. <br />300 g/m2</p> <p>Coating</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB3357 with the <br />addition of 50% <br />0.1 – 0.6 mm <br />quartz sand</p> <p>approx. 2700 – <br />2900 g/m2</p> <p>Broadcast</p> <p>INDU-DekoChips</p> <p>approx. 60 – <br />80 g/m²</p> <p>Finish coat</p> <p>INDUFLOORIB2250</p> <p>approx. 80 – <br />100 g/m2</p> <p>For other anti-slip ratings please request the <br />system data sheet. <br />Notes: <br />The waiting times between each coating are from <br />16 hours up to a maximum of 24 hours at +23° C <br />and 65% relative humidity.</p> <p>521</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3357 is harmless. The <br />hardener (component B) is corrosive. When using this <br />product the government health and safety protective <br />directive, data sheet M 023, should be observed as <br />well as the advice on the packaging. <br />Important advice: <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures extend the pot life and cure <br />time. Material consumption increases at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />• If there are long time periods between coatings or if <br />already treated surfaces are to be re-coated after a <br />long time period, then thoroughly clean and abrade <br />the surface followed by a completely new pore-free <br />coat. It is not sufficient simply to overcoat. <br />• Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 – 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from <br />the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues can be disposed of under <br />waste disposal code 57123 “epoxy resin”. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>522</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3358</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55142</p> <p>Universal very heavy duty industrial and <br />commercial floor coating</p> <p>Substrate temperature: <br />Foot traffic:</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3358 is: <br />• Pigmented <br />• Self-levelling <br />• Accepts vehicular traffic soon after installation <br />• Very good de-aerating performance <br />• Viscoplastic <br />• High resistance to mechanical loads <br />• High abrasion resistance <br />• Low grinding <br />• Highly resistant to chemicals <br />• Economical <br />• Can be filled with 0.2 – 0.6 mm INDU-Quartz sand</p> <p>Overcoat: <br />Fully cured: <br />Shore D hardness:</p> <p>Compressive strength:</p> <p>> 8° C <br />after approx. 12 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />after approx. 12 hrs / <br />max. 20 hrs at +23° C <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />after 3 days approx. 60 – 65 at +23° C <br />after 7 days – <br />approx. 73 – 75 at +23° C <br />approx. 79 N/mm²</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean work tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3358 is used as heavy duty surface <br />protection on cement-based areas in the manufacturing <br />industry, which need to be protected against <br />mechanical (heavy wear) and chemical damage. <br />• Production areas and warehousing <br />• Logistics centres <br />• Workshops <br />• Loading ramps <br />• Vehicular access areas <br />• Garages and parking areas <br />• As a priming layer for producing decorative <br />surfaces using INDU-DekoChips</p> <p>Packaging: <br />15 kg and 30 kg containers. Components A and B are <br />delivered at a pre-determined mix ratio. <br />Shelf Life: <br />6 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C in <br />the original unopened container. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, firm, load-bearing and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar <br />• Protected from moisture penetration from the rear <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting, scabbling, <br />planing, grit-blasting, brushing, sweeping or <br />vacuuming.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Standard colour: <br />Viscosity:</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />approx. RAL 7032 <br />approx. 1960 mPas <br />± 15% at +20° C <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.40 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />Mixing ratio: <br />100:20 parts by weight <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 60 mins at +10° C <br />approx. 25 mins at +23° C <br />approx. 15 mins at +30° C <br />Application temperature: min. +8° C / max. 80% <br />relative humidity <br />max. +35° C / max. 80% <br />relative humidity</p> <p>In addition the following minimum requirements for <br />cement-based surfaces are to be fulfilled: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 1.5 N/mm²</p> <p>523</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>and solid components are evenly mixed. (Note: ensure <br />that the mixed material is placed on the floor when <br />homogenous; mix again as necessary). <br />Before applying to vertical surfaces or to surfaces <br />laid to falls, it is recommended that a thickener e.g. <br />INDU-FibreFiller is added to the levelling/scratch <br />coat. The addition rate is between 3 – 4% by weight <br />dependent on the degree of slope.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 2 minutes. <br />The material temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from <br />the packaging. Decant the material into a clean <br />container and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>b) Residual substrate moisture > 4% (carbide <br />hygrometer method) <br />Where residual moisture levels are > 4% and <br />with moisture penetration from the rear, use <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 – moisture barrier primer to prepare substrates (see Technical Data Sheet).</p> <p>Method of application/consumption: <br />1. Substrate preparation - see above. <br />Choice of primers dependent on substrate <br />a) Universal primer <br />2. Application of universal primer: <br />Apply one coat of INDUFLOOR-IB1270 with a rubber <br />squeegee filling all pores and spread evenly by backrolling or brushing. Avoid the formation of puddles. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 – 600 g/m² dependent <br />on the substrate absorption. <br />Note: Do not broadcast sand into the primer. Following <br />coats are to be applied, dependent on the primer, <br />on the following day or within a maximum of 5 days. <br />Avoid contamination. Watch the dew point. <br />2.1 Contingency: scratch coat for levelling voids, <br />larger pores and irregularities: <br />After the application of INDUFLOOR-IB1270 primer, <br />apply a single coat of the scratch coat mortar (see <br />below) by trowel. Consumption of mixed scratch coat: <br />approx. 1,600 g/m² per mm thickness.</p> <p>c) Oil contaminated substrates <br />The depth of oil penetration is to be assessed with oil <br />contaminated substrates. Cleaning is carried out with <br />INDU-Oil Cleanser (see Technical Data Sheet). After <br />cleaning, prime immediately with INDUFLOOR-IB1240 <br />(see Technical Data Sheet) and broadcast with <br />0.5 – 1.0 mm diameter quartz sand. <br />Material consumption (INDUFLOOR-IB1240): <br />approx. 800 – 1,000 g/m² <br />Material consumption (0.5 – 1.0 mm quartz sand): <br />approx. 1,500 – 2,000 g/m² <br />3. Application of the finish coat: <br />Evenly apply one coat of INDUFLOOR-IB3358 to the <br />desired thickness with a toothed rake or pin leveller and <br />where necessary remove air bubbles using a suitable <br />spiked roller (metal type – Polyplan spiked roller or <br />similar) evenly and slowly through the coating. <br />Pure binder: <br />Thickness: 1.0 mm = consumption: approx. 1,400 g/m² <br />Thickness: 1.5 mm = consumption: approx. 2,100 g/m² <br />Thickness: 2.0 mm = consumption: approx. 2,800 g/m²</p> <p>Producing a levelling/scratch coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1270: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />0.8 parts by weight <br />(grain size: 0.1 – 0.3 mm <br />or 0.2 – 0.6 mm diameter) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 1.5 – 2.0% <br />by weight <br />Mix the quartz sand into the pre-blended and <br />decanted resin and hardener components of the <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1270 binder. Ensure that the liquid</p> <p>Filled with 0.2 – 0.6 mm INDU-Quartz sand <br />(1:0.5 by weight): <br />Thickness: 1.0 mm = consumption: approx. 1,600 g/m² <br />Thickness: 1.5 mm = consumption: approx. 2,400 g/m² <br />Thickness: 2.0 mm = consumption: approx. 3,200 g/m²</p> <p>524</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured, INDUFLOOR-IB3358 is considered <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />When using this product consult the Government Health <br />and Safety protective directive, data sheet M 023 as <br />well as the advice given on the packaging. Always <br />consult a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet. <br />Safety: <br />This product carries a mandatory label to current EU <br />guidelines. On your first use of the product you will <br />receive an EU Health & Safety Data Sheet. Please take <br />note how to handle, store and dispose of the product. <br />Related safety regulations: <br />Recommended practices for handling epoxy resins: <br />“Safe handling of epoxy resins for the building trade” <br />as well as the test report on the protective effect of <br />chemically protective gloves when faced with epoxy <br />coatings: <br />“Gloves for solvent free epoxy resin systems” as well as <br />“Protective gloves: how to use correctly.” www.gisbau. <br />de/service/epoxi/Bericht.pdf published by: <br />Berufsbenossenschaft der Bauwirtschaft (Institution for <br />accident insurance and prevention in the building trade) <br />(BG Bau), Hildegardstrasse 28-30, 10715 Berlin tel <br />(+49) 30 85781-0, fax (+49) 30 85781-500, <br />www.gisbau.de/service <br />The introduction of this new Technical Data Sheet <br />nullifies all previous Technical Data Sheets. The relevant <br />latest version is downloadable from the internet at <br />www.schomburg.com.</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG-ICS products are supplied <br />pre-packed i.e. at a predetermined mix ratio. With <br />deliveries in large containers, part quantities will <br />need to be weighed using scales. Always thoroughly <br />stir the filled components and only then blend with <br />the second component. This is to be carried out with <br />a suitable rotary mixer e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing <br />paddle or similar. In order to exclude mixing errors, <br />decant into a clean container and remix. The mixing <br />speed should be 300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air <br />is entrained. Higher mixing speeds drag unnecessary <br />air quantities into the product whilst lower speeds do <br />not result in a good blend or require too long a mix</p> <p>•</p> <p>time (pot life). The temperature of the components <br />should be at a minimum of +15° C. This is also <br />applicable to any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed <br />in. The addition of any fillers is carried out after <br />both liquids have been blended. Afterwards tip the <br />completely mixed material immediately onto the <br />prepared substrate and promptly thoroughly spread in <br />accordance with the instructions in the technical data <br />sheet. Always thoroughly stir one component products <br />before using. <br />Colour: Minor colour variations due to different <br />production batches and raw material fluctuations <br />are unavoidable. Neighbouring sections should be <br />completed with the same production units (see batch <br />number on the packaging). <br />The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />If there are long time periods between coatings or if <br />already treated surfaces are to be re-coated after a <br />long time period, then thoroughly clean and abrade <br />the surface followed by a completely new pore-free <br />coat. It is not sufficient simply to overcoat. <br />Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 – 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal code 150106.</p> <p>Please observe a current valid EU Health & Safety <br />Data Sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1 <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EU) <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3358 contains: < 500 g/l <br />525</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3361</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55061</p> <p>Elastified, crack-bridging coating compliant with <br />WHG sections 62 and 63</p> <p>Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>100:24 parts by weight <br />approx. 35 minutes <br />at +23° C <br />Application temperature: min. +8° C, max. +30° C <br />Minimum cure <br />temperature: <br />+8° C <br />Relative humidity: <br />< 75% <br />Foot traffic: <br />after approx. 16 hours <br />Overcoat: <br />after approx. 16 up to max. <br />24 hours at +23° C <br />Through cure: <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Shore D hardness: <br />approx. 70 after 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5 (concrete) <br />Standard colour: <br />approx. RAL 7032 (further <br />colours on request)</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3361 is a <br />solvent free, pigmented <br />modified two component <br />epoxy-polyurethane resin <br />with the following properties: <br />• Crack-bridging up to 0.4 mm <br />• Crack-bridging up to 0.2 mm <br />with reduced material <br />consumption <br />• High chemical resistance <br />• High mechanical resistance <br />(will take direct vehicular traffic) <br />• Not necessary to sand blind the primer <br />• Low temperature elasticity <br />• Weather resistant <br />• Low tendency to wear <br />• Non-hazardous <br />• Impermeable to liquids</p> <p>Note: Minor colour variations due to different <br />production batches and raw material fluctuations are <br />unavoidable. This should be considered when applying <br />coatings. Neighbouring sections should be completed <br />with the same production units (see batch number on <br />the packaging). Epoxy coatings are generally not <br />colourfast in the long term when exposed to UV and <br />weathering.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3361 is used for coating reinforced <br />concrete, concrete, render and screeds in production <br />and storage areas against liquids hazardous to water <br />courses in accordance with sections 62 and 63 of the <br />water resources act (WHG). <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3361 is used as a component in the <br />INDUFLOOR-IB-GWS4 WHG system. <br />• Storage and bund areas for liquids hazardous to <br />water courses in accordance with sections 62 and <br />63 of the water resources act <br />• Production areas <br />• Warehouses/storage rooms</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Clean work tools with INDU-IB-Cleanser immediately <br />after use. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3361 is available in 30 kg and 15 kg <br />units. Component A and component B are delivered at <br />a predetermined mix ratio. Other pack sizes available <br />on request.</p> <p>Verification of suitability: <br />• General technical approval (Z-59.12-359) – <br />crack-bridging up to 0.4 mm <br />• Test report BBV 1012004/10 – <br />crack-bridging up to 0.2 mm <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Density:</p> <p>Storage: <br />Cool and dry, 6 months in the original unopened <br />container above +10° C. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting</p> <p>2 component modified epoxypolyurethane resin <br />approx. 1.24 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C</p> <p>526</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>substances such e.g. dust, laitance, grease, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar <br />• protected against moisture penetration from the rear.</p> <p>INDU-FibreFiller:</p> <p>approx. 1.5 to 2.0% <br />by weight <br />The quartz sand is mixed into the previously <br />homogenously blended INDUFLOOR-IB1225 binder. <br />Ensure that the liquid and solid components are evenly <br />mixed. Adjust the quantity of thickener when applying <br />to vertical or sloping surfaces.</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting, scabbling, <br />planing, grit blasting, brushing, sweeping, vacuuming. <br />In addition the following minimum substrate <br />requirements for cementitious substrates are to be <br />fulfilled. <br />Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture: <br />• Render quality: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture:</p> <p>Levelling of voids, open textured pores and <br />irregularities: <br />Following the application of the primer, apply the <br />mixed scratch coat in one operation by trowel. <br />Consumption of mixed scratch coat: approx. <br />1,600 g/m²/mm thickness. <br />To avoid the formation of bubbles in the following <br />finish coat, flood apply INDUFLOOR-IB1225 to the <br />scratch coat ensuring all pores are sealed and that all <br />aggregate particles are covered. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 to 600 g/m². <br />Once the scratch coat has cured, apply the following <br />coat after a waiting time of 16 hours up to a maximum <br />of 24 hours.</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br /> 1.5 N/mm2 <br />< 4% <br />min. P IIIa/P IIIb <br />approx. 0.8 N/mm2 <br />< 4%</p> <p>Product application: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Before adding <br />component B (hardener) stir component A (resin). Then <br />add component B to component A. Ensure that the <br />hardener drains completely from its container. Mixing <br />of the components is to be carried out with a suitable <br />mixer at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is <br />important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to <br />ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until <br />the mix is homogenous (free from streaks); mixing time <br />approx. 5 minutes. The minimum temperature during <br />mixing should be +15° C. Do not use mixed material <br />directly from the packaging. Decant the material into <br />a clean container and mix through thoroughly once <br />again. Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces <br />it is recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added. The <br />addition quantity is between 1 and 2% by weight.</p> <p>Method of application/consumption: <br />1. Substrate preparation: see above <br />Production of the coved fillet at wall/floor junction <br />(radius: approx. 5 cm): <br />2. Priming in coved fillet area: INDUFLOOR-IB1225 is <br />applied by brush or roller in one coat. <br />Consumption: approx. 40 g/m (with a coved fillet <br />radius of approx. 5 cm) <br />3. Producing the coved fillet: <br />In one application, spread the coved fillet mortar <br />INDUFLOOR-IB4010 into the primer whilst it is still <br />wet. <br />Consumption: approx. 1.1 kg/m (with a coved fillet <br />radius of 5 cm). <br />Primer application: <br />4. Apply INDUFLOOR-IB1225 in one operation filling <br />all pores. Consumption: min. 300 – 500 g/m2 <br />Application of the finish coat: <br />(Thickness: approx. 2.0 mm) <br />5. Trowel apply INDUFLOOR-IB3361 in one coat. <br />Consumption: min. 2,500 g/m². <br />6. To de-aerate the applied INDUFLOOR-IB3361 finish <br />coat, always roll through with a spiked roller after</p> <p>Production of levelling/scratch coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />(grain size: 0.1 - 0.6 mm <br />diameter) <br />527</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>waiting 10-15 minutes at 20° C to avoid <br />the formation of air bubbles. <br />Possible situation: Application of the finish coat <br />(thickness: approx. 1.0 mm) <br />1. Trowel apply INDUFLOOR-IB3361 in one coat. <br />Consumption: min. 1,500 g/m². <br />2. To de-aerate the applied INDUFLOOR-IB3361 finish <br />coat, always roll through with a plastic or metal <br />spiked roller (plastic roller diameter: 88 mm, metal <br />spike length: 10 mm) after waiting 10-15 minutes at <br />20° C to avoid the formation of air bubbles.</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3361 is harmless. The <br />hardener (component B) is corrosive. When using this <br />product observe the government health and safety <br />protective directive and the pertinent data sheets as <br />well as the advice on the packaging.</p> <p>•</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS products are supplied <br />pre-packed i.e. at a predetermined mix ratio. With <br />deliveries in large containers, part quantities will <br />need to be weighed using scales. Always thoroughly <br />stir the filled components and only then blend with <br />the second component. This is to be carried out with <br />a suitable rotary mixer e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing <br />paddle or similar. In order to exclude mixing errors, <br />decant into a clean container and remix. The mixing <br />speed should be 300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air <br />is entrained. Higher mixing speeds drag unnecessary <br />air quantities into the product whilst lower speeds do <br />not result in a good blend or require too long a mix <br />time (pot life). The temperature of the components <br />should be at a minimum of +15° C. This is also <br />applicable to any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. <br />The addition of any fillers is carried out after both <br />liquids have been blended. Afterwards tip the <br />completely mixed material immediately onto the <br />prepared substrate and promptly thoroughly spread <br />in accordance with the instructions in the technical <br />data sheet. Always thoroughly stir one component <br />products before using. <br />• Colour: Minor colour variations due to different <br />production batches and raw material fluctuations <br />are unavoidable. This should be considered when</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>applying coatings. Neighbouring sections should be <br />completed with the same production units (see batch <br />number on the packaging). <br />The bond between individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded by the presence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />If there is a long time interval between coatings <br />or if areas already coated with liquid resins need <br />to be re-coated after a long time period, then the <br />old surface must be well cleaned and thoroughly <br />abraded. This is followed by a completely new <br />coating applied free from pores. It is not sufficient to <br />simply overcoat. <br />After application, surface protection systems must <br />be protected from damp for approx. 4 – 6 hours <br />(e.g. rain, melt-water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface which <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces are to be removed by e.g. planing or <br />shot-blasting and renewed. <br />Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal code AW 150106. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.</p> <p>Paint products directive (2004/42/EC): <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3361: contains < 500 g/l <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>01/12</p> <p>528</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3365</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55023</p> <p>Car park deck coating</p> <p>Fully cured:</p> <p>after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Elongation at break: <br />approx. 130% at +23° C <br />approx. 110% at -20° C <br />Tear strength: <br />approx. 5.3 N/mm2 <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 12.7 N/mm2 <br />at -20° C <br />Shore-A-hardness: <br />approx. 85 <br />Tensile adhesion strength: > B 1.5 (concrete failure) <br />Standard colour: <br />approx. RAL 7032 (other <br />colours on request) <br />Note: Minor colour variations due to different <br />production batches and raw material fluctuations <br />are unavoidable. This should be considered when <br />applying coatings. Neighbouring sections should be <br />completed with the same production units (see batch <br />number on the packaging). Epoxy resins are generally <br />not continuously colour stable when exposed to UV <br />and weathering.</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3365 is a car parking deck coating <br />with the following properties: <br />• two component epoxy-polyurethane resin <br />• solvent free <br />• pigmented <br />• crack bridging <br />• resistant to petrol, motor oil <br />• resistant to de-icing salts and weather influences <br />• strongly mechanically resistant for heavy duty use <br />• elastic when cold and also crack bridging at low <br />temperatures (-20° C). <br />Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3365 is used as a crack bridging <br />coating, which is impervious to liquids, on concrete <br />and cement-based screeds for example: <br />• on parking and access areas in car parks and <br />garages <br />• on industrial floor areas <br />• bridge parapets. <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3365 fulfils the requirements for crack <br />bridging in accordance with OS11 of the DAfStb <br />guidelines (German committee for reinforced concrete) <br />– protection and restoration of concrete structures. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>Curing temperature: <br />Foot traffic after: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Mechanical loading:</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar <br />• protected from moisture penetration from the rear.</p> <p>epoxy-polyurethane resin <br />approx. 2500 mPa s ± 100 <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 1.25 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />100:18 parts by weight <br />approx. 45 minutes <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 15 minutes <br />at +30° C <br />(material / substrate) <br />+8° C to +30° C <br />approx. 16 hrs at +23° C <br />approx. 16 hrs up to max <br />24 hrs at +23° C <br />after approx. 3 days <br />at +23° C</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming, <br />brushing, planing, scabbling, sand-blasting, high <br />pressure water jetting, shot-blasting. In addition the <br />following criteria are to be fulfilled dependent on the <br />substrate: <br />Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture:</p> <p>529</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. CT-C25-F6 <br />min. 28 days <br />* 1.5 N/mm2 <br />< 4% <br />(carbide hygrometer method)</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>3. Trowel apply an intermediate coat of INDUFLOORIB3365 to a thickness of approx. 1.5 mm. <br />Consumption: approx. 1,900 g/m2. <br />3.1 It is imperative to de-aerate this intermediate coat <br />by rolling with a spiked roller. <br />4. Trowel apply the wearing coat of INDUFLOORIB3365 in one application. Consumption: approx. <br />1,500 g/m2. <br />4.1 Broadcast quartz sand, grain size 0.7 – 1.2 mm, <br />into the wet coating. Consumption: approx. <br />4 kg/m2. <br />4.2 Once cured thoroughly remove unbonded quartz <br />sand before applying the finishing coat. <br />5. Roller apply the finishing coat INDUFLOOR-IB2325 <br />in one application. Consumption: approx. <br />600 g/m2.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into <br />component A. Ensure that the hardener drains completely from its container. Mix the components together <br />with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill <br />with paddle). It is important to also stir from the sides <br />and the bottom to ensure that the hardener is evenly <br />dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous (free from <br />streaks); mixing time approx. 5 minutes. The minimum <br />temperature during mixing should be +15° C. Do not <br />use mixed material directly from the packaging. <br />Decant the material into a clean container and mix <br />through thoroughly once again. <br />Production of levelling/scratch coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />(grain size: 0.1 – 0.6 <br />or 0.2 – 0.7 mm diameter) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 1.5 to 2.0% <br />by weight</p> <p>Waiting time between individual coats: always approx. <br />16 hours up to a max of 24 hours at +23° C and <br />65% relative humidity. <br />Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser.</p> <p>Mix the quartz sand into the previously homogenously <br />prepared and decanted resin and hardener components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1260 binder. Ensure that <br />the liquid and solid components are evenly mixed. <br />Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it <br />is recommended that the rheology modifier INDUFibreFiller is added to the levelling/scratch coat. <br />The addition rate is between 3 and 5% by weight <br />dependent on the slope.</p> <p>Packaging: <br />30 kg containers. Components A and B are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />12 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened packaging. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3365 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling <br />epoxies distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de.</p> <p>Method of application/consumption: <br />Standard construction of the car park deck system <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3365 to OS 11 of the SIB guidelines <br />of the DAfStb: <br />1. Substrate preparation: see above <br />2. Priming of the total area: Apply INDUFLOORIB1260 in two applications (see technical data <br />sheet). Consumption: approx. 300 – 600 g/m2. <br />2.1 Broadcast quartz sand of grain size 0.2 – 0.7 mm <br />into the wet coat. Consumption: approx. <br />1.0 kg/m2. <br />2.2 Once the primer has hardened thoroughly remove <br />unbonded quartz sand.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This is <br />530</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>• <br />•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer e.g. <br />Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In order <br />to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean container and remix. The mixing speed should be 300 <br />– 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. Higher <br />speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into the <br />product whilst lower speeds do not result in a good <br />blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). The <br />temperature of the components should be at a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to any fillers, <br />e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition of any fillers <br />is carried out after both liquids have been blended. <br />Afterwards tip the completely mixed material immediately onto the prepared substrate and promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the instructions in <br />the technical data sheet. Always stir one component <br />products before using. <br />The application temperature may not fall below <br />+10° C nor exceed +40° C. <br />Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />To increase pot life/working time at higher temperatures, store material in a cool environment above <br />+10° C until ready for use. Only expose to warm <br />temperatures just before mixing. <br />The bond between the individual coats can be heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or contamination between successive applications. <br />If there is a long time period between coatings or if <br />already treated surfaces are to be re-coated after a <br />long time period, thoroughly clean and abrade the <br />surface followed by the application of a completely <br />new closed-pore coating. It is not sufficient simply to <br />overcoat. <br />Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 - 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed.</p> <p>• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues can be disposed of under <br />the waste disposal code AW 150106. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC) <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3365 contains: < 500 g/l <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>50/11</p> <p>531</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3386</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55059 <br />Two component emissions free polyurethane floor coating</p> <p>22196:2007, are offices (e.g. police, fire brigade <br />etc.), laboratories (without the need for conductivity <br />conforming to DIN 1081 and/or DIN 61340), <br />retirement homes, museums, showrooms, sales floors, <br />film studios, canteens, theatres, restaurants, bars, <br />fitness studios, discos, maintenance areas, patients <br />rooms/corridors, cafeterias/canteens, pharmacies, <br />administration areas, warehouses, production and <br />storage areas, terraces and balconies.</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3386 is a two component polyurethane <br />resin. Once cured the floor coating is free from <br />emissions and therefore especially suitable for interior <br />rooms and recreational areas. <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3386 is characterized by the following <br />properties: <br />• Highly pigmented <br />• Free from benzyl alcohol <br />• Tested in accordance with AgBB <br />• Resistant to mechanical loading and chemical <br />exposure <br />• Permanently elastic and reversible <br />(= furniture imprints spring back) <br />• Self flowing <br />• Self de-aerating <br />• Resistant to a variety of acids and alkalis as well <br />as conventional cleaning materials at application <br />concentration <br />• Free from silicone (optimum inter-coat bond) <br />• Resistant to weathering <br />• Lightfast, does not yellow <br />• UV resistant <br />• Not anti-bacterial <br />• Hygienic (joint and seamless installation) <br />• Easy to clean <br />• Retopping/refreshing (high degree of creative <br />freedom) <br />• Conducts heat <br />• Ergonomic (low impact on joints and the back) <br />• Hard wearing <br />• Low warpage <br />• Low erosion (low abrasion) <br />• Impermeable to liquids <br />• Improves impact sound <br />• Harmless <br />• Highly inflammable</p> <p>Verification of suitability: <br />• Test certificate CT-11-11-23-01 <br />Tested for freedom from VOC in accordance with <br />the AgBB scheme <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>2 component polyurethane <br />resin <br />Standard colours: <br />approx. RAL 7032 <br />Viscosity: <br />approx. 2000-2500 mPas <br />at +10° C <br />approx. 1200-1500 mPas <br />at +20° C <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.50 g/cm3 <br />at +23° C <br />Solids content: <br />100% <br />Mixing ratio: <br />4:1 parts by weight <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 90 mins at +10° C <br />approx. 60 mins at +20° C <br />approx. 30 mins at +30° C <br />Minimum application temp.: +10° C (substrate) <br />Foot traffic after: <br />approx. 12 hrs at +23° C <br />Overcoat after: <br />approx. 12 hrs/max. 24 hrs <br />at +23° C <br />Through cure: <br />after 7 days at +23° C <br />Shore A hardness: <br />approx. 88 <br />Tear strength: <br />approx. 9.0 N/mm2 <br />(DIN 53515) <br />Tensile strength at break: approx. 4.5 N/mm2 <br />(DIN 53504) <br />Elongation at break: <br />approx. 140% (DIN 53504) <br />Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5 (concrete) <br />Cleaning: <br />thoroughly clean work tools <br />with INDU-IB Cleanser <br />immediately after use</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3386 is used as an industrial/ <br />commercial floor coating onto cement-based surfaces <br />such as concrete and screed. <br />Commercial installations where there is no requirement <br />for high standards of hygiene to JIS Z 2801:2000 ISO</p> <p>532</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Packaging:</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>25 kg packs, components <br />A and B are supplied at a <br />pre-determined mix ratio. <br />Other pack sizes (5 and <br />12 kg) on request <br />12 months when stored dry <br />and cool above +10° C in <br />the original unopened <br />packaging</p> <p>Quartz sand:</p> <p>INDU-Fibre Filler:</p> <p>1.0 part by weight <br />(grain size: 0.1 – 0.3 or <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm diameter) <br />approx. 1.0% by weight</p> <p>Mix the quartz sand into the pre-blended and <br />decanted resin and hardener components of the <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 binder. Ensure that the liquid <br />and solid components are evenly mixed. Prior to <br />applying to vertical surfaces or those with a slope, it is <br />recommended that a thickener e,g, INDU-FibreFiller is <br />added to the levelling/scratch coat. The addition rate <br />is approx. 3 - 5% by weight dependent on the degree <br />of slope.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good key <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar <br />• protected from moisture penetration from the rear. <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting, scabbling, <br />planing, grit-blasting, brushing, sweeping, <br />vacuuming.</p> <p>Eliminating voids, large pores and irregularities: <br />After applying the primer, apply the mixed scratch coat <br />in one layer by trowel. <br />Consumption of mixed scratch coat: <br />approx. 1,600 g/m²/mm thickness <br />To avoid the formation of air bubbles in the finish coat, <br />seal the scratch coat by flooding with INDUFLOORIB1250 filling all pores and covering all aggregate. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 to 600 g/m² <br />Once the scratch coat has hardened, apply the next <br />coat after waiting for a minimum of 16 hours / max. <br />24 hours.</p> <p>In addition the following minimum requirements for <br />cement-based surfaces are to be fulfilled: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 1.5 N/mm² <br />Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mix both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm <br />(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from <br />the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener <br />is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous <br />(free from streaks); mixing time approx. 3 minutes. <br />The minimum temperature during mixing should be <br />+15° C. Do not use mixed material directly from the <br />packaging. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Producing a free flowing coating with the addition <br />of quartz sand: <br />The free flowing mortar consists of: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3386: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />0.5 parts by weight <br />(grain size: 0.1 – 0.6 mm <br />diameter) <br />The quartz sand is mixed into the pre-blended and <br />decanted resin and hardener components. <br />Application method/consumption: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3386 is applied by trowel. <br />Before applying INDUFLOOR-IB3386, prepare the <br />substrate as above and <br />• Prime with INDUFLOOR-IB1250 <br />• With deep irregularities apply a scratch coat <br />dependent on the roughness</p> <p>Producing a levelling/scratch coat: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />533</p> <p>5. Industrial Flooring</p> <p>• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and setting time. <br />Material consumption is also greater at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />• If there is a long time period between coatings or if <br />already treated surfaces are to be re-coated after a <br />long time period, then thoroughly clean and abrade <br />the surface followed by a the application of a <br />completely new pore free coat. It is not sufficient to <br />simply overcoat. <br />• Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 – 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried out <br />after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification AW 150106.</p> <p>High build coating (smooth surface), coat thickness: <br />approx. 1.0 – 2.0 mm <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3386 is applied in one operation <br />with a trowel. Consumption (blended mix): approx. <br />1700 g/m2 per mm thickness <br />In order to de-aerate the applied free flowing coating <br />always roll with a spiked roller to prevent the formation <br />of bubbles. <br />Possible requirement: matt silk surface finish <br />After waiting for a minimum of 16 hours up to a <br />maximum of 24 hours at +23° C, apply a single <br />layer of INDUFLOOR-IB2250 as a matt treatment <br />for the surface. <br />Consumption: approx. 60 – 80 g/m². <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3386 is considered <br />harmless. Note: code of practice for handling epoxies <br />distributed by the building industry professional <br />association www.bgbau.de or www.gisbau.de. <br />Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This <br />is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the product whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and <br />promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Paint products directive (2004/42/EC) <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3386 contains: < 500 g/l <br />Other applicable documentation: <br />• General preparation and handling guidelines for <br />reaction resin coating systems. <br />GISCODE: RE1</p> <p>07/12</p> <p>534</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets <br />6. Joint Sealing <br />› ASODUR-EP/FM</p> <p>536</p> <p>› ASOFLEX-PU45</p> <p>538</p> <p>› ESCOSIL-2000</p> <p>539</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-Inject</p> <p>542</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK6060</p> <p>544</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK6065</p> <p>546</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK6085</p> <p>548</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000</p> <p>550</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv</p> <p>554</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st</p> <p>558</p> <p>535</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>ASODUR®-EP/FM</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05792</p> <p>Epoxy Polyurethane Resin Joint Filler</p> <p>Properties: <br />ASODUR-EP/FM is a solvent-free flexible two <br />component epoxy-polyurethane liquid resin. <br />In cured condition ASODUR-EP/FM is resistant to water <br />and weathering, resistant to waste water, sea water, <br />diluted bases and acids, brine, lubricants and fuel. <br />At dry wear ASODUR-EP/FM is resistant to temperature <br />changes in the range of -30 °C to +100 °C. However, <br />the continuous use should be limited to temperatures of <br />-10 °C to +50 °C as the elasticity of the material is <br />depending on the temperature.</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Surface preparation: <br />The joints to be processed have to be <br />• dry, able to bear load and fine gripping <br />• free of grout, dust, loose parts, fat paint and other <br />material, which may act as parting agent. <br />• Protected against moisture from the backside <br />If necessary: sand blasting, ball blasting, milling or <br />rubbing down of the ground.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASODUR-EP/FM is used as self levelling mortar for <br />mechanically highly stressed interior surfaces like traffic <br />lanes in storage and production rooms and for the <br />preparation of anti capillary layers in the construction <br />of swimming pools. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Density: <br />Processing time: <br />Minimum hardening <br />temperature: <br />Traversable: <br />Completely hardened: <br />Shore A hardness: <br />Bonding strength: <br />Joint movement: <br />Top coating: <br />Cleaning of the tools: <br />Delivery:</p> <p>resin and hardener are in the <br />concerted mixing ratio. <br />Storable in closed original <br />bins for a period of 12 <br />months in cool and dry <br />rooms. <br />Regard the regulations for the <br />storage of water endangering <br />goods. Regard EC data <br />sheet.</p> <p>Cemented areas: <br />Concrete class: <br />Class of screed: <br />Class of plaster: <br />Age: <br />Adhesive strength: <br />Residual moisture:</p> <p>Liquid epoxy <br />polyurethane resin <br />grey (tends to yellowing) <br />370 dPa s (+23 °C) <br />8:1 parts by weight <br />1.35 g/cm3 <br />40 min. at + 20°C <br />15 min. at + 30°C</p> <p>min. B 25 <br />min. ZE 30 <br />MG III <br />min. 28 days <br />*1.5 N/mm2 <br />< 4%</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Component A and component B will be delivered in <br />the corresponding mixing ratio. Component B will be <br />added to component A. It is important that the hardener <br />is added completely to the component A. <br />The mixing will be carried out with a drilling device at <br />300 rpm. It is important that the hardener is distributed <br />completely. The mixing will be continued until a <br />homogenous mass develops. Mixing time approx. <br />5 minutes. <br />The temperature of the material while stirring should <br />be around +15 °C.</p> <p>+ 8 °C <br />After 16 hrs. at + 23 °C <br />After 7 days at + 23 °C <br />80 <br />> 1.5 N/mm2 <br />< 3% <br />not possible <br />Clean immediately after use <br />with AQUAFIN-Cleanser. <br />ASODUR-EP/FM is <br />deliverable in bins of 4 kg,</p> <p>536</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>ASODUR®-EP/FM</p> <p>Health and safety: <br />ASODUR-EP/FM is physiologically harmless after <br />complete hardening. The hardener (component B) is <br />caustic. In any case the general protective regulations <br />of the vocational league and the instructions on the bins <br />have to be regarded.</p> <p>The mixed material is filled into another vessel and <br />stirred thoroughly again. <br />Method of application / consumption: <br />1. Repairing of the joints. Joint edges have to be dry. If <br />necessary abrasion of the joints and repairing with <br />ASODUR-EK or ASODUR-EMB. Subsequently the dust <br />has to be removed thoroughly. <br />2. Bedding of the joint. Joint is bedded with a closed <br />cell round material and fixed to the suitable height. <br />We recommend ASO-Vorfüllmaterial. <br />3. Pre-treatment of the joint edge. In case of high <br />mechanical loading a pre-treatment of the joint edges <br />with ASODUR-GBM is necessary. Waiting time <br />between priming and joint filling is 1 - 6 hours at <br />+23 °C. <br />4. Filling of the joint. The homogenously mixed <br />ASODUR-EP/FM is poured into the joints.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />Hardened material has to be disposed with the waste <br />material number 57 123 (epoxy resin).</p> <p>Joint dimensions and consumption: <br />The durability of a joint sealing is depending on the <br />correct dimensions of the joint. The joint width is <br />determined in the way that the maximum expansion <br />material does not exceed 3% over the long term. <br />Joint width <br />[mm] <br />6 <br />8 <br />10 <br />12 <br />15 <br />20 <br />20 <br />50</p> <p>Joint depth <br />[mm] <br />6 <br />8 <br />10 <br />10 <br />10 <br />12 <br />15 <br />20</p> <p>Consumption <br />[g/m] <br />50 <br />90 <br />140 <br />170 <br />210 <br />330 <br />410 <br />1350</p> <p>47/06</p> <p>537</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>ASOFLEX-PU45</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 03120</p> <p>Elastic joint sealant</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>15 months when stored free from <br />frost in the original sealed <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging immediately. <br />Store in accordance with regulations for storing <br />materials damaging to water courses.</p> <p>Properties: <br />ASOFLEX-PU45 is a one-component pigmented <br />polyurethane sealant. ASOFLEX-PU45 is light and UV <br />stable characterised by high elasticity. ASOFLEX-PU45 <br />possesses good resistance to dilute acids and alkalis, <br />salt solutions, neutral water-based cleaners as well as <br />hot oils and fats.</p> <p>Surface preparation: <br />The area for application must be dry, sound, firm and <br />have good grip. Use suitable preparation methods <br />dependent on the condition of the substrate where <br />application will take place.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />ASOFLEX-PU45 is used as a joint sealant for floor joints <br />in heavy duty areas e.g. industrial areas, breweries, <br />dairies, commercial kitchens, balconies, terraces as <br />well as between concrete elements (with low movement <br />accommodation up to 15 – 20% of the joint width). <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>Colour: <br />Density: <br />Shore-A-hardness: <br />Slump resistance: <br />Tensile strength: <br />Elongation at break: <br />Tear strength: <br />Movement <br />accommodation: <br />Volume change: <br />Recovery: <br />Max. joint width: <br />Min. joint width: <br />Min. depth: <br />Application temperature: <br />Temperature resistance: <br />Skin formation:</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Close the joint with a suitable closed-cell backing strip. <br />Prime mineral-based highly porous joint edges with <br />ASO-Primer-2000-S. Prepare non-porous joint edges <br />with ASO-Primer-2000. Construct joint dimensions <br />(width:depth) with the joint factor: <br />1:1 up to 10 mm wide joints <br />2:1 from 10 to 30 mm</p> <p>one-component <br />polyurethane sealant <br />(moisture curing). <br />flint grey approx. RAL 7032 <br />approx. 1.35 g/cm3 <br />approx. 37 after 28 days <br />(+23° C/50% RH) <br />very good <br />0.6 N/mm2 (at <br />100% elongation) <br />2.2 N/mm2 <br />10.5 N/mm2</p> <p>Health and safety: <br />Once cured ASOFLEX-PU45 is physiologically harmless. <br />When working with this product the protective <br />provisions from the government safety organisation, <br />information sheet M 044 must be observed. <br />Important advice: <br />• ASOFLEX-PU45 is not suitable for applications under <br />water or under constant water pressure. <br />• Opened tubes must be used within 48 hours. <br />• Do not use alcohol-based smoothing materials. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from <br />the technical services department of <br />SCHOMBURG GmbH Systembaustoffe. <br />• Waste disposal key: Liquid residue: EAK 08 01 11 <br />paints and varnishes that contain organic solvents or <br />other hazardous materials. Cured product residue: <br />EAK 17 02 03 plastics. <br />Please observe valid EU safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: RU2</p> <p>approx. 15 – 20% <br />approx. -4% <br />approx. 80% after 28 days <br />30 mm <br />10 mm <br />8 mm <br />+5° C to +40° C (substrate) <br />-40° C to +80° C <br />after approx. 65 mins <br />(Tnorm), (+23° C/50% RH) <br />Speed of vulcanisation: approx. 3 to 4 mm per 24 hrs <br />Resistance factor μ (H2O): approx. 1,000 <br />Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools after <br />use with AQUAFIN-Cleanser <br />Packaging: <br />310 ml cartridges</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>538</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>ESCOSIL-2000</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 05590</p> <p>Silicone joint sealant</p> <p>Tensile strength:</p> <p>Properties: <br />• One component. <br />• Non slump. <br />• Smooth paste consistency. <br />• Contains fungicide. <br />• Elastic. <br />• Resistant to weathering and ageing. <br />• Watertight. <br />• Resistant to chemicals and chlorine. <br />• For interiors and exteriors. <br />• For walls and floors.</p> <p>Elongation <br />at break: <br />Temperature <br />resistance: <br />Storage:</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Areas of application: <br />ESCOSIL-2000 is used in sanitary applications for <br />sealing connecting joints between tiled finishes and <br />wash-basins, bath-tubs, shower trays, architraves and <br />window frames; furthermore for sealing movement <br />joints in wall and floor areas. For interior and exterior <br />use. Not suitable for aquariums. For joints in natural <br />stone use ESCOSIL-2000-ST. For joints in underwater <br />applications use ESCOSIL-2000-UW. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colours:</p> <p>Consistency: <br />Specific gravity: <br />Application temp: <br />Skin formation:</p> <p>Curing after 1 day: <br />Shore-A-hardness: <br />E module: <br />Movement <br />accommodation:</p> <p>Cleaner: <br />Reaction to fire:</p> <p>approx. 1.2 – 1.5 N/mm2 <br />to DIN 53 504 <br />approx. 400 – 600 % <br />to DIN 53 504 <br />- 60 °C to +180 °C <br />dry and cool, 12 months in <br />the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />310 ml contents <br />(310 ml x 20 tubes per <br />carton) <br />AQUAFIN-Reiniger when in <br />the fresh state <br />Construction class B2</p> <p>Surface preparation: <br />The areas of contact must be dry (concrete < 4 <br />% moisture), clean, dust free as well as free from <br />constituents that work as separating agents (e.g. oil, <br />grease, paint residues, sealers, cement slurries etc.). <br />Also no moisture should penetrate the ESCOSIL-2000 <br />from the edges or from the joint base during the curing <br />process. <br />• With smooth impervious substrates e.g. glass and <br />glazed ceramic no primer is necessary. <br />• With rough, porous mineral-based substrates e.g. <br />concrete, aerated concrete, Eternit, render and <br />brickwork, prime the joint edges with AG74. <br />• With aluminium due to varying factory surface <br />treatments, site trials should be carried out and if <br />necessary prime with AG70. <br />• For application on other metals as well as painted <br />and plastic surfaces and with wood individual site <br />trials should be carried out and if necessary prime <br />with AG70.</p> <p>pure, unmodified acetate <br />curing silicone sealant <br />white, manhattan, silver grey, <br />pergamon, cement grey, <br />graphite, titan grey, <br />mid grey 98, transparent <br />paste <br />approx. 1.0 g/cm3 <br />+5 °C to +35 °C <br />approx. 8 – 12 minutes at <br />+23°C and 50% relative <br />humidity <br />approx. 2 – 3 mm at +23 °C <br />and 50% relative humidity <br />approx. 18-22 acc. to <br />DIN 53505 <br />approx. 0.35 – 0.40 N/mm2, <br />100% to DIN 53 504</p> <p>Oil, tar and bitumen containing backing strips are <br />not suitable nor are natural rubber, chloroprene or <br />EPDM based materials.</p> <p>25%</p> <p>539</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Filling of the joint with ESCOSIL-2000 may be carried <br />out once the primer has dried. The general jointing <br />technology regulations must be followed. The surface <br />of the applied sealant can be subsequently smoothed, <br />i.e. before it has formed a skin, with soapy water and a <br />suitable tool. Hereby the material is pressed in the joint <br />and onto the contact surfaces.</p> <p>Priming table: <br />Substrates <br />Acrylic (bath tubs) <br />Aluminium untreated <br />Aluminium, anodised <br />Artificial stone <br />Concrete <br />Lead <br />Chrome <br />Iron, abraded <br />Stainless steel, rust free <br />Tiles, glazed <br />Tiles, unglazed <br />Glass <br />Wood, glazed <br />Wood, varnished <br />Synthetic stone <br />Copper <br />Plastic (profiles) <br />Melamine resin <br />Brass <br />Natural stone <br />Polyester <br />Aerated concrete <br />Render <br />PVC <br />Sandstone</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Protect areas, which are not to be treated from the <br />effects of ESCOSIL-2000. <br />• Avoid skin contamination and remove with soap and <br />water as necessary. <br />• Avoid contact with eyes or mucous membranes with <br />the uncured silicone sealant ESCOSIL-2000. <br />• Thoroughly rinse eyes with plenty of water and seek <br />medical attention. <br />• Avoid prolonged and repeated skin contact. <br />• Strictly adhere to all safety measures for handling <br />solvent-based lacquers and solvents when using <br />primer AG70. <br />• When using acid cleaners ensure that subsequently <br />an alkaline environment is produced as the danger of <br />mould/mildew is increased with their application.</p> <p>* strictly in wet areas <br />X = not suitable <br />- = not required</p> <p>540</p> <p>ESCOSIL-2000 <br />sanitary silicone <br />AG70 <br />x <br />AG74 <br />x <br />AG70 <br />x <br />AG70 <br />AG70 <br />x <br />x <br />AG70 <br />x <br />x <br />AG74 <br />AG74 <br />x</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>• AG66 <br />Bonding primer for use with the natural stone silicone <br />ESCOSIL-2000-ST to sandstone. <br />• AG70 <br />For an improved adhesion of silicone systems <br />to metal, concrete slabs and to natural stone. In <br />combination with metals such as e.g. iron which <br />corrode on contact with acetic acid use <br />ESCOSIL-2000-ST or ESCOSIL-2000-UW. In <br />combination with concrete blocks and natural <br />stone use ESCOSIL-2000-ST.</p> <p>• AG74 <br />Primer for ESCOSIL-2000 silicone on absorbent, <br />porous mineral-based substrates such as aerated <br />concrete, render, brickwork etc. <br />• AG78-2000 <br />One component resin primer for achieving an <br />optimum bond with ESCOSIL-2000-UW to all <br />mineral-based substrates.</p> <p>Consumption table: <br />Joint dimensions and consumption (approx.) in m per 310ml cartridge <br />Joint width <br />in mm</p> <p>5</p> <p>7</p> <p>10</p> <p>12.0 m</p> <p>8.0 m <br />6.0 m</p> <p>6.0 m <br />4.0 m <br />3.0 m</p> <p>12</p> <p>15</p> <p>20</p> <p>25</p> <p>2.0 m <br />1.7 m <br />1.3 m</p> <p>1.5 m <br />1.2 m <br />1.0 m</p> <p>1.0 m <br />0.8 m</p> <p>Joint depth <br />in mm <br />5.0 <br />7.0 <br />10.0 <br />12.0 <br />15.0</p> <p>3.0 m <br />2.5 m <br />2.1 m</p> <p>Please observe a current EU safety data sheet.</p> <p>47/12</p> <p>541</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-Inject</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50024</p> <p>Epoxy resin based injection resin</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-VK-Inject is an epoxy resin based injection <br />resin with the following properties: <br />• solvent free <br />• transparent <br />• resistant to alkalis, dilute acids, salt solutions, <br />fuel and minerals <br />• resistant to freeze-thaw cycles.</p> <p>Cleaning:</p> <p>Application tools:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-VK-Inject is used for the adhesive sealing of <br />cracks and joints in concrete and concrete sections. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>Minimum cure <br />temperature: <br />Ready for overcoating: <br />Ready for light traffic: <br />Fully ready for traffic: <br />Water absorption: <br />Volume shrinkage: <br />Linear shrinkage: <br />Saponification number: <br />Adhesion to concrete: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>18 months when stored dry <br />and cool above +10° C in <br />the original unopened <br />containers. <br />Tools must be cleaned <br />immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB-Cleanser. <br />Hand lever press, foot <br />operated press, low pressure <br />equipment.</p> <p>Substrate: <br />The following criteria must be fulfilled for cementitious <br />areas: <br />• Concrete classification: min. C20/25 <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Adhesion strength: <br />1,5 N/mm2 <br />• Residual moisture: <br /><4% (carbide hygrometer)</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />approx. 380 m Pa s <br />approx. 1,06 g/cm3 <br />2:1 parts by weight (A:B) <br />approx. 60 minutes <br />at +10° C <br />approx. 45 minutes <br />at +20° C <br />approx. 12 minutes <br />at +30° C</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into <br />component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mixing of the components <br />is to be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx. <br />300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to <br />stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that the <br />hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is <br />homogenous (free from striations); mixing time approx. <br />5 minutes. The minimum temperature during mixing <br />should not fall below +15° C. Do not use the mixed <br />material directly from the packaging. Decant the <br />material into a clean container and thoroughly mix <br />through once again.</p> <p>+8° C <br />after approx. 16 to max. <br />24 hours at +23° C <br />after approx. 48 hours <br />at +23° C <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 0.15% by weight <br />approx. 3.8% <br />approx. 0.36% <br />0 <br />Concrete failure <br />(>1,5 N/mm2) <br />INDUCRET-VK-Inject is <br />available in 1 kg containers. <br />Components A and B are <br />provided in a predetermined <br />ratio.</p> <p>Application method / consumption: <br />1. Drill existing cracks (crack width 0.2 mm) at a <br />distance of approx. 20 cm apart. <br />2. Free the bore holes from drilling dust with oil free <br />compressed air. <br />3. Insert injection packers.</p> <p>542</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>4. Block off the inserted injection packers and the crack <br />zone surface with INDUCRET-VK-4020 (concrete <br />adhesive). Strip width approx. 15 cm. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 g/m. <br />5. Inject the thoroughly mixed INDUCRET-VK-Inject with <br />the appropriate injection equipment once the crack <br />blocking material has hardened. Vertical cracks: <br />begin injection from below. <br />Horizontal cracks: begin injection from the left. <br />Consumption: approx. 1 kg/litre. <br />6. If necessary, once the injection resin has hardened, <br />remove the injection packers and close off the bore <br />holes with INDUCRET-VK-4020 (concrete adhesive) <br />and adjust to the concrete surface. <br />Health and safety: <br />Once cured INDUCRET-VK-Inject is harmless. The <br />hardener (component B) is corrosive. During product <br />application observe the government health and safety <br />protective directive as well as the advice given on the <br />packaging. <br />Important advice: <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues should be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “epoxy resin”. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet! <br />GISCODE: RE1</p> <p>03/10</p> <p>543</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>INDUFLEX-VK6060</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55108 <br />Elastic 1-component polyurethane joint sealing adhesive</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Good chemical and mechanical resistance. <br />• Low sensitivity to chamfers. <br />• High resistance to tear propagation. <br />• Approved total deformation: 25%. <br />• Suitable for load classes A, B and C. <br />• Resistant to weathering and aging</p> <p>Packaging: <br />600 ml sausages <br />(1 carton = 20 sausages)</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />Used for the elastic sealing of floor, wall and <br />connecting joints in: <br />• parking decks, car parks, underground car parks, <br />concreted open spaces, store and manufacturing <br />shops <br />• Sewage and waste water treatment plants <br />• Tunnel construction <br />• Food industry e.g. industrial kitchens, dairies etc.</p> <p>Surface preparation: <br />The contact surface to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good grip <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Substrate Temperature: <br />Ambient Temperature: <br />Skin formation: <br />Curing rate: <br />Joint Dimensions:</p> <p>Working Time: <br />Shore A hardness: <br />Tear Strength: <br />Tension: <br />Elongation at Break: <br />Elastic Recovery: <br />Approved total <br />deformation: <br />Service Temperature:</p> <p>Storage: <br />15 months when stored cool and dry above +10° C <br />in the original sausages.</p> <p>Design requirements: <br />The constructive prerequisites of the joint must be <br />according to DIN 18 540 or the IVD leaflet Nr.1 <br />The joint width must be calculated so that the <br />cumulative motion of the joint is not higher than suitable <br />for the sealing material. <br />In areas where the joints will be subjected to vehicular <br />traffic, joint edges must be prepared for application by <br />saw-cutting/milling. The joint should be filled to just <br />below the saw-cut (chamfers should not be filled). For <br />high water pressure load, e.g. in sewage and waste <br />water treatment plants, an additional stable back filling <br />should be installed below the backer rod (e.g. sand <br />filling and /or Styrodur-strips).</p> <p>1-Comp. Polyurethane <br />grey <br />thixotropic <br />approx. 1,30 g/cm3 <br />between +5° C and + 35° C <br />between +5° C and + 40° C <br />60 – 90 min. ** <br />approx. 2 mm/24 h ** <br />min. 10 mm/max. 40 mm, <br />dependant on mechanical <br />loading <br />approx. 2 hours at 23° C <br />and 65% r.h. <br />approx. 35 after 28 days ** <br />approx. 8 N/mm <br />approx. 0.6 Mpa/100% <br />Elondation ** <br />approx. 700% ** <br />>80% **</p> <p>Mixing Instructions: <br />INDUFLEX-VK 6060 is delivered ready-to-use in 600 ml <br />sausage packs, and is applied with a suitable <br />applicator gun. Using a suitable smoothing tool press <br />the dispensed joint material into the joint flanks and <br />back filling profile. When required the joint surface <br />can be smoothed, within the working time, with a <br />smoothing wood or soft brush by using smoothing <br />liquid.</p> <p>approx. 25 % of joint width <br />between -40° C and +80° C</p> <p>Method of Application/Consumption: <br />1. Prepare joints with INDU-Backerrod; do not damage <br />the round profile.</p> <p>**+23° C / 50% r.h.</p> <p>544</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>2. Prime the joint edges: for porous areas and metal <br />surfaces use INDUFLEX-Primer-S. Allow adequate <br />time to flash-off – min. approx. 30 minutes, max. <br />up to 8 hours (+23° C / 65% r.h.). <br />3. Prior to application of the sealant mask the joint <br />edges with self-adhesive tape. <br />4. Insert cartridge into applicator gun and firmly <br />extrude INDUFLEX-VK6060.</p> <p>• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are household waste. <br />Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet!</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Example: Joint dimension: <br />20 mm width and 17 mm filling depth = 1.8 m per <br />600 ml sausage. <br />During the curing time early loads are (e.g. very high <br />temperature differences; Traffic loads with immediate <br />contact) exclude. <br />Health and safety: <br />INDUFLEX-VK6060 can be handled without special <br />precautions. Direct skin contact should be avoided, as <br />in general when handling chemicals. The use of rubber <br />gloves is recommended. Immediately clean up spills <br />with soap and water. <br />Important advice: <br />• Bonding of subsequent coats (layers) to each other <br />can be negatively affected by the presence of <br />moisture and dirt. <br />• If a longer waiting time occurs after applying the <br />primer, it must be thoroughly clean and roughened, <br />followed by a fresh application. <br />• Do not use INDUFLEX-VK6060 in swimming pools. <br />• Granite and natural stone substrates can generally <br />be treated like concrete surfaces. <br />• Do not paint over INDUFLEX-VK6060. <br />• Do not apply INDUFLEX-VK6060 onto bituminous <br />substrates, EPDM and natural rubber or building <br />materials which might bleed oils, plasticizers or <br />solvents, which could attack the sealant. <br />• Avoid contact of the uncured material with <br />isocyanate substances, e.g. alcohol containing <br />cleaners).</p> <p>22/08</p> <p>545</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>INDUFLEX-VK6065</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55075</p> <p>MS hybrid polymer sealant</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLEX-VK6065 is an MS hybrid polymer sealant <br />with the following properties: <br />• Thixotropic <br />• Elastic <br />• Stable against water under pressure up to a <br />maximum of 1.0 bar (when stably back-filled) <br />• Assured bond to concrete, cement-based screeds, <br />steel, masonry work etc. <br />• Impenetrable to liquids even under deformation <br />• High chemical resistance <br />• Free from solvents <br />• Assured bond to non-absorbent substrates <br />• High UV resistance</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Work tools must be thoroughly cleaned after use with <br />an appropriate cleaner e.g. INDU-Reiniger. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLEX-VK6065 is one component and is available <br />in 600 ml packs. <br />Storage: <br />Cool and dry, cartridges: 9 months in the original <br />unopened packaging, above +10° C. <br />Substrate: <br />Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: min. C 20/25 <br />• Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Age: min. 7 days (or min. 70% of the 28 day <br />final strength) <br />• Tensile adhesion strength: > 1.5 N/mm2</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLEX-VK6065 is used in interior and exterior <br />areas as an elastic joint sealant in construction: <br />• Effluent shafts <br />• Sewage pipes <br />• Pre-cast concrete sections e.g. in bunker silos <br />• Concrete overflow gutters <br />• Concrete storage containers <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Solids content: <br />Solvent: <br />Skinning time: <br />Tack free time: <br />Shore A hardness: <br />Volume change: <br />Tensile stress value: <br />Breaking strength: <br />Temperature resistance:</p> <p>Steel: <br />• Steel rails/profiles <br />• Steel gutters <br />• Steel pipes <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The contact area to which the product will be applied <br />must: <br />• be dry, sound, load-bearing and have a good grip <br />• be free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />plasticizers, rubber marks, rust, paint residues etc.</p> <p>MS hybrid polymer <br />black <br />thixotropic <br />approx. 1.35 g/cm3 <br />100% <br />None <br />approx. 3 mm within 24 <br />hours at +23° C / 75% RH <br />after approx. 4 hours <br />approx. 55 <br />< 4% <br />approx. 1.20 N/mm2 <br />(DIN 53504) <br />approx. 1.50 N/mm2 <br />(DIN 53504) <br />from -40° C to +100° C</p> <p>Dependent on the particular substrate the following <br />preparation measures are to be carried out: <br />Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Abrasion <br />Steel surfaces: <br />• Bright metal (Sa 21/2)</p> <p>546</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>Design requirements: <br />The design requirements for joint construction must <br />be as given in accordance with DIN 18540 as <br />well as the IVD data sheet No.1 (Industrial Sealants <br />Association) and verified on site. <br />In particular the joint width must be calculated so that <br />the total joint movement is not greater than that suitable <br />for the joint sealant.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Higher temperatures reduce the working time. Lower <br />temperatures lengthen the working time and setting <br />time. <br />• The bond between the individual materials can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of dampness <br />or contamination between the two layers. <br />• Applications that are not clearly mentioned in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are household waste and <br />are to be disposed of under waste disposal number <br />08 04 09 (adhesives and sealants which contain no <br />halogenated solvents). Completely empty packaging <br />can be disposed of through the recycling system.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />INDUFLEX-VK6065 is delivered ready-for-use in 600 ml <br />sausages and is to be used with a suitable gun. Strike <br />off the sealant with a suitable smoothing tool and press <br />onto the joint edges and backfilling profile or stable <br />backfilling material. Within the product working time <br />smooth the joint surface if required by lightly smoothing <br />over with a spatula or soft brush with the aid of a <br />smoothing solution.</p> <p>Please observe a current EU health and safety data <br />sheet.</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />1. Back-fill the prepared joints with INDU-Backerrod; <br />ensure that the round profile is not damaged. <br />2. Prior to extruding the sealant protect the joint edges <br />from contamination with self adhesive tape. <br />3. Extrude the sealant: apply INDUFLEX-VK6065 from <br />the 600 ml sausage with a suitable gun. <br />The consumption of INDUFLEX-VK6065 is calculated <br />using the formula: joint width (mm) x filling depth of the <br />sealant (mm) = ml/m joint. <br />Example: Joint dimension: joint width 20 mm and fill <br />depth 17 mm = 1.75 m per 600 ml sausage. <br />During the curing time exclude early stresses (e.g. very <br />high temperature differences; vehicular traffic with direct <br />contact).</p> <p>Chemical resistance (extract): <br />Freshwater, seawater, fertilizer, household effluent, <br />industrial effluent, organic acids such as e.g. acetic <br />acid.</p> <p>Primer: Primer-2000 for non-absorbent substrates. <br />Physiological behaviour and protective <br />measures: <br />There is no requirement for particular safety measures <br />with INDUFLEX-VK6065. Merely avoid direct skin <br />contact as is usual with chemicals. It is recommended <br />to wear rubber gloves during application. Immediately <br />wash off contamination with soap and water. Please <br />observe a valid EU health and safety data sheet.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>547</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>INDUFLEX-VK6085</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50045</p> <p>Adhesive and waterproofer</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLEX-VK6085 is a solvent free 2 component <br />polyurethane adhesive with the following properties: <br />• High tensile adhesive strength <br />• Good adhesion to steel, concrete, elastomer sheeting <br />and panels <br />• High chemical resistance <br />• Very good at isolating stray current</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />All tools must be thoroughly cleaned with <br />INDU-IB-Cleanser whenever there is a break in <br />the work schedule. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLEX-VK6085 is available in 2.5 kg and 5 kg <br />containers. Both components are delivered at a <br />predetermined mixing ratio.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLEX-VK6085 can be used as an adhesive <br />for bonding: <br />• elastomer sheeting and panels <br />• metal rails, flanges and profiles <br />INDUFLEX-VK6085 can be used to waterproof waste <br />water shafts in combination with GEPOTECH-11/22. <br />INDUFLEX-VK6085 can additionally be used as a stray <br />current isolating smoothing coat in combination with <br />GEPOTECH-10/25. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colours: <br />Viscosity: <br />Mix density: <br />Material consumption: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Pot life: <br />Cure temp. <br />(material/substrate): <br />Overcoat after: <br />Mech. loads/chem. <br />exposure: <br />Adhesion strength:</p> <p>Storage: <br />Both components (A and B) can be stored for <br />6 months in unopened containers. Store dry and <br />frost free at approx. +10 °C. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dust free, dry, firm, load-bearing and have a <br />good key, <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease etc.</p> <p>2 component <br />polyurethane resin <br />grey <br />trowelable consistency <br />approx. 1.32 g/cm3 <br />at +23 °C <br />approx. 1.30 kg/m2/mm <br />thickness <br />100:23 parts by weight <br />approx. 30 – 40 mins. <br />at +20 °C</p> <p>Depending on the condition of the substrate to be <br />treated, use suitable preparation methods, such as <br />planing and/or grit blasting. <br />Iron and steel substrates are to be abraded to shiny <br />metal. <br />Product preparation: <br />Both components A (resin) and B (hardener) are <br />delivered at a predetermined mixing ratio. <br />Completely empty component B into component A. <br />Blending of both components is to be carried out using <br />a suitable mixer at max. 300 rpm (slowly rotating drill <br />with paddle). Mix very thoroughly. It is very important <br />to also mix from the sides and the bottom so that the <br />hardener is evenly dispersed. Mix until the mixture is <br />homogenous (free from streaks). Do not use the mixed <br />material directly from the packaging. Decant the mix <br />into a separate, clean vessel and stir through once <br />again. The temperature should be minimum approx. <br />+15° C.</p> <p>+8 °C up to max. +25 °C <br />min. 8 hrs. max. 24 hrs. <br />at +23 °C <br />7 days at +23 °C <br />B 1.5 (concrete)</p> <p>548</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>Product application: <br />Apply INDUFLEX-VK6085 to the prepared substrate <br />with a steel float or notched trowel and, appropriate <br />to the particular application, spread evenly over the <br />substrate. <br />Minimum adhesive bed thickness: 1.0 mm. <br />To increase the adhesion strength, thoroughly clean <br />the construction sections to be adhered and treat <br />with Primer-2000, adhesion promoting primer. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once fully cured INDUFLEX-VK6085 is harmless. The <br />hardener (component B) is corrosive. Therefore it is <br />imperative that the hardener does not come into contact <br />with the skin. It is recommended that protective gloves <br />are worn. Wash off contamination with plenty of <br />soap and water, preferably containing 2% household <br />vinegar. On splash contact with the eyes, rinse <br />immediately with plenty of water followed by an eye <br />wash bottle filled with boric acid solution - available <br />at pharmacists - then immediately consult an eye <br />specialist. In all cases please observe the government <br />health and safety protection directives. <br />Important advice: <br />• Low site temperatures increase the consumption. The <br />material’s good working properties are also lost and <br />reaction times are increased. Higher temperatures <br />reduce the pot life. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• INDUFLEX-VK6085 is classified in accordance with <br />the ordinance on hazardous substances. Please <br />observe a current EU material safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: RU 1</p> <p>05/13</p> <p>549</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55131</p> <p>Polysulfide joint sealant – flowable</p> <p>cut asphalt, which are subjected to mechanical <br />loads from vehicular or foot traffic. <br />• In interior and exterior areas between foot and <br />vehicular trafficked areas e.g. industrial and <br />commercial floors, road construction, car parks, <br />airports etc. <br />• Suitable for horizontal floor joints with a maximum <br />fall of 3%.</p> <p>09</p> <p>EN 14188-2, ETA-09/0274</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 is a polysulfide joint sealant <br />with the following properties: <br />• Self levelling <br />• Elastic <br />• Vibration reducing <br />• Self injecting <br />• Stable under compressive, tensile and shear loads <br />• Permanently stable against deflection of tram tracks <br />up to > 3 mm <br />• Tensile strain in circular arcs < 70 m in the tram <br />tracks is safely accommodated <br />• Secure adhesive bond to concrete, cement-based <br />screed, granite pavers, asphalt and steel <br />• Proven secure bond to different contact materials in <br />tramway track construction <br />• Impermeable to liquids, under permanent deformation <br />• High resistance to chemicals <br />• Resistant to hydrolysis and weathering <br />• Secure adhesive bond to cured polysulfide sealants <br />• Long service life (maintenance free time)</p> <p>Test certificates/Approvals: <br />European Technical Approval (ETA-09/0274), CE <br />marking in accordance with EN 14188-2 classes <br />A,B,C and D. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Mixed density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Solids content: <br />Solvent: <br />Substrate temperature: <br />Pot life: <br />Through cure time:</p> <p>Shore-A hardness: <br />Permitted total <br />deformation:</p> <p>INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 furthermore fulfills the <br />requirements: <br />• Of fire class E to EN 13501-1 <br />• For slip behaviour when stationary at Tmax: 200°C</p> <p>Elongation at break: <br />Breaking strain: <br />Modulus at 100% <br />elongation: <br />Resilience: <br />Temperature resistance:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 is used as a joint filler: <br />• For tramway track construction between the tracks <br />and the adjoining substrates, amongst others granite <br />pavers or cut/abraded asphalt. Suitable for joint <br />widths up to 65 mm. <br />• For the elastic sealing of floor and wall joints <br />between concrete and metal construction units and</p> <p>polysulfide <br />grey <br />flowable <br />approx. 1.70 g/cm3 <br />100 : 6 parts by weight <br />100% <br />None <br />+5°C to +40°C <br />approx. 1.0 hour at <br />+23° C / 75% RH <br />approx. 24-48 hours at <br />+23° C/75% RH <br />(dependent on temperature) <br />approx. 20-25 <br />> 25% of the joint width at <br />+10° C substrate temperature <br />approx. 300% <br />approx. 0.5 N/mm2 <br />approx. 0.21 N/mm2 <br />>80% <br />from –50° C to +120° C</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Work tools must be carefully cleaned immediately after <br />use, with an appropriate cleaner e.g. acetone.</p> <p>550</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>Natural stone pavers: <br />• Grit blasting, scabbling, planing, vacuuming <br />Poured mastic asphalt: <br />• Grit blasting, scabbling, planing, vacuuming</p> <p>Packaging: <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 is available in 10 litre <br />containers. Component A and component B are <br />supplied at a predetermined mixing ratio. Larger <br />pack sizes are available on request.</p> <p>Steel surfaces: <br />• Grit blasting, shiny metal (Sa 21/2)</p> <p>Storage: <br />Cool and dry above +10° C, 12 months in the <br />original unopened container.</p> <p>Design requirements: <br />The design requirements for joint construction must <br />be as given in accordance with DIN 18 540 as <br />well as the IVD data sheet No.1 (Industrial Sealants <br />Association) and verified on site.</p> <p>Substrate: <br />Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Age: min. 7 days (or min. 70% of the 28 day final <br />strength) <br />• Tensile adhesion strength: > 1.5 N/mm2</p> <p>In particular the joint width must be calculated so that <br />the total joint movement is not greater than that suitable <br />for the joint sealant. <br />Joint edges must be prepared for application by <br />chamfering especially in areas with vehicular traffic. <br />The chamfers should not be filled.</p> <p>Natural stone pavers: <br />• Stone quality in accordance with TL Min-StB + <br />DIN EN 1342</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Component A (resin) and component B (hardener) <br />are delivered in a pre-determined mixing ratio. Tip <br />component B into component A. Ensure that the <br />hardener drains completely from its container. <br />Mixing of the components is to be carried out with <br />a suitable stirrer (e.g. drill with a paddle mixer). It is <br />important to ensure that the product is also stirred from <br />the sides and the bottom so that the hardener is evenly <br />dispersed. Mix until homogenous (free from striations). <br />Mix time approx. 5 minutes. It is particularly necessary <br />to ensure that no air is entrained. The minimum <br />temperature of the material during the mixing process <br />and application may not drop below +10° C. The <br />substrate temperature may not drop below +5° C or <br />exceed +40° C.</p> <p>Poured mastic asphalt: <br />• 011S/PMB 45A <br />• Rolled asphalt <br />Steel: <br />• Blast cleaned track body <br />• Steel rails/profiles <br />• Steel channels <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The contact surface to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, sound, load bearing and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />plasticizers, rubber marks, rust, paint residues and <br />similar.</p> <p>Method of application/Consumption: <br />1. Back-fill the prepared joint with a closed cell <br />backing strip. Ensure that the backing strip is <br />not damaged. When applied in tramway track <br />construction the existing rail side elements form the <br />base of the joint. Prevent a three edge bond by <br />placing a polythene strip in the base of the joint.</p> <p>Dependent on the particular substrate the following <br />measures are to be carried out to prepare the substrate: <br />Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Grit blasting, scabbling, planing, vacuuming</p> <p>551</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>2. Priming the joint edges: <br />Primer-2000:</p> <p>Primer-2000-S:</p> <p>Primer-2000-A:</p> <p>Substrate/Contact area:</p> <p>Steel <br />Hard PVC <br />Polymer concrete</p> <p>Concrete <br />Granite pavers <br />Semi-rigid finishes</p> <p>Asphalt</p> <p>Mixing ratio:</p> <p>one component</p> <p>100:30 parts by weight 100:16 parts by weight</p> <p>Flash-off time before <br />min. 10 mins <br />sealant application (at +23°C): max. 6 hours</p> <p>min. 30 mins <br />max. 6 hours</p> <p>min. 30 mins <br />max. 6 hours</p> <p>Pot life (at +23°C):</p> <p>one component</p> <p>2-3 hours</p> <p>2-3 hours</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>100 g/m2</p> <p>100 g/m2</p> <p>100 g/m2</p> <p>Method of application:</p> <p>brushable</p> <p>brushable</p> <p>brushable</p> <p>(primer brush)</p> <p>(primer brush)</p> <p>(primer brush)</p> <p>see technical data sheet</p> <p>Product application:</p> <p>3. Before extruding the sealant, mask off the edges <br />of the joints to protect against contamination. <br />4. Applying the sealant: Taking care not to entrain <br />air, fill out the mixed sealant into the joint using a <br />flow gun or spatula. Smooth the sealant surface. <br />Air bubbles are to be removed within the working <br />time by running over lightly with a smoothing stick <br />or smooth flat brush. <br />The consumption of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 is <br />calculated with the formula: <br />Joint width (mm) x fill depth of the sealant (mm) = <br />ml/m of joint. <br />Consumption of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000: <br />Joint width in mm:</p> <p>10</p> <p>20</p> <p>30</p> <p>40</p> <p>50</p> <p>60</p> <p>Joint depth in mm:</p> <p>8</p> <p>17</p> <p>24</p> <p>32</p> <p>40</p> <p>48</p> <p>340</p> <p>720</p> <p>1280</p> <p>2000</p> <p>2880</p> <p>Approx. consumption in ml:</p> <p>80</p> <p>552</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>Prevent early exposure during the setting time (e.g. <br />very high temperature differences, direct contact with <br />vehicular traffic). <br />Health & Safety: <br />Component A of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 can be <br />handled without any particular safety measures. Direct <br />contact with the skin should simply be avoided as is <br />usual when handling chemicals. In every case conform <br />to the Government health & safety protective <br />regulations. <br />Important advice: <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the working time. Lower <br />temperatures extend the working time and setting <br />time. <br />• The bond between individual coatings can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of dampness <br />or contamination between the applied materials. <br />• When longer waiting times occur after application of <br />the primer, the existing surface must be well cleaned <br />and thoroughly abraded. The primer should then be <br />re-applied. <br />• Seek separate advice for contact surfaces in areas <br />with low temperature asphalt. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from <br />the SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH Technical Services <br />Department. <br />• Cured product residues are household waste. The <br />single components A and B are to be disposed of <br />under waste disposal code 08 04 09 (adhesives <br />and sealants containing no halogenated solvents). <br />Thoroughly emptied containers can be disposed of <br />via recycling. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet!</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>553</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55133</p> <p>Polysulfide joint sealant – medium viscosity</p> <p>Mixed density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Solids content: <br />Solvent: <br />Substrate temperature: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv is a polysulfide joint sealant <br />with the following properties: <br />• Self levelling <br />• Will not run from joints up to 10% falls <br />• Elastic <br />• Shrinkage compensated <br />• Stable under compressive, tensile and shear forces <br />• Permanently stable to tram track deflection <br />up to > 3 mm <br />• Safely absorbs tensile stress in curves < 70 m <br />• Secure bond to concrete, cement-based screeds, <br />granite pavers, asphalt and steel <br />• Demonstrable secure bond to different contact areas <br />in tramway construction <br />• Impermeable to liquids even under constant <br />deformation <br />• High chemical resistance <br />• Resistant to hydrolysis and weathering <br />• Secure bond to cured polysulfide sealants <br />• Long service life (maintenance free time)</p> <p>Through cure time:</p> <p>Shore-A hardness: <br />Permitted total <br />deformation:</p> <p>Tensile modulus: <br />Elongation at break: <br />Breaking strain: <br />Modulus at 100% <br />elongation: <br />Resilience: <br />Temperature resistance: <br />Volume change:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv is used as a joint filler <br />• In tramway construction between the tracks and <br />adjoining flooring e.g. granite pavers or cut / <br />abraded asphalt. Suitable for joint widths up to <br />65 mm. <br />• For the elastic sealing of floor and connecting <br />joints between concrete and metal sections and cut <br />asphalt, which are subjected to mechanical loads by <br />either vehicular or pedestrian traffic. <br />• In interior and exterior areas between foot and <br />vehicular trafficked sections e.g. industrial and <br />commercial floors, road construction, car parks, <br />airports etc. <br />• Suitable for horizontal floor joints up to a maximum <br />10% fall. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency:</p> <p>approx. 1.60 g/cm3 <br />100:6 parts by weight <br />100% <br />None <br />+5° C to +40° C <br />approx. 1.5-2.0 hours <br />at +23° C/75% RH <br />approx. 24-48 hours at <br />+23° C/75% RH <br />(dependent on temperature) <br />approx 25 <br />approx. 25% of the joint <br />width at a substrate <br />temperature of +10° C <br />approx. 0.24 N/mm2 <br />approx. 350% <br />approx. 0.5 N/mm2 <br />approx. 0.21 N/mm2 <br />approx. 90% <br />from –40° C to +120° C <br />0</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Work tools must be carefully cleaned immediately after <br />use, with an appropriate cleaner e.g. acetone. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv is available in 10 litre <br />containers. Component A and component B are <br />supplied at a predetermined mixing ratio. <br />Storage: <br />Cool and dry above +10° C, 18 months in the <br />original unopened packaging. <br />Substrate: <br />Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: min. C20/25 <br />• Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Age: min. 7 days (or min. 70% of the 28 day final <br />strength)</p> <p>polysulfide <br />grey <br />flowable – medium viscosity</p> <p>554</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>• Tensile adhesion strength: > 1.5 N/mm2 <br />Natural stone pavers: <br />• Stone quality in accordance with TL Min-StB + <br />DIN EN 1342</p> <p>Joint edges must be prepared for application by <br />chamfering especially in areas with vehicular traffic. <br />The chamfers should not be filled. <br />Product preparation: <br />Component A (resin) and component B (hardener) <br />are delivered in a pre-determined mixing ratio. Tip <br />component B into component A. Ensure that the <br />hardener drains completely from its container. <br />Mixing of the components is to be carried out with <br />a suitable stirrer (e.g. drill with a paddle mixer). It is <br />important to ensure that the product is also stirred from <br />the sides and the bottom so that the hardener is evenly <br />dispersed. Mix until homogenous (free from streaks). <br />Mix time approx. 8 minutes. It is particularly necessary <br />to ensure that no air is entrained. The minimum <br />temperature of the material during the mixing process <br />and application may not drop below +5° C. The <br />substrate temperature may not drop below +5° C or <br />exceed +35° C.</p> <p>Poured mastic asphalt: <br />• 011S/PMB 45A <br />• Rolled asphalt <br />Steel: <br />• Blast cleaned track body <br />• Steel rails/profiles <br />• Steel channels <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The contact surface to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, sound, load bearing and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />plasticizers, rubber marks, rust, paint residues and <br />similar.</p> <p>Method of application/Consumption: <br />1. Back-fill the prepared joint with a closed cell <br />backing strip. Ensure that the backing strip is <br />not damaged. When applied in tramway track <br />construction the existing rail side elements form the <br />base of the joint. Prevent a three edge bond by <br />placing a polythene strip in the base of the joint. <br />2. Priming the joint edges: <br />See table next page</p> <p>Dependent on the particular substrate the following <br />measures are to be carried out to prepare the substrate: <br />Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Grit blasting, scabbling, planing, vacuuming <br />Steel surfaces: <br />• Grit blasting, shiny metal (Sa 21/2) <br />Natural stone pavers: <br />• Grit blasting, scabbling, planing, vacuuming <br />Poured mastic asphalt: <br />• Grit blasting, scabbling, planing, vacuuming <br />Design requirements: <br />The design requirements for joint construction must <br />be as given in accordance with DIN 18 540 as <br />well as the IVD data sheet No.1 (Industrial Sealants <br />Association) and verified on site. <br />In particular the joint width must be calculated so that <br />the total joint movement is not greater than that suitable <br />for the joint sealant.</p> <p>555</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>Primer-2000:</p> <p>Primer-2000-S:</p> <p>Primer-2000-A:</p> <p>Substrate/Contact area:</p> <p>Steel <br />Hard PVC <br />Polymer concrete</p> <p>Concrete <br />Granite pavers <br />Semi-rigid finishes</p> <p>Asphalt</p> <p>Mixing ratio:</p> <p>one component</p> <p>100:30 parts by weight 100:16 parts by weight</p> <p>Flash-off time before <br />min. 10 mins <br />sealant application (at +23°C): max. 6 hours</p> <p>min. 30 mins <br />max. 6 hours</p> <p>min. 30 mins <br />max. 6 hours</p> <p>Pot life (at +23°C):</p> <p>one component</p> <p>2-3 hours</p> <p>2-3 hours</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>100 g/m2</p> <p>100 g/m2</p> <p>100 g/m2</p> <p>Method of application:</p> <p>brushable</p> <p>brushable</p> <p>brushable</p> <p>(primer brush)</p> <p>(primer brush)</p> <p>(primer brush)</p> <p>see technical data sheet</p> <p>Product application:</p> <p>3. Before extruding the sealant, mask off the edges of <br />the joints to protect against contamination. <br />4. Applying the sealant: Taking care not to entrain <br />air, fill out the mixed sealant into the joint using a <br />sealant gun or spatula. Smooth the sealant surface. <br />Air bubbles are to be removed within the working <br />time by running over lightly with a smoothing stick <br />or smooth flat brush. <br />Priming the joint edges: <br />The consumption of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv <br />is calculated with the formula: <br />Joint width (mm) x fill depth of the sealant (mm) = <br />ml/m of joint. <br />Consumption of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv: <br />Joint width in mm:</p> <p>10</p> <p>20</p> <p>30</p> <p>40</p> <p>50</p> <p>60</p> <p>Joint depth in mm:</p> <p>8</p> <p>17</p> <p>24</p> <p>32</p> <p>40</p> <p>48</p> <p>340</p> <p>720</p> <p>1280</p> <p>2000</p> <p>2880</p> <p>Approx. consumption in ml:</p> <p>80</p> <p>556</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>Prevent early exposure during the setting time (e.g. <br />very high temperature differences, direct contact with <br />vehicular traffic).</p> <p>Chemical resistance list (extract): <br />LC1: Petrol or premium grade fuel to EN 228 <br />LC2: Jet fuel <br />LC3: Low viscosity oil, diesel oil, unused engine oil, <br />unused gearbox oil with a flash point of > 55° C <br />LC4: All hydrocarbons (including LC2, LC3) <br />LC5a: All alcohols and glycol ethers (including LC5 <br />and LC5b) <br />LC9: Aqueous solutions of organic acids and a <br />concentration of up to 10% of their salts <br />LC10: Inorganic acids with a concentration of up to <br />20% and inorganic salts in water (pH value < 6) <br />with the exception of HF and its salts <br />LC11: Inorganic bases and inorganic salts in water (pH <br />value >8) with the exception of ammonia and <br />oxidising solutions of salts. <br />LC12: Aqueous solutions of inorganic non-oxidising <br />salts with a pH value between 6 and 8.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Component A of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv can be <br />handled without any particular safety measures. Direct <br />contact with the skin should simply be avoided as is <br />usual when handling chemicals. In every case conform <br />to the Government health & safety protective <br />regulations. <br />Important advice: <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the working time. Lower <br />temperatures extend the working time and setting <br />time. <br />• The bond between individual coatings can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of dampness <br />or contamination between the applied materials. <br />• When longer waiting times occur after application of <br />the primer, the existing surface must be well cleaned <br />and thoroughly abraded. The primer should then be <br />re-applied. <br />• Seek separate advice for contact surfaces in areas <br />with low temperature asphalt. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from <br />the SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH Technical Services <br />Department. <br />• Cured product residues are household waste. The <br />single components A and B are to be disposed of <br />under waste disposal code 08 04 09 (adhesives <br />and sealants containing no halogenated solvents). <br />Thoroughly emptied containers can be disposed of <br />via recycling. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet!</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>557</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55132</p> <p>Polysulfide joint sealant – thixotropic</p> <p>Shore-A hardness: <br />Permitted total <br />deformation:</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st is a polysulfide joint sealant <br />with the following properties: <br />• Thixotropic <br />• Elastic <br />• Stable under compressive, tensile and shear loads <br />• Secure adhesive bond to concrete, cement-based <br />screed, granite pavers, asphalt and steel <br />• Impermeable to liquids, under permanent <br />deformation <br />• High resistance to chemicals <br />• Resistant to fuels (including aviation fuel and <br />bio-diesel) <br />• Free from solvents <br />• Secure adhesive bond to cured polysulfide sealants</p> <p>Tensile modulus: <br />Elongation at break: <br />Breaking strain: <br />Modulus at 100% <br />elongation: <br />Elastic recovery: <br />Temperature resistance: <br />Volume change:</p> <p>Through cure time:</p> <p>approx. 25% of the joint <br />width at a substrate <br />temperature of +10° C <br />approx. 0.24 N/mm2 <br />approx. 350% <br />approx. 0.5 N/mm2 <br />approx. 0.21 N/mm2 <br />approx. 90% <br />from -40° C to +120° C <br />0</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Work tools must be carefully cleaned immediately after <br />use, with an appropriate cleaner e.g. acetone.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st is used in interior and exterior <br />areas as a joint filler for the elastic sealing of floor and <br />wall joints between foot and vehicular trafficked <br />construction elements. <br />• In interior and exterior areas between foot and <br />vehicular trafficked construction elements, e.g. <br />industrial and commercial floors, road construction, <br />car parks, airports etc. <br />• Suitable for vertical joints. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Mixed density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Solids content: <br />Solvent: <br />Substrate temperature: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>approx 25</p> <p>Packaging: <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st is available in 450 ml <br />cartridges and 2.5 litre containers. Component A and <br />component B are supplied at a predetermined mixing <br />ratio. <br />Storage: <br />Cool and dry above +10° C, 6 months (cartridge) <br />and 12 months (2.5 litre container) in the original <br />unopened packaging.</p> <p>polysulfide <br />grey <br />thixotropic <br />approx. 1.60 g/cm3 <br />100 : 7 parts by weight <br />100% <br />None <br />+5° C to +40° C <br />approx. 1.5 to 2.0 hours <br />at +23° C / 75% RH <br />approx. 24-48 hours at <br />+23° C / 75% RH <br />(dependent on temperature)</p> <p>Substrate: <br />Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: min. C20/25 <br />• Age: min. 7 days (or min. 70% of the 28 day final <br />strength) <br />• Tensile adhesion strength: > 1.5 N/mm2 <br />Steel: <br />• Steel rails/profiles <br />• Steel channels</p> <p>558</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The contact surface to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, sound, load bearing and have a good key <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />plasticizers, rubber marks, rust, paint residues and <br />similar.</p> <p>Mixing the 450 ml cartridge: <br />Blend the components using a mixer column with base <br />and spiral stirrer. This equipment is used to mix the <br />materials in the cartridge. The cartridge is clamped in <br />the mixer column and mixed using a hand drill and <br />the spiral paddle. The mixing time is up to 3 minutes <br />dependent on the viscosity.</p> <p>Dependent on the particular substrate the following <br />measures are to be carried out to prepare the substrate: <br />Cement-based surfaces: <br />• Grit blasting, scabbling, planing, vacuuming</p> <p>Method of application/Consumption: <br />1. Back-fill the prepared joint with a closed cell <br />backing strip. Ensure that the backing strip does <br />not become damaged. When applied in tramway <br />track construction the existing rail side elements <br />form the base of the joint. Prevent a three edge <br />bond by placing a polythene strip in the base of <br />the joint. <br />2. Priming the joint edges: <br />See table next page <br />3. Before extruding the sealant, mask off the edges <br />of the joints with adhesive tape to protect against <br />contamination. <br />4. Applying the sealant: Taking care not to entrain <br />air, fill out the mixed sealant into the joint using an <br />applicator gun or spatula. Smooth the sealant <br />surface. Air bubbles are to be removed within <br />the working time by running over lightly with a <br />smoothing stick or smooth flat brush.</p> <p>Steel surfaces: <br />• Grit blasting, shiny metal (Sa 21/2) <br />Design requirements: <br />The design requirements for joint construction must <br />be as given in accordance with DIN 18 540 as <br />well as the IVD data sheet No.1 (Industrial Sealants <br />Association) and verified on site. <br />In particular the joint width must be calculated so that <br />the total joint movement is not greater than that suitable <br />for the joint sealant. <br />Joint edges must be prepared for application by <br />chamfering especially in areas with vehicular traffic. <br />The chamfers should not be filled. <br />Product preparation: <br />Component A (resin) and component B (hardener) are <br />delivered in a pre-determined mixing ratio. Component <br />B is located within the container for component A. <br />Blend both components together with a suitable stirrer <br />(e.g. slowly rotating drill with a mixing paddle or <br />spiral stirrer). It is important to ensure that the product <br />is also stirred from the sides and the bottom so that the <br />hardener is evenly dispersed. Mix until homogenous <br />(free from streaks). Adjust the mix time to suit. It is <br />particularly necessary to ensure that no air is entrained. <br />The minimum temperature of the material during the <br />mixing process and application may not drop below <br />+5° C. The substrate temperature may not drop below <br />+5° C or exceed +35° C.</p> <p>559</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>Priming the joint edges: <br />Primer-2000:</p> <p>Primer-2000-S:</p> <p>Primer-2000-A:</p> <p>Substrate/Contact area:</p> <p>Steel <br />Hard PVC <br />Polymer concrete</p> <p>Concrete <br />Granite pavers <br />Semi-rigid finishes</p> <p>Asphalt</p> <p>Mixing ratio:</p> <p>one component</p> <p>100:30 parts by weight 100:16 parts by weight</p> <p>min. 10 mins <br />Flash-off time before <br />sealant application (at +23°C): max. 6 hours</p> <p>min. 30 mins <br />max. 6 hours</p> <p>min. 30 mins <br />max. 6 hours</p> <p>Pot life (at +23°C):</p> <p>one component</p> <p>2-3 hours</p> <p>2-3 hours</p> <p>Consumption:</p> <p>100 g/m</p> <p>100 g/m</p> <p>100 g/m2</p> <p>Method of application:</p> <p>brushable</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>brushable</p> <p>brushable</p> <p>(primer brush)</p> <p>(primer brush)</p> <p>(primer brush)</p> <p>see technical data sheet</p> <p>Product application: <br />The consumption of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st is <br />calculated with the formula: <br />Joint width (mm) x fill depth of the sealant (mm) = <br />ml/m of joint. <br />Consumption of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st: <br />Joint width in mm: <br />Joint depth in mm: <br />Approx. consumption in ml:</p> <p>10 <br />8 <br />80</p> <p>20</p> <p>30</p> <p>40</p> <p>50</p> <p>60</p> <p>17</p> <p>24</p> <p>32</p> <p>40</p> <p>48</p> <p>340</p> <p>720</p> <p>1280</p> <p>2000</p> <p>2880</p> <p>Prevent early exposure during the setting time (e.g. <br />very high temperature differences, direct contact with <br />vehicular traffic). <br />Health & Safety: <br />Component A of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st can be <br />handled without any particular safety measures. Direct <br />contact with the skin should simply be avoided as is <br />usual when handling chemicals. In every case conform <br />to the Government health & safety protective <br />regulations.</p> <p>560</p> <p>6. Joint Sealing</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the working time. Lower <br />temperatures extend the working time and setting <br />time. <br />• The bond between individual product applications <br />can be heavily impeded through the influence of <br />moisture or contamination between the applied <br />materials. <br />• If there are longer waiting times following application <br />of the primer, then the existing surface must be <br />thoroughly cleaned and abraded. The primer should <br />then be re-applied. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from <br />the SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH Technical Services <br />Department. <br />• Cured product residues are household waste. The <br />single components A and B are to be disposed of <br />under waste disposal code 08 04 09 (adhesives <br />and sealants containing no halogenated solvents). <br />Thoroughly emptied containers can be disposed of <br />via recycling.</p> <p>Chemical resistance list (extract): <br />• Petrol or premium grade fuel to EN 228 <br />• Jet fuel <br />• Low viscosity oil, diesel oil, unused engine oil, <br />unused gearbox oil with a flash point of > 55° C <br />• All hydrocarbons <br />• Benzene and mixtures containing benzene <br />• Crude oil <br />• All alcohols and Glycol ether <br />• All organic esters and ketones <br />• All inorganic esters and ketones <br />• Bio-diesel <br />• Aliphatic aldehydes in water up to 40% <br />• Aliphatic aldehydes and mixtures in water <br />• Aqueous solutions of organic acids and a <br />concentration of up to 10% of their salts <br />• Organic acids with the exception of formic acid <br />• Inorganic acids with a concentration of up to 20% <br />and inorganic salts in water (pH value < 6) with the <br />exception of HF and its salts <br />• Inorganic bases and inorganic salts in water <br />(pH value >8) with the exception of ammonia and <br />oxidising salt solutions. <br />• Aqueous solutions of inorganic non-oxidising salts <br />with a pH value between 6 and 8.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet!</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>561</p> <p>562</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets <br />7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents <br />› INDUBOND-VK4031</p> <p>564</p> <p>› INDUBOND-VK4032</p> <p>567</p> <p>› INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI</p> <p>570</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK30</p> <p>573</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK100</p> <p>576</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK5050</p> <p>578</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK5060</p> <p>581</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK5065</p> <p>584</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB4010</p> <p>587</p> <p>› INDUGROUT-A100</p> <p>589</p> <p>› INDUGROUT-EP100</p> <p>591</p> <p>› INDUGROUT-EP200</p> <p>594</p> <p>563</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>INDUBOND-VK4031</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55053</p> <p>Two-component epoxy resin-based, thixotropic, <br />multipurpose adhesive</p> <p>Description: <br />INDUBOND-VK4031 is a two-component, solventfree, 100% solids, high-modulus, non-sag, multipurpose <br />bonding agent for horizontal, vertical and overhead <br />applications. When mixed INDUBOND-VK4031 <br />will give a smooth, paste-like consistency used for <br />structural and waterproof bonding of a wide range of <br />construction substrates.</p> <p>Typical Properties: <br />Basis: <br />Colour:</p> <p>2-components epoxy-resin <br />Component A: off white <br />Component B: transparent <br />Mixed product: light grey <br />Viscosity: <br />trowellable consistency <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.40 g/cm3 <br />at 23° C <br />Mixing Ratio: <br />100:6,8 parts by weight <br />Pot life: <br />90 mins at 23° C <br />Adhesive open time: <br />120 mins at 23° C <br />Minimum cure temp. <br />5° C <br />Overcoat after: <br />16 hrs at 23°C <br />Full cure: <br />7 days <br />Light traffic/full load after: 48 hrs/7 days at 23° C <br />Tensile adhesion strength: concrete failure <br />(above 18 N/mm2) <br />Flexural strength: <br />30 N/mm2 <br />Compressive strength: <br />60 N/mm2</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />INDUBOND-VK4031 is a multipurpose, structural <br />adhesive typically used for: <br />• Structural bonding of pre-cast elements such as <br />segmental bridge units, crash barriers, parapets, <br />curbs etc. <br />• Fixing dowels and starter bars <br />• Blow hole filling <br />• Levelling undulated surfaces <br />• Filling and sealing of static cracks <br />• Fixing surface injection packers <br />• Bonding carbon fibre wrap to concrete surfaces</p> <p>Application procedures: <br />Tools: <br />For surface preparation: <br />As appropriate to substrate condition & size of repair <br />area involved use chisel, grinder (such as HighGrinder <br />125.4RO* or similar) sandblasting, water-blasting or <br />grit-blasting equipment. <br />For mixing: <br />Use a spiral mixing paddle (such as MG140*) <br />attached to a variable slow speed mixer (such as <br />HighMix EHR23*). <br />For application: <br />Use a straight or notched steel trowel for surface <br />applications & for filling of anchor grout holes use a <br />barrel type sealant gun (available from SCHOMBURG) <br />attached with a flexible hose.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />INDUBOND-VK4031 is characterised by: <br />• easy to mix, apply & clean <br />• high early & final compressive, flexural, bond & <br />tensile strengths <br />• resistant to many dilute acids, alkalis and solutions <br />aggressive to concrete <br />• bonds to both dry & damp substrates <br />• bonds to many substrates such as mortar, steel, <br />aluminium & glass <br />• two-colour coded components indicate mixing <br />homogeneity once achieved <br />• for horizontal, vertical and overhead application <br />• hardens without shrinkage <br />• excellent abrasion resistance <br />• innocuous once cured</p> <p>* denotes equipment supplied by HTG HIGH TECH Germany GmbH</p> <p>Surface Preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be sound and free from <br />adhesion inhibiting substances such as dust, laitance, <br />grease, rust, etc.</p> <p>Standards: <br />INDUBOND-VK4031 complies with all the requirements <br />of ASTM C-881; „Epoxy Resin-Base Bonding Systems <br />for Concrete“ Types I & IV, Grade 3, Class B and C.</p> <p>564</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Dependent on the type and condition of the substrate <br />use suitable means of preparation such as scabbling, <br />grit-blasting, water-blasting or shot-blasting.</p> <p>Estimating & Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />INDUBOND-VK4031 is supplied in a 6 kg kit <br />consisting of 2 components. Both components are <br />delivered at a predetermined mixing ratio.</p> <p>The following criteria must also be respected, <br />dependent on the substrate type: <br />Cement-based: <br />Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />Age of substrate: <br />min. 14 days <br />Tensile adhesion strength: > 1.5 N/mm</p> <p>Consumption: <br />INDUBOND-VK4031: approx. 1.40 kg/m2 per mm <br />thickness. Higher consumption is expected on rough <br />surfaces. Always allow for wastage when calculating <br />quantities to order.</p> <p>Iron and steel: <br />Surfaces are to be abraded to a bright white metal <br />finish in accordance with Swedish Standard SA 2&1⁄2.</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />During continued application, all tools must be regularly <br />& thoroughly cleaned with water and/or solvent <br />every 25 to 40 minutes (dependant on temperature) <br />to prevent the product from setting on tool surfaces. <br />Thorough cleaning must also be carried out immediately <br />at the end of works or whenever work is suspended. <br />Cured material can only be removed mechanically.</p> <p>Priming: <br />INDUBOND-VK4031 does not require a primer. <br />Mixing: <br />Both components, A (resin) and B (hardener), are <br />delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio. Empty all <br />the contents of component B into the component A <br />container. Mechanically stir both components using <br />appropriate mixing paddle attached to a slow speed <br />mixing drill (300 to 400 RPM) until a homogeneous <br />and well dispersed mixture is obtained. Ensure that no <br />unmixed material is left on the sides and bottom of the <br />container. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and thoroughly mix once again for 3 minutes. The <br />material temperature during mixing should always be <br />25° C or lower.</p> <p>Storage & shelf life: <br />Both components (A and B) have a shelf life of 24 <br />month when original, unopened containers are stored <br />in a dry and frost-free environment above 5° C. <br />Health and safety: <br />Once completely cured, INDUBOND-VK4031 is <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />Therefore implicitly ensure that the hardener does not <br />come into contact with skin. Always wear protective <br />gloves and adequate eye protection when working <br />with this product. Clean up contamination with plenty <br />of water and soap, preferably with the addition of <br />10% household vinegar. Should splashes get into the <br />eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek <br />immediate medical help with reference to the current <br />valid Material Safety Data Sheet. Adhere to the general <br />government health and safety protective directive.</p> <p>Method of Application: <br />Evenly spread INDUBOND-VK4031 onto the well <br />prepared substrate as an adhesive using a trowel, steel <br />float or notched trowel and ensure a minimum adhesive <br />bed thickness of 2.0 mm. When using as an anchoring <br />grout, apply INDUBOND-VK4031 into the prepared <br />opening ensuring continuation and compaction of the <br />product to prevent air entrapment. Push – whilst gently <br />twisting in one direction – the reinforcement bar until <br />fully embedded.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Always mix a full pack. Do not mix part packs. <br />• Do not expose applied material before initial cure <br />to moving water. <br />• Protect from rain before initial cure to prevent surface <br />deformations.</p> <p>Curing: <br />Protect uncured product from rain & moving water. <br />Once hardened no curing procedures are required. <br />565</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>• Lower site temperatures may reduce workability whilst <br />reaction times (pot life & full cure) are extended. <br />Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written conformation from <br />the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• INDUBOND-VK4031 is classified as non hazardous <br />in accordance with the Ordinance on Hazardous <br />Substances GefStoffV. <br />Please observe a current EU health and safety data <br />sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>566</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>INDUBOND-VK4032</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55054</p> <p>Two-component, solvent-free, medium viscosity, <br />epoxy bonding agent</p> <p>Bonding Systems for Concrete“ Types II and V, Grade <br />2, Classes B & C.</p> <p>Description: <br />INDUBOND-VK4032 is a two-component, solvent-free, <br />100% solids, medium-viscosity epoxy bonding agent <br />formulated specially for structural bonding of fresh <br />cementitious compositions to old concretes ensuring a <br />bond strength greater than the tensile strength of the <br />host concrete. INDUBOND-VK4032 is available in two <br />grades; normal & long pot life.</p> <p>Typical Properties <br />Basis: <br />Colour:</p> <p>Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Pot life at 23° C:</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />INDUBOND-VK4032 is typically used to: <br />• bond fresh concrete to dry, moist or damp concretes <br />• bond cementitious repair mortars to concrete, steel, <br />tiles, bricks, etc. <br />• bond structural repair mortars & granolithic toppings <br />in industrial areas, loading bays, bridges, retaining <br />walls, columns & walls <br />• create a moisture & vapour barrier below fresh <br />concrete/repair mortars <br />• create a moisture & vapour barrier to reinforcement; <br />prevent future corrosion</p> <p>Open time at 23° C: <br />Full cure: <br />Minimum cure temp.: <br />Elongation at break: <br />Tensile strength: <br />Bond strength: <br />Flexural strength: <br />Compressive strength:</p> <p>Advantages: <br />INDUBOND-VK4032 is characterised by: <br />• easy to mix & apply <br />• solvent-free,100% solids; no shrinkage <br />• medium viscosity ensures a reliable glue line <br />• two-colour coded components indicate mixing <br />homogeneity once achieved <br />• extended contact time allows for consequent <br />shutter works <br />• can be applied on damp concrete <br />• bonds to dry, moist & damp surfaces <br />• for horizontal, vertical and overhead applications <br />• high bond, tensile compressive and flexural strengths <br />• resistant to many dilute chemicals aggressive to <br />concrete & reinforcement <br />• excellent abrasion resistance <br />• innocuous once cured</p> <p>Water absorption: <br />Mixing ratio:</p> <p>2-components epoxy-resin <br />Component A: grey-green <br />Component B: dark grey <br />Mixed product: grey-green <br />Medium <br />1.45 g/mm3 at 23° C <br />60 min. (normal pot life), <br />90 min. (long pot life) <br />3 hrs. (normal pot life), <br />5 hrs. (long pot life) <br />7days <br />+5° C <br />1.5 % (ASTM D-683) <br />20 N/mm2 (ASTM D-683) <br />3.5 N/mm2 <br />40 N/mm2 (normal pot life), <br />30 N/mm2 (long pot life) <br />75 N/mm2 (normal pot life), <br />60 N/mm2 (long pot life) <br />(ASTM D-695) <br />0.30% (ASTM D-570) <br />3:1 by weight</p> <p>Application procedures: <br />Tools: <br />Surface preparation: <br />Use chisel, grinder (such as HighGrinder 125.4RO* <br />or similar), sand-blasting, water-blasting or grit-blasting <br />equipment. <br />Mixing: <br />Use a spiral mixing paddle (such as MG140*) & a <br />variable slow speed mixer (such as HighMix EHR23*). <br />Application: <br />Ise a stiff medium bristle brush or roller.</p> <p>Standards: <br />INDUBOND-VK4032 is formulated to comply with all <br />the requirements of ASTM C-881; „Epoxy Resin-Base</p> <p>* denotes equipment supplied by <br />HTG HIGH TECH Germany GmbH</p> <p>567</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>whilst INDUBOND-VK4032 is still tacky and within <br />the specified contact time.</p> <p>Surface Preparation: <br />Concrete surfaces: <br />Areas to be treated must be sound, and free from <br />adhesion inhibiting substances such as dust, laitance, <br />grease, rust, etc. <br />Dependent on the type and condition of the substrate <br />use suitable means of preparation such as scabbling, <br />grit-blasting, water-blasting or shot-blasting.</p> <p>Repair mortars: <br />Apply INDUBOND-VK4032 in the same manner <br />described for fresh concrete. Apply the structural <br />repair mortar such as INDUCRET-BIS system once <br />INDUBOND-VK4032 has become tacky and within <br />the contact open time.</p> <p>The following criteria must also be respected, <br />dependent on substrate type: <br />Cement-based: <br />Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />Age of substrate: <br />min. 14 days <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 1.5 N/mm</p> <p>Curing: <br />Protect uncured product from rain & moving water. <br />Once hardened no curing procedures are required. <br />Estimating & Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />INDUBOND-VK4032 is supplied in 6 kg and 1 kg <br />kits consisting of 2 components. Both components are <br />delivered at a predetermined mixing ratio.</p> <p>Iron and steel: <br />Surfaces are to be abraded to a bright white metal <br />finish in accordance with Swedish Standard SA <br />2&1/2. Apply INDUBOND-VK4032 immediately <br />before fresh scale is formed.</p> <p>Consumption: <br />0.25 kg/m2 to 1.45 kg/m2 depending on surface <br />levelness, porosity, absorption, roughness and <br />prevailing ambient temperature. Always allow for <br />wastage when calculating quantities to order.</p> <p>Mixing: <br />Both components, A (resin) and B (hardener), are <br />delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio. Empty all <br />the contents of component B into the component A <br />container. Mechanically stir both components using <br />appropriate mixing paddle attached to a slow speed <br />mixing drill (300 to 400 rpm) until a homogeneous <br />and well dispersed mixture is obtained. Ensure that no <br />unmixed material is left on the sides and bottom of the <br />container. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and thoroughly mix once again for 3 minutes. The <br />material temperature during mixing should always be <br />+25° C or lower.</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />During continued application, all tools must be regularly <br />& thoroughly cleaned with water and/or solvent <br />every 75 to 90 minutes (dependant on temperature) <br />to prevent the product from setting on tool surfaces. <br />Thorough cleaning must also be carried out immediately <br />at the end of works or whenever work is suspended. <br />Cured material can only be removed mechanically. <br />Storage & shelf life: <br />Both components (A and B) have a shelf life of 24 <br />month when original, unopened containers are stored <br />in a dry and frost-free environment above 5° C.</p> <p>Method of Application: <br />Fresh concrete: <br />Evenly spread INDUBOND-VK4032 onto the well <br />prepared substrate as a primer and adhesive using a <br />brush or roller and ensure a minimum adhesive bed <br />thickness of 170 microns is maintained throughout. <br />Higher thickness may be necessary depending on <br />surface conditions (see: Consumption). <br />The fresh concrete should be placed and compacted</p> <p>Health and safety: <br />Once completely cured, INDUBOND-VK4032 is <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />Therefore implicitly ensure that the hardener does not <br />come into contact with skin. Always wear protective <br />gloves and adequate eye protection when working <br />568</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>with this product. Clean up contamination with plenty <br />of water and soap, preferably with the addition of <br />10% household vinegar. Should splashes get into the <br />eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek <br />immediate medical help with reference to the current <br />valid Material Safety Data Sheet. Adhere to the general <br />government health and safety protective directive. <br />Important advice: <br />• Always mix a full pack. Do not mix part packs. <br />• Do not expose applied material before initial cure <br />to moving water. <br />• Protect from rain before initial cure to prevent <br />surface deformations. <br />• Lower site temperatures may reduce workability whilst <br />reaction times (pot life & full cure) are extended. <br />Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written conformation from <br />the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• INDUBOND-VK4032 is classified as non hazardous <br />in accordance with the Ordinance on Hazardous <br />Substances GefStoffV. <br />Please observe a current EU health and safety data <br />sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>27/12</p> <p>569</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55058 <br />Two-component, solvent-free, medium viscosity, epoxy protective and <br />bonding agent with active corrosion inhibitor</p> <p>Description: <br />INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI is a two-component, solventfree, 100% solids, medium-viscosity epoxy bonding <br />agent comprising an active corrosion inhibitor. <br />INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI is formulated specifically <br />for structural bonding and long term protection of <br />reinforcement steel against future rusting and scaling. <br />INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI is also used to bond fresh <br />cementitious compositions to old concretes.</p> <p>Standards: <br />INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI is formulated to comply with <br />all the requirements of ASTM C-881; „Epoxy Resin-Base <br />Bonding Systems for Concrete“ Types II and V, Grade <br />2, Classes B & C. <br />Typical Properties <br />Basis: <br />Colour:</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI is typically used to: <br />• create a protective barrier on reinforcement steel <br />against moisture & vapour <br />• prevent immediate and future flash and/or localised <br />corrosion of reinforcement steel <br />• bond fresh concrete to dry, moist or damp concretes <br />• bond structural repair mortars & granolithic toppings <br />in industrial areas, loading bays, bridges, retaining <br />walls, columns, walls; also on tiles & bricks <br />• create a moisture & vapour barrier below fresh/ <br />repair mortars or concrete preventing ingress of <br />detrimental or corrosive chemicals</p> <p>Viscosity: <br />Density: <br />Pot life at +23° C: <br />Open time at +23° C: <br />Full cure: <br />Minimum cure temp.: <br />Elongation at break: <br />Tensile strength: <br />Bond strength: <br />Flexural strength:</p> <p>Advantages: <br />INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI is characterised by: <br />• easy to mix & apply <br />• solvent-free, 100% solids; no shrinkage <br />• active corrosion inhibitor specially designed to <br />protect steel from all types of rust, including flash rust <br />• medium viscosity ensures a reliable glue line <br />• two-colour coded components indicate mixing <br />homogeneity once achieved <br />• extended contact time allows for consequent <br />shutter works <br />• bonds to dry, moist & damp surfaces <br />• for horizontal, vertical and overhead applications <br />• high bond, tensile compressive and flexural strengths <br />• resistant to many dilute chemicals aggressive to <br />concrete & reinforcement <br />• excellent abrasion resistance <br />• innocuous once cured</p> <p>Compressive strength:</p> <p>Water absorption: <br />Mixing ratio:</p> <p>2-components epoxy-resin <br />Component A: grey-green <br />Component B: dark grey <br />Mixed product: grey-green <br />Medium <br />1.45 g/mm3 at +23° C <br />60 min. (normal pot life), <br />90 min. (long pot life) <br />3 hrs. (normal pot life), <br />5 hrs. (long pot life) <br />7days <br />+5° C <br />1.5 % (ASTM D-683) <br />20 N/mm2 (ASTM D-683) <br />3.5 N/mm2 <br />40 N/mm2 (normal pot life), <br />30 N/mm2 (long pot life) <br />75 N/mm2 (normal pot life), <br />60 N/mm2 (long pot life) <br />(ASTM D-695) <br />0.30% (ASTM D-570) <br />3:1 by weight</p> <p>Application procedures: <br />Tools: <br />Surface preparation: <br />Use chisel, grinder (such as HighGrinder 125.4RO* <br />or similar), sand-blasting, water-blasting or grit-blasting <br />equipment. <br />Mixing: <br />Use a spiral mixing paddle (such as MG140*) & a <br />variable slow speed mixer (such as HighMix EHR23*). <br />Application: <br />Use a stiff medium bristle brush or roller. <br />* denotes equipment supplied by HTG HIGH TECH Germany GmbH</p> <p>570</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Surface Preparation: <br />Concrete surfaces: <br />Areas to be treated must be sound, and free from <br />adhesion inhibiting substances such as dust, laitance, <br />grease, rust, etc. Dependent on the type and condition <br />of the substrate use suitable means of preparation <br />such as scabbling, grit-blasting, water-blasting or shotblasting. <br />The following criteria must also be respected, <br />dependent on substrate type: <br />Cement-based: <br />Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />Age of substrate: <br />min. 14 days <br />Tensile adhesion strength: > 1.5 N/mm</p> <p>Repair mortars: <br />Apply INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI in the same manner <br />described for fresh concrete. Apply the structural <br />repair mortar such as INDUCRET-BIS system once <br />INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI has become tacky and <br />within the contact open time. <br />Curing: <br />Protect uncured product from rain & moving water. <br />Once hardened no curing procedures are required. <br />Estimating & Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI is supplied in 6 kg and 1 kg <br />kits consisting of 2 components. Both components are <br />delivered at a predetermined mixing ratio.</p> <p>Iron and steel: <br />Surfaces are to be abraded to a bright white metal <br />finish in accordance with Swedish Standard SA <br />2&1/2. Apply INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI immediately <br />before fresh scale is formed.</p> <p>Consumption: <br />INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI: approx. 1.45 kg/m2 <br />per mm thickness. Higher consumption is expected <br />on rough surfaces. Always allow for wastage when <br />calculating quantities to order.</p> <p>Mixing: <br />Both components, A (resin) and B (hardener), are <br />delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio. Empty all <br />the contents of component B into the component A <br />container. Mechanically stir both components using <br />appropriate mixing paddle attached to a slow speed <br />mixing drill (300 to 400 RPM) until a homogeneous <br />and well dispersed mixture is obtained. Ensure that no <br />unmixed material is left on the sides and bottom of the <br />container. Decant the material into a clean container <br />and thoroughly mix once again for 3 minutes. The <br />material temperature during mixing should always be <br />+25° C or lower.</p> <p>Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />During continued application, all tools must be regularly <br />& thoroughly cleaned with water and/or solvent <br />every 75 to 90 minutes (dependant on temperature) <br />to prevent the product from setting on tool surfaces. <br />Thorough cleaning must also be carried out immediately <br />at the end of works or whenever work is suspended. <br />Cured material can only be removed mechanically. <br />Storage & shelf life: <br />Both components (A and B) have a shelf life of 24 <br />month when original, unopened containers are stored <br />in a dry and frost-free environment above + 5° C.</p> <p>Method of Application: <br />Fresh concrete: <br />Evenly spread INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI onto the well <br />prepared substrate as a primer and adhesive using a <br />brush or roller and ensure a minimum adhesive bed <br />thickness of 170 microns is maintained throughout. <br />Higher thickness may be necessary depending on <br />surface conditions (see: Consumption). <br />The fresh concrete should be placed and compacted <br />whilst INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI is still tacky and within <br />the specified contact time.</p> <p>Health and safety: <br />Once completely cured, INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI <br />is harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />Therefore implicitly ensure that the hardener does not <br />come into contact with skin. Always wear protective <br />gloves and adequate eye protection when working <br />with this product. Clean up contamination with plenty <br />of water and soap, preferably with the addition of <br />10% household vinegar. Should splashes get into the <br />571</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek <br />immediate medical help with reference to the current <br />valid Material Safety Data Sheet. Adhere to the general <br />government health and safety protective directive. <br />Important advice: <br />• Always mix a full pack. Do not mix part packs. <br />• Do not expose applied material before initial cure to <br />moving water. <br />• Protect from rain before initial cure to prevent surface <br />deformations. <br />• Lower site temperatures may reduce workability whilst <br />reaction times (pot life & full cure) are extended. <br />Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written conformation from <br />the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI is classified as non <br />hazardous in accordance with the Ordinance on <br />Hazardous Substances GefStoffV. <br />Please observe a current EU health and safety <br />data sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>27/12</p> <p>572</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK30</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50001</p> <p>Highly fluid mineral-based grout</p> <p>- when prepared by hand: <br />PFT consistency checking tin: <br />60 ± 1 cm <br />(14% water addition) <br />- when prepared mechanically: <br />PFT consistency checking tin: <br />60 ± 1 cm <br />(325 litres/hr water addition) <br />Expansion rate *): <br />0.5 – 1.0% by volume <br />Shrinkage rate*): <br />- 1.2 mm/m after 28 days <br />- 1.4 mm/m after 90 days <br />Compressive strength <br />(DIN 1164) *): <br />40.0 N/mm2 after 24 hrs <br />60.0 N/mm2 after 7 days <br />80.0 N/mm2 after 28 days <br />90.0 N/mm2 after 90 days <br />Flexural strength *): <br />4.0 N/mm2 after 24 hrs <br />6.0 N/mm2 after 7 days <br />8.0 N/mm2 after 28 days <br />10.0 N/mm2 after 90 days</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-VK30 is a highly fluid mineral-based <br />grouting mortar with the following properties: <br />• Cement-based <br />• Chloride free <br />• Pumpable <br />• Easy to use at low temperatures <br />• Highly fluid <br />• Insensitive to cracking <br />• Resistant to frost and de-icing salts <br />• Water impermeable <br />• Resistant to oil and petrol <br />• Low chromate conforming to TRGS 613 <br />• Short term temperature exposure up to +200° C, <br />longer term temperature exposure up to +120° C <br />When unsed correctly INDUCRET-VK30 guarantees <br />a strong adhesive bond to concrete and asphalt <br />subfloors. <br />Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-VK30 is used as a casting grout for filling <br />voids from 5 - 60 mm deep e.g. for the void free <br />grouting of: <br />• Kerbstones <br />• Pre-cast concrete elements <br />• Steel and concrete supports <br />• Machine foundations <br />• Generators/compressors and other machinery <br />exposed to high levels of vibration <br />• Crane rails.</p> <p>*) These values relate to +20° C and 50% relative humidity. All <br />given data are guide values. <br />**) Data relates to the PFT G4 mixer and conveying unit (D6-3z <br />screw pump, secondary mixer Rotomix for D pumps)</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools with water after use. <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bags <br />Storage: <br />12 months when stored dry in the original unopened <br />packaging. Use opened packaging promptly.</p> <p>Furthermore for the void free grouting of: <br />• Recesses and joints in concrete <br />• Steel inserts and channels in concrete <br />• Anchor bolts. <br />Technical Data: <br />Particle size: <br />Wet density of <br />fresh mortar *): <br />Consumption: <br />Water demand:</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• solid, load bearing and have a good key <br />• free from separating substances. <br />Dependent on the condition of the substrate use <br />suitable means of preparation such as e.g. high <br />pressure washing, grit blasting or other methods.</p> <p>0 – 1.0 mm <br />2.27 kg/dm3 <br />2.00 kg/dm3</p> <p>573</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />Asphalt subfloors: <br />0/16 <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 1.5 N/mm2 <br />Prior to grout application the substrate (concrete) should <br />be adequately wetted; avoid puddle formation.</p> <p>Advice on preparatory work and adjustment of <br />consistency: <br />• Firstly wet the conveying hose with water <br />• Place lubricant e.g. mixed wallpaper adhesive or <br />cement slurry in the hose until it flows out of the end <br />• Adjust the water quantity to approx. 350 litres/hour <br />• Feed in approx. 50 kg of INDUCRET-VK30 and <br />during the feeding process adjust to 325 litres/hour <br />in order to remove the residual lubricant <br />• From now on the consistency can be determined with <br />the consistency checking tin for the next material feed <br />• As necessary alter the water quantity to suit prevailing <br />temperatures; should be 300 – 350 litres/hour.</p> <p>Shuttering: <br />The non-absorbent shuttering used must be securely <br />fixed. <br />Product preparation: <br />Notes and preparatory measures for the application <br />of the casting grout INDUCRET-VK30: <br />With each casting operation, that is used to carry <br />out bottom casting, take care that the slump is adjusted <br />as below. Futhermore each casting operation is to <br />be carried out without any interruptions. Ensure a <br />continuous flow of material.</p> <p>Notes: <br />Casting is only to be carried out from one side or <br />corner without interruption. <br />Hand preparation: <br />Keep to the following parameters: <br />• Add 90% of the mix water <br />• Afterwards add 100% of the powder component. <br />Mix time: 3 minutes. Add the remaining water. <br />Mix time: 2 minutes. <br />• The water quantity is 13-15% by weight (= 3.25 l – <br />3.75 l per 25 kg bag contents) <br />• Only evaluate the consistency on site with the 1.3 l <br />PFT consistency checking tin on a non-absorbent <br />substrate (e.g. PE boards) <br />• Before evaluating the consistency, lightly moisten <br />(matt damp) the consistency checking tin and <br />substrate <br />• Determine the consistency using a folding ruler <br />(should only be determined 5 minutes after sample <br />has ceased to flow)</p> <p>Preparation: <br />INDUCRET-VK30 is delivered ready for use and only <br />requires mixing with water. <br />Mechanical preparation: <br />Recommendations for mixing and conveying units: <br />Mechanical preparation with a G4 mixing and <br />conveying unit from PFT: <br />In order to produce a casting grout free from lumps <br />and air, it is an imperative requirement to use a D6-3z <br />screw feed with a Rotomix secondary mixer for D <br />pumps. The required water quantity lies between <br />300 – 350 litres/hour. An increased water quantity <br />greater than 350 litres/hour leads to separation. A <br />reduction in the water quantity below 300 litres/hour <br />leads to negative flow properties.</p> <p>Mixing water: <br />To check the consistency, it is necessary to measure the <br />slump with a 1.3 l consistency checking tin from PFT. <br />The ideal slump value after 5 minutes is approx. <br />60 cm ± 1 cm. <br />The working life of the product lies between <br />60 – 80 minutes. <br />Water quantity: <br />ideal water quantity: <br />325 litres/hour <br />Slump value at +20° C: approx. 60 cm ± 1 cm</p> <p>Slump at approx. <br />+20° C:</p> <p>14% by weight = 3.5 l per <br />25 bag contents <br />approx. 59 cm ± 1 cm</p> <p>Notes: <br />Casting is only to be carried out from one side or <br />corner without interruption.</p> <p>574</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Protect exposed areas from wind and draughts. <br />Cover with polythene to prevent early water <br />evaporation. <br />• Lower temperatures and cold gauging water delay <br />the strength development and decrease the flow <br />rate. Higher temperatures accelerate the strength <br />development. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG <br />ICS GmbH. <br />• Protect areas that are not to be treated from the <br />effects of INDUCRET-VK30. <br />Please observe a current EU health and safety data <br />sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>575</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK100</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50008</p> <p>Highly fluid mineral-based grout</p> <p>Slump *):</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-VK100 is: <br />• Cement-based <br />• Chloride free <br />• Pumpable <br />• Easy to use at low temperatures <br />• Highly fluid <br />• Insensitive to cracking <br />• Resistant to frost and de-icing salts <br />• Water impermeable <br />• Resistant to oil and petrol <br />• Low chromate conforming to TRGS 613 <br />• Short term temperature exposure up to +200 °C, <br />long term temperature exposure up to +120 °C <br />INDUCRET-VK100 guarantees a strong adhesive bond <br />to concrete and asphalt subfloors.</p> <p>Expansion rate *): <br />Shrinkage rate *): <br />Compressive strength <br />(DIN 1164) *):</p> <p>Flexural strength *):</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Particle size: <br />Wet density of fresh <br />mortar *): <br />Consumption: <br />Water demand: <br />Pot life *):</p> <p>26.0 N/mm2 after 24 hrs <br />63.0 N/mm2 after 28 days <br />68.0 N/mm2 after 56 days <br />69.0 N/mm2 after 90 days <br />4.3 N/mm2 after 24 hrs <br />7.2 N/mm2 after 28 days <br />7.3 N/mm2 after 56 days <br />7.8 N/mm2 after 90 days</p> <p>*) These values refer to +20 °C and 65% relative humidity.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools with water after use.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-VK100 is used as an adhesive grout for <br />filling voids from 20 to 100 mm deep e.g. for the <br />void free grouting of: <br />• Kerbstones (e.g. for the Dresdner Combibord) <br />• Pre-cast concrete elements <br />• Steel and concrete supports <br />• Machine foundations <br />• Generators/compressors and other machinery <br />exposed to high levels of vibration <br />• Crane rails <br />Furthermore for the void free grouting of: <br />• Recesses and joints in concrete <br />• Steel inserts and channels in concrete <br />• Anchor bolts. <br />Certification:</p> <p>after 5 min.550 mm <br />after 30 min.450 mm <br />after 24 h+3.2 % <br />by volume <br />-1.4 mm/m after 28 days <br />-1.9 mm/m after 90 days</p> <p>Packaging: <br />25 kg bags. <br />Storage: <br />12 months when stored dry and free from frost above <br />+10 °C in the original unopened packaging. <br />Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• solid, load bearing and have a good key <br />• free from separating substances. <br />Dependent on the condition of the substrate use <br />suitable means of preparation such as e.g. high <br />pressure washing, grit blasting or other methods.</p> <p>No.: 220003784-04 MPA <br />NRW Dortmund</p> <p>Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />Asphalt subfloors: <br />0/16 <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />1.5 N/mm2 <br />Prior to grout application the substrate (concrete) <br />should be adequately wetted; avoid puddle formation.</p> <p>0 – 5.0 mm <br />2.31 kg/dm3 <br />2.00 kg/dm3 <br />14 % <br />approx. 60 minutes</p> <p>Shuttering: <br />The shuttering used must be securely fixed.</p> <p>576</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />INDUCRET-VK100 is delivered ready for use and only <br />requires mixing with water. Fill the prepared forced <br />paddle mixer with approx. 14 % water (relates to <br />approx. 3.5 litres per 25 kg) leaving out a residual <br />amount, add the bag contents and mix for approx. <br />3 minutes. Add the remaining water and mix for a <br />further 2 minutes. The mix is immediately ready for <br />casting. <br />Casting: <br />The casting or grouting is carried out exclusively from <br />one side or corner so that displaced air can escape. <br />The casting process should not be interrupted. <br />For casting procedures in large areas, it is <br />recommended to begin from the middle where <br />possible. Hoppers and/or appropriate hoses can be <br />used to assist the process. Firstly cast around anchoring <br />recesses (approx. up to the top of the anchor recess) <br />and then cast around machinery plates. <br />Important advice: <br />• Protect exposed areas from wind and draughts. <br />Cover with polythene to prevent early water <br />evaporation. <br />• Lower temperatures and cold gauging water delay <br />the strength development and decrease the flow <br />rate. Higher temperatures accelerate the strength <br />development. <br />• Consult the SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH technical <br />advisory department when there is frost. <br />• Protect areas that are not to be treated from the <br />effects of INDUCRET-VK100. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />Please observe a current EU health and safety data <br />sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1 <br />48/12</p> <p>577</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK5050</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55044</p> <p>Epoxy resin binder for the installation and grouting <br />of vibration fixed floors</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-VK5050 is a solvent free, transparent, low <br />viscosity two component epoxy resin. <br />INDUCRET-VK5050 has a high strength once cured. <br />It can be emulsified and is resistant to dilute <br />alkalis, acids, aqueous salt solutions and fuels.</p> <p>Advice: <br />Where the temperature changes frequently, <br />INDUCRET-VK5050 may crystallize out. If this occurs <br />it is necessary to warm the product up in a water bath <br />at +50° C to +60° C. After approx. 2 hours, the <br />product can be used without restriction.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-VK5050 is used: <br />• As a bonding primer on cement-based surfaces in <br />combination with vibration flooring. <br />• For producing epoxy bound vibration fixed floors. <br />• As a binder for levelling and smoothing compounds. <br />• As a binder for emulsifiable grouts.</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The areas to be treated must be: <br />• dry, solid, load bearing and have a good key <br />• free from separating or adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues etc. <br />• protected from moisture penetration from the rear.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity:</p> <p>Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be <br />treated, use suitable preparation methods such as e.g. <br />sweeping, vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling, <br />sand-blasting, high pressure washing, shot-blasting.</p> <p>Mixing ratio: <br />Density: <br />Pot life: <br />Foot traffic after: <br />Overcoat after: <br />Full cure:</p> <p>2 component epoxy resin <br />transparent <br />approx. 600 ± 80 mPAs <br />at +23° C <br />2:1 parts by weight <br />approx. 1.12 g/cm3 at +23° C <br />approx. 60 – 70 minutes <br />at +23° C <br />approx. 16 hours at +23°C <br />approx. 16 hours up to <br />max. 24 hours at +23°C <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23°C</p> <p>The following criteria are also to be fulfilled, dependent <br />on the particular substrate: <br />Cementitious surfaces: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Render quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>Application/ <br />substrate temperature: <br />min. +10° C, max. +35° C <br />Tensile adhesion strength: concrete failure</p> <p>• Residual moisture:</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />P III a/b <br />min. 28 days <br />> 1.5 N/mm2 <br />< 4.0% (carbide hygrometer)</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into <br />component A. Ensure that the hardener completely <br />drains from its container. Blend both components <br />together with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm. <br />(e.g. drill with mixing paddle). It is important to also <br />stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that the <br />hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is <br />homogenous (free from streaks); mixing time 5 minutes. <br />The material temperature during mixing should be</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Clean tools with water immediately after use. <br />Packaging: <br />10 kg and 30 kg units. Component A and component <br />B are supplied at a pre-determined mixing ratio. Larger <br />pack sizes on request. <br />Storage: <br />18 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened container.</p> <p>578</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>+15° C. Decant the mixed material into a clean mixing <br />bucket and thoroughly stir again. Do not use mixed <br />material directly from the packaging.</p> <p>Consumption: approx. 300 – 500 g/m2/coat <br />Broadcast quartz sand into the fresh primer <br />(particle size: 0.1 – 0.4 or 0.2 – 0.7 mm). <br />Consumption: approx. 0.8 – 1.0 kg/m2</p> <p>Remarks: <br />When using as a primer, flood the material evenly onto <br />the prepared substrate. An irregular application leads <br />to active capillary pores in the cured primer film which <br />benefits the formation of bubbles, especially osmosis <br />blisters. To ensure a pore tight primer coat, apply a <br />second coat.</p> <p>Levelling/smoothing compound: <br />First prime the substrate with INDUCRET-VK5050. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 – 500 g/m2 <br />Then trowel apply the mixed smoothing mortar in <br />one layer. <br />Consumption of mixed smoothing compound: <br />approx. 1600 g/m2/mm thickness</p> <p>Production of the levelling/ <br />smoothing compound: <br />NDUCRET-VK5050: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />approx. 1.0 part by weight <br />(particle size: 0.1 – 0.4 or <br />0.2 – 0.7 mm) <br />INDU-FibreFiller: <br />approx. 2 – 3 % by weight</p> <p>Vibration flooring mortar: <br />Firstly prime the substrate with INDUCRET-VK5050 <br />until all pores are sealed. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 – 500 g/m2 <br />The fresh screed is applied onto the freshly primed <br />surface at a minimum thickness of approx. 10 mm, <br />struck off on laths and smoothened. <br />Consumption of mixed screed: <br />approx. 2.0 kg/m2/mm thickness <br />Finish by laying ceramic tiles and vibrate into position.</p> <p>Add the quartz sand to the previously homogenously <br />mixed and decanted resin and hardnener components. <br />Ensure that the liquid and solid components are evenly <br />mixed. <br />Production of vibration <br />Bed thickness: <br />INDUCRET-VK5050: <br />Quartz sand: <br />Particle size:</p> <p>Grouting ceramic floor tiles <br />(conductive or non-conductive): <br />For the production of a stable conductive or nonconductive grout, firstly fill the existing joint cavities by <br />brushing in the appropriate joint filling quartz sand <br />(conductive: with INDU-conductive quartz and nonconductive: with conventional quartz sand of particle <br />size: approx. 0.1 – 0.35 mm diameter). Evenly flood <br />the tiled surface with the mixed INDCURET-VK5050 <br />binder and spread with a rubber squeegee (allow <br />sufficient time to work in) until complete saturation of <br />the joint is assured. Afterwards broadcast the tiled <br />surface with the appropriate quality quartz and work <br />into the joints using a suitable scrubbing machine. <br />Remove excess material with a flat-edged scraper. Any <br />remaining material stuck to the surface is cleaned off <br />by spraying with water, followed by emulsifying and <br />cleaning off.</p> <p>flooring: <br />approx. 10 to 15 mm <br />1.0 part by weight <br />7.5 – 10.0 parts by weight <br />0 – 2.5 mm ø</p> <p>Bed thickness: <br />> 15 mm <br />INDUCRET-VK5050: <br />1.0 part by weight <br />Quartz sand: <br />12.5 – 15.0 parts by weight <br />Particle size: <br />0 – 3.5 mm ø <br />The pre-determined quantity of quartz sand is placed <br />into the forced action mixer (e.g. type: Zyklos or <br />UEZ). This is followed by adding the previously <br />homogenously mixed resin and hardener components. <br />Ensure that the liquid and solid components are evenly <br />mixed. <br />Application method/Consumption: <br />Primer: <br />INDUCRET-VK5050 is applied in two coats to fill <br />all pores.</p> <p>Consumption: Approx. 0.3 to 0.5 kg/m2 dependent <br />on joint cross section.</p> <p>579</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once completely cured INDUCRET-VK5050 is <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />When using this product the government health and <br />safety protective directive and data sheet M 023, <br />should be observed as well as the advice on the <br />packaging. <br />Important advice: <br />• Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower <br />temperatures increase the pot life and curing time. <br />Material consumption is also increased at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• Do not add any thickeners to INDUCRET-VK5050. <br />• The bond between individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded by the presence of moisture or <br />contamination between successive applications. <br />• When longer waiting times between coats are <br />expected then it is necessary to broadcast fine <br />quartz sand between coats. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification 57123 “epoxy resins”. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>25/11</p> <p>580</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK5060</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55045</p> <p>Adhesive and grout for ceramic tiles</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-VK5060 is a solvent free two component <br />system based on epoxy resin: <br />• High tensile adhesion, compressive and flexural <br />strengths <br />• Resistant to many acids, alkalis, solutions aggressive <br />to concrete, cleaning agents and sea water <br />• Can be washed with water whilst fresh</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Binder: INDUCRET-VK5060 is available in 5 kg <br />containers. <br />Components A and B are delivered at a <br />pre-determined mixing ratio. <br />Storage & Shelf Life: <br />Binder: when kept separate and unopened both <br />components (A and B) can be stored for a minimum <br />of 18 months. When stored for longer periods the <br />reactivity can diminish. Store free from frost above <br />+10° C.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-VK5060 can be used when mixed with <br />0.1 - 0.6 mm quartz sand for bonding and grouting <br />ceramic tiles to concrete and cement-based screeds, <br />e.g. in <br />• Laboratories <br />• Breweries, dairies <br />• The food industry as well as the chemical industry <br />• Commercial enterprises</p> <p>Material consumption, approx. values, <br />INDUCRET-VK5060 (incl. 0.1 – 0.6 mm <br />quartz sand): <br />Adhesive: <br />Bed thickness approx. 2.0 mm, max. 2.5 mm <br />Consumption: approx. 1.60 kg/m² per mm thickness</p> <p>Technical Data (mix): <br />Basis: <br />2 component epoxy resin <br />Standard colour: <br />natural <br />Viscosity: <br />trowellable consistency <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.61 g/cm3 <br />at +20° C <br />Mix ratio: <br />Bonding: <br />Binder: <br />1:1 parts by weight (A:B) <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 40 mins at +20° C <br />Washable: <br />after approx. 20 mins, <br />however within 40 mins <br />at +20° C <br />Minimum cure <br />temperature: <br />approx. +10° C <br />Foot traffic: <br />after 16 hrs at +20° C <br />Light use/ <br />full service use: <br />after 48 hrs/7 days <br />at +20° C <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />concrete failure</p> <p>Grout: <br />Ceramic Tile format <br />tile type in cm</p> <p>Joint width <br />in mm</p> <p>Split tiles 24.0/11.5/1.5 <br />24.0/11.5/1.5 <br />24.0/11.5/2.0 <br />24.0/11.5/2.0 <br />Vitrified 10.0/10.0/0.9 <br />15.0/15.0/1.2 <br />24.5/12.0/0.8</p> <p>8 <br />10 <br />8 <br />10 <br />3 <br />5 <br />5</p> <p>Approx. <br />consumption <br />kg/m² <br />2.30 <br />2.70 <br />2.90 <br />3.60 <br />0.80 <br />1.10 <br />0.80</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, firm, load-bearing and have a good key. <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar. <br />• Protected against moisture penetration from the rear. <br />Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming, <br />brushing, planing, scabbling, shot blasting. <br />Dependent on the cement-based substrate, the following <br />minimum requirements are also to be fulfilled:</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />All work tools must be thoroughly cleaned with water <br />during all interruptions in work.</p> <p>581</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Cement-based substrates: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />• Age: <br />min. 3 months <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />1.5 N/mm² <br />• Residual moisture: <br />adequately dry or damp <br />(to DAfStb-Rili, 2001) <br />• Screed quality: <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />• Age: <br />min. 28 days <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />1.5 N/mm² <br />• Residual moisture: <br />adequately dry or damp <br />(to DAfStb-Rili, 2001)</p> <p>Bonding the tiles: <br />Roughly spread the INDUCRET-VK5060 as an adhesive <br />with a smooth trowel and evenly comb through with a <br />notched trowel. Place the tiles in position with a sliding <br />and pressing action. Tile installation should follow <br />DIN 18157, part 3. <br />Notch size: dependent on the tile type and rear profile <br />between 3 and 8 mm. <br />Install the tiles in a void free adhesive bed. <br />Grouting the tiles by float: <br />Spread the INDUCRET-VK5060 grout mixed with <br />quartz sand in sections over the tiled surface and <br />immediately push into the clean and dry joints with a <br />grout float (Epoxy grout float). Completely fill the joints. <br />Subsequently remove excess material with an elastic <br />grout float by striking off diagonally to the grout lines <br />and removing from the tiled surface.</p> <p>Produt preparation <br />(producing the adhesive and grout): <br />The binder components A (resin) and B (hardener) <br />are delivered at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip all <br />component B into component A. Mix both components <br />together with a suitable mechanical mixer at max. <br />300 rpm (e.g. slowly rotating drill with paddle). Stir <br />very thoroughly. It is important to also stir from the sides <br />and the bottom to ensure that the hardener is evenly <br />dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous (free from <br />streaks). Avoid entraining air. <br />Afterwards immediately decant the binder mix into a <br />large, clean container and mix through thoroughly <br />once again. <br />Add the necessary quantity of quartz sand (particle size <br />0.1 - 0.6 mm) and thoroughly blend in. <br />The mortar blend consists of the following quantities:</p> <p>Washing the surface: <br />Once the excess material has been removed with <br />a rubber float, emulsify the grout residue on the <br />surface using as little water as possible. For this <br />purpose, dependent on the conditions, a hard or very <br />hard emulsifying pad with holder is suitable. Once <br />emulsified, remove the slurry with a soft sponge. Then <br />clean the tile surface once again with a clean soft <br />sponge. This cleaning process should only be carried <br />out once the INDUCRET-VK5060 has lightly hardened. <br />Warm water or water containing a surfactant makes <br />this wash-off process easier. To ease cleaning, approx. <br />10% ethyl alcohol can be added to the water. Before <br />putting the area into service it is necessary to carry out <br />a basic clean.</p> <p>Bonding: <br />a) INDUCRET-VK5060 (resin): 2.50 kg <br />b) INDUCRET-VK5060 (hardener): 2.50 kg <br />c) Quartz sand (0.1 - 0.6 mm diameter) – aggregate for <br />adhesive: approx.10.00 kg or approx. 7.00 litres. <br />The mix temperature should be approx. +15° C.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUCRET-VK5060 is considered <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />Therefore ensure that the skin does not come into <br />contact with the hardener. It is recommended that <br />protective gloves are worn when working with the <br />product. Clean contamination with plenty of water and <br />soap, best of all with the addition of 2% household <br />vinegar. On splash contact with the eyes, rinse <br />immediately with plenty of water. Subsequently rinse out <br />with an eyewash bottle containing boric acid solution</p> <p>Grouting: <br />a) INDUCRET-VK5060 (resin): 2.50 kg <br />b) INDUCRET-VK5060 (hardener): 2.50 kg <br />c) Quartz sand (0.1 - 0.6 mm diameter) – aggregate <br />for adhesive: approx. 5.00 - 7.50 kg or approx. <br />3.50 - 5.25 litres (dependent on joint width). <br />The mix temperature should be approx. +15° C. <br />582</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>– available from medical supply stores, then seek <br />attention from an eye specialist immediately. In general <br />always follow the general health and safety advice <br />from the government health executive. <br />Important advice: <br />• Where temperatures are low, it is recommended <br />that, before use, the material is warmed to approx. <br />+50° C in a water bath and then allowed to cool to <br />room temperature. In this way the working properties <br />are restored. <br />• Lower site temperatures increase consumption. <br />The material also loses some of its properties and <br />reaction times are extended. <br />• Higher temperatures reduce the pot life. <br />• Colourways: Minor colour variation, caused by <br />different production batches and raw material <br />fluctuations, are unavoidable. This is to be noted <br />when grouting. <br />• Carry out work in neighbouring areas with the <br />same production batch (see batch number on the <br />packaging). <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Disposal key: liquid residues: EAK 08 01 11 paint <br />and lacquer waste, which contain organic solvents or <br />other hazardous substances. Cured product residues: <br />EAK 17 02 03 plastics. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>583</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK5065</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55048</p> <p>Conductive adhesive for ceramic tiles</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-VK5065 is a solvent free two component <br />system based on epoxy resin with the following <br />properties: <br />• Conductive formulation <br />• High tensile adhesion, compressive and flexural <br />strengths <br />• Resistant to many acids, alkalis, solutions aggressive <br />to concrete, cleaning agents and sea water <br />• Can be washed with water whilst fresh</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />All work tools must be thoroughly cleaned with water <br />during all interruptions in work. <br />Packaging: <br />Binder: INDUCRET-VK5065 is available in 5 kg, 10 kg <br />and 30 kg containers. <br />Components A and B are delivered at a pre-determined <br />mixing ratio. <br />Storage and shelf life: <br />Binder: when kept separate and unopened both <br />components (A and B) can be stored for a minimum of <br />6 months. When stored for longer periods the reactivity <br />can diminish. Store free from frost > +10° C.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-VK5065 can be used when mixed with <br />INDU-ConductiveQuartz for bonding ceramic tiles to <br />concrete and cement-based screeds, e.g. in <br />• Laboratories <br />• Chemical industry <br />• Commercial enterprises <br />• Automobile industry</p> <p>Substrate preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, firm, load-bearing and have a good key. <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, rubber <br />marks, paint residues and similar. <br />• Protected against moisture penetration from the rear.</p> <p>Technical Data (mix): <br />Basis: <br />2 component epoxy resin <br />Standard colour: <br />natural <br />Viscosity: <br />trowellable consistency <br />Density: <br />approx. 1.60 g/cm3 <br />at +20° C <br />Mix ratio: <br />Bonding: <br />Binder: <br />1:1 parts by weight (A:B) <br />with approx. 1.6 – 1.8 parts <br />INDU-ConductiveQuartz by <br />weight as necessary <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 40 mins at +20° C <br />Washable: <br />after approx. 20 mins, <br />however within 40 mins <br />at +20° C <br />Minimum cure <br />temperature: <br />approx. +10° C <br />Foot traffic: <br />after 16 hrs at +20° C <br />Light use/ <br />full service use: <br />after 48 hrs/7 days <br />at +20° C <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />concrete failure</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming, <br />brushing, planing, scabbling, shot blasting. <br />Dependent on the cement-based substrate, the following <br />minimum requirements are also to be fulfilled: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture:</p> <p>584</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. 3 months <br />1.5 N/mm² <br />adequately dry or damp <br />(to DAfStb-Rili, 2001) <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />min. 28 days <br />1.5 N/mm² <br />adequately dry or damp <br />(to DAfStb-Rili, 2001)</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>contact with the hardener. It is recommended that <br />protective gloves are worn when working with the <br />product. Clean contamination with plenty of water and <br />soap, best of all with the addition of 2% household <br />vinegar. On splash contact with the eyes, rinse <br />immediately with plenty of water. Subsequently rinse out <br />with an eyewash bottle containing boric acid solution <br />– available from medical supply stores, then seek <br />attention from an eye specialist immediately. In general <br />always follow the general health and safety advice <br />from the government health executive.</p> <p>Producing the conductive adhesive: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />at a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip all component B <br />into component A. Mix both components together with <br />a suitable mechanical mixer at max. 300 rpm (e.g. <br />slowly rotating drill with paddle). Stir very thoroughly. <br />It is important to also stir from the sides and the bottom <br />to ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir <br />until the mix is homogenous (free from streaks). Avoid <br />entraining air. <br />Afterwards immediately decant the binder mix into a <br />large, clean container and mix through thoroughly once <br />again. <br />Add the necessary quantity of INDU-ConductiveQuartz <br />and thoroughly blend in. <br />The mortar blend consists of the following quantities: <br />a) INDUCRET-VK5065 (resin): 2.50 kg <br />b) INDUCRET-VK5065 (hardener): 2.50 kg <br />c) INDU-ConductiveQuartz: approx. 8.00 to 9.00 kg <br />The mix temperature should be approx. +15° C.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH products are <br />supplied in working packs i.e. at a predetermined <br />mixing ratio. With deliveries in large containers, part <br />quantities will need to be weighed using scales. <br />Always thoroughly stir the filled components and <br />only then blend with the second component. This <br />is to be carried out with a suitable rotary mixer <br />e.g. Polyplan/Ronden mixing paddle or similar. In <br />order to exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean <br />container and remix. The mixing speed should be <br />300 – 400 rpm. Ensure that no air is entrained. <br />Higher speeds drag unnecessary air quantities into <br />the product whilst lower speeds do not result in a <br />good blend or require too long a mix time (pot life). <br />The temperature of the components should be at <br />a minimum of +15° C. This is also applicable to <br />any fillers, e.g. sand, to be mixed in. The addition <br />of any fillers is carried out after both liquids have <br />been blended. Afterwards tip the completely mixed <br />material immediately onto the prepared substrate and <br />promptly thoroughly spread in accordance with the <br />instructions in the technical data sheet. Always stir <br />one component products before using. <br />• Where temperatures are low, it is recommended <br />that, before use, the material is warmed to approx. <br />+50° C in a water bath and then allowed to cool to <br />room temperature. In this way the working properties <br />are restored. <br />• Lower site temperatures increase consumption. <br />The material also loses some of its properties and <br />reaction times are extended. <br />• Higher temperatures reduce the pot life. <br />• Colourways: Minor colour variation, caused by</p> <p>Bonding the tiles: <br />Lay the self adhesive INDU-ConductiveStrips in a <br />2.5 x 2.5 m grid onto the prepared and dust free <br />cement-based substrate. <br />At intervals of approx. 10 m take the conductive strips <br />approx. 50 cm up the wall and securely fix. <br />Roughly spread the conductive mixture (see above) as <br />an adhesive with a smooth trowel and evenly comb <br />through with a notched trowel. Place the tiles in position <br />with a sliding and pressing action. Tile installation <br />should follow DIN 18157, part 3. Notch size: <br />dependent on the tile type and rear profile between <br />3 and 8 mm. Install the tiles in a void free adhesive <br />bed. <br />Material consumption INDUCRET-VK5065 (including <br />INDU-ConductiveQuartz): <br />Adhesive: <br />Bed thickness approx. 2.0 mm, max. 2.5 mm <br />Consumption:approx. 1.60 kg/m² per mm thickness <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured INDUCRET-VK5065 is considered <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />Therefore ensure that the skin does not come into <br />585</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>different production batches and raw material <br />fluctuations, are unavoidable. This is to be noted <br />when grouting. <br />• Carry out work in neighbouring areas with the same <br />batch (see batch number on the packaging). <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Disposal key: liquid residues: EAK 08 01 11 paint <br />and lacquer waste, which contain organic solvents or <br />other hazardous substances. Cured product residues: <br />EAK 17 02 03 plastics. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>586</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB4010</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55015</p> <p>Epoxy repair mortar</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB4010 is a two component filled epoxy <br />resin mortar with the following properties: <br />• solvent free <br />• high compressive and flexural strength <br />• high resistance to mechanical loading.</p> <p>Storage: <br />18 months when stored dry and cool above +10° C <br />in the original unopened packaging. <br />Surface preparation: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• dry, firm, sound and have a good grip <br />• free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, <br />rubber marks, paint residues and similar <br />• protected from moisture ingress from the rear.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB4010 is used <br />• for producing coved fillets <br />• as a heavy duty repair mortar for voids in concrete <br />and cement-based screed surfaces e.g. on concrete <br />roadways, ramps, industrial floors etc.</p> <p>Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent <br />on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting, scabbling, <br />planing, grit blasting, brushing, sweeping, vacuuming, <br />high pressure water jetting, pressure washing.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Density: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />grey <br />mortar like <br />100:3.6 parts by weight <br />approx. 2.00 g/cm3 <br />approx. 40 minutes <br />at +23° C <br />Application temperature: min. approx. +10° C, <br />max. approx. +30° C <br />Traffic after: <br />min. approx. 16 hours <br />at +23° C <br />Overcoat after: <br />approx. 16 hours, <br />max 24 hours at +23° C <br />Fully cured: <br />after approx. 7 days <br />at +23° C <br />Min cure temperature: <br />+8° C <br />Compressive strength: <br />approx. 100 N/mm2 <br />Flexural strength: <br />approx. 35 N/mm2 <br />E-modulus: <br />approx. 16,000 N/mm2 <br />Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5 (concrete)</p> <p>In addition the following criteria are to be fulfilled <br />dependent on the substrate: <br />Cementitious substrates: <br />• Concrete quality: <br />• Screed quality: <br />• Age: <br />• Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />• Residual moisture:</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 <br />min. 28 days <br />= 1.5 N/mm2 <br />< 4% <br />(carbide hygrometer method)</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Mixing of the components <br />is to be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx. <br />300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to <br />also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that <br />the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is <br />homogenous (free from striations); mixing time approx. <br />3 minutes. The minimum temperature during mixing <br />should be +15° C. Do not use mixed material directly <br />from the packaging. Decant the material into a clean <br />container and mix through thoroughly once again.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with <br />INDU-IB Cleanser and thinners. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUFLOOR-IB4010 is available in 12 kg containers. <br />Components A and B are delivered in a predetermined <br />mixing ratio.</p> <p>587</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Method of application/consumption: <br />Priming: <br />Evenly apply INDUFLOOR-IB1260 to damaged areas. <br />Consumption: approx. 300 - 500 g/m2 per coat.</p> <p>•</p> <p>Repair of damage and voids in concrete: <br />Apply INDUFLOOR-IB4010 to the voids over the wet <br />primer in one application, compact and strike off <br />level with the surface. <br />Consumption: approx. 2.0 kg/m2/mm thickness.</p> <p>•</p> <p>• <br />Production of coved fillets: <br />In one application, apply INDUFLOOR-IB4010 to the <br />primed area to be coved whilst the primer is still wet, <br />compact and strike off level with the surface. Cove <br />radius: approx. 3 - 5 cm. Consumption: approx. <br />1.8 kg/m (with a cove radius of approx. 5 cm). <br />• <br />Health and safety: <br />Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB4010 is harmless. The <br />hardener (component B) is corrosive. When using this <br />product the government health and safety protective <br />directive, data sheet M 023, should be observed as <br />well as the advice on the packaging. <br />• <br />Important advice: <br />• As a rule SCHOMBURG ICS products are delivered <br />in working packs i.e. the mixing ratio is predosed. When large units are supplied, they must <br />be weighed out in part using a balance. Always <br />thoroughly stirrer the filled components and only then <br />mix with the second component. This is to done <br />with a mixing paddle e.g. Polyplan/Rondon circular <br />stirrer or equivalent. In order to prevent mixing errors, <br />decant into a clean container and mix again. The <br />mixing speed should be 300-400 rpm. Ensure that <br />no air is entrained. Higher speeds pull unnecessary <br />air into the product whereas lower speeds do not <br />result in good mixes or it takes too long to mix (pot <br />life). The temperature of the components should be <br />at least 15° C. This is also applicable for any filler <br />added such as e.g. sands. Mixing of the fillers is <br />carried out once the liquid components have been <br />blended. Then immediately tip the complete mix onto</p> <p>•</p> <p>in good time following the instructions given in the <br />technical data sheet. Always thoroughly stir single <br />component products before use. <br />Higher temperatures shorten the pot life and curing <br />time. Lower temperatures increase the pot life and <br />curing time. Material consumption is also increased <br />at lower temperatures. <br />The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of dampness <br />or contamination between the applied coats. <br />When longer waiting times occur between <br />application of the coats or where surfaces already <br />treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a <br />long time, the surface must be well cleaned and <br />abraded, after which a completely new closed-pore <br />coating should be applied. It is not sufficient simply <br />to overcoat. <br />Surface protective systems must be protected for <br />approx. 4 - 6 hours from dampness after application <br />(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white <br />discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and <br />can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky <br />surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and <br />renewed. <br />Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />Cured product residues are to be disposed of under <br />waste disposal classification AW 150106.</p> <p>Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet. <br />Pain products directive (2004/42/EU): <br />Group Lb: j <br />Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l <br />Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l <br />INDUFLOOR-IB4010 contains: < 500 g/l <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>48/12</p> <p>588</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>INDUGROUT-A100</p> <p>Art.-No. 2 04250</p> <p>Non-shrink, non-oxidized, fiber reinforced, <br />free flowing cementitious grout</p> <p>Product Description: <br />INDUGROUT-A100 is ready-to-use non-oxidized <br />cementitious grout which requires only the addition of <br />water to produce non-shrink & waterproofing flowable <br />mortar. It contains selected Portland cements, silica <br />fume ensuring durability, special aggregates, shrinkage <br />- compensating materials, fibers, and modifiers that <br />permit to be applied in an ordinary and high thickness <br />by pouring or pumping without any problems.</p> <p>Technical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Free flow grey powder <br />Fluid <br />Flowable <br />Mixing water: <br />4 <br />3.75 <br />Liters / 25 kg <br />This will be influenced <br />by required consistency <br />Yield: <br />13 l <br />12.5 l <br />Specific Gravity: <br />2.2 - 2.3 (at 20° C) <br />Setting times: <br />This will be influenced by <br />ambient temperatures. Initial <br />setting time is 3 – 4 hours <br />while final setting times is <br />5 – 6 hours. <br />Flow using CRD C-cone: 19 – 25 seconds for flowable <br />consistency. <br />Chloride Content: <br />Nill <br />Expansion Behaviour: <br />Expansion will start after <br />addition of water and mixing <br />and will be continue till <br />24 hours. <br />Expansion after 28 days: + 0.002 % <br />Compressive strength <br />(N/mm2): <br />This will be influenced by <br />consistency: <br />Fluid <br />Flowable <br />- Afer 24 hours <br />20 <br />25 <br />- Afer 7 days <br />50 <br />70 <br />- Afer 28 days <br />60 <br />80 <br />Flexural strength (N/mm2): <br />This will be influenced by consistency <br />Fluid <br />Flowable <br />- Afer 24 hours <br />8 <br />10 <br />- Afer 28 days <br />12 <br />13 <br />Modelus of Elasticity: <br />> 3300 Mpa <br />Coeffient of thermal <br />expansion: <br />11.5 x 10.6 mm/mm/°C</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />INDUGROUT-A100 s formulated to be used as <br />non-shrink, non-oxidized cementitious grout for fluid <br />to flowable consistency in: <br />• Grouting under machinery & equipments. <br />• Grouting under general structural support. <br />• Anchor bolts, Crain rails and milling machine. <br />• Concrete repairs & floor patching where a highly <br />flowable replacement material is recommended. <br />• Filling of voids & holes between new and old <br />concrete. <br />• All similar works. <br />Advantages: <br />• Easy to mix and to apply. <br />• Non-oxidized, non-shrink. <br />• Fiber reinforced, so no risk for cracking. <br />• Adjustable consistency. <br />• High mechanical properties. <br />• Low permeability ensuring durability. <br />• Non-toxic and does not contain any harmful <br />ingredients. <br />• Chloride and nitrate free. <br />• High bond strength to concrete and steel. <br />• Heat resistance properties. <br />• Can be applied by pouring or pumping. <br />Standards: <br />INDUGROUT-A100 is formulated to comply with <br />all requirements of ASTM C-1107: „Packaged Dry, <br />Hydraulic – Cement Grout (Non-shrink)“ Grade A as <br />well as CRD C- 621</p> <p>Guide for Applications: <br />Surface Preparation: <br />All surfaces shall be sound, clean and free from dust, <br />oil & grease or any contaminants that may affect the <br />bond between the product and substrate. Metal surfaces <br />shall be free from rust & scale and other contaminants.</p> <p>589</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Absorbent surfaces shall be saturated thoroughly but <br />no standing water.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />• INDUGROUT-A100 is non-toxic, non-hazardous <br />during handling, storage & use. <br />• For Ecology: Do not dispose directly to water or soil, <br />re-use it if possible or mix with water and wait till <br />hardening, then burry it in landfill in accordance with <br />the National regulations. <br />• Splashes on skin will be washed with water and <br />soap. <br />• For more details about any safety requirement, refer <br />to Product’s MSDS.</p> <p>Mixing: <br />The exact amount of water shall be put in a clean <br />vessel (or mixer) and gradually add the powder while <br />mixing. Continue mixing till homogenous consistency <br />free from lumps is achieved. It is recommended to use <br />an electric drill of maximum 400 – 500 rpm. It is not <br />recommended to mix more than that you can place <br />within 60 minutes. DO NOT RETEPMER to restore <br />workability. <br />Placement: <br />Pour the mixed materials onto the prepared substrate <br />continuously from one side avoiding air pocket <br />entrapment (allow the air to escape). If base plate <br />grouting is carrying out, ensure adequate head pressure <br />is maintained. Voids should be removed by removed <br />rodding, strapping. <br />Curing: <br />INDUGROUT-A100 is cementitious grout, ACI <br />recommendations should be followed during mixing, <br />placement or curing. After placement, the grout shall <br />be cured properly for 3 days at least. Our curing range <br />can be used. Protect the placed grout from extreme <br />temperatures. <br />Cleaning: <br />Clean all tolls & equipment with water after finishing <br />the work immediately. <br />Packaging: <br />INDUGROUT-A100 is supplied in well sealed <br />25 kg packs. <br />Storage: <br />INDUGROUT-A100 shall be stored in normal conditions <br />away from any extreme temperatures, and any source <br />of moisture. <br />Shelf Life: <br />Shelf life is 12 months.</p> <p>02/12</p> <p>590</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>INDUGROUT-EP100</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55056</p> <p>Three-component, solvent-free, high performance, <br />free-flowing epoxy grout</p> <p>Flash Point: <br />Water absorption: <br />(ASTM D-570) <br />Compressive strength: <br />(ASTM D-695)</p> <p>Description: <br />INDUGROUT-EP100 is a three-component, solvent-free, <br />non-shrink, high performance, epoxy-resin, free flowing <br />grout for gaps of 10 mm to 100 mm. <br />INDUGROUT-EP100 is based on a selection of epoxy <br />resins, curing agents, hard & inert aggregates that – <br />when mixed – provide a grout of excellent adhesion <br />with high early and final compressive & mechanical <br />strengths, in addition to good chemical resistance.</p> <p>Flexural strength: <br />(ASTM D638) <br />Tensile Strength: <br />(ASTM D-638) <br />Bond Strength: <br />(ASTM C-882) <br />Coeffient of thermal <br />expansion:</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />INDUGROUT-EP100 is typically used to grout: <br />• under machinery plates exposed to high <br />dynamic loads or vibrations <br />• under machinery that will be exposed to <br />chemical attack <br />• under bridge bearing pads <br />• crane rails <br />• high strength anchoring bolts <br />• large area cavities in concrete.</p> <p>65 N/mm2 after 6 hours <br />90 N/mm2 after 24 hours <br />105 N/mm2 after 7 days <br />40 N/mm2 <br />15 N/mm2 <br />concrete: 4 N/mm2 <br />steel: 15 N/mm2 <br />42 x 10-6 mm/mm/°C</p> <p>Application Procedures <br />Tools: <br />Surface preparation: <br />Use chisel, grinder (such as HighGrinder 125.4RO* <br />or similar), sand-blasting, water-blasting or grit-blasting <br />equipment.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Easy to mix and apply <br />• Solvent-free; 100 % solids <br />• Non-shrink curing ensures full adhesion <br />• Excellent flowability <br />• Rapid strength development <br />• Excellent chemical resistance & durability <br />• Suitable for application on damp or dry substrates</p> <p>Mixing: <br />Use a spiral mixing paddle (such as MG140*) & a <br />variable slow speed mixer (such as HighMix EHR23*). <br />Pouring: <br />Use plastic or steel buckets & funnels. <br />* denotes equipment supplied by <br />HTG HIGH TECH Germany GmbH</p> <p>Standards: <br />INDUGROUT-EP100 is formulated to comply with all <br />the requirements of ASTM C-881: „Epoxy resin-based <br />Bonding Systems for concrete“. <br />Typical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Density: <br />Pot-life: <br />Chemical Resistance:</p> <p>> 200° C <br />0.10%</p> <p>Surface Preparation: <br />Areas to be treated must be sound, and free from <br />adhesion inhibiting substances such as dust, laitance, <br />grease, rust, etc.</p> <p>Free flow grey liquid <br />2.0 g/mm3 at 20° C <br />120 minutes at 23° C <br />reagents & chemicals; <br />including salt water, organic <br />& inorganic acids, alkalis, <br />etc.</p> <p>Dependent on the type and condition of the substrate <br />use suitable means of preparation such as scabbling, <br />grit-blasting, water-blasting or shot-blasting. <br />The following criteria must also be respected, <br />dependent on substrate type:</p> <p>591</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Cement-based: <br />Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />Age of substrate: <br />min. 14 days <br />Tensile adhesion strength: > 1.5 N/mm</p> <p>Always place grouts from one side of the base plate <br />only, whilst maintaining a constant „liquid grout“ head <br />until the grout rises at other sides of the base plate. <br />The constant liquid head prevents air pocket formation <br />under the base plate and assures proper adhesion and <br />contact (effective bearing area). <br />Do not apply at thicknesses lower than 10 mm. Do <br />not exceed 100 mm layer thickness in any single <br />application. <br />Refer to method statement for more details.</p> <p>Iron and steel: <br />Surfaces are to be abraded to a bright white metal <br />finish in accordance with Swedish Standard SA <br />2&1/2. Apply INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI <br />immediately before fresh scale is formed.</p> <p>Curing: <br />INDUGROUT-EP100 does not require any particular <br />curing after placing. Protect uncured product from rain <br />& moving water. Once hardened no curing procedures <br />are required.</p> <p>Shuttering: <br />Erect a water-tight shutter around the base plate at <br />appropriate distance (for visual & physical inspection) <br />and ensure that a hydrostatic head is created at one <br />side of the formwork. Shuttering should be coated <br />with an oil-based de-moulding agent such as <br />BLANKOL-NATIV and left to dry before grouting. <br />Please refer to method statement for more details.</p> <p>Estimating & Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />INDUGROUT-EP100 is supplied in 30 kg kits consistin <br />of 3 components. All components are delivered at a <br />predetermined mixing ratio.</p> <p>Mixing: <br />All three components, A (resin), B (hardener) and <br />C (filler) are delivered in a predetermined mixing <br />ratio. Empty the entire contents of component B into <br />the component A container. Mechanically stir using <br />appropriate mixing paddle attached to a slow speed <br />mixing drill (300 to 400 RPM) until a homogeneous <br />and well dispersed mixture is obtained. Gradually add <br />component C, while mixing and continue thorough <br />mixing until a homogenous flowable mixture is <br />obtained. Ensure that no unmixed material is left on the <br />sides and bottom of the container. Decant the material <br />into a clean container and thoroughly mix once again <br />for 3 minutes. The material temperature during mixing <br />should always be 30° C or lower.</p> <p>Yield: <br />INDUGROUT-EP100: approx. 2 kg/litre or <br />20 kg/10 mm thick gap/m2. <br />Higher consumption is expected on rough surfaces. <br />Always allow for wastage when calculating quantities <br />to order. <br />Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />During continued application, all tools must be regularl <br />& thoroughly cleaned with INDU-IB-Cleanser every 30 <br />to 45 minutes (dependant on temperature) to prevent <br />the product from setting on tool surfaces. Thorough <br />cleaning must also be carried out immediately at the <br />end of works or whenever work is suspended. <br />Cured material can only be removed mechanically.</p> <p>Method of Application: <br />Placement: <br />It is important to make available ample product and <br />ensure a steady & continuous pouring process to <br />prevent air entrapment or pocket formation. Mixing & <br />pouring times per kit should be carefully considered to <br />avoid any discontinuation of any single pour. <br />Rodding or vibrating is not required as <br />INDUGROUT-EP100 is a free flowing grout.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life <br />INDUGROUT-EP100 has a shelf life of 24 months <br />when original, unopened containers are stored in a <br />dry and frost-free environment above 5° C.</p> <p>592</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once completely cured, INDUGROUT-EP100 is <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />Therefore implicitly ensure that the hardener does not <br />come into contact with skin. Always wear protective <br />gloves and adequate eye protection when working <br />with this product. Clean up contamination with plenty <br />of water and soap, preferably with the addition of <br />10% household vinegar. Should splashes get into the <br />eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek <br />immediate medical help with reference to the current <br />valid Material Safety Data Sheet. Adhere to the general <br />government health and safety protective directive. <br />Important advice: <br />• Always mix a full pack. Do not mix part packs. <br />• Do not expose applied material before initial cure to <br />moving water. <br />• Protect from rain before initial cure to prevent surface <br />deformations. <br />• Lower site temperatures may reduce workability whilst <br />reaction times (pot life & full cure) are extended. <br />Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written conformation from <br />the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• INDUGROUT-EP100 is classified as non hazardous <br />in accordance with the Ordinance on Hazardous <br />Substances GefStoffV. <br />Please observe a current EU health and safety data <br />sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>593</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>INDUGROUT-EP200</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55057</p> <p>Three-component, solvent-free, high performance, <br />free-flowing epoxy grout</p> <p>Flash Point: <br />Water absorption: <br />(ASTM D-570) <br />Compressive strength:</p> <p>Description: <br />INDUGROUT-EP200 is a three-component, solvent-free, <br />non-shrink, high performance, epoxy-resin, free flowing <br />grout for gaps of 10 mm to 200 mm. <br />INDUGROUT-EP200 is based on a selection of epoxy <br />resins, curing agents, hard & inert aggregates that – <br />when mixed – provide a grout of excellent adhesion <br />with high early and final compressive & mechanical <br />strengths, in addition to good chemical resistance.</p> <p>(ASTM D-695) <br />Flexural strength: <br />(ASTM D638) <br />Tensile Strength: <br />(ASTM D-638) <br />Bond Strength: <br />(ASTM C-882) <br />Coeffient of thermal <br />expansion:</p> <p>Primary Uses: <br />INDUGROUT-EP200 is typically used to grout: <br />• under machinery plates exposed to high <br />dynamic loads or vibrations <br />• under machinery that will be exposed to <br />chemical attack <br />• under bridge bearing pads <br />• crane rails <br />• high strength anchoring bolts <br />• large area cavities in concrete.</p> <p>65 N/mm2 after 24 hours <br />105 N/mm2 after 7 days <br />40 N/mm2 <br />15 N/mm2 <br />concrete: 4 N/mm2 <br />steel: 15 N/mm2 <br />42 x 10-6 mm/mm/°C</p> <p>Application Procedures <br />Tools: <br />Surface preparation: <br />Use chisel, grinder (such as HighGrinder 125.4RO* <br />or similar), sand-blasting, water-blasting or grit-blasting <br />equipment.</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Easy to mix and apply <br />• Solvent-free; 100 % solids <br />• Non-shrink curing ensures full adhesion <br />• Excellent flowability <br />• Rapid strength development <br />• Excellent chemical resistance & durability <br />• Suitable for application on damp or dry substrates</p> <p>Mixing: <br />Use a spiral mixing paddle (such as MG140*) & a <br />variable slow speed mixer (such as HighMix EHR23*). <br />Pouring: <br />Use plastic or steel buckets & funnels. <br />* denotes equipment supplied by <br />HTG HIGH TECH Germany GmbH</p> <p>Standards: <br />INDUGROUT-EP200 is formulated to comply with all <br />the requirements of ASTM C-881: „Epoxy resin-based <br />Bonding Systems for concrete“. <br />Typical Properties: <br />Appearance: <br />Density: <br />Pot-life: <br />Chemical Resistance:</p> <p>> 200° C <br />0.10%</p> <p>Surface Preparation: <br />Areas to be treated must be sound, and free from <br />adhesion inhibiting substances such as dust, laitance, <br />grease, rust, etc.</p> <p>Free flow grey liquid <br />2.0 g/mm3 at 20° C <br />150 minutes at 23° C <br />reagents & chemicals; <br />including salt water, organic <br />& inorganic acids, alkalis, <br />etc.</p> <p>Dependent on the type and condition of the substrate <br />use suitable means of preparation such as scabbling, <br />grit-blasting, water-blasting or shot-blasting. <br />The following criteria must also be respected, <br />dependent on substrate type:</p> <p>594</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Cement-based: <br />Concrete quality: <br />min. C20/25 <br />Age of substrate: <br />min. 14 days <br />Tensile adhesion strength: > 1.5 N/mm</p> <p>Always place grouts from one side of the base plate <br />only, whilst maintaining a constant „liquid grout“ head <br />until the grout rises at other sides of the base plate. <br />The constant liquid head prevents air pocket formation <br />under the base plate and assures proper adhesion and <br />contact (effective bearing area). <br />Do not apply at thicknesses lower than 10 mm. Do <br />not exceed 200 mm layer thickness in any single <br />application. <br />Refer to method statement for more details.</p> <p>Iron and steel: <br />Surfaces are to be abraded to a bright white metal <br />finish in accordance with Swedish Standard SA <br />2&1/2. Apply INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI <br />immediately before fresh scale is formed.</p> <p>Curing: <br />INDUGROUT-EP200 does not require any particular <br />curing after placing. Protect uncured product from rain <br />& moving water. Once hardened no curing procedures <br />are required.</p> <p>Shuttering: <br />Erect a water-tight shutter around the base plate at <br />appropriate distance (for visual & physical inspection) <br />and ensure that a hydrostatic head is created at one <br />side of the formwork. Shuttering should be coated <br />with an oil-based de-moulding agent such as <br />BLANKOL-NATIV and left to dry before grouting. <br />Please refer to method statement for more details.</p> <p>Estimating & Supply: <br />Packaging: <br />INDUGROUT-EP200 is supplied in 30 kg kits consisting <br />of 3 components. All components are delivered at a <br />predetermined mixing ratio.</p> <p>Mixing: <br />All three components, A (resin), B (hardener) and <br />C (filler) are delivered in a predetermined mixing <br />ratio. Empty the entire contents of component B into <br />the component A container. Mechanically stir using <br />appropriate mixing paddle attached to a slow speed <br />mixing drill (300 to 400 RPM) until a homogeneous <br />and well dispersed mixture is obtained. Gradually add <br />component C, while mixing and continue thorough <br />mixing until a homogenous flowable mixture is <br />obtained. Ensure that no unmixed material is left on the <br />sides and bottom of the container. Decant the material <br />into a clean container and thoroughly mix once again <br />for 3 minutes. The material temperature during mixing <br />should always be 30° C or lower.</p> <p>Yield: <br />INDUGROUT-EP200: approx. 2 kg/litre or <br />20 kg/10 mm thick gap/m2. <br />Higher consumption is expected on rough surfaces. <br />Always allow for wastage when calculating quantities <br />to order. <br />Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: <br />During continued application, all tools must be regularly <br />& thoroughly cleaned with INDU-IB-Cleanser every 40 <br />to 60 minutes (dependant on temperature) to prevent <br />the product from setting on tool surfaces. Thorough <br />cleaning must also be carried out immediately at the <br />end of works or whenever work is suspended. <br />Cured material can only be removed mechanically.</p> <p>Method of Application: <br />Placement: <br />It is important to make available ample product and <br />ensure a steady & continuous pouring process to <br />prevent air entrapment or pocket formation. Mixing & <br />pouring times per kit should be carefully considered to <br />avoid any discontinuation of any single pour. <br />Rodding or vibrating is not required as <br />INDUGROUT-EP200 is a free flowing grout.</p> <p>Storage & Shelf-life <br />INDUGROUT-EP200 has a shelf life of 24 months <br />when original, unopened containers are stored in a <br />dry and frost-free environment above 5° C.</p> <p>595</p> <p>7. Grouts, Anchors and Bonding Agents</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once completely cured, INDUGROUT-EP200 is <br />harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive. <br />Therefore implicitly ensure that the hardener does not <br />come into contact with skin. Always wear protective <br />gloves and adequate eye protection when working <br />with this product. Clean up contamination with plenty <br />of water and soap, preferably with the addition of <br />10% household vinegar. Should splashes get into the <br />eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek <br />immediate medical help with reference to the current <br />valid Material Safety Data Sheet. Adhere to the general <br />government health and safety protective directive. <br />Important advice: <br />• Always mix a full pack. Do not mix part packs. <br />• Do not expose applied material before initial cure <br />to moving water. <br />• Protect from rain before initial cure to prevent surface <br />deformations. <br />• Lower site temperatures may reduce workability whilst <br />reaction times (pot life & full cure) are extended. <br />Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written conformation from <br />the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• INDUGROUT-EP200 is classified as non hazardous <br />in accordance with the Ordinance on Hazardous <br />Substances GefStoffV. <br />Please observe a current EU health and safety data <br />sheet. <br />GISCODE: RE 1</p> <p>01/11</p> <p>596</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets <br />8. Road and Track Construction <br />› INDUCRET-VK-1000</p> <p>598</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-2000</p> <p>600</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-2050</p> <p>602</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-2100</p> <p>604</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-DM-C</p> <p>605</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-DM-C08</p> <p>607</p> <p>› Primer-2000</p> <p>608</p> <p>› Primer-2000-A</p> <p>610</p> <p>› Primer-2000-S</p> <p>612</p> <p>597</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK1000</p> <p>(VK-Bettungskleber) <br />High strength mineral-based PCC bedding adhesive</p> <p>Compressive strength <br />(DIN 1164) *2):</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-VK1000 (VK-Bettungskleber) is a high <br />strength, mineral-based PCC (paver compacted <br />concrete) bedding adhesive with the following <br />properties: <br />• cement-based <br />• for interior and exterior use <br />• high initial and final strength <br />• minimal tendency to shrink <br />• good water retaining capacity <br />• insensitive to cracking at low water / <br />cement ratios (0.35) <br />• resistant to volume change and ageing <br />• resistant to frost and thawing salts <br />• water impermeable <br />• chloride free <br />• guarantees a strong adhesive bond to paving <br />finishes of stone quality conforming to TL Min-StB <br />and DIN EN 1342.</p> <p>Flexural strength *2):</p> <p>Mixing time: <br />Pot life *2): <br />Application <br />temperature *1):</p> <p>Light traffic *2): <br />Full load *2):</p> <p>approx. 35 N/mm2 <br />after 1 day <br />approx. 59 N/mm2 <br />after 3 days <br />approx. 67 N/mm2 <br />after 7 days <br />approx. 73 N/mm2 <br />after 28 days <br />approx. 4.9 N/mm2 <br />after 1 day <br />approx. 5.0 N/mm2 <br />after 3 days <br />approx. 7.3 N/mm2 <br />after 7 days <br />approx. 9.6 N/mm2 <br />after 28 days</p> <p>*1): Construction components and ambient temperatures below <br />+20 °C delay the setting time. Construction components and <br />ambient temperatures above +20 °C accelerate the setting time. <br />*2): The values refer to +20 °C and 65% relative humidity.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-VK1000 (VK-Bettungskleber) is used as a <br />bedding adhesive for stone pavers in heavy duty areas. <br />INDUCRET-VK1000 (VK-Bettungskleber) can be used to <br />accomplish thicknesses of approx. 20 – 90 mm. <br />INDUCRET-VK1000 (VK-Bettungskleber) is a component <br />of the INDUCRET-VK-Monolith system. <br />Technical Data: <br />Particle size: <br />Wet density of <br />fresh mortar: <br />Consumption: <br />Addition rate <br />(gauging liquid):</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50007</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools with water after use. <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bags and 1500 kg big bags. <br />Storage: <br />9 months when stored dry and free from frost above <br />+10 °C in the original closed packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>0 – 4 mm <br />2.20 kg/dm3 <br />20.5 kg/m2 per cm thickness</p> <p>Substrate / <br />load bearing base and stone quality: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• solid, load bearing and have a good key <br />• free from separating substances. <br />Dependent on the condition of the substrate and the <br />stone surface use suitable means of preparation such <br />as e.g. high pressure washing, grit blasting or other <br />methods. Exposed reinforcement should be treated <br />with INDUCRET-VK2050 (VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) in <br />accordance with restoration techniques.</p> <p>approx. 7% = 1.75 l per <br />25 kg bag <br />approx. 3 – 5 minutes <br />approx. 60 minutes <br />min. +8 °C to max. +30 °C <br />(substrate and ambient <br />temperature) <br />after 16 hours <br />after 7 days</p> <p>598</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>Concrete quality of <br />the load-bearing base: <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />Stone quality:</p> <p>Grouting with INDUCRET-VK2000 (VK-Fugenkleber): <br />After waiting for a minimum of 16 hours at +20 °C <br />the paving finish is ready to be trafficked to enable <br />grouting. Grouting should however be carried out <br />within a maximum of 32 hours at +20 °C.</p> <p>min. C20/25 <br />> 1.5 N/mm2 <br />cleaned pore deep <br />conforming to TL Min-StB <br />and DIN EN 1342</p> <p>Post-treatment: <br />Protect the bedding adhesive used to install the pavers <br />from rapid drying for a minimum of 24 hours through <br />suitable protective measures. The influence of rain, <br />draughts, and extremes of heat and cold should be <br />avoided.</p> <p>Prior to application of the INDUCRET-VK1000 <br />(VK-Bettungskleber), the substrate (concrete) should <br />be adequately wetted; avoid puddle formation. Prior <br />to laying the bedding adhesive, prepare the matt <br />damp load-bearing base with the bonding aid <br />INDUCRET-VK2050 (VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) (see technical <br />data sheet) in order to achieve a high bond strength. <br />Ensure that the bedding adhesive is applied whilst the <br />bonding aid is still wet. Observe appropriate working <br />times.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Protect against rain by suitably covering. <br />• Impede early water evaporation by covering with <br />damp textiles or polythene (thickness/quality: min. <br />500 g/m2 area weight). At temperatures above <br />+20 °C dampen the textiles with water, as <br />necessary, frequently during the day. <br />• Lower temperatures and cold gauging liquid delay <br />the strength development. Higher temperatures <br />accelerate the strength development. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in <br />this technical data sheet may only be carried <br />out after consultation with and written confirmation <br />from the Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Protect areas that are not to be treated from <br />contamination with the above materials.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />INDUCRET-VK1000 (VK-Bettungskleber) is delivered <br />ready for use and only requires mixing with gauging <br />liquid. Fill the prepared forced paddle mixer with 7% <br />= 1.75 l per 25 kg bag water leaving out a residual <br />amount, add the powder component and mix for <br />approx. 3 minutes. Add the remaining water and mix <br />for a further 2 minutes. The mix is immediately ready <br />for use. If it is necessary to use a screw mixer (e.g. <br />Type: PFT Horizontal mixer, HM 2002) the water <br />dosage must be set up beforehand. Spray the bedding <br />adhesive shortly before installing the pavers with <br />INDUCRET-VK2050 (VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) in order to <br />ensure optimum adhesion. <br />The bedding adhesive is applied and compacted <br />manually. The use of laths assists in the accuracy of <br />bedding depths. The necessary compaction is achieved <br />by positioning and knocking the pavers up to 20 mm <br />into the adhesive bed.</p> <p>Please observe a current EU health and safety data <br />sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>28/07</p> <p>599</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK2000 (VK-Fugenkleber)</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50006 <br />Easy to spread, mineral-based grouting adhesive for pavers</p> <p>Application <br />temperature *:</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-VK2000 (VK-Fugenkleber) is an easily <br />spread, mineral-based pointing adhesive for pavers <br />with the following properties: <br />• Cement-based <br />• Chloride free <br />• Pumpable <br />• Easily spread <br />• Insensitive to cracking <br />• Water impermeable <br />• Resistant to frost and freeze-thaw cycles <br />• Rapid curing <br />• Early cleaning possible <br />• Ready for foot traffic quickly <br />• Resistant to oil and petrol</p> <p>Compressive strength <br />(DIN 1164) *:</p> <p>Flexural strength*:</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools with water after use. <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bags. Other pack sizes on request.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-VK2000 (VK-Fugenkleber) is used as a joint <br />adhesive for paved surfaces in heavy duty areas such <br />as: <br />• Roadways <br />• Bus stops <br />• Crossings <br />• In the track vicinity <br />• Market places and parking areas <br />• Waste water channels <br />INDUCRET-VK2000 (VK-Fugenkleber) is a component <br />of the INDUCRET-VK-Monolith system.</p> <p>Particle size: <br />Wet density of <br />fresh mortar *: <br />Water demand: <br />Pot life *:</p> <p>26 N/mm2 after 24 hours <br />38 N/mm2 after 3 days <br />50 N/mm2 after 7 days <br />59 N/mm2 after 28 days <br />4.7 N/mm2 after 24 hours <br />6.8 N/mm2 after 3 days <br />8.6 N/mm2 after 7 days <br />9.1 N/mm2 after 28 days</p> <p>(*): Construction components and ambient temperatures below <br />+20° C delay the setting time. Construction components and <br />ambient temperatures above +20° C accelerate the setting time.</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK2000 (VK-Fugenkleber) guarantees a <br />strong adhesive bond to the paved finish of stone <br />quality: conforming to TL Min.StB and DIN EN 1342 <br />and cleaned pore deep.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>min. +5° C to max. +30° C <br />(construction components and <br />ambient temperature)</p> <p>Storage: <br />6 months when stored dry and free from frost above <br />+10 °C in the original unopened packaging. Use <br />opened packaging promptly. <br />Substrate / <br />load bearing base and stone quality: <br />The sub-base to be treated (load bearing base and <br />bedding adhesive) must be able to accommodate the <br />expected traffic load. <br />For heavy vehicular traffic (construction class II to III) <br />INDUCRET-VK1000 (VK-Bettungkleber) is to be used <br />as the bedding adhesive. For the purpose of stability <br />of the individual pavers the joints should be completely <br />filled to the depth of the stone. Prior to application of <br />the grout, the joint void should be pre-wetted so that at <br />the time of pouring the grout the stone’s absorption is <br />greatly reduced. When pre-wetting avoid the formation <br />of puddles or standing water in the joint cavity.</p> <p>PCC (Paver compacted <br />concrete) mortar <br />0 – 1.0 mm <br />approx. 2.18 kg/dm3 <br />approx. 14% = 3.5 litres <br />per 25 kg bag <br />approx. 40 minutes</p> <p>600</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />INDUCRET-VK2000 (VK-Fugenkleber) is delivered ready <br />for use and only requires mixing with water. Fill the <br />prepared forced paddle mixer, e.g. Collomatic 65/2K-3, Utz-Mischer or other, with 14% water (relates <br />to approx. 3.5 litres per 25 kg bag) leaving out a <br />residual amount, add the bag contents and mix for <br />approx. 3 minutes. Add the remaining water and mix <br />for a further 2 minutes. When using a screw-feed mixer <br />(e.g. Type: PFT Horizontal mixer, type: HM 2002) <br />the water dosage must be adjusted beforehand. The <br />paving joint adhesive is immediately ready for use.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Protect against rain with suitable covers. <br />• Impede early water evaporation by covering with <br />damp textiles or polythene (thickness/quality: min. <br />500 g/m2 area weight). <br />• At temperatures above +20° C dampen the textiles <br />with water, as necessary, frequently during the day. <br />• With rough paver surfaces a cement film may remain <br />after grouting. Trial areas should be carried out. <br />Clean containers, tools etc. with water immediately. <br />Only mechanical cleaning is possible once <br />hardened.</p> <p>Application of the joint adhesive: <br />Spread the grout over the surface and slowly flood into <br />the joints using a stable rubber squeegee or similar. <br />Always pour subsequent mixes onto the previously <br />flooded paved area in order to flood neighbouring <br />joints. It may be necessary to lightly ‘poke’ the joint to <br />avoid air pockets. Thoroughly strike off excess mortar <br />immediately diagonally to the joint direction.</p> <p>Please observe a current EU health and safety data <br />sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>Cleaning the paved surface: <br />1) Cleaning with a broom: after the applied joint <br />adhesive has stiffened, spray the surface with water <br />and pre-wash with a medium hard broom. After <br />waiting for 10 minutes, thoroughly wash once <br />again. Afterwards keep the grouted paved area <br />dampened for 36 hours (at +20° C and 65% <br />relative humidity) in order to ensure a perfect cure. <br />2) Cleaning using a sponge cleaning machine: e.g. <br />with a “Schwammfix”. Afterwards keep the grouted <br />paved area dampened for 36 hours (at +20 °C <br />and 65% relative humidity) in order to ensure a <br />perfect cure. <br />Material consumption: <br />The joint depth is to be determined from the stone <br />thickness minus 20 mm (see application advice for <br />INDUCRET-VK1000 (VK-Bettungskleber)). Other possible <br />joint dimensions may arise from the appropriate <br />standards used for the installation of paved and slab <br />finishes. <br />25/11</p> <p>601</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK2050</p> <p>(VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) <br />Mineral-based bonding agent / contact slurry</p> <p>Tensile adhesion <br />strength:</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-VK2050 (VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) is a mineralbased bonding agent/ contact slurry with the following <br />properties: <br />• Fine grain, cement-based, polymer modified mortar <br />• Resistant to saponification <br />• Immediately ready for use after mixing with water <br />• Very easy to use <br />• Frost resistant</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools with water after use. <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg bags with polythene liner. <br />Storage: <br />9 months when stored dry and free from frost above <br />+10° C in the original unopened packaging.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-VK2050 (VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) is used as <br />a mineral-based bonding agent between: <br />• Concrete substrates and the bedding adhesive. <br />• Concrete substrates and bonded cement-based <br />screeds <br />• Concrete substrates and repair mortars <br />It is furthermore for use as a contact and bonding <br />slurry onto fresh mortar beds for the installation of <br />ceramic flooring fixed by vibration techniques. <br />INDUCRET-VK2050 (VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) is a <br />component of the INDUCRET-VK-Monolith and <br />INDUCRET-VK-Revision systems.</p> <p>Application <br />temperature *:</p> <p>> 1.5 N/mm2</p> <p>(*): Construction components and ambient temperatures below <br />+20° C delay the setting time. Construction components and <br />ambient temperatures above +20° C accelerate the setting time.</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK2050 (VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) improves the <br />adhesive bond between the bedding adhesive and the <br />concrete substrate.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Bulk density: <br />Components: <br />Colour: <br />Water demand: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50009</p> <p>Substrate / load bearing base: <br />The area to be treated must be: <br />• solid, load bearing and absorbent <br />• free from separating substances. <br />Dependent on the condition of the substrate use <br />suitable means of preparation such as e.g. high <br />pressure washing, grit blasting or other methods. <br />Quality/age of the concrete <br />of the load-bearing base: C25/30 / 28 days <br />Tensile adhesion <br />strength: <br />> 1.5 N/mm2</p> <p>cement <br />approx. 1.15 g/cm3 <br />1 <br />cement grey <br />approx. 6.5 to 7.5 litres <br />approx. 60 minutes at <br />+20 °C and 65% relative <br />humidity</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />Mix the INDUCRET-VK2050 (VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) <br />powder with water. <br />Addition rate: approx. 6.5 – 7.5 litres. <br />Mix the INDUCRET-VK2050 (VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) with <br />a suitable stirrer (max. 300 rpm) or a forced paddle <br />mixer (mixing time approx. 3 – 5 minutes) until a <br />homogenous, lump free material is achieved. After a <br />maturing time of approx. 2 minutes stir through once <br />again. Only mix as much material as can be used <br />within 60 minutes. <br />Application tools: hard broom or brush.</p> <p>min. +5 °C up to max. <br />+30 °C (construction <br />component and ambient <br />temperature)</p> <p>602</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>Method of application / consumption: <br />Using the appropriate tools, brush INDUCRET-VK2050 <br />(VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) into the prepared and dampened <br />substrate ensuring complete and even coverage. <br />Immediately apply the INDUCRET-VK1000 <br />(VK-Bettungskleber) or cement-based screed into the <br />bonding agent whilst still wet (fresh in fresh). During <br />interruptions in the work schedule or if it hardens, allow <br />the bonding agent to fully cure, followed by a repeat <br />application. <br />Material consumption: approx. 1.5 – 3.0 kg/m2 <br />dependent on the surface structure of the load-bearing <br />base. <br />Vibration flooring: <br />Using appropriate tools dependent on the tile format <br />(steel float or 4-8 mm notched trowel), apply the <br />INDUCRET-VK2050 (VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) to the fresh <br />mortar bed. Within 15-20 minutes position the ceramic <br />tiles with a sliding action into the INDUCRET-VK2050 <br />(VK-PCC-Haftbrücke) whilst it is still wet and tap into <br />place. Once setting starts vibrate the floor in the usual <br />manner. During interruptions in the work schedule or <br />if it hardens, allow the bonding agent to fully cure, <br />followed by a repeat application. <br />Material consumption: <br />Approx. 1.0 to 3.0 kg/m2 dependent on the surface <br />structure of the load-bearing base. <br />Important advice: <br />• Protect against rain with suitable covers. <br />• Stiffened material must not be diluted with water <br />or mixed with fresh mortar. <br />• Install screeds or floor finishes within the open time. <br />• Always use the whole packaging unit during <br />application. <br />Please observe a current EU health and safety data <br />sheet. <br />GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>25/11</p> <p>603</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK2100</p> <p>(VK-Haftbrücke)</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50010</p> <p>Bonding emulsion</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-VK2100 (VK-Haftbrücke) is a bonding <br />emulsion with the following properties: <br />• non-saponifiable bonding emulsion <br />• free from solvents, acetate and plasticizers <br />• free from materials that cause corrosion <br />• ready to use solution.</p> <p>Storage: <br />Frost above +10 °C in the original unopened <br />packaging. <br />Substrate: <br />• Freshly installed bedding adhesive (Quality: e.g. <br />INDUCRET-VK1000 (VK-Bettungskleber)). <br />• Paving blocks: Stone quality in accordance with <br />TL Min-StB and DIN EN 1342.</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK2100 (VK-Haftbrücke) improves the <br />tensile adhesion strength between bedding adhesive <br />and paving blocks.</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />As a bonding aid between bedding adhesive and <br />paving block: <br />Stir the bonding aid before use. After laying the <br />bedding adhesive, prepare the surface by spraying <br />the fresh bedding adhesive with INDUCRET-VK2100 <br />(VK-Haftbrücke) shortly before laying the paving blocks. <br />Afterwards immediately position and knock the paving <br />blocks up to 20 mm into the adhesive bed.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-VK2100 (VK-Haftbrücke) is used as a <br />bonding aid between bedding mortar and paving <br />blocks. <br />INDUCRET-VK2100 (VK-Haftbrücke) is a component <br />of the INDUCRET-VK-Monolith system. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Specific gravity: <br />Colour: <br />Pot life: <br />RH <br />Application <br />temperature*:</p> <p>Material consumption: <br />Approx. 0.8 to 1.2 kg/m2, dependent on construction <br />component and ambient temperature.</p> <p>polymer emulsion based on <br />styrene-butadiene <br />approx. 1.0 g/cm3 <br />white <br />approx. 60 minutes at <br />approx. +20 °C and 65%</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• Protect against rain by suitably covering. <br />Please observe a current EU health and safety data <br />sheet.</p> <p>min. +8 °C up to max. <br />+30 °C (construction <br />component and ambient <br />temperature)</p> <p>GISCODE: D1</p> <p>The values given are guides determined under standard climatic <br />conditions +23/50-2</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools with water after use. <br />Packaging: <br />25 kg container and 180 kg drum.</p> <p>09/07</p> <p>604</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-DM-C</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50037</p> <p>Mineral-based drainage mortar</p> <p>Compressive strength <br />(DIN 1164):</p> <p>Properties: <br />INDUCRET-VK-DM-C is: <br />• Cement-based <br />• For interior and exterior use <br />• High initial and final strength <br />• Easily drains <br />• Low shrinkage <br />• Resistant to volume change and ageing <br />• Resistant to frost and freeze/thaw <br />• Water permeable <br />• Chloride free</p> <p>Flexural strength <br />(DIN 1164):</p> <p>+20° C accelerate the setting time.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />INDUCRET-VK-DM-C is used as a concentrate mixed <br />with flint chippings of particle size e.g. 5–8 mm, as a <br />drainage mortar for paving blocks in heavy duty areas. <br />INDUCRET-VK-DM-C can be installed at thicknesses <br />from 20–100 mm.</p> <p>Storage:</p> <p>Light foot traffic: <br />Full service conditions:</p> <p>Thoroughly clean work tools <br />after use with water. <br />25 kg bags, 40 bags <br />per pallet <br />6 months in the original <br />unopened packaging when <br />stored dry and cool above <br />+10° C.</p> <p>Substrate/load bearing substrate and <br />stone quality: <br />The surface to be treated must: <br />• be sound and absorbent <br />• be free from separating substances <br />• be able to drain <br />• be appropriate for the loading</p> <p>Technical Data (complete mix): <br />Green density of <br />fresh mortar: <br />approx. 2.10 kg/dm3 <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 21.0 kg/m2 <br />per cm thickness <br />Water addition quantity: approx. 3.0 litres (12%) <br />per 25 kg bag</p> <p>Application <br />temperature (*):</p> <p>approx. 2.8 N/mm2 after 3 <br />days at +20° C and 65% RH <br />approx. 6.8 N/mm2 after 28 <br />days at +20° C and 65% RH</p> <p>(*): construction component and ambient temperatures below +20° C retard <br />the setting time, construction component and ambient temperatures above</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK-DM-C guarantees a strong adhesive <br />bond to paving finishes of stone quality conforming <br />to TL Min-StB and DIN EN 1342.</p> <p>Mixing time: <br />Pot life:</p> <p>approx. 18 N/mm2 after 3 <br />days at +20° C and 65% RH <br />approx. 41 N/mm2 after 28 <br />days at +20° C and 65% RH</p> <p>Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be <br />used and the surface of the stone, suitable preparation <br />methods such as e.g. high pressure jetting, shot <br />blasting or others, can be used. Adequately pre-wet the <br />substrate before applying INDUCRET-VK-DM-C. Avoid <br />the formation of puddles. <br />In order to achieve a high bond strength, treat the <br />matt-damp load bearing substrate, before laying the <br />drainage mortar, with the bonding coat INDUCRET-VKPCC-Haftbrücke (-VK2050) (see technical data sheet). <br />Ensure that the bedding adhesive is laid into the wet <br />bonding coat (wet in wet). Observe the appropriate <br />working times.</p> <p>approx. 3 to 5 mins <br />approx. 40 mins at +20° C <br />and 65% RH <br />min. +8° C up to max. <br />+30° C (construction <br />component and ambient <br />temperature) <br />after 16 hours at +20° C <br />and 65% RH <br />after 7 days at +20° C <br />and 65% RH</p> <p>605</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />INDUCRET-VK-DM-C is supplied in 25 kg bags and <br />is to be mixed on site with the appropriate amount of <br />graded flint chippings in a forced paddle mixer.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• To achieve higher bond strengths, treat the loadbearing substrate with INDUCRET-PCC-Haftbrücke <br />(-VK2050) bonding coat (see technical data sheet). <br />Ensure that the bedding mortar is laid onto the <br />wet bonding coat. Observe the working times as <br />appropriate. <br />• In order to ensure an optimum bond between the <br />natural stone pavers and the drainage mortar, spray <br />the drainage mortar with INDUCRET-VK-Haftbrücke <br />(-VK2100) (see technical data sheet) bonding coat <br />shortly before installing the pavers. <br />• Cover with suitable materials to protect against rain. <br />• Hinder the early evaporation of water by covering <br />with damp fleece or polythene (gauge/quality: <br />min. 500 g/m2 weight per surface area). Where <br />temperatures are above +20° C, dampen the fleece <br />as many times a day as necessary. <br />• Lower temperatures and cold gauging water retard <br />the strength development. Higher temperatures <br />accelerate the strength development. <br />• Applications that are not clearly mentioned in this <br />Technical Data Sheet may only be carried out <br />after consultation and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Department of SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Protect adjacent areas where the above products are <br />not being applied from contamination.</p> <p>Production: <br />Binder</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK-DM-C</p> <p>25 kg</p> <p>Gauging liquid</p> <p>Water (*)</p> <p>3.0 litres</p> <p>Aggregate</p> <p>Flint chippings (size: 4-8mm)</p> <p>50 kg</p> <p>(*): dependent on temperature and moisture content of the aggregate.</p> <p>Production of the drainage mortar: <br />With the forced paddle mixer ready for use, add 2/3 <br />of the water quantity. The aggregate (flint chippings, <br />size 4-8 mm) is then added and mixed. With the <br />mixer running, add the INDUCRET-VK-DM-C and mix <br />for 3 minutes. This is followed by the addition of the <br />remaining water and mixing for a further 2 minutes. <br />Application of the drainage mortar: <br />The laying of the drainage mortar is by manual <br />spreading and compacting. The use of laths helps <br />achieve accuracy in the thickness of the mortar bed. <br />The necessary compaction occurs during laying and <br />‘knocking in’ of the paving blocks up to 20 mm into the <br />adhesive bed.</p> <p>GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>Shortly before laying the pavers spray the drainage <br />mortar with INDUCRET-VK-Haftbrücke (-VK2100) <br />bonding coat (see technical data sheet) in order to <br />ensure an optimum bond to the paving blocks. <br />Grouting/pointing with INDUCRET-VK-Fugenkleber <br />(-VK2000): <br />The paved flooring can be trafficked to carry out <br />grouting/pointing after waiting for a minimum of 16 <br />hours at +20° C. Grouting is however to be carried out <br />within a waiting time of a maximum of 32 hours at <br />+20° C. <br />Post-treatment/aftercare: <br />Protect the installed drainage mortar against drying out <br />too quickly after the installation of the paving blocks for <br />a minimum of 24 hours, using suitable means. <br />Avoid rain, draughts and extremes of heat and cold.</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>606</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-DM-C08</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 50052</p> <p>Mineral-based compound</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Cement based <br />• High early and final strength <br />• Resistant to frost and de-icing salts <br />• Chloride free</p> <p>Storage: <br />Cool and dry above +10° C, 6 months in the original <br />unopened packaging. <br />Product preparation: <br />INDUCRET-VK-DM-C08 is delivered in 25 kg bags and <br />will be mixed at site with the drainage mortar using a <br />compulsory mixer.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />Used as a concentrate for producing drainage mortars <br />used for the installation of natural stone pavers in heavy <br />duty areas, through addition of cement, sand and <br />specialty chippings e.g. 5-8 mm grain size.</p> <p>Preparation (example): <br />Cement</p> <p>CEM 32.5</p> <p>25 kg</p> <p>(Concentrate)</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK-DM-C08</p> <p>2.5 kg</p> <p>Aggregate</p> <p>Grain size: 0 - 2 mm</p> <p>35 kg</p> <p>Aggregate</p> <p>Chippings</p> <p>Compound</p> <p>Technical Data (complete mixture): <br />Density (fresh mortar): <br />approx. 2,10 kg/dm3 <br />Consumption: <br />approx. 2,5 kg per <br />25 kg cement <br />Mixing time: <br />approx. 3 min. <br />Pot life: <br />approx. 40 min. <br />at +20° C / 65% RH <br />Substrate Temperature (*): min. +8° C to max. +30° C <br />(substrate and room <br />temperature) <br />Compressive Strength <br />(DIN 1164) (**) <br />Laboratory: <br />- approx. 15 N/mm2 after <br />3 days at +20°C / 65% RH <br />- approx. 35 N/mm2 after <br />28 days at +20°C / 65% RH</p> <p>(grain size 2 - 8 mm)</p> <p>130 kg</p> <p>GISCODE: ZP1</p> <p>(*): Substrate and room temperature below +20°C delay the <br />curing process. Substrate and room temperature above +20°C <br />accelerate the curing process. <br />(**): Related to drainage mortar mixture.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Work tools must be carefully cleaned with water <br />immediately after use. <br />Packaging: <br />Available in 25 kg bag, 40 bags on a pallet</p> <p>01/11</p> <p>607</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>Primer-2000</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55134</p> <p>Primer/Adhesion promoter</p> <p>Substrate: <br />See areas of application: <br />The surface to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, sound, load bearing and have a good key. <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances.</p> <p>09</p> <p>EN 14188-2, ETA-09/0274</p> <p>Application: <br />Primer-2000 is supplied ready for use. Briefly shake <br />the contents of the bottle before use.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Very good adhesion to non-porous substrates. <br />Areas of application: <br />Primer-2000 is used as an adhesion promoter for <br />the sealants INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000, INDUFLEX-VK-TKF2000st and INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv to non-porous <br />substrates such as e.g. mild steel, stainless steel, <br />aluminium, copper, zinc, glass, twin tiles, glazed <br />ceramic, PVC, polyester and melamine resin.</p> <p>Method of application/consumption: <br />Priming the joint edges or edge of the joint unit: <br />1. Backfill the prepared joint cross section with a <br />closed cell backing strip; ensure that the backing <br />strip does not become damaged. Bonding on three <br />sides is to be prevented by inserting a polythene <br />strip at the base of the joint. <br />2. Evenly apply Primer-2000 in one operation with <br />a priming brush.</p> <p>Technical Data: <br />Basis:</p> <p>one component based <br />on silane <br />Colour: <br />colourless <br />Density: <br />approx. 0.8 g/cm3 <br />Application temperature: +5° C to +30° C <br />Flash off time: <br />Min. 10 minutes at +23° C <br />and 75% RH. Max. working <br />time approx. 6 hours. <br />Material consumption: <br />10 ml per linear metre <br />dependent on joint <br />dimension, consumption <br />per m2 approx. 10 ml</p> <p>Material consumption: 100 g/m2 <br />After waiting for a minimum of 10 minutes (at +23° C <br />and 75% relative humidity) or a maximum of approx. <br />6 hours joint sealing can be carried out by extruding <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000. <br />Health & Safety: <br />Once cured Primer-2000 is harmless. When using this <br />product be aware of the government health and safety <br />protective directive, data sheet M 023, as well as the <br />advice on the packaging.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Work tools must be carefully cleaned immediately after <br />use with the appropriate cleaner e.g. acetone.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• The material contains solvent. When working in <br />confined spaces ensure that there is adequate <br />ventilation and extraction. <br />• Protect areas not being treated from the effects of <br />Primer-2000. <br />• Higher temperatures decrease and lower <br />temperatures increase the application and curing <br />time.</p> <p>Packaging: <br />1 litre tin <br />Storage: <br />Cool and dry above +5° C, 18 months in the original <br />unopened packaging.</p> <p>608</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>• The bond between the individual coats can be <br />heavily impeded through the influence of dampness <br />or contamination between individual applications. <br />• When longer waiting times occur between <br />application of the coats, the surface must be well <br />cleaned and thoroughly abraded, after which a <br />completely new priming coat should be applied. <br />• Primer-2000 must be protected from dampness after <br />application (e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness <br />damages the cured primer film. Damaged surfaces <br />must be removed e.g. by abrading and re-coated. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Waste disposal code: liquid product residues: EAK <br />08 01 11. Paint and lacquer waste, which contain <br />organic solvents or other hazardous materials. Cured <br />product residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastic. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet.</p> <p>04/13</p> <p>609</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>Primer-2000-A</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55136</p> <p>Primer/Adhesion promoter for asphalt contact areas</p> <p>Substrate: <br />See areas of application: <br />The surface to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, sound, load bearing and have a good key. <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances.</p> <p>09</p> <p>EN 14188-2, ETA-09/0274</p> <p>Application: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Both components must <br />be intensively blended together. It is important to <br />also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that <br />the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is <br />homogenous (free from striations). The material <br />temperature during mixing should be +15° C. Do not <br />use the mixed material directly from the packaging. <br />Decant the material into a clean container and carefully <br />mix through once again. There must not be any film of <br />moisture as a result of dropping below the dew point <br />on the surface to be treated.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Very good adhesion to porous substrates such as <br />bituminous asphalt joint edges. <br />Areas of application: <br />Primer-2000-A is used as an adhesion promoter on <br />freshly cut/abraded asphalt joint edges for the sealants <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000, INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st and <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv. <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Application temperature: <br />Pot life *: <br />Flash off time *:</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />colourless, yellowish <br />brushable <br />approx. 1.0 g/cm3 <br />100 : 16 parts by weight <br />+5° C to +30° C <br />approx. 2 to 3 hours <br />min. 30 minutes, <br />max. 6 hours</p> <p>Method of application/Consumption: <br />Once the joint cross section has been prepared (see <br />technical data sheet for INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000), the <br />joint edges are primed with Primer-2000-A in one <br />operation with a priming brush. <br />Material consumption: 100 g/m2 <br />After waiting for a minimum of approx. 30 minutes (at <br />+23° C and 75% relative humidity), joint sealing can <br />be carried out by extruding INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000.</p> <p>* These values relate to +23° C and 75% relative humidity.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Work tools must be carefully cleaned immediately after <br />use with the appropriate cleaner e.g. acetone.</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured, Primer-2000-A is harmless. When using <br />this product be aware of the government health and <br />safety protective directive, data sheet M 023, as well <br />as the advice on the packaging.</p> <p>Packaging: <br />Primer-2000-A is available in 500 ml containers. <br />Component A and component B are at a predetermined mixing ratio. <br />Storage: <br />Cool and dry above +5° C, 18 months in the <br />original unopened packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly.</p> <p>Important advice: <br />• The material contains solvent. When working in <br />confined spaces ensure that there is adequate <br />ventilation and extraction.</p> <p>610</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>• Protect areas not being treated from the effects of <br />Primer-2000-A. <br />• Higher temperatures decrease and lower <br />temperatures increase the application and curing <br />time. Material consumption is also higher at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• The bond between the individual coats (primer/joint <br />sealant) can be heavily impeded through the <br />influence of dampness or contamination between <br />individual applications. <br />• When longer waiting times occur between <br />application of the coats, the old surface must be <br />well cleaned and thoroughly abraded, after which <br />the joint edges must be re-treated with the adhesion <br />promoter. <br />• After application of the adhesion promoter, protect it <br />from dampness for 4-6 hours. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Waste disposal code: liquid product residues: EAK <br />08 01 11. Paint and lacquer waste, which contain <br />organic solvents or other hazardous materials. Cured <br />product residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastic. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet.</p> <p>04/13</p> <p>611</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>Primer-2000-S</p> <p>Art.-No. 5 55135</p> <p>Primer/Adhesion promoter for porous contact areas</p> <p>Storage: <br />Cool and dry above +5° C, 18 months in the <br />original unopened packaging. Use opened <br />packaging promptly. <br />09</p> <p>EN 14188-2, ETA-09/0274</p> <p>Substrate: <br />See areas of application: <br />The surface to be treated must be: <br />• Dry, sound, load bearing and have a good key. <br />• Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting <br />substances.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Very good adhesion to porous substrates. <br />• Very good resistance to moisture, miscellaneous <br />solvents, acids and bases.</p> <p>Application: <br />Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered <br />in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B <br />into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains <br />completely from its container. Both components must <br />be intensively blended together. It is important to <br />also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that <br />the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is <br />homogenous (free from striations). The material <br />temperature during mixing should be +15° C. Do not <br />use the mixed material directly from the packaging. <br />Decant the material into a clean container and carefully <br />mix through once again. There must not be any film of <br />moisture as a result of dropping below the dew point <br />on the surface to be treated.</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />Primer-2000-S is used as an adhesion promoting <br />primer on porous contact areas such as e.g. concrete, <br />cement-based screeds, granite pavers for the sealants <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000, INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st and <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv <br />Technical Data: <br />Basis: <br />Colour: <br />Consistency: <br />Density: <br />Mixing ratio: <br />Application temperature: <br />Pot life*: <br />Flash off time*:</p> <p>two component epoxy resin <br />colourless, yellowish <br />brushable <br />approx. 1.0 g/cm3 <br />100 : 30 parts by weight <br />+5° C to +30° C <br />approx. 2 to 3 hours <br />min. 30 minutes, <br />max. 6 hours</p> <p>Method of application/Consumption: <br />Once the joint cross section has been prepared (see <br />technical data sheet for INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000), the <br />joint edges are primed with Primer-2000-S in one <br />operation with a priming brush. <br />Material consumption: 100 g/m2 <br />After waiting for a minimum of approx. 30 minutes (at <br />+23° C and 75% relative humidity), joint sealing can <br />be carried out by extruding INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000.</p> <p>* These values relate to +23° C and 75% relative humidity.</p> <p>Cleaning: <br />Work tools must be carefully cleaned immediately after <br />use with the appropriate cleaner e.g. acetone. <br />Packaging: <br />Primer-2000-S is available in 500 ml containers. <br />Component A and component B are at a <br />predetermined mixing ratio.</p> <p>612</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>Health & Safety: <br />Once cured, Primer-2000-S is harmless. When using <br />this product be aware of the government health and <br />safety protective directive, data sheet M 023, as well <br />as the advice on the packaging. <br />Important advice: <br />• The material contains solvent. When working in <br />confined spaces ensure that there is adequate <br />ventilation and extraction. <br />• Protect areas not being treated from the effects of <br />Primer-2000-S. <br />• Higher temperatures decrease and lower <br />temperatures increase the application and curing <br />time. Material consumption is also higher at lower <br />temperatures. <br />• The bond between the individual coats (primer/joint <br />sealant) can be heavily impeded through the <br />influence of dampness or contamination between <br />individual applications. <br />• When longer waiting times occur between <br />application of the coats, the old surface must be <br />well cleaned and thoroughly abraded, after which <br />the joint edges must be re-treated with the adhesion <br />promoter. <br />• After application of the adhesion promoter, protect it <br />from dampness for 4-6 hours. <br />• Applications that are not clearly explained in this <br />technical data sheet may only be carried out after <br />consultation with and written confirmation from the <br />Technical Services Department of <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH. <br />• Waste disposal code: liquid product residues: EAK <br />08 01 11. Paint and lacquer waste, which contain <br />organic solvents or other hazardous materials. Cured <br />product residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastic. <br />Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet.</p> <p>04/13</p> <p>613</p> <p>8. Road and Track Construction</p> <p>614</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>9.1 Waterproofing and Restoration <br />› Exterior basement waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build System</p> <p>616 - 617</p> <p>› Waterproofing in socket area with COMBIFLEX-High Build System</p> <p>618 + 620</p> <p>› Pipe penetration waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build System</p> <p>619 + 621</p> <p>› Movement joint waterproofing in a continuous bottom slab with COMBIFLEX-High Build System <br />› Basement waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>622 <br />623</p> <p>› Pipe penetration waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>624 - 626</p> <p>› Expansion joint sealing by continuous bottom plate with AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>627</p> <p>› Example of waterproofing in wall-floor connection with AQUAFIN-RS300</p> <p>628</p> <p>› Pile cap waterproofing with AQUAFIN-IC</p> <p>629</p> <p>› Concrete wall and slab – below grade waterproofing</p> <p>630</p> <p>› Crystalline waterproofing of potable water tanks</p> <p>631</p> <p>› Internal crystalline waterproofing of basements</p> <p>632</p> <p>› Retaining wall waterproofing</p> <p>633</p> <p>› Elevator pit / sump pit waterproofing</p> <p>634</p> <p>› Underground car park waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>635 - 638</p> <p>› Post-applied negative side waterproofing</p> <p>639</p> <p>› External waterproofing and horizontal barrier from inside</p> <p>640</p> <p>› Horizontal barrier from outside</p> <p>641 + 645</p> <p>› External waterproofing and horizontal barrier from inside</p> <p>642 + 644</p> <p>› Horizontal barrier and additional measures for restoration of buildings</p> <p>643</p> <p>› Internal waterproofing and horizontal barrier from outside</p> <p>646</p> <p>› Horizontal waterproofing in two shell masonry</p> <p>647</p> <p>› Wall drain dehumidification with restoration plaster at low moisture</p> <p>648</p> <p>› Renovation of large masonry cross sections with rising dampness</p> <p>648</p> <p>615</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.2.1</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Exterior basement waterproofing <br />with COMBIFLEX®-High Build System <br />- According to factory specifications -</p> <p>2</p> <p>1</p> <p>5</p> <p>Cohesive soil</p> <p>3</p> <p>4</p> <p>Alternative: <br />2a</p> <p>Pipe penetration connection of the <br />waterproofing</p> <p>Footing plaster</p> <p>1. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />2. Waterproofing in recess areas with a <br />flexible slurry and a suitable <br />SCHOMBURG-Joint-Tape (see technical <br />data sheet) <br />3.Waterproofing with <br />COMBIFLEX-High Build System <br />4. ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh <br />5.Waterproofing protection layer with <br />INA Schutz & Drainelement <br />(INA-Protective boards)</p> <p>Alternative: <br />2a. cove with ASOCRET-RN <br />1</p> <p>2</p> <p>Filter gravel</p> <p>10/10</p> <p>616</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.2.2</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Exterior basement waterproofing <br />with COMBIFLEX®-High Build System <br />- According to factory specifications -</p> <p>1. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />2. Waterproofing in recess areas with a <br />flexible slurry and a suitable <br />SCHOMBURG-Joint-Tape (see technical <br />data sheet) <br />3. Waterproofing with <br />COMBIFLEX-High Build System <br />4. ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh <br />5. Waterproofing protection layer with <br />INA Schutz & Drainelement <br />(INA-Protective boards)</p> <p>5 <br />3</p> <p>Cohesive soil</p> <p>Alternative: <br />2a. cove with ASOCRET-RN</p> <p>4 <br />1 <br />2</p> <p>Filter gravel</p> <p>Alternative: <br />2a</p> <p>10/10</p> <p>617</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.2.3</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Waterproofing in socket area with <br />COMBIFLEX®- High Build System <br />- According to factory specifications -</p> <p>2</p> <p>1 <br />footing plaster</p> <p>3</p> <p>cohesive soil <br />5 <br />4</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5.</p> <p>Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />Inlay of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />Waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build system <br />ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh <br />Protection of waterproofing with INA Schutz- und Drainelement (INA protective board)</p> <p>44/10</p> <p>618</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.2.4</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Pipe penetration waterproofing with <br />COMBIFLEX®-High Build System</p> <p>2</p> <p>3 <br />4 <br />1</p> <p>1 Cove with R > 4 cm formed with ASOCRET-RN cementitious mortar <br />2 Waterproofing COMBIFLEX- High Build System <br />3 ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh layer installed on the fresh <br />COMBIFLEX waterproofing <br />4 Waterproofing protection layer with INA Schutz- und Drainelement <br />(INA-Protective board) <br />02/11</p> <p>619</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.2.5</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Waterproofing in socket area with <br />COMBIFLEX®- High Build System <br />- According to factory specifications -</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>6 <br />1 <br />2</p> <p>3</p> <p>7</p> <p>1 Pipe sleeve (acc. to regulations for planning and installing below grade <br />flexible slurry waterproofing materials) <br />2 Foam grouting of the hollow space <br />3 Waterproofing flange <br />4 Waterproofing COMBIFLEX-High Build System <br />5 ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh <br />6 Waterproofing protection layer with INA Schutz- und Drainelement <br />(INA-Protective board) <br />7 AQUAFIN-1K - stiff plastic consistency <br />02/11</p> <p>620</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.2.6</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Pipe penetration waterproofing with <br />COMBIFLEX®-High Build System <br />- According to factory specifications -</p> <p>5</p> <p>4</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>1. Pipe penetration with fixed and loose flange <br />(For example manufacture by Messrs. Doyma GmbH) <br />2. Waterproofing on fixed and loose flange with AQUAFIN-2K/M and a suitable <br />SCHOMBURG-Joint-Tape (see technical data sheet) <br />3. Waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build System <br />4. ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh <br />5. Protective plate <br />10/10</p> <p>621</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.2.7</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Movement joint waterproofing in a continuous bottom <br />slab with COMBIFLEX®-High Build System <br />- According to factory specifications -</p> <p>3</p> <p>2</p> <p>1</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>1. Masonry or reinforced concrete <br />2. Waterproofing in joint area with a flexible slurry and a suitable <br />SCHOMBURG-Joint-Tape (see technical data sheet) <br />3. Waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build System <br />4. ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh <br />5. Waterproofing protection layer with INA Schutz- & Drainelement <br />(INA-Protective boards)</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>622</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.10.1</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Basement waterproofing <br />with AQUAFIN®-2K/M</p> <p>Footing plaster</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />2. Inlay of <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />3. Protection of waterproofing with <br />INA Schutz- und Drainelement <br />(INA-Protective board) <br />4. Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>1 <br />Cohesive soil</p> <p>Alternative: <br />2a Cove with ASOCRET-RN <br />3</p> <p>Connection of pipe penetration to the <br />sealing surface</p> <p>2</p> <p>Filter <br />gravel</p> <p>Alternative:</p> <p>4</p> <p>2a</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>623</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.10.4</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Pipe penetration waterproofing with <br />AQUAFIN®-2K or AQUAFIN®-2K/M <br />(Load: ground moisture and non rising seepage water)</p> <p>3</p> <p>5</p> <p>1 <br />2</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5</p> <p>4</p> <p>Cove with R > 4 cm formed with ASOCRET-RN cementitious mortar <br />Pipe surface abraded and degreased with Universal Cleanser <br />AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing <br />ASO-Joint-Sleeve sealing gasket <br />Waterproofing protection layer with INA Schutz- und Drainelement <br />(INA-Protective board)</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>624</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.10.5</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Pipe penetration waterproofing with <br />AQUAFIN®-2K or AQUAFIN®-2K/M <br />(Load: ground moisture and non rising seepage water)</p> <p>3</p> <p>6</p> <p>5</p> <p>4</p> <p>2 <br />1</p> <p>8</p> <p>7 <br />9 <br />1 Pipe sleeve (acc. to regulations for planning and installing below grade <br />flexible slurry waterproofing materials) <br />2 Foam grouting of the hollow space <br />3 AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing <br />4 Pipe surface abraded and degreased with Universal Cleanser <br />5 ASO-Joint-Sleeve sealing gasket <br />6 Waterproofing protection layer with INA Schutz- und Drainelement <br />(INA-Protective board) <br />7 AQUAFIN-1K - stiff plastic consistency <br />8 ASO-backer rod <br />9 Waterproofing flange</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>625</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.10.6</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Pipe penetration waterproofing <br />with AQUAFIN®-2K/M <br />(Load case: seepage water)</p> <p>4 <br />3</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>1. Pipe pnetration with fixed and free edges <br />(e.g. Doyma GmbH & Co.) <br />2. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />3. ASO-Joint-Sleeve sealing gasket <br />4. Waterproofing protection layer with <br />INA Schutz- und Drainelement (INA-Protective board)</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>626</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.10.7</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Expansion joint sealing by continuous <br />bottom plate with AQUAFIN®-2K/M <br />(load case: soil moisture and non-seepage water)</p> <p>5</p> <p>4</p> <p>3</p> <p>2</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5.</p> <p>Masonry or reinforced concrete <br />Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M and inlay of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />ASO-Backer rod <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S for the protection of the waterproofing (point 2) <br />Protection of the waterproofing with INA Schutz- und Drainelement <br />(INA protective board)</p> <p>27/10</p> <p>627</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.15.1</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Example of waterproofing in wall-floor <br />connection with AQUAFIN®-RS300</p> <p>1. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-RS300 <br />2. Cove waterproofing with <br />AQUAFIN-RS300 and <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />3. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-RS300 <br />4. ASO-Systemvlies-02 <br />5. Protection of waterproofing with <br />INA Schutz & Drainelement <br />(INA Protective boards) <br />5</p> <p>Alternative: <br />2a. cove with ASOCRET-RN</p> <p>3</p> <p>Cohesive soil</p> <p>4</p> <p>1 <br />2</p> <p>Filter gravel</p> <p>Alternative:</p> <p>2a</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>628</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.15.2</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Pile cap waterproofing <br />with AQUAFIN®-IC</p> <p>3</p> <p>6</p> <p>7</p> <p>4</p> <p>min. 8 cm</p> <p>5</p> <p>2</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5. <br />6. <br />7.</p> <p>Pile <br />Plain concrete <br />Rebar <br />Waterproofing AQUAFIN-IC <br />TPE waterstop INDU-FLEX-CJ13 <br />Pile cap concrete <br />Reinforced concrete</p> <p>45/12</p> <p>629</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.15.3</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Concrete wall and slab below grade waterproofing</p> <p>5</p> <p>4</p> <p>3</p> <p>5</p> <p>4 <br />2</p> <p>1 <br />1</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5.</p> <p>Plain concrete <br />Foundation <br />Reinforced concrete <br />INDU-FLEX-CJ13 (min. 8 cm concrete overlap) <br />Crystalline waterproofing AQUAFIN-IC</p> <p>45/12</p> <p>630</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.15.4</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Crystalline waterproofing of <br />potable water tanks</p> <p>Above grade</p> <p>Below grade</p> <p>5</p> <p>6</p> <p>7</p> <p>5</p> <p>8</p> <p>9</p> <p>3</p> <p>5 <br />4</p> <p>5</p> <p>4</p> <p>2 <br />1</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5. <br />6. <br />7. <br />8. <br />9.</p> <p>Plain concrete <br />Reinforced concrete <br />Construction joint <br />Crytalline waterproofing AQUAFIN-IC <br />INDU-FLEX-CJ13 (min. 8 cm concrete overlap) <br />Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3351 <br />Pavers <br />Kerb</p> <p>45/12</p> <p>631</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.15.5</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Internal crystalline waterproofing of basements <br />(e.g. underground car parking)</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>6</p> <p>2</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5. <br />6.</p> <p>Plain concrete <br />Foundation <br />Reinforced concrete <br />INDU-FLEX-CJ13 (min. 8 cm concrete overlap) <br />Crystalline waterproofing AQUAFIN-IC <br />50 mm screed (optional)</p> <p>45/12</p> <p>632</p> <p>3</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.15.6</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Retaining wall waterproofing</p> <p>3</p> <p>4</p> <p>2</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4.</p> <p>Plain concrete <br />Foundation <br />INDU-FLEX-CJ13 (min. 8 cm concrete overlap) <br />Crystalline waterproofing AQUAFIN-IC</p> <p>45/12</p> <p>633</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.15.7</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Elevator pit / sump pit waterproofing</p> <p>3</p> <p>2</p> <p>2</p> <p>1</p> <p>3</p> <p>4</p> <p>2 <br />1</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4.</p> <p>7</p> <p>Plain concrete <br />Reinforced concrete <br />INDU-FLEX-CJ13 (min. 8 cm concrete overlap) <br />Crystalline waterproofing AQUAFIN-IC</p> <p>6 <br />4</p> <p>8</p> <p>9 <br />Detail: <br />5. Steel plate <br />6. Washer <br />7. Tightening nut <br />8. Threaded anchor <br />9. Anchoring grout INDUCRET-VK4060, -VK4065 or -VK4070</p> <p>45/12</p> <p>634</p> <p>5</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.70.1</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Underground car park waterproofing with <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M expansion joint sealing <br />p</p> <p>j</p> <p>g <br />3</p> <p>6</p> <p>1. Reinforced concrete slab <br />2. Waterstop <br />3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />4. Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />5. Drainage and protecting layer <br />6. Growing medium</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>1- Reinforced concrete slab <br />2- Joint seal profile <br />3- Repair- and cove mortar ASOCRET-RS <br />4- Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />5- ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />6- Drainage and protecting layer <br />7- Growing medium</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>5</p> <p>7</p> <p>3</p> <p>4</p> <p>6</p> <p>14/12</p> <p>635</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.70.2</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Underground car park waterproofing with AQUAFIN®-2K <br />or AQUAFIN®-2K/M – Expansion joint sealing</p> <p>6</p> <p>5</p> <p>1</p> <p>4</p> <p>2 <br />3</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6</p> <p>Reinforced concrete slab <br />Joint seal profile <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />Drainage and protection layer <br />Growing medium</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>636</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.70.3 & 1.70.4</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Underground car park waterproofing with <br />AQUAFIN®-2K – Expansion joint sealing</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6</p> <p>Reinforced concrete slab <br />Joint seal profile <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />AQUAFIN-2K waterproofing <br />Drainage and protection layer <br />Growing medium</p> <p>6</p> <p>5 <br />4 <br />1</p> <p>2 <br />3</p> <p>Underground car park waterproofing with <br />AQUAFIN®-2K – Wall/Slab joint</p> <p>1 Reinforced concrete slab <br />2 Joint seal profile <br />3 Epoxy mortar (INDUFLOOR-IB 4010) <br />or cementitious mortar class III with <br />additive ASOPLAST-MZ <br />4 AQUAFIN-2K waterproofing <br />5 Embedded ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />6 Drainage and protection layer <br />7 Growing medium</p> <p>6 <br />4</p> <p>5 <br />3</p> <p>1 <br />2</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>637</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>1.70.5 & 1.70.6</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Underground car park <br />waterproofing with <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M Roof inlet pipe penetration <br />waterproofing detail <br />5</p> <p>6</p> <p>3</p> <p>2</p> <p>4 <br />1. Reinforced concrete slab <br />2. Inlet pipe for flat roofs (for example manufacture <br />by Messrs. Passavant) <br />3. ASO-Joint-Sleeve embedded in waterproofing <br />4. AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />or AQUAFIN-RS300 <br />5. Drain- and protection layer <br />6. Growing medium</p> <p>1</p> <p>Underground car park <br />waterproofing with <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M Parapet detail</p> <p>6 <br />2</p> <p>1. Reinforced concrete slab <br />2. Parapet <br />3. ASO-Joint-Tape embedded in <br />waterproofing <br />4. AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />or AQUAFIN-RS300 <br />5. Drain- and protection layer <br />6. Growing medium</p> <p>5 <br />4</p> <p>3</p> <p>1</p> <p>03/11</p> <p>638</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>2.40.1</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Post-applied negative side <br />waterproofing</p> <p>2</p> <p>1 <br />3</p> <p>1. <br />2.</p> <p>Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F <br />Without With pressure <br />Hole diameter: <br />30 mm 12 – 18 mm <br />Hole incline: <br />30° - 45° 0° - 30° <br />Hole depth: <br />brick ./. 5 cm <br />Hole distance: <br />≤ 15 cm ≤ 15 cm <br />3. <br />Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or <br />THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />4. + 9. AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />5. + 10. AQUAFIN-1K <br />6. <br />Chisel out the existing membranes groove-shaped <br />2 / 2 inch and express stiff but plastic with <br />AQUAFIN-1K <br />7. <br />Cove R > 4 cm with ASOCRET-RN <br />8. <br />Screed formed with ASO-EZ2</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>6</p> <p>7</p> <p>8</p> <p>9</p> <p>10</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>639</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>2.50.1</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>External waterproofing and horizontal <br />barrier from inside</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>3 <br />7</p> <p>7 <br />8 <br />8</p> <p>9</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3</p> <p>6 <br />5</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>640</p> <p>1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT <br />2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />4. Fully-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />5. Waterproofing AQUAFIN-1K + AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />6. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F <br />Horizontal barrier: <br />With pressure: <br />Hole depth: <br />brick ./. 5 cm <br />Hole distance: <br />10 - 12 cm <br />Height offset: <br />8 cm <br />7. Fine plaster THERMOPAL-FS33 <br />8. Silicate paint <br />9. AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>2.50.2</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Horizontal barrier from outside</p> <p>4</p> <p>1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT <br />2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />4. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F <br />With pressure: <br />Horizontal barrier: <br />Hole depth: <br />brick ./. 5 cm <br />Hole distance: <br />10 - 12 cm <br />Height offset: <br />8 cm</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>641</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>2.50.3</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>External waterproofing and horizontal <br />barrier from inside</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />1 <br />3 <br />2</p> <p>1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT <br />2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />3. Restoration plaster with THERMOPAL-SR24 or <br />THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />4. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />5. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F <br />Without <br />With pressure <br />Horizontal barrier: <br />Hole diameter: <br />30 mm <br />12 – 18 mm <br />Hole incline: <br />30° - 45° <br />0° - 30° <br />Hole depth: brick ./. 5 cm <br />Hole distance: <br />15 cm <br />10 - 12 cm</p> <p>3</p> <p>5</p> <p>4</p> <p>07/13</p> <p>642</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>2.50.5</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Horizontal barrier and additional measures <br />for restoration of buildings</p> <p>1 <br />1</p> <p>2</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>6</p> <p>7</p> <p>8</p> <p>1 <br />10 <br />1</p> <p>3</p> <p>9 <br />2</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5. <br />6. <br />7. <br />8. <br />9. <br />10.</p> <p>Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F <br />Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-1K <br />Cove formed with ASOCRET-RN <br />Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M or AQUAFIN-RS300 <br />Fully-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />Fine plaster THERMOPAL-FS33 <br />Silicate paint <br />Bonding slurry ASOCRET-HB-flex <br />Screed ASO-EZ2-Plus or ASO-EZ4-Plus or ASO-EZ6-Plus</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>643</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>2.50.6</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>External waterproofing and horizontal <br />barrier from inside</p> <p>3</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT <br />2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or <br />THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />4. Fully-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />5. Levelling plaster MG III with addition of ASOPLAST-MZ <br />6. Waterproofing AQUAFIN-1K <br />7. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F <br />Horizontal barrier: <br />With pressure: <br />Hole depth: <br />brick ./. 5 cm <br />Hole distance: <br />10 - 12 cm <br />Height offset: <br />8 cm <br />8. Fine plaster THERMOPAL-FS33 <br />9. Silicate paint</p> <p>2</p> <p>3 <br />4</p> <p>5</p> <p>8 <br />9</p> <p>6 <br />7</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>644</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>2.50.7</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Horizontal barrier from outside</p> <p>1 <br />2</p> <p>3</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT <br />2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />4. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F <br />With pressure: <br />Horizontal barrier: <br />Hole depth: <br />brick ./. 5 cm <br />Hole distance: <br />10 - 12 cm <br />Height offset: <br />8 cm <br />5. Fine plaster THERMOPAL-FS33 <br />6. Silicate paint</p> <p>2 <br />3 <br />4</p> <p>5 <br />6</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>645</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>2.50.8</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Internal waterproofing and horizontal <br />barrier from outside</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT <br />2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or <br />THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />4. Fully-covered rough cast with THERMOPAL-SP <br />5. Levelling plaster MG III with addition of <br />ASOPLAST-MZ <br />6. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-1K <br />7. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F <br />Horizontal barrier: with pressure <br />Hole depth: <br />brick. /. 5 cm <br />Hole distance: <br />10-12 cm <br />8. Fine plaster THERMOPAL-FS33 <br />9. Silicate paint</p> <p>2</p> <p>3 <br />7</p> <p>4 <br />5 <br />6</p> <p>8 <br />9</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>646</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>2.50.9</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Horizontal waterproofing in <br />two shell masonry</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />4</p> <p>5 <br />6 <br />4</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4.</p> <p>Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT <br />Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44 <br />Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F <br />Horizontal barrier: with pressure <br />Hole depth: <br />brick. /. 5 cm <br />Hole distance: <br />10-12 cm <br />5. Fine plaster THERMOPAL-FS33 <br />6. Silicate paint</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>647</p> <p>9.1 Technical Drawings</p> <p>2.60.1 & 2.60.2</p> <p>Waterproofing & Restoration</p> <p>Wall drain dehumidification with <br />restoration plaster at low moisture</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />1</p> <p>1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT <br />2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>> 1.00</p> <p>f</p> <p>Renovation of large masonry cross <br />sections with rising dampness <br />Perform the renovation until at least 80 cm above moisture level or <br />recognizable salt infestation</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT <br />2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP <br />3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44</p> <p>3</p> <p>> 60 cm <br />10/10</p> <p>648</p> <p>9.2 Technical Drawings</p> <p>9.2 Concrete Repair <br />› Concrete Repair Methodologies with the system INDUCRET-BIS</p> <p>649</p> <p>650 - 659</p> <p>9.2 Technical Drawings</p> <p>CR 001</p> <p>Concrete Repair</p> <p>Concrete Repair Methodologies with <br />the system INDUCRET®-BIS <br />- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing p</p> <p>g</p> <p>- Corroded rebars <br />- Concrete cracking <br />- Concrete spalling</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>650</p> <p>9.2 Technical Drawings</p> <p>CR 002</p> <p>Concrete Repair</p> <p>Concrete Repair Methodologies with <br />the system INDUCRET®-BIS <br />- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -</p> <p>- Mark out the area to be <br />repaired.</p> <p>11/10</p> <p>651</p> <p>9.2 Technical Drawings</p> <p>CR 003</p> <p>Concrete Repair</p> <p>Concrete Repair Methodologies with <br />the system INDUCRET®-BIS <br />- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -</p> <p>- Cut the defined perimeter to <br />a minimum depth of 10 mm <br />- This is to prevent <br />“feathering” of the repair <br />mortar thickness to zero at <br />the edges. Feathering <br />eventually results in cracking <br />of repair mortar.</p> <p>11/10</p> <p>652</p> <p>9.2 Technical Drawings</p> <p>CR 004</p> <p>Concrete Repair</p> <p>Concrete Repair Methodologies with <br />the system INDUCRET®-BIS <br />- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -</p> <p>- Break out concrete starting <br />in the centre and work <br />outwards while maintaining <br />a 10 mm depth at the <br />edges.</p> <p>11/10</p> <p>653</p> <p>9.2 Technical Drawings</p> <p>CR 005</p> <p>Concrete Repair</p> <p>Concrete Repair Methodologies with <br />the system INDUCRET®-BIS <br />- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -</p> <p>- Remove rust & clean <br />reinforcement bar surface to: <br />Swedish Standard SA 2&1/2 <br />by either grit or sand blasting.</p> <p>11/10</p> <p>654</p> <p>9.2 Technical Drawings</p> <p>CR 006</p> <p>Concrete Repair</p> <p>Concrete Repair Methodologies with <br />the system INDUCRET®-BIS <br />- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -</p> <p>- Apply 2 coats of <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 <br />on reinforcement steel.</p> <p>11/10</p> <p>655</p> <p>9.2 Technical Drawings</p> <p>CR 007</p> <p>Concrete Repair</p> <p>Concrete Repair Methodologies with <br />the system INDUCRET®-BIS <br />- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -</p> <p>- Spray apply <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40; <br />using HighCombPump <br />from High Tech GmbH or <br />apply 1 coat of <br />INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 on <br />concrete and trowel apply <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 <br />fresh in fresh</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>656</p> <p>9.2 Technical Drawings</p> <p>CR 008</p> <p>Concrete Repair</p> <p>Concrete Repair Methodologies with <br />the system INDUCRET®-BIS <br />- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -</p> <p>- Apply <br />INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 <br />by spray or by trowel.</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>657</p> <p>9.2 Technical Drawings</p> <p>CR 009</p> <p>Concrete Repair</p> <p>Concrete Repair Methodologies with <br />the system INDUCRET®-BIS <br />- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -</p> <p>- To obtain a smooth levelled <br />finish: apply <br />INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 <br />by trowel</p> <p>11/10</p> <p>658</p> <p>9.2 Technical Drawings</p> <p>CR 010</p> <p>Concrete Repair</p> <p>Concrete Repair Methodologies with <br />the system INDUCRET®-BIS <br />- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -</p> <p>- To make the surface <br />uniform, further coatings <br />or/and paints can be used.</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>659</p> <p>660</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>9.3 Tile and Natural Stone Laying <br />› Tiling on wooden substrates with the LEWIS-Schwalbenschwanzplatte</p> <p>662</p> <p>› Pipe penetration waterproofing</p> <p>663 - 665</p> <p>› Bath or shower tub waterproofing – Wall/Tub connection detail</p> <p>666</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-2K waterproofing – Floor inlet detail in wet rooms</p> <p>667</p> <p>› Waterproofing under tiles</p> <p>668 + 671 - 672</p> <p>› Tile setting on ASODUR-Light-Weight-Screeds</p> <p>669 - 670</p> <p>› Pavers on drainage screeds</p> <p>673</p> <p>› Stairway construction on ASO-EZ4-Plus</p> <p>674</p> <p>› The gutter system „Wiesbaden” & „Finnish”</p> <p>675 - 676</p> <p>› Cross-section of „Wiesbaden” swimming pool gutter system</p> <p>677</p> <p>› Swimming pool deck – bonded screed (thin bed)</p> <p>678</p> <p>› Interior swimming pool wall/floor joint (thin bed)</p> <p>679</p> <p>› Swimming pool deck with under floor heating (thin bed)</p> <p>680</p> <p>› „Finnish” gutter waterproofing detail in swimming pools (thin bed)</p> <p>681</p> <p>› „St. Moritz” gutter waterproofing detail with AQUAFIN-2K</p> <p>682</p> <p>› Therapy pool</p> <p>683</p> <p>› Swimming pool deck – Thermale area and area of saline water (thin bed)</p> <p>684</p> <p>› Pool base – Thermale area and area of saline water (thin bed)</p> <p>685</p> <p>› Swimming pool deck with underfloor heating – Thermale area and area of saline water (thin bed)</p> <p>686</p> <p>› Presentation of the assembly including the “Finnish” guter waterproofing detail in swimming pool</p> <p>687</p> <p>› Detail waterproofing of underwater spotlights – with flange & with mortar</p> <p>688 - 689</p> <p>› Balcony waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M & ADF-Balkonfolie</p> <p>690 - 692</p> <p>› Floor drain waterproofing detail in wet rooms with ASOFLEX-AKB</p> <p>693</p> <p>› Waterproofing under tiles and slabs</p> <p>694</p> <p>› Waterproofing of conduit pipe penetrations in industrial use</p> <p>695</p> <p>› Detail waterproofing of floor inlet drain in kitchens</p> <p>696</p> <p>› Detail waterproofing of floor drain outlet</p> <p>697</p> <p>661</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.0.4</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Tiling on wooden substrates with the <br />LEWIS®-Schwalbenschwanzplatte</p> <p>1a</p> <p>ASODUR-LE 1)</p> <p>*) Example for exposure classes A1 and A2 acc. <br />to construction industry standards. Further <br />examples available upon request.</p> <p>1b</p> <p>ASO-EZ2-Plus )</p> <p>1) from upper edge profile</p> <p>1c</p> <p>ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus )</p> <p>1</p> <p>1</p> <p>Traffic bearing <br />up to 3.5kN/m2</p> <p>Traffic bearing <br />up to 5kN/m2</p> <p>>19 mm thickness</p> <p>> 24 mm thickness</p> <p>> 24 mm thickness</p> <p>>30 mm thickness</p> <p>> 34mm thickness</p> <p>> 44 mm thickness</p> <p>2</p> <p>Waterproofing</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>*)</p> <p>*)</p> <p>3</p> <p>Tile adhesive</p> <p>LIGHTFLEX</p> <p>*)</p> <p>*)</p> <p>4</p> <p>Tile grout</p> <p>ASO-Flexfuge</p> <p>**) <br />)</p> <p>Wall/Floor joint with <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 <br />ESCOSIL-2000 flexible caulk <br />ASO-Backer rod to prevent 3-sided bond <br />2</p> <p>3</p> <p>4</p> <p>1 (a, b or c)</p> <p>Wooden substrate</p> <p>LEWIS ®-Schwalbenschwanzplatte</p> <p>LEWIS ®-Sylomerstreifen, 12 mm <br />(sound insulation membrane) <br />50/12</p> <p>662</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.0.10</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Pipe penetration waterproofing</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>4</p> <p>1</p> <p>1 Pipe penetration with waterproof flange <br />2 SANIFLEX, AQUAFIN-2K/M, AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-1K-flex <br />waterproofing with embedded ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Wall <br />3 Tile adhesive: MONOFLEX, LIGHTFLEX <br />4 Elastic sealant: ESCOSIL-2000</p> <p>11/10</p> <p>663</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.0.11</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Pipe penetration waterproofing <br />Stud partition</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>4</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. Pipe penetration with flange <br />2. Waterproofing SANIFLEX or AQUAFIN-2K/M and inlay of <br />ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Wall <br />3. Tile adhesive UNIFIX or MONOFLEX <br />4. Sealing with ESCOSIL-2000</p> <p>07/13</p> <p>664</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.0.12</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Pipe penetration waterproofing detail in wet rooms <br />(Exposure class: 0, A01 and A1)</p> <p>4</p> <p>6</p> <p>7</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6 <br />7</p> <p>3 5</p> <p>Masonry <br />Plaster <br />SANIFLEX or AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing <br />ASO-Joint-sleeve embedded in waterproofing <br />Tile adhesive MONOFLEX <br />Sealing ESCOSIL-2000 <br />Rosette <br />02/11</p> <p>665</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.0.15</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Bath or shower tub waterproofing <br />Wall/Tub connection detail <br />Exposure class 0, A</p> <p>1 Bath- or shower tub <br />2 Prior tub installation adhere <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-Sanitary at the corner <br />3 SANIFLEX, AQUAFIN-2K/M or AQUAFIN-1K-Flex <br />waterproofing <br />4 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 embedded in waterproofing <br />5 MONOFLEX or LIGHTFLEX Tile adhesive <br />6 ASO-Fugenbunt or CRISTALLFUGE tile grout <br />7 ESCOSIL-2000 flexible sealant <br />8 Corner joint: ESCOSIL-2000 flexible sealant with <br />debonding tape at corner joint to prevent 3-sided <br />bond</p> <p>6</p> <p>3</p> <p>5</p> <p>7</p> <p>7</p> <p>3 <br />5 <br />6</p> <p>2 <br />4 <br />1</p> <p>8 <br />5 <br />3</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>666</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.0.20</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-2K waterproofing Floor inlet detail in wet rooms <br />Exposure class A0, A</p> <p>9</p> <p>8</p> <p>7</p> <p>6</p> <p>5 <br />4 <br />1</p> <p>3 <br />2</p> <p>1</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6 <br />7 <br />8 <br />9</p> <p>Reinforced concrete slab <br />Insulation <br />Screed on separation layer <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing <br />Flexible tile adhesive MONOFLEX <br />ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Floor <br />ASO-Flexfuge tile grout <br />ESCOSIL-2000 flexible caulk <br />Floor inlet for thin-bed applications (i.e. Passavant)</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>667</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.0.30</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Waterproofing under tiles</p> <p>Wet area, exposure <br />classes</p> <p>0, A01, A1</p> <p>0, A01, A1</p> <p>0, A01, A02, A1, <br />A2, C</p> <p>1</p> <p>Waterproofing</p> <p>SANIFLEX</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K, <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>ASOFLEX-AKB</p> <p>2</p> <p>Tile adhesive</p> <p>SOLOFLEX</p> <p>LIGHTFLEX</p> <p>ASODUR-EK98</p> <p>3</p> <p>Tile grout</p> <p>ASO-Flexfuge</p> <p>HF05-Brillantfuge</p> <p>ASODUR-EK98</p> <p>Masonry <br />Plaster</p> <p>1 <br />Perimeter joint: ESCOSIL-2000 flexible <br />sealing caulk with debonding tape to <br />prevent 3-sided bond <br />Floor termination <br />Wall/floor joint : <br />ASO-Joint-Tape2000-S</p> <p>angle installed in tile <br />adhesive <br />2</p> <p>3</p> <p>Screed on <br />separation layer <br />Pressure resistant <br />insulation <br />Reinforced concrete slab</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>668</p> <p>Door</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.0.31</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Tile setting on ASODUR®-Light-Weight-Screeds <br />(i.e. on wood substrates)</p> <p>1</p> <p>Waterproofing</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>2</p> <p>Tile adhesive</p> <p>UNIFIX-2K/6</p> <p>3</p> <p>Tile grout</p> <p>ASO-Flexfuge</p> <p>Perimeter joint: ESCOSIL-2000 flexible <br />sealing caulk with debonding tape to <br />prevent 3-sided bond <br />1 <br />Wall/Floor joint: <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>ASODUR-Light-Weight-Screed <br />D > 20 mm <br />Wooden substrate</p> <p>False floor</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>669</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.0.32</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Tile setting on ASODUR-Lightweight Screeds <br />(i.e. on wooden substrates in combination with <br />LEWIS-Schwalbenschwanzprofil)</p> <p>1</p> <p>Waterproofing</p> <p>2</p> <p>Tile adhesive</p> <p>LIGHTFLEX</p> <p>3</p> <p>Tile grout</p> <p>ASO-Flexfuge</p> <p>4</p> <p>LEWIS-Schwalbenschwanzprofil</p> <p>AQUAFIN -2K/M</p> <p>Wall / floor connection: <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000</p> <p>Perimeter joint: ESCOSIL-2000 flexible sealing <br />Tape to prevent 3-sided bond <br />1</p> <p>2</p> <p>4</p> <p>ASODUR-Lightweight Screeds, D > 15 mm</p> <p>Wooden substrate</p> <p>False floor</p> <p>50/12</p> <p>670</p> <p>3</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.1.1</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Waterproofing under tiles <br />(Exposure class A0 - Wall area exposure class A)</p> <p>7 <br />6 <br />3 <br />2 <br />1</p> <p>8</p> <p>9</p> <p>4</p> <p>3</p> <p>5</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5. <br />6. <br />7. <br />8. <br />9.</p> <p>Concrete <br />ASO-Unigrund <br />SANIFLEX <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 <br />ASO-backer rod <br />SOLOFLEX <br />Tiles <br />ASO-Fugenbunt <br />ESCOSIL-2000 <br />02/11</p> <p>671</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.1.3</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Waterproofing under tiles <br />(Exposure class A0, A, B0)</p> <p>6 <br />4 <br />2</p> <p>1</p> <p>7</p> <p>8</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>5</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5. <br />6. <br />7. <br />8.</p> <p>Concrete <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 <br />SOLOFLEX <br />ASO-backer rod <br />Tiles <br />ASO-Flexfuge <br />ESCOSIL-2000</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>672</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.30.1</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Pavers on drainage screeds</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>6</p> <p>7</p> <p>env. 1,5 %</p> <p>1 Water permeable tile grout with QS 0,5-1,5 and INDUCRET-VK5050 <br />2 Large format concrete, natural stone or ceramic pavers <br />3 ASOCRET-HB-Flex, if nec. mixed with ASOPLAST-MZ <br />4 Drainage screed, ASO-EZ4 and aggregate with 2-5 mm <br />or 4-8 mm graded grain size <br />5 AQUAFIN-2K-Sicherheitsvlies, protective fleece <br />6 Cementitious loadbearing layer <br />7 Natural ground</p> <p>07/13</p> <p>673</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.30.2</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Stairway construction on ASO®-EZ4-Plus</p> <p>1</p> <p>2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6</p> <p>1– 2 %</p> <p>7</p> <p>1 Concrete/Natural stone step with a fall <br />2 Flexible silicone sealer ASO-Flexfuge <br />3 Concrete/Natural Stone <br />When working with natural stones, always refer to the supplier regarding the stone‘s natural <br />characteristics when determining the proper products to avoid discolorations.</p> <p>4 <br />5 <br />6 <br />7</p> <p>ASO-EZ4-Plus mortar bed <br />ASOCRET-HB-Flex, if nec. mixed with ASOPLAST-MZ <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing <br />Reinforced concrete stairway</p> <p>10/10</p> <p>674</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.50.1</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>The gutter system „Wiesbaden“ <br />(Exposure class A, B)</p> <p>8</p> <p>7</p> <p>3</p> <p>1 <br />2</p> <p>9</p> <p>3</p> <p>5</p> <p>6</p> <p>4</p> <p>1. Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />2. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />4. Tile adhesive SOLOFLEX or UNIFIX-2K/6 <br />5. Guter installation in mortar bed ASO-EZ4-Plus <br />6. Joint mortar HF05-Brillantfuge or ASODUR-EK98 <br />7. Anticapillary joint filling ASODUR-EP/FM <br />8. Elastic joint sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW <br />9. Expansion joint tape if needed <br />11/10</p> <p>675</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.50.2</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>The gutter system „Finnish“ <br />(Exposure class A, B)</p> <p>6 <br />7</p> <p>3 <br />1</p> <p>2</p> <p>8</p> <p>3</p> <p>5 <br />4</p> <p>1. Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />2. Two layers of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M (1st layer loop-shaped, 2nd layer flat) <br />3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />4. Tile adhesive SOLOFLEX or UNIFIX-2K/6 <br />5. Jointing HF05-Brillantfuge or ASODUR-EK98 <br />6. Anticapillary joint filling INDUCRET-VK6050 <br />7. Elastic joint sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW <br />8. Expansion joint tape if needed <br />07/13</p> <p>676</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.50.10</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Cross-section of “Wiesbaden” <br />swimming pool gutter system <br />Exposure class B</p> <p>11</p> <p>10</p> <p>9</p> <p>7</p> <p>8</p> <p>3</p> <p>6</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>3</p> <p>2 <br />1</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6 <br />7 <br />8 <br />9</p> <p>Tile <br />UNIFIX-2K/6 tile adhesive <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing <br />PVC or stainless steel flange <br />ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Floor embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M around the flange <br />Gutter set in ASO-EZ2-Plus mortar bed, Gutter and substrate primed with ASOCRET-HB-flex <br />Anticapillary joint filling INDUCRET-VK6050 <br />ASODUR-EK98 or HF05-Brilliantfuge tile grout <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S, ASO-backer rod and for protection ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 <br />embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />10 ESCOSIL-2000-UW Elastic joint sealant <br />11 min. 10 cm overlap waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>07/13</p> <p>677</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.50.14</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Swimming pool deck - bonded screed (thin bed) <br />Wet area exposure class A</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>3</p> <p>1. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K <br />2. Tile adhesive with UNIFIX-2K/6 or SOLOFLEX <br />3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />4. Jointing ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR Design <br />5. Elastic sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW</p> <p>07/13</p> <p>678</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.50.15</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Interior swimming pool wall/floor joint (thin bed) <br />Exposure class B</p> <p>4</p> <p>3</p> <p>5</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>4</p> <p>1 AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing <br />2 UNIFIX-2K/6 or SOLOFLEX tile adhesive <br />3 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />4 ASODUR-EK98 or HF05-Brilliantfuge tile grout <br />5 ASO-backer rod and elastic sealer <br />ESCOSIL-2000-UW caulk</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>679</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.50.16</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Swimming pool deck with under floor heating <br />(thin bed) <br />Exposure class A</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>3</p> <p>1 AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing <br />2 UNIFIX-2K/6 or SOLOFLEX tile adhesive <br />3 Two layers of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />4 Tile joints grouted with ASODUR-EK98 <br />5 Elastic sealant ESCOSIL-2000</p> <p>45/09</p> <p>680</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.50.20</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>„Finnish” gutter waterproofing detail in <br />swimming pools (thin bed)</p> <p>6</p> <p>2</p> <p>5</p> <p>1</p> <p>4</p> <p>7</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>1</p> <p>1 Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />2 Flexible tile adhesive UNIFIX-2K/6 <br />3 Two layers of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />4 Anticapillary joint filler INDUCRET-VK6050 <br />5 „Finnish“ gutter set with ASO-EZ4-Plus mortar bed <br />6 Tile joints grouted with HF05-Brilliantfuge <br />7 Elastic joint sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW</p> <p>45/09</p> <p>681</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.50.66</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>„St. Moritz” gutter waterproofing detail <br />with AQUAFIN®-2K/M <br />Exposure class B</p> <p>1 Concrete structure <br />2 Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />3 Two layers of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M (1st layer loop-shaped, 2nd layer flat) <br />4 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />5 Tile adhesive UNIFIX-2K/6 <br />6 Anticapillary joint filler INDUCRET-VK6050 <br />7 Tile joints grouted with ASODUR-EK98 <br />8 Elastic joint sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW</p> <p>5</p> <p>7</p> <p>6 <br />4</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>8</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>682</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.60.1</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Therapy pool <br />(Brine pool - Exposure class A, B)</p> <p>7 <br />6</p> <p>3</p> <p>3 <br />8</p> <p>5</p> <p>4 <br />2 <br />1</p> <p>1. Primer INDUFLOOR-IB1225 <br />2. Waterproofing ASOFLEX-AKB <br />3. Two layers of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in <br />ASOFLEX-AKB (1st layer loop-shaped, 2nd layer flat) <br />4. Tile adhesive ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR Design <br />5. Jointing ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR Design <br />6. Gutter installation with INDUFLOOR-IB4010 <br />7. Anticapillary joint filling INDUCRET-VK6050 <br />8. Expansion joint tape if needed</p> <p>07/13</p> <p>683</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.60.14</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Swimming pool deck <br />Thermale area and area of saline water (thin bed) <br />Stress class B, C</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>4</p> <p>1. Waterproofing with ASOFLEX-AKB <br />2. Thin bed mortar ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR Design <br />3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S and for the protection ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 <br />embedded in ASOFLEX-AKB-Wall <br />4. Jointing ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR Design <br />5. Elastic sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>684</p> <p>5</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.60.15</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Pool base <br />Thermale area and area of saline water (thin bed) <br />Stress class B, C</p> <p>4</p> <p>3</p> <p>5</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>4</p> <p>1. Waterproofing ASOFLEX-AKB <br />2. Thin bed mortar ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR Design <br />3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in ASOFLEX-AKB-Wall <br />4. Jointing ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR Design <br />5. ASO-backer rod and elastic sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>685</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.60.16</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Swimming pool deck with underfloor heating <br />Thermale area and area of saline water (thin bed) <br />Stress class B, C</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>4</p> <p>5</p> <p>3</p> <p>1. Waterproofing ASOFLEX-AKB <br />2. Thin bed mortar ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR Design <br />3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S and for the protection ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 <br />embedded in ASOFLEX-AKB-Wall <br />4. Jointing with ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR Design <br />5. Elastic sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>686</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.60.20</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Presentation of the assembly including the “Finnish” <br />guter waterproofing detail in swimming pool <br />Thermale area and area of saline water (thin bed)</p> <p>6</p> <p>2</p> <p>5</p> <p>1</p> <p>4</p> <p>7</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. Waterproofing ASOFLEX-AKB <br />2. Thin bed mortar ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR Design <br />3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in ASOFLEX-AKB-Wall <br />4. Capillary-breaking joint-filling INDUCRET-VK6050 <br />5. Waterproof mortar ASODUR-EK98-Wall <br />6. Jointing ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR Design <br />7. Sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW</p> <p>07/13</p> <p>687</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.70.1</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Detail waterproofing of underwater <br />spotlights - with flange</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5</p> <p>6</p> <p>7</p> <p>8</p> <p>9</p> <p>Pool water <br />acc. to DIN 19643 <br />1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5. <br />6. <br />7. <br />8. <br />9.</p> <p>Stainless steel flange <br />ASO-Joint-Sleeve <br />Waterproofing <br />Thin bed mortar <br />Tile <br />Spotlight <br />Spotlight casing <br />Concrte pool <br />Tile grout</p> <p>* or AQUAFIN-RS300 <br />** or ASODUR-Design</p> <p>03/13</p> <p>688</p> <p>salt & thermal water</p> <p>ASO-Primer-2000 <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M* <br />UNIFIX-2K/6</p> <p>ASOFLEX-AKB <br />ASODUR-EK98**</p> <p>HF05-Brillantfuge</p> <p>ASODUR-EK98**</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.70.2</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Detail waterproofing of underwater <br />spotlights - with mortar (special solution)</p> <p>1a <br />2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6</p> <p>7</p> <p>8</p> <p>1b</p> <p>9</p> <p>10</p> <p>Pool water acc. to <br />DIN19643 <br />Salt & Thermalwater <br />1a INDUFLOOR-IB1240 primer with <br />sand broadcast (0.5-1.0 mm) <br />1b Primer-2000 <br />2 Waterproofing mortar ASOFLEX-AKB with sand broadcast <br />3 ASO-Joint-Sleeve <br />4 Waterproofing <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M ASOFLEX-AKB <br />5 Thin-bed mortar <br />UNIFIX-2K/6 <br />ASODUR-EK98/-Design <br />6 Tile <br />7 Spotlight <br />8 Spotlight casing <br />9 Concrete pool <br />10 Tile grout <br />HF05-Brillantfuge ASODUR-EK98/-Design</p> <p>07/13</p> <p>689</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.80.10</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Balcony waterproofing with AQUAFIN®-2K/M <br />Balcony edge with gutter <br />Exposure class: B0</p> <p>9</p> <p>2</p> <p>3</p> <p>4</p> <p>7</p> <p>8</p> <p>5</p> <p>6 <br />1</p> <p>min. 72 mm</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6 <br />7 <br />8 <br />9</p> <p>Concrete cantilever balcony <br />Sloping screed, i.e. ASO-EZ2-Plus <br />Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 embedded in waterproofing <br />Gutter profile <br />Outlet gutter <br />Ceramic tile fixed with UNIFIX-2K tile adhesive <br />ESCOSIL-2000 elastic joint sealant <br />ASO-Flexfuge tile grout</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>690</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.80.11</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Balcony waterproofing with AQUAFIN®-2K/M <br />Wall/Floor junction <br />Exposure class B0</p> <p>8</p> <p>5</p> <p>4</p> <p>7</p> <p>6</p> <p>3 <br />2</p> <p>1</p> <p>1 <br />2 <br />3 <br />4 <br />5 <br />6 <br />7 <br />8</p> <p>Reinforced concrete slab <br />Sloping screed ASO-EZ2-Plus or ASO-EZ4-Plus <br />Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 <br />Joint strip to avoid a 3 sided bond <br />Highly elastic thin-bed mortar UNIFIX-2K <br />ASO-Flexfuge or HF05-Brilliantfuge tile grout <br />ESCOSIL-2000 elastic sealant <br />02/11</p> <p>691</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.85.1</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Balcony waterproofing with ADF®-Balkonfolie <br />Exposure class: B0</p> <p>9</p> <p>1 - 2%</p> <p>4</p> <p>7</p> <p>3</p> <p>2</p> <p>8</p> <p>5</p> <p>1 <br />6</p> <p>min. 72 mm</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5. <br />6. <br />7. <br />8. <br />9.</p> <p>Concrete cantilever balcony <br />Sloping scrred, i.e. ASO-EZ2 or ASO-EZ4 <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />Waterproofing ADF-Balkonfolie <br />Gutter profile <br />Outlet gutter <br />Ceramic tile fixed with ADF-Systmkleber-FB or ADF-Systemkleber adhesive <br />ESCOSIL-2000 elastic joint sealant <br />HF05-Brillantfuge or ASO-Flexfuge tile grout</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>692</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.410.1</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Floor drain waterproofing detail in wet rooms <br />with ASOFLEX-AKB <br />Exposure class C</p> <p>7</p> <p>6</p> <p>8</p> <p>9</p> <p>5</p> <p>4</p> <p>3</p> <p>2</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4.</p> <p>Reinforced concrete slab <br />Insulation with appropriate pressure load or compressibility for each load case <br />Cement screed <br />Waterproofing ASOFLEX-AKB-Floor prime with Primer-2000 in flange area and <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225 (broadcast with sand) on the cement screed <br />5. Tile adhesive ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR-Design <br />6. Joint sealing ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR-Design <br />7. Inlay of ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Floor <br />8. Expansion joint: INDUCRET-VK6050 <br />9. Thin bed inlet (for example Messrs. Passavant)</p> <p>07/13</p> <p>693</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.410.2</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Waterproofing under tiles and slabs</p> <p>C</p> <p>Class of moisture stress</p> <p>e.g. canteen kitchen, labor,creamery</p> <p>1</p> <p>Waterproofing</p> <p>ASOFLEX-AKB</p> <p>2</p> <p>Bonding</p> <p>ASODUR-EK98</p> <p>3</p> <p>Jointing</p> <p>ASODUR-EK98</p> <p>Masonry</p> <p>Plaster</p> <p>1</p> <p>Door trim <br />Used rail connection <br />with tile glue</p> <p>Wall floor connection: <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S <br />Adhesive strip to prevent three side adhesion and <br />elastic jointing with ESCOSIL-2000</p> <p>3 <br />2</p> <p>Screed* on separation layer e.g. <br />ASODUR-GBM broadcast with sand</p> <p>Pressure resistant insulation*</p> <p>Reinforced concrete slab</p> <p>* With appropriate pressure load or compressibility for each load case</p> <p>10/10</p> <p>694</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.410.3</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Waterproofing of conduit pipe penetrations in industrial <br />use, i.e. commerical kitchens, breweries, etc. - chemical <br />resistance - Exposure class C</p> <p>7</p> <p>6</p> <p>3</p> <p>5</p> <p>4 <br />2 <br />1</p> <p>1 INDUFLOOR-IB1225-Mortar <br />2 ASOFLEX-AKB waterproofing with INDUFLOOR-IB1225 as primer, <br />Primer-2000 in flange contact areas <br />3 ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Floor embedded in waterproofing <br />4 ASODUR-EK98 tile adhesive <br />5 Tile joints grouted with ASODUR-EK98 <br />6 ESCOSIL-2000 elastic sealant <br />7 Stainless steel pipe with flange</p> <p>45/09</p> <p>695</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.410.4</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Detail waterproofing of floor inlet drain in kitchens <br />- screed on insulation layer Exposure class C</p> <p>7</p> <p>3, 4</p> <p>8</p> <p>9</p> <p>i.e. System from Wiedemann <br />5 (6)</p> <p>2</p> <p>1</p> <p>1 Concrete floor slab <br />2 ASO-EZ2 or ASO-EZ2-Plus cementitious screed ontop of <br />insulation layer and previously installed waterproofing sheet <br />membrane onto concrete slab <br />3 Screed primed with INDUFLOOR-IB1225 incl. sand broadcast, <br />flange primed with Primer-2000 <br />4 ASOFLEX-AKB-Floor waterproofing with embedded <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S-Wide, cut to fit drain diameter <br />5 Flowable grout INDUCRET-VK30 or INDUCRET-VK100 <br />Alternative: <br />6 Filled with INDUFLOOR-IB4010 epoxy mortar <br />7 ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR-Design tile adhesive <br />8 Tile joints grouted with ASODUR-EK98 or ASODUR-Design <br />9 INDUCRET-VK6050 sealer <br />07/13</p> <p>696</p> <p>9.3 Technical Drawings</p> <p>3.410.5</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying</p> <p>Detail waterproofing of floor drain outlet <br />Exposure class C</p> <p>7</p> <p>6</p> <p>5 <br />4</p> <p>4</p> <p>3</p> <p>3</p> <p>7 <br />6</p> <p>5 <br />2</p> <p>1</p> <p>1 Concrete floor slab <br />2 ASO-EZ2 or ASO-EZ2-Plus screed <br />3 ASOFLEX-AKB-Wall waterproofing - primer base <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225 - embedded ASO-Joint-Sleeve <br />4 Flowable grout INDUCRET-VK30 or INDUCRET-VK100 <br />5 ASOFLEX-AKB-Floor waterproofing, flange primed with <br />Primer-2000 <br />6 ASODUR-EK98 tile adhesive <br />7 INDUCRET-VK6050 sealer <br />02/11</p> <p>697</p> <p>698</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>9.4 Industrial Flooring <br />› Joint sealing for industrial floors exposed to mechanical and chemical loads <br />with INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000</p> <p>700 - 703</p> <p>› Surface protection of waste water treatment tanks</p> <p>704</p> <p>› Detail drawings of surface protection of waste water treatment tanks</p> <p>705</p> <p>› Oil and vapour barrier with the primer INDUFLOOR-IB1240</p> <p>706</p> <p>› Concrete sealer - aqueous with INDUFLOOR-IB2360</p> <p>707</p> <p>› Volume conductive coating with INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2</p> <p>708</p> <p>› Universal industrial floor coating with INDUFLOOR-IB3357</p> <p>709</p> <p>› Decorative floor binder with INDUFLOOR-IB3380</p> <p>710</p> <p>› Secondary containment systems INDUFLOOR-IB-GWS2</p> <p>711</p> <p>699</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>JS 1</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Joint sealing for industrial floors exposed to mechanical <br />and chemical loads with INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 <br />Connection between: Concrete - Concrete</p> <p>3</p> <p>3</p> <p>2</p> <p>5</p> <p>1</p> <p>4</p> <p>6</p> <p>1. Existing concrete slab <br />2. Scratch coat INDUFLOOR-IB1270 <br />(quartz sand 0.2 - 0.7 plus 2% INDU-FibreFiller) <br />3. Industrial flooring systems, for example INDUFLOOR-IB3357 <br />4. INDU-backer rod <br />5. Primer-2000-S <br />6. Joint sealant INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>700</p> <p>1</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>JS 2</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Joint sealing for industrial floors exposed to mechanical <br />and chemical loads with INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 <br />Connection between: Concrete - Steel</p> <p>3</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>6</p> <p>5</p> <p>4</p> <p>7</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. Existing concrete slab <br />2. Steel T-square <br />(quartz sand 0.2 - 0.7 plus 2% INDU-FibreFiller) <br />3. Industrial flooring systems, for example INDUFLOOR-IB3357 <br />4. INDU-backer rod <br />5. Primer-2000-S <br />6. Primer-2000 <br />7. Joint sealant INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>701</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>JS 3</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Joint sealing for industrial floors exposed to mechanical <br />and chemical loads with INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 <br />Connection between: Concrete - Asphalt</p> <p>3</p> <p>4</p> <p>7</p> <p>1</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5. <br />6. <br />7.</p> <p>3</p> <p>6</p> <p>5</p> <p>Existing concrete slab <br />Asphalt <br />Industrial flooring systems, for example INDUFLOOR-IB3357 <br />INDU-backer rod <br />Primer-2000-S <br />Primer-2000-A <br />Joint sealant INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>702</p> <p>2</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>JS 4</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Joint sealing for industrial floors exposed to mechanical <br />and chemical loads with INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 <br />Wall / Floor joint</p> <p>4</p> <p>2</p> <p>3 <br />6</p> <p>1</p> <p>5 <br />7</p> <p>1. Concrete floor <br />2. Concrete wall <br />3. Industrial flooring systems, for example <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3357 <br />4. Industrial flooring systems, for example <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3357: thixotropic consistency for vertical <br />applications with INDU-FibreFiller <br />5. INDU-backer rod <br />6. Primer-2000-S <br />7. Joint sealant INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000</p> <p>49/12</p> <p>703</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>SP 1</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Surface protection of waste <br />water treatment tanks</p> <p>Aeration tank</p> <p>Secondary setting tank</p> <p>3</p> <p>6 <br />6 <br />5</p> <p>4</p> <p>Detail 1</p> <p>4</p> <p>6</p> <p>1</p> <p>6</p> <p>5</p> <p>2 <br />Detail 2 <br />7</p> <p>1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5.</p> <p>Plain concrete <br />Reinforced concrete base <br />Reinforced concrete wall <br />INDU-FLEX-CJ13 <br />Cove formed with coved fillet <br />(see table beside) <br />6. Surface protection coating or waterproofing <br />(see table beside) <br />7. Pipe penetration</p> <p>Exposure <br />class <br />XA1 <br />XA2 <br />XA3</p> <p>Coved fillet <br />INDUCRET-KIS-02 <br />INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 <br />INDUCRET-KIS-02 <br />INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1260 <br />INDUFLOOR-IB4010</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>704</p> <p>Detail 3</p> <p>Surface protection / <br />Waterproofing <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2370 or <br />GEPOTECH-11/22 <br />(GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer)</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>SP 2</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Detail drawings of surface protection of <br />waste water treatment tanks</p> <p>Detail 1: Wall / slab joint <br />3 <br />4</p> <p>Detail 2: Pipe penetration waterproofing detail <br />6</p> <p>3</p> <p>9 <br />5</p> <p>5</p> <p>8 <br />6 <br />2</p> <p>1</p> <p>2</p> <p>1</p> <p>4</p> <p>7 <br />Detail 3: Pipe penetration waterproofing detail <br />6 <br />1. <br />2. <br />3. <br />4. <br />5. <br />6. <br />7. <br />8. <br />9.</p> <p>Plain concrete <br />Reinforced concrete base <br />Reinforced concrete wall <br />INDU-FLEX-CJ13 <br />Cove formed with coved fillet <br />(see table) <br />Surface protection coating or waterproofing <br />(see table) <br />Pipe penetration <br />Flange construction <br />Inlay of ASO-Joint-Sleeve in ASOFLEX-AKB, <br />then broadcast with quartz sand</p> <p>2 <br />1</p> <p>8 <br />9</p> <p>7</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>705</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>IB1240</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Oil and vapour barrier with the <br />primer INDUFLOOR®-IB1240</p> <p>Sand broadcast, grade <br />0.5 - 1.0 mm</p> <p>Primer INDUFLOOR-IB1240 <br />moisture capour blocking</p> <p>Degreased <br />concrete</p> <p>• Low solvent, moisture compatible, <br />2-component epoxy resin <br />• Oil blocking - functions as a barrier against <br />capillary rising oils <br />• Bonds very well to damp concrete substrates <br />• Moisture and water vapour barrier</p> <p>45/10</p> <p>706</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>IB2360</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Concrete sealer - aqueous <br />with INDUFLOOR®-IB2360</p> <p>Sealer INDUFLOOR-IB2360</p> <p>Primer <br />INDUFLOOR-IB2360, diluted</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>Solvent free, water emulsified, pigmented, 2-component, epoxy resin <br />Low odour <br />Resistant to diluted alkalis and acids, as well as heating oil and petrol <br />Can be diluted up to 8% with water (primer) <br />Water vapour permeable - “ Breathable” <br />Excellent bond to a variety of substrates <br />Satin finish</p> <p>02/11</p> <p>707</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>IB3350-VC2</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Volume conductive coating <br />with INDUFLOOR®-IB3350-VC2</p> <p>Dissipative topcoat <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2</p> <p>Conductive lacquer <br />IINDUFLOOR-IB2115</p> <p>INDU-ConductiveTape <br />Primer <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>Solvent free, pigmented, conductive, 2-component epoxy resin <br />Continuously conductive both horizontally and vertically once cured <br />Elastic <br />Crack bridging capability up to 0.2 mm <br />Mechanical and chemical resistance <br />High strengths and impact resistance <br />Resistant to acids and alkalis, as well as conventional cleaning agents at <br />application concentrations</p> <p>48/10</p> <p>708</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>IB3357</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Universal industrial floor coating with <br />INDUFLOOR®-IB3357</p> <p>Coating</p> <p>Sand broadcast, grade <br />0.2 - 0.7 mm</p> <p>Primer</p> <p>• Solvent free, pigmented, 2-component epoxy resin <br />• High compressive and flexural strength <br />• Resistant to diluted acids and alkalis, as well as conventional cleaning agents <br />at application concentrations <br />• Resistant to weathering <br />• System component of INDUFLOOR-IB-CarPark-System0S8</p> <p>01/12</p> <p>709</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>IB3380</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Decorative floor binder <br />with INDUFLOOR®-IB3380</p> <p>Sealer</p> <p>Broadcast colorquartz <br />Broadcast coating <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3380 with ColorQuartz <br />Sand broadcast, grade <br />0.2 - 0.7 mm</p> <p>Primer</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>Solvent free, colourless, 2-component epoxy resin <br />Conforms to VOC guidelines <br />Can be highly filled <br />Mechanically resistant <br />Resistant to dilute alkalis and acids, as well as aqueous salt solutions and <br />lubrificants</p> <p>48/10</p> <p>710</p> <p>9.4 Technical Drawings</p> <p>IB-GWS2</p> <p>Industrial Flooring</p> <p>Secondary containment systems <br />INDUFLOOR®-IB-GWS2</p> <p>Coating <br />INDUFLOOR-IB3311</p> <p>Sand broadcast, grade <br />0.2 - 0.7 mm</p> <p>Primer <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1225</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>High chemical resistance <br />Solvent free <br />Weather resistant <br />Crack bridging <br />Mechanical resistance (directly drivable) <br />Fulfils technical requirements for coatings in the painting/lacquer industry, <br />e.g. the automobile industry</p> <p>48/10</p> <p>711</p> <p>712</p> <p>9.5 Technical Drawings</p> <p>9.5 Concrete Technology <br />› INDU-FLEX-CJ13 Installation – Positioning & Fixing</p> <p>714</p> <p>› INDU-FLEX-CJ13 Installation – Line jointing</p> <p>715</p> <p>713</p> <p>9.5 Technical Drawings</p> <p>CJ13-A</p> <p>Concrete Technology</p> <p>INDU-FLEX-CJ13 Installation <br />Positioning & fixing</p> <p>Positioning</p> <p>Fixing</p> <p>Beginnings & endings: <br />mechanical fixing – nails or screws – must start at a <br />distance of 25mm from the beginning and the ending <br />of each INDU-FLEX-CJ13 strip’s edge. These will be <br />referred to as “start nails” herein this document.</p> <p>INDU-FLEX-CJ13 is always fixed flat on the approved <br />substrate with the grooves always facing outwards to <br />receive the fresh concrete pour. <br />Always position the INDU-FLEX-CJ13 at a minimum <br />distance of 80mm from the construction joint’s outer <br />edge as shown in the figure. It is always recommended <br />to position INDU-FLEX-CJ13 closer to the edge that will <br />be exposed to the water.</p> <p>Longitudinal: <br />After the start nail or screw, repeated mechanical <br />fixings should be carried out every 250mm <br />approximately in a staggered manner as shown in the <br />figure.</p> <p>Vertical application A</p> <p>Vertical application B</p> <p>To ensure that the INDU-FLEX-CJ13 is not deformed under its weight, it is recommended to cut INDU-FLEX-CJ13 in <br />lengths of 1.00 to 1.50 meter strips and fix against the concrete wall starting at the top first and progressing <br />downwards; one strip after the other.</p> <p>48/10</p> <p>714</p> <p>9.5 Technical Drawings</p> <p>CJ13-B</p> <p>Concrete Technology</p> <p>INDU-FLEX-CJ13 Installation <br />Line jointing</p> <p>X-Joints</p> <p>T-Joints</p> <p>Cut all 4 intersecting strip ends of INDU-FLEX-CJ13 in a <br />45º-“V” shape as shown in the figure. With one end <br />fixed, bring together – pressing against the fixed strip – <br />the remaining 3 edges one after the other by <br />fixing with a start nail or screw.</p> <p>Cut out – at the required intersection point – a 45º“V” shape as shown in the figure. With one end <br />fixed, bring together – pressing against the fixed strip <br />– the remaining edge by fixing with a start nail or <br />screw.</p> <p>Wall/Floor Joints</p> <p>Cut the two joining strip ends of INDU-FLEX-CJ13 at a 45º angle as shown in the figure. With one end fixed <br />(usually the vertical one is installed first), bring together – pressing against the fixed strip – the remaining edge by <br />fixing with a start nail or screw.</p> <p>48/10</p> <p>715</p> <p>716</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Brochures <br />› AQUAFIN-2K/M - Flexible cementitious waterproofing</p> <p>718</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-IC - Capillary/crystalline waterproofing for concrete structures</p> <p>723</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-RS300 - Self cross-linking, reactive slurry coat</p> <p>728</p> <p>› Professional Joint Tape Technology</p> <p>730</p> <p>› THERMOPAL - Restoration Plaster System</p> <p>735</p> <p>› SANIFLEX - Elastic waterproofing membrane for wet rooms</p> <p>738</p> <p>› LIGHTFLEX - Flexible thin, middle and flow-bed tile adhesive</p> <p>740</p> <p>› ASODUR-Design - Epoxy tile grout & adhesive</p> <p>742</p> <p>› ASODUR-K900 - Highly fluid resin adhesive</p> <p>744</p> <p>› High quality additives for the preparation of mortars, renders and concretes</p> <p>746</p> <p>› Road and Track Construction</p> <p>751</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-Element - Secure fixing of concrete elements in road and track construction</p> <p>754</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-Monolith - Installation of natural stone pavers in the rail vicinity & other heavy duty areas 757 <br />› INDUFLEX-VK-Fug - Ultimate flexibility and an extended service life</p> <p>760</p> <p>› GEPOTECH System - Security in Track Construction</p> <p>763</p> <p>› INDUCRETE-BIS - Protection and restoration of concrete elements</p> <p>766</p> <p>› GEPOTECH System - Restoration and protection of waste water treatment facilities</p> <p>769</p> <p>› Surface protection system for waste water treatment plants</p> <p>773</p> <p>› Surface protection systems</p> <p>776</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1240/INDUFLOOR-IB1250 - Topically applied moisture vapor reduction systems</p> <p>777</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 - Conductive floor coating for sensitive production areas</p> <p>782</p> <p>› BETOCRETE C-Series - Integral waterproofing for concrete</p> <p>784</p> <p>› Concrete Technology</p> <p>788</p> <p>› Colored Concrete – Powder pigments/Pigment slurries</p> <p>791</p> <p>717</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K/M - Flexible cementitious waterproofing</p> <p>Building Product Systems <br />Waterproofing and <br />Restoration <br />Tile / <br />Natural Stone / <br />Screed installation</p> <p>schomburg.com</p> <p>Flexible cementitious <br />waterproofing</p> <p>718</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Flexible Cementitious Waterproofing</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K/M - Flexible cementitious waterproofing</p> <p>Flexibility in waterproofing… <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M is a state of the art, highly flexible, <br />protective and waterproof coating, ideal for sealing and <br />coating a wide variety of projects. <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M was developed due to a demand for a <br />truly flexible coating, not only in terms of physical properties, but <br />also in terms of applications and application methods. It is a <br />two-component product resistant to water, moisture and abrasion, <br />and composed of a cementitious powder and solvent free liquid. <br />It has superior adhesion to many substrates, including concrete, <br />brick, masonry and some natural stone substrates. <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M is a leader in its class with up to 115% <br />elongation, making it the perfect solution for waterproofing <br />substrates prone to movement and cracking.</p> <p>Advantages <br />• Resists strong hydrostatic pressure (tested</p> <p>• Easy application <br />• Solvent free – environmentally friendly <br />• Applied to moist or damp substrates <br />• Permanently flexible coating, elongation</p> <p>up to 115% acc. to ASTM 412-98a</p> <p>up to 70 m water head, positive side) <br />• Withstands pedestrian and light traffic; resists</p> <p>mechanical wear, abrasion and de-icing salts <br />• Crack bridging capability up to 2.5 mm in</p> <p>accordance with ASTM C 836:95</p> <p>• Potable water approved</p> <p>Unmatched flexibility for superior crack bridging capabilities</p> <p>719</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K/M - Flexible cementitious waterproofing</p> <p>Typical Applications <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M is applied on <br />new and old substrates to provide a <br />protective, waterproof coating. It is <br />a stand alone product that can be left <br />as a finished surface or easily coated <br />with mortars, stuccos, etc. <br />Typical applications include: <br />• Swimming pools <br />• Marine and zoo <br />aquarium tanks</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-2K/M</p> <p>• Plaza decks and patios <br />• Balconies, parapet walls, <br />planter boxes <br />• Mechanical rooms <br />• Underneath tile mortars in <br />kitchens, bathrooms, etc. <br />• Water and waste water <br />treatment tanks <br />• Above and below grade, <br />interior or exterior</p> <p>720</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K/M - Flexible cementitious waterproofing</p> <p>Application <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M can be applied <br />with a brush, roller, trowel or <br />appropriate compressed air spray <br />equipment. <br />The two components are simply mixed <br />together to create a workable <br />consistency for easy applications. <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M has a pot life of <br />approximately 45 minutes at +20 °C. <br />Accessory Products</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-2K/M</p> <p>• ASO®-JOINT TAPE2000/2000-S Elastomeric, highly <br />tear resistant waterproof tape used <br />to repair cracks and seal joints within <br />the AQUAFIN®-2K/M waterproofing system. <br />• AQUAFIN®-1K <br />Applied as first coat, under <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M for negative side <br />waterproofing applications. <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M is available in <br />several different colors and can be <br />painted or topcoated, providing <br />designers and applicators with <br />limitless possibilities for their finished <br />applications.</p> <p>For complete application instructions <br />and product information consult the <br />technical datasheet.</p> <p>721</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K/M - Flexible cementitious waterproofing</p> <p>Sample Applications <br />Here are a few examples of AQUAFIN®-2K/M applications. <br />Material application:</p> <p>Finished project:</p> <p>Spray application of a <br />swimming pool</p> <p>Roller application in a <br />zoo exhibit</p> <p>Brush application <br />on a dam</p> <p>Trowel application <br />under tiles</p> <p>09/12</p> <p>722</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>AQUAFIN-IC - Capillary/crystalline waterproofing</p> <p>Building Product Systems <br />Waterproofing and <br />Restoration <br />Tile / <br />Natural Stone / <br />Screed installation</p> <p>Capillary/Crystalline <br />Waterproofing</p> <p>schomburg.com</p> <p>for concrete structures</p> <p>723</p> <p>AQUAFIN-IC - Capillary/crystalline waterproofing</p> <p>...waterproofs concrete in depth <br />AQUAFIN®-IC is a unique one-component, penetrating <br />waterproofing system. Based on cementitious materials, <br />AQUAFIN®-IC contains chemicals, that penetrate into <br />the concrete surface making the concrete itself part of the <br />waterproofing. The waterproofing properties stay intact, <br />even if the coating is partially removed or small cracks <br />develop after the application. <br />Due to its high resistance to hydrostatic pressure (tested <br />up to 130 m [200 psi] positive and negative side), <br />AQUAFIN®-IC is the perfect waterproofing material <br />for large concrete structures such as water tanks, water <br />catchment basins or wastewater treatment plants. Other <br />typical applications are in parking structures, tunnels, <br />elevator pits, manholes and waterproofing of below <br />grade foundations and walls.</p> <p>Magnified AQUAFIN®-IC nanocrystals</p> <p>Magnified picture <br />(10,000 X) of <br />AQUAFIN®-IC <br />nanocrystals.</p> <p>Cement <br />Matrix</p> <p>AQUAFIN® <br />Nanocrystals</p> <p>Magnified 5,000 X <br />Treated concrete becomes watertight as crystalline <br />fibers fill the capillary voids.</p> <p>724</p> <p>penetrates into the concrete...</p> <p>Capillary/Crystalline Waterproofing</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>AQUAFIN-IC - Capillary/crystalline waterproofing</p> <p>Advantages: <br />z Self healing (static cracks up to 0.4 mm) <br />z Waterproofing properties stay intact, even</p> <p>if the coating gets damaged <br />z Easy to apply <br />z Low consumption / economical <br />z Fast setting and hardening <br />z Minimal discoloration <br />z Permanent</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-IC</p> <p>Applications: <br />AQUAFIN®-IC may be used on all new or <br />old structurally sound concrete surfaces not <br />subject to movement. It is also suitable for <br />concrete masonry or as a dry shake on fresh <br />concrete slabs. <br />Typical areas of application are: <br />z Potable water tanks <br />z Waste water treatment plants <br />z Tunnels <br />z Elevator pits <br />z Manholes <br />z Foundations <br />z Below grade waterproofing</p> <p>725</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>AQUAFIN-IC - Capillary/crystalline waterproofing</p> <p>Application: <br />AQUAFIN®-IC, gray or white can be <br />applied by brush or appropriate spray <br />equipment. It may also be applied as <br />a dry shake on fresh concrete slabs. <br />AQUAFIN®-IC is simply mixed <br />with water with a slow moving drill. <br />The working time is approximately <br />30 min. at +23°C.</p> <p>Supplemental Products: <br />z FIX 10-S</p> <p>30 sec. plug cement. <br />z FIX 20-T</p> <p>Plug mortar. <br />z ASOCRET®-IM</p> <p>(USA: MORTAR-IC) <br />Crystalline sealing and repair mortar. <br />z ASOCRET®-RN</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-IC</p> <p>(USA: MORTAR-40) <br />Polymer modified structural repair mortar.</p> <p>We recommend the use of <br />AQUAFIN®-2K/M in combination <br />with our joint tapes for applications <br />where static and dynamic crack <br />bridging capabilities are required. <br />AQUAFIN®-1K for negative side <br />waterproofing of brick and CMU substrates</p> <p>726</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>AQUAFIN-IC - Capillary/crystalline waterproofing</p> <p>The Chemistry of AQUAFIN®-IC <br />The pictures below illustrate the basic behavior of <br />AQUAFIN®-IC on a concrete substrate:</p> <p>The following photos illustrate the crack-sealing <br />capabilities of AQUAFIN®-IC for static <br />(non-moving) cracks:</p> <p>Untreated concrete <br />is a porous system, <br />which is prone <br />to water penetration.</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-IC</p> <p>Application: <br />AQUAFIN®-IC (red) <br />is applied to the <br />concrete surface. <br />The active ingredients <br />of AQUAFIN®-IC <br />start to penetrate into <br />the capillary pores.</p> <p>Inside the capillary <br />pores the chemicals <br />react with the free lime <br />and moisture forming <br />insoluble crystals. <br />The mechanism moves <br />further into the <br />concrete, sealing the <br />pores.</p> <p>Result: <br />AQUAFIN®-IC is not only <br />a coating, it becomes an integral <br />part of the concrete!</p> <p>09/12</p> <p>727</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>AQUAFIN-RS300 - Self cross-linking, reactive slurry coat</p> <p>Building Product Systems</p> <p>AQUAFIN -RS300 <br />®</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>Self cross-linking, <br />reactive slurry coat</p> <p>’Pool’ position...</p> <p>728</p> <p>Building Product Systems</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>When working with embedded fabrics or joint tapes especially for treating details and penetrations - the <br />“bottom“ layer of the waterproofing takes longer to <br />cure because it is covered and not exposed to the air. <br />AQUAFIN®-RS300‘s unique chemistry cures faster <br />even under “covered“ situations, providing additional <br />security, speeding up construction and allowing <br />subsequent tiling work to start sooner.</p> <p>729</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-RS300 offers planners and applicators added security in <br />waterproofing, especially when dealing with projects which are under strict <br />time limits or when working in colder climates. Curing times are so much <br />faster and less affected by weather conditions, that drainage and <br />protection boards can be installed after <br />6 hours and backfilling can be ca-rried out a <br />mere 24 hours later! When waterproofing <br />in en-closed areas (water tanks, bio-gas <br />containers, etc.) the product is much more <br />tolerant against potential air damp <br />environments so that forced air drying and <br />climatization can be drastically reduced.</p> <p>Pole position...</p> <p>The chemical reaction within AQUAFIN®-RS300 forces water out of the <br />product faster and speeds up the curing process which achieves the <br />desired PCC-Hybrid structure: In only 24 hours the internal cross-linking <br />reaction produces the same elongation rates that typical cementitious <br />slurries can only achieve after 28 days!</p> <p>By taking a new approach to the formulation of AQUAFIN®-RS300, the <br />product is able to achieve higher elongation rates than typical.</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-RS300, a self cross-linking reactive slurry coating, is the <br />next generation. This product innovation achieves the goal of effectively <br />optimizing the curing time of these product types, combined with a <br />fundamental increase in the products function, even under extreme <br />construction conditions.</p> <p>Standard Waterproofing Slurries (33.89 %)</p> <p>Breathable, resistant to frost, UV and weathering <br />Excellent tensile adhesion and tear strengths <br />Excellent pressure resistance <br />For wet rooms, balconies, patios and swimming pools</p> <p>0</p> <p>25</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-RS300 (85.60 %) <br />Comparable Systems (52.05 %)</p> <p>Waterproof <br />• Cures through self cross-linking reaction <br />• Easy and “smooth” application <br />• Waterproof accord. to DIN 1045</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>50</p> <p>75</p> <p>100</p> <p>Secure <br />• Excellent crack bridging, 60% higher flexibility</p> <p>Fast <br />• Can be applied to matt-damp substrates without priming <br />• Brush, trowel or spray application <br />• Very fast curing, even under extreme conditions, such as <br />low temperatures <br />• Exposure quickly to: <br />Rain after ~ 6 hours <br />Water splashes after ~24 hours <br />Water pressure after ~72 hours <br />• Tiled over after ~6 hours <br />• Drainage & protection boards can be installed <br />after approx. 6 hours</p> <p>Properties and Advantages</p> <p>Fast. Secure. Waterproof.</p> <p>The AQUAFIN® brand of products has been providing effective and <br />secure protection against water ingress for buildings and structures across <br />the globe for many years. The flexible, crack bridging cementitious <br />products are a brand highlight and play a special role in waterproofing.</p> <p>Self cross-linking, reactive slurry coat</p> <p>®</p> <p>AQUAFIN -RS300</p> <p>Example: <br />“Wiesbaden” <br />swimming pool gutter</p> <p>Reliable waterproofing <br />even when dealing <br />with difficult details and <br />penetrations.</p> <p>AQUAFIN-RS300 - Self cross-linking, reactive slurry coat</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>09/11</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Professional Joint Tape Technology</p> <p>Building Product Systems <br />Waterproofing and <br />Restoration <br />Tile and Natural Stone Laying <br />Screeds and Industrial Floor <br />Coatings <br />Garden and Landscape <br />Construction <br />Other Construction Materials</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>Professional Joint <br />Tape Technology</p> <p>SCHOMBURG <br />730</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Professional Joint-Tape Technology</p> <p>Professional Joint Tape Technology</p> <p>Most typical waterproofing failures can be traced back <br />to leaky joints which are a result of faulty sealing of <br />construction joints, expansion joints, up stands, sleeves <br />and pipe penetrations. Moisture or water ingress can <br />also occur due to selecting an incorrect waterstop or <br />joint tape, not properly welding overlaps or waterstop <br />displacement during concreting. <br />The main purpose of using a joint tape – when used <br />with an effective waterproofing material – is to provide <br />a reliable seal against the passage of moisture, water <br />or other mild liquid chemicals. The joint tape should <br />have the ability to accommodate typical stresses <br />(tensile and flexural) developed in expansion and <br />contraction joints as well as vibrations or sudden <br />thermal differences common due to the flow of fluids <br />in pipes. <br />SCHOMBURG joint tape solutions exceed <br />industry standards. <br />Your GUARANTEE to a safe, durable and long lasting <br />waterproof application. <br />SCHOMBURG ASO®-JOINT-TAPES offer a complete <br />solution for the sealing and waterproofing of all joints, <br />pipe and sleeve penetrations. In addition, innovative <br />solutions are possible due to the versatile nature of the <br />ASO®-JOINT-TAPES. <br />SCHOMBURG ASO®-JOINT-TAPES are <br />incomparable to other waterstops or any <br />joint tapes. <br />To guarantee a long-term, watertight seal of joints, <br />connections and pipe penetrations, the joint tapes <br />must: <br />• Be compatible with the waterproofing materials used <br />• Demonstrate excellent adhesion with the substrate <br />• Meet with project requirements and specifications <br />The innovative composite (multi-layer) laminate system <br />used to produce ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000 ensures <br />perfect adhesion between the substrate and <br />waterproofing material as well as at overlaps.</p> <p>731</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Professional Joint Tape Technology</p> <p>The ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000-Series is highly resistant to alkalis, oil and grease <br />and is composed of an innovative composite laminate material based on a <br />water-resistant membrane and a polypropylene fleece. Waterproofing of <br />ASO®-JOINT-TAPE overlaps is guaranteed by the excellent adhesion properties. All ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000 types can be used below grade and outdoors <br />thanks to its rot proof resistance and UV stability. <br />The application of ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000 at overlaps and corners is both <br />simple and easy. Preforated edges enhance tape adhesion, proper embedding <br />into the waterproofing material and transfer of shear forces.</p> <p>ASO®-JOINT-TAPE</p> <p>TYPICAL AREAS OF APPLICATION <br />Wet rooms (bathrooms, <br />showers & kitchens) <br />under ceramic tiles</p> <p>• ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000 & <br />ASO®--JOINT-TAPE-2000-Corners <br />• ASO®--JOINT-TAPE-2000-Sanitaire <br />• ASO®-JOINT-Sleeve-Floor <br />• ASO®-JOINT-Sleeve-Wall</p> <p>Submerged areas and <br />construction joints</p> <p>• ASO®--JOINT-TAPE-2000-S & <br />ASO®--JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-Corners <br />• ASO®--JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-Wide <br />• ASO®-JOINT-Sleeve-Floor <br />• ASO®-JOINT-Sleeve-Wall <br />• ASO®--JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-T piece <br />• ASO®--JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-Cross piece</p> <p>Waterproofing of below <br />grade and floating slabs <br />(multi-storey garages/car parks)</p> <p>• ASO®--JOINT-TAPE-2000 <br />• ASO®--JOINT-TAPE-2000-S <br />• ADF®-JOINT-STRIP <br />• ADF®-Coving-Strip <br />• ADF®-Pipe-sleeve</p> <p>732</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Professional Joint Tape Technology</p> <p>ADVANTAGES <br />• Resistant to a wide range of chemicals including: brine, <br />vegetable and animal fats, diluted acids (5% Lactic, 10% <br />Citric, 3% Hydrochloric), alkalis, hydrocarbons (premium <br />and diesel fuels) and salt solutions (10% Potassium Hydroxide, <br />25% Iron Sulphate, 30% Iron Chloride) <br />• UV stable − suitable for outdoor applications <br />• Broad service temperature: from -20°C to + 90°C <br />• Excellent adhesion with many SCHOMBURG <br />waterproofing materials <br />• Ultimate elongation: over 600% for ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000-S <br />over 60% for ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000 <br />• Preforated edges for enhanced adhesion <br />• Simple and economic extension of rolls – no welding or <br />spark-testing required <br />• Pre-formed junction pieces available <br />(external/internal corners, T and X pieces) <br />• Tailor made pieces are easily prepared on site to accomodate <br />extended and swerving curves as well as intricate details <br />• Warranted system</p> <p>Width</p> <p>Length</p> <p>Article-No.</p> <p>ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000 <br />Standard-Joint tape, used for safe sealing <br />of movement- and connection joints with <br />SCHOMBURG waterproofing systems <br />beneath ceramic tiles.</p> <p>12 <br />12 <br />20 <br />20</p> <p>10 <br />50 <br />10 <br />50</p> <p>2 <br />2 <br />2 <br />2</p> <p>ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000-S <br />Special Joint tape, used in critical applications <br />such as swimming-pools, underground car <br />parks, and clean (potable) and dirty water.</p> <p>20 cm <br />20 cm <br />12 cm</p> <p>ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-Wide <br />Supplied in widths up to 160 cms for on-site <br />tailoring of intricate details -such as mammoth <br />curves - that have been a problem for architects <br />and designers in the past.</p> <p>cm <br />cm <br />cm <br />cm</p> <p>m <br />m <br />m <br />m</p> <p>25 m <br />50 m <br />50 m</p> <p>50-160 cm n.W.</p> <p>733</p> <p>05936 <br />05936 <br />05936 <br />05936</p> <p>001 <br />002 <br />003 <br />004</p> <p>2 05939 001 <br />2 05939 002 <br />2 05939 003</p> <p>2 05939 004</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Professional Joint Tape Technology</p> <p>Width</p> <p>ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000-Corners <br />Preformed external and internal 90° corner <br />pieces with twin edge perforations.</p> <p>Length</p> <p>12 cm 90O ext <br />12 cm 90O int</p> <p>Article-No.</p> <p>2 05943 001 <br />2 05944 001</p> <p>ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-Corners</p> <p>Preformed external and internal angle <br />pieces with twin edge perforations. <br />Available in 45° & 90° angles.</p> <p>ASO®-JOINT-Sleeve-Wall <br />Incorporates a preformed 12 mm-dia <br />opening suitable for sealing of 1/2, <br />3 4 <br />/ & 1” pipe penetrations in walls.</p> <p>20 <br />20 <br />20 <br />20</p> <p>cm <br />cm <br />cm <br />cm</p> <p>90O int <br />90O ext <br />45O int <br />45O ext</p> <p>2 <br />2 <br />2 <br />2</p> <p>05939 <br />05939 <br />05939 <br />05939</p> <p>006 <br />005 <br />008 <br />007</p> <p>12 x 12 cm</p> <p>2 05937 001</p> <p>ASO®-JOINT-Sleeve-Floor <br />Suitable for sealing of floor drainage <br />details with diameters up to 350 mm.</p> <p>45 x 45 cms</p> <p>2 05938 001</p> <p>ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-Cross piece <br />Ready to use piece for sealing of crossing <br />expansion joints with pre-formed tuck in slot, <br />suitable for 15 mm to 30 mm wide joints.</p> <p>for 20 cm <br />tape</p> <p>2 05940 001</p> <p>ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-T piece <br />Ready to use piece for sealing of T shaped <br />expansion joints with pre-formed tuck in slot, <br />suitable for 15 mm to 30 mm wide joints.</p> <p>for 20 cm <br />tape</p> <p>2 05941 001</p> <p>ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000-Sanitaire</p> <p>Designed for sanitary details, it is supplied with <br />self-adhesive and release paper on one edge of <br />the roll and standard perforations on the other. <br />This makes it suitable for termination details of <br />thixotropic or liquid applied waterproofing <br />materials to plastic, wood, aluminium or <br />enamel/ceramic elements such as bath tubs, <br />showers, worktops, window and door frames.</p> <p>12 cm <br />12 cm <br />12 cm</p> <p>10 m <br />25 m <br />50 m</p> <p>2 05942 001 <br />2 05942 002 <br />2 05942 003</p> <p>08/09</p> <p>734</p> <p>int</p> <p>ext</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>® <br />THERMOPAL <br />The restoration plaster system</p> <p>THERMOPAL - Restoration Plaster System</p> <p>Are the right <br />things blooming? <br />Gain control of your façade with <br />a proven restoration system</p> <p>735</p> <p>THERMOPAL - Restoration Plaster System</p> <p>WTA-Restoration plaster with lightweight cement-based fillers</p> <p>THERMOPAL®-SR44</p> <p>WTA-Restoration plaster with high levels of entrained air</p> <p>THERMOPAL®-SR24</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Restoration Plaster <br />THERMOPAL -SR24 is the perfect restoration <br />plaster for applying breathable and dry plaster <br />facades on damp and/or salt contaminated <br />interior or exterior surfaces. <br />®</p> <p>Restoration Plaster <br />THERMOPAL®-SR44 is suited for plastering <br />damp and/or salt contaminated walls. Old walls, <br />especially brickwork, often suffer damage due to <br />moisture. <br />By using THERMOPAL®-SR44 – the high <br />performance lightweight restoration plaster-WTA – <br />it is possible to produce dry plaster surfaces even <br />when damaging salts and moisture are present in <br />the substrate.</p> <p>Quality Guaranteed: <br />Quality Guaranteed:</p> <p>• For both interior and exterior <br />applications</p> <p>• Cementitious pre-blended <br />mortar</p> <p>• Frost resistant</p> <p>• High volume of entrained air</p> <p>• Breathable</p> <p>• Vapor permeable</p> <p>• High salt storage capacity</p> <p>• High salt storage capacity</p> <p>• Easy application by hand or with <br />appropriate spray equipment</p> <p>• Ready for rubbing down at <br />an early stage</p> <p>• Low consumption rate</p> <p>• Easy application by hand <br />or with appropriate spray <br />equipment</p> <p>• High air-entraining volume <br />• Up to 3 cm thickness in 1 coat <br />• Reduces mildew growth <br />* The WTA e.v. is the International Association for <br />Science and Technology of Building Maintenance <br />and the Preservation of Monuments</p> <p>736</p> <p>• Available in gray or white <br />• WTA* approved</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Fine smoothing compound for the THERMOPAL® restoration plasters</p> <p>Mold-resistant restoration plaster <br />THERMOPAL®-ASP45 is used to produce <br />dry plaster surfaces on mold infected substrates. <br />Special additives prevent further mold growth <br />from occurring.</p> <p>THERMOPAL®-FS33</p> <p>Mold-resistant restoration plaster with cementitious lightweight fillers</p> <p>THERMOPAL®-ASP45</p> <p>THERMOPAL - Restoration Plaster System</p> <p>Smooth finish <br />THERMOPAL®-FS33 is used to create <br />smooth finishes on rough plaster surfaces, as <br />a fine plaster and surface filler on indoor and <br />outdoor substrates. (Mortar class P II b) Used <br />to achieve a smooth finish on <br />THERMOPAL®-SR44-grey, <br />THERMOPAL®-SR44-white, <br />THERMOPAL®-SR24 and <br />THERMOPAL®-ASP45.</p> <p>Quality Guaranteed:</p> <p>Quality Guaranteed:</p> <p>• High level of porosity</p> <p>• Cementitious fine smoothing <br />compound</p> <p>• High capillary conductivity</p> <p>• Vapor permeable – <br />“Breathable”</p> <p>• Thermal insulating <br />• High level of water <br />absorption</p> <p>• Stress-relieved <br />• For interior and exterior <br />applications</p> <p>• Low consumption rate</p> <p>Cementitious spatterdash repair mortar</p> <p>Leveling plaster <br />THERMOPAL®-GP11 is used as a base coat <br />for leveling uneven substrates and also as a base <br />coat when applying plasters on damp or salt <br />contaminated interior and exterior walls under <br />THERMOPAL®-SR44-grey, <br />THERMOPAL®-SR44-white or <br />THERMOPAL®-SR24.</p> <p>• Coating thicknesses <br />of 1 – 3 mm</p> <p>THERMOPAL®-SP</p> <p>Air entrained WTA-plaster – Base coat</p> <p>THERMOPAL®-GP11</p> <p>• 20 – 30 cm in <br />1 coat</p> <p>Base coat <br />THERMOPAL®-SP is a base coat mortar <br />used to improve the adhesion of <br />THERMOPAL®-GP11, <br />THERMOPAL®-SR24, <br />THERMOPAL®-SR44-grey, <br />THERMOPAL®-SR44-white and <br />THERMOPAL®-ASP45 <br />on sound, load bearing cementitious <br />substrates.</p> <p>Quality Guaranteed:</p> <p>Quality Guaranteed:</p> <p>• WTA* approved air <br />entrained base coat</p> <p>• Cementitious pre-blended <br />mortar</p> <p>• Cementitious pre-blended <br />mortar</p> <p>• Hydraulic curing <br />• Excellent adhesion <br />between minerally <br />substrates and <br />following plasters</p> <p>• Used as base coat and for <br />leveling uneven surfaces <br />• Vapor permeable – <br />“Breathable” <br />• Easy application by hand <br />or with appropriate spray <br />equipment</p> <p>08/10</p> <p>737</p> <p>For seamless waterproofing <br />of damp or wet areas in <br />bathrooms and showers.</p> <p>Application areas</p> <p>738</p> <p>SCHOMBURG</p> <p>SANIFLEX is used to waterproof wall and <br />floor areas in bathrooms and showers. <br />SANIFLEX can be applied by trowel in <br />one coat, achieving the required dry film <br />thickness. Wall and floor tiles are applied <br />directly onto the cured waterproofing film.</p> <p>Elastic waterproofing membrane for wet rooms</p> <p>SANIFLEX</p> <p>Waterproofing of wet rooms</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstrasse 2–8 <br />D - 32760 Detmold - Germany <br />phone + 49- 5231- 953 - 00 <br />fax <br />+ 49- 5231- 953 - 108 <br />mail <br />export@schomburg.de <br />web <br />www.schomburg.com</p> <p>ASO®-Fugenbunt <br />Cement-based tile grout for wall and floor <br />finishes – joint widths up to 6 mm.</p> <p>•</p> <p>Tile adhesive <br />SOLOFLEX or AK7P are recommended <br />adhesives for floor- and wall-tiles.</p> <p>•</p> <p>ASO®-Joint-Filler <br />Prefilling material for joints. Used to <br />prevent an adhesion of the sealant to <br />three edges.</p> <p>ASO®-Joint-Tape-Sanitary <br />For safe waterproofing of bath tubs, frames <br />and other installations.</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>ASO®-Joint-Sleeve-Floor <br />For waterproofing of floor drains.</p> <p>•</p> <p>ESCOSIL-2000 <br />Elastic silicone sealant for construction <br />joints.</p> <p>ASO®-Joint-Sleeve-Wall <br />For waterproofing of pipe penetrations.</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>ASO®-JOINT-TAPE-2000 <br />As a reinforcement of the waterproofing in <br />corners.</p> <p>•</p> <p>System components:</p> <p>Elastic waterproofing membrane for wet <br />rooms</p> <p>SANIFLEX</p> <p>Distribution partner:</p> <p>Required tools:</p> <p>10. Brochures <br />SANIFLEX - Elastic waterproofing membrane for wet rooms</p> <p>SANIFLEX</p> <p>ready-to-use <br />solvent-free <br />elastic <br />crack bridging <br />waterproof <br />applied by brush, trowel or roller <br />fast curing <br />officially approved according to <br />German and European standards</p> <p>739</p> <p>1.2 kg/m2 <br />5 kg, 12 kg, 20 kg <br />pails</p> <p>Affix an ASO®-Joint-Sealing-Tape 2000 corner <br />piece into all corners. Apply an ASO®-Joint-Sleeve <br />over the protection plugs. Please ensure the sealed <br />ASO®-Joint-Sleeve is secured to the pipe extensions <br />and not to the protection plugs. <br />Apply the waterproofing agent on the bath tubs <br />or shower unit using the single sided self-adhesive <br />ASO®-Joint-Tape-Sanitary. Attach the self-adhesive <br />strip on the side of the tub or unit which faces the <br />wall. Loop the joint tape through the trough between tub and wall and then seal with SANIFLEX. <br />Secure ASO®-Joint-Tape-2000 in all corners <br />affected by possible water loads. <br />SANIFLEX may be applied by trowel or roller. <br />The trowel application is possible in one coat. It is <br />advantageous to apply SANIFLEX with a 4 mm <br />serrated trowel first and then smoothen to achieve <br />a uniform film surface. <br />If SANIFLEX is roller-applied, a minimum of two <br />coats is necessary. Wait until first coat has <br />completely dried before applying the second coat. <br />After complete curing of SANIFLEX, tiles can be <br />secured using LIGHTFLEX, SOLOFLEX or AK7P. <br />Natural stones can be layed with CRISTALLIT-flex <br />The tile joints are filled with ASO®-Joint-Filler. <br />Corner or construction joints are closed elastically <br />with ESCOSIL-2000. Natural stones favourably <br />are grouted with CRISTALLFUGE, the connection <br />joint is done with ESCOSIL-2000-ST.</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>As soon as the primer ASO®-Unigrund-GE is <br />completely cured all waterproof details are to <br />be sealed.</p> <p>•</p> <p>•</p> <p>Prime, firm and evenly prepared substrates with <br />ASO®-Unigrund-GE by brush or roller.</p> <p>•</p> <p>SCHOMBURG</p> <p>For application the valid technical <br />data sheet is legally binding. <br />It will supply you with additional information <br />about the product and application.</p> <p>Important note:</p> <p>* Stated values are determined under <br />laboratory conditions at an ambient <br />temperature of 20°C and at 65% <br />relative humidity.</p> <p>Consumption: <br />Packaging:</p> <p>Basis: <br />solvent free polymer <br />dispersion <br />Colour: <br />amber <br />Air/substrate <br />temperature: <br />+ 5°C to + 30°C <br />Curing time: <br />5 – 6 hours* <br />Traversable: <br />after curing* <br />Ready to receive tiles: after curing* <br />Crack bridging: <br />> 0.75 mm at 0.8 mm <br />dry film thickness</p> <p>Technical data:</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>Properties:</p> <p>Elastic waterproofing <br />membrane for wet rooms</p> <p>7</p> <p>4</p> <p>1</p> <p>8</p> <p>5</p> <p>2</p> <p>9</p> <p>6</p> <p>3</p> <p>SANIFLEX - Elastic waterproofing membrane for wet rooms</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>03/11</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Get out <br />of the dust! <br />Tile setting – <br />healthy and effective applications</p> <p>Flexible thin, middle and flow-bed tile adhesive</p> <p>LIGHTFLEX®</p> <p>LIGHTFLEX - Flexible thin, middle and flow-bed tile adhesive</p> <p>740</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Flexible thin, middle and flow-bed tile adhesive</p> <p>LIGHTFLEX®</p> <p>LIGHTFLEX - Flexible thin, middle and flow-bed tile adhesive</p> <p>yield <br />High ible <br />x <br />le <br />f <br />and lications! <br />app</p> <p>Get ahead faster – <br />without all of the dust.</p> <p>Quality Guaranteed: <br />• Tested to DIN EN 12004, C2 TE S1 <br />and DIN 12002 <br />• Fulfills the required criteria in the <br />information sheet „Flexible adhesives“ <br />• Excellent for both interior and exterior <br />applications <br />• Polymer modified <br />Advantages:</p> <p>LIGHTFLEX®…</p> <p>• Can be used as a repair mortar <br />for thicknesses up to 15mm in one <br />application <br />• Good sag resistance <br />• Low consumption <br />• Packaged in an innovative moisture <br />protected PE-Foil bag <br />• Can be used with large format fully <br />vitrified tiles <br />• Versatile – for multiple applications</p> <p>can be used as a thin, middle or flow <br />bed adhesive for securely installing <br />vitrified and earthenware floor tiles, <br />ceramic tiles with low water absorption – <br />) 0.5% (fully vitrified), clinker and <br />mosaic as well as natural stone materials <br />which are not prone to discoloration or <br />translucent.</p> <p>Our competence is <br />your advantage!</p> <p>03/10</p> <p>741</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>ASODUR-Design - Epoxy tile grout & adhesive</p> <p>ASODUR®-Design <br />Epoxy tile grout & <br />adhesive</p> <p>742</p> <p>Building Product Systems</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>743 <br />The new, 2-component, epoxy tile <br />grout & adhesive ASODUR®-Design <br />lets tiles shine! <br />ASODUR ®-Design grout joint provides a stunning <br />appearance for ceramic and glass mosaic tile installations. <br />Perfect for swimming pool, bathroom and shower (even <br />submerged) areas where designers want that extra sparkle. <br />Quick and easy installation thanks for the perfectly balanced <br />mortar consistency, shrinkage and crack free curing for grout <br />joints up to 7 mm, highly chemical and abrasion resistant.</p> <p>…advantages providing a guaranteed <br />hygienic surface and reducing the growth <br />of micro organisms.</p> <p>Available in 18 beautiful colors, <br />and a gold and silver glitter component. <br />For decorative, high quality grout joints: <br />• Smooth, pore-free surface appearance <br />• Highly abrasion resistant <br />• Water-repelling <br />• Easy to clean</p> <p>Printed colors are for illustration purposes only, actual product <br />colors may vary!</p> <p>curry</p> <p>opal green</p> <p>mint green</p> <p>marine blue</p> <p>aqua blue</p> <p>ruby red</p> <p>rose</p> <p>nut brown</p> <p>chocolate brown</p> <p>green brown</p> <p>caramel</p> <p>sand beige</p> <p>black</p> <p>slate grey</p> <p>concrete grey</p> <p>medium grey</p> <p>silver grey</p> <p>white</p> <p>ASODUR®-Design</p> <p>Fire class rating E</p> <p>R2</p> <p>Reactive resin grout and adhesive <br />for tiles and pavers in harsh <br />conditions</p> <p>ASODUR-Design</p> <p>EN 12004</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co.KG <br />Aquafinstr. 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold</p> <p>10</p> <p>All 18 colors maintain their <br />individual hue and can be <br />enhanced with varying amounts <br />of the gold and silver glitter <br />components. <br />The metallic sparkle of the glitter <br />component turns ordinary grout <br />joints into high class designer <br />finishes – glass mosaic tiles will <br />shine!</p> <p>Gold and silver glitter – <br />a dazzling addition!</p> <p>Silver glitter effect</p> <p>Silver glitter effect</p> <p>Gold glitter effect</p> <p>ASODUR-Design - Epoxy tile grout & adhesive</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>04/11</p> <p>For securely sealing joints and cracks <br />in concrete and screeds, and for <br />levelling surface irregularities.</p> <p>Application areas</p> <p>Highly fluid resin adhesive</p> <p>ASODUR®-K900</p> <p>744</p> <p>SCHOMBURG</p> <p>ASODUR® -K900 <br />is ideal for producing secure bonds <br />between joints and cracks in screeds and <br />concrete as well as for sealing hollow areas <br />in bonded screeds and for repairing stone <br />and concrete.</p> <p>Crack sealing</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstrasse 2–8 <br />D - 32760 Detmold (Germany) <br />phone + 49- 5231- 953 - 00 <br />fax <br />+ 49- 5231- 953 - 333 <br />email export@schomburg.de <br />web <br />www.schomburg.de/en</p> <p>SCHOMBURG</p> <p>• Quartz sand <br />Broadcast and mixing sand with <br />various grain sizes</p> <p>System components:</p> <p>ASODUR®-K900</p> <p>Your market partner:</p> <p>Required tools</p> <p>10. Brochures <br />ASODUR-K900 - Highly fluid resin adhesive</p> <p>ASODUR®-K900</p> <p>745</p> <p>For complete application instructions <br />and product information consult the <br />current valid technical datasheet.</p> <p>Note:</p> <p>< 3mm : 0,2 – 0,7mm quartz sand <br />3 - 15mm : 0 – 1,5mm quartz sand</p> <p>Quartz sand grain size is determined by the <br />desired build-up thickness:</p> <p>• Broadcast quartz sand with grain size <br />0.2 – 0.7mm onto the still fresh material. <br />After curing, remove all loose remaining sand.</p> <p>• Mix the remaining material evenly with quartz <br />sand and apply with a trowel.</p> <p>• Mix the material as described above and prime <br />the substrate with the ASODUR®-K900.</p> <p>• The substrate must be load bearing and dry with <br />a good grip and free from separating agents such <br />as grease, dust, oil, etc.</p> <p>Leveling uneven surfaces</p> <p>• Broadcast quartz sand with grain size <br />0.2 – 0.7mm onto the still fresh material. <br />After curing, remove all loose remaining sand.</p> <p>• Using the mixed ASODUR®-K900 and quartz <br />sand create a trowelable consistency and use it <br />to seal the surface of the crack.</p> <p>• Place the screed clips in the perpendicular joints.</p> <p>• Fill the prepared crack/joint halfway with the <br />mixed material. If the pouring neck is not long <br />enough, the included PE-hose can be used as an <br />extension.</p> <p>Mixing the material in the bag: <br />• Remove the safety seal and black separating <br />strip from the middle of the bag, so that the <br />components flow together. <br />• Mix both components well, by thoroughly <br />kneading the pack. <br />• Ensure that the bag is not damaged during <br />mixing.</p> <p>• Carefully open the third chamber of the bag and <br />remove the disposable gloves and screed clips.</p> <p>• Clean all saw-cut areas carefully, e.g. with an <br />industrial vacuum cleaner.</p> <p>• Cut 10 cm lengths across the crack at a right <br />angle approx. every 30 cm.</p> <p>• Saw cut the joint or crack along the length to a <br />depth of 1/ to 2/3 of the substrate thickness.</p> <p>Sealing of cracks</p> <p>SCHOMBURG</p> <p>*) Higher temperatures shorten, lower temperatures <br />increase reaction time and curing time. To increase <br />reaction/application time at higher temperatures, <br />store material in a cool environment above +10 °C <br />and only expose to warm temperature shortly <br />before mixing.</p> <p>Mixing time: <br />Density: <br />Application/ <br />Substrate temperature: min. approx. +8° C, <br />max. approx. +35° C <br />Application time*: approx. 15 minutes <br />at +23 °C <br />Minimum cure temp: +8 °C <br />Overcoat after: <br />approx. 4 hours <br />at +23 °C <br />Complete cured after: approx. 7 days <br />at +23 °C <br />Packaging: <br />1 kg pack incl. screed <br />clips, disposable & <br />plastic tubing <br />Cleaning: <br />Thoroughly clean tools <br />immediately after use <br />with AQUAFIN®Cleanser <br />Storage: <br />18 months in the <br />original unopened <br />packaging under cool, <br />dry conditions above <br />+10 °C</p> <p>Mixing ratio:</p> <p>Base: <br />Colour: <br />Viscosity:</p> <p>2-comp. epoxy resin <br />transparent yellowish <br />approx. 360 ± 50mPa s <br />at +23 °C <br />100:50 parts <br />by weight <br />3 minutes <br />1.10 g/cm3</p> <p>fast curing <br />solvent-free <br />chemical resistent <br />water and frost resistant <br />high adhesive strenghts <br />good chemical resistance <br />easy to use packaging</p> <p>Technical Data:</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>Properties:</p> <p>Multi-use 2-comp. <br />epoxy resin</p> <p>7</p> <p>4</p> <p>1</p> <p>8</p> <p>5</p> <p>2</p> <p>9</p> <p>6</p> <p>3</p> <p>ASODUR-K900 - Highly fluid resin adhesive</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>24/09</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>High quality additives for the preparation of mortars, renders and concretes</p> <p>Building Product Systems <br />Waterproofing and <br />Restoration <br />Tile and Natural Stone Laying <br />Industrial Floors <br />Other Construction <br />Materials</p> <p>www.schomburg.de/en</p> <p>High quality additives for the preparation <br />of mortars, renders and concretes</p> <p>SCHOMBURG <br />746</p> <p>High quality additives for the preparation of mortars, renders and concretes</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Even the ancient Romans improved the properties of mortars <br />through the addition of dry and liquid additives. <br />The reduction of water permeability, hydrophobicity, air <br />entrainment and the improvement of compressive, tensile and <br />flexural strengths are desired property profiles for additives <br />that find applications in the everyday preparation of mortar <br />and render mixes as well as concrete. <br />With the product range AQUAFIN®-LATEX, ADIPLAST and <br />ASOLIT we have converted over 60 years experience in <br />the preparation of system construction materials to the <br />requirements of modern additives. <br />Simple application and dosing tolerance make these <br />products into a dependable companion for all tradesmen <br />on the building sites of the world.</p> <p>747</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>High quality additives for the preparation of mortars, renders and concretes</p> <p>High quality additives, <br />produced with the latest technology…</p> <p>ADIPLAST-M and -P <br />Compressive strength* after 28 days</p> <p>Areas of application: <br />Waterproofing agent for the preparation of high quality <br />mortars, renders and concrete.</p> <p>25,00</p> <p>20,00</p> <p>The addition of ADIPLAST-M and P reduces the risk of <br />moisture damage and considerably increases the lifetime <br />of structures.</p> <p>15,00</p> <p>10,00</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Powder form dry mix, chloride free <br />• Improves the resistance to aggressive influences <br />• Plasticizing effect <br />• Reduces water absorption <br />• ADIPLAST-M: <br />Increases the waterproof properties and compressive <br />strength of mortar/concrete <br />• ADIPLAST-P: <br />Improves the weather resistance of renders, increases <br />the number of air voids</p> <p>5,00</p> <p>0,00 <br />without <br />ADIPLAST-M</p> <p>with <br />ADIPLAST-M</p> <p>* Compressive strength in N/mm</p> <p>2</p> <p>Capillary <br />water absorption*</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Simple dosage <br />• Proven water reduction when preparing mortars <br />and concrete <br />• Lower consumption (max. 2% of cement) <br />• Improves workability</p> <p>180,00 <br />160,00 <br />140,00 <br />120,00 <br />100,00</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />• Always pre-blend well with the dry binder! <br />• Consumption min. 500 g per 50 kg cement <br />• Application temperature: +5° to +35 °C</p> <p>80,00 <br />60,00 <br />40,00 <br />20,00 <br />0,00</p> <p>Pack sizes: <br />1 kg and 25 kg bags</p> <p>without <br />ADIPLAST-P</p> <p>with <br />ADIPLAST-P</p> <p>* Measured over 24 hours</p> <p>….guarantees a consistently high quality for mortars and renders prepared on site.</p> <p>748</p> <p>High quality additives for the preparation of mortars, renders and concretes</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Especially easy preparation of site compatible and <br />long lasting mortars and concrete….</p> <p>ASOLIT-LP/K <br />(mixed oil concentrate and lime replacer) <br />Areas of application: <br />Lime replacement and air entrainer for the preparation of robust <br />mortars and concrete for exterior and interior renders, screeds, <br />masonry mortars, concrete blocks, pavement flagstones, bulk <br />concrete in civil underground engineering.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• Forms air voids in mortars <br />• Replaces slaked lime <br />• Plasticizing function <br />• Increases frost and weather resistance</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Simple dosage <br />• Reduces water demand <br />• Noticeably improves the application properties</p> <p>— 600 μm —</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />• Add appropriately to the gauging water <br />• Consumption in concrete: <br />min. 50 g per 50 kg cement <br />• Consumption in mortar and render: <br />min. 100 g per 50 kg cement <br />• Application temperature: +5° to +35° C</p> <p>Pack sizes: <br />1 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg, 180 kg and 1,000 kg containers</p> <p>….for a secure application with little time and effort.</p> <p>749</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>High quality additives for the preparation of mortars, renders and concretes</p> <p>Water resistant and tough solutions <br />for all circumstances…</p> <p>AQUAFIN®-LATEX <br />Areas of application: <br />Handling compatible bonding emulsion for the preparation <br />of high quality concrete, mortar and render. <br />The addition of AQUAFIN®-LATEX considerably extends <br />the lifetime and durability of modified mortars and <br />concrete mixes.</p> <p>Properties: <br />• White liquid, solvent free <br />• Suitable for interiors and exteriors <br />• Reduces water absorption</p> <p>Advantages: <br />• Simple dosage to the gauging water <br />• Increases the elasticity and raises the flexural strength <br />• Large increase in tensile adhesion <br />• Reduces water permeability especially in concrete <br />• Minimises the shrinkage behaviour <br />• No premixing required</p> <p>Tensile adhesion strength* after 28 days <br />4,0</p> <p>Product preparation: <br />• Dilution with water at a ratio 1:1 to 1:5 dependant on <br />application area and subsequent addition of mortar <br />• Adhesion promoter for mortar/concrete: 1:1 to 1:3 <br />• Renders: 1:2 to 1:4 <br />• Screeds: 1:3 to 1:5 <br />• Jointing and grouting mortars: 1:8 <br />• Protective coating for fresh concrete: 1:2, spray applied</p> <p>3,5 <br />3,0 <br />2,5 <br />2,0 <br />1,5 <br />1,0 <br />0,5</p> <p>Pack sizes: <br />1 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg, 180 kg and 1,000 kg containers</p> <p>0,0 <br />without <br />AQUAFIN®-Latex</p> <p>with <br />AQUAFIN®-Latex</p> <p>* Tensile adhesion strength in N/mm2</p> <p>12/07</p> <p>….with higher security and the best efficiency.</p> <p>750</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Road and Track Construction</p> <p>Road and Track Construction <br />Concrete Restoration <br />Hydraulic Structures <br />Surface Protection Systems <br />RETHMEIER-Concrete Technology</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>Road and Track Construction</p> <p>INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS</p> <p>751</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Road and Track Construction</p> <p>Road and track <br />construction systems</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-Drain <br />Installation of natural stone <br />pavers in bonded construction</p> <p>Many diverse systems are used in today’s <br />road and track construction when building <br />a functioning carriageway. Installation <br />of natural stone pavers are generally <br />based on conventional requirements <br />from different construction classifications. <br />Specifically in the vicinity of the track <br />where heavy traffic loads are expected <br />the installation of natural stone pavers is <br />identified as a special design and carried <br />out with custom construction methods. In <br />these areas a solid sub-construction is <br />required (“bonded construction/solid <br />carriageway“) due to the considerably <br />increased ability to resist high traffic loads. <br />Based on those criteria the specifically <br />developed bedding mortar and grout <br />system INDUCRET ®-VK-Monolith, <br />with compressive strengths over <br />70 N/mm2, provides a durable and <br />efficient possibility for installing natural <br />stone pavers under heavy vehicular <br />loads. <br />Beside heavy traffic load areas, <br />natural stone pavers are frequently <br />used on traffic islands, pedestrian zones, <br />market places etc. in accordance with <br />the valid RStO construction classifications <br />(guideline for the standardization of <br />the trafficked surfaces on the track <br />superstructures). When implementing <br />the bonded construction, the installation is <br />carried out on a sub-structure with proper <br />drainage (high water permeable concrete <br />or asphalt). In these cases the natural stone <br />pavers are also set with a draining mortar. <br />In addition to being permeable to water, <br />in these cases there is also a requirement</p> <p>for high compressive strengths and high <br />tensile adhesion strengths in order to <br />achieve a reliable and durable result. <br />The INDUCRET®-VK-Drain installation/ <br />paving system, together with the system <br />components INDUCRET®-DM-C and the <br />grout INDUCRET®-VK-Fugenkleber <br />(VK2000), has been specifically <br />developed for these requirements. <br />In addition to environmental expositions <br />such as freeze/thaw cycles, spilled oils <br />etc., joints in the tracks and adjacent <br />areas must withstand and dissipate varied <br />traffic loads and the associated dynamic <br />loading from trams, buses, trucks, etc <br />that cause transversal and longitudinal <br />stresses. <br />The high quality INDUFLEX®-VK-Fug <br />system was developed according to these <br />requirements and provides a maintenance <br />free service life of more than 10 years. <br />Tram and bus stops must be designed in <br />compliance with the high requirements set <br />forth by European guidelines. The “curb <br />stones“ (i.e. Dresdner Combibord) used in <br />this construction are installed with a highly <br />fluid grouting mortar, which is adjusted for <br />height in accordance with specified road <br />plans. <br />The INDUCRET®-VK-Element system, <br />consisting of the flowable grouting mortars <br />INDUCRET®-VK30 and <br />INDUCRET®-VK100, offers a stable <br />and lasting bond between the concrete <br />curb element and the concrete or asphalt <br />substrate.</p> <p>752</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-Drain is used for bonded <br />construction installation of natural stone <br />pavers in areas subjected to high <br />mechanical stress. <br />Using the cement-based compound <br />INDUCRET®-DM-C as a binder, a <br />drainable, high strength paving mortar <br />is produced on site through the addition <br />of specialty quartz aggregate sized 2/5 <br />to 5/8. The compressive strength <br />is in accordance with Norm based <br />requirements of >30 N/mm2. <br />The water permeability is over 10 - 4 m/s, <br />which complies with DIN 18130. <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Fugenkleber was <br />designed specifically for this application <br />as the grout for the pavers. <br />With the correct selection of products, <br />successful installations in pedestrian <br />zones, market places, traffic islands, etc. <br />will provide the combination of a stable <br />supporting layer and a durable paved <br />surface.</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Road and Track Construction</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-Monolith</p> <p>INDUFLEX®-VK-Fug</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-Element</p> <p>Quasi-monolithic solid carriageway covering with pavers in <br />track vicinity (heavy load area)</p> <p>Joint sealant system for <br />tramway track construction</p> <p>High strength and shift <br />resistant bonding of pre-cast <br />concrete elements</p> <p>INDUCRET ®-VK-Bettungskleber (VK1000 <br />paving mortar) and INDUCRET®-VKFugenkleber (VK2000 joint adhesive) are <br />high quality paving adhesives with <br />respective strengths of greater than <br />70 N/mm2 and 60 N/mm2, and <br />good adhesion strengths to each other. <br />Through these products it is possible to <br />achieve a solid construction that can <br />dissipate and withstand high dynamic <br />forces and loads that are exerted on to <br />paved surfaces by truck and bus tires.</p> <p>The fact that tram tracks and adjacent <br />areas are subject to varying loads poses <br />a large problem for the longevity of the <br />track joints. A proven system with more <br />than 10 years of success, <br />INDUFLEX®-VK-Fug provides the <br />foundation that ensures a long service life <br />for the construction. The joint sealant can <br />accommodate significant stresses from <br />expansion, compression and shear <br />movement in the joint width.</p> <p>The stability and durability of the <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Element system is contingent on a level substrate consisting of <br />concrete, minimum classification C25/30, <br />or an appropriate load bearing asphalt <br />layer. High adhesion strengths of >1.5 <br />N/mm2 ensure a strong, shift-resistant <br />bond between the pre-cast elements and <br />the concrete or asphalt supporting layers. <br />The high dynamic forces acting horizontally and vertically on the elements, when <br />for example driven over by a bus, are <br />safely dissipated without damage and <br />without the need for rear stabilization or <br />additional bracing.</p> <p>The monolithic solid carriageway with <br />pavers consists of: <br />• Base: Concrete, class C35/40 <br />• INDUCRET®-VK-PCC-Haftbrücke <br />(VK2050) <br />• INDUCRET®-VK-Bettungskleber <br />(VK1000) <br />• INDUCRET®-VK-Haftbrücke (VK2100) <br />• Pavers: stone quality to <br />TL Min-StB + DIN EN1342 <br />• INDUCRET®-VK-Fugenkleber (VK2000)</p> <p>Proper application technology and <br />choice of the correct joint materials <br />provide the basis of a success installation. <br />The patented “Fugen System Dresden“ <br />(Dresden Joint System) allows <br />experienced system partners to achieve a <br />professional installation. The system also <br />provides solutions for effective joint <br />restoration.</p> <p>This “quasi-monolithic carriageway <br />covering“ provides a durable, reliable <br />and cost efficient solution for bonded <br />construction in heavy traffic areas.</p> <p>The INDUCRET®-VK-Element system <br />consists of the components: <br />• INDUCRET®-VK30 <br />• INDUCRET®-VK100 <br />• Pre-cast concrete elements, such <br />as the “Dresdner Combibord“</p> <p>12/11</p> <p>753</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK-Element</p> <p>Road and Track Construction <br />Concrete Restoration <br />Hydraulic Structures <br />Surface Protection Systems <br />RETHMEIER - Concrete Technology</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-Element</p> <p>Secure fixing of concrete elements <br />in road and track construction</p> <p>INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS</p> <p>754</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK-Element</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-Element</p> <p>The INDUCRET®-VK-Element <br />system was developed to achieve <br />a high strength, displacement <br />resistant bond for pre-formed <br />concrete elements.</p> <p>The stability and durability of the <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Element system <br />requires a level substrate consisting of <br />concrete (minimum classification C25/30) <br />or an appropriate asphalt base layer.</p> <p>The INDUCRET®-VK-Element system <br />consists of the components: <br />INDUCRET®-VK-30 or <br />INDUCRET®-VK-100 and a pre-formed <br />concrete element the <br />“Dresdner Combibord“</p> <p>The contact area must have a tensile <br />adhesion strength of 1.5 N/mm2. Due <br />to the excellent adhesion characteristics <br />a secure bond between the concrete <br />element and the concrete or asphalt base <br />layers is assured. <br />As a result this system offers a new method <br />of construction which safely dissipates the <br />high dynamic forces which act horizontally <br />and vertically on the concrete elements, <br />such as from busses which bump against <br />the element in stopping zones, etc., without <br />requiring back bearing stabilization or <br />additional anchoring.</p> <p>Production of a high strength bond for pre-formed concrete elements. <br />System: INDUCRET®-VK-Element</p> <p>Concrete or asphalt base layer <br />Anchoring grout <br />Pre-formed concrete element <br />The stable formation of the joint between <br />the pre-formed concrete element and <br />the tram track is carried out with the joint <br />sealant INDUFLEX®-VK-TKF2000 <br />and the appropriate primer based on the <br />INDUFLEX®-VK-Fug system.</p> <p>755</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK-Element</p> <p>Specific pre-formed concrete elements <br />and curb stones are implemented. The <br />fitting and installation of the <br />concrete elements is carried out with <br />appropriate lifting equipment. The <br />elements are installed on a level and <br />prepared substrate and adjusted for <br />height with the aid of spindles. The <br />elements are then set with the highly fluid <br />anchoring grouts INDUCRET®-VK-30 <br />and/or INDUCRET®-VK-100. <br />If HFK inductors are required they are <br />also installed in the track vicinity and then <br />grouted with the anchoring grout. (See <br />images).</p> <p>The mixed anchoring grout can be <br />mechanically and/or manually poured at <br />this highly fluid consistency in void filling <br />bed depths from 5 mm to 30 mm or <br />20 mm to 100 mm respectively. <br />The high initial and final strength with <br />values of more than 60 N/mm2 after <br />24 hours permits short cut-off times. <br />The high final strength of more than <br />94 N/mm2 after 28 days ensures highly <br />effective stability vis-a-vis the high dynamic <br />horizontally and vertically acting forces. <br />This construction method demonstrates a <br />long term proven safe solution. It allows <br />for bonded, displacement resistant <br />anchoring of pre-formed concrete <br />elements with differing formats and <br />tolerances, which are used as concrete <br />curbs under heavy loading in road and <br />track construction. <br />Anchoring grout: <br />INDUCRET®-VK-30 <br />INDUCRET®-VK-100 <br />Concrete curbstone: <br />e.g. “Dresdner Combibord”</p> <p>09/09</p> <p>756</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK-Monolith</p> <p>Road and Track Construction <br />Concrete Restoration <br />Hydraulic Structures <br />Surface Protection Systems <br />RETHMEIER - Concrete Technology</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-Monolith</p> <p>Installation of natural stone pavers <br />in the rail vicinity and other heavy duty areas</p> <p>INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS</p> <p>757</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK-Monolith</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-Monolith <br />The System <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Monolith is a <br />quasi-monolithic solid carriageway finish with paving stones <br />installed in the track vicinity for <br />use in heavy duty areas. <br />Paving stones used as a finished <br />wearing surface in road construction are <br />subjected to extreme dynamic forces, for <br />example from bus or truck tires, as well <br />as pedestrian and other traffic. In order <br />to successfully implement this type of finish <br />the INDUCRET®-VK-Monolith system was <br />developed.</p> <p>Base substrate: <br />The base consists of reinforced concrete, <br />classification C 35/40.</p> <p>The final ancho <br />the joint sealan <br />the appropriate <br />binds the rail w <br />geway and ab <br />are exerted wh <br />or over. The ap <br />INDUFLEX®-VK-T <br />described in the <br />according to th</p> <p>The adhesion promoter <br />INDUCRET®-VK-PCC-Haftbrücke is <br />applied in sections to the prepared <br />concrete substrate. <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Bettungskleber (paving <br />mortar) is applied “fresh in fresh“. <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Bettungskleber is <br />characterized by its semi-dry, plastic <br />working consistency and exceptional <br />strength development. <br />It is built up in thicknesses from 20 mm to <br />90 mm and struck off over laths.</p> <p>The joint sea</p> <p>Joint sealant: <br />INDUFLEX®-V <br />INDUFLEX®-V <br />INDUFLEX®-V <br />Primer/adhesio <br />Primer-2000 <br />(for non-porous <br />Primer-2000 <br />(for porous surf <br />Primer-2000 <br />(for cut asphalt <br />semi-rigid finishi</p> <p>Paving adhesive system as a bonded <br />construction for heavy vehicular loading</p> <p>INDUCRET®-VK-Fugenkleber <br />Paver <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Bettungskleber <br />Concrete <br />The adhesive system under loading</p> <p>The monolithic solid carriageway <br />finish with pavers consists of: <br />z Base substrate: <br />concrete of classification C35/40 <br />z the cement-based adhesion promoter: <br />INDUCRET®-VK-PCC-Haftbrücke <br />z the bedding mortar: <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Bettungskleber <br />z the bonding slurry: <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Haftbrücke <br />z the paving blocks: <br />stone quality in accordance with <br />TL Min-StB + DIN EN 1342 <br />z the grouting adhesive: <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Fugenkleber</p> <p>Spraying the freshly applied <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Bettungskleber with <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Haftbrücke shortly before <br />laying the block pavers renews the <br />plasticization of the <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Bettungskleber surface. <br />This ensures secure bedding and bonding <br />of the paving stones. The block pavers are <br />knocked into the <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Bettungskleber with a <br />hammer. <br />Grouting of the block pavers is carried <br />out with the highly fluid paving grout <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Fugenkleber. After <br />allowing to stand for 20 to 35 minutes, <br />the freshly grouted paved surface can be <br />cleaned out either manually or <br />mechanically.</p> <p>758</p> <p>The special expansive behavior of the <br />joint adhesive results in a three <br />dimensional stability of the pavers in the <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Monolith system. <br />As a bonded construction, this „quasimonolithic carriageway“ presents a <br />durable and safe solution for areas <br />with heavy vehicular traffic.</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK-Monolith</p> <p>oring of the track rail done With <br />t INDUFLEX®-VK-TKF2000 and <br />e primer based on the substrate, <br />with the solid monolithic carriasorbs the dynamic forces that <br />en the tracks are driven along <br />pplication of the joint sealant <br />TKF2000 is carried out as <br />e installation recommendations <br />e INDUFLEX®-VK-Fug system.</p> <p>Contrast between maintenance costs <br />Installation duration of the rails approx. 15 years <br />„Best available technology“</p> <p>For an installation time span of approx. 15 years, conventional <br />paved platform areas are subject to a renovation rate of 30%.</p> <p>„INDUCRET®-VK-Monolith system“</p> <p>For an installation time span of approx. 15 years, the monolithic <br />solid carriageway with paving in the track vicinity is subject to a <br />renovation rate of 10%.</p> <p>The basic principle is the clearly differing building costs per m2. <br />„Best available technology“ <br />„INDUCRET®-VK-Monolith system“</p> <p>approx. <br />approx.</p> <p>147.00 EUR <br />175.00 EUR</p> <p>The additional costs for closing the tramway and busway during renovation work is not considered nor is the <br />additional noise protection measures due to sound transmission caused by defective carriageways. <br />The diagram below clearly shows the expenditure on maintenance.</p> <p>alant system consists of:</p> <p>VK-TKF2000 <br />VK-TKF2000-st <br />VK-TKF2000-mv <br />on promoter: <br />0 <br />surfaces such as steel) <br />0-S <br />aces such as concrete) <br />0-A <br />surfaces and <br />ing coats)</p> <p>Total expenditure for the construction of a 9000 m2 <br />area including maintenance <br />(installation duration approx. 15 years)</p> <p>4.000.000 EUR</p> <p>3.500.000 EUR</p> <p>3.000.000 EUR</p> <p>2.500.000 EUR</p> <p>2.000.000 EUR <br />INDUCRET®-VK-Monolith</p> <p>1.500.000 EUR <br />Best</p> <p>logy</p> <p>chno</p> <p>ble te</p> <p>availa</p> <p>1.000.000 EUR</p> <p>500.000 EUR</p> <p>0 <br />1.- 3. years</p> <p>4.- 7. years</p> <p>8.- 11. years</p> <p>12.- 15. years <br />09/09</p> <p>759</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUFLEX-VK-Fug</p> <p>Road and Track Construction <br />Concrete Restoration <br />Hydraulic Structures <br />Surface Protection Systems <br />RETHMEIER - Concrete Technology</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>INDUFLEX®-VK-Fug System</p> <p>Ultimate flexibilty and <br />an extended service life</p> <p>INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS</p> <p>760</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUFLEX-VK-Fug</p> <p>INDUFLEX®-VK-Fug</p> <p>The INDUFLEX®-VK-Fug system, with its <br />specially developed joint sealant, fulfills <br />the demanding requirements of tramway <br />track construction. <br />The system has been established on the <br />martket for more than 10 years. <br />System Components: <br />Joint sealant: <br />INDUFLEX®-VK-TKF2000 <br />INDUFLEX®-VK-TKF2000-st <br />INDUFLEX®-VK-TKF2000-mv <br />Primer: <br />Primer-2000 <br />(for non-porous surfaces such as steel) <br />Primer-2000-S <br />(for porous surfaces such as concrete) <br />Primer-2000-A <br />(for cut asphalt surfaces and “semi-rigid“ <br />finishing coats) <br />Advantages of the Joint Sealants: <br />INDUFLEX-VK-TKF2000 <br />INDUFLEX®-VK-TKF2000-st <br />INDUFLEX®-VK-TKF2000-mv <br />• resistant to abrasion <br />(road sweeper resistant) <br />• resistant in temperature range ranges <br />from -40 °C to +100 °C, while <br />retaining their elasticity <br />• resistant to de-icing salts <br />• non-conductive and do not hold static <br />charges <br />• can be driven over at early stages <br />• self extinguishing</p> <p>Joints between track elements and the <br />surrounding road and platform <br />constructions are subjected to immensely <br />varying loads, stresses and movements <br />which pose big problems in regards to <br />the durability and service life of the joint <br />material.</p> <p>Rail bound blasting and cleaning equipment for surface preparation</p> <p>When selecting a proper joint solution <br />the application technology and the choice <br />of material is essential when planning a <br />successful installation. <br />After intensive research and development <br />the INDUFLEX®-VK-Fug System was <br />created with these specific application <br />conditions in mind.</p> <p>Installation of the decoupling strip to prevent 3-sided bonding</p> <p>The patented “Dresden joint system“, FSD <br />in short, allows experienced partners to <br />provide customers with professional long <br />lasting solutions. <br />The FSD System is not only used in new <br />construction, it is also an economical <br />solution for the renovation of existing <br />deteriorating joints. The main field of <br />application for the joint sealants are in <br />track construction as proper sealants in the <br />trackway area between the rails and the <br />platform area, which include elements such <br />as block pavers, concrete slabs, asphalt <br />as well as “semi-rigid“ finishes. <br />Following the defined preparatory <br />measures ensure the durability of the <br />sealant system. These entail steps such as <br />pre-treating the rail edges with a special <br />abrasive grit blasting device and the use <br />of complimentary primers for adhesion <br />promotion. The FSD System also meets <br />the stringent requirements set forth in the <br />technical bulletin concerning the <br />construction of trafficked surfaces in tram <br />track proximity (FGSV/VDV). The joint <br />sealant accommodates a large total <br />deformation. This is important in tram <br />track installations as track section with <br />curved radii of < 75 m generate high <br />dynamic movement and sinking which <br />must be safely dissipated via the sealant.</p> <p>761</p> <p>Filling the joints with INDUFLEX-VK-TKF2000</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Priming the prepared joints prior to the sealant installation</p> <p>INDUFLEX-VK-Fug</p> <p>Additionally high dynamic loading generated by car, truck and bus traffic as well as <br />the downward deflection of the track of <br />> 0.7 mm are permanently dissipated. <br />After a short period of approx. 3 hours <br />the cross-linking process on the sealant <br />surface is stable enough to allow the <br />sealant to be trafficked without damage. <br />The sealant can absorb significant expansion, compression and shear movement of <br />the total joint width.</p> <p>Two component dosing equipment for the joint sealant</p> <p>Rail sinking - loaded</p> <p>Longer maintenance intervals provide <br />cost savings as there is less down time <br />where costly track closures are required. <br />Compared to other sealant types on the <br />market today, the FSD System is considerably less expensive in terms of long <br />time maintenance and provides a longer <br />service life.</p> <p>Rail sinking - unloaded</p> <p>Finished rail joints</p> <p>Development cost per km of single track <br />600.000 EUR</p> <p>500.000 EUR</p> <p>400.000 EUR <br />er</p> <p>ut</p> <p>ho</p> <p>wit</p> <p>300.000 EUR</p> <p>p <br />pro</p> <p>ts</p> <p>lan</p> <p>sea</p> <p>,w</p> <p>rep</p> <p>ep</p> <p>ac</p> <p>surf</p> <p>us</p> <p>ino</p> <p>itum</p> <p>b <br />ith</p> <p>with proper surface prep, with the <br />polysulphide INDUFLEX®-VK-TKF2000</p> <p>sealant</p> <p>200.000 EUR</p> <p>100.000 EUR</p> <p>0</p> <p>1. - 3. years <br />4. - 7. years <br />Average service life of rail installations</p> <p>09/09</p> <p>762</p> <p>8. - 11years</p> <p>12. - 15. years</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>GEPOTECH System - Security in Track Construction</p> <p>Stray current isolation <br />Flexible <br />rail support</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>The GEPOTECH® System – <br />Security in track construction</p> <p>INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS</p> <p>763</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>GEPOTECH System - Security in Track Construction</p> <p>Corrosion due to stray <br />currents can be derailing! <br />When a non-isolated node (i.e. the rail) of a DC traction system <br />is in direct contact with the ground, stray current corrosion can <br />occur due to electrochemical reactions. The rails often create <br />a second node which is not properly grounded to the soil. This <br />results in high costs and raises safety concerns in the operation <br />of tram and subway systems.</p> <p>+</p> <p>Substation</p> <p>– <br />Corrosion</p> <p>Rail</p> <p>Corrosion <br />Pipeline</p> <p>Avoid stray current corrosion by: <br />• Forgoing the use of the rail as the second node <br />(2. overhead contact line or 2. conductor rail) <br />• Isolating the rail with a system with lower electrical <br />conductivity (GEPOTECH® -10/26 System) <br />• Using synthetically coated metal parts (GEPOTECH® -10/25 <br />System), non-metal parts, or corrosion resistant metal parts <br />• Installing continuously welded tracks or use fishplates to <br />bridge the joints between rails <br />• Properly ground all metal objects located in close proximity <br />to the rail bed</p> <p>764</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>GEPOTECH System - Security in Track Construction</p> <p>Demands on <br />DC traction systems <br />To avoid the damaging effects of stray <br />currents the following actions should <br />be taken in accordance with DIN EN <br />50122-2 (VDE 0115-4): <br />• Electrically insulate the rails from the soil <br />• Insulate the electrical flow between rails <br />and other conductive elements or parts <br />Conductive parts can only be directly <br />connected to the rail if they are properly <br />isolated from the soil.</p> <p>Hot spray applied membranes <br />for stray current insulation</p> <p>GEPOTECH®-10/25 System <br />Binding agent base: Polyurea <br />Properties: <br />• Excellent insulation against stray currents <br />• Highly elastic <br />• High impact resistance and tensile strength <br />• Very low “conductive coating” = 4,6 mS/km -1 <br />(Required: G = 2,5 S/km -1)</p> <p>Flowable grout elastic rail support <br />for stray current insulation</p> <p>GEPOTECH®-10/26 System <br />Binding agent base: Polyurea <br />Properties: <br />Shore-D Hardness = approx. 30 <br />• Excellent insulation against stray currents <br />• High impact resistance <br />• Rail deflection at 40 KN = up to 1.2 mm <br />(dependant on the grouted height)</p> <p>11/10</p> <p>765</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUCRETE-BIS - Protection and restoration of concrete elements</p> <p>Road and Track Construction <br />Concrete Restoration <br />Hydraulic Structures <br />Surface Protection Systems <br />RETHMEIER-Concrete Technology</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>Protection and restoration <br />of concrete elements</p> <p>INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS</p> <p>766</p> <p>INDUCRETE-BIS - Protection and restoration of concrete elements</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Construction and restoration of <br />concrete structures <br />Concrete is found in almost every type of structure today, <br />whether in bridges, water treatment works, potable water <br />containers, multi-storey car parks, high rise apartment blocks, <br />balcony construction or industrial floors. Together with steel <br />reinforcement, concrete provides a stable, economic and <br />durable building material. <br />Concrete structures are however subject to erosion and <br />weathering. Mechanical loads, stresses, unpredictable impacts <br />and climatic and environmental influences all damage the <br />concrete during its service life. This damage can greatly affect <br />the structural integrity as well as the safety to pedestrian and <br />vehicular traffic on these concrete structures. In order to <br />protect concrete and allow it to maintain its integrity, concrete <br />must be protected with the proper materials and coatings. <br />Additionally, concrete which has fallen into disrepair can also <br />be brought back into service with high quality repair materials.</p> <p>Restoration mortars and concretes are classified <br />in accordance with physical demands as follows: <br />Class M 1 <br />• Reinstatement of the component geometry <br />Class M 2 <br />• Requirements of M1, with additional resistance to <br />carbonisation and ability to carry out repair work <br />under dynamic loading</p> <p>To comply with DIN EN 1504-3, SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH <br />developed specialty concrete repair products and systems for <br />structural restoration and protection, which are extremely <br />efficient and easy to apply, requiring little to no waiting times <br />between steps. <br />These products also develop high early strengths and offer <br />superior properties. The special composition of the restoration <br />mortars INDUCRET®-BIS-1/6 and INDUCRET®-BIS-5/40 can <br />either be applied by hand, such as method 3.2, or with <br />appropriate spray equipment (SPCC), such as method 3.3.</p> <p>Class M 3 <br />• Requirements of M2, with higher load bearing capacities</p> <p>Based on the nature of application the restoration <br />mortars are segmented into the following PCC <br />grades: <br />• PCC I – for horizontal surfaces and areas with minimal falls <br />• PCC II – for vertical surfaces and “overhead areas“ <br />SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH offers high quality solutions for <br />protection and repair of concrete structures, which ensure long <br />lasting results. SCHOMBURG ICS‘s restoration mortars are <br />spray applied as an SPCC (polymer modified sprayable <br />mortar) for large area repairs usually without the need for a <br />primer. For small areas and fast repairs application by trowel <br />is preferred, as well as for repairs of load bearing structural <br />components. <br />These applications should be carried out by accredited <br />professional/specialised applicators to ensure an extended <br />service life of the structure & continued protection against <br />detrimental effects after the repairs have been carried out.</p> <p>767</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUCRETE-BIS - Protection and restoration of concrete elements</p> <p>INDUCRET®-BIS</p> <p>System for bridges, multi-storey car parks and balconies</p> <p>System overview</p> <p>INDUCRET®-BIS <br />INDUCRET®-BIS-0/2 <br />Corrosion protection and bonding coat <br />Used for corrosion <br />protection: <br />No. of applications: <br />Used as bonding coat: <br />No. of applications: <br />Thickness per layer:</p> <p>INDUCRET®-BIS-0/2 <br />2 <br />INDUCRET®-BIS-0/2 <br />1 <br />0.0 – 2.0 mm</p> <p>INDUCRET®-BIS-5/40 <br />Repair mortar for depths of 5 – 40 mm <br />(multiple layer applications possible for <br />greater depths) <br />Repair mortar: <br />No. of applications: <br />Thickness per layer:</p> <p>INDUCRET®-BIS-5/40 <br />min.1 layer <br />5.0 – 40.0 mm</p> <p>INDUCRET®-BIS-1/6 <br />Fairing/levelling mortar for <br />depths of 1– 6 mm <br />Fine mortar: <br />No. of applications: <br />Thickness per layer:</p> <p>Concrete Restoration</p> <p>• Class M2 restoration mortar for vertical, “overhead“ <br />and horizontal applications <br />• 2 build up rates available - 1– 6 mm and 5 – 40 mm <br />per application. Multiple layers possible <br />• Sprayable or trowalble <br />• Water impermeable <br />• Water vapour permeable <br />• Resistant to frost, de-icing salts and freeze/thaw <br />• High resistance to carbonisation <br />• High compressive and flexural strength <br />• Modified modulus of elasticity <br />• Shrinkage compensated with no cracks under <br />dynamic loading <br />• Fulfils the requirements of DIN EN 1504-3 <br />(methods 3.2 and 3.3)</p> <p>INDUCRET®-BIS-1/6 <br />min.1 layer <br />1.0 – 6.0 mm</p> <p>12/11</p> <p>768</p> <p>GEPOTECH - Restoration and protection of waste water treatment facilities</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Road and Track Construction <br />Concrete Restoration <br />Hydraulic Structures <br />Surface Protection Systems <br />RETHMEIER - Concrete Technology</p> <p>Restoration and Protection of <br />Waste Water Treatment Facilities</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>DIBt Certified in Germany – a tested system for sewage duct & manhole restoration</p> <p>INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS</p> <p>769</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>GEPOTECH - Restoration and protection of waste water treatment facilities</p> <p>GEPOTECH® – <br />efficient long term protection</p> <p>The most common sources of damage <br />to waste water treatment plants, industrial facilities and other structures <br />generally result from the extreme <br />acidity of industrial and public waste <br />water, geological movement, cracks <br />in concrete or brick, or hydrostatic <br />pressure from ground water.</p> <p>1</p> <p>7</p> <p>2</p> <p>4 <br />6</p> <p>3</p> <p>The coating system GEPOTECH®-11/22, <br />is a perfect choice for providing a <br />high quality yet cost effective method <br />of restoration. Due to its excellent <br />waterproofing properties and physical <br />characteristics, using this coating <br />system is much more efficient than <br />the more often chosen alternative of <br />complete reconstruction. <br />The GEPOTECH®-11/22 coating system has been certified and approved <br />by the DIBt (German institute for <br />construction technology) for use in <br />manholes, waste water settlement <br />tanks and sewage ducts which are <br />connected directly to the sewage <br />system <br />1. Manhole cover <br />2. Brickwork <br />3. Concrete base</p> <p>5</p> <p>4. Benching <br />5. Primer: <br />GEPOTECH®-EP-11/22 <br />6. Primer with sand broadcast <br />GEPOTECH®-EP-11/22 <br />7. Coating/Waterproofing <br />GEPOTECH® -11/22</p> <p>770</p> <p>GEPOTECH - Restoration and protection of waste water treatment facilities</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>The material and its <br />physical Properties <br />GEPOTECH®-11/22 is a two component polyurea based material. It is <br />solvent free, does not shrink during <br />curing and also has a multitude of <br />properties which cannot be matched or <br />proven by any other coating system <br />available on the market today. <br />GEPOTECH®-11/22 is the first coating <br />of its kind to recieve „national technical approval“in Germany, certifiying <br />that it fulfills the German requirements <br />for use in waste water treatment and <br />removal systems.</p> <p>Safety precautions before beginning restoration work</p> <p>The material and its <br />applications: <br />Manhole before restoration</p> <p>Applications on cementitious <br />substrates require further system <br />components, such as the primer <br />GEPOTECH® -EP-11/22. <br />GEPOTECH® -EP-11/22 has a <br />very low vapour permeability rate <br />(sD value of 4,6 g/m²xd which <br />provides the system with excellent <br />protection against moisture vapor <br />transmission through concrete. <br />Additionally, the use of <br />GEPOTECH® -EP -11/22 ensures <br />excellent bonding of the entire system <br />to wet, damp and dry substrates.</p> <p>Technical data:</p> <p>Cleaned manhole duct</p> <p>The GEPOTECH® -11/22 system is <br />only installed by trained applicators <br />who are experienced and skilled <br />about the products and spray equipment. After each sucessfully completed project, an application report is <br />submitted detailing all aspects of the <br />installation. <br />An application manual is available <br />which details all of the required steps <br />involved in this highly specialized <br />application process.</p> <p>Application of the primer GEPOTECH®-EP-11/22</p> <p>The most important chemical <br />and physical properties of <br />GEPOTECH® -11/22: <br />• Elongation at break: 340 % <br />• Tensile strength: 32.2 N/mm <br />• Tear resistance: 126 N/mm <br />• Shore hardness: 62° Shore-D <br />• Abrasion resistance: 0.03 mm <br />(Darmstadt pipe tiliting jig – <br />250,000) <br />• Crack bridging: 2.0 mm <br />• High chemical resistance, especially <br />toward sewage water, and similar <br />2</p> <p>2</p> <p>Spray application of the GEPOTECH® -11/22 coating</p> <p>The properties of GEPOTECH® -11/22 <br />also provide an increased level of <br />corrosion protection.</p> <p>Completely restored manhole</p> <p>771</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>GEPOTECH - Restoration and protection of waste water treatment facilities</p> <p>Advantages and Properties <br />GEPOTECH®-11/22 – product competence at a glance</p> <p>• Excellent bonding <br />• Abrasion resistant <br />• Extreme chemical resistance <br />• Environmentally friendly – <br />solvent free</p> <p>03/10</p> <p>• Fast curing <br />• Seamless application to all <br />in- and outlets <br />• Service to coated application <br />can be reinstated immediately <br />• Reduced downtimes – <br />quick application</p> <p>GEPOTECH®–11/22</p> <p>• Does not react with moisture</p> <p>FIRE</p> <p>BONDING</p> <p>Burn classification B2 – resistant against <br />open flames and radiating heat</p> <p>Delamination is not possible when <br />using a bonding agent</p> <p>WATER</p> <p>RADIATION</p> <p>Completely pore-free, does not <br />allow the entry or exit of moisture</p> <p>Elasticity remains unchanged at <br />temperatures from -40 °C – +150 °C</p> <p>CORROSION</p> <p>ABRASION</p> <p>Complete corrosion protection <br />of the coated substrate</p> <p>Resistant to permenant <br />wet abrasion</p> <p>CRACKS</p> <p>CHEMICAL</p> <p>Hairline cracks in the substrate are <br />easily spanned – without joints</p> <p>Permanently resistant to de-icing salts, <br />acids and alkalis up to +40°C</p> <p>ELONGATION</p> <p>SOUND</p> <p>Resistance to tearing with <br />extreme elongation</p> <p>Increased sound reduction</p> <p>772</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Surface protection system for waste water treatment plants</p> <p>Road and Track Construction <br />Concrete Restoration <br />Hydraulic Structures <br />Surface Protection Systems <br />RETHMEIER - Concrete Technology</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>Surface protection systems for <br />waste water treatment plants</p> <p>INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS</p> <p>773</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Surface protection system for waste water treatment plants</p> <p>Surface protection and constructive detail <br />solutions for hydraulic structures. <br />Example: waste water treatment plants</p> <p>6</p> <p>7 <br />6 <br />8</p> <p>4</p> <p>3 <br />2</p> <p>1</p> <p>5</p> <p>Concrete surfaces in water treatment plants are under <br />constant chemical, biological and mechanical attack. <br />These attacks cause damage which lead to very high <br />repair and restoration costs.</p> <p>The composition of waste water is becoming increasingly <br />corrosive, which leads to stronger and quicker erosion of <br />unprotected concrete surfaces. When planning water <br />treatment plants the load dependent effects should <br />especially be considered to safeguard the durability.</p> <p>In order to decrease the amount of time spent making <br />repairs, and thus disrupting the workflow of these treatment <br />plants, cementitious and/or epoxy coatings can be used to <br />protect the surfaces and provide longer life spans.</p> <p>774</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Surface protection system for waste water treatment plants</p> <p>System Overview <br />System: INDUCRET-KIS <br />Exposure class XA2 <br />(moderately aggressive pH value: <5.5 – 4.5) <br />System build-up: <br />Coved fillet: <br />Bonding coat: INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 <br />Fillet mortar: INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 <br />Surface protection (cementitious): <br />INDUCRET-KIS-2/5, one coat</p> <p>1</p> <p>5</p> <p>System: INDUFLEX-VK6065 <br />Exposure class XA3 <br />(strongly aggressive pH value: <4.5 and >4.0) <br />Dilatation joint: <br />Primer: INDUFLEX-Primer S <br />Backfill profile: INDU-Backerrod <br />Positional requirements: Stable backfilling <br />with insulation strips <br />Joint sealant: INDUFLEX-VK6065</p> <p>The fundamental standards for planners are DIN EN 206 <br />part 1 and DIN 1045 part 1. The exposure classes listed <br />differentiate between the different classes of concrete in <br />relation to their chemical and biological stresses. <br />The exposure classes are defined <br />as follows: <br />XF:</p> <p>System: INDUFLOOR-IB2370 <br />Exposure class XA3 <br />(strongly aggressive pH value: <4.5 and >4.0) <br />System build-up <br />Coved fillet: <br />Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260 or <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 <br />Fillet mortar: INDUFLOOR-IB4010 <br />Surface protection: <br />Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260 or <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 <br />Coating: INDUFLOOR-IB2370, 2 coats</p> <p>2</p> <p>6</p> <p>System: INDUFLOOR-IB4010 <br />Exposure class XF4, XA3, XM3 <br />(strongly aggressive pH value: <4.5 and >4.0) <br />Repair mortar: <br />Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260 or <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 <br />Epoxy resin mortar: INDUFLOOR-IB4010</p> <p>XA: <br />XM:</p> <p>Freezing (exposure to frost with/without the effect <br />of de-icing salts) <br />Chemical attack (exposure to chemical attack) <br />Mechanical abrasion (exposure to abrasion)</p> <p>When considering these exposure classes the concrete <br />classification is derived from the fundamental requirements. <br />Additional surface protective measures will be necessary in <br />order to counteract the different chemical/physical stresses. <br />The C3A free mortar systems INDUCRET-KIS-0/2, <br />INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 and INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 are used for <br />surface protection.</p> <p>System: GEPOTECH-11/22 <br />Exposure class XA3 <br />(strongly aggressive pH value: <4.5 and >4.0) <br />System build-up: <br />Coved fillet: <br />Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260 or <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 <br />Fillet mortar: INDUFLOOR-IB4010 <br />Surface protection: <br />Primer: GEPOTECH-EP-11/22 or <br />INDUFLOOR-IB1250 <br />Top coat: GEOPTECH-11/22, 1 coat</p> <p>System: INDUCRET-VK4045 <br />Exposure class XA3 <br />(strongly aggressive pH value: <4.5 and >4.0) <br />Concrete adhesive: <br />Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260 <br />Levelling adhesive: INDUCRET-VK4045</p> <p>3</p> <p>7</p> <p>Apron plates <br />Exposure class XM3 <br />Protective measures for dilatation joints in <br />clearing runways</p> <p>For very high levels of chemical attack (exposure class XA3) <br />with pH values below 4.5, the reaction resin based surface <br />protection systems such as e.g. INDUFLOOR-IB2370 (epoxy <br />resin based) or GEPOTECH-11/22 (polyurea based) are <br />used. <br />To ensure a lasting bond to the concrete substrate under <br />negative moisture pressure and to counteract osmotic <br />blistering, INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is recommended as a primer <br />for the INDUFLOOR-IB2370 or GEPOTECH-11/22 systems.</p> <p>7</p> <p>10/09</p> <p>775</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Surface protection systems</p> <p>Surface protection systems</p> <p>02/13</p> <p>Further information on the subject „Industrial Flooring & Coatings“ can be found in the brochure „Surface protection <br />systems“. This can be downloaded from our website www.schomburg-ics.de/en.</p> <p>776</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1240/-IB1250 – Topically applied moisture vapor reduction systems</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Intelligent Construction Systems <br />Road and Track Construction <br />Concrete Restoration <br />Hydaulic Structures <br />Surface Protection Systems <br />Concrete Technology</p> <p>Topically Applied Moisture <br />Vapor Reduction Systems <br />for new and existing concrete slabs</p> <p>07/12 · VH/HS/ED/JD</p> <p>schomburg.com</p> <p>Safe from the ground up…</p> <p>777</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1240/-IB1250 – Topically applied moisture vapor reduction systems</p> <p>Moisture Vapor Reduction Systems</p> <p>Two unique products... <br />INDUFLOOR®-IB1240 and INDUFLOOR®-IB1250 are both specially formulated epoxy primers <br />that reduce high water vapor emission levels down to well below accepted levels for subsequent <br />application of flooring systems such as epoxies, vinyl tiles, sheet vinyl, carpets, wood flooring, etc.</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1240 − Oil & Vapor Barrier <br />is a 2-component, moisture tolerant, extremely high-density epoxy based product, which prevents the <br />passage of water vapor and moisture through slabs on or below grade, thus eliminating delamination <br />of adhesives, floor coverings and coatings. It is a full broadcast system that also prevents capillary <br />infiltration of oil or other chemicals from the ground and can be used to treat oil-contaminated slabs. <br />It is also available in a thixotropic formula, INDUFLOOR®-IB1245, for vertical and “over head” <br />applications.</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1250 − Vapor Barrier <br />is a 2-component, 100% solids, moisture tolerant, epoxy product, which prevents the passage of water <br />vapor and moisture through slabs on or below grade, thus eliminating delamination of adhesives, floor <br />coverings and coatings. It is a non-broadcast system that can be applied in one coat for most <br />applications. It is also available in a fast-setting formula, INDUFLOOR®-IB1255, which allows the <br />application of most floor coverings within 5 hours.</p> <p>778</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1240/-IB1250 – Topically applied moisture vapor reduction systems</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1240 and INDUFLOOR®-IB1250, together <br />they offer an unusually wide variety of advantages:</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1240/IB1250</p> <p>• Vapor barrier <br />• Moisture tolerant <br />• High chemical resistance <br />• Excellent adhesion to damp substrates <br />• Good adhesion after freeze/thaw cycling <br />• Easy to apply – one coat application <br />• Functions as negative side waterproofing <br />• Provides good bonding for additional top</p> <p>coatings such as adhesives, epoxies and self levelers</p> <p>Typical areas of application: <br />Concrete slabs on or below grade such as <br />• Industrial/Retail Facilities <br />• Office Buildings <br />• Hospitals and Schools <br />• Field Houses <br />• Running Tracks (Indoor/Outdoor) <br />• Residential Slabs <br />• Hangars <br />• Warehouses</p> <p>Typical applications: <br />• Concrete slabs with missing or damaged</p> <p>vapor barriers <br />• Oil contaminated concrete substrates <br />• 5 day old concrete slabs <br />• New concrete slabs with excessive moisture</p> <p>content to receive a flooring or coating</p> <p>779</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1240/-IB1250 – Topically applied moisture vapor reduction systems</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1240/IB1250</p> <p>Surface Preparation: <br />Use steel shot blasting, scarifying or <br />other suitable means to obtain a uniform, <br />absorptive surface, free of existing coatings or <br />any bond inhibitors (ICRI CSP 3-5 profile). <br />Rinse all surfaces to be treated with clean <br />water, leaving no standing water.</p> <p>Failed epoxy flooring due to <br />excessive water vapor transmission.</p> <p>Surface preparation.</p> <p>Cleaning / rinsing surface from <br />debris.</p> <p>Mixing product in the supplied <br />container.</p> <p>Application step1, spreading material <br />evenly over surface with squeegee <br />or roller.</p> <p>Application step 2, scrubbing <br />material into the substrate pores <br />with a brush. Application step 3, <br />back-roll with a shortnap, non-shed <br />roller to achieve a uniform finish.</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1240 only: <br />Application step 4, sanding of <br />surface for bonding of subequent <br />epoxy top-coating.</p> <p>Finished surface, ready to receive <br />top-coating.</p> <p>Mixing and Application: <br />Thoroughly mix resin and hardener <br />(component A & B) as per data sheet <br />instructions. <br />Pour and spread product in one coat <br />(application rates can be found on datasheet) <br />by roller or squeegee to the substrate, and <br />carefully scrub it into the pores with a long <br />handled brush. <br />Follow with a roller to achieve a <br />uniform coverage. Protect treated area from <br />strong sunlight and wind. Indoors, prevent <br />noticeable drafts.</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1240 only: <br />Broadcast quartz sand <br />(0.5 − 1.0 mm or 0.7 − 1.2 mm graded) <br />into fresh application. <br />Installation time: 1 day <br />Refer to Technical Data sheet for full <br />application instructions!</p> <p>780</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1240/-IB1250 – Topically applied moisture vapor reduction systems</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>PRODUCT SELECTION CHART <br />Use the following information to decide which product fits the job:</p> <p>IB1240 <br />Properties</p> <p>Heavy Duty <br />Non-Broadcast</p> <p>Material</p> <p>2-Component Epoxy <br />97% Solids</p> <p>2-Component Epoxy <br />100 % Solids</p> <p>Color</p> <p>White</p> <p>Clear</p> <p>VOC content, mixed</p> <p>55 g/L</p> <p>0 g/L</p> <p>Class III - low <br />0.09 g/m²xd</p> <p>Class III - low <br />0.2 g/m²xd</p> <p>Flooring system installed next <br />day</p> <p>Yes</p> <p>Yes</p> <p>Applied to damp concrete</p> <p>Yes</p> <p>Yes</p> <p>Requires full broadcast of sand</p> <p>Yes</p> <p>No</p> <p>Sealing oil contaminated slabs</p> <p>Yes</p> <p>No</p> <p>High alkalinity barrier up to <br />pH 14</p> <p>Yes</p> <p>Yes</p> <p>Applied to 5 day old concrete</p> <p>Yes</p> <p>Yes</p> <p>Liquid water vapour permeability rate <br />(DIN EN ISO 7783-1)</p> <p>Do</p> <p>IB1250</p> <p>Heavy Duty <br />Broadcast</p> <p>es</p> <p>no</p> <p>t re</p> <p>pre</p> <p>sen</p> <p>t th</p> <p>ep</p> <p>rod</p> <p>uct’</p> <p>sa</p> <p>ctu</p> <p>al</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1240 & 1250 actually <br />penetrate into the slab, creating a barrier <br />below the surface and away from the bond <br />line where subsequent coatings could potentially <br />be damaged by rising moisture, salts or other <br />substances in the slab... <br />co</p> <p>lor</p> <p>09/12</p> <p>781</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 - Conductive floor coating for sensitive production areas</p> <p>Intelligent Construction Systems <br />Road and Track Construction <br />Concrete Restoration <br />Hydaulic Structures <br />Surface Protection Systems <br />Concrete Technology</p> <p>schomburg.com</p> <p>Conductive floor coating for <br />sensitive production areas</p> <p>782</p> <p>IN</p> <p>783</p> <p>Electronics industry <br />Circuit board assembly rooms <br />Automotive industry <br />Hospitals <br />Computer rooms</p> <p>Just ask - we are happy to <br />advise you on the best <br />solution for your needs!</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3350-VC2 <br />is used for coating of cementitious surfaces in:</p> <p>The perfect balance between all components of the <br />system guarantees the high level of performance.</p> <p>Based on intensive research we have developed an <br />innovative conductive flooring system which meets <br />and exceeds all requirements concerning quality <br />and performance.</p> <p>N <br />O <br />I <br />T <br />A <br />NOV</p> <p>EPA Flooring system</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3350-VC2</p> <p>Efficiency – <br />Guaranteed!</p> <p>(3$</p> <p>Withstands negative side moisture vapour (DIN EN ISO 7783-1)</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB1250 (Moisture barrier primer)</p> <p>INDU-Conductive Strip (Conductive (earthing) strip)</p> <p>High level of horizontal and vertical conductivity</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB2115 (Conductive aqueous lacquer)</p> <p>Average consumption: 2,500 g/m2 – approx. 2 mm coating thickness <br />Coating thicknesses from 0.5 mm to > 3.0 mm without loss of conductive <br />properties <br />High level of horizontal and vertical conductivity</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3350-VC2 (Volume conductive coating)</p> <p>INDUFLOOR®-IB3350-VC2 <br />System build-up <br />Based on properly prepared sound substrates</p> <p>High system security for the ESD Protected Areas (EPA) <br />High mechanical and chemical resistance <br />Strong abrasion resistance (ARO,5, according to DIN EN 13813) <br />Excellent impact resistance (IR8, according to DIN EN 13813)</p> <p>Security for substrates prone to cracking <br />– Crack-bridging up to 0.2 mm</p> <p>• <br />• <br />• <br />•</p> <p>The INDUFLOOR®-IB3350-VC2 system fulfills all <br />requirements of the DIN EN 61340 and IEC 61340 Standards. <br />(Parts 4-1, 4-5, 5-1, 5-2)</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 - Conductive floor coating for sensitive production areas</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>09/12</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>BETOCRETE C-Series - Integral waterproofing for concrete</p> <p>Road and Track Construction <br />Concrete Restoration <br />Hydraulic Structures <br />Surface Protection Systems <br />RETHMEIERConcrete Technology</p> <p>BETOCRETE® C-Series</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>Integral waterproofing for concrete</p> <p>INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS</p> <p>784</p> <p>BETOCRETE C-Series - Integral waterproofing for concrete</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>BETOCRETE® <br />C-Series</p> <p>The only liquid crystalline waterproofing admixtures for concrete <br />with EN 934-2 approval available <br />world wide. <br />The waterproofing effect of the <br />BETOCRETE® C-Series products <br />occurs within the concrete due to <br />a latent and permanent chemical <br />process driven by the highly <br />reactive chemical ingredients. <br />Additionally, BETOCRETE® C-Series <br />products are unique to the market as <br />they do not cause clumping during the <br />mixing process, which can occur with <br />products in powder form. This makes it <br />easy to add directly to the concrete, <br />creating a homogenous mix which <br />assures even distribution of the active <br />substances throughout the entire <br />concrete structure. <br />BETOCRETE® C-Series products <br />become an integral part of the <br />concrete. As a result the <br />waterproofing effect is still active <br />even if the surface of the concrete is <br />damaged by mechanical abrasion. <br />This provides a cost saving compared <br />to topically applied coatings, which <br />must be repaired if they are damaged <br />or removed from the surface. <br />The chemistry within BETOCRETE® <br />C-Series products activates upon <br />addition to fresh concrete, and <br />remains active during the entire <br />service life of the concrete.</p> <p>The material can be easily dosed to <br />meet all requirements of typical <br />waterproofing specifications and can <br />also be used in conjunction with other <br />concrete admixtures depending on <br />requiremts of fresh and hardened <br />concrete properties. <br />The BETOCRETE® C-Series products <br />are certified concrete admixtures <br />according to the EN 934-2 and <br />EN 206 (resp. DIN 1045).</p> <p>BETOCRETE® C-16 <br />First generation liquid, crystalline <br />waterproofing admixture <br />Suitable for all types of non-reinforced <br />concrete. BETOCRETE® C-16 is the <br />pure, highly concentrated combination <br />of active ingredients.</p> <p>BETOCRETE® C-17 (BV) <br />Second generation liquid, crystalline <br />waterproofing admixture <br />Suitable for all applications in <br />accordance with EN 206/ <br />DIN 1045 (German Standards for <br />plain, reinforced and prestressed <br />concrete structures). <br />Approved as a concrete plasticizer <br />according to EN 934-2, table 2. <br />Works exceptionally well with CEM I, <br />CEM II and CEM III cements. <br />Crystalline waterproofing which <br />seals the concrete matrix from within. <br />Self-sealing of static cracks up to 0.4 <br />mm possible.</p> <p>BETOCRETE® C-20 (DM) <br />BETOCRETE® C-21 (DM) <br />Third generation liquid, crystalline <br />waterproofing admixture <br />Suitable for all applications in <br />accordance with EN 206/ <br />DIN 1045 (German Standards for <br />plain, reinforced and prestressed <br />concrete structures). <br />Approved as a concrete waterproofer <br />according to EN 934-2, table 9. <br />Works exceptionally well with CEM I, <br />CEM II and CEM III cements. Has a <br />slight plasticizing effect. Crystalline <br />waterproofing that integrally seals <br />the concrete matrix with an added <br />hydrophobic effect for “immediate <br />waterproofing”. Self-sealing of static <br />cracks up to 0.4 mm possible. <br />Active integral building envelope <br />waterproofing is made possible with <br />the BETOCRETE® C-Series products. <br />Projects completed using the <br />BETOCRETE® C-Series system <br />components can be backed by a <br />warranty. Find out more by <br />contacting us!</p> <p>Onsite dispensing: direct addition into a ready-mix truck</p> <p>785</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>BETOCRETE®</p> <p>Active Crack Sealing</p> <p>BETOCRETE C-Series - Integral waterproofing for concrete</p> <p>The system components of <br />BETOCRETE® C-Series were <br />specifically formulated to support, <br />facilitate and improve the crack <br />sealing ability of concrete. During a <br />comprehensive trial, concrete cubes <br />were created using the BETOCRETE® <br />C-Series products. Cracks were <br />created in the cubes, which were then <br />placed into testing equipment and <br />subjected to constant water pressure. <br />All cubes made with the BETOCRETE® <br />C-Series concrete displayed an <br />automatic crack “self sealing” effect <br />of cracks from 0.2 to 0.4 mm within <br />a reasonable time frame. In contrast, <br />the cracks in the control cubes (which <br />were created without any additives <br />and subjected to the same testing) did <br />not display a reduction in water <br />penetration rates or “self sealing” <br />effect of cracks.</p> <p>A static crack in the concrete</p> <p>The crack is sealed due to crystalline reaction promoted by the chemistry within BETOCRETE® C-Series</p> <p>786</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>BETOCRETE C-Series - Integral waterproofing for concrete</p> <p>Reduced Water <br />Penetration <br />Independent leading concrete <br />producers have test results proving that <br />the addition of BETOCRETE® C-Series <br />products improves the quality of their <br />water-impermeable concrete mixes. <br />Mix designs for concrete with low <br />water penetration rates (designed <br />to achieve penetration of approx. <br />10 mm) experienced an 80% <br />performance increase, only allowing <br />water to penetrate up to 2 mm when <br />adding BETOCRETE® C-Series to the <br />same mix design. The water <br />permeability rate experienced an <br />almost 10 times overall reduction. <br />Water penetration in concrete without BETOCRETE® <br />products</p> <p>Water penetration in concrete with BETOCRETE® C21</p> <p>Extended Service Life</p> <p>100</p> <p>Control Concrete, CEM III, W/Z = 0.6</p> <p>Chloride migration coefficient [*10 –12 m²/s]</p> <p>The crystalline waterproofing effect of <br />BETOCRETE® C-Series significantly <br />increases the service life of concrete <br />reinforcing steel. According to test <br />methods of The Federal Waterways <br />Engineering and Research Institute <br />(BWA), BETOCRETE® C-Series <br />products can increase the time before <br />reinforcing steel corrodes by up to <br />30 years. This effect is especially <br />noticeable in concrete which is <br />produced with w/c ratios above <br />0.55.</p> <p>BETOCRETE® C-21 (DM), CEM III, W/Z = 0.6 <br />BETOCRETE® C-17 (BV), CEM III, W/Z = 0.6</p> <p>10</p> <p>C nom = 60 mm <br />C nom = 50 mm <br />C nom = 40 mm <br />C nom = 30 mm</p> <p>1</p> <p>C nom = 20 mm</p> <p>C nom = 10 mm</p> <p>0,1 <br />1</p> <p>10</p> <p>20</p> <p>30</p> <p>40</p> <p>50</p> <p>60</p> <p>70</p> <p>80</p> <p>90</p> <p>100</p> <p>Time until corrosion of reinforcement occurs [a]</p> <p>12/11</p> <p>787</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Concrete Technology</p> <p>Road and Track Construction <br />Concrete Restoration <br />Hydraulic Structures <br />Surface Protection Systems <br />RETHMEIER Concrete Technology</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>Concrete Technology</p> <p>INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS</p> <p>788</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Concrete Technology</p> <p>RETHMEIER – <br />Concrete Technology</p> <p>CONCRETE ADMIXTURES</p> <p>Today’s concrete industry is not easily <br />described by just a single word, rather it <br />is multi-faceted and complex surrounding <br />so many different areas of construction <br />and design. <br />Many factors influence the final product <br />which is why a huge variety of products <br />and solutions from different areas of expertise are needed. The combination of the <br />proper products and the many years of <br />practical experience are what we have <br />bundled together to form the core competencies of the RETHMEIER–ConcreteTechnology division. <br />Different uses and types of concrete <br />require a variety of solutions. Especially when trying to optimize the physical <br />characteristics such as achieving the <br />right consistency of the fresh concrete to <br />ensure proper placing. This requires high <br />quality, perfectly formulated concrete <br />admixtures which span the spectrum of <br />the concrete industry. Our range of concrete admixtures spans from PCE-based <br />to melamine and naphthalene based as <br />well as lignin-sulphonate based products. <br />We also develop specially formulated <br />admixtures based on organic and naturally <br />occurring ingredients to service the needs <br />of the pre-cast concrete market.</p> <p>Exposed aggregate concrete has <br />developed immensely from the simple <br />“rough” surface, to being used as a decorative highlight in a concrete elements <br />optical design. With a perfect blend of <br />products including paper, gel and pastes <br />we have the entire segment covered. <br />Our product line is well rounded out with <br />products designed to protect concrete <br />surfaces, such as hydrophobic protective films, impregnating agents <br />and sealers. These products have been <br />providing excellent results for many years <br />and are also solvent free. <br />Our products accompany your concrete <br />from the very beginning with our high <br />quality form release agents – <br />ensuring the perfect finished surface and <br />easy release from the formworks in the <br />pre-cast plant or directly on-site. <br />After the concreting is done, maintenance and cleaning play a very important role. This product area offers solutions <br />to wrap-up a project and end the day. <br />For additional information regarding our <br />products in the areas of release agents, <br />cleaning and maintenance of concrete <br />please do not hesitate getting in touch <br />with us!</p> <p>Color is all around us and influences us on <br />a daily basis - so therefore concrete should <br />not always have to be gray. Our color <br />slurries and powder pigments have <br />been giving concrete long lasting color <br />for more than 25 years. Designers can <br />be imaginative, using our pigments and <br />slurries to create anything from sleek <br />finishes to colorful reflections on the concrete surface!</p> <p>789</p> <p>REMICRETE® PCE-based admixtures <br />for the entire spectrum of the concrete <br />industry. <br />• Excellent results <br />• Modified towards <br />- Consistency <br />- Strength development <br />• Typical applications: <br />- Pre-cast concrete elements <br />- Ready-mix concrete <br />The BETOCRETE® C-Series admixtures <br />are formulated specifically to promote <br />and support the auto reactive crack self <br />healing properties of concrete. <br />• “Self seals” static cracks up to 0.4 mm <br />• Reduces chloride penetration <br />• Increases water impermeability <br />• Especially suited for CEM II and <br />CEM III types <br />• Admixture accord. to EN 934-2 <br />SAVEMIX® concrete admixtures are universal and reliable concrete plasticizers <br />available in a variety of formulations. <br />• Typical applications: <br />- Ready-mix concrete <br />- Pre-cast concrete and other <br />concrete elements <br />- Concrete pipes <br />- Garden and landscape <br />construction</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Concrete Technology</p> <p>COLOR SLURRIES <br />& POWDER PIGMENTS</p> <p>EXPOSED AGGREGATE <br />CONCRETE</p> <p>HYDROPHOPIC PROTECTIVE FILMS, IMPREGNATING AGENTS, SEALERS</p> <p>REMICOLOR® color slurries stand out <br />due to their vibrant hues, which we <br />achieve with our special dispersion <br />method. This results in efficient and cost <br />effective pigmenting of concrete.</p> <p>WAFIX® exposed aggregate concrete <br />paper is the sure fire method used to <br />achieve flawless aggregate exposed <br />surfaces. The applications are often limited by the manufacturing process of the <br />applicator, so that the gap can easily be <br />bridged with WALEX®Ultra.</p> <p>REMISIL products are solvent free, <br />liquid protective coatings for concrete surfaces. The available formulations cover <br />the needs of concrete all the way from <br />creating hydrophobic films to protection <br />against oils as well as penetrating films <br />which intensify colors.</p> <p>Even applications with many edges and <br />interlaced surfaces can be easily be <br />treated with the WALEX®Ultra leading <br />to perfect results.</p> <p>If a colorful design is desired in addition <br />to simple protection, it is easy to achieve <br />coloration and protection with one coat <br />of REMISTAR, while not losing the <br />structure of the concrete surface. Due to <br />a higher level of abrasion resistance, it is <br />also possible to apply the REMISTAR <br />products on floors.</p> <p>REMICOLOR® C-Slurries are the <br />benchmark for achieving ultra dark <br />concrete. An intensive manufacturing <br />process prepares the specially developed <br />carbon pigments transforming them into <br />ready for use slurries. <br />REMIFEROX®-Pigments round out the <br />product offerings for pigmenting concrete. <br />Many individual pigments meet the requirements of the EN 12878 Standard and <br />bear the “CE” certification. Naturally <br />these certified pigments are also the basis <br />used to create our slurries.</p> <p>WALEX®AQUA, a solvent free water <br />based gel, is available in various washout levels and it is perfect for specific <br />applications, especially in sensitive areas <br />of the environment. <br />With our WALEX®ULTRAGel technology it possible to achieve even the finest <br />wash-out levels (millimeter increments), <br />perfect for detailed results. The application can be carried out on fresh concrete, <br />right in the concrete plant or directly on <br />the construction-site. The washing-off <br />process does not release any environmentally harmful contaminants, and the <br />active ingredients are biodegradable and <br />quickly diminish on their own.</p> <p>03/10</p> <p>790</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Colored Concrete – Powder pigments/Pigment slurries</p> <p>Road and Track Construction <br />Concrete Restoration <br />Hydraulic Structures <br />Surface Protection Systems <br />RETHMEIER Concrete Technology</p> <p>Colored Concrete</p> <p>www.schomburg.com</p> <p>Powder pigments / Pigment slurries</p> <p>INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS</p> <p>791</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Colored Concrete – Powder pigments/Pigment slurries</p> <p>Powder pigments <br />and slurries</p> <p>Performance requirements <br />of pigments used to color <br />concrete <br />Pigments used to color concrete must <br />meet a spectrum of requirements such <br />as being able to withstand attack from <br />UV-Light, weathering and a harsh alkaline environment. By doing so the <br />colored concrete stone will maintain <br />its brilliance. <br />Our line of REMICOLOR® slurries and <br />REMIFEROX® powder pigments are <br />produced using only the highest <br />quality inorganic pigments.</p> <p>Die Gläserne Manufaktur, Dresden</p> <p>DWS Investments, Frankfurt</p> <p>792</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Colored Concrete – Powder pigments/Pigment slurries</p> <p>Influencing Factors – what affects <br />pigmentation of concrete?</p> <p>The cements natural colors</p> <p>The water/cement ratio</p> <p>The storage factors</p> <p>The spectrum of cement color ranges <br />from extremely light white cements to <br />very dark gray cements, and there is <br />a wide range in between the two <br />ends. As expected, the lighter cements or white cements are better <br />able to accept color than darker ones. <br />Using a white cement will produce a <br />much deeper and more vibrant color, <br />especially when pigmenting with lighter colors such as green, yellow or <br />blue. Selection of the cements base <br />color is much less critical when working with darker shades such as <br />blacks, browns or reds.</p> <p>The amount of free water not needed <br />for the cement hydration process determines the rate of evaporation in the <br />cured concrete. The size and amount <br />of resulting pores and cavities in the <br />concrete influences the way light reflects off of the surface, therefore impacting the appearance of the color. <br />Rule of thumb: The higher the w/c ratio of the concrete is, the lighter the <br />color of the concrete will be.</p> <p>The temperature of young concrete <br />during its hydration has a direct effect <br />on the reaction which is taking place <br />within the cement stone. For example, cement crystals are much smaller when stored in a cooling chamber <br />with warm air induction, as opposed <br />to those stored outdoors in lower temperatures. The size of the crystals affects the concrete struture and how it <br />absorbes light, which in turn impacts <br />the appearance of the color on the <br />surface.</p> <p>The dosage rate <br />Color intensity rises as the amount of <br />pigment added increases. However, <br />after a certain level, a saturation is reached and further addition of pigment <br />will not change the depth of the color. <br />Our REMIFEROX® powder pigments <br />are typically added at a rate of 3 – <br />5%, and the REMICOLOR® liquid <br />pigments between 5 – 6% (by <br />weight of cement).</p> <p>The amount of cement <br />Generally color pigments are dosed <br />as a percentage of the cement content. When the amount of cement is <br />increased it also results in an increase <br />of pigment, which provides a positive <br />influence on the resulting color and intensity.</p> <p>The color of the aggregate <br />The aggregate in the concrete is generally completely encapsulated by <br />the cement-lime. Aggregates at the <br />surface of the concrete can be exposed by mechanical means or <br />environmental attack. When done <br />on purpose with surface preparation <br />techniques – such as acid etching – <br />the exposed aggregate can create <br />an interesting contrast.</p> <p>793</p> <p>Efflorescense is a natural pheonomenon in concrete and often takes place <br />during the early stages of hydration. <br />It can be seen as white deposits of <br />calcium carbonate which build up on <br />the surface of the concrete. This will <br />not negatively impact the resulting <br />concrete color, it is simply more noticeable than on white or gray concrete. The white deposits are usually <br />wheathering away, or can be easily <br />removed with simple measures.</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Colored Concrete – Powder pigments/Pigment slurries</p> <p>RB</p> <p>B</p> <p>White concrete</p> <p>Gray concrete</p> <p>White concrete</p> <p>Gray concrete</p> <p>REMICOLOR®</p> <p>REMICOLOR®</p> <p>REMICOLOR®</p> <p>REMICOLOR®</p> <p>REMICOLOR® <br />Pigment slurries</p> <p>R-03</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>B-610FN 4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>R-10</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>B-35</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>R-20</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>B-55</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>R-30</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>B-63</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>B-05</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>B-86</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>794</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Colored Concrete – Powder pigments/Pigment slurries</p> <p>GS</p> <p>S C GR W BL</p> <p>White concrete</p> <p>Gray concrete</p> <p>White concrete</p> <p>Gray concrete</p> <p>REMICOLOR®</p> <p>REMICOLOR®</p> <p>REMICOLOR®</p> <p>REMICOLOR®</p> <p>G-21</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>C-95</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>G-552 4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>C-90</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>0-60</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>GR-35 4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>S-50</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>W-800 4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>S-55</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>BL-95</p> <p>6%</p> <p>4%</p> <p>6%</p> <p>795</p> <p>4%</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Colored Concrete – Powder pigments/Pigment slurries</p> <p>REMIFEROX® <br />Powder pigments</p> <p>White concrete</p> <p>Gray concrete</p> <p>White concrete</p> <p>Gray concrete</p> <p>REMIFEROX®</p> <p>REMIFEROX®</p> <p>REMIFEROX®</p> <p>REMIFEROX® <br />dark gray cement</p> <p>9110</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>9420</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>light gray cement <br />Please note that gray cements can <br />vary from light gray to dark gray. <br />Color changes are frequently <br />observed when changing cement <br />types or switching to different <br />manufacturers.</p> <p>9120</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>9420</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>9130</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>9610FN 3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>9330</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>9655</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>9380</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>9663</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>796</p> <p>10. Brochures</p> <p>Colored Concrete – Powder pigments/Pigment slurries</p> <p>Technical Data <br />Bulk density</p> <p>White concrete</p> <p>Gray concrete</p> <p>REMIFEROX®</p> <p>9686* 3%</p> <p>9960</p> <p>9500</p> <p>9800</p> <p>TR-92</p> <p>3%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>REMIFEROX®</p> <p>5%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>3%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>5%</p> <p>Product</p> <p>Bulk density <br />kg/dm³</p> <p>REMICOLOR® R-03</p> <p>1.90 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® R-10</p> <p>1.80 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® R-20</p> <p>1.80 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® R-30</p> <p>1.90 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® B-05</p> <p>1.78 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® B-610FN</p> <p>1.85 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® B-35</p> <p>1.81 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® B-55</p> <p>1.78 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® B-63</p> <p>1.81 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® B-86</p> <p>1.75 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® G-21</p> <p>1.50 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® G-552</p> <p>1.67 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® O-60</p> <p>1.61 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® S-50</p> <p>1.45 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® S-55</p> <p>1.45 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® C-95</p> <p>1.50 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® C-90</p> <p>1.20 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® GR-35</p> <p>1.90 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® W-800</p> <p>1.60 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMICOLOR® BL-95</p> <p>1.60 ± 0.05</p> <p>REMIFEROX® 9110*</p> <p>approx. 5.0</p> <p>REMIFEROX® 9120*</p> <p>approx. 5.0</p> <p>REMIFEROX® 9130*</p> <p>approx. 5.0</p> <p>REMIFEROX® 9330*</p> <p>approx. 4.6</p> <p>REMIFEROX® 9380*</p> <p>approx. 4.6</p> <p>REMIFEROX® 9420*</p> <p>approx. 4.1</p> <p>REMIFEROX® 9610FN*</p> <p>approx. 4.7</p> <p>REMIFEROX® 9655</p> <p>approx. 4.7</p> <p>REMIFEROX® 9663*</p> <p>approx. 4.8</p> <p>REMIFEROX® 9686</p> <p>approx. 4.8</p> <p>REMIFEROX® 9960*</p> <p>approx. 4.3</p> <p>REMIX-BL 9500</p> <p>approx. 4.5</p> <p>REMIX-GR 9800</p> <p>approx. 5.2</p> <p>REMIX-Titandioxid</p> <p>approx. 4.2</p> <p>* complies with CE: EN 12878</p> <p>* only available upon request</p> <p>03/10</p> <p>797</p> <p>11. References</p> <p>Reference/Object:</p> <p>Rhein-Neckar-Arena TSG Hoffenheim 1899, Sinsheim, Germany</p> <p>Applications:</p> <p>Waterproofing, Tile laying, Grouting, Floor patching / Floor levelling / Substrate levelling</p> <p>Products:</p> <p>AK7P, UNIFIX-S3, SOLOFLEX, UNIFIX-2K, ASO-Flexfuge, HF05-Brillantfuge, ASO-Unigrund-K, <br />ASODUR-GBM, ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/-2000-S, SOLOPLAN-30, SOLOCRET-15, <br />AQUAFIN-2K/M, SANIFLEX, ASOFLEX-AKB-floor/wall, SANIFIN</p> <p>Reference/Object:</p> <p>St. Michael‘s Church, Wachstedt, Germany</p> <p>Applications:</p> <p>Restoration</p> <p>Products:</p> <p>THERMOPAL-SP, THERMOPAL-GP11, THERMOPAL-SR44, THERMOPAL-FS33</p> <p>Reference/Object:</p> <p>Rehabilitation centre, Luxembourg</p> <p>Applications:</p> <p>Waterproofing, Tile laying, Grouting</p> <p>Products:</p> <p>ASO-Unigrund-K, AQUAFIN-2K, ASO-Joint-Tape-2000, SOLOFLEX, ASO-Flexfuge, <br />ASODUR-EK98-floor/wall, ASO-Fugenbunt, ESCOSIL-2000</p> <p>798</p> <p>11. References</p> <p>Reference/Object:</p> <p>Festland/Bäderland, Hamburg, Germany</p> <p>Applications:</p> <p>Waterproofing, Tile laying, Grouting</p> <p>Products:</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K/M, ASODUR-SG2, ASO-Unigrund-GE, ASODUR-GBM, CRISTALLFUGE, <br />ASO-Flexfuge, HF05-Brillantfuge, LIGHTFLEX, ASODUR-EK98-floor/wall, <br />ASOFLEX-AKB-floor/wall, SOLOCRET-15, ASOPLAST-MZ</p> <p>Reference/Object:</p> <p>Design house, Ermatingen, Switzerland</p> <p>Applications:</p> <p>Floor coating</p> <p>Products:</p> <p>INDUFLOOR-IB1250, INDUFLOOR-IB2360, INDUFLOOR-IB3385</p> <p>Reference/Object:</p> <p>Canteen in Stryi, Ukraine</p> <p>Applications:</p> <p>Waterproofing, Tile laying</p> <p>Products:</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K, ASO-Joint-Tape-2000, ASO-Flexfuge, ASO-Unigrund-GE, <br />ASODUR-EK98-floor/wall, ASODUR-GBM, ASOFLEX-AKB-floor, ASOFLEX-PU45</p> <p>799</p> <p>11. References</p> <p>Reference/Object:</p> <p>Ondrej Nepela Ice Stadium, Bratislava, Slovakia</p> <p>Applications:</p> <p>Waterproofing, Tile laying, Grouting</p> <p>Products:</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K, ASO-Joint-Tape-2000, UNIFIX-2K/6, SOLOFLEX-white, ASODUR-EK98-floor, <br />ASODUR-GBM, ESCOSIL-2000-UW</p> <p>Reference/Object:</p> <p>Restoration of Dominikan Street in Krakow, Poland</p> <p>Applications:</p> <p>Road and track construction</p> <p>Products:</p> <p>INDUCRET-VK-Monolith system (INDUCRET-VK1000, INDUCRET-VK2000, <br />INDUCRET-VK2100, INDUCRET-VK2050)</p> <p>Reference/Object:</p> <p>Multi-purpose Arena Düsseldorf, Germany</p> <p>Applications:</p> <p>Tile laying</p> <p>Products:</p> <p>AK7P, ASO-Flexfuge, ASO-Unigrund-GE/-K, UNIFIX-2K, AQUAFIN-2K</p> <p>800</p> <p>11. References</p> <p>Reference/Object:</p> <p>AQWA bathing and sauna park, Walldorf, Germany</p> <p>Applications:</p> <p>Waterproofing, Tile laying, Grouting, Floor patching / Floor levelling / Substrate levelling</p> <p>Products:</p> <p>SOLOCRET-15, AQUAFIN-2K, ASOFLEX-AKB-wall/floor, HF05-Brillantfuge, <br />ASODUR-EK98-wall/floor, SOLOFLEX, MONOFLEX-FB-SE, LIGHTFLEX, ASO-Unigrund-K, <br />ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/-2000-S, SOLOFLEX-white, ASOCRET-HB-flex, ASODUR-GBM</p> <p>Reference/Object:</p> <p>MT. Olympus Water and Theme Park, Wisconsin, USA</p> <p>Applications:</p> <p>Waterproofing</p> <p>Products:</p> <p>AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>Reference/Object:</p> <p>Railway in Offenbach, Germany</p> <p>Applications:</p> <p>Waterproofing, Tile laying, Grouting</p> <p>Products:</p> <p>ASO-UNIGRUND-K, MONOFLEX, UNIFIX, ASO-Flexfuge</p> <p>801</p> <p>General Terms and Conditions <br />International Conditions of Sale for Customers not Resident in Germany</p> <p>I. Application of the International Conditions of Sale <br />1. These International Conditions of Sale apply to all customers of <br />SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG - hereinafter referred to as <br />SCHOMBURG - whose relevant place of business is not in Germany. For <br />customers whose place of business is in Germany, the Conditions of Sale <br />and Delivery (Verkaufs- und Lieferbedingungen) of SCHOMBURG apply, <br />which will be forwarded on request. In each case, the relevant place of <br />business is the one which concludes the contract in its own name. <br />2. These International Conditions of Sale apply to all contracts whose <br />preponderant object is the supply of goods to customers. Additional <br />obligations assumed by SCHOMBURG do not affect the application of <br />these International Conditions of Sale. <br />3. Conflicting or differing terms of business of the customer do not bind <br />SCHOMBURG, even if SCHOMBURG does not object to them or <br />even if SCHOMBURG unconditionally renders performance or accepts <br />the customer’s performance. The provisions of this paragraph equally <br />apply insofar as the terms of business of the customer, irrespective of the <br />contents of these International Conditions of Sale, deviate from statutory <br />provisions. <br />4. These International Conditions of Sale do not apply, if the customer buys <br />the goods for personal, family or household use and if SCHOMBURG <br />knew or should have known that at the conclusion of the contract. <br />II. Formation of the Contract <br />1. The customer is under an obligation to give written notice to <br />SCHOMBURG prior to the formation of a contract if the using planned <br />for the goods to be delivered differs from the operation purposes <br />described by SCHOMBURG in the technical documentation or if <br />the goods are to be fit not only for normal use or will be used in <br />circumstances which are unusual or which present a particular risk to <br />health, safety or the environment, or which require a more demanding <br />use or if there is a risk of atypical damages or unusual amounts of loss of <br />which the customer is or ought to have been aware. <br />2. Orders of the customer are to be put in writing. If the customer’s order <br />deviates from the proposal or the tender submitted by SCHOMBURG, <br />the customer will emphasize the differences as such. <br />3. All orders, in particular also those received by employees of <br />SCHOMBURG, will take effect exclusively if followed by a written <br />acknowledgement of the order by SCHOMBURG. The actual delivery <br />of the goods ordered, any other conduct of SCHOMBURG or silence <br />on the part of SCHOMBURG does not allow the customer to assume <br />the formation of the contract. SCHOMBURG can dispatch such <br />written acknowledgement of the order up to and including fourteen <br />(14) calendar days after the customer’s order has been received by <br />SCHOMBURG. Until this time, the customer’s order is irrevocable. <br />4. The written acknowledgement of the order by SCHOMBURG shall <br />be received in time, if it is received by the customer within fourteen <br />(14) calendar days after its date of issue. The customer will inform <br />SCHOMBURG without delay, if the written acknowledgement of the <br />order is received with some delay. <br />5. The written acknowledgement of the order by SCHOMBURG sets out <br />all the terms of the contract and brings the contract into effect even if except for the price for the goods and the quantity to be delivered - the <br />written acknowledgement is not consistent with the declarations of the <br />customer in every respect, especially with reference to the exclusive <br />application of these International Conditions of Sale. Particular wishes <br />of the customer, namely warranties or guarantees with reference to <br />the goods or the performance of the contract therefore require express <br />written confirmation by SCHOMBURG in every case. The contract will <br />only fail to come into existence if the customer objects in writing that <br />the acknowledgement of the order by SCHOMBURG is not completely <br />consistent with the declarations of the customer, the customer specifies the <br />deviations in writing and if the objection is received by SCHOMBURG <br />within a short time, at the latest seven (7) calendar days, after receipt of <br />the written acknowledgement of the order by the customer. <br />6. Confirmations produced by the customer are of no effect without any <br />objection by SCHOMBURG being necessary. In particular, neither the <br />actual delivery of the goods, any other conduct of SCHOMBURG or <br />silence on the part of SCHOMBURG shall give rise to any belief by the <br />customer in the relevance of his confirmation.</p> <p>7. SCHOMBURG´s employees, commercial agents or other sales <br />intermediaries are not authorized to dispense with the requirement of a <br />written acknowledgement of the order by SCHOMBURG or to make <br />promises which differ from its content or guarantees. If and to what <br />extent such persons are authorized to make or receive declarations with <br />effect for or against SCHOMBURG, is to be determined according to <br />German law. <br />8. Amendments to the concluded contract always require written <br />confirmation by SCHOMBURG. <br />III. Obligations of SCHOMBURG <br />1. Subject to an exemption according to section VII.-1. b) SCHOMBURG <br />must deliver the goods specified in the written acknowledgement of <br />the order and transfer the property in the goods. SCHOMBURG is not <br />obliged to perform obligations not stated in the written acknowledgment <br />of the order by SCHOMBURG or in these International Conditions <br />of Sale, in particular SCHOMBURG is under no obligation to supply <br />documents, to furnish information or to deliver accessories not explicitly <br />agreed upon in writing, to install additional safety devices or to advise <br />the customer. <br />2. SCHOMBURG’s obligations under the contract made with the customer <br />are owed only to the customer. Third parties not involved in the <br />conclusion of the contract, in particular the customer’s clients, are not <br />entitled to request delivery to be made to them or to bring any other <br />contractual claim against SCHOMBURG. The customer’s responsibility <br />to take delivery continues to exist even if he assigns rights to third parties. <br />The customer gives SCHOMBURG an unlimited indemnity against all <br />claims made by third parties against SCHOMBURG out of the contract <br />made with the customer. <br />3. SCHOMBURG undertakes to deliver goods of average kind and <br />quality taking account of the tolerances customary in trade concerning <br />the kind, quantity and quality. Divergences are reserved as far as they <br />result from the nature of the materials used and are customary in trade. <br />SCHOMBURG is entitled to deliver quantities that are up to 10 per cent <br />inferior or superior to those agreed upon. SCHOMBURG is entitled to <br />make part deliveries and to invoice them separately. <br />4. If further specification is required in relation to the goods to be delivered, <br />SCHOMBURG will carry this out having regard to his own interests and <br />to the identifiable and legitimate interests of the customer. A request to <br />the customer to specify the goods, or to participate in the specification, is <br />not required. SCHOMBURG does not undertake to inform the customer <br />of the specification he has made or to give the customer the option of a <br />differing specification. <br />5. SCHOMBURG undertakes to place the goods packaged according <br />to SCHOMBURG’s standard at disposal for collection by the customer <br />FCA (Incoterms 2010) at the place of delivery indicated in the written <br />acknowledgement of the order or by way of precaution at his premises <br />in Detmold/Germany at the agreed time of delivery. Previous separation <br />or marking of the goods or notification to the customer of the goods <br />being placed at disposal is not required. Under no circumstances, not <br />even when other Incoterms are agreed SCHOMBURG is obliged to <br />inform the customer of the delivery, to examine the goods with respect <br />to their conformity with the contract on the occasion of delivery, to <br />arrange for the shipment of the goods or to insure the goods. However, <br />in case of doubts regarding the suitability or security of the means of <br />transport arranged by the customer SCHOMBURG is entitled to prevent <br />the shipment. The agreement of other Incoterms or of clauses such as <br />“delivery free.......” or similar ones merely involve a variation of the <br />provisions as to the transportation and the transportation costs; besides <br />that, the provisions laid down in these International Conditions of Sale <br />remain applicable. <br />6. Agreed delivery time periods or delivery dates are subject to the <br />customer’s procuring any required documents, releases, permits, <br />approvals, licences or any other authorizations or consents in sufficient <br />time, opening letters of credit and/or making down-payments as agreed <br />and performing all other obligations incumbent upon him properly and <br />in good time. Moreover, agreed delivery time-periods begin on the <br />date of the written acknowledgement of the order by SCHOMBURG. <br />SCHOMBURG is entitled to deliver earlier than at the agreed delivery <br />time or to select the date of delivery within the period for delivery.</p> <p>802</p> <p>General Terms and Conditions <br />International Conditions of Sale for Customers not Resident in Germany</p> <p>7. Without prejudice to his continuing legal rights, SCHOMBURG is entitled <br />to fulfil his obligations after the delivery time agreed upon, if the customer <br />is informed that SCHOMBURG will exceed the delivery time limit and of <br />the time period for late performance. Subject to the aforesaid conditions, <br />SCHOMBURG is entitled to make repeated attempts at late performance. <br />The customer can object to late performance within reasonable time, if <br />the late performance is unreasonable. An objection is only effective, if <br />it is received by SCHOMBURG before commencing late performance. <br />SCHOMBURG will reimburse necessary additional expenditure, proven <br />and incurred by the customer as a result of exceeding the delivery time <br />to the extent that SCHOMBURG is liable for this under the provisions laid <br />down in section VII. <br />8. Risks as to price and performance even in relation to goods which are <br />not clearly identifiable to the contract and without it being necessary for <br />SCHOMBURG to give notice, pass to the customer at the latest as soon <br />as the loading of the goods has begun or as soon as the customer does <br />not take delivery in accordance with the contract or title to the goods <br />has passed to the customer. The loading of the goods is part of the <br />customer`s obligations. The agreement of other Incoterms or of clauses <br />such as “delivery free.......” or similar ones merely involve a variation <br />of the provisions as to the transportation and the transportation costs; <br />besides that, the provisions laid down in these International Conditions of <br />Sale remain applicable. <br />9. SCHOMBURG is not obliged to procure documents or certificates <br />not expressly agreed, to obtain any licences, authorizations or other <br />documents necessary for the export, transit or import, or to provide <br />security, export, transit, import or customs clearance. Documents to be <br />procured by SCHOMBURG due to an agreement in writing shall be <br />drawn up in English or German and according to the usage in force in <br />Germany. SCHOMBURG is not obliged to provide their legalisation <br />or notarisation. The agreement of other Incoterms or of clauses such <br />as “delivery free.......” or similar ones merely involve a variation of the <br />provisions as to the transportation and the transportation costs; besides <br />that, the provisions laid down in these International Conditions of Sale <br />remain applicable. <br />10. SCHOMBURG is in no case liable to perform duties associated with <br />the putting of the goods into circulation outside Germany, to bear <br />levies, duties and charges accruing outside Germany, to comply <br />with weight and measuring systems, packaging, labelling or marking <br />requirements or registration or certification obligations applicable <br />outside Germany or to comply with any other legal provisions <br />applicable to the goods outside Germany. The customer will arrange <br />for translations in any language other than German of documents or <br />other written materials about the goods required by law or called for <br />otherwise at his risk and expense. <br />11. Without prejudice to his continuing legal rights, SCHOMBURG is <br />entitled to suspend the performance of his obligations so long as, in <br />the opinion of SCHOMBURG, there are grounds for concern that the <br />customer will wholly or partly fail to fulfil his obligations in accordance <br />with the contract. In particular, the right to suspend arises if the <br />customer insufficiently performs his obligations to enable payment to <br />SCHOMBURG or a third party or pays late or if the limit set by a credit <br />insurer has been exceeded or will be exceeded with the forthcoming <br />delivery. Instead of suspending performance SCHOMBURG is <br />entitled at his own discretion to make future deliveries, even if <br />confirmed, conditional on payment in advance or on opening of <br />a letter of credit confirmed by one of the big German commercial <br />banks. SCHOMBURG is not required to continue with performance <br />of his obligations, if an assurance given by the customer to avoid the <br />suspension does not provide adequate security or could be challenged <br />pursuant to an applicable law. <br />12. Except as provided in section III.-7., SCHOMBURG is only obliged <br />to inform the customer of possible disruption in performance, once the <br />commencement of the disruption is definitely certain for SCHOMBURG. <br />IV. Obligations of the Customer <br />1. Irrespective of continuing obligations of the customer to guarantee or to <br />enable payment, the customer undertakes to pay the agreed price for <br />the goods in the currency specified in the written acknowledgement of <br />the order transferring it without deduction and free of expenses and costs</p> <p>to one of the financial institutions designated by SCHOMBURG. With <br />the agreed price the obligations owed by SCHOMBURG are covered, <br />except for the packaging. To the extent that a price for the goods has <br />not been agreed, the price which is at the agreed time of delivery <br />SCHOMBURG’s usual price for the goods will apply. SCHOMBURG’s <br />employees, commercial agents or other sales intermediaries are not <br />authorized to accept payments. <br />2. The payment to be made by the customer is in any event due for <br />payment at the time specified in the written acknowledgement of the <br />order, or otherwise on receipt of the invoice. The due time for payment <br />arises without any further pre-condition and, in particular, does not <br />depend on whether the customer has already taken delivery of the goods <br />and/or the documents and/or has had an opportunity to examine <br />the goods. The periods granted for payment will cease to apply and <br />outstanding accounts will be due for immediate payment, if insolvency <br />proceedings relating to the assets of the customer are applied for, <br />if the customer without providing a justifiable reason does not meet <br />fundamental obligations due towards SCHOMBURG or towards third <br />parties, if the customer has provided inaccurate information regarding <br />his creditworthiness or if the cover given by a credit insurer is reduced on <br />grounds for which SCHOMBURG is not responsible. <br />3. The customer warrants that all legal requirements and documentations <br />for the fiscal treatment regarding value added tax of the delivery and/ <br />or any service will be fulfilled. To the extent that SCHOMBURG has <br />to pay German and/or foreign value added tax, the customer will <br />indemnify SCHOMBURG in all and every respect without prejudice to <br />any continuing claim by SCHOMBURG. The indemnity is granted by the <br />customer waiving any further requirements or other defences, in particular <br />waiving the defence of limitation or prescription and also includes the <br />reimbursement of the expenses incurred by SCHOMBURG. <br />4. Regardless of the currency and of the jurisdiction of any court, <br />SCHOMBURG is entitled at his own discretion to set off incoming <br />payments against claims existing against the customer by virtue of his <br />own or assigned rights at the time of payment. <br />5. Any statutory rights of the customer to set-off against claims of <br />SCHOMBURG, to withhold payment or taking delivery of the goods, <br />to suspend the performance of his obligations or to raise defences or <br />counterclaims are excluded, except where the corresponding claim of the <br />customer against SCHOMBURG is in the same currency, is founded in <br />the customer’s own right and is either due and undisputed or has been <br />finally adjudicated or where despite written warning by the customer <br />SCHOMBURG has committed a fundamental breach of his obligations <br />due and arising out of the same contractual relationship, and has not <br />offered any adequate assurance. <br />6. The customer undertakes to take delivery of the goods at the delivery <br />time without taking any additional period of time and at the place of <br />delivery resulting from section III.-5. and shall fulfil all the duties imposed <br />by the contract, by these International Conditions of Sale, by the rules <br />of the ICC for the use of Incoterms 2010 and by statutory provisions <br />The customer is only entitled to refuse to take delivery of the goods if he <br />avoids the contract in accordance with the rules in section VI.-1. <br />7. Irrespective of any statutory provisions, the customer shall at his own <br />cost take care of or in any other way ensure renewed utilization, <br />material recycling or otherwise prescribed waste-disposal of the goods <br />delivered by SCHOMBURG to the customer and of the packaging <br />material. SCHOMBURG is not obliged to take back goods delivered <br />to the customer or packaging material from the customer or a third party <br />according to legal provisions regarding waste-disposal. <br />8. The customer will not enter into or perform any business with the goods <br />purchased from SCHOMBURG, if such business is forbidden under the <br />provisions applicable to SCHOMBURG, including the U.S. export control <br />regulations. <br />V. Delivery of non-conforming Goods or Goods <br />with Defective Title <br />1. Without prejudice to any exclusion or reduction of liability of the seller <br />provided by law, goods do not conform with the contract if the customer <br />proves that, taking into account the terms in section III., at the time the <br />risk passes the packaging, quantity, quality or the description of the <br />goods is significantly different to the specifications laid down in the</p> <p>803</p> <p>General Terms and Conditions <br />International Conditions of Sale for Customers not Resident in Germany</p> <p>2.</p> <p>3.</p> <p>4.</p> <p>5.</p> <p>6.</p> <p>7.</p> <p>8.</p> <p>written acknowledgement of the order, or in the absence of agreed <br />specifications, the goods are not fit for the purpose which is usual in <br />Germany. Storage times accruing until the time of delivery, which do not <br />exceed 50% of the good’s ordinary expected useful life, do not constitute <br />a lack of conformity with the contract. Regardless of the stipulation <br />established in sentence 1, the goods shall be deemed to conform with <br />the contract to the extent that the legal regulations applicable at the <br />place of business of the customer do not prevent the usual use of the <br />goods. Second-hand goods are delivered without any liability for their <br />conformity. <br />To the extent that the written acknowledgement of the order by <br />SCHOMBURG does not contain an explicit statement to the contrary, <br />SCHOMBURG is in particular not liable for the goods being fit for a <br />purpose which is not usual in Germany or for complying with further <br />reaching expectations of the customer or for possessing the qualities of <br />a sample or a model or for their compliance with the legal regulations <br />existing outside of Germany, for instance in the customer’s country. <br />SCHOMBURG shall also not be liable for any non-conformity with the <br />contract that did not exist at the time the risk has passed. To the extent <br />that the customer, either himself or through third parties, initiates the <br />removal of non-conformities without the prior consent of SCHOMBURG in <br />writing, SCHOMBURG will be released from his liability. <br />The customer is obliged vis-à-vis SCHOMBURG to examine every <br />single delivery comprehensively for any discoverable or typical lack of <br />conformity with the contract and moreover as required by law. <br />Without prejudice to any exclusion or reduction of liability of the seller <br />provided by law, goods have a deficiency in title if the customer <br />proves that the goods are not free from enforceable rights or claims of <br />third parties at the time risk passes. Without prejudice to further legal <br />requirements, third parties rights or claims founded on industrial or other <br />intellectual property constitute a deficiency in title only to the extent that <br />the rights are registered, made public and in legal force in Germany <br />and prevent the usual use of the goods in Germany. Regardless of the <br />stipulation established in sentence 1, title to the goods shall be deemed <br />not to be defective to the extent that the legal regulations applicable at <br />the place of business of the customer do not prevent the usual use of the <br />goods. <br />Without prejudice to the statutory obligations of the customer to <br />give notice within reasonable time, the customer is obliged vis-à-vis <br />SCHOMBURG to give notice to SCHOMBURG of any lack of conformity <br />with the contract or any deficiency in title at the latest within one (1) <br />year after the goods have factually been handed over to him. Such <br />notice has to be made in writing and directly to SCHOMBURG and to <br />be formulated in such a precise manner as to enable SCHOMBURG to <br />effect remedy measures without need for further inquiries at the customer <br />and to secure claims against SCHOMBURG’s suppliers and moreover <br />as required by law. SCHOMBURG’s employees, commercial agents or <br />other sales intermediaries are not authorised to accept notices outside <br />SCHOMBURG’s premises or to make any statements concerning lack of <br />conformity with the contract <br />or of title and its consequences. <br />Following due notice according to section V.-5., the customer can rely <br />on the remedies provided by these International Conditions of Sale. The <br />customer has no other rights or claims whatsoever and no claims of a <br />non-contractual nature. In the event of notice not having been properly <br />given, the customer may only rely on remedies if SCHOMBURG has <br />fraudulently concealed the lack of conformity with the contract or the <br />deficiency in title. Statements by SCHOMBURG as to the lack of <br />conformity with the contract or as to the deficiency in title are for the <br />purpose of explaining the factual position only, but do not entail any <br />waiver by SCHOMBURG of the requirement of proper notice. <br />The customer is not entitled to remedies for delivery of non-conforming <br />goods or goods with a deficiency in title, insofar as the customer is liable <br />vis-à-vis third parties for conditions of the goods or their fitness for a use <br />which are not subject of the agreement with SCHOMBURG, or if the <br />customer’s claim is based on foreign law not in force in Germany. <br />To the extent that the customer in accordance with the terms of these <br />International Conditions of Sale is entitled to remedies because of <br />delivery of non-conforming goods or goods with defective title, he</p> <p>is entitled to demand in accordance with the terms of the UN Sales <br />Convention delivery of substitute goods or repair or to reduce the price <br />for the goods. The delivery of substitute goods or repair does not lead <br />to a recommencement of the limitation period. The reduction of the price <br />for the goods is limited to the damages suffered by the customer. Further <br />claims for performance are not available to the customer. Irrespective of <br />the customer’s remedies, SCHOMBURG is always entitled in accordance <br />with the provision in section III.-7. to repair goods which do not conform <br />with the contract or to supply substitute goods or to avert the customer’s <br />remedies by giving him a credit note of an appropriate amount. <br />VI. Avoidance of the Contract <br />1. The customer is entitled to declare the contract avoided, if the <br />respective applicable legal requirements are complied with, after he <br />has threatened SCHOMBURG with avoidance of the contract in writing <br />and an additional period of time of reasonable length for performance <br />fixed in writing has expired to no avail. If the customer claims delivery <br />of substitute goods, repair or other performance, he is bound for a <br />reasonable period of time to the chosen remedy, without being able to <br />exercise the right of declaring the contract avoided. In any event, the <br />customer must give notice of avoidance of the contract within reasonable <br />time in writing and to SCHOMBURG directly. <br />2. Without prejudice to his continuing legal rights, SCHOMBURG is <br />entitled to avoid the contract in whole or in part without compensation <br />if the implementation and/or performance of the contract violate <br />statutory provisions, if the customer objects to the application of these <br />International Conditions of Sale, if on grounds for which SCHOMBURG <br />is not responsible the written acknowledgement of the order by <br />SCHOMBURG is received by the customer more than fourteen (14) <br />calendar days after its date of issue, if insolvency proceedings relating <br />to the assets of the customer are applied for, if the customer without <br />providing a justifiable reason does not meet fundamental obligations <br />due towards SCHOMBURG or towards third parties, if the customer <br />has provided inaccurate information regarding his creditworthiness, <br />if the cover given by a credit insurer is reduced on grounds for which <br />SCHOMBURG is not responsible, if SCHOMBURG through no fault <br />of his own does not receive supplies properly or on time, or if for other <br />reasons SCHOMBURG cannot be expected to fulfil his obligations by <br />means which taking into consideration his own interests and that of the <br />customer as far as ascertainable and legitimate at the time of formation <br />of the contract, are unreasonable in particular in relation to the agreed <br />counter-performance. <br />VII. Damages <br />1. Without waiving the legal requirements SCHOMBURG is only obliged <br />to pay damages due to the violation of obligations resulting from the <br />contract with the customer, the contractual negotiations carried on with <br />the customer or the business relation with the customer in accordance <br />with the following provisions: <br />a) The customer is required in the first instance to rely on other remedies <br />and can only claim damages in the event of a continuing deficiency. The <br />customer cannot claim damages as an alternative to other remedies. <br />b) SCHOMBURG is not liable for the conduct of suppliers or <br />subcontractors or for damages to which the customer has contributed. <br />SCHOMBURG is not liable for any loss which occurs as a consequence <br />of the use of the goods beyond the applications released by <br />SCHOMBURG or under conditions of use other than those set by <br />SCHOMBURG. Neither is SCHOMBURG liable for impediments <br />which occur, as a consequence of natural or political events, acts of <br />state, industrial disputes, sabotage, accidents, terrorism, biological, <br />physical or chemical processes or other circumstances and which cannot <br />be controlled by SCHOMBURG with reasonable means. Moreover, <br />SCHOMBURG is only liable to the extent that the customer proves <br />that the executive bodies or members of staff of SCHOMBURG have <br />deliberately or negligently breached contractual obligations owed to the <br />customer. <br />c) In the event of liability SCHOMBURG will compensate within the <br />limits of lit. d) the losses of the customer to the extent that the customer <br />proves that he has suffered an unavoidable loss caused by the breach <br />of contractual obligations by SCHOMBURG and foreseeable to <br />SCHOMBURG, at the time of the formation of the contract in respect</p> <p>804</p> <p>General Terms and Conditions <br />International Conditions of Sale for Customers not Resident in Germany</p> <p>of the occurrence of the loss and its amount. Moreover, the customer is <br />required to mitigate his loss as soon as a breach of contract is or ought <br />to be known. <br />d) SCHOMBURG is not liable for loss of profit or damage to reputation. <br />Moreover, the amount of damages for late or non-existent delivery is <br />limited to 0,5 per cent for each full week of delay, up to a maximum of <br />5 per cent, and for other breaches of obligations is limited to an amount <br />of 200 per cent of the value of the non-conforming part of the contract. <br />However, this subparagraph does not apply to injury of life, body or <br />health, to fraudulent concealment of the non-conformity or deficiency in <br />title of the goods and to other breaches of contractual obligations due to <br />intentional harm or gross negligence. <br />e) For breach of contractual, pre-contractual and/or obligations resulting <br />from the business relation owed to the customer, SCHOMBURG is <br />obliged to pay damages exclusively in accordance with the provisions of <br />these International Conditions of Sale. Any recourse to concurrent bases <br />of claim, in particular of a non-contractual nature, is excluded. Equally <br />excluded is any recourse against SCHOMBURG’s company organs, <br />employees, servants, members of staff, representatives and/or those <br />employed by SCHOMBURG in the performance of his obligations on <br />grounds of breach of contractual obligations owed by SCHOMBURG. <br />f) Insofar as the limitation period may not already have barred the <br />claim, claims for damages brought by the customer are excluded after <br />six (6) months beginning with the rejection of the claim for damages by <br />SCHOMBURG. <br />2. Irrespective of continuing legal or contractual claims the customer is <br />obliged to pay damages to SCHOMBURG as follows: <br />a) In the event of delay in payment the customer will pay the costs of <br />judicial and extra-judicial means and proceedings, usual and accruing <br />within the country and abroad, as well as (without evidence being <br />necessary) interest at the rate applicable in Detmold/Germany for <br />unsecured short-term loans in the agreed currency, at least however <br />interest at 8 per-cent points over the base rate of the German Federal <br />Bank (Deutsche Bundesbank). <br />b) In the case of a failure to take delivery of the goods by the customer <br />or of seriously late taking delivery of the goods by the customer, <br />SCHOMBURG is entitled to claim damages without evidence being <br />necessary up to 15 per cent of the value of the goods to be delivered. <br />3. Within the bounds of what is legally possible as well as within what is <br />usual in the trade, the customer is in his commercial relationships with his <br />clients obliged to limit his liability both in principle and in amount. <br />VIII. Other Provisions <br />1. Title of the goods that have been delivered remains with SCHOMBURG <br />until settlement of all claims existing against the customer. The allocation <br />of risk as to price and performance in section III.-8. is not affected by the <br />reservation of title. <br />2. The customer shall, without any demand being necessary, inform <br />SCHOMBURG in writing if SCHOMBURG has to observe any particular <br />duties of reporting or registration or providing information or prior <br />notification or retaining documents or any other requirements for access <br />to market, under the provisions in force in the customer’s country or in the <br />country where the goods are to be used. Moreover, the customer will <br />monitor the delivered goods in the market and inform SCHOMBURG <br />directly and in writing of any concern that the goods might pose a risk <br />to third parties. <br />3. Without prejudice to SCHOMBURG’s continuing claims, the customer <br />will indemnify SCHOMBURG without limit against all claims of third <br />parties which are brought against SCHOMBURG on the grounds of <br />product liability or similar provisions, to the extent that the liability is <br />based on circumstances which - such as, for example, the presentation of <br />the product - were caused by the customer or other third parties without <br />express written consent of SCHOMBURG. In particular, the indemnity <br />also includes the reimbursement for expenses incurred by SCHOMBURG <br />and is granted by the customer waiving further conditions or other <br />objections, in particular without requiring compliance with control and <br />recall obligations, and waiving any defence of limitation. <br />4. In relation to pictures, drawings, calculations and other documents <br />as well as computer-software, which have been made available by <br />SCHOMBURG in a material or electronic form, the latter reserves all</p> <p>proprietary rights, copyrights, other industrial property rights as well as <br />know-how rights. <br />5. All communications, declarations, notices etc. are to be drawn up <br />exclusively in German or English. Communications by means of fax or <br />e-mail fulfil the requirement of being in writing. <br />IX. General Basis of Contracts <br />1. The place of delivery results from section III.-5. of these International <br />Conditions of Sale. The place of payment and performance for all <br />the rest of obligations arising from the legal relationship between <br />SCHOMBURG and the customer is Detmold/Germany. These provisions <br />also apply if SCHOMBURG assumes the costs of money remittance, <br />renders performance for the customer somewhere else or payment is to <br />be made in exchange of documents or goods or in the case of restitution <br />of performances already rendered. The agreement of other clauses of the <br />Incoterms or of other delivery clauses merely involves a variation of the <br />provisions as to the transportation and the transportation costs; besides <br />that, the foregoing provisions remain applicable. <br />2. The United Nations Convention of 11 April 1980 on Contracts for <br />the International Sale of Goods (UN Sales Convention / CISG) in the <br />English version governs the legal relationship with the customer. The <br />UN Sales Convention applies, above and beyond its own area of <br />application, and regardless of reservations adopted by other states, <br />to all contracts to which these International Conditions of Sale are to <br />be applied according to the provisions of section I. Where standard <br />terms of business are used, in case of doubt the Incoterms 2010 of <br />the International Chamber of Commerce apply taking into account the <br />provisions stipulated in these International Conditions of Sale. <br />3. The formation of contract, including agreements as to the jurisdiction of <br />courts and arbitrators, and the rights and obligations of the parties, also <br />including the liability for death or personal injury caused by the goods <br />to any person and pre-contractual and collateral obligations, as well as <br />the interpretation are exclusively governed by the UN Sales Convention <br />together with these International Conditions of Sale. Subject to differing <br />provisions in these International Conditions of Sale, the rest of the legal <br />relationship between the parties is governed by the non-uniform Swiss <br />law, namely by the Swiss Obligationenrecht. <br />4. All contractual and extra-contractual disputes as well as disputes under <br />insolvency law, arising out of or in connection with contracts to which <br />these International Conditions of Sale apply, including their validity, <br />invalidity, violation or cancellation as well as other disputes arising out <br />of the business relationship with the customer shall be finally resolved, <br />without recourse to the ordinary courts of law, by arbitration according <br />to the Swiss Rules of International Arbitration (Swiss Rules) in force on the <br />date when the Notice of Arbitration is received in accordance with these <br />Rules. The tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators, one (1) of them shall <br />be nominated by the claimant, one (1) of them by the respondent and <br />the chairman of the tribunal shall be designated by the two arbitrators <br />so nominated, or if the amount in dispute is inferior to¼50.000, there <br />shall be one (1) arbitrator appointed according to the Swiss Rules of <br />International Arbitration. The place of the arbitration shall be Zürich/ <br />Switzerland, the languages used in the arbitral proceedings shall be <br />German and/or English. The competence of the Arbitral Tribunal <br />excludes especially every statutory competence, which is provided by <br />reason of a personal or substantive relation. If this arbitration clause is <br />or will become void, the exclusive local and international jurisdiction of <br />the courts which have jurisdiction for Detmold/Germany is agreed for all <br />disputes instead. Instead of bringing an action before the arbitral tribunal <br />or before the State Court which has jurisdiction for Detmold/Germany, <br />SCHOMBURG is also entitled to bring an action before the national <br />courts of the customer’s place of business, or other national courts having <br />jurisdiction according to domestic or foreign law. <br />5. If provisions of these International Conditions of Sale should be or <br />become partly or wholly ineffective, the remaining arrangements will <br />continue to apply. The parties are bound to replace the ineffective <br />provision with a legally valid provision, as close as possible to the <br />commercial meaning and purpose of the ineffective provision. <br />Detmold, Germany - January 2012</p> <p>805</p> <p>Index</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets <br />A › ADF-Balkonfolie</p> <p>36</p> <p>› ASODUR-GBM</p> <p>211</p> <p>› ADF-Systemkleber</p> <p>143</p> <p>› ASODUR-K900</p> <p>200</p> <p>› ADIPLAST-M</p> <p>301</p> <p>› ASODUR-LE</p> <p>214</p> <p>› ADIPLAST-P</p> <p>303</p> <p>› ASODUR-SFE</p> <p>216</p> <p>› AK7P</p> <p>147</p> <p>› ASOFIX-2000</p> <p>218</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-1K</p> <p>39</p> <p>› ASOFLEX-AKB-floor/wall</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-1K-flex</p> <p>42</p> <p>› ASOFLEX-PU45</p> <p>538</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-2K</p> <p>45</p> <p>› ASOPLAST-MZ</p> <p>220</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>49</p> <p>› ASO-DB-Standard</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-CJ1</p> <p>53</p> <p>› ASO-EZ2</p> <p>150</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-CJ3</p> <p>54</p> <p>› ASO-EZ2-Plus</p> <p>154</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-CJ4</p> <p>55</p> <p>› ASO-EZ4</p> <p>157</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-F</p> <p>56</p> <p>› ASO-EZ4-Plus</p> <p>163</p> <p>58</p> <p>› ASO-EZ6</p> <p>166</p> <p>› ASO-EZ6-Plus</p> <p>170</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-IC <br />› AQUAFIN-LATEX-M</p> <p>305</p> <p>80</p> <p>78</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-P1</p> <p>61</p> <p>› ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus</p> <p>173</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-P4</p> <p>63</p> <p>› ASO-Flexfuge</p> <p>176</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-RS300</p> <p>65</p> <p>› ASO-Fugenbreit</p> <p>179</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-TC07</p> <p>71</p> <p>› ASO-Fugenbunt</p> <p>182</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-UM</p> <p>74</p> <p>› ASO-Joint-Tape-2000</p> <p>84</p> <p>› ASOCRET-BM</p> <p>77</p> <p>› ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S</p> <p>87</p> <p>› ASOCRET-BS2</p> <p>390</p> <p>› ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-Sanitary</p> <p>› ASOCRET-HB-flex</p> <p>193</p> <p>› ASO-NM15</p> <p>185</p> <p>› ASOCRET-IM</p> <p>392</p> <p>› ASO-Unigrund-GE</p> <p>189</p> <p>› ASOCRET-OS/BF</p> <p>394</p> <p>› ASO-Unigrund-K</p> <p>190</p> <p>› ASOCRET-OS/RS</p> <p>396</p> <p>› ASO-Unigrund-S</p> <p>191</p> <p>› ASOCRET-RN</p> <p>398</p> <p>› ASOL-FE</p> <p>› ASODUR-Design</p> <p>195</p> <p>› ASOLIN-DMK</p> <p>› ASODUR-EK98-floor</p> <p>203</p> <p>› ASOLIN-SFC45</p> <p>› ASODUR-EK98-wall</p> <p>207</p> <p>› ASOLIN-WS</p> <p>› ASODUR-EP/FM</p> <p>536</p> <p>› BENFERFIX-EXTRA</p> <p>B</p> <p>806</p> <p>90</p> <p>91 <br />309 <br />93 <br />94 <br />223</p> <p>Index</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets</p> <p>C</p> <p>› BENFERFLEX-C2</p> <p>226</p> <p>› COMBIFLEX-DS</p> <p>107</p> <p>› BENFERGRES</p> <p>229</p> <p>› COMBIFLEX-EL</p> <p>109</p> <p>› BENFERGRIP+</p> <p>232</p> <p>› CRISTALLFUGE</p> <p>235</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-A100</p> <p>310</p> <p>› CRISTALLIT-flex</p> <p>238</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-C16</p> <p>312</p> <p>› CRISTALLIT-MULTI-flex</p> <p>241</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-C17 (BV)</p> <p>314</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-C18</p> <p>316</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-C20 (DM)</p> <p>318</p> <p>› ESCO-FLUAT</p> <p>112</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-C21 (DM)</p> <p>320</p> <p>› ESCODE-P80</p> <p>349</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-C35</p> <p>322</p> <p>› ESCOSIL-2000</p> <p>539</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-D200</p> <p>324</p> <p>› FIX 10-M</p> <p>399</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-D300</p> <p>326</p> <p>› FIX 10-S</p> <p>113</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-E100</p> <p>328</p> <p>› FIX 20-T</p> <p>114</p> <p>D › DEKOGROUT <br />› DEKOGROUT-2K <br />E</p> <p>F</p> <p>244 <br />247</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-F4 (FM)</p> <p>330</p> <p>G › GEPOTECH-10/25</p> <p>420</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-F63</p> <p>331</p> <p>› GEPOTECH-11/22</p> <p>422</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-FN</p> <p>333</p> <p>› GEPOTECH-11/30</p> <p>427</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-G1000</p> <p>335</p> <p>› GEPOTECH-12/24</p> <p>433</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-G2000</p> <p>337</p> <p>› GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-G3000</p> <p>339</p> <p>H › HF05-Brillantfuge</p> <p>› BETOCRETE-P10 (FM)</p> <p>341</p> <p>I</p> <p>› INDU-ConductiveQuartz</p> <p>441</p> <p>› BLANKOL-0</p> <p>342</p> <p>› INDU-DecorChips</p> <p>442</p> <p>› BLANKOL-92</p> <p>343</p> <p>› INDU-DecorQuartz</p> <p>443</p> <p>› BLANKOL-2000</p> <p>344</p> <p>› INDU-FLEX-CJ13</p> <p>118</p> <p>› BLANKOL-5006</p> <p>345</p> <p>› INDU-IB-Cleanser</p> <p>444</p> <p>› BLANKOL-5007</p> <p>346</p> <p>› INDU-OilCleanser</p> <p>445</p> <p>› BLANKOL-K30</p> <p>347</p> <p>› INDUBOND-Tape-3000</p> <p>116</p> <p>› BLANKOL-Super</p> <p>348</p> <p>› INDUBOND-VK4031</p> <p>564</p> <p>› COMBIDIC-1K</p> <p>95</p> <p>› INDUBOND-VK4032</p> <p>567</p> <p>› COMBIDIC-2K</p> <p>98</p> <p>› INDUBOND-VK4032-ACI</p> <p>570</p> <p>438 <br />250</p> <p>› COMBIFLEX-C2</p> <p>101</p> <p>› INDUCRET-BIS-0/2</p> <p>400</p> <p>› COMBIFLEX-C2/S</p> <p>104</p> <p>› INDUCRET-BIS-0/2-ACI</p> <p>402</p> <p>807</p> <p>Index</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets <br />› INDUCRET-BIS-1/6</p> <p>406</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1270</p> <p>476</p> <p>› INDUCRET-BIS-5/40</p> <p>407</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2115</p> <p>479</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK30</p> <p>573</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2250</p> <p>481</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK100</p> <p>576</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2325</p> <p>483</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK1000</p> <p>598</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2340</p> <p>486</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK2000</p> <p>600</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2350</p> <p>488</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK2050</p> <p>602</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2360</p> <p>491</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK2100</p> <p>604</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2370</p> <p>494</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK5050</p> <p>578</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB2385</p> <p>497</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK5060</p> <p>581</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3310</p> <p>499</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK5065</p> <p>584</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3311</p> <p>502</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-DM-C</p> <p>605</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2</p> <p>505</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-DM-C08</p> <p>607</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3352</p> <p>511</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-Inject</p> <p>542</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3353</p> <p>514</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK6060</p> <p>544</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3356-EFC</p> <p>516</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK6065</p> <p>546</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3357</p> <p>519</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK6085</p> <p>548</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3358</p> <p>523</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-Primer-S</p> <p>253</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3361</p> <p>526</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000</p> <p>550</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3365</p> <p>529</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv</p> <p>554</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB3386</p> <p>532</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st</p> <p>558</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB4010</p> <p>587</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1030</p> <p>447</p> <p>› INDUGROUT-A100</p> <p>589</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1225</p> <p>449</p> <p>› INDUGROUT-EP100</p> <p>591</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1230</p> <p>452</p> <p>› INDUGROUT-EP200</p> <p>594</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1240</p> <p>455</p> <p>L</p> <p>› LIGHTFLEX</p> <p>254</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1245</p> <p>458</p> <p>M › MONOFLEX-FB-SE</p> <p>257</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1248</p> <p>461</p> <p>› MONOFLEX-XL</p> <p>260</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1250</p> <p>464</p> <p>O › OC-17 - Anti Freeze</p> <p>351</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1255</p> <p>467</p> <p>P</p> <p>› POWERPLAST-D2</p> <p>263</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1260</p> <p>470</p> <p>› Primer-2000</p> <p>608</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1261-EFC</p> <p>473</p> <p>› Primer-2000-A</p> <p>610</p> <p>808</p> <p>Index</p> <p>Technical Data Sheets <br />› Primer-2000-S</p> <p>612</p> <p>› SANIFLEX</p> <p>125</p> <p>› PURCOLOR-6000 (DM)</p> <p>352</p> <p>› SAVEMIX-3000</p> <p>387</p> <p>› PURCOLOR-6000-HS (DM)</p> <p>353</p> <p>› SOLOCRET-15</p> <p>265</p> <p>› PURCOLOR-6000-P</p> <p>355</p> <p>› SOLOCRET-50</p> <p>268</p> <p>› PURCOLOR-7000 (DM)</p> <p>356</p> <p>› SOLOCRET-100F</p> <p>410</p> <p>› PURCRETE (BV)</p> <p>357</p> <p>› SOLOCRET-120</p> <p>412</p> <p>› PURCRETE-100 (BV)</p> <p>358</p> <p>› SOLOCRET-FF</p> <p>414</p> <p>› PURCRETE-2000</p> <p>359</p> <p>› SOLOCRET-RS</p> <p>416</p> <p>› PURCRETE-BV10 (BV)</p> <p>360</p> <p>› SOLOFLEX</p> <p>270</p> <p>› PURCRETE-DF</p> <p>361</p> <p>› SOLOFLEX-FAST</p> <p>273</p> <p>362</p> <p>› SOLOPLAN-12</p> <p>276</p> <p>› REINIT-Natur</p> <p>363</p> <p>› SOLOPLAN-30</p> <p>280</p> <p>› REINIT-R</p> <p>364</p> <p>› THERMOPAL-ASP45</p> <p>127</p> <p>› REMI-AIR</p> <p>365</p> <p>› THERMOPAL-FS33</p> <p>130</p> <p>› REMI-FROST</p> <p>366</p> <p>› THERMOPAL-GP11</p> <p>132</p> <p>› REMICOLOR</p> <p>367</p> <p>› THERMOPAL-SP</p> <p>134</p> <p>› REMICOLOR-C</p> <p>368</p> <p>› THERMOPAL-SR24</p> <p>135</p> <p>› REMICRETE-G650</p> <p>369</p> <p>› THERMOPAL-SR44</p> <p>› REMICRETE-SP10</p> <p>371</p> <p>› REMICRETE-SP33</p> <p>372</p> <p>› UNIFIX-2K</p> <p>286</p> <p>› REMICRETE-SP35</p> <p>373</p> <p>› UNIFIX-2K/6</p> <p>288</p> <p>› REMICRETE-SP62</p> <p>375</p> <p>› UNIFIX-S3</p> <p>290</p> <p>› REMICURE-CR</p> <p>376</p> <p>› UNIFIX-S3-FAST</p> <p>294</p> <p>› REMICURE-WB</p> <p>378</p> <p>› UNIFLEX-B</p> <p>139</p> <p>› REMIFEROX</p> <p>380</p> <p>› REMISIL</p> <p>382</p> <p>› REMITARD-20</p> <p>383</p> <p>› REMIX-Pigments</p> <p>384</p> <p>› RESIL-NB-150</p> <p>385</p> <p>› RUXOLITH-T5</p> <p>386</p> <p>› SANIFIN</p> <p>120</p> <p>R › REINIT-BM</p> <p>S</p> <p>T</p> <p>U › UNIFIX</p> <p>809</p> <p>137 <br />284</p> <p>Index</p> <p>Technical Drawings <br />Waterproofing and Restoration <br />› Exterior basement waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build System</p> <p>616 - 617</p> <p>› Waterproofing in socket area with COMBIFLEX-High Build System</p> <p>618 + 620</p> <p>› Pipe penetration waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build System</p> <p>619 + 621</p> <p>› Movement joint waterproofing in a continuous bottom slab with COMBIFLEX-High Build System <br />› Basement waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>622 <br />623</p> <p>› Pipe penetration waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>624 - 626</p> <p>› Expansion joint sealing by continuous bottom plate with AQUAFIN-2K/M</p> <p>627</p> <p>› Example of waterproofing in wall-floor connection with AQUAFIN-RS300</p> <p>628</p> <p>› Pile cap waterproofing with AQUAFIN-IC</p> <p>629</p> <p>› Concrete wall and slab – below grade waterproofing</p> <p>630</p> <p>› Crystalline waterproofing of potable water tanks</p> <p>631</p> <p>› Internal crystalline waterproofing of basements</p> <p>632</p> <p>› Retaining wall waterproofing</p> <p>633</p> <p>› Elevator pit / sump pit waterproofing</p> <p>634</p> <p>› Underground car park waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M <br />› Post-applied negative side waterproofing</p> <p>635 - 638 <br />639</p> <p>› External waterproofing and horizontal barrier from inside</p> <p>640</p> <p>› Horizontal barrier from outside</p> <p>641 + 645</p> <p>› External waterproofing and horizontal barrier from inside</p> <p>642 + 644</p> <p>› Horizontal barrier and additional measures for restoration of buildings</p> <p>643</p> <p>› Internal waterproofing and horizontal barrier from outside</p> <p>646</p> <p>› Horizontal waterproofing in two shell masonry</p> <p>647</p> <p>› Wall drain dehumidification with restoration plaster at low moisture</p> <p>648</p> <p>› Renovation of large masonry cross sections with rising dampness</p> <p>648</p> <p>Concrete Repair <br />› Concrete Repair Methodologies with the system INDUCRET-BIS</p> <p>650 - 659</p> <p>Tile and Natural Stone Laying <br />› Tiling on wooden substrates with the LEWIS-Schwalbenschwanzplatte <br />810</p> <p>662</p> <p>Index</p> <p>Technical Drawings <br />› Pipe penetration waterproofing</p> <p>663 - 665</p> <p>› Bath or shower tub waterproofing – Wall/Tub connection detail</p> <p>666</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-2K waterproofing – Floor inlet detail in wet rooms</p> <p>667</p> <p>› Waterproofing under tiles</p> <p>668 + 671 - 672</p> <p>› Tile setting on ASODUR-Light-Weight-Screeds</p> <p>669 - 670</p> <p>› Pavers on drainage screeds</p> <p>673</p> <p>› Stairway construction on ASO-EZ4-Plus</p> <p>674</p> <p>› The gutter system „Wiesbaden” & „Finnish”</p> <p>675 - 676</p> <p>› Cross-section of „Wiesbaden” swimming pool gutter system</p> <p>677</p> <p>› Swimming pool deck – bonded screed (thin bed)</p> <p>678</p> <p>› Interior swimming pool wall/floor joint (thin bed)</p> <p>679</p> <p>› Swimming pool deck with under floor heating (thin bed)</p> <p>680</p> <p>› „Finnish” gutter waterproofing detail in swimming pools (thin bed)</p> <p>681</p> <p>› „St. Moritz” gutter waterproofing detail with AQUAFIN-2K</p> <p>682</p> <p>› Therapy pool</p> <p>683</p> <p>› Swimming pool deck – Thermale area and area of saline water (thin bed)</p> <p>684</p> <p>› Pool base – Thermale area and area of saline water (thin bed)</p> <p>685</p> <p>› Swimming pool deck with underfloor heating – Thermale area and area of saline water (thin bed)</p> <p>686</p> <p>› Presentation of the assembly including the “Finnish” guter waterproofing detail in swimming pool</p> <p>687</p> <p>› Detail waterproofing of underwater spotlights – with flange & with mortar</p> <p>688 - 689</p> <p>› Balcony waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M & ADF-Balkonfolie</p> <p>690 - 692</p> <p>› Floor drain waterproofing detail in wet rooms with ASOFLEX-AKB</p> <p>693</p> <p>› Waterproofing under tiles and slabs</p> <p>694</p> <p>› Waterproofing of conduit pipe penetrations in industrial use</p> <p>695</p> <p>› Detail waterproofing of floor inlet drain in kitchens</p> <p>696</p> <p>› Detail waterproofing of floor drain outlet</p> <p>697</p> <p>Industrial Flooring <br />› Joint sealing for industrial floors exposed to mechanical and chemical loads <br />with INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 <br />› Surface protection of waste water treatment tanks</p> <p>811</p> <p>700 - 703 <br />704</p> <p>Index</p> <p>Technical Drawings <br />› Detail drawings of surface protection of waste water treatment tanks</p> <p>705</p> <p>› Oil and vapour barrier with the primer INDUFLOOR-IB1240</p> <p>706</p> <p>› Concrete sealer - aqueous with INDUFLOOR-IB2360</p> <p>707</p> <p>› Volume conductive coating with INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2</p> <p>708</p> <p>› Universal industrial floor coating with INDUFLOOR-IB3357</p> <p>709</p> <p>› Decorative floor binder with INDUFLOOR-IB3380</p> <p>710</p> <p>› Secondary containment systems INDUFLOOR-IB-GWS2</p> <p>711</p> <p>Concrete Technology <br />› INDU-FLEX-CJ13 Installation – Positioning & Fixing</p> <p>714</p> <p>› INDU-FLEX-CJ13 Installation – Line jointing</p> <p>715</p> <p>812</p> <p>Index</p> <p>Brochures <br />› AQUAFIN-2K/M - Flexible cementitious waterproofing</p> <p>718</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-IC - Capillary/crystalline waterproofing for concrete structures</p> <p>723</p> <p>› AQUAFIN-RS300 - Self cross-linking, reactive slurry coat</p> <p>728</p> <p>› Professional Joint Tape Technology</p> <p>730</p> <p>› THERMOPAL - Restoration Plaster System</p> <p>735</p> <p>› SANIFLEX - Elastic waterproofing membrane for wet rooms</p> <p>738</p> <p>› LIGHTFLEX - Flexible thin, middle and flow-bed tile adhesive</p> <p>740</p> <p>› ASODUR-Design - Epoxy tile grout & adhesive</p> <p>742</p> <p>› ASODUR-K900 - Highly fluid resin adhesive</p> <p>744</p> <p>› High quality additives for the preparation of mortars, renders and concretes</p> <p>746</p> <p>› Road and Track Construction</p> <p>751</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-Element - Secure fixing of concrete elements in road and track construction</p> <p>754</p> <p>› INDUCRET-VK-Monolith - Installation of natural stone pavers in the rail vicinity & other heavy duty areas</p> <p>757</p> <p>› INDUFLEX-VK-Fug - Ultimate flexibility and an extended service life</p> <p>760</p> <p>› GEPOTECH System - Security in Track Construction</p> <p>763</p> <p>› INDUCRETE-BIS - Protection and restoration of concrete elements</p> <p>766</p> <p>› GEPOTECH System - Restoration and protection of waste water treatment facilities</p> <p>769</p> <p>› Surface protection system for waste water treatment plants</p> <p>773</p> <p>› Surface protection systems</p> <p>776</p> <p>› INDUFLOOR-IB1240/INDUFLOOR-IB1250 - Topically applied moisture vapor reduction systems 777 <br />› INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 - Conductive floor coating for sensitive production areas</p> <p>782</p> <p>› BETOCRETE C-Series - Integral waterproofing for concrete</p> <p>784</p> <p>› Concrete Technology</p> <p>788</p> <p>› Colored Concrete – Powder pigments/Pigment slurries</p> <p>791</p> <p>813</p> <p>Publisher: <br />SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstrasse 2–8 <br />32760 Detmold, Germany <br />Companies Register Lemgo HRB 4538 <br />7th Edition, February 2013 <br />All rights reserved. Reproduction, including but <br />without limitation transmission by any means, <br />photocopying or storage in electronic retrieval <br />systems of parts or the total publication is not <br />permitted unless licensed in writing by the <br />publisher. The reproduction of data sheets for <br />use as a reference for specifiers or applicators <br />is expressly permitted. <br />Printed by: <br />Media-Print Group GmbH <br />Eggertstr. 30 <br />D-33100 Paderborn, Germany</p> <p>Dr.Ho/HS/JP/JD – 7th Edition – Subject to changes. Consult current technical data sheet for most recent information. <br />02/13</p> <p>SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG <br />Aquafinstrasse 2–8 <br />D-32760 Detmold – Germany <br />phone +49-5231-953-00 <br />fax <br />+49-5231-953-108 <br />e-mail <br />export@schomburg.de <br />www.schomburg.com</p>
